wee Sere se am eR ete ed ae of Or een yer aradten ue roby eet we ote ee a ae Fire ae et et al Ret ee : Fi ee ein hr ae FT aes ph cen a9 OIE VT AEN eg att Pm el aA OE STN LE et nat Ne Uo” vi bb pnt erm eet gh Rane ee TOE Nr ont we abet aetna res Pe -s Fg Ae ee Fi ote TF eh te eam AFT ENT POETS OF NET 1 Er rt ae en ae eae er cnter NE RN NBATT OT MT SY mee pares pt nN Sym ere BATE NER NN AF Lary aiganery oy otertt —— eR PD Renee eee eS ANY Te TM NTN I TRS Ps Tw ries mae tien SMITE 7m 4 hes THON pane Tot pt HRMS MCT NT Me Veen eV Ne oo Re ere am ae) #ET" See tea N tN EM AAY A TON Te RE Vet nS ert tee eters n eR MAY VEO cere ay eave Toast Ree) TOWN LAE TTT ED ATM art poke Vine Se 9 Spar ry TRE he tay Meee We Meh em he seers ag ee Nt a cade Ce aoe AC USENORNOR THE TOUR Nae OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. ZOOLOGY. WO) Sxalele LONDON: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE: AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, AND WILLIAMS AND NORGATE, 1876. Dates of publication of the several Nos. included in this volume. No. 57, pp. lto 99............ 1874, February 11. 3p Oleh sel OO wh Dae nacre torre » November 3. 3 Oo MOG se 2M erecta elie . 1875, May 22. 5 O0=6259,5 2517 40Gb 1876, February 25. » 63, 40815) DIR) cat ene Miaeooe » 94, 3 COLA AV GOO Rs ca eters » > September! £9: PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLERT &TRERT. LIST OF PAPERS ALLMAN, GEorGE JAMzEs, M.D., LU.D., F.R.S., &c., Pres. L.8. a Diagnoses of new Genera and Species of Hydroida. (Plates EXC AbO 7 KONG Prin ClUSiVies) ME. 4s erakhateeee dct seat leah eka senate 251 ANDERSON, JOHN, M.D., F.L.S., &c. On the Cloacal Bladders and on the Peritoneal Canals in Cichomiaiy Reh 912 S24 ak CUS Re ee RyAd cates t oeitareta 454 Note on the Piastron of the Gangetic Mud-Turtle (Zmyda dura of Buchanan Hamilton). (With a woodcut.) ............ 514 INoterony Arctomysiaichrous, | (elate Kee) i), lec ale oe 579 BurLer, ARTHUR G., F.LS., F.Z.8., &c. Descriptions of five new Species of Gonyleptes. (Plate VIII.). 151 Notes on the Lepidoptera of the Family Zygzenide, with De- scriptions of new Genera and Species. (Plates XXVII. & PRONGVALSTTE Yb caste st cc eae eM PLOTS A MEM SE. NTE NEE Hotta td « 542 On the Subfamilies Antichlorinz and Charideinee of the Lepi- dopterous Families Zygeenidee and Arctiide. (Plate XXIX.) 408 CosBBOLD, T. SpeNoER, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., &c. On the supposed Rarity, Nomenclature, Structure, Affinities, avd Source of the large human Fluke (Déstoma crassum, inde), (ONAN WOOGIE) 6congdustoduniOddd omeedaiaaas 285 USED SORE THOMAS. Note on a new Species of Japanese Brachiopoda ............ 109 Day, Francis, F.L.S., Surgeon-Major. Introduction of Trout and Tench into India ................ 562 On some of the Fishes of the Deccan ..... PAPA NEN at actus hate 565 Huxiry, THomas Henry, LL.D., Sec. R.S., F.LS., &e On the Classification of the Animal Kingdom ...... bin Ree 199 1Vv Jerrreys, J. Gwyn, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.5., Treas. Linn. Soe. ie On some species of Japanese Marine Shells and Fishes which inhabit also the North Atlantic .......-...-0+e.006. sateen LOG Luszock, Sir Joun, Bart., M.P., F.R.S., F.L.S., &e., Vice-Chan- cellor of the University of London. Observations on Bees and Wasps.—Part L.............+++--- 116 Observations on Bees, Wasps, and Ants.—Part I]. .......... 227 Observations on Ants, Bees, and Wasps.—Part IIL.......... 445 MacLacuuan, Ropert, F.L.S. &c. On Oniscigaster Wakefieldi, the singular Insect from New Zea- land, belonging to the Family Ephemeride ; with Notes on its Aquatic Conditions. \(Plate Vi).')1). 1-10 9) oe oer gare 139 Mosrtey, H. N., M.A., Naturalist to H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.’ Remarks on the Insects of Kerguelen’s Land.......... sishore to ROMS Pascor, Francis P., F.L.S., late Pres, Entom. Soc. Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Curculionidee.—Part Ve uCPlatesslss:1 ToT Vic )ie yee 8 ares en re tearemereats aici ek 0oMANES, Gror@E J., M.A., F.LS., &e. An Account of some new Species, Varieties, and Monstrous Hormisr ote Miedusaey injec sete a oles ete once occa steele ken ten eae 524 Scui6p78, J. C., Professor at Copenhagen. Notes on the Letters from Danish and Swedish Naturalists con- tained in the Linnean Correspondence..............++++0+ 196 Sre.ey, Prof. Harry Govier, F.L.S., F.G.S., &c. Resemblances between the Bones cf Typical living Reptiles and thesBonesvot others Amma siedscie ok lcehe acererere eee TESS Similitudes of the Bones in the Enaliosauria ...............- 296 SmirH, Hp@ar A., Esq., F.Z.8. A List of Marine Shells, chiefly from the Solomon Islands, with Descriptions of several new Species. (Plate XXX.) ...... 585 Srrpsine, The Rev. T. R. R., M.A., of Tor-Crest Hall, Torquay. A new Australian Spheromid, Cyclura venosa ; and notes on Dy- namene rubra and viridis. (Plates VI. & VIT.)........ aonb LEAS: Wank, Cuarwes H., Esq., F.L.S. Note on the Venous System of Birds, (With two wocdcuts.),. 55% Vv Page Warson, The Rey. R. Booa, F.R.S.E. Notes on Lowe’s MS. List of Webb’s Type Shells from the Cana- ries (1829), and on the Annotations thereon of D’Orbigny GSS 9) randlowes(ESCO) Ry earirerce vee de cvesicie «lobes ole lansitey: 516 We cu, Francis H., F.R.C.S., Assist. Prof. Pathol. Netley Hosp. The Anatomy of two Parasitic Forms of the Family Tetrarhyn- chide.) (lates XOXTV .5 XOWY., SSXGV De wire) ess aches wisin ebale 529 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Ls] Curcutionip®.—Figures of new, rare, or interesting species of Cole- > optera, and segments of same, to illustrate Mr. F’. P. Pascoe’s paper te | on these Beetles (Part IV.). VY. Ovisciaaster WaAkerinxpl, male and female imago, larva, and nymph, with parts of same, to illustrate Mr. R. MacLachlan’s paper on this New-Zealand Ephemerid. ( CycLURA vENOSA, nat. size and enlarged, with segments of same; also VI. , Dynamene Montagu, D. varians, and Idotea pelagica, to illustrate VII. | the Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing’s paper on a new Australian Sphee- { vomid &e. VIII. Gonynerrss, five new species, and parts of same, to illustrate Mr. A. G. Butler’s paper on the above genus of Harvest-Spiders. IX. xX XI. XII. XIII. XIV. XY. | Hyprompa, newgenera and species from Greenland, Scandinavia, India, XVI. ¢ Japan, New Zealand, &c., to illustrate Professor Allman’s paper on AVI. this group. XVIII. XIX. XX. XXTI. XXII. | XXIII. XXIV. : : ; | Anatomy or Crsrorpa, illustrating Mr. F. H. Welch’s paper on the eae family Tetrarhynchide. XXVIT. | Venarion, wines or Zyeanips, to illustrate Mr. A. G. Butler’s paper XXVIII. on this family of Lepidoptera. XXIX. Nezvratioy, illustrating Mr. A. G. Butler’s paper on the subfamilies Antichlorinz and Charideinz. XXX. New Marine sneuxs, illustrative of specimens described from the Solomon Islands &e. by Mr. Edgar A. Smith. XXXI. Akcromys DicHRovs, a new species of Marmot from Kabul, described by Dr. J. Anderson. CORRIGENDA ET ADDENDA. Page 138, line 18 from top, svdsté¢ute nine for “three” months. 343, — 15 from top, “Amycles” should there be Anycles—-the former being Herrich-Schiaffer’s genus, whereas the latter, Walker's genus, was intended. 353, — 12 from bottom, “Zrianura” ought to be Trianeura. 354, — 5 from bottom, for “Syntonis” read Syntomis. 419. The restricted genus Creatonotus of Herrich-Schaffer being superseded in the typical Arctiide by a group immediately following Spilosoma and allies, it is proposed to call the species Sutonocrea incerta.—A. G. Butumr, Aug. 1, 1876. 494, line 17 from top, for the word “ latter” read former. 494, — 18 from top, for the word “former” read latter. 563, — 3 from bottom, “Pyjcara” should be Pykara. 566, — 3 from bottom, for “Rajahmundy” read Rajahmundry. 570, footnote, top line, for ‘‘n. s.,” read Cuv. & Val. Dae ee RLK: mF hm as 2 Frprvary 11. Price 2s. THE JOURNAL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. ZOOLOGY. No. 57. Vou. XII. CONTENTS. Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Curculionidze.— Part IV. By Francis P. Pascoz, F.L.S., late Pres. Bin soc... Criates td. Piboe PV). oo ee 1 re Je Tes Ly, enh RST eee Ze Ship Bas \\ OCT: 39. x] : /— yet » “Sonar Must niga a LONDON: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE; ; AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, | AND WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 1874. THH JOURNAL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Curculionide. By Francis P. Pascor, F.LS., late Pres. Ent. Soc. Part IV. (Pxatss I., IT., TII., & IV.) [Read June 19, 1873.] RHINOSCAPHA BASILICA. R. nigra, nitida, supra irregulariter gra- nulata, interspatiis plerumque squamulis viridescentibus repletis ; capite rostroque interrupte squamosis, hoc indistincte nigro-carinu- lato ; antennis gracillimis; clava fusiformi; prothorace in medio lon- gitudinaliter lineato, granulis subplanatis, plurimis subcontiguis, in- structo ; elytris striato-punctatis, punctis elongatis, interstitiis impunc- tatis, granulis depressis transversis obliquisque irregulariter notatis, vitta basali aliisque in lateribus et pone medium fascia oblique margi- nibusque glaucis, vel argenteo-viridibus, decoratis; corpore infra pe- dibusque viridescentibus, vage nigro-punctatis. Long. 11 ln. Hab. Kaioa; Gilolo; Batchian; Makian; Ternate; Morty; Dorey. If I am right in associating many varieties together, this is a most inconstant species ; generally there are few or no traces of granules on the interstices of the elytra; and these are mostly bare of scales, except when the stripes and band occur ; then the scales vary in colour from a nearly pure white to a rich metallic LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. iE 2 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID. green. The slight ridge on the rostrum appears to be confined to the specimen here described; in others the rostrum is more or Jess grooved. Ruinoscapua auxica. R. nigra, nitida, in cavitatibus squamulis aureo-viridibus (vel albis) maculata; ecapite rostroque vage squamo- sis, longitudinaliter fortiter sulcatis, suleo utrinque lineis elevatis nigris limitato; antennis nigrescentibus, tenuiter vage squamosis ; clava fusiformi ; prothorace intricate corrugato, aliquando fere obso- lete impresso, in medio longitudinaliter canaliculato, lateribus viridi- vittato; elytris subsulcato-punctatis, punctis rotundatis, squamulis viridibus plus minusve repletis, interstitiis vix convexis, generaliter macula basali, fascia obliqua pone medium lateribusque aureo-viridi- bus; corpore infra pedibusque splendide aureo-viridibus. Long. 9-11 lin, Hab. Batchian. KR. insignis, Guér., differs, inter alia, from this species in its shorter rostrum, the longitudinal groove not extending to between the eyes, by the median ridge of the prothorax, and the striated elytra with narrow punctures. RurinoscapHa Sraintonr. (Pl. I. fig. 1.) R&R. nigra, vix nitida, squamulis minutis albidis preecipue densissime, capite rostroque squa- mulis fervide aureis sat dense, tecta, illo pone oculos depresso, hoe fortiter suleato; anteunis albido-squamosis; scapo recto; funiculo articulo secundo longiore; clava attenuata, fusca, murino-pubes- cente; prothorace oblongo, supra sparse nigro-granulato, interspatiis fulvescenti-, lateribus albido-squamosis, in medio linea nigra elevata notato; elytris obovatis, humeris fere obsoletis, apice rotundatis, se- riatim punctulatis, supra figura magna §,-formi nigra, punctis grossis squamulis albidis repletis, ornatis, reliquis elytrorum densissime albido- squamosis; corpore infra pedibusque dense albido-squamosis, his aureo-lavatis, parce pilosis, femoribus tibiisque opalescentibus. Long. 1] lin. (rost. inel.). Hab. New Guinea (Saylee). This fine species, the most isolated of the genus, I have dedi- cated to H. T. Stainton, Esq., F.R.S., &e. I believe but one ex- ample of it was taken by Mr. Wallace. Besides its remarkable coloration, it differs from the other members of Rhinoseapha in that the scrobe terminates before the eye and not beneath it. RuiNoscapHa rormosa. R. omnino argenteo-viridi-squamosa, opa- lescenti-refulgens, supra plagis auratis vel argentei-roseis ornata ; capite rostroque linea elevata nigra longitudinali instructis ; antennis tenuatis, articulis funiculi subeqnalibus, longiusculis; clava atten- MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID. 3 uata, infuscata; prothorace suboblongo, angusto, utrinque modice rotundato, supra nigro-granulato, linea elevata longitudinali vittisque duabus aurulentis notato; elytris striato-punctatis, punctis paulo elongatis, interstitiis tertio quintoque paulo magis convexis, remote nigro-punctulatis; corpore infra pedibusque punctis nigris adspersis. Long. 13 lin. (rost. incl.). Hab. Morty. This beautiful insect, of which, like the preceding, Mr. Wallace only obtained one specimen, is perhaps most allied to &. Dohrnitz, Von Voll., but the sculpture of the elytra and colour are at once distinctive; the latter is difficult to describe, and is probably variable. RHINOSCAPHA ALMA. AR. nigra, squamulis grisescentibus, elytris niveo-variis, dense tecta; rostro utrinque linea nigra levigata in- structe; antennis gracillimis, dense squamosis, rarissime setulosis ; prothorace pone apicem manifeste excavato, foveis nigris adsperso, dorso transversim subplicato, in medio linea elevata nitide nigra in- structo; elytris subsulcato-punctatis, punctis vix approximatis, in- terstitiis convexis, granulis subtilissimis nigris, singulis squamulam elongatam gerentibus, adspersis, basi plagis irregularibus, fascia flexu- Osa pone medium lateribusque, plus minusve niveis, ornatis ; cor- pore infra opalescente in medio czrulescenti-nebuloso ; pedibus nigro- maculatis, maculis squamulam elongatam gerentibus. Long. 11 lin. (rost. inel.). Hab. Aru. I have three specimens of this species, two of which are males and have the legs slightly opalescent. RHINOSCAPHA OPALESCENS. AR, nigra, ubique squamulis opalescen- tibus, in elytris pallide cezerulescenti-variis, dense tecta; rostro utrin- que haud nigro-lineato; antennis gracillimis, dense squamosis, raris- sime setulosis ; prothorace irregulariter foveatis, interspatiis tuberculis parvis nitide nigris munitis, in medio linea nigra impresso; elytris subsulcato-punctatis, punctis magis approximatis, interstitis convexis, granulis subtilissimis nigris, singulis squamulam elongatam gerenti- bus, adspersis, basi plaga irregulari elongata, aliis pone medium, simul sumptis fascizeformibus, lateribus, plus mimusve, maculisque postice, czerulescentibus, ornatis ; corpore infra pedibusque setulosis, ut in precedente. Long. 11 lin. (rost. inel.). Hab. Waigiou; Mysol; Dorey. A specimen from Mysol is nearly concolorous ; a pair from Dorey is less opalescent, and the blue is replaced by white. This and the preceding species are nearly allied; and putting colour aside, on which little dependence is to be placed, I think R. alma 1s 4 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID®. may be distinguished by the presence of a smooth black line run- ning down the convexity lying between the median and outer sulcus of the rostrum (the presence of the latter is one of the generic characters of Rhinoscapha), and by the raised line on the prothorax, both wanting in the present species. RurNoscarPua verrucosa. (PI. 1. fig.2.) R. nigra, argenteo-cervino- vel argenteo-viridi-squamosa ; capite pedibusque ezeruleis vel albidis, rostro in medic nigro-carinato; antennis dense ceeruleo-squamosis ; scapo arcuato ; clava infuscata, pubescente ; prothorace utrinque mo- dice rotundato, basi apiceque fere zqualibus; supra nigro granulato, in medio linea elevata nigra; scutello oblongo; elytris suleato- punctatis, punctis densissime squamosis, interstitiis convexis, granulis oblongis nitide nigris irregularibus maculatis; pedibus setigero- punctatis. Long. 8-10 lin. (rost. inel.). Hab. Matabello; Goram; Bouru; Amboyna; Sula; Java. The colour varies from an opake pale greyish white to silver- fawn and silver-greenish ; but in all the elytra are beautifully spotted with glossy black irregularly formed granules. It may possibly be Curculio amictus, Wiedem. RHINOSCAPHA SELLATA. (PI. I. fig. 3.) R. nigra, squamulis albis, supra interruptis, omnino dense tecta ; antennis minus gracillimis, dense albo- squamosis; clava attenuata, basi haud pedunculata, dimidio apicali nigro; prothorace subreticulato-tuberculato, poné apicem excavato, tuberculis plus mimusve conspicuis nitide nigris ; elytris striato-punc- tatis, punctis angustis, elongatis, interstitiis convexis, m medio pone scutellum et pone medium ad latera protensis lmeis tuberculiformibus transversis, nitide nigris instructis. Long. 63-10 lin. (vost. mel.). Hab. Batchian. Of this species I have five exaniples, all easily distinguishable by the short raised bars across the interstices confined to a large patch behind the scutellum and which spreads out to the sides behind the middle, the hollows formed by the bars being filled in with white scales, giving the spotted appearance as seen in the Plate. RHINOSCAPHA STOLIFERA. AR. nigra, squamulis ochraceo-grisescen- tibus, albido variis, dense tecta; antennis minus gracillimis ; clava ovali, basi haud pedunculata, fere nigra; prothorace irregulariter foveato, maculis nitide nigris minutis adsperso, in medio longitudina- liter suleato; elytris striato-punctatis, punctis elongatis, interstitiis carinatis, im medio a basi usque ad paulo pone medium tum ad latera protensis, iterstitiis nitide nigro flexuoso-culminatis, colore etiam saturate ochraceo ; corpore infra albido-squamoso, lateribus sternorum MR. F. P. PASCOE ON TILE CURCULIONID A. o abdominisque ochraceo-maculatis ; pedibus ochraceis. Long. 11 lin. (rost. inel.). Hab. Waigiou. The strongly raised interstices, some of them in part having the angular ridge zigzag and glossy black, and this portion of the elytra being of a darker ochreous colour, forming, as in the pre- ceding species, a somewhat J-shaped figure, readily marks off this species from its congeners. RHINOSCAPHA MILIARIS. R. nigra, squamulis griseo-opalescentibus, elytris viridulo variis, dense tecta; rostro paulo elongato, metallico- viridi-squamoso, maculis parvis nigris adsperso; antennis gracillimis, funiculo setulis paucis longis munito; clava basi subpedunculata ; prothorace pone apicem excavato, irregulariter subfoveato, granilis numerosis nitide nigris ineequalibus adsperso; elytris suleato-punc- tatis, punctis late impressis, interstitiis subuniseriatim granulatis, tertio, quinto septimoque manifeste magis elevatis; corpore infra pedibusque concinne opalescentibus aureoque lavatis. Long. 11 lin. (rost. incl.). Hab. Mysol. My only specimen of this species is at first sight not very unlike 2. Dohrnii, Voll. ; but, besides the far less brilliant colora- tion, the raised alternate interstices of the elytra, all of them with a single, but not very regular, row of minute and very distinct granules, and the broadly impressed puncture in the sulci will at once suffice to separate them. RHINOSCAPHA CARINATA. R. nigra, supra squamulis viridulis in- terrupte tecta; rostro squamulis aureo-viridibus griseisque inter- mixtis sejunctim vestito, suleo mediano lineatim inciso ; antennis modice tenuatis, sordide griseo-squamosis ; clava basi pedunculata ; prothorace pone apicem excavato, dorso foveato, irregulariter rude tu- berculato et utrinque viridi vittato ; elytris suleato-punctatis, punctis elongatis, interstitiis nigro culminatis, tertio, quinto septimoque usque ad partem declivam carinatis, juxta suturam lineis transversis clevyatis nigris instructis ; corpore infra pedibusque metallico-anreo-viridibus, his squamulis fuscis variis. Long. 9 lin. (rost. incl.). Hab. Morty. The raised interstices of the elytra in this species are glossy black except at the sides; and between the first of these raised interstices and the suture are transverse bars, as in ZR. sellata; and the hollows are in ike manner filled in with scales: in other parts of the elytra the scales are sufficiently contiguous to form 6 _MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDA. patches; but, judging from the two examples of this species before me, there is the usual variability in this respect. Bracuycerus Tursio. (PI. I. fig. 10.) B. ovatus, niger, squamosi- — tate albida, fusco-plagiata, vestitus; rostro basi longitudinaliter ex- eavato, vage punctato ; oculis ovatis, infra acuminatis; antennis albo- squamosis ; prothorace subtransverso, utrinque in medio late angulato- producto, rarissime inequaliter punctato, vitta fusca, apicem versus gradatim dilatata, ornato; elytris globosis, impunctatis, humeris ma- culaque magna pone medium fuscis; abdomine nigro, segmentis utrinque macula albo-squamosa notatis; pedibus albido-squamosis. Long. 8 lin. Hab. Damara Land. This well-marked species belongs to Schénherr’s “Stirps 1” and “ Manipulus 1.” ACANTHOLOPHUS NASICORNIS. A. oblongus, niger, sejunctim albido- squamosus ; fronte lineis duabus impressa, supra oculum spinis dua- bus connatis; rostro basi transversim sulcato, antice fortiter excavato, ad latera carinato, carime apice spa conica munito, basi triangulari- ter foveata; antennis elongatis, squamosis, setulis adspersis ; funiculo articulo seeundo quam primo fere duplo longiore, quatuor ultimis longiusculis; clava elongata; prothorace paulo convexo, leviter gra- nulato, in medio longitudinaliter sulcato, suleo utrinque basi tuber- culis duobus parvis obsito, apice utrinque tuberculo conieo instructo, lateribus dorsi quadrituberculatis, tuberculis duobus anticis majoribus, antico minore, basi connatis, posticis minusculis, sed tuberculo posticoe longiuseulo; elytris seriatim foveatis, dorso interstitiis granulatis, postice magis tuberculatis, interstitio quinto (humerali) tubereulis conicis majusculis (circa 11-12) munito, lateribus foveatis; pedibus squamosis, nigro-setosis. Long. 8 lin. Hab. West Australia. The seales, under a Codington, are of a pearly lustre; but to the naked eye the back has a smoky tinge varied with cinereous ; the two median rows of tubercles on the prothorax are not di- stinctly marked off from those on the disk, except two somewhat larger tubercles on each side at the base. ACANTHOLOPHUS GLADIATOR. (PI. II. fig. 3.) A. oblongus, fuscus, interrupte silaceo-squamosus ; rostro antice leviter trifido-impresso, supra oculum spina valida instructo ; clava modice peduncuiata ; pro- thorace supra bifariam tuberculato, tubereulo antico valde producto, securiformi, tuberculo postico parvo, inter eos tubereulis quatuor ob- conicis obsito, lateribus utrinque tritubereulato, anteriore manifeste longiore, postico parvo; elytris trifariam tuberculatis, quatuor anticis MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID A. 7 suturalibus minoribus, ceteris elongato-spiniformibus, lateribus gra- nulatis, albo variegatis; abdomine sparse punctato. Long. 8 lin. Hab. West Australia. The two large hatchet-shaped spines overhanging the head is diagnostic of this species. It is unfortunate that the name of Acantholophus should have been previously used by Koch for a genus of spiders*. ACANTHOLOPHUS SIMPLEX. A. oblongus, niger, squamis rufo-brun- neis in cavitatibus sat dense vestitus; fronte excavata; rostro utrin- que lamina triangulari suleato, basi bifoveato, supra oculum spinis duabus connatis, postica elongata recurva, antica parva vel dentiformi, instructo; antennis haud elongatis, dense squamosis, nigro-setulosis ; funiculo articulis quatuor ultimis subovalibus; prothorace subanguste convexo, supra tuberculis granuliformibus, circa quatuordecim in serie- bus irregularibus duabus ordinatis, lateribus utrinque tuberculo spini- formi armatis, basi sat fortiter sulcato; elytris oblongo-obovatis, granulis minutis subseriatim munitis, ad latera magis tuberculatis, interstitio tertio postice tuberculo minusculo obsito, apice anguste rotundatis ; abdomine segmento secundo tertio paulo longiore ; pedi- bus sat dense squamosis, setulis adspersis. Long. 6 lin. Hab. West Australia. The concavity in the forehead is principally formed by a fold connecting the spines above the eyes; the elytra are covered with numerous small granules, many of them almost hidden by the scales, but becoming more tuberculate at the sides. ANASCOPTES. (Amycterine.) Caput inter oculos excavatum ; rostrwm capite angustius, utrinque trituberculatum ; serobes infra oculos currentes. Oculi prominul, rotundati, fortiter granulati. Prothorax utrinque angulatus, basi angustus, apice productus, lobis ocularibus nullis. Elytra ovalia, postice subito declivia. Hemora modice incrassata ; tibie recte; farsi articulis tribus basalibus breviter triangularibus, ultimo elongato. Abdomen ut in Acantholopho. In some respects like Acantholophus, but without ocular lobes, anid with prominent eyes and well-limited scrobes running beneath the eye. ANASCOPTES MURICATUs, (PI. II. fig.6.) A. miger, opacus ; capite * 1837, ten years before Schénherr described his genus. 8 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDZ. inter oculos profunde excayato; rostro autice subplanato; antennis ferrugineis; funiculo articulo secundo longiusculo, sequentibus ro- tundatis; prothorace in medio profunde canaliculato, marginibus apiceque canalicule tuberculis difformibus elevatis munitis, ad latera in medio tuberculo elongato, supra ad basin excavato, instructo; ely- tris supra tuberculis numerosis conicis, basi posticeque magis elongatis, instructis, apice explanato-rotundatis, bituberculatis; pedibus sparse setosulis. Long. 3 lin. Hab. Swan River. POLYCRETA. (Amycterine.) Caput antice subplanatum, supra oculum tuberculatum; rostrum capite multo angustius, subelongatum, basi sulcatum, antice bituberculatum; scrobes subterminales, ante oculos evanes- centes. Ocult prominuli, rotundati, tenuiter granulati. Scapus elongatus. Prothorax basi lateribusque rotundatus, apice pro- ductus, lobis ocularibus obsoletis. Hlytra ovata, convexa. Femora modice incrassata; tibie recte, vel paulo incurvate, apice crassiores ; tarsi elongati. Abdomen ut in Hyborhyncho. This genus seems to be most nearly allied to Hyborhynchus, MacLeay, jun.; butit has a narrower and longer rostrum, especi- ally narrow in the part between the scrobes, and the eyes are prominent and finely faceted. PoLycreTa METRICA. (PI. II. fig.1.) P.anguste ovata, fusca, squa- mulis parvis, fere ubique, plerumque silaceis irrorata ; capite rostroque medio albo-squamosis, hoc tuberculis duobus elongatis compressis basi obsito; antennis piceis; funiculo articulo secundo breviore, ultimis subrotundatis ; clava brevi; prothorace in medio albo-vittato, lateribus disci bifariam spinosis, spina penultima exteriore maxima; elytris bifariam conico-tuberculatis, tuberculo solitario, apice spini- formi, pone humeros instructis, utrinque ad tertiam partem albo- squamosis, pone medium fascia albo-squamosa muunitis; pedibus fer- rugineis, longe pilosis. Long. 3-33 lin. Hab. Champion Bay. SCLERORHINUS T&NIATUS. S. elongatus, niger, squamulis minutis obscure umbrinis, tuberculis exceptis, dense tectus; rostro crasso, carina media brevi; oculis minusculis; clava elliptica; prothorace transverso, utrinque amplhiato, granulis remotis nitidis, singulis seta minuta imstructis, munito; elytris ubique prothorace vix latioribus, humeris subbidentato-productis, apice late rotundatis, ad suturam MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDA. 9 perparum productis, singulatim dorso pallide trivittato, vitta interiore basali abbreviata, irregulariter striato-punctulatis, interstitiis 2. 3. 4. tu- berculis oblongis remotis, singulis seta minuta instructis, interstitio sexto granulis magis confertis munito ; metasterno abdomineque late- ribus griseo-squamosis, in medio longitudinaliter dense silaceo-pilosis. Long. 9 lin. Hab. South Australia. Allied to 8. longus, MacLeay, jun., but differently coloured, the rostrum with a central carina, and with smaller and more nume- rous tubercles on the elytra, the second interstice with four, the third with nine or ten, and the fourth with two; the elytra are about twice and a half as long as the prothorax. SCLERORHINUS MOLESTUS. 5S. elongatus, niger, squamulis minutis silaceis sejunctim tectus; rostro crasso, carina media fere obsoleta, capiteque squamulis piliformibus sat dense vestitis; oculis majoribus ; clava pedunculata; prothorace transverso, lateribus ampliato, in medio longitudinaliter impresso, granulis depressis subnitidis, singulis seta minuta a basi postice projecta, munito; elytris prothorace in medio vix latioribus, humeris callosis, apice sat late rotundatis, seria- tim tuberculatis, tuberculis parvis, plerumque subconicis, singulis seta minuta postice instructis, seriebus secunda quartaque tubereulis sin- gulatim cirea quinque gerentibus, interstitio suturali tuberculis multo minoribus, circa-Z0, instructo; metasterno abdomineque m medio lon- _ gitudinaliter dense pilosis. Long. 10 lin. Hab. South Australia. In many respects like the last, but, inter alia, with the elytra very differently tuberculated; the third and fifth interstices have about sixteen or seventeen tubercles on each. SCLERORHINUS MARGINATUS. S. elongatus, niger, leete umbrino-squa- mosus, griseoque vittatus ; rostro longiore, in medio linea levi nigra ad frontem protensa ; capite rostroque vittis duabus medianis, lateri- bus et supra oculos griseis; oculis majoribus ; clava elliptica; pro- thorace transverso, utrinque rotundato, granulis minusculis sat re- motis munito, dorso trivittato, vitta intermedia angusta; elytris pro- thorace triplo longioribus, confertim granulatis et tuberculatis, gra- nulis plerumque proxime suturam obsitis, tuberculis parvis conicis, apice singulorum seta recurva instructo, sutura, vitta humerali margi- nibusque exterioribus giiseis; metasterno abdomineque ad latera griseo-plagiatis, in medio longitudinaliter dense silaceo-pilosis ; pedi- bus griseis, nigro irroratis ; tarsis posticis lmearibus. Long. 9 lin. (rost. imel.). Hab. South Australia. This species may be compared to S. pilularius ; but it has a nar- 10 MR. F. P. PASCOHE ON THE CURCULIONID&. rower rostrum, and the tubercles on the elytra are much smaller generally, more numerous, and irregularly crowded between the suture and sixth or infrahumeral interstice. ScLERORHINUS ECHINOPS. S. oblongo-ovatus, niger, in cavitatibus silaceo- et maculatim albo-squamosus; capite squamis elongatis, fuscis, silaceo-trilineatis, inter oculos paulo excavato; rostro antice sat fortiter excavato, in medio levigato, basi trifoveato; antennis haud elongatis; prothorace transverso, sat confertim granulato, lobis ocu- laribus modice prominulis; elytris subseriatim tuberculatis, tuberculis mediocribus, basalibus depressis, posticis conicis, singulis setam basi nigram recurvam gerentibus, humeris tuberculatis, apice late rotun- datis ; corpore infra nigro nitido, abdomine in medio silaceo-maculato. Long. 8 lin. Hab. West Australia. Of all the named species known to me, I can only compare this to 8. pilularius, Macleay, jun.; but, iter alia, itis shorter, the tubercles on the elytra larger and more numerous, and those on the base much depressed. ScLERORHINUS MELICEPS. 8S. oblongus, fuscus, opacus; capite rostroque squamis angustis et setiformibus late ochraceis, illo densis- sime, tectis, hoe in medio modice excavato, carina media obsoleta; antennis fuscis ; scapo haud elongato; oculis minusculis; prothorace vix transverso, apice basi latitudine fere cequali, lobis ocularibus sub- prominulis, apice rufo-marginato, granulis numerosis, basi indetermi- natis, singulis setam lete ochraceam gerentibus, munito; elytris subo- valibus, prothorace paulo latioribus, confertim tuberculatis, tuberculis minusculis, granuliformibus, plurimis aspersis aliis subseriatim dis- positis, apice nitidis et setam leete ochraceam gerentibus; abdomine in medio dense silaceo-piloso; pedibus rufescentibus, sparse pilesis ; tibiis intermediis apice intus emarginatis. Long. 73 lin. Hab. Queensland (Rockhampton). This species is remarkable far the numerous small tubercles on the elytra and the notch on the intermediate tibie, which, how- ever, may possibly be only a sexual character. TALAURINUS VicTor. T. oblongo-ovatus, niger, in cavitatibus squa- mulis vel squamositate umbrinis vel griseis munitus; capite setigero- punctato ; rostro crasso, antice prefunde excavato, basi biimpresso, carina exteriore ad oculum protensa; clava basi elongato-obconica ; prothorace transverso, utrinque in medio subangulato, granulis majus- culis seyunctim instructo ; elytris prothorace latioribus, pone medium latioribus, basi truncatis, humeris dentatis, apice paulo ampliatis, ad suturam triangulariter productis, ubique granulis ineequalibus sat con- fertim instructis, granulis singulis setam subtilissimam gerentibus ; cor- MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDA. 1L pore infra nitide nigro, setulis minutis adsperso ; tarsis sat angustis, posticis hand elongatis. Long. 11 lin. Hab. South Australia. This description is made from a female ; the male has the apex of the elytra mucronate, and longer posterior tarsi. This fine spe- cies has the outline of 7 rugifer, Bois., but is very differently sculptured. . TALAURINUS FUNEREUS. T. oblongus, niger, vix nitidus, squamulis silaceis in cavitatibus munitus; capite parce setuloso, occipite solo silaceo-squamoso; rostro brevi, punctato, capite angustiore, in medio profunde sulcato, basi bifoveato; scapo modice elongato ; clava basi elongato-obconica; prothorace transverso, utrinque rotundato, gra- nulis minusculis sat confertim munito; elytris pone medium latio- ribus, humeris tuberculatis, apice rotundatis, seriatim subfoveatis et granulatis, interstitus parce tuberculatis, tuberculis posticis solis modice conicis, alteris granuliformibus ; corpore infra subnitido ; seg- mentis tribus ultimis abdominis in medio macula squamosa notatis. Long. 83 lin. Hab. West Australia. The rostral fovea is formed by the approximation of the intermediate carina to the outer, which is a step towards its obliteration. On the elytra it is hard to say where the gra- nules end and the tubercles begin; but one or two may be counted in the first row (second interstice), four or five in the second, one in the third; the fourth or humeral row has also four or five, without counting four or five tolerably stout granules near the shoulder ; and the outer row has some five or six: the inter- mediate granules accompanying the fovex are very small. TALAURINUS PUSTULATUS. T. oblongo-ovatus, niger, obscurus, in cavitatibus asperse silaceo-squamulosus ; capite parce setuloso ; rostro brevi, crasso, basi bifoveato; scapo modice elongato; clava basi elongato-obconica; prothorace subtransverso, utrinque rotundato, granulis depressis majusculis muuito ; elytris irregulariter foveatis, et granulatis, tuberculis minusculis, breviter conicis, sat remote obsitis, humeris tuberculatis, apice rotundatis, ad suturam paulo productis; corpore infra subnitido ; segmentis intermediis in medio maculatim - squamosis. Long. 73 lin. Hab. West Australia. Tn this dull black species the granules and tubercles are much flatter than usual. On the elytra it is difficult to trace any linear arrangement of the foves, but the tubercles are dispersed in the following manner :—four or five in the first row, eight or nine in 12 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDA., the second, one in the third, and in the fourth or humeral row two, which are quite posterior; at the shoulder, and forming the outer row, are granules only. TALAURINUS CARBONARIUS. T. ovatus, niger, opacus, squamulis fili- formibus minutis nigrescentibus adspersus ; capite subtiliter punctu- lato; rostro crasso, capite paulo angustiore, antice modice excavato, basi bifoveato ; scapo sat breviusculo; clava elliptica; prothorace trans- verso, utrinque rotundato, granulis minusculis sat confertim munito, lobis ocularibus manifestis ; elytris postice paulo latioribus, humeris vix productis, apice late rotundatis, dorso transversim foveato, inter- stitiis indeterminatis, paulo elevatis, granulis parvis seriatim et biseri- atim ordinatis; corpore infra nigro, vix nitidec. Long. 72 lin. Hab. West Australia. The intermediate rostral carine are in this species almost entirely obliterated, so that in reality there is only a short stout carina on each side; the sculpture of the elytra is confined to small approximate granules, each bearing a pale minute seta arranged in lines, or here and there in double lines, with well- marked transverse fovee between them. TALAURINUS PHRYNOS. T’. ovatus, fuscus, squamulis minutis silaceis vestitus, supra granulis numerosis, singulis setam magnam gerentibus ; capite punctulato, fronte valde convexo; rostro brevi, capite paulo angustiore, antice modice excavato, carinis intermediis approximatis, basi sulco flexuoso impresso ; oculis subovalibus ; clava breviuscula ; prothorace vix transverso, utrinque fortiter rotundato, confertim granulato, dorso utrinque vitta pallida notato; elytris leviter depressis, subcostatis, lateribus ampliato-rotundatis, humeris tuberculo parvo instructis, apicibus ad suturam dentato-productis, dorso transversim foveato-impressis, granulis minutis nitide nigris seriatim ordinatis, maculis indistinctis vittatim notatis ; corpore infra nigro, subnitido ; abdomine granulis minutis adsperso. Long. 9 lin. Hab. Queensland (Rockhampton). A broad dull-coloured species indistinctly striped or mottled with greyish ; the numerous minute glossy granules on the elytra are seated on slightly raised lines, the alternate ones, of which there are three on each elytron, including one close to the suture, are more pronounced; the set are only Jarge when compared with the granules from which they arise. It is probably near T. wmecertus, Macleay, jun., which, however, is described as “ oblongo-ellipticus niger cinereo-squamosus,”’ Trans. Ent. Soc. New South Wales, i. p. 221. MR. F. P. FASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDSA, 138 TALAURINUS MoLossuS. T. oblongus, niger, nitidus ; capite rostroque brevibus, sparse punctulatis, illo lato, hoc paulo angustiore, carinis intermediis brevibus, conjunctis, haud prominulis ; scapo pone oculum haud protenso ; clava parva, subelliptica; prothorace subtransverso, ampliato, utrinque foxtiter rotundato, granulis majusculis sat confer- tim munito; elytris pone medium paulo latioribus, humeris tubercu- latis, apice subrotundatis, ad suturam perparum divaricatis, seriatim tuberculatis ef granulatis, squamulis minutis in cavitatibus munitis, tuberculis nonnullis oblongis, vel ad basin transversis, plurimis conicis, ad latera inzequaliter granulatis; abdomine segmentis tribus ultimis squamis maculatim notatis. Long. 9 lin. Hab. West Australia. A robust species, with a short scape and sinall antenne, whose immediate affinities are not obvious. The tubercles on the elytra are thus disposed: the second interstice has five, mostly oblong, tubercles; the third has from fourteen to sixteen, extending from the base, where they are somewhat transverse, to the apex, the fourth three, the fifth or humeral twelve, but three or four of the posterior only are conical ; the outer row has nine or ten mostly rounded tubercles or large granules ; the first or sutural interstice is also rather roughly granulate. TALAURINUS MELANOPSIS. T. oblongo-subovatus, niger, nitidus, supra esquamosus, granulis tuberculisque, singulis setam ninutam ge- rentibus, confertim munitus ; capite antice fortiter granulato; rostro brevissimo, crasso, modice excavato, pone apicem sulco f-formi im- presso, basi iter carinas utrinque granulo unico notato; antennis gracilibus ; prothorace transverso, lateraliter rotundato, sat confertim granulato, lobis ocularibus obsoletis ; elytris ovalibus, in medio latiori- bus, basi subtruncatis, humeris calloso-productis, seriatim tubercu- latis, regione scutellari granulatis, tuberculis conicis, versus apicem manifeste minoribus; corpore infra sparse nigro-setoso, in medio setis longitudinaliter condensatis; pedibus piceis. Long. 6 lin. Hab. West Australia. The angular transverse groove just behind the apex of the very short rostrum, followed by a corresponding elevation, which is formed by the union of the two inner oblique carine, differenti- ates this species from any of its section among the tuberculate species of Talaurinus. _TALAURINUS SIMULATOR. T. oblongo-ovatus, niger, nitidus, supra granulis tuberculisque majusculis, squamulam minutam gerentibus, con- fertim munitus; capite fere levigato; rostro crasso, fortiter excavato, basi profunde bifoveato; autennis crassioribus; prothorace minus 14 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID SZ. transverso, granulis majusculis subdepressis munito, lobis ocularibus manifestis ; elytris pone medium latioribus, basi arcuatis, humeris vix productis, tuberculis majusculis usque ad apicem instructis, lateribus in cavitatibus albido-squamosis ; corpore infra sparse punctulato, haud setoso. Long. 8 lin. Hab. West Australia. The principal differences between this and the last species are the larger size of the tubercles, more ovate outline, stouter an- tenn, the presence of ocular lobes, and the incurved base of the elytra; the sculpture of the rostrum, moreover, is essentially different, and resembles that of 7. tuberculatus; but the rostrum itself is much thicker and shorter, and the head is concave in front. TaLaurinus Macueayi. T. subangustatus, niger, squamis supra cineraceis silaceisque vittatim, lateribus albis, vestitus; capite ros- troque setigero-punctatis, hoc brevi, capite vix angustiore, fortiter trisuleato, carinis intermediis subparallelis; funiculo articulis quatuor ultimis subrotundatis ; prothorace subtransverso, utrinque ampliato- rotundato, granulis sat confertim munito, sed in medio pone apicem longitudinaliter interrupto; elytris prothorace hand latioribus, (2 ) paulo angustioribus, humeris haud productis, apice late rotundatis, seriatim irregulariter foveatis, lateribus ineequaliter granulatis, supra tuberculis majusculis conicis in seriebus tribus ordinatis; corpore infra pedibusque albo-squamosis maculis nigris irroratis; abdomine nudo, maculis albo-squamosis notato, segmento ultimo, in utroque sexu, medio nigro-velutino. Long. 7 lin. Hab. King George’s Sound. A very distinct species, which, but for its strongly convex fore- head, I should have referred to Amycterus; in the first row the tubercles, two or three in number, correspond to gaps in the second row, which has six or seven tubercles, whilst the outer row has eight. I dedicate this species to William MacLeay, jun., Esq., who has added so much to our knowledge of this group. TALAURINUS ENCAUSTUS. T. ovatus, niger, squamulis minutis, supra silaceis albisque variegatus, lateribus abdomineque albis nigro-irrora- tis; rostro capite haud angustiore, fortiter trisuleato, carinis inter- mediis divaricatis, capiteque setigero-punctatis, vix squamosis; funi- culo articulis quatuor ultimis obovatis ; prothorace transverso, utrinque rotundato, granulis sat confertim munito, sed in medio pone apicem longitudinaliter interrupto, lobis ocularibus leviter prominulis, dorso utrinque subvittatim plagiato; elytris brevibus, convexis, lateribus rotundatis, m medio prothorace manifeste latioribus, tuberculis conicis MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDA, 15 minusculis numerosis, granulisque intermixtis, instructis, supra irre- gulariter albido-plagiatis, apice sat late rotundatis ; tarsis intermediis posticisque angustis. Long. 7 lin. (rost. inel.). Hab. King George’s Sound. The head and prothorax in this species are not unlike those of the preceding ; but the short convex elytra with their numerous tubercles are essentially different. TALAURINUS TENUIPES. (PI. II. fig. 2.) T. niger, opacus, lateri- bus aliquando abdomineque niveo-maculatis ; rostro capite angustiore, basi antice in medio bifoveato ; fronte fere obsolete granulata ; funiculo articulis quatuor ultimis rotundatis; clava basi oblongo-obconica; prothorace transverso, antice dilatato, ante medium latiore, tum ad basin gradatim angustiore, basi ipse quam apice multo angustiore, granulis elevatis subconicis sejunctim munito; elytris ovato-cordatis, ineequaliter granulatis, singulis tuberculis conicis in seriebus duabus ordinatis, tuberculo humerali bifido, apicem versus minus granulatis ; pedibus elongatis, gracilibus; tarsis, preesertim posticis, linearibus, longiuseulis. Long. 4-65 lin. Hab. Swan River (Albany). The description is made from an individual nearly deprived of scales, but having a shorter and more characteristic prothorax than another individual, which has small silaceous scales.on the upper parts and the sides dotted with pure white spots; the femora and tibiz also are clothed with white scales. This species is allied to 7. hystricosus. So far as the linear tarsi are concerned, there are intermediate forms which take us back to the very short tarsi of 7. rugiceps, Macleay, jun. TALAURINUS TESSELLATUS. (PI II fig. 11.) T. oblongo-ovalis, niger, variegatim albido- silaceoque sejunctim squamosus ; rostro antice parum excavato, capite paulo angustiore, cum capite fuscis, vitta grisea supra oculum alteraque in medio, ad apicem rostri divisa, ornatis ; funiculo articulis quatuor ultimis subtriangularibus ; clava basi elon- gato-obconica; prothorace longitudine vix latiore, lateribus ampliatis, granulis parvis asperso, fusco, dorso vittis tribus albidis ornato ; elytris postice gradatim latioribus, apice subtruncatis, subseriatim granulatis, interstitiis fortiter foveato-impressis, albidis, silaceo-variegatis, sparse fusco tessellato-maculatis; corpore infra nitide nigro; abdomine segmento singulo trimaculatim silaceo-squamoso; mesosterno pro-. minulo; pedibus nigro-maculatis. Long. 7 lin. Hab. Western Australia (Champion Bay). A species, like many others, lying between Talaurinus and Sclerorhinus; it may to a certain extent be compared with 7. Manglesii. 16 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDS. TALAURINUS GENICULATUS. T. oblongo-ovalis, niger, squamis griseis silaceisque variegatus; capite granulato; rostro brevi, antice parum excavato, triangulariter impresso, triangulo utrinque albo-marginato ; prothorace modice transverso, apice quam basi angustiore, remote granulato, griseo, supra vittis duabus silaceis ornato ; elytris breviter ovatis, basi paulo depressis, humeris tuberculatis, tenuiter striato- punctatis, interstitiis elevato-granulatis, anterius granulis minoribus depressis, posterius et lateraliter majoribus conicis, dorso griseis, sub- vittatim silaceo-variegatis, lateribus albis ; pedibus albido-squamosis, femoribus apice nigris. Long. 8 lin. Hab. West Australia. Allied to 7. Manglesii, Boh., but differently coloured, with shorter more depressed elytra, smaller granules at the base, and much fewer posteriorly. TALAURINUS LEMMUs. _ T. ovatus, niger, plagiatim griseo-squamosus 5 rostro brevi, in medio fortiter anguste sulcato, sulco basi bifureato ; clava antennarum funiculo vix crassiore, basi elongato-obconica ; prothorace transverso, utrinque rotundato, basi quam apice parum angustiore, supra sparse granulato, vittis tribus griseis ornato ; elytris subcordatis, humeris dentato-productis, seriatim profunde foveatis, transversim parce granulatis, apicibus paulo divaricatis, supra plagis griseis notatis, lateribus sejunctim albido-squamosis; corpore infra nitide nigro. Long. 4 lin. Hab. Western Australia. In appearance like 7. spinosus, MacLeay, jun., but the elytra rather granulate than tuberculate, and a totally different rostrum. TALAURINUS PUPA. T. ovatus, niger, fere esquamosus, capite ros- troque granulatis, hoe magis rugoso, in medio paulo, apice fortiter excavato, fronte sulco V-formi impresso ; antennis nitide nigris, clava latiore ; prothorace transverso, utrinque rotundato, basi quam apice parum latiore, supra sat confertim fortiter granulato, lateribus tuber- culatis; elytris subcordatis, humeris dentato-productis, seriatim conico-tuberculatis, sed regione suturali granulis parvis instructis, lateribus albido-maculatis ; corpore infra nitide nigro. Long 4 lin. Hab. West Australia. Allied to the preceding, but nearly without scales above, and the elytra tuberculate. In two females, which are considerably broader than the males, there is an indistinct whitish stripe on each side of the prothorax. TALAURINUS CARIOSUS. T. elongato-ovatus, squamulis minutis parce adspersus; rostro longiore, in medio valde excavato, basi subtiliter transversim suleato; funiculo articulis subpyriformibus; claya basi MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDE. 17 oblongo-obconica ; prothorace longiore quam latiore, subcylindrico, antice in medio profunde longitudinaliter, ad latera transversim et pone medium irregulariter transversim sulcato, sulcis minori- bus basin versus longitudinaliter impresso; elytris ovalibus, pro- thorace ubique paulo latioribus, nodulosis, cavitatibus foveiformibus, humeris haud prominulis ; corpore infra tenuiter remote punctulato. Long. 5-6 lin. Hab. West Australia. Mr. Macleay would probably arrange this species in his fourth section “ Foveati;’’ the elytra, however, are neither granulate or tuberculate, and are without a trace of sete. TALAURINUS caPiTo. (Pl. II. fig. 7.) T. fusco-niger, opacus, sparse setosus ; capite magno; rostro brevi, ad apicem capite latiore, antice vix excavato, linea impressa spatia duo ovata in medio includente ; oculis parvis; antennis validis ; funiculo articulis duobus basalibus longiusculis, czteris subobconicis, ultimo longiore; clava basi oblongo-obeconica ; prothorace latitudine vix longiore, basi quam apice angustiore, in medio utrmque subangulato, ubique confertim granulato ; elytris obovatis, seriatim foveatis, interstitiis transversim conferte granulatis, apice rotundatis; corpore infra setis numerosis appressis munito; tarsis modice dilatatis, Long. 9 lin. (rost. incl.). Hab. Champion Bay. Remarkable for the large size of the head, and the regularity of the sculpture ; Z. angustatus, MacLeay, jun., has a similarly marked rostrum. TALAURINUS LAVICOLLIS. (PI. II. fig. 8.) T. ovatus, niger, sub nitidus, esquamosus ; capite rostroque disperse subtiliter punctatis, hoe longiore, ad apicem latiore, in medio oblique bicarinato ; anten- nis setosis; funiculo articulis quatuor ultimis valde transversis; clava breviter elliptica; prothorace transverso, utrinque rotundato, supra leevigato, subtilissime remote punctulato, lateribus obsolete granulato ; elytris ovato-cordatis, basi prothorace in medio latioribus, profunde et grosse foveatis, foveis magnis, inzequalibus, apice parum productis ; corpore infra nigro, impunctato, segmentis singulis in medio macula pallide ochracea ornatis. Long. 7 lin. Hab. Victoria. This species has no relationship to any of the three species of the Foveati group described by Mr. Macleay, jun. It seems to be the only species of Amyctering with a smooth prothorax. The rostrum is marked in a manner not unlike 7. Mastersiz, MacLeay, jun. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 2 18 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDA. Motocutvs. Rostrum crassum, antice transversim arcuato-excavatum, basi sul- catum. Prothorar angulis posticis obliquis, ad elytra haud arcte applicatus; ¢arsz articulis omnibus dilatatis. Cetera ut in Talaurino. The only exponent of this genus is an insect net very unlike OCubicorhynchus maximus, Macleay, jun. ; but its affinity is appar- ently more with Zulaurinus, the sculpture of its rostrum bemg a somewhat extreme modification of the typical characters, but having the tarsal joints unusually dilated. The granules on the prothorax are fitted into one another, somewhat like the scales on a fish. Mo.tocuTus GaGaTes. (PI. II. fig. 9.) M. oblongus, subplanatus, niger, nitidissimus ; fronte valde convexa, opaca, subtiliter punctata ; rostro utrinque supra scrobes fortiter punctato, lamina triangulari profunde excavato; scapo modice elongato ; funiculo articulis duobus basalibus obconicis, czeteris oblongo-moniliformibus; clava longe pedunculata ; prothorace transverso, antice suleato, supra confertis- sime granulato, postice utrinque dente parvo instructo; elytris trans- verse foveatis, tuberculis conieis confertim instructis, humeris rotundatis dente minore armatis; corpore infra tenuiter punctato. Long. 9-11 lin. Hab. West Australia. CUBICORHYNCHUS CICHLODES. C. ovatus, niger, interrupte silaceo- squamosus; rostro latissimo, late excavato, in medio canaliculato ; fronte rostroque vittis duobus silaceis ornatis; funiculo articulis quatuor ultimis breviter obconicis ; oculis longe ovatis ; prothorace transverso, sat remote nitide granulato, supra albido-trivittato ; elytris pone medium latioribus, transversim subcorrugatis, seriatim granulatis, dorso utrinque vitta albida decorato; corpore infra nitide nigro, segmentis singulis abdominis in medio silaceo-notatis. Long. 4-43 lin. Hab. West Australia. A well-marked species, somewhat resembling Talawrinus crice- tus, but which, except for the spine or tooth over its eye, might have been referred to Sclerorhinus. Another species, Acantho- lophus scotobioides, Hope’s MS., is probably, according to the short description of Mr. Waterhouse, the male of C. Bohemani * * In this species and one or two others not described, the anterior cox are not contiguous; but as they are so in C. calearatus, MacLeay, jun., which cannot MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDS, 19 (C. angularis, MacLeay, jun.). The C. scotobioides of some col- lections (not of Hope) may be distinguished by the following characters :— ' CUBICORHYNCHUS STERILIS. C. moroso assimilis, sed antennis gra- cilioribus, funiculo articulis subpyriformibus; prothorace subtiliter remote granuloso; elytris interstitiis fere obsolete granulatis, tarsis minus dilatatis. Long. 5-6 lin. Hab. Victoria. CHRIOTYPHUS. Rostrum angustius, basi profunde transversim sulcatum, in medio anguste canaliculatum. Ocwli majusculi, ovati, tenuiter granu- lati, prothoraci contigui. Cetera ut in Talaurina. In Tulaurinus the eye is small, round, and away from the pro- thorax; and the sculpture of the rostrum, which is rather deep,. especially in proportion to its breadth, cannot be considered a modification of that of Talaurinus. The species described below is remarkable for its pale ochreous-grey colour, with a few patches of brown, and for its prominent conical shoulders. CuRIOTYPHUS AcROoMIaALIS. (PI. II. fig. 10.) C. oblongo-ovatus, niger, sat dense pallide grisescenti-squamosus fusco-plagiatus ; capite rostroque supra grisescentibus, lateribus nigris; antennis squamosis, modice elongatis; funiculo articulis duobus basalibus obconicis, ceteris subobconicis; clava anguste elongata; prothorace apice quam basi fere duplo angustiore, utrinque fortiter rotundato, pone apicem transversim impresso, dorso granulis diversis nitide nigris bivittatim obsito, lateribus etiam granulatis, interspatiis subaureo-squamo- sis; elytris seriatim foveatis, interstitiis, regione suturali excepta, irregulariter conico-tuberculatis, apicibus paulo productis; corpore infra nitide nigro, sternis medioque abdominis griseo-squamosis. Long. 6 lin. Hab. Western Australia (Champion Bay). ALEXIRUEA. (Amycterine. ) Caput transversum, antice convexum ; rostrum crassiusculum, sed be separated from them, the character in this case is not of generic value. I give C. angularisasthe male of C. Bohemani on the authority of Mr. Du Boulay, who takes it abundantly at Champion Bay. No species was described when Lacordaire differentiated the genus ; it remains, therefore, without a type. 2% 20 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDE. capite multo angustius, basi sulcatum, bituberculatum. Serobes arcuatee, ad oculoshaud protense. Oculi ovati, tenuiter granu- lati. Seapus breviusculus (in A. notata longior); funiculus articulis duobus basalibus breviter obconicis, cxteris trans- versis ; clava breviter ovata. Prothorax subtransversus, apice multo angustior, basi utrinque obliquus, ad elytra haud arcte applicatus, lobis ocularibus paulo prominulis. Elytra elongato- eordata, apicibus productis. -Pedes breviusculi; ¢arsi articulis tribus basalibus angulis anticis productis, subtus hispidis. In the bituberculate base of the rostrum this genus resembles Oditesus ; but the scape, although rather short, is that of the more typical Amycterine. A line of granules at the sides of the pro- therax gives it the appearance of being serrated. The scutellum is not always apparent, owing to the elevation of the elytra at its sides. The coloration of A. notata is somewhat complicated, and is apparently rather variable. ALEXIRHEA NOTATA. (Pl. II. fig. 4.) A. oblongo-ovata, nigra, squamis piliformibus cervinis fusco-variegata, setisque nigris adspersa ; rostro rude punctato, m medio anguste canaliculato, basi tuberculis duobus conicis divaricatis munito; capite subtiliter umbrino-squa- moso; prothorace inzquali, latitudine paulo breviore, subseriatim granulato, utrmque, apice excepto, parallelo, pone apicem et bast lon- gitudinaliter impresso, dorso fusco, medio et vitta laterali albo ; elytris sulcato-punctatis, interstitiis alternis convexis, vel costatis, singulis postice nodulis duobus, interiore majore, munitis, basi truneatis, dorso maculis irregularibus fuscis bene limitatis ornato ; corpore infra fusco, pilis elongatis remotis vestito; pedibus albo-squamosis, setis nigris adspersis. Long. 53 lin. Hab. Western Australia. ALEXIRHEA AURITA. A. oblongo-ovata, nigra, opaca, subtiliter vage griseo-squamulosa ; rostro breviusculo, basi profunde excavato-sul- cato ; scapo brevi; prothorace longitudine latitudini zquali, utrinque rotundato, tuberculis validis confertim munito, in medio longitudina- liter canaliculato, pone apicem transversim sulcato; elytris subseria- tim fortiter foveatis, interstitiis elevatis, tuberculatis, tuberculis minusculis, postice singulatim nodulis duobus, interiore majore, munitis, sutura squamulis subsilaceis adspersis, basi arcuatis, humeris projectis, apice rotundatis, sutura tuberculato-productis; corpore infra im medio longitudinaliter dense fusco-setuluso; abdomine utringue ferrugineo-maculato; pedibus albo-squamosis, setulis ad- spersis. Long. 5 lin. ; MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID®”. ral Hab. West Australia, Besides the colour, which, however, varies much in intensity, . the form of the prothorax, and of the elytra at the base, will at once differentiate this species from the last. ALEXIRHEA FALSIFICA. A. oblongo-ovata, nigra, opaca, humeris (in unico spec.) griseo-squamosis ; scapo breviusculo; prothorace ut in precedente, sed minus rotundato, canalicula vittaque utrinque griseo- Squamosis; elytris subseriatim fortiter foveatis, interstitiis elevatis, irregulariter tuberculatis, cornibus duobus ad suturam supra apicem obsitis, et apice ipso similibus, humeris vix productis, corpore infra _nigro-setosulo; pedibus albo-squamosis, setulis adspersis. Long. 5 lin. Hab. Western Australia (Champion Bay). The two horn-like projections (contiguous, and therefore appar- ently one) on the suture above the apex of the elyara are peculiar to this species. The following table will give an idea of the principal charac- ters of the genera of the long-scaped Amycterine ; Alexirhea, however, might perhaps have been better placed with the short- scaped genera (“ Huomides ”’ of Lacordaire). Rostrum (or head) crested (either with tubercles or spines). With ocular lobes............ Acantholophus, Schon. Without ocular lobes. Rostrum broad. Forehead flat, a transverse suture separating it from the MOSUEUMMI s.r ests ciyc sale « Cubicorhynchus, Lac. Forehead convex andrugose. Hyborhynchus, MacLeay, jun. Rostrum narrow. Hyes coarsely faceted .... Anascoptes, n. g. Hyes finely faceted ...... Polycreta, n. g. Rostrum not crested. Male with anal forceps ...... Psalidura, Macleay. Male without anal forceps. Scape extending beyond the eye. Base of the prothorax closely applied to the elytra. Head and rostrum concave. Amycterus, Schon. Head convex. Rostrum broad, with two oblique ridges. Talaurinus, Macleay, jun. 22 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDA. Rostrum broad, with a straight edge on each side. Sclerorhinus, Macleay, jun. Rostrum narrow .... Chriotyphus, n. g. Base of the prothorax not closely applied to the elytra. Molochtus, n. g. Scape not extending to the posterior border of the eye. Alexirhea, n. g. . Myorrotus. Caput antice convexum, integrum; rostrum crassum, versus apicem triangulariter excavatum; scrobes arcuate, ab oculos distantes, postice bene limitatz. Scapus brevis, gradatim in- crassatus; fwniculus validus. Oculi tenuiter granulati. Pro- thorax transversus, lobis ocularibus prominulis, oculos fere obtegentibus. Hlytra ovata, basi incurvata. Tarsi breves, sublineares, articulis tribus basalibus angulis terminalibus spinosis, ciliatis. -dédomen segmentis tribus intermediis sub- zequalibus. ; It is not without hesitation that I place this genus among the short-scaped forms of Amycterine; but its large ocular lobes nearly covering the eyes in repose, and a certain resemblance in its contour, induce me to think that it is nearer to Amorphorhinus than to any other genus, although some of the Zalawrini are not very dissimilar. The abdomen in the following species is of a remarkably square form, the last segment being as large as the three preceding together ; it is also thickly clothed with golden- brown spine-like hairs. Myorrotus ostusus. (PI. Il. fig. 5.) M. subovatus, paulo plana- tus, squamositate obscure umbrina tectus, setis nigris erecte ad- spersus ; capite rostroque dense squamosis, hoc basi utrimque modice excavato ; antennis dense squamosis ; funiculo articulis duobus basa- libus breviusculis, ceteris valde transversis; clava breviter elliptica ; prothorace ad latera paulo ampliato, granulis depressis irregulariter adsperso ; elytris postice gradatim latioribus, ad apicem declivibus, apice ipso late rotundato, dorso, regione suturali excepta, inzequaliter subtiliter granulatis ; corpore infra pedibusque, unguiculis solis excep- tis, dense griseo-squamosis. Long. 5 lin. Hab. Queensland (Rockhampton). CATACHAZNUS SCINTILLANS. C. ovatus, supra, capite, rostro pedi- busque squamis margaritaceo-viridibus, in certa luce splendide aureo- MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDE. 23 viridibus, infra lete ceruleis sejunctim vestitus; antennis nigris; prothorace oblongo; elytris prothorace multo latioribus, substriato- punctatis, interstitiis planatis. Long. 4 lin. Hab. Philippine Islands. Besides the difference of colour, this species has a narrower prothorax, and the front between the eyes not depressed as in C. crrculus. EUGNATHUS BRACTEATUS. LE. angustus, ovatus, niger, supra capite rostroque squamis concoloribus, aureo-viridibus intermixtis, vestitus ; capite inter oculos rostroque sat fortiter excavatis; antennis nigris ; scapo paulo arcuato; funiculo articulo primo valido; prothorace sub- transverso, utrinque manifeste rotundato ; scutello parvo ; elytris sub- striato-punctatis ; corpore infra pedibusque squamis ceruleo-viridibus tectis. Long. 23 lin. Hab. Tsusima. A narrow species, with sparkling golden-green scales, dotted about among others of a deep black. ‘Tsusima is an island in the Corean Channel, where this species was found by Mr. Arthur Adams, R.N. EKUGNATHUS CHLOROTICUS. J. ovatus, niger, squamis pallide aureo- viridibus sejunctim, infra pedibusque magis dense, vestitus ; antennis nigris ; scapo recto; funiculo articulo primo ampliato; prothorace transverso, utrinque parum rotundato ; scutello vix conspicuo ; elytris latiusculis, striato-punctatis, apicibus acuminatis, paulo divaricatis. Long. 3 lin. Hab. Formosa; North China. There is an admixture of brownish scales on the elytra, vary- ing in extent in my two specimens, but very slight indeed in one of them. ORTHORHINUS PALMARIS. (Pl. I. fig. 7.) O. cylindricus, niger, squamis concoloribus plerumque vestitus ; rostro, apice excepto, rugoso-punctato ; funiculo articulis seeundo tertio quartoque con- junctim (¢) primo haud longioribus, (2) brevioribus ; prothorace sat confertim grosse granulato, interspatiis subtiliter vage squa- moso, disco utrinque albo-subvittato; elytris suleato-punctatis, in- terstitiis, preesertim alternis, fortiter elevatis et uniseriatim granulatis, squamis subsilaceis, vel subalbidis, fascias duas arcuatas formantibus, unam ante, alteram pone medium sitam; corpore infra sat vage brun- nescenti-squamoso ; tarsis omnino subalbidis, anticis in maribus vald e dilatatis et nigro-fimbriatis. Long. 8 lin. Hab. Ceram. ORTHORHINUS ARROGANS. O. oblongo-ovalis, niger, squamis con 24 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDAi. coloribus plerumque vestitus ; rostro rugoso-punctato ; funiculo arti- culo secundo quam primo (6) paulo, (9) dimidio breviore; protho- race sat confertim grosse granulato, interspatiis subtiliter squa- moso, lateribus plaga subobliqua ornato; elytris suleato-punctatis, punctis approximatis, interstitiis convexis, magis remote granulatis, fascia media arcuata maculisque posticis albis ornatis; tarsis anticis minus dilatatis. Long. 6-8 lin. Hab. Ceram; Amboyna; Bouru. At the first glance these two species have much the same ap- pearance ; but their contour will at once distinguish them. The markings are somewhat variable ; in one of my specimens of the species before us the posterior spots are absent. CENCHRENA. (Erirhinine.) Rostrum cylindricum, arcuatum; scrobes antemediane, recte. Scapus oculum haud attingens; funiculus 7-articulatus ; clava adnata. Oculi angusti, subfortiter granulati. Prothorax paulo transversus, apice tubulatus, basi bisinuatus; Jobzs ocularibus haud prominulis, vel obsoletis. Sewtellum nullum. Elytra ob- longa, prothorace latiora, basi reflexo-marginata. Pedes validi; femora incrassata, mutica; tide intus bisinuate, apice calca- rate ; farsi triarticulati, articulo ultimo ampliato-rotundato ; core antice contigue. Abdomen segmentis duobus basalibus ampliatis. Corpus oblongum. Among the few genera of Erirhinine with three-jointed tarsi, this genus may be known by its straight scrobes, a funicle of seven joints, and the absence of a scutellum. The three species de- scribed below are densely scaly, except their antennz and tip of the rostrum, and have erect curiously hooked bristles sparingly scat- tered on the upper surface. CENCHRENA FaASCIATA. (PI. III. fig. 9.) C. supra griseo-squa- mosa, fuscescenti-nebulosa; rostro prothoraci longitudine equali; antennis subtestaceis; prothorace crebre punctato; elytris fortiter sulcato-punctatis, interstitiis, preesertim alternis, elevatis, paulo pone medium fascia lata brunnea ornatis ; abdomine infra in medio argenteo- squamoso. Long. 1% In. Hab. Aru; Waigiou. CENCHRENA PGCILA. C. supra cervino-brunneo-squamosa, elytris niveo-maculatis; rostro prothorace paulo longiore, squamis conco- MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDA. 25 loribus leviter induto ; antennis subtestaceis ; prothorace crebre punc- tato; elytris suleato-foveatis, interstitiis elevatis, macula humerali alterisque paucis adspersis; corpore infra griseo-squamoso. Long. 14-13 In. Hab. Batchian. CENCHRENA SUTURALIS. C. supra fuscescenti-squamosa, elytris dimidio basali sutura albis; rostro prothorace manifeste longiore, ferrugineo, apice excepto, dense squamoso; antennis subtestaceis ; 5 Pp 5 prothorace crebre punctato; elytris sulcato-foveatis, interstitiis ele- vatis, regione humerali et pone medium pallidioribus. Long. 13 lin. Hab. Sula. THECHIA. (Erirhinine. ) fostrum cylindricum, arcuatum; scrobes mediane, rectee. Scapus oculum vix attingens; fwniculus 7-articulatus; clava adnata. Ocult rotundati, grosse granulati. Prothorax transversus, apice parum productus, lobis ocularibus nullis. Sewtellwm distinctum. Elytra suboblonga, prothorace paulo latiora. Pedes breviusculi; femora incrassata, mutica ; tibig intus bisinuate, apice haud cal- carate ; ¢arsz triarticulati ; core antice contigue. Abdomen segmento secundo ampliato. Allied to the last genus, but very distinct from it on account of its scutellum, and the tibiz without the uncus or spur at the apex. Judging from my specimen, it is probable that the insect ina fresh state is tolerably closely covered with scales. THECHIA PYGM#A. T. subcylindrica, brunneo-rufa, squamis pallide griseis vestita; rostro prothorace paulo longiore, basi fronteque ca- pitis sejunctim squamosis; antennis pallidioribus ; funiculo articulo primo elongato, reliquis brevibus; clava ampla, ovata; prothorace latitudine longitudini zequali, apice constricto, antice paulo angustiore, utrmque modice rotundato; elytris prothorace paulo latioribus, paral- lelis, apicem versus gradatim rotundatis, striato-punctatis, interstitiis modice convexis; tibiis anticis intus late mucronatis. Long. 1 lin. Hab, Champion Bay. TITHENE. (Erirhinine.) Caput parvum, exsertum ; vostrwm elongatum, tenue, arcuatum, basi angustius ; scrobes premediane, recte. Scapus oculum 26 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID®. attingens ; funiculus septemarticulatus, articulis duobus basali- bus elongatis, ceeteris breviter obconicis; clava distincta. Oculi mediocres, tenuiter granulati. Prothorax apice angustus, late- ribus ampliato-rotundatus, basi truncatus. lytra subcordi- formia, prothorace vix latiora. Pedes antici majores; femora incrassata, infra dentata ; tibie subrecte, apice haud uncinate; tarsi articulo tertio lobis angustis, divaricatis, quarto elongato ; unguicult divergentes; pectus elongatum, ampliatum; core anticee globose, sejunctse. Abdomen segmento secundo am- pliato. A curious genus, for which at present I am unable to suggest any affinity ; provisionally it may be placed after Meriphus. TITHENE MICROCEPHALA. (PI. III. fig. 13.) TT. nigra, subnitida, capite pone oculos macula fulva ornato, rostro capite quintuplo lon- giore, supra tricarinato, carinis apicem versus serratis; antennis ochraceis, scapo clavaque infuscatis; funiculo articulo primo secundo longiore ; prothorace longitudine latitudini zquali, tenuiter confertim punctulato ; elytris striato-punctatis, punctis approximatis, intersti- tiis confertim punctulatis ; tibiis anticis intus longe pilosis. Long. 23 lin. Hab. Sarawak. METRIOXENA SUBVITTATA. JM. pallide brunnea, elytris vitta testacea arcuata ab humero fere usque ad apicem signatis ; rostro minus tenuato, opaco, manifeste punctato, basi supra oculum utrinque producto; an- tennis fulvis; prothorace minus leviter punctato, quinquecarinato, marginibus irregulariter erosis; elytris striato-punctatis, interstitiis quinto et octavo elevatis; corpore infra ferrugineo-testaceo, subtiliter punctulato. Long. 14 lin. Hab. Macassar. The upper part of the rostrum at the base is bifurcated, and forms a well-marked ridge above each eye. In my specimens of this species and its only congener, MZ. sericollis (anté, vol. x. p- 442), the abdomen has six segments; but this may possibly be sexual. It was a mistake to compare the genus to Apion; the contour at least is not unlike Oxycorynus. Beius Watuacel. B.elongatus, chalybeatus ; antennis piceis ; rostro nigro; capite tenuiter punctulato; prothorace subconico, subtiliter vage punctulato, in medio haud canaliculato, lobo scutellari bifido ; scutello valde transverso ; elytris postice gradatim latioribus, subseriatim pune- tatis, panctis in regione suturali majoribus, apice paulo productis nigro- funiculatis, smgulis postice maculis duabus, e squamulis niveis con- MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CUROULIONID. 27 densatis, ornatis; corpore infra nitidissime viridi-metallico, lateribus albo-maculatis ; femoribus tibiisque, anticis exceptis, nitide rufo-ferru- gineis. Long. 6 lin. Hab. Aru. Belus is one of the few genera of Coleoptera common and confined to the Papuan group and Australia. From the former we are indebted to Mr. Wallace for the two species here de- seribed, the only ones known at present; whilst Australia has about thirty-six. BELUS INORNATUS. B. angustior, obscure nigro-fuscus, elytris pur- purascentibus, pilis griseis vage vestitus; capite parce rostro obsolete punctulato; antennis ferrugineis; prothorace transverso, in medio subcanaliculato, supra rugoso-punctulato ; scutello valde transverso ; elytris postice minus gradatim latioribus, rude confertim punctulatis, apicibus mucronatis; corpore infra nitide nigro ; femoribus ferrugi- neis, vel rufo-ferrugineis. Long. 4-65 lin. Hab. Mysol; Morty. This and the preceding are very distinct species; in my speci- mens both have the anterior femora bidentate beneath ; but this is not a specific character; I am not even sure that it is a sexual one, although hitherto it has been used for the differentiation of species. Evors camLestina. E. brevis, nitidissime czrulea, violaceo resplen- dens; antennis rufo-fuscis, clava elongata, nigra; rostro breviusculo ; capite prothoraceque impunctatis, hoc in medio transversim impresso ; scutello subquadrato, viridi-nitente; elytris subsulcato-punctatis, punctis mediocribus, sutura nigra; pygidio pedibusque nigro-cyaneis, illo sat sparse punctato. Long. 1} lin. Hab. New Guinea (Dorey). The anterior tibie longer, curved, and sometimes running into a falcate process at the apex; in the females the anterior tibiz are stouter, bulging out a little between the base and the middle, and having one or two spurs at the apex; but there are some ex- ceptions. M. Jekel, in ‘ Insecta Saundersiana,’ divides the genus into three groups, depending principally on the form of the body. Kuops viouacea. E. brevis, nitidissime ceruleo-violacea; antennis rufo-fuscis, minus elongatis ; rostro breviusculo ; capite et prothorace subtilissime transversim corrugatis, punctis minutis adspersis; scu- tello subquadrato ; elytris sulcato-punctatis, punctis majusculis, sub- approximatis, sutura nigra; pygidio cyaneo, punctis distinctis parvis adsperso; pedibus cyaneo-fuscis. Long. 1 lin. Hab. Ceram. 28 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID&. Evops piicata. &#. brevis, nitidissime czruleo-viridis, violaceo re- splendens ; antennis fuscis; capite sat rude punctato; rostro brevi- usculo; prothorace transversim fortiter reticulatim crebre corrugato ; scutello brevi, subquadrato; elytris fortiter sulcato-punctatis, mter- stitiis subcostatis, sparse impresso-punciatis, sutura nigra; pygidio viridi sat sparse punctato ; corpore infra femoribusque nitide viridibus ; tibiis tarsisque viridi-fuscis. Long. 1} hin. Hab. Macassar. Evors TRIGEMMATA. E. brevis, nitide nigrescens, elytris violaceis ; antennis fulvis, clava griseo-tomentosa ; capite rostroque chalybeatis, illo breviusculo ; prothorace levigato, impunctato ; scutello subqua- drato, aureo-viridi ; elytris subsulcato-punctatis, punctis haud approxi- matis, interstitiis latis, subplanatis, sutura nigra, humeris aureo-viridi- bus; pygidio atro, sat sparse punctato; corpore infra atro; pedibus rufo-castaneis, femoribus viridi-lavatis. Long. 13 lin. Hab. Batchian ; Dorey. Evops #rosa. E. brevis, viridi-fusca, nitida, elytris chalybeatis; capite rostroque aureo-viridibus, illo rarius punctato ; antennis piceis ; prothorace corrugato, basi minus impresso, lateribus foveato et aureo- vel zreo-micante ; scutello transversim subquadrato; elytris sat for- titer suleato-punctatis, punctis approximatis, interstitiis subcostatis, sparse subtiliter punctulatis, basi humerisque aureo-viridibus, sutura nigra; pygidio, corpore infra femoribusque aureo-viridibus; tibiis tarsisque nitide castaneis. Long. 13 lin. ' Had. Batchian; Sarawak; Sula. The sculpture is like #. plicata, but it is more marked, especi- ally on the prothorax. Evops CLAVIGERA. E. brevis, nitide nigra; capite pone oculos for- titer punctato ; rostro breviusculo; antennis fuscis; clava valde am- pliata, articulis sex pracedentibus conjunctim longiore; oculis vix contiguis; prothorace subtiliter raro punctato, in medio vitta nitidis- sime aurea ornato; scutello subquadrato, aureo-viridi; elytris sub- suleato-punctatis, punctis minusculis, distantibus, interstitiis latis, vix convexis, humeris late aureo-viridibus; pygidio sat sparse SURED 5 5 corpore infra pedibusque fusco-nigris. Long. 13 lin. Hab. Queensland. This species is like the two preceding in having three bright green spots on the shoulders and scutellum respectively; the re- markable size of the club is at once diagnostic. Evops rucauypmi. HE. subbrevis, nitide nigra, capite prothoraceque nigro-zeneis, sat sparse punctatis; rostro breviusculo; antennis cas- taneis, clava ampla, quasi 4-articulata; oculis haud contiguis; pro- MR. F. P. PASOOE ON THE CURCULIONIDZ. 29 thorace utrinque ampliato-rotundato; scutello subquadrato, impunc- tato; elytris sulcato-punctatis, punctis majusculis approximatis, interstitiis convexis; pygidio confertim punctato; pedibus anticis elongatis ; femoribus anticis ampliatis ; tibiis anticis modice elongatis. _ Hab. Queensland (Gayndah). The anterior legs are as long and their femora as large as in #. divisa, represented on Plate III. fig. 6. It is found, Mr. Masters writes, on young gum trees (Hucalyptus), probably on the foliage. Evops AMETHYSTINA. LE. angusta, supra nitide violacea, subtus, rostro femoribusque aureo-viridibus, antennis, tibiis tarsisque fusco- purpureis vel viridibus; rostro brevi; clava antennarum ampliata ; capite prothoraceque tenuiter sparse punctatis, scutello subquadrato, nigro; elytris subsulcato-punctatis, punctis magnis, approximatis, interstitiis uniseriatim subtilissime sparse punctulatis, sutura, basi ex- cepta, nigra; pygidio violaceo; tibiis anticis elongatis. Long. 2 lin. Hab. Singapore. Evops pivisa. (Pl. III. fig. 6.) #. subangusta, omnino nitide fla- vescens, parte dimidia elytrorum nigrescente excepta; rostro longiore, apice infuscato; antennis longiusculis; clava saturatiore, articulo ultimo elongato ; capite prothoraceque impunctatis; scutello subqua- drato; elytris suleato-punctatis, punctis foveiformibus, approximatis, interstitiis convexis; pygidio leviter punctulato; pedibus anticis elon- gatis; femoribus anticis (¢) valde ampliatis, tuberculis duobus vel tribus aliquando instructis. Long. 2 lin. Hab. Dorey; Saylee; Batchian ; Mysol. Evors JEKELIT. 4. cyanea, nitida, elytris purpurascentibus; capite pone oculos elongato, conico, rarissime subtiliter punctulato; rostro (3) plus minusve elongato, arcuato, ultra medium gradatim latiore, aliquando prothorace manifeste longiore ; antennis longiusculis; pro- thorace subtiliter punctulato, utrinque pone oculos (¢) spina recta vel arcuata armato; elytris subsulcato-punctatis, punctis parvis, di- stantibus, interstitiis latis, parum convexis, humeris aureo-viridibus, dente minuto pone angulum instructis; pygidio nigro, sparse punc- tato; corpore infra chalybeo-nigro; pedibus purpureis vel chalybe- atis; coxis anticis aureo-viridibus. Long. 33 lin. Hab. Aru; Dorey; Salwatty ; Waigiou; Amboyna. A remarkable species which perhaps might be considered the type of a distinct genus. I have the pleasure of dedicating it to M. Jekel. 30 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID£. IMaAcHRA. (Anthonominz.) Rostrum validum, vix arcuatum, basi compressum ; serobes me- dian, oblique vel subtransverse. Ocuwli perampli, rotundati, supra contigui, tota latera capitis occupantes. Scapus oculum impingens; funiculus 7-articulatus, articulo primo amplo, reli- quis parvis, gradatim brevioribus ; clava elongata. Prothorax conicus, apice truncatus. Scutellwm distinctum. Hlytra ampla, humeris obliquis. Pectus leviter excavatum. -Pedes postici ma- jores; femora crassa, mutica ; tibie fere recte ; tarsi normales ; unguiculi appendiculati. Abdomen segmentis tribus intermediis eequalibus, lateribus valde arcuatis. Probably a saltatorial genus like Orchestes, to which it is obvi- ously allied; the stout rostrum, however, with the nearly trans- verse scrobes and large eyes, occupying most of the head, are- trenchantly diagnostic characters. IMACHRA RUFICOLLIS. J. late ovata, supra sparse griseo-pilosa ; rostro rufescente, basi excepta infuscata ; antennis fulvis, clava funiculo longi- tudine zequali; prothorace rufo, sat crebre punctulato; scutello ely- trisque nigris, his prothorace fere duplo latioribus, striato-punctatis, interstitiis subplanatis ; corpore infra nigrescente, segmentis tribus ultimis abdominis exceptis, his pedibusque rufescentibus. Long. 1} ln. Hab. Sarawak. THEMEROPIS. (Prionomerine.) Caput elongatum; rostrum subcylindricum; serobes oblique. Oculi perampli, fortiter granulati, supra contigui. Scapus gracilis, flexuosus ; funiculus 7-articulatus, articulo primo elon- gato, ceteris brevissimis; clava magna, laxe articulata. Pro- thorax conicus. Hlytra ampla, subquadrangularia, epipleuris distinctis. Hemora antica elongata, validissima, dente magno, antice crenulato, infra armata; fibie@ antice fortiter arcuate, versus apicem crassiores ; femora postica minuscula, infra den- tata ; t2bi@ omnes calcaratee. Abdomen segmentis tribus interme- diis longitudine zequalibus. The abruptly descending side of the elytra or epipleura is marked off from the dorsum by a sharp ridge clothed with coarse MR. F, P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDA. 31 brownish hairs, which are carried on to the sides of the prothorax, forming a continuous fringe; nothing so marked occurs in any other Prionomerin known to me. It is one of Mr. Bates’s dis- coveries. THEMEROPIS FIMBRIATA, (PI. III. fig. 7.) TT. umbrina, sparse griseo-pilosa; rostro subnitido, minus piloso; antennis flavidis; funiculo articulo ultimo clavaque, articulo ultimo excepto, infuscatis; prothorace crebre punctato; scutello subrotundato; elytris postice latioribus, lineatim sulcato-punctatis, smgulis in medio tuberculo validissimo conico, lateraliter compresso, instructis; tibiis tarsisque posticis et intermediis testaceis. Long. 2 lin. Hab. Amazons. OcHYROMERA. (Prionomerine. ) Rostrum elongatum, arcuatum, apicem versus dilatatum ; serobes premediane, infra marginem inferiorem oculorum currentes. Antenne graciles; funiculus 7-articulatus, articulo primo am- pliato, secundo longiusculo; clava distincta, magna. Oculi subrotundati, fortiter granulati vel subtenuiter granulati (O. rufescens). Prothorax transversus, basi parum bisinuatus. Scutellum mediocris. Elytra prothorace manifeste latiora, sub- cordiformia vel subovata. Coxe antice contigue, intermedi approximate. Femoraantica valida, dente integro magno infra armata; tibie antice fortiter arcuate ; femora intermedia et postica minora, infra fortiter dentata; t2bze omnes calcarate. Abdomen segmentis tribus intermediis subeequalibus. It may perhaps be thought necessary hereafter to separate ge- nerically the two rather isolated species describea below. The members of the Prionomerine are probably numerous, but indivi- dually very scarce both in South America and the Malasian region, where alone they have been hitherto found. OcHYROMERA DiIssIMILIs. (Pl. III. fig. 3:) O. fusco-nigra, rostro basi subtiliter lmeatim punctato ; oculis rotundatis, fortiter granulatis, antennis infuscatis ; clava sublaxe articulata; prothorace confertim impresso-punctato; elytris elongato-cordiformibus, striato-punctatis, interstitiis planatis, impunctatis; corpore infra fusco-castaneo, griseo- piloso; tarsis subpiceis. Long. 2% lin. Hab. Sarawak. The upper surface of this species has a somewhat varnished 32 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDE. appearance, due to very minute silvery hair-like scales only visible under the microscope. : OcHYROMERA RUFESCENS. QO. supra pedibusque rufo-fulva, tenuiter griseo-pilosa, setulis intermixtis; rostro subferrugineo, basi striato ; antennis testaceis; oculis rotundatis, subfortiter granulatis; pro- thorace apice subtubulato, utrinque rotundato, punctis sparsis pilis . fere obtectis; elytris breviter subovatis, sulcato-punctatis, apice late rotundatis ; corpore infra rufo-castaneo, tenuiter griseo-piloso ; tibiis anticis apicem versus incrassatis. Long. 2 lin. Hab. Singapore. SYNNADA. (Prionomerine. ) Rostrum tenuatum, arcuatum, basi haud incrassatum, apice dila- tatum; scrobes submediane, infra oculos currentes. Ocul prominuli, rotundati, fortiter granulati. Scapus gracilis, ocu- lum attingens ; funiculus 6-articulatus, articulo primo ampliato, tribus sequentibus gradatim brevioribus, duocbus ultimis rotun- datis; clava distincta, ovata. Prothorax transversus, basi an- gustatus, truncatus. Hlytra prothorace manifeste latiora, sub- ovata, humeris callosa. Tibie apice mutice. Cetera ut in Ochyromera. Notwithstanding the six-jointed antenne, this genus is more nearly allied to Ochyromera (rufescens) than to either of the three other incongruous genera having the same number of joints. The scales on the species described below are so small and at such dis- tances apart as to exercise little effect on the colour. SYNNADA CuURRUCULA. S. fulvo-testacea, squamulis minutis subar- genteis sejunctim vestita; rostro prothorace fere triplo longiore, apice paulo dilatato, basi lineatim striato ; antennis pallide fulvis, clava infus- cata; prothorace valde transverso, utrinque rotundato, punctis sparsis squamulis piliformibus obtecto; elytris breviter subovatis, apice ro- tundatis, suleato-punctatis, punctis approximatis, interstitiis convexis, sparse setulosis; tibiis anticis intus setis sex nigris fimbriatis. Long. 13 line. Hab. Macassar. The Table below comprises all the genera of the Prionomerinz at present known having the anterior femora furnished with a large triangular tooth. Piazorhinus, the only genus which offers an exception to this character, was merely compared, and only as or MR. ©. P. PASCOH ON THE OCURCULIONIDA. 33 to habit, by Sch6nherr with Rhynchites. It is founded on a North- American species unknown to me (P. scutellaris, Say). Funicle 7-jointed. Tooth of the anterior femora crenate externally. Club of the antennz loosely jointed. Hyes round, close to the prothorax.. Mctyrsus, Pase. Eyes oblong, remote from the prothorax. Themeropis, nu. g. Club of the antenne closely jointed. IBiKy (eee SHARAN Bie we ben Bs Bo us 88 c . Camptochirus, Lac. HlivstANCONVER Ae. custs css) Aiysices =) «ts Prionomerus, Schou. Tooth of the anterior femora entire...... Ochyromera, n. g. Funicle 6-jointed. Prothorax broadest at the base. Scape attaining the eye -............ Zeiona, Pase. Scape not attaining the eye.......... Omphasus, Pase. Prothorax contracted at the base. Rostrum long, slender .............. Synnada, n. g. AVOSERDIM SMOKE, TODUSU «oe... es ss Nychiomma, Pase. ZePHIANTHA. (Tychiine. ) Rostrum cylindricum, arcuatum; scrobes postmediane. Oculi rotundati, fortiter granulati, supra approximati. Scapus apice curvatus; fwniculus 6-articulatus, articulo primo ampliato, ceteris a secundo gradatim latioribus ; clava ovata. Prothorax transversus, apice truncatus, basi subbisinuatus. Scutellum triangulare. Hlytra ampla, prothorace multo latiora, pygidium obtegentia. Femora crassa, infra dentata; tibie fere recte, apice calcarate ; wnaguiculé appendiculati. Abdomen segmentis tribus intermediis subzequalibus. I place this genus near Elleschus and Lignyodes, although the abdominal segments are not very obviously curved at the sides. Endeus, a West-African genus which I have not seen, has also a six-jointed funiculus, but the elytra are parallel at the sides and scarcely broader than the prothorax. ZEPHIANTHA PUBIPENNIS. Z. fulyo-rufa, scutello elytrisque nigres- centibus, pube grisea, setulisque interjectis, sat dense vestitis ; rostro LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLUGY, Von. XII, 3 34 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDS. capiteque vix pubescentibus, illo prothorace sesquilongiore ; antennis rufescentibus; prothorace minusculo, subtiliter pubescente, punctis raris fere obsoletis impresso; elytris modice convexis, lateribus ro- tundatis, basi prothoracis duplo latioribus, lineatim suleato-punctatis, punctis approximatis, interstitiis planatis, uniseriatim punctulatis : corpore infra rufo-testaceo, subtiliter pubescente. Long. 13 lin. Hab, Sumatra. PERRHZEBIUS. (Cryptorhynchinez. ) tostrum mediocre, apice paulo dilatatum ; scrobes oblique. Oculz ovati, grosse granulati. Scapus breviusculus ; funiculus articulis duobus basalibus brevibus, primo parum ampliato; clava sub- globosa. Prothorax subtransversus, antice angustus, basi bisinuatus, lobis ocularibus prominulis. Elytra oblonga, supra subdepressa, prothorace latiora. Pedes breviusculi; femora valida, sublinearia, infra dente parvo instructa; t2bi@ com- presse, basin versus angulate ; tarsi normales. Rima pecto- ralis incompleta; pectus antice profunde emarginatum. Abdo- men segmentis duobus basalibus ampliatis. This genus differs from Colobodes in its stouter rostrum, the shortness of the basal joints of the funiculus, the sublinear femora, the angular tibie, &c. When the femora are linear or sublinear, the tooth beneath, if present, will be small and abruptly connected to the femur ; if the femora are thickened, fusiform, or clavate, the tooth will more or less gradually merge into the femur: the differ- ence will be understood on referring to PI. I. fig. 5,a, and fig. 9, a (Odosyllis congesta and Berosiris picticollis). PERRHA&BIUS EPHIPPIGER. (PI.I.fig.6.) P. oblongus, niger, squamis grisescentibus umbrinisque dense tectus, nonnullis elongatis erectis ad- spersus ; capite inter oculos profunde foveato ; rostro prothorace brevi- ore, apice excepto, dense squamoso ; prothorace ante medium transver- sim quadrituberculato-fasciculato, in medio longitudinaliter subsuleato, dorso pallide trivittato ; scutello elevato ; elytris sulcatis, interstitiis alternis magis elevatis et subnodoso-faseiculatis, fasciculis nonuullis nigris, in medio macula magna communi umbrina ornatis; corpore infra pedibusque roseo-griseis, his squamis erectis adspersis. Long. 42 lin. Hab. Dorey; Aru; Macassar; Morty. _. PACHYONYX ARANEOSUS. P. oblongus, piceus, ubique pube depressa MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID. 35 grisea vestitus; antennis lete ferrugineis; clava tomentosa, quam funiculo manifeste longiore ; prothorace conico, antice quadritubercu- lato, tuberculis dense pilosis; elytris sulcato-punctatis, apicibus late angulatis, supra tuberculis parvis, singulis circa septem, dense pubes- centibus obsitis. Long. 4 lin. Hab, Cochin-China. Differs from the Natal species, its only congener, in the large size of the club of the antennx, and the equal distribution of the pubescence ; this to the naked eye has a cobweb-like texture and colour. Octaprus Barant. 0. ovatus, niger, subnitidus, elytris maculis non- nullis (singulis cirea quinque) ochraceis, e squamis piliformibus con- densatis formatis ; rostro utrinque rude bilineatim punctato ; antennis ochraceis ; prothorace fortiter, prasertim lateraliter, sulcato-foveato ; elytris seriatim punctatis, punctis oblongis, distantibus, singulis setulam gerentibus ; corpore infra squamositate ferruginea vestito; femoribus tiblisque fortiter sulcatis. Long. 2 lin. Hab. Syria. This very distinct species of a South-African genus, which has had, hitherto, only one representative in the European fauna (in- cluding the countries bordering the Mediterranean), is named in memory of Gabriel de Baran, a most acute entomologist, and my companion in many pleasant excursions in the-south of France. 13 YENEUDES. =~ (Cryptorhynchine.) Rostrum validum, arcuatum, antice depressum ; scrobes submedi- ang, pone rostrum cito currentes. Antenne breves; scapus crassiusculus, ab oculum distans; funiculus articulis duobus basalibus brevibus, secundo ampliato, ceteris valde transversis, ultimo clave latitudine «quali; clava obsolete articulata, sub- ovata, pubescens. Ocwli laterales, tenuiter granulati. Pro- thorax amplus, apice productus, basi bisinuatus, lobis ocularibus obsoletis. Eiytra subcylindrica, prothorace haud _latiora. Pedes breviusculi ; femora valida, mutica ; ¢ibie sulcate, recte, intus bisinuatee ; tarsi normales; unguiculi divergentes. Rima pectoralis pone coxas anticas terminata; mesosternum cordi- forme, antice semicirculariter excavato. Abdomen segmento secundo amplo. A remarkable genus, closely resembling and, in fact, allied to the 3% 36 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID #. Chilian Empleurus dentipes ; but from the form of the mesosternum it should be placed next to the New-Zealand Oreda, Wh. This is another example showing that Lacordaire’s subtribes do not always form natural groups. The mesosternum, however, is constructed differently from that of Oreda; in the latter it is projected for- ward, hiding the point of the rostrum in repose, while in Ze- neudes it is sloped backwards, with a sort of wing on each side to- wards the cox and the apex of the canal, therefore, open and indefinitely limited. One of the most marked characters of the genus is that the scape only extends about halfway to the eye from the point of its insertion; another remarkable character is that the second joint of the funicle is larger than the first. The insect is one of Mr. Masters’s recent discoveries, and is found on decaying bottle-trees (Sterculia rupestris). ZENEUDES STERCULIM. Z. oblongus, subcylindricus, fuscus, squamis concoloribus ochraceisque maculatim sejunctim vestitus ; rostro capite duplo longiore, nitidissime nigro, basi subgibboso et utrinque sulcato ; antennis piceis, rarissime setulosis, clava excepta ; prothorace longi- tudine latitudini eequali, pone apicem valde constricto, lateribus rotun- dato, disco carinulato; scutello minuto ; elytris striato-punctatis, in- terstitiis latis convexis, apice rotundatis ; femoribus tibiisque sparse squamosis. Long. 4-5 lin. ‘Hab. Queensland (Gayndah). CYAMOBOLUS BICINCTUS. C-. ovalis, niger, squamulis silaceis valde adspersus, lineis dense albido-squamosis ornatus; rostro dimidio apicali nitidissimo; antennis ferrugineis, funiculo articulo secundo quain primo. quadruplo longiore; prothorace inequaliter sat vage punctato, dorso antice versus latera lineis duabus notato ; scutello rotundato; elytris substriato-punctatis, punctis profundis oblongis, interstitiis subangustis, remote punctulatis, fascia basali alteraque pone medium suturaque versus apicem dense albido-squamosis ; corpore infra pedibusque squamis albidis adspersis. Long. 6 lin. Hab. Malacca. ~Compared with C. Sturm, Boh., this species is less rugosely punctured, the striz on the elytra raga obsolete, and the dispo- sition of the white lines different. Cramopouus SUBSELLATUS. (PI. I. fig. 12.) C. ovalis, niger, albo varus 5 rostro. crassiore, basi rugoso-punctato, apice vix nitido; antennis piceis, funiculo articulo seeundo quam primo triplo longiore ; prothorace subampliato, ineequaliter tenuiter punctato, punctis albo- squamosis, interspatis levigatis; scutello dense silaceo; elytris MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDA. ov striato-punctatis, punctis oblongis, approximatis, interstitiis paulo _convexis, squamis concoloribus adspersis, macula majuscula communi basali, fascia pone medium suturaque versus apicem dense ochraceo- squamosis ; corpore infra pedibusque squamis ochraceis adspersis femoribus posticis supra linea ochracea, e squamis condensatis formata, munitis. Long. 6 lin. Hab. Saylee. The prothorax has a somewhat smooth appearance, only inter- rupted by the punctures. CYAMOBOLUS DUPLICATUS. (C. ovalis, niger, albo varius; rostro tenuiore, basi excepto, nitido ; antennis ferrugineis, funiculo articulo secundo quam primo yix sesquilongiore ; prothorace conico, punctis majoribus minoribusque imtermixtis sat confertim impresso ; elytris striato-punctatis, punctis ovalibus, approximatis, interstitiis latis, rugosis, irregulariter punctatis, pone humeros macula magna rotun- data, et a medio lineis duabus, postice conjunctis, dense ochraceo- squamosis ; rima pectorali magis elongata ; pedibus ochraceo-squamo- sis. Long. 6 lin. - Hab. Saylee. The greater length of the pectoral canal extending to between the intermediate coxz must be regarded as exceptional; all the species of Cyamobolus have pale ochreous tarsi, and the scales are apparently more numerous under the femora, and, occasionally, also above, especially of the posterior pair. C. Marci, Boh., does not belong to this genus. The three species described above have longer legs, and particularly as regards the anterior pair, than either C. Dehaani or C. Sturmi; the sexes, as Lacordaire ob- serves, are pretty nearly alike. CYDOSTETHUS. (Cryptorhynchine.) Rostrum fere rectum ; scrobes premediane. Ocuwli majusculi, ro- tundati, antice approximati. Elytra basi prothorace haud latiora. Femora crassa, infra dentata; t2bie subarcuate, squamis decum- bentibus. ~fima pectoralis pone coxas anticas terminata; me- sosternum fornicatum. Cetera ut in Cyamobolo. The affinity is perhaps not so much to Cyamobolus as the habit and coloration would lead one to suppose. The character of the mesosternum (en gouttiere) should place Cyamobolus near the Oryp- ‘torhynchus allies ; but Lacordaire makes it an exception, and puts Rts} MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID. it next to Huthyrhinus, with which Cydostethus appears to have more affinity. The ocular lobes leave the eyes nearly free in repose. CyposTEeTHUs soLuTus. (PI. I. fig. 11.) C. ovalis, niger, supra squamis concoloribus albisque signatus tectus; rostro castaneo, ca- pite duplo longiore, tenuiter, apice magis punctulato; antennis sub- piceis; funiculo articulis duobus basalibus longioribus, secundo quam primo longiore ; clava magna elongato-obovata ; prothorace subtiliter granulato, in medio linea alba ornato ; elytris striato-punctatis, prope suturam, precipue dimidio basali, fortiter granulatis, margine basali, macula obliqua ante medium et postice linea maculari, aliquando ma- culis duabus, albis ornatis ; corpore infra densissime albo-squamuloso ; pedibus sparse squamosis, tarsis albo-pilosis. Long. 5 lin. Hab. Ceram. CYDOSTETHUS LINEOLATUS. C. ovalis, fuscus, squamis concoloribus, griseis irroratus, griseoque signatus tectus; rostro castaneo, punctis elongatis majusculis minus adsperso ; antennis subpiceis, funiculo ar- ticulis duobus basalibus brevioribus; prothorace lineis tribus ornato, minus subtiliter granulato ; elytris striato-punctatis, striis griseis, di- midio basali versus suturam fortiter granulato, margine basali, macu- lisque (vel lineis) duabus griseis ornatis; corpore infra femoribusque basi densissime albo-squamulosis; tarsis albo-pilosis. Long. 5 lin. Hab. Amboyna; Tondano. The white markings in both these species are variable. SYROTELUS. (Cryptorhynchinz.) Llytra ad latera haud carinata. Mesosternum fornicatum. Femora basi attenuata, infra dente parvo armata. Cetera ut in Rhynchode. Cyamobolus Falleni, Boh., is the type of this genus, which Lacordaire has referred to Rhynchodes, Wh., chiefly on account of the pointed apex of the elytra. The characters given above do not, however, in my opinion, permit their association. CECHANIA. (Cryptorhynchine. ) Rostrum rectum, cylindricum; serobes premedianz, oblique. Scapus brevis, oculum attingens ; funiculus elongatus, articulis ultimis transversis ; clava majuscula, distincta. Oculi minus- MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDAi, 39 culi, leviter granulati. Prothorax transversus, apice tubulatus, lobis ocularibus obsoletis. Hlytra subcordiformia, basi protho- race haud latiora, apice acuminata. Pedes breves; femora - valida, sublinearia, infra dentata ; t¢bie@ breves, rectee; tarsi ar- ticulo tertio late bilobo. Atma pectoralis inter coxas interme- dias protensa, apice cavernosa. Abdomen segmentis duobus basalibus valde ampliatis. Processus intercoxalis latissimus. Euthyrhinus, which this genus resembles in its habit and straight rostrum, is at once differentiated by its pectoral canal terminating before the intermediate coxee, and the scape not nearly reaching the eyes. CrCHANIA EREMITA. C. sat late ovalis, nigra, fusco-maculatim albido- squamosa; capite prothoraceque sejunctim squamosis; rostro anten- nisque piceo-ferrugineis, funiculo articulo basali quam secundo fere duplo longiore; elytris sulcato-punctatis, sulcis inter puncta nitidis ; corpore infra pedibusque ferrugineis, sejunctim aibido-squamosis. Long. 2 lin. Hab. Japan (Nagasaki). AECHMURA. (Cryptorhynchine.) Rostrum breviusculum, paulo arcuatum ; scrobes mediane. Funi- culus brevis; clava valida, ovata, distincta. Oculi mediocres, leviter granulati. Prothorax transversus, apice tubulatus, lobis ocularibus obsoletis. Hlytra subcordiformia, prothorace basi haud latiora, apice acuminata. emora crassa, infra canalicu- lata et dente mediocri instructa; t2bie sulcate ; tarsi normales. fima pectoralis inter coxas anticas terminata. -Abdomen seg- mentis duobus basalibus valde ampliatis. Processus intercoxalis latissimus. Another Euthyrhinus form, but very distinct, if only on account of its canaliculate femora. In the species here described the me- tasternum is a little concave and slightly ridged on each side between the intermediate and posterior cox. The scales are perfectly round and imbedded, as is usual in most of the allied genera, in the derm, and only very slightly separated from one another. /ECHMURA EMys. 4. fusca, omnino sat dense albido-squamosa; rostro capite vix longiore, basi griseo-squamoso, reliquo castaneo ; antennis rufo-testaceis, funiculo articulo basali crasso, quam secundo 40 MR. FE. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID2. duplo longiore, ceteris transversis; prothorace fortiter transverso ; scutello punctiformi; elytris sulcatis, interstitiis late planatis; tarsis rufo-fulvis. Long. 1% lin. . Hab. Singapore. OROCHLESIS MACULOSA. O. elliptica, fusca, maculatim griseo-squa- mosa; rostro breviusculo, castaneo, tenuiter punctulato; antennis nitide ferrugineis; funiculo articulis duobus basalibus eequalibus ; clava distincta; prothorace subconico, vage granulato, vittis tribus indistinctis notato; scutello nigro, minuto: elytris oblongo-cordatis, striato-punctatis, punctis grossis, ovalibus, interstitiis convexis ; tarsis articulo tertio valde dilatato. Long. 23 lin. Hab. Salwatty. Differs from the normal forms of Orochlesis in its more cordi- form elytra. ODOSYLIIS. (Cry ptorhynchine. )- Rostrum paulo arcuatum, sat breviusculum ; scrobes submediane, oblique. Scapus brevis ; fuwniculus articulis ultimis transversis ; clava ovata, pubescens. Oculi rotundati, tenuiter granulati. Prothorax late transversus, utrinque fortiter rotundatus, apice tubulatus, lobo scutellari producto, lobis ocularibus aut modice prominulis, aut fere obsoletis. Scwtellwm elevatum, esquamosum. Elytra cordiformia, basi prothorace haud latiora, apice acumi- nata. Pedes antici majores; femora valida, sublinearia, infra dentata ; tib¢e breviuscule, compresse, arcuatee ; tarsi articulo tertio late bilobo. uma pectoralis pone coxas anticas pro- tensa, apice cavernosa. Abdomen segmento secundo ampliato. Processus intercoxalis modice latus. The species of this genus have a short compact body with a broadly oval outline, and the upper surface more or less studded with minute granules, those on the interstices of the elytra’ irregularly arranged in from one to three rows. The ocular lobes are subject to disappear ; but they are sufficiently well marked in O. atomaria and O. terrena. Nedymora (ante, vol. xi. p. 209) dif- fers from this genus in its pectoral canal, open at the apex and passing beyond the intermediate coxe, being thrust, as it were, into the metasternum. OposyLuis conGesra. (PI. I. fig. 5.) Q. nigra, sejunctim, elytris MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDA. AL maculatim griseo-squamosa; rostro modice elongato, piceo, apicem versus subtiliter punctulat6; antennis piceo-ferrugineis, funiculo articulis duobus basalibus elongatis, longitudine equalibus; clava subadnata; prothorace granulis nitidis sat sparse adsperso; scu- tello oblongo, parte apicali subcuneiformi; elytris sulcatis, imterstitiis parum convexis, granulis subbi- vel triseriatim ordinatis; femoribus magis linearibus, dente minuto instructis ; tiblis posticis apice biun- einatis. Long. 43 lin. Hab. Tondano. OpDOSYLLIS ATOMARIA. O. nigra, albido-squamosa; rostro castaneo, apicem versus impunctato ; antennis nitide testaceo-ferrugineis; fu- niculo articulis duobus basalibus ceteris conjunctim duplo brevioribus, secundo primo longiore ; clava adnata; prothorace granulis minutis opacis sparse adsperso; scutello nigro; elytris suleatis, interstitiis convexis, in medio granulis minutis nitidis uniseriatim ordinatis; tibiis anticis valde compressis. Long. 3 lin. Hab. Singapore. ODOSYLLIS GRANULICOLLIS. O. nigra, sparse griseo-squamosa ; rostro castaneo, apicem versus impunctato ; antennis nitide testaceo- ferrugineis; funiculo articulis duobus basalibus ceteris conjunctim longitudine zequalibus, secundo primo longiore; claya distincta; pro- thorace confertim granulato, granulis majoribus minutisque inter- mixtis; scutello nigro; elytris sulcatis, interstitus latis, vix convexis, granulis oblongis nitidis subbiseriatim ordinatis : abdomine sat dense squamoso ; tibiis anticis longioribus, minus compressis; tarsis sub- ferrugineis. Long. 3 ln. Hab. Tondano. OposyLLIs vITIOSA. O. nigra, fusco-squamosa, obscure maculatim ochraceo-varia; rostro castaneo, apicem versus tenuiter vage punctu- lato; antennis testaceo-ferrugineis; funiculo articulis duobus basali- bus ceteris conjunctim multo brevioribus; clava subadnata; protho- race granulis minutis subnitidis vage adsperso, vittis tribus ochraceis obscure notato ; scutello nigro; elytris sulcatis, interstitiis convexis in medio subseriatim granulatis; corpore infra femoribusque sejunctim ochraceo-squamosis ; tibiis anticis parum arcuatis; tarsis subferru- gineis. Long. 2 lin. Hab. Waigiou; Saylee. ODOSYLLIS TERRENA. O. fusca, sejunctim griseo-squamosa, protho- race squamis concoloribus vario ; rostro tenuiore, piceo, sparse sub- tiliter punctulato; antennis nitide ferrugineis; funiculo articulis duo- bus basalibus brevibus, czeteris sat valde transversis; clava distincta, valida, breviter ovata ; prothorace granulis plurimis nitidis adsperso ; 42 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID &.. elytris sulcatis, interstitiis convexis, granulis nitidis subbi- vel trise- riatim ordinatis ; femoribus dente magno armatis. Long. 37 lin. Hab. Menado. OposYLLIS IRRORATA. O. nigro-fusca, sejunctim griseo-squamosa, prothorace squamis concoloribus vario; rostro piceo subtiliter punctu- lato; antennis nitide ferrugineis; funiculo articulis duobus basalibus sat longiusculis, longitudine fere eequalibus, ceteris transversis ; clava adnata, breviter ovata; prothorace granulis plurimis nitidis ad- sperso, disco basi utrinque squamis ochraceis magis confertis signato ; scutello ovato; elytris sulcatis, interstitiis convexis, granulis oblongis nitidis uni- vel subbiseriatim ordinatis; femoribus dente mediocri armatis. Long. 3 lin. Hab. Saylee. Closely resembles the last, but (ater alia) with a shorter rostrum, a longer funicle, and an ovate scutellum. PELEPHICUS. (Cryptorhynchine.) Rostrum elongatum, arcuatum ; scrobes mediane, oblique. Funi- culus articulis quatuor ultimis submoniliformibus ; clava ob- longa, subcylindrica, tomentosa. Ocwli rotundati, subtenuiter granulati. Prothorax transversus, apice tubulatus, lateribus postice subito verticalis, lobis ocularibus prominulis. Scutellim elevatum, punctiforme. lytra cordiformia, basi prothorace haud latiora, apice acuminata. -Pedes ut in Odosyllide. Rima pectoralis ad coxas intermedias protensa, apice subaperta. Ab- domen segmento secundo ampliato. Processus intercoxalis angustus. One of the peculiarities of this genus is the sudden deflection of the sides of the prothorax posteriorly, and in consequence pre- senting a sharp angle at the part, below which the side is deeply excavated, apparently for the reception of the anterior femora. In other respects it differs from Odosyllis in the cylindrical form of the club of the antenne, and in the longer pectoral canal nearly open at the apex. PELEPHICUS STIGMATICUS. P. fuscus, squamulis concoloribus gri- seisque, vage intermixtis, vestitus; capite supra oculos maculis tribus, e squamulis minoribus late grisescentibus condensatis, ornato; rostro nitide ferrugineo, tenuiter vage punctulato; antennis testaceo-ferru- gineis, funiculo articulis duobus basalibus longitudine zqualibus ; prothorace supra subplanato, apice abrupte tubulato, dorso granulis MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDZ. 43 paucis vix nitidis munito; elytris sulcatis, interstitiis latis, modice convexis; tibiis anticis intus longe ciliatis. Long. 3 lin. Hab. Saylee. ENDYMIA GEMINATA. LE. subelliptica, grisea, squamis griseis fuscis- que sejunctim vestita; rostro prothorace paulo longiore, castaneo, fere impunctato; antennis pallide castaneis; funiculo articulo primo quam secundo longiore; clava funiculo paulo breviore; prothorace subconico, lobis ocularibus vix prominulis, dorso plaga variegata fusca ornato ; elytris substriato-punctatis, singulis in medio plaga fusea in- determinata notatis; corpore infra pedibusque griseo-squamosis, his fusco-subanuulatis. Long. 4 lin. Hab. Batchian. I have only the female of this species, which differs from the corresponding sex of H. vipio in being much broader, more con- vex, and the club of the antenne decidedly shorter than the funicle. BEROSIBIS. (Cryptorhynchinz.) Rostrum attenuatum, elongatum, arcuatum ; scrobes submediane, oblique. Funiculus articulis duobus basalibus subaequalibus, obconicis, quatuor vel quinque ultimis moniliformibus, in clavam quasi continuatis, sed clava distincta, ovata, articulata. Oculi grosse granulati. Prothorax subconicus, utrinque paulo rotun- datus, lobis ocularibus prominulis. Sceutellum esquamosum, rotundatum. Hlytra oblonga vel oblongo-ovata, prothorace paulo latiora. Femora clavata, infra dente magno instructa; tibieé flexuose, squamose, haud sulcate ; tarst normales. Rima pectoralis inter coxas intermedias protensa, apice aperta. Ad- domen segmento secundo ampliato. Cyamobolus Marci, Boh., belongs to this genus, which is at once differentiated from Cyamobolus by its clavate femora armed with a large angular tooth; and the pectoral canal nearly extending to the posterior border of the intermediate coxe places it nearer Nechyrus and Macromerus; the former genus, however, may, on the other hand, be thought nearer Cyamobolus on account of its sublinear mutic femora. BEROSIRIS PICTICOLLIS. (PI. I. fig. 9.) B. fuscus, squamulis brunneo- grisels omnino dense tectus, squamis majoribus adspersus; rostro apicem versus valde remote punctulato; funiculo articulis duobus basalibus brevibus ; prothorace in medio linea elevata nuda notato, disco plaga 44 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDA. magna lete fusca, utrinque pallide marginata, ornato, lateribus vage punctatis, basi macula fusca notatis; elytris oblongis, striato-foveo- latis, interstitiis angustis, macula arcuata indistincta, communi, fus- cescente, ante apicem signatis. Long. 53 lin. Hab. Sarawak. BEROSIRIS VIOLATUS. 8B. angustior, niger, squamulis griseis dense tectus setulisque interjectis; rostro multo tenuiore, apice vage tenu- iter punctulato ; funiculo articulis duobus basalibus fere zqualibus, tertio quartoque ovalibus; prothorace haud carimato, dorso in medio fusco et crebre fortiter punctato; elytris oblongis, substriato-foveatis, singulis parum pone medium macula fusca notatis; corpore infra pedibusque subalbido-squamosis, tibus basin versus annulo fusco va- riegatis. Long. 5 lin. Hab. Java. BEROSIRIS CRIBRATUS. 8B. minus elongatus, niger, squamulis macu- latim griseis dense tectus; rostro tenuato, obsolete punctato; funi- culo ut in precedente; prothorace in medio carinato, crebre fortiter punctato; elytris profunde fortiter seriatim punctatis, maculis non- nullis albis ornatis; abdomine segmento basali fortiter punctato; femoribus tibiisque fusco subannulatis ; tibiis posticis elongatis. Long. 42 lin. Hab. Sarawak. Brrosiris HEPATICUS. B. niger, squamulis rufo-brunneis dense tectus ; rostro minus tenuato, subtiliter punctulato ; funiculo longi- usculo, articulo secundo quam primo longiore, tertio quartoque sub- obconicis ; clava sat majuscula; prothorace vage punctato, in medio carinulato ; elytris oblongis, basi paulo depressis, lateribus subparal- lelis, vix striatis, punctis inconspicuis seriatim impressis, singulis plaga magna oblonga ad medium extensa ornatis; abdomine fortiter sub- vage punctato ; pedibus concoloribus. Long. 6 lin. Hab. Tondano. The preapical callus is strongly marked in this species. BEROSIRIS DEVoTUS. B. ovalis, niger, squamulis albidis, supra fus-: cescenti varius, omnino dense tectus; rostro tenuato, tenuiter punctu- lato; funiculo articulo secundo ‘pyriformi et quam primo longiore, tertio ovali; prothorace vage fortiter punctato, haud carinato ; elytris oblongo-cordatis, substriato-punctatis, interstitiis latiusculis; abdo- mine vage sat fortiter punctato. Long. 6 lin. Hab. Goram. LOBOTRAOHELUS STIGMA. UL. breviter ellipticus, niger, nitidus, supra fere esquamosus, infra lateribusque prothoracis dense niveo-squamosis ; rostro prothorace vix breviore, ferrugineo, niveo-squamoso; antennis MR. F. P. PASCOL ON THE CURCULIONIDA. ADS fulvis, clava breviter ovata, quam funiculo multo latiore ; prothorace transverso, subconico, lobo scutellari squamis elongatis niveis dense tecto; elytris sulcato-punctatis, subtiliter sparsim albo-pilosis, postice et pone scutellum magis condensatis ; femoribus infra dente acuto munitis; tarsis subflavis. Long. | lin. Hab. Australia (Gayndah). This species is interesting as the only representative at present known in Australia (and the discovery of which we owe to Mr. Masters) of what is evidently a numerous group in the Malay archipelago. LoBoTRACHELUS PLAGIATUS. L. breviter ellipticus, niger, subnitidus, squamis elongatis niveis vestitus, supra plagis nudis notatus ; rostro niveo-squamoso ; antennis fulvis, clava oblonga, angusta; prothorace transverso, subconico, lobo scutellari triangulariter producto, in medio plaga magna denudata obsito ; elytris sulcato-punctatis, pone humeros plaga magna rotundata, alteraque communi ad apicem notatis ; cor- pore infra sat dense niveo-squamoso; femoribus minus squamosis, intermediis infra dente fere obsoleto; tarsis subflavis. Long. | lin. Hab. Flores. LoBOTRACHELUS LINTEUS. UL. ellipticus, niger, squamis piliformibus albis sat sparse vestitus, supra plagis esquamosis notatus; rostro niveo-squamoso; antennis fulvis, clava ovali; prothorace modice transverso, basi in medio plaga magna denudata obsito, lobo scutel- lari acuto; elytris sulcato-punctatis, interstitiis squamis biseriatim ordinatis, pone humeros plaga magna subtransversa alteraque pre- apicali ad latera notatis ; corpore infra magis dense squamoso ; pedi- bus fuscis, vel ferrugineis; femoribus anticis dente cariniformi, inter- mediis et posticis dente acuto, instructis; tarsis subflavis. Long. 1 hin. Hab. Macassar. Remarkable for the cariniform tooth of the anterior femora. The scales are more scattered than in the last, and completely puliform. LoBOTRACHELUS ALBIROSTRIS. LL. subellipticus, fuscus, supra pedi- busque squamis piliformibus albis sat sparse vestitus; antennis fulvis, tenuioribus, clava ovata acuminata; prothorace modice transverso, lobo scutellari obtuso, lateribus infra dense squamoso; elytris magis elongatis, sulcato-punctatis, interstitiis squamis biseriatim ordinatis ; corpure infra sat sparse squamoso; femoribus omnibus dente parvo instructis. Long. | lin. Hab.. Macassar. There is a remarkable rounded hollow occupying a large part 46 of be MR. F. PP. PASCOE ON THE CUROULIONID A. the last abdominal segment in my specimen, which may perhaps sexual ; there is alsoa slightly elevated longitudinal line on the metasternum. BREPHIOPE. (Isorhynchine.) Rostrum subtenuatum, apicem versus latius; scrobes submediane. Oculi subovati, antice supra paulo approximati, fortiter granu- lati. Scapus oculum haud attingens; funiculus 7-articulatus, articulo primo crassiore, ceteris a secundo gradatim latioribus ; clava ovata, distincta. Prothorax transversus, conicus, basi bi- sinuatus. Sewtellum distinctum. Elytra obovata, basi protho- race parum latiora, humeris obsoletis. ima pectoralis inter. coxas intermedias terminata, apice paulo cavernosa. emora sublinearia, infra canaliculata et dente minuto instructa; tibie compresse, arcuate ; tarst normales. Abdomen segmento se- cundo quam tertio manifeste longiore, segmentis intermediis ad latera haud arcuatis. The second abdominal segment is intermediate in length be- tween the two extreme forms in the species serving as the type of of sp this genus ; here, therefore, it is probably only a transitional or ecific character. The affinities of the genus are not very ob- vious ; and it is possible a better place may be found for it. BREPHIOPE CASTANEA. 8B. rufo- vel aliquando fusco-castanea, nitida ; rostro prothorace paulo longiore ; funiculo articulis quinque ultimis valde transversis ; oculis nigris; prothorace subreticulatim punctato ; elytris ante medium latioribus, sulcatis, sulcis indistincte lneatim punctatis, interstitiis planatis, uniseriatim subtilissime punctulatis, singulis in medio squamulis oblongis niveis condensatis maculatis ; corpore infra sparse punctulato, segmentis tertio quartoque abdominis punctis majusculis in serie unica transversim dispositis ; femoribus punctatis, punctis singulis squamulis albis repletis. Long. 13 lin. Hab. Sula; Ceram. METETRA. (Isorhynchine.) Rostrum parum incrassatum, apicem versus sensim latius. Rima pectoralis lata, profunda, postice in mesosterno bene limitata. MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDZ. 47 Tarsi lobis articuli tertii haud divergentibus. Cetera ut in Lobotrachelo. In the species described below the legs are shorter and the pro- thorax proportionally larger than in Lobotrachelus, with which genus, however, it agrees in the remarkable character of having the medi-basal portion of the prothorax prolonged so as to cover the scutellum. METETRA suTURALIS. UM. elliptica, nigra, nitida, sutura lineaque laterali elytrorum niveo-squamosis ; rostro toto capiteque inter oculos carinatis, illo piceo, sat confertim oblongo-punctato ; antennis fulvis ; funiculo articulo primo quam secundo paulo longiore, czteris brevibus, gradatim incrassatis; prothorace longiore quam latiore, modice con- fertim punctato; elytris fortiter sulcato-punctatis, interstitiis setulis albis minutis sparse vestitis; corpore infra niveo-squamoso; pedibus piceis; femoribus dente modice elongato instructis; tarsis fulvis, articulis tribus basalibus conjunctim elongato-triangularibus. Long. 1} lin. Hab. Waigiou. - TeLepHai srriciuara. T. ovalis, rufo-fusca, pilis albis vel ochra- ceis sparse vestita ; antennis subtestaceis ; oculis minoribus; protho- race modice transverso, crebre punctato, callo laterali magis limitato ; elytris utrinque mediocriter rotundatis, suleato-punctatis, basi, pone medium apiceque pilis albis longiusculis obsitis, fascias tres indeter- minatas formantibus; abdomine segmento secundo valde ampliato. Long. 13 lin. Hab. Batchian; Sarawak. The genus Telephaé (anté, vol. x. p. 487) must, I think, be placed with the Isorhynchine. Lacordaire says that “the only absolute character’’ which separates that group from the Zygo- pine is found in their “ perfectly cylindrical rostrum.” I confess, however, failing in most cases to appreciate this subtle distinc- tion; as a rule, perhaps, the rostrum of the Zygopine is more subulate, and the eyes occupy a greater portion of the head, at least in the more typical species. One of the best characters seems to be that the eyes are uncovered in repose. They have each a seven-jointed funicle and a small scutellum, in two genera covered by an extension of the prothorax. As a rule, the species are either naked or partially covered with loosely set narrow or hair-like scales, more or less assuming the form of pubescence. All the members of the Isorhynchine here described (and there are a few more) are, except one, due to Mr. Wallace’s researches ; 48 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDE. the exception is the only instance of the occurrence of this group in Australia. elephaé itself might be taken for one of the Prio- nomerine ; but it may be at once distinguished, znter alia, by the anterior coxe not being contiguous. The species described above differs from Z. laticollis in its oval outline, the lateral callus on the prothorax tuberculiform, the prothorax itself considerably less transverse, &c.; the hairs on the elytra are confined to the inter- stices as in the other species, and give the parts they cover a stripy appearance. TELEPHAE CONCRETA. T. ovalis, nigra, sparse maculatim niveo-pilosa ; rostro prothorace paulo breviore, basi sat rude punctato; antennis subtestaceis ; oculis ampliatis ; prothorace subtransverso, crebre punc- tato, callo laterali producto et niveo-piloso; elytris convexiusculis, sulcato-punctatis, macula communi pone scutellum, tribus alteris apicem versus sitis, niveo-pilosis ; femoribus anticis majoribus; tibiis anticis brevibus; tarsis piceo-testaceis. Long. 13 hn. Hab. Batchian. TELEPHAE LuCTUOSA. T. late ovalis, nigra. elytris sparse maculatim niveo-squamosis ; rostro prothorace paulo breviore, basi sat rude punctato ; antennis piceo-testaceis ; oculis modice ampliatis; protho- race modice transverso, crebre punctato, callo laterali obsoleto ; elytris im medio paulo depressis, vel fere excavatis, suleato-punctatis, basi maculis quatuor ornatis, sei/. una utrinque humerali, et duabus sutura- libus communibus, quarum una media, altera apicali, obsitis ; femori- bus anticis minus ampliatis; tibiis anticis magis elongatis, tarsis piceo-testaceis. Long. 2 lin. Hab. Batchian; Gilolo; Sarawak. TELEPHAE DENTICOLLIS. T. late ovalis, nigra, sparse maculatim niveo-squamosa; rostro prothorace paulo breviore; antennis fuscis ; prothorace subtransverso, crebre punctato, utrinque dente mammilli- formi, pilis niveis tecto, instructo; scutello niveo; elytris sulcato- punctatis, basi, interstitio septimo in medio, vittaque suturali ad apicem niveo-squamosis; femoribus anticis magis ampliatis, dente magno armatis; tibiis sat elongatis; tarsis fulvo-piceis. Long. 2 lin. Hab. Dorey; Sarawak. TELEPHAE METATA. TJ. ovalis, nigra, maculatim niveo-squamosa, scil. macula utrinque basi prothoracis, elytrisque maculis octo, quarum duabus communibus suturalibus, una basali, altera media, et tribus singulo elytro; prothorace confertim tenuiter punctulato; elytris leviter sulcato-punctatis, interstitiis planatis sparse albido-pilosis ; MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID, 49 corpore infra nigro, metasterno utrinque niveo-maculato ; tarsis fulvis. Long. 13 Im. . Hab. Batchian. TELEPHAG REPETITA. T°. ovalis, nigra, sparse griseo-squamulosa, rostro, pedibus antennisque rufo-castaneis, illo prothorace breviore, nitido, basi solum subtiliter punctulato ; prothorace subtransverso, late- ribus rotundato, haud calloso ; elytris modice convexis, sulcato-puncta- tis, interstitiis planatis, basi, parum pone medium, apiceque squamulis sat dense obsitis fascias tres bene determinatas formantibus; tibtis anticis brevibus, valde arcuatis. Long. 13 lin. Hab. Sarawak. The underparts are in a fresh state probably covered with round silvery scales ; there are indications of this in other species. TELEPHAE SELLIGHRA. T°. ovalis, fusca, supra sat rude squamulosa ; capite nudo, crebre tenuiter punctulato ; rostro prothorace breviore ; antennis testaceis; oculis majusculis, fere contiguis; prothorace sub- transverso, lateribus rotundato, haud calloso; elytris supra depressis, suleato-punctatis, dorso plaga magna medio, apice lateribusque griseis; pedibus piceis; tibiis tarsisque pallidioribus; tibus anticis lengiuseulis. Long. 13 hn. Hab. Sarawak. OTHIPPIA. (Isorhynchine.) Rostrum mediocre, apicem versus latius, basi longitudinaliter angculatum. Antenne submediane; fwniculo articulo basali incrassato, ceteris tenuatis, gradatim crassioribus; clava dis- tincta. Ocwlc magni, ovati vel rotundati, antice approximantes. Prothorax transversus, subconicus, lobo scutellari paulo pro- ducto. Seutellum distinctum. Hlytra cordiformia, basi pro- thorace haud latiora, pygidium obtegentia. Pedes mediccres ; femora modice elongata, valida, sublinearia, infra dente tenuato instructa; ¢ib¢e breviuscule, rect, calearate; tarst articulo primo oblongo-triangulari, secundo brevi, tertio lato, bilobo, ultimo minusculo; ungwiculis parvis. Rima pectoralis meso- sterno terminata. Abdomen segmento secundo breviusculo. Tn the first three species described below the eyes are narrowed beneath, and the end of the pectoral canal is distinctly marked by a raised semicircular margin. Patches of snow-white scales on the upper margin of the hind femora occur in most of the species of this genus. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. X21. 4 50 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID®. OruiprIa DistiagmMA. O. nigra, subnitida, tenuiter pilosa, prothorace utrinque macula magna basali, apiceque elytrorum rufo-ochraceis ; rostro piceo-fusco, carinulato, apicem versus manifeste latiore; an- tennis fulvis; funiculo articulo basali longiore, crasso, reliquis bre- viusculis, longitudine subqualibus et gradatim erassioribus ; pro- thorace impunctato, in medio parcius piloso; elytris late suleatis, interstitiis planatis ; corpore infra fusco; abdomine segmentis tribus - intermediis longitudine fere zqualibus ; pedibus parce pilosis; tarsis fulvis. Long. 1; lin. Hab. Sarawak. The appressed hairs in this species are only seen under a very strong lens, and they appear whitish and silky against the light. OTHIPPIA JUBATA. O. fusca, pilis ochraceis sejunctim vestita ; capite rostroque piceo-testaceis, hoc carinulato et apicem versus paulo latiore; antennis fulvis; funiculo articulis secundo tertioque con- junctim primo longioribus ; clava breviter ovata; prothorace dimidio basali in medio alte fasciculato-cristato; scutello conspicuo; elytris late sulcatis, interstitiis planatis, sutura ante medium dense fascicula- tis; corpore infra castaneo-fusco, verisimiliter niveo-squamoso ; abdomine segmento secundo fere obtecto; pedibus rufo-testaceis, parce albido-squamosis. Long. 1% lin. Hab. Sarawak. I have only one example of this very distinct species, which, when fresh, is probably rather closely covered above with coarse ochraceous hairs. OTHIPPIA PROLETARIA. O. breviter elliptica, nigra, squamositate subgrisea, squamis interjectis, vestita; rostro ferrugineo, vel nigro, modice arcuato; antennis fulvis; funiculo articulo primo secundo longiore, ceteris breviusculis, clava breviter ovata; prothorace trans- verso, medio supra scutellum suberistato, lobo scutellari rotundato ; elytris sulcatis, basi circa scutellum paulo depressis ; corpore infra sat dense albido-squamoso; femoribus intermediis et posticis fere obsolete dentatis. Long. 17 lin. Hab. Sarawak. This species is covered with a somewhat deciduous greyish sort of squamosity like some saccharine exudation. OTHIPPIA FUNEBRIS. QO. nigra, nitida, subnuda ; rostro basi quinque- suleato; antennis fulvis; funiculo articulis tribus basalibus longitudine fere equalibus; prothorace transverso, crebre punctato, pone apicem fortiter constricto ; elytris suleato-punctatis, interstitiis subtilissime pilosis, m medio sat valde convexis, regione scutellari depressis, MR. F. P, PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDA. 51 macula basali.cirea scutellum lineaque suturali pone medium albo- pilosis ; corpore infra albo-squamoso. Long. 1$ lin. Hab. Ceram. OruiprPIA PopaGrRica. O. fusca, opaca, subnuda, prothorace nitide nigro ; rostro castaneo, basi longitudinaliter angulato ; antennis fulvis, funiculo tenuiore, articulo secundo quam primo longiore; prothorace minus transverso, sparse punctulato, haud constricto; elytris sul- cato-punctatis, interstitiis tenuiter pilosis, in medio convexis, singulis maculis parvis tribus niveo-pilosis ornatis, scil. una basali prope scutellum, una ad latera fere in medio, tertiaque apicali; corpore infra albo-squamoso ; tarsis posticis articulo primo elongato-ampliato. Long. 1# lin. Hab. Mysol. This and the preceding species are much alike in appearance, but are strongly contrasted in nearly all the characters here given. The form of the basal joint of the posterior tarsi is probably de- pendent on sex. Herons. (Isorhynchinz.) Rostrum basi rotundatum. Antenne articuio basali funiculi haud inerassato, secundo longiusculo, vix tenuiore. Pygidiwm libe- rum. Oeéeris fere ut in Othippia, sed femoribus minus elon- gatis. . In many respects this genus is allied to the preceding ; but the three characters here given will not allow of their being con- joined. The eyes in the species described below have extremely minute facets. The dark bands seen~in the figure are the un- covered portions of the derm. Eciona L&Ta. (PI. III. fig. 2.) HH. rufo-eastanea, variegatim albido- squamosa; rostro subvalido, sat confertim punctulato, leviter piloso ; antennis testaceis ; clava parva, oblique articulata ; prothorace crebre punctato, supra squamis piliformibus sparse vestito, ad latera magis squamoso ; scutello parvo ; elytris profunde sulcatis, regione scutel- lari fasciisque duabus magnis—una mediana, altera apicali—a squamis condensatis formatis, notatis, apicibus valde rotundatis ; corpore infra fusco; pedibus sparse pilosis. Long. 1} lin. Hab. Macassar. PSENICLEA. (isorhynchine.) Rostrum validum, a basi ad apicem gradatim latius ; scrobes pre- mediane. Oculi rotundati, antice approximati, tenuiter grann- 4.* 52 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID. lati. Scapus oculum vix attingens; funiculus articulo primo ampliato, ceteris gradatim brevioribus et crassioribus ; elava ovata distincta. Prothorax parvus, transversus, basi parum ro- tundatus. Sceutellwm distinctum. LHlytra trigonata, convexa, prothorace basi multo latiora. Pectus brevissimum. OCOove antice parum separate, intermedie distantes. Femora modice elongata, incrassata, haud canaliculata, infra dente valido in- structa ; tibie subrecte, apice mucronate ; tarsi articulo ultimo elongato. Abdomen segmentis tribus intermedis gradatim paulo brevioribus, ad latera arcuatis. The shortness of the pectus brings the rostrum in repose directly against the anterior coxe, and not to pass between them, as in some other genera of this group, owing to their contiguity, or nearly so. The eyes are almost frontal. The affinities of the genus are not very evident. PSENICLEA PUELLARIS. P. tota nitide fulva, mandibulis nigris ex- ceptis, esquamosa ; rostro prothorace haud longiore ; antennis pallidi- oribus; prothorace utrinque vix rotundato, basi latiore, sparse punctato; elytris basi prothorace sesquilongiore, valde convexis, leviter sulcatis, sulcis fortiter punctatis, interstitiis parum convexis ; metasterno antice processuque intercoxali fortiter sparse punctatis, reliquis impunctatis. Long. 1¢ hn. Hab. Dorey. PANIGENA. (Isorhynchine.) Rostrum subtenuatum (vel paulo incrassatum, arcuatum, apicem versus parum dilatatum; scrobes submediane. Ocwli medio- cres, rotundati, antice approximati, fortiter granulati. Scapus gracilis; funiculus articulo primo ampliato, secundo longius- culo, ceteris obconicis; clava distincta. Prothoraz conicus, basi ampliatus, bisinuatus. Scewtellum distinctum. LHlytra cordata, prothorace multo latiora, humeris obliqua. Pectus canaliculatum. Cowe antice basi approximate. Femora sub- linearia, infra dentata; ¢ibie subsulcate, flexuose, vel inter- mediz rect, apice calcarate. Abdomen segmentis duobus basalibus ampliatis. Corpus convexum, subrhomboideum, levi- gatum. The pectoral canal is limited behind by the anterior coxe, and is therefore incapable of receiving the rostrum. The eyes are of moderate size, rounded, and placed just above the base of the MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDE. 53 rostrum, leaving a tolerably broad front to the head above them ; they are nearly contiguous in the first two species, less so in P. cyanoptera, and still further apart in P. pedestris. PANIGENA CHALYBEA. P. nitidissima, cyaneo-iridescens; capite rostroque nigris, illo subtiliter vage, hoc basi sat rude punctatis, et prothorace paulo longiore ; oculis supra subcontiguis ; antennis fulvis ; funiculo articulo secundo quam primo manifeste longiore ; prothorace impunctato ; scutello subquadrato, nigro; elytris circa scutellum paulo elevatis, seriatim fortiter remote punctatis, interstitiis latis ; corpore infra nigro ; pedibus piceis, squamulis piliformibus albis sparse vestitis ; tarsis piceo-fulvis. Long. 13 lin. Hab. Batchian. PANIGENA VIOLACEA. P, nitide violacea, capite rostroque nigris, illo subtilissime punctulato, hoe prothorace paulo longiore, apice vix latiore; antennis fulvis; funiculo articulo secundo quam primo longiore ; claya valida, ovata; oculis supra contiguis ; prothorace im- punctato; scutello nitide nigro, rotundato; elytris seriatim sat fortiter remote punctatis ; corpore infra nigro; pedibus nigro-piceis ; tarsis piceo-fulvis. Long. 13 lin. Hab. Batchian. The eyes are absolutely in contact in this species ; it has also a narrower antennal club, and is not so broad and massive as the preceding. PANIGENA CYANOPTERA. P. nitide nigra, elytris cyaneis; rostro prothorace parum longiore, cylindrico, apice vix latiore ; antennis fulvo-testaceis ; funiculo articulis duobus basalibus longitudine equa- libus; clava elongato-ovata; oculis haud contiguis; prothorace ’ magis transyerso, impunctato ; scutello scutiformi; elytris sat tenuiter seriatim remote punctatis ; corpore infra pedibusque piceis; tarsis subfulvis. Long. 13 lin. Hab. Saylee. There is an interval between the eyes equal to about a quarter part the diameter of one of them. In this and the last species the rostrum is nearly cylindrical, only a little flattened, without being dilated, at the apex. PANIGENA PEDESTRIS. J. nitide cyanea; capite castaneo, disperse punctato; rostro valido, prothorace breviore, rufo-piceo; antennis fulvis ; funiculo articulo seeundo quam primo longiore ; clava pallida, ovato-acuminata; oculis haud contiguis; prothoraee subtilissime sparsim punctulato; scutello nigro; elytris seriatim tenuiter remote punctatis; corpore infra nigro; metasterno late excavato; pedibus rufo-piceis. Long. 14 lin. Hab. Mysol. 54 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDA. This species has a much more robust rostrum than either of the preceding. A variety, probably from Salwatty, has a sensibly finer punctuation of the elytra. (EBRIUS. (Isorhynchine.) Caput parvum ; rostrwm modice tenuatum, apicem versus dilata- tum; serobes premedians. Oculi mediocres, rotundati, pro- minuli, antice modice approximati, fortiter granulati. Scapus elongatus, oculum vix attingens; fwniculus articulo primo ampliato, secundo longiusculo, ceteris breviter obconicis ; clava ovata. Prothorax transversus, subconicus, basi subbisinuatus. Scutellum distinctum. Elytra cordiformia, prothorace multo latiora. Pectus breviusculum, haud canaliculatum. Core antice approximate. Femora modice incrassata, infra canali- culata et dentata; t2bie antice recte, postice et intermedi arcuate, apice haud calcarate ; tarsi normales. Abdomen seg- mentis duobus basalibus ampliatis, intermediis ad latera arcuatis. Processus intercoxalis latissimus. This genus differs, inter alia, from Panigena in not having the tibise spurred. In the species described below the eyes have re- markably large facets, and the scrobes commence much nearer the apex of the rostrum than is usually the case. The dense patches of snowy scales on the upper margin of the femora are met with also in Lhyestetha, Telaugia, Idotasia, and other genera of the Zygopine, as well as in Othippia (ante, p. 49). (Esrius LuTetcornis. (PI. III. fig. 3.) O. piceo-niger, nitidus ; rostro prothorace plus sesquilongiore, basi striato, apice lvigato ; antennis luteis, clava infuscata ; prothorace apice angusto, basi valde dilatato, utrinque paulo rotundato, fortiter punctato ; elytris seriatim punctatis, punctis majusculis, linearibus, interstitiis planatis, impune- tatis; corpore infra nitide fusco; metasterno late excavato, et seg- mentis duobus basalibus abdominis fortiter punctatis; femoribus intermediis et posticis infra, presertim posticis, dente majusculo instructis, margine superiore dense niveo-squamoso. Long. 14 lin. Hab. Mysol; Waigiou. Taissocuenie (Isorhynchine.) A Panigena differt rima pectorali inter coxas anticas continuata et articulo primo funiculi majusculo, quam secundo duplo longiore. MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID2. 55 The pectoral canal in this genus is continued between the anterior cox, the opposite surfaces of these being exposed and forming in part the sides of the canal. LisSOGLENA PICIPENNIS. LL. subrhombica; capite prothoraceque rufo-castaneis, elytris piceis; rostro longitudine prothoracis, parum arcuato, apice haud latiore, capite impunctato ; antennis rufo-casta- neis, clava elongato-ovata, nigricante ; oculis contiguis ; prothorace subtilissime punctulato ; scutello piceo; elytris cordiformibus, seria- tim tenuiter remote punctulatis; corpore infra subcastaneo; abdo- mine segmento primo fortiter punctato, reliquis levigatis ; femoribus tibiisque fusco-piceis; tarsis fulvis. Long. 14 lin. Hab. Sumatra. The subjoined table of the Isorhynchine will show the dia- gnostic characters of the genera I have here proposed. Intermediate segments of the abdomen nearly equal in length. Pectoral canal not passing behind the anterior cox. IBC CUUSECIONCALE. qo. . s fe he selene © Lobotrachelus, Schon. Recuusnvery, short s..0.0-.05-- «6 Hseniclea, n.e. Pectoral canal prolonged to the mesosternum. Penultimate joint of the tarsi with divaricate lobes. Rhadinocerus, Schon. Penultimate joint of the tarsi with approximate lobes. Scutellar lobe of the prothorax covering the scutelium. Metetra, n. g. Scutellar lobe of the prothorax not. covering the scutellum. Basal joint of the funicle incrassate. Othippia, 0. g. Basal joint of the funicle slender. Hgiona, un. g. Second abdominal segment as long or nearly as long as the two next together. Anterior femora very large .......... Zelephaé, Pasc. Anterior femora of the normal size. Pectus canaliculate. Pectoral canal passing behind the anterior coxe. Body oblong, pubescent ........ Conophorus, Schon. Body rhomboid or elliptic, naked. Eyes contiguous ............ Jwssoglena, n. g. Eyes not contiguous ........ Bvrephiope, n. g. Pectoral canal limited by the anterior coxe. Femora toothed. 56 MR. F. Pp. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID #. Body oblong, pubescent...... Hlattocerus, Schon. Body trapezoid, naked . .... Panigena, n. g. Femora not toothed ......... . Lsorhynchus, Schon. Pectus not canaliculate ............ Cbrius, n. g. PSEUDOCHOLUS LATICOLLIS. P. (¢) obovatus, nitidissime niger, elytris saturate metallico-viridibus ; rostro dimidio basali rude, reliquo gradatim minus punctato; antennis nitide ferrugineis; funiculo articulo secundo quam primo parum breviore; prothorace valde ampliato, sat remote tenuiter punctulato; elytris lineatim sulcato- punctatis, sulcis basi rugoso-punctatis, interstitiis planatis, subtiliter remote punctulatis; corpore infra sat tenuiter punctato; pedibus elongatis; tarsis anticis articulis duobus basalibus longe pilosis. Long. 53 lin. Hab. Ceram. The genus Pseudocholus was founded by Lacordaire on an im- perfect specimen from New Guinea. Mr. Wallace found several species in the Malayan islands, some of which are here described. The antenns, which were wanting in Lacordaire’s type, are slender, the scape scarcely attaining the eye, the first joint of the funicle not enlarged, and the club tomentose and four-jointed. The males haye apparently longer or broader tarsi, fringed with long hairs. PsEUDOCHOLUS BASALIS. P. (3) obovatus, niger, nitidus, elytris aneis ; rostro sat sparse tenuiter punctulato, punctis apicem versus Magis aspersis ; antennis ferrugineis ; funiculo articulo secundo quam primo sesquilongiore ; prothorace tenuiter sparse punctulato ; elytris lineatim sulcato-punctatis, interstitiis planatis, impunctatis, basi versus scutellum albo-squamosis; corpore infra tenuiter punctato, punctis singuhs squama alba imstructis; tarsis anticis articulo primo elongato. Long. 5 lin. Hab. Gilolo; Morty. PSEUDOCHOLUS ORICHALCEUS. P. subellipticus, orichaleeus ; rostro sat confertim, basi fortiter punctato; antennis ferrugineis; funiculo articulis duobus basalibus efongatis, longitudine «quali, reliquis con- junctim haud longioribus; prothorace longiore, sat confertim tenuiter punctato; elytris lineatim sulcato-punctatis, sulcis basi latioribus, rugosis, Interstitiis planatis subtilissime remote punctatis; corpore infra sat confertim tenuiter punctato. Long. 43 lin. Hab. Bouru. PsEUDOCHOLUS cINCTUS. PP. rhomboideus, eneo-niger, parum niti- dus ; prothorace elytrisque vitta laterali stramineo-squamosa ornatis ; rostro prothorace vix latiore, antennis ferrugineis; prothorace in MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID. 57 medio leviter, ad latera fortiter punctato, punctis singulis squama minuta straminea munitis, disco utrinque longitudinaliter excavato, squamis stramineis sat dense obsito; elytris lineatim suleatis, intersti- tiis punctulatis ; corpore infra fusco-castaneo, subtiliter punctulato ; femoribus tibiisque punctis numerosis singulis squama elongata vel filiformi munitis. Long. 4 lin. Hab. Saylee (New Guinea). This species will hardly fail to recall the Brazilian Cholus albi- einctus, Germ. It will be recollected that Lacordaire was struck with the resemblance of the only species he knew to the members generally of that New-World tropical genus. METANTHIA. (Baridine.) Rostrum robustum, arcuatum, basi gibbosulum, apice depressum, vix dilatatum; serobes submediane. Oculi ovales, tenuiter granulati. Antenne valide; scapus breviusculus; funiculus articulo primo ampliato, cxteris cum clava continuatis. Pro- thorax conicus, lobo scutellari paulo producto, lobis ocularibus haud prominulis. Scutellum distinctum. lytra elongato- trigonata. Pectus haud ampliatum, canaliculatum. Cove anticee manifeste separate. Hemora sublinearia, mutica, infra canaliculata ; t7bie rectee, apice calcarate. Abdomen segmentis duobus basalibus ampliatis, connatis. Corpus anguste sub- rhomboideum, in J. nitidula ellipticum. From Jpsichora this genus differs in its approximate coxe, less marked, however, in UZ. nitidula, thick rostrum, raised at its base, and short stout scape, not nearly attaining the eye. J. nitidula has shorter and more cordate elytra than the first three species. MeETANTHIA pyriTosa. (PI. III. fig. 4.) MM. splendide aureo- viridis, igneo micans, scutello, femoribus tibiisque vel leete azureis vel aureo-viridibus, tarsis nigris ; rostro sparse subtiliter punctato; antennis ferrugineis; prothorace sparse punctato; elytris seriatim punctatis, interstitiis subtiliter punctulatis; corpore infra inzequaliter punctato. Long. 35 lin. Hab. Dorey; Saylee. MeETANTHIA EBENINA. WM. omnino atra, nitida, antennis fuscis capite nitidissimo, impunctato; prothorace subtilissime sparse punctato; elytris seriatim punctatis, serie prima basi punctis majori- bus, apicem versus gradatim minoribus, seriebus reliquis subtiliter 58 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDE. punctatis, interstitiis fere impunctatis ; segmento ultimo abdominis bifoveato. Long. 23 ln. Hab. Batchian. METANTHIA CYANEA. M. supra saturate cyanea, subtus nigra, omnino nitida; rostro subtiliter punctato; antennis ferrugineis ; prothorace subtilissime punctato ; elytris tenuiter seriatim punctatis, - interstitiis impunctatis; tibiis tarsisque castaneis, articulo ultimo tar- sorum piceo. Long. 23 lin. Hab. Waigiou. METANTHIA NITIDULA. M. elliptica, atra, nitida, supra minus con- vexa, impunctata; rostro prothorace haud longiore, subtiliter vage punctulato; antennis ferrugineis; prothorace antice sat subito con- stricto, lateraliter gradatim leviter latiore ; elytris oblongo-cordifor- mibus, obsolete striatis, basi excepta; corpore infra rarissime sub- tiliter punctulato ; femoribus punctis oblongis majusculis impressis. Long. 27 lin. Hab. Batchian. ITpstcHoRA. (Baridine.) Rastrum elongatum, subulatum, basi haud gibbosulum, apice vix dilatatum ; serobes submedianz. Oculi ovati, tenuiter granu- lati. Seapus gracilis, oculum haud attingens ; fwniculus articulo basali ampliato, ceteris gradatim crassioribus, in clavam con- tinuatis. Prothorax transversus, antice tubulatus, basi bisi- nuatus. Hlytra prothorace vix latiora, oblongo-cordiformia. Pectus ampliatum. Core antice valde remote. Pedes medio- cres ; femora subelongata, modice incrassata, infra canaliculata et dente minuto instructa ; tzbie rectee, apice calcarate. Abdo- men segmentis duobus basalibus ampliatis. With the rostrum of Pseudocholus this genus differs in its shorter legs, and the femora stouter and canaliculate beneath ; the species, instead of the bronze or dark olive of that genus, are of arich blue, but varied, even individually to some extent, by violet or copper reflections. The males appear to have the anterior tarsi larger and fimbriated as in Pseudocholus. IpstcHoraA cuPIDo. J. subelliptica, ubique nitidissima, supra czrulea, prothorace violaceo vel purpureo; rostro prothorace fere sesquilon- giore, obsolete punctato, nigro, basi capiteque chalybeatis ; antennis fusco-castaneis ; prothorace utrinque modice ampliato, pone apicem in certa luce quasi sulcato, subtilissime vage punctato; elytris fere MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDA. 59 obsolete striatis, striis subtilissime punctulatis, interstitiis punctulis minutis adspersis ; corpore infra metallico-viridi ; pedibus plus minusve chalybeatis; tarsis nigris. Long. 33 lin. Hab. Ceram. IpsicHorA ceeLEsTIS. I. subelliptica, ubique nitidissima, supra pedi- busque ceruleis; rostro prothorace sesquilongiore, subtiliter punctu- lato, aliquando basi excepta nigro; antennis ferrugineis ; prothorace ut in precedente, sed paulo magis punctulato ; elytris fere obsolete striatis, leviter sed manifeste punctulatis, interstitiis 1mpunctatis ; corpore infra metallico-viridi, sparse albo-setuloso; tarsis nigris. Long. 33 lin. Hab. Dorey ; Saylee. Very like the preceding, but there is a manifest difference in the punctuation. IpsICHORA PULCHELLA. I. elliptica, nitidissima, ceerulea, prothorace splendide aureo-cupreo; rostro minus elongato, nigro, basi capiteque metallico-viridibus; antennis nigris; scapo breviusculo; prothorace utrinque minus ampliato, pone apicem quasi sulcato, tenuiter vage punctulato ; scutello nigro; elytris fere obsolete striatis, striis subti- liter punctulatis, interstitiis punctulis minutissimis adspersis; corpore infra splendide metallico-viridi; pedibus chalybeatis; tarsis nigris Long. 25 ln. Hab. Salwatty (New Guinea). IpsicHoRA FEMORATA. JI. subelliptica, czrulea, rostro pedibusque, femoribus exceptis, chalybeatis ; rostro minus elongato, basi paulo curvato; antennis ferrugineis; prothorace subtransverso, sat vage punctato, apice haud suleato; elytris lineatim striato-punctatis, punctis modice approximatis, interstitiis subtiliter remote punctulatis ; femoribus magis incrassatis, rufis, basi apiceque chalybeatis exceptis ; tarsis nigris. Long. 2} lin. Hab. Aru. MycripeEs. (Baridine.) Rostrum paulo arcuatum, apice haud dilatatum, prothorace duplo longius; scrobes antemediane. Scapus ab oculo remotus; fu- niculus articulo primo elongato, a secundo in clavam continu- atus. Oculi ovales, magni, tenuiter granulati, prothorace con- tigui. Prothorar conicus, apice angustus, parum productus. Scutellum parvum. Elytra subconvexa, cordiformia, basi pro- thorace vix latiora, humeris rotundata. Pygidiwm parvum. Femora yix incrassata, infra dente parvo instructa; ¢ibie rect, GO MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID A. sulcate. Pectus ampliatum, convexum. Cove antice distantes. Prosternum postice latum, truncatum. Abdomen segmentis duobus basalibus ampliatis, connatis. Corpus rhomboideum. The Baridine with the sterna forming a continuous level, for which Lacordaire forms his “ sous-tribu Madarides ”’*, appear to be rather abundant in the Malasian islands, Pseudocholus being especially well represented. I have here only worked out a few genera, leaving several species undescribed, which I do not think it desirable to publish on the strength of my present materials, so uncertain are the limits to be placed to their generic and specific characters. ‘Thus one of these doubtful forms has a canaliculate pectus, which, according to Lacordaire, would take it out of the ‘« Lyteriides,”’ to which, however, it obviously belongs, and among which I have placed those now described; at the same time I think it probable that such a character is here only of specific value. Lyterius itself is unknown to me, except as illustrated by Baris complanatus (Dej. Cat.), which, however, disagrees with the genus, as defined by Schénherr, in the scape not attaining the eye, an important character; Lacordaire only knew the American species medas, as instabilis does not, he says, belong even to the subfamily. I have another species from Fiji. As yet only three or four species of the genus Baris out of the whole subfamily are known from Australia. MycrTipEs BARBATUS. M. niger, nitidus; rostro fusco, sparse punctulato, (¢) infra, basi excepto, ferrugineo-barbato; antennis piceo-fuscis ; funiculo articulo primo quam secundo duplo lon- giore ; prothorace punctis parvis raris distinctis impresso; scutello subrotundato; elytris prothorace sesquilongioribus, pone humeros paulo incurvatis, lmeato-impressis, lineis, basi versus scutellum ex- cepta, punctatis, interstitiis planatis, subtiliter sparse punctulatis; corpore infra pedibusque punctis oes squamigeris adspersis. Long. 23 lin. Hab. Batchian. CYNETHIA. (Baridine.) Rostrum elongatum, basi sulcatum et incrassatum, apice dilata- tum; scrobes postmediane. Scapus ab oculo remotus; funi- culus articulo primo secundo haud crassiore, ultimis brevibus, * It must be recollected, however, that Lacordaire himself states, “the passage from one to the other is effected in a manner almost insensible.”’ MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDE. 61 in clavam continuatis. Ocwli prothoraci contigui. Prothorax subconicus, apice latior, paulo productus. Sceutellwm distinctum. Elytra oblonga, supra paulo planata, prothorace vix latiora. Pygidium parvum. Femora longiuscula, sublinearia, postica infra canaliculata, omnia dente parvo instructa; bie antice subflexuose, relique arcuate, sulcate, apice fortiter mucro- nate. Pectus leviter excavatum. Coxe antice distantes. Prosternum latum, postice truncatum. Abdomen segmentis duobus basalibus ampliatis, connatis. Allied to Myctides, but with the rostrum dilated at the apex, the scrobes commencing behind the middle, the elytra flat along the suture, &c. The species described below is not unlike Baris virgata, Boh.* CyYNETHIAINTERRUPTA. (PI.III. fig. 12.) C. elliptica, fusco-nigra, vix nitida, lineis albido-squamosis ornata ; rostro basi capiteque crebre punctulatis, illo deinde ad apicem castaneo, subtiliter sparse punctu- lato; antennis castaneis, scapo pallidiore ; prothorace sat confertim punctato, disco lateribus utrinque vittato; elytris pone humeros lati- oribus, ante apicem callosis, lineatim sulcatis, interstitiis planatis, secundo excepto uniseriatim punctulatis, interstitio tertio vitta inter- rupta albido-squamosa ornatis; corpore infra castaneo, vittis duabus albido-squamosis ornato. Long. 3 lin. Hab. Sumatra. ACYTHOPEUS. (Baridine. ) Caput parvum ; rostrum arcuatum, basi crassius, supra gibbosulum, versus apicem gradatim tenuatum, apice ipso paulo depressum ; scrobes mediane vel postmediane. Scapus ab oculo remotus ; fu- niculus articulo primo ampliato, reliquis in clavam continuatis. Oculi tenuiter granulati, prothoraci contigui. Prothorax trans- versus, apice tubulatus, haud productus, basi fortiter bisinuatus. Scutellum parvum. LElytra prothorace vix latiora (2?), postice angustiora. Femora mutica, infra subcanaliculata. Cetera ut in Myctide. Near Myctides, only the rostrum is very much curved and thickened at the base, and the femora are entire beneath. The position of the scrobes in the first three species described below shows that it is only a specific character (or possibly sexual); the “* This species, judging from Mr. Wallace’s collection, has a distribution ex- tending from Sumatra to New Guinea. 62 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDS. last species is an aberrant form, but there is nothing to warrant its separation generically except the smaller tarsi. ACYTHOPEUS TRISTIS. (PI. III. fig. 11.) A. obovatus, obscure fuscus, opacus; rostro crassiore, basi manifeste magis curvato, leviter gibbo- sulo et confertim punctato, versus apicem punctis gradatim minoribus et magis adspersis ; scrobibus medianis; antennis ferrugineis ; pro- thorace in medio valde ampliato, ubique crebre reticulato-punctato ; elytris lineatim sulcatis, interstitils planatis, transversim rude puncta- tis; pygidio nigro, transverso; corpore infra pedibusque fuscis, punc- tis, singulis seta minuta alba instructis, adspersis. Long. 23 lin. Hab. New Guinea (Saylee). ACYTHOPEUS TENUIROSTRIS. A. obovatus, obscure fuscus, opacus ; rostro tenuiore, basi supra leviter gibbosulo, punctis vix confertis minus impresso, reliquo fere impunctato; antennis fuscis; prothorace subzquilaterali, apice subito tubulato, confertim punctulato; elytris subcordiformibus, lineatim sulcatis, interstitiis planatis, transversim punctatis; pygidio nigro; corpore infra pedibusque nitide nigris, leviter sparse punctulato. Long. 2 lin. Hab. Tondano. This species may be readily recognized by its slender rostrum, at least in the female. ACYTHOPEUS PALMARIS. A. niger, nitidus, rostrum couferte rude punctatum ; scrobibus preemedianis ; antennis nigris, scapo longiusculo, clava elongata magna; prothorace ampliato, crebre fortiter punctato ; elytris lineatim sulcatis, interstitiis planatis, transversim leviter im- presso-punctatis, uniseriatim subtiliter setulosis; pectore utrinque coxas proxime dente obtuso instructo ; pedibus anticis multo majori- bus, tarsis ipsis majusculis, articulo tertio profunde bilobo. Long. 23 lin. Hab. Amboyna. The length of the fore legs with their broader tarsi and the large tomentose club are at once distinctive of this species. My specimen is, I think, a female, notwithstanding the length of the fore legs. ACYTHOPEUS CURVIROSTRIS. A. niger, subnitidus, rostro piceo, basi valde arcuato, incrassato, crebre rude punctato, ( 2 ) dimidio api- cali tenuato, levigato; scrobibus postmedianis ; antennis piceis, clava late ovata; prothorace vix ampliato, confertissime rude punctato ; elytris lmeatim sulcatis, interstitiis planatis, transversim uni- vel bi- serlatim punctatis; pectore squamis ochraceis adsperso; epipleura metathoracis segmentoque primo abdominis utrinque dense ochraceo- squamosis. Long. 2 lin. Hab. Gilolo; Batchian. MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID &. 63 The rostrum is more abruptly curved at the base in this than in any other of the species here described; in the male the ros- trum is punctured throughout, and the scrobes commence a little nearer the middle. ‘There is a little patch of white scales at the base of the prothorax on each side in two of my specimens. ACYTHOPEUS BIGEMINATUS. A. oblongus, ater, subnitidus, elytris albo-quadrimaculatis; rostro ferrugieo, minus elongato, basi pro- funde inciso et valde gibboso, confertim punctato, punctis apicem versus minutis ; antennis subferrugineis ; funiculo brevi, articulo primo quam secundo triplo longiore; prothorace haud confertim punctato, lateribus leviter rotundatis ; elytris elongato-cordatis, limeatim sul- catis, interstitiis subrugosis, tertio maculis duabus albis—una basali, altera preeapicali—e squamis condensatis, notato; pectore sternisque punctis majoribus, abdomine minoribus, punctis albo-setigeris, ad- spersis ; tarsis minusculis. Long. 13-23 lin. Hab. Batchian; Aru. Laoptia. (Baridine.) Caput sphericum ; rostrum elongatum, cylindricum, apice dilata- tum; scrobes antemediane. Scapus ab oculo remotus; funi- culus in clavam continuatus. Oculi ovati, tenuiter granulati, prothorace haud contigui. Prothorax suboblongus, utrinque rotundatus, apice angustus, truncatus. Seuwtellwm parvum. Elytra obovata, prothorace vix latiora. Pedes longiusculi, femora vix incrassata, mutica; tibie arcuate; tarsis articulo ultimo minusculo. Pectus amplatum. Core antice modice distantes. Prosternum postice latum, truncatum. Abdomen segmentis duobus basalibus ampliatis, connatis. The characters in this genus are nearly the same as in Myctides ; but the dilated apex of the rostrum, the eye not in contact with the prothorax, the small claw-joint, and the different contour are sufficiently diverse. Although the anterior femora are not den- tate, there are two or three very small points beneath, probably not always present. My specimens of the two species here de- scribed appear to be females. Laopia NiveopicTa. (Pl. III. fig. 8.) LZ. anguste ovalis, nitidis- sima, picea, elytris atris, maculis niveis, e squamis condensatis, nota- tis, scil. duabus basi prothoracis, duabus singulo elytro—una basali, altera preeapicali; rostro piceo, prothorace plus duplo longiore, lineis 64 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDS. elevatis longitudinalibus, interstitiis, apice excepto, punctatis, mu- nito; funiculo articulo primo quam secundo fere duplo longiore ; prothorace in medio sat sparse punctulato, lateribus confertim granu- lato; elytris lineatim sulcatis, interstitiis uniseriatim punctulatis ; corpore infra sat confertim albo-setosulis ; abdomine punctis minutis adspersis. Long. 1 lin. Hab. Macassar. LAaopDIA NIVEOSPARSA. J. ovata, nitidissima, atra, elytris maculis parvis albis quatuor, e squamis condensatis, notatis, scil. singulis una basali, altera apicali; rostro piceo, prothorace triplo longiore, lmeato ut in precedente ; funiculo articulis duobus basalibus zequali- bus; prothorace in medio sparse punctato, lateribus rugoso-punctatis ; elytris limeatim suleatis, sulcis punctis remotis manifeste impressis, duobus suturalibus ad basin majusculis; corpore infra sparse niveo- setosis ; tibiis tarsisque piceis. Long. 13 lin. Hab. Amboyna. Liysrrus. (Baridine.) Rostrum paulo arcuatum, apicem versus gradatim dilatatum, pro- thorace longius; scrobes antemediane. Seapus oculum haud attingens ; funiculus articulo primo ampliato, a secundo in cla- vam gradatim continuatus; clava magna. Ocul: rotundati, prothoraci haud contigui, tenuiter granulati. Prothorax coni- cus, apice truncatus, lobo scutellari late emarginato pro recep- tione basis scutelli. Scutellum magnum. Flytra equilatera- liter triangularia, humeris paulo producta, rotundata. Femora subinerassata, infra dentata; ¢tzbie@ arcuate. Pectus incurva- tum ; prosternum postice breve. Coxe antice fere contigue. Abdomen segmento primo ampliato. The anterior coxze only feebly separated, and with the usual non-continuity of the line of the sterna, imply a technical position of this genus near Dadopterus ; but its trapezoid form compared with the cylindrical one of the latter is not favourable to any consi- deration of affinity. Ihave a second species from Tsusima, in the Corean Straits, distinguished, inter alia, by its closely punctured prothorax. LySTRUS SCULPTIPENNIS. (PI. III. fig. 1.) LL. trapezoideus, fusco- niger, parum nitidus; rostro crebre lineatim punctato; antennis fer- rugineis; Clava articulis sex preecedentibus funiculi longitudine equali; prothorace confertim granulato, im medio postice linea elevata in- MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDS. 65 structo; scutello transverso; elytris fortiter sulcatis, interstitiis elevato-carinatis, carinis lateraliter impresso-punctatis; corpore infra squamositate subsulphurea tecto; femoribus tibiisque sat crebre punctatis, his lineis elevatis instructis. Long. 2 lin. Hab. Singapore ; Macassar. SIMOCOPIS. (Baridine.) Caput parvum, sphericum ; rostrwm modice elongatum, arcuatum, basi leviter incrassatum, paulo compressum, reliquo valde de- presso (vel laminiformi), apicem versus gradatim dilatatum ; serobes subbasales. Oculi rotundati. Scapus oculum haud at- tingens ; funiculus articulis duobus basalibus elongatis. Protho- vax transversus, ampliatus, basi late bisinuatus, lobis ocularibus fere obsoletis. Seutellum subquadratum. lytra subcordi- formia, prothorace vix latiora, humeris obliquis. Pectus leviter excavatum. Core antice distantes. Pedes breviusculi ; femora incrassata, mutica; ¢ibie@ breves, incurvate, mucronate ; tars2 articulo ultimo elongato ; wnguiculi liberi. Abdomen segmentis duobus basalibus ampliatis. Like Elasmorhinus, Lac.,in its depressed rostrum, which is even more remarkable than in that genus on account of its breadth, and the longitudinal middle portion is so attenuated as to be almost diaphanous. In other respects it differs from Klasmorhinus, of which I have a second species, in its free claws. I am not quite certain of the habitat of the only example I have seen of this spe- cies; unfortunately its antenne are incomplete. Srmocopis umBrRiNnus. (PI. III. fig. 10.) S. late obovatus, fusco- umbrinus; capite sparse punctato; rostro quam prothorace vix lon- giore, nitido, impunctato ; prothorace nitido, valde transverso, in medio sparse, ad latera irregulariter striato-punctato, basi utrinque squamis elongatis ochraceis vestito ; elytris opacis, lineatim sulcato-punctatis, ‘interstitiis rugosis, transversim crebre punctatis, basi squamis elon- gatis ochraceis vestitis; corpore infra tenuiter sparse setosulo ; pedi- bus, presertim femoribus, magis dense squamosis. Long. 4 lin. Hab. Brazil? The following tabular view of Lacordaive’s “ groupe Lyteriides,” one of the divisions of his “ sous-tribu Madarides ” (Gen. t. vii. p. 249), includes the new genera proposed above :— On LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 66 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDA. Rostrum cylindrical. Pygidium free. Pectus with a horn-like projection .... Microstates, Lac. Pectus without a horn-like projection. INOS AUT TROIS 5 646 bo dodo cu yd ued Metanthia, 0. g. Rostrum slender. Anterior coxe slightly separated .. Lystrus, n. g. Anterior cox widely apart. Rostrum slender throughout.... Myctides, n. g. Rostrum thicker at the base. Prothorax produced at the apex. Cynethia, n. g. Prothorax truncate at the apex. Acythopeus, n. g. Pygidium covered, or nearly so. Scape remote from the eye .......... Laodia, a. g. Scape nearly attaining the eye. Femora canaliculate beneath........ Ipsichora, n. g. Femora not canaliculate beneath .... Pseudocholus, Lac. Rostrum lamelliform. Claws COnmate vor ove urate acetone eLearn Elasmorhinus, Lac. Ola WASH reer welopsice eeieiel iene cos ageomrsrnenew le Stmocopis, 0. g. Lyterius, Schon., is omitted as a doubtful member of this group. Lyterius, Lac., is probably not identical with Schénherr’s genus (see Gen. vii. p. 250). Humyeterus (from Asia Minor), unknown to me, is placed by Schénherr in Cossonine. It is possible that Tithene (ante, p. 25) may have affinity with this “ groupe.” PRODIOOTES. (Calandrine.) Megaprocto congruit, sed scapus elongatus, elytra prothorace latiora, et femora magis clavata, postica breviora. Rostrum tenuatum, arcuatum. Pygidiwm obtusum. Tibie flexuose. There are a number of intermediate (and undescribed) species allied to Sphenocorynus and Megaproctus, which it is almost im- possible to distribute into well-limited genera, but which cannot be united without also merging the two above mentioned into one genus with them: For those in my collection belonging to Lacordaire’s “ groupe Sphenocorynides,” which has the pygidium horizontal (or a little deflexed), including the species in question, MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDZA. 67 I have adopted the following genera, under which I have arranged them as well as the variability of the characters will allow me :— _1. Elytra broader than the prothorax. Sphenocorynus, Schon. Rostrum short, stout. Prodioctes, n. g. Rostrum slender, curved ; femora clavate. Tyndides,n. g. Rostrum slender, straight ; femora sublinear. 2. Elytra not broader, or only very slightly, than the pro- thorax. Megaproctus, Schon, Elytra narrowed from the base to the apex. Periphemus, n.g. Elytra with parallel sides ; anterior femora stout; club with the spongy part obsolete. Zetheus, n. g. Elytra with parallel sides; femora long, slender; club with the spongy part produced. Under Prodioctes I place Sphenophorus Dehaanz, Gyll., a species with ascending mesothoracice epimera, and select the following for description as best illustrative of the genus. Other species are from the Philippine Islands, Borneo, Ceram, Amboyna, and New Guinea. PRopIOCTES QUINARIUS. (PI. IV. fig. 2.) P. ellipticus, umbrinus ; rostro prothorace longiore, basi confertim squamigero-punctato, reliquo capiteque nudis, nitide castaneis ; scapo funiculo cum clava longiore ; prothorace oblongo, pone medium incurvato, basi valde rotundato ; scutello minuto ; elytris brevibus, pone basin latioribus, haud striatis, maculis majusculis nigro-velutinis, pallide marginatis, decoratis, scil. una communi pone scutellum, et duabus lateralibus, una humerali altera ante apicem, obsitis; pygidio modice elongato, sparse setigero- punctato; corpore infra obscure umbrino-punctato; pedibus vage setigero-punctatis. Long. 8 lin. Hab. Borneo (Muruk). PRopIocTEs PAVONINUS. P. ellipticus, rufo-ferrugineis, supra indu- mento flavescente guttatim notatus ; rostro prothorace breviore, supra ad apicem guttato-punctato ; antennis indumento pallido vestitis; fu- niculo articulo secundo quam primo longiore; prothorace oblongo, guttis numerosis, nonnullis contiguis, derso lineaque laterali ornato ; scutello indumento tecto; elytris latitudine plus sesquilongioribus, seriatim punctatis, interstitiis guttatis, singulis maculis duabus nigris, concinne flavo-marginatis, una humerali, altera ante apicem, ornatis ; pygidio apice bifido, utrinque flavescenti-vittato ; corpore infra fusco, obscure guttato; femoribus supra indumento albido tectis ; tibus anticis intus fortiter bisinuatis, intermediis et posticis setulis ferrugi- neis intus dense ciliatis. Long. 53 lin. Hab. Sarawak. > 5* 68 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDE. TYNDIDES. (Calandrine.) Rostrum porrectum, elongatum, rectum, gradatim angustius, sed apicem versus dilatatum; scrobes subbasales. Prothorax elon- gato-conicus. Scutellum parvum. Femora sublinearia, postica elongata, infra dente minuto instructa; d7bi@ squamoso-macu- late, intus haud sinuate. Cetera fere ut in Megaprocto. The two species here described are closely allied; but the second is considerably narrower, the pygidium not compressed at the apex, and the prothorax has a very distinct white line on each side. TyNDIDES pusTuLosus. (Pl. IV. fig. 4.) T. ellipticus, fuscus, punctis numerosis, squamositate ochracea repletis, adspersus; eapite rostroque basi ochraceo-squamosis, hoc a medio ferrugineo, apice excepto, rugoso-punctato ; antennis indumento ochraceo tectis, arti- culo basali clavee glabro excepto; prothorace latitudine duplo lon- giore, paulo planato, punctis plurimis fere contiguis, linea longitudi- nali media lateribusque exceptis; elytris pone basin paulo latioribus, deinde parum rotundatis et angustioribus, striato-punctatis, interstitiis punctis seepe confluentibus notatis; pygidio versus apicem compresso, et supra carinato; corpore infra, segmentis abdominis in medio ex- ceptis, pedibusque plus minusve dense squamoso-punctatis, segmento basali rude punctato. Long. 93 lin. (rost. incl.). Hab. Sumatra; Malacca. TYNDIDES LINEATUS. T. anguste ellipticus, punctis numerosis, squa- mositate alba repletis, adspersus; ceteris ut in preecedente, sed pro- thorace utrinque linea alba distincta munito, pygidio conico supra in- tegro, et abdomine rude punctato, segmentis tribus mtermedis in medio glabris exceptis. Long. 73 lin. (rost. incl.). Hab. Sarawak. MeGaproctus puGionaTus. (Pl. IV. fig. 8.) M. angustus, elon- gatus, rufo-ferrugineus ; rostro recto, pone medium paulo recurvato, basi gibboso, tuberculis numerosis, apice excepto, adsperso ; scrobibus basalibus; scapo flexuoso; prothorace latitudime plus duplo lon- giore, obscure areolato-guttato, m medio nigro-vittato, utrimque vitta angustiore notato ; scutello oblongo-triangulari ; elytris brevius~ culis, regione suturali excavatis, striato-punctatis, interstitiis quinto septimoque paulo elevatis; pygidio horizontali, elongato, postice angusto compresso, apice acuto; corpore infra indumento griseo, segmentis ultimis quatuor abdominis exceptis, tecto; pedibus rufes- centibus, sparse setulosis. Long. 74 lin. (rost, inel.). Hab, Tondano. MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDA. 69 ZETHEUS. (Calandrine. ) Megaprocto congruit, sed serobibus basalibus, elytris parallelis, et JSemoribus elongatis gracillimis. It is to this species that Lacordaire probably alludes in the note t. vii. p. 282. The genus, so far as it is represented by the following species, approaches to some undescribed forms of Pro- dioctes in coloration. ZETHEUS ELECTILIS. (Pl. IV. fig. 1.) Z. angustus, rufo-ferru- gineus, supra indumento albido guttatim notatus; rostro paulo arcuato, nitide ferrugimeo; scapo modice elongato; funiculo articulo secundo quam primo longiore; clava obovata; prothorace latitudine sesquilongiore, utrinque rotundato, guttis albidis mzequalibus irregu- lariter adsperso; scutello nitide nigro; elytris latitudine duplo lon- gioribus, supra depressis, obsolete striatis, guttis albis minoribus seriatim obsitis, singulis postice macula magna nigra albo marginata ornatis ; pygidio elongato-conico, acuto; corpore infra obscure albido-guttato ; pedibus fere nudis; femoribus infra acute dentatis. Long. 43 lin. Hab. Penang. PERIPHEMUS. (Calandrine.) Rostrum breviusculum, tenuatum, parum arcuatum, cylindricum ; serobes basales. Oculi transversi, ad prothoracem haud approxi- mati. Scapus breviusculus, basi rostri insertus; clava parte spongiosa obtecta. Prothoraa oblongus, cylindricus. Scutellum elongatum. lytra parallela, prothorace haud latiora. Pygi- diwm declive. Femora postica elongata sublinearia, intermedia breviora, antica compressa incrassata, omnia infra mutica; ¢ibie suleate ; ¢arsi articulis tribus basalibus infra spongiosis ; unguiculis parvis, approximatis. Corpus angustum, cylindri- cum. The cylindrical form, the short slender rostrum with its basal serobes, and the spongy part of the club concealed, trenchantly differentiate this genus. The three species composing it are homogeneous in point of form and colour, but differ essentially in sculpture as well as in other characters. PERIPHEMUS RETRORSUS. (PI. IV. fig. 3.) P. nigrescens, lineis griseo-tomentosis punctisque squamositate grisea repletis ornatis ; 70 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDS. eapite inter oculos gibboso, dense squamoso; rostro capite longiore, sparse punctulato; prothorace latitudine sesquilongiore, confertim leviter punctato, lineis longitudinalibus tribus instructo; elytris striato-punctatis, interstitiis planatis, vage subtiliter squamoso- punctatis, tertio, apiece excepto, griseo, quarto ad septimun postice maculatis, fasciam transyersam formantibus; pygidio griseo-squa- moso; corpore infra pedibusque sparse griseo-squamosis, ilio etiam squamositate sat tenuiter vestito ; femoribus posticis margine superiore dense squamosis. Long. 53 lin. Hab. Sarawak. A single row of small scale-bearing punctures marks each of the interstices on the elytra. PERIPHEMUS SUPERCILIARIS. P. nigrescens; capite supra oculos paulo elevato et vage squamoso ; rostro eapite duplo longiore, zequi- lato, omnino creberrime sat fortiter punctato; prothorace latitudine vix sesquilongiore, confertim fortiter punctato, lineis tribus longitu- dinalibus griseo-tomentosis ornato; elytris totis nigris, striato- punctatis, interstitiis subplanatis, uniseriatim fortiter punctatis, punctis extrorsum majoribus et magis confertis; pygidio griseo-squamoso ; corpore infra pedibusque nigris, nitidis, parcius griseo-squamosis. Long 5 lin. Hab. Sumatra. The punctures on the interstices of the striz on the elytra are very coarse and approximate, the intervening spaces having the appearance of transverse bars. PERIPHEMUS DELETUS. P. niger; capite supra oculos vix elevato; rostro parum arcuato, squamis erectis sub vage instructo, basi multe crassiore, fortiter sulcato-punctato, dimidio apicali subtiliter vage punctulato; prothorace minus elongato, confertim sat fortiter punc- tato, lineis tribus longitudinalibus tenuiter griseo-tomentosis ornato 5 elytris brevioribus, striato-punctatis, interstitiis subplanatis, uniseria- tim minus fortiter punctatis, tertio, basi apiceque exceptis, tenuiter griseo-squamosis ; pygidio griseo-squamoso ; corpore infra pedibusque nigris, nitidis, illo ad latera griseo-squamoso, his sparse squamosis. Long. 43 lin. Hab. Cochin-China ; Laos. The interstices on the elytra are in this species also rather strongly punctured, but the punctures are comparatively remote and the intervening spaces smooth. PoTERIOPHORUS conGceEsTus. (Pl. FV. fig. 9.) P. elongato-ovalis, supra depressus, niger, indumento flavescenti-griseo guttatim notatus ; rostro basi confertim apicem versus gradatim minus guttato ; antennis, articulo primo funiculi clayeeque exceptis, indumento griseo yestitis ; MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDE. ial. prothorace oblongo, apice tubulato, irregulariter sed plerumque con- fertim guttato ; scutello elongato, angusto, apice acuminato ; elytris postice callosis, supra lineatim striatis, interstitiis planatis, guttis numerosis quadratiformibus, in medio (preesertim postice) elevatis, irregulariter notatis; corpore infra equaliter pluries guttato; pedibus indumento sat dense vestitis, femoribus confertim guttatis. Long. 9-10 lin. Hab. Malacca. The coloration, form of the scutellum, &c. are highly distinctive of this fine species. BanrysTETHUS ATER. 4B. late ellipticus, niger, supra opacus, subtus levis, nitidus, capite pedibusque ferrugineis, nitentibus, prothorace utrinque fortiter rotundato, tenuiter subrugoso-punctulato, margine apicali pone oculos lete fulvo ciliato ; elytris striato-punctatis, inter- stitiis latis, convexis, impunctatis ; pygidio brevi, obtuso ; tibiis intus late fulvo barbatis. Long. 6-9 lin. Hab. Dorey. This fine insect is at once distinguished from its only congener B. melanosoma, Bois., by its punctured prothorax. Lacordaire says of B. melanosoma that the penultimate joint of the tarsi is alone spongy beneath ; but in my specimens of the present species the three joints are so. In the ‘ Genera’ (vi. 287), it appears to me, there is some obscurity in the description of the sterna: in this species at all events the mesosternum is triangular, the angles a little rounded, and its apex received into a notch in the raised subquadrangular portion of the prosternum behind the anterior coxe. DIATHETES. (Calandrine.) Barystetho fere congruit, sed lobo scutellari prothoracis minus producto; ¢ibzis suleatis vel lineatim punctatis; metasterno cum mesosterno continuato. In Barystethus the scutellum is entirely covered by the scutel- lar lobe, the metasternum is much swollen or enlarged anteriorly, overlapping the posterior edge of the mesosternum, and the tibiz are perfectly smooth ; in Diathetes the metasternum is of the normal form, and the tibie are coarsely grooved, the groove formed either by a row of close-set punctures or by fewer punctures connected by lines, the space between the grooves constituting a smooth ridge. This character is, I think, an im- 72 MR. F. P. PASCOK ON THE CURCULIONID. portant one, and is almost entirely neglected by writers on this family. The species are less massive than in Barystethus, and have all, except D. nitidicollis, a short impressed longitudinal line on the base of the rostrum. The tibie are more or less densely fringed with fulvous hairs on the inner margin. DIATHETES RUFICOLLIS. (PI. IV. fig. 7.) D. ellipticus, niger, parum nitidus, prothorace toto rufo-fulvus; capite, vertice excepto, rostroque impunetatis; antennis ferrugmeis; prothorace oblongo, utrinque modice rotundato, impunctato, in medio linea longitudinal: leviter impressa ; scutello punctiformi ; elytris fortiter sulcatis, sulcis punctis oblongis, sipgulis seta minuta albida munitis, impressts ; ~ pygidio obtuso, basi rufo-fulvo ; metasterno abdomineque nitide nigris. Long. 53-6 lin. Hab. Waigiou. DEATHETES SANNIO. JD. subellipticus, rufescens, nigro varius; capite rostroque subnitide rufo-ferrugineis, illo subtilissime, hoe minus leviter punctulate; antennis fusco-piceis, clava triangulari, parte spongiosa brevissima; prothorace oblongo, utrinque modice rotun- dato, ocellato-punctato, plagis nigris, una mediana Jongitudinali, alteris lateralibus, notato; scutello lineari; elytris striato-punctatis, striis nonnullis parum flexuosis, interstitiis convexis, alternis manifeste latioribus, nigris, rufo interruptis ; corpore infra pedibusque punctis squamigeris irregulariter adspersis. Long. 7 lin. Hab. Aru. This species has ocellate punctures on the prothorax, as in the Sphenocorynt. DIATHETES NITIDICOLLIS. JD. ellipticus, omnino nitide niger ; capite vage subtilissime punctulato, rostro basi punctis sparsis sat, fortiter impresso, reliquo subtiliter punctato; clava transversa, parte spon- giosa amphata; prothorace oblongo, utrinque magis rotundato, in medio Inipunctato, latera versus punctis gradatim majortbus impresso ; seutello elongato-triangulari; elytris sulcato-punctatis, basi versus planatis, postice convexis et in certa luce opacis, vel quasi subveluti- nis; corpore infra vage punctato; femoribus infra fulvo ciliatis. Long. 6-83 lin. Hab. Amboyna; Goram. DIATHETES STRENUUS. LD. robustus, elliptico-ovalis, niger; rostra crassiore, ad apicem manifeste punctulato ; clava oblonga ; prothorace utrinque versus basin paulo incurvato, disco tenuiter vage punctulato ; scutellu fere zequilateraliter triangulari; elytris fere ut in precedente, sed interstitiis basi magis convexis,-et ad apicem maculis griseis fasciculatis notatis ; pygidio postice utrimque paulo excavato, punctis MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CUROULIONID. 73 squamigeris adsperso ; corpore infra pedibusque nitidis, illo in medio fere impunctato; pedibus subocellato-punctatis. Long. 104 lin. Hab. Aru. DriaTHETES mMoRIO. OD. oblongo-ovatus, niger, nitidus; rostro basi parum tumido, toto xqualiter punctulato; antennis fusco-piceis ; funiculo in clavam continuata, sed clava distincta; prothorace ‘oblongo, utrinque modice rotundato, subtiliter sat vage punctulato ; scutello elongato-triangulari; elytris sulcatis, interstitiis planatis, punctis minutis valde distinctis adspersis; pygidio truncato, punctis albo-squamigeris dispositis ; corpore infra subtiliter punctulato. Long. 6 lin. Hab, Australia (Cape York). CERCIDOCERUS INDICATOR. C. oblongo-ellipticus, supra fuscus, punctis plurimis silaceis notatus; rostro modice arcuato, apice nigro ; antennis indumento silaceo tectis; clava angustula, basi excepta, fusca; prothorace oblongo, lineis duabus angustis distinctis, basi paulo divergentibus, notato; scutello elongato-scutiformi; elytris breviter subovatis, tenuiter striatis, interstitiis planatis, secundo quartoque fere omnino fuscis, tertio, quinto et reliquis areolato- punctatis, pone medium maculis tribus approximatis, fasciam abbre- viatam formantibus, ornatis; pygidio carinato, rugoso-punctato ; corpore infra pedibusque pallide griseis, illo in medio sparse setosulo, lateribus femoribusque areolato-maculatis ; tibiis lineatim setulosis, posticis subcompressis, intus bisinuatis. Long. 7 lin, Hab. Singapore. The curious malleiform club of the antenne renders the genus Cercidocerus easy of recognition, so far as the males are concerned ; in the females it is more like that of Sphenophorus. Some of the species are covered with what Lacordaire calls a ‘“‘ velvety efflor- escence ;”’ or it may be confined to certain indented spots as in this species. In the Munich Catalogue, C. albicollis, Ol. (v. p. 91, pl. xxvii. fig. 414), is omitted; it is a West-African species, and the only one not found in Asia or its great adjacent islands. CERCIDOCERUS HISPIDULUS. (PI. IV. fig.5, d.) C. latior, breviter hispidulus, supra pallide ochraceus saturatiore variegatus; rostro modice arcuato, sublineatim granulato, apice nigro nudo, in maribus infra barbato; antennis mdumento ochraceo tectis; clava, bas; excepta, nigra; prothorace sat ampliato, dorso subconfertim areolato- punctato, lineis duabus pallidis, basi divergentibus, ornato; scutello elongato-scutiformi; elytris subcordiformibus, tenuiter striatis, inter- stitiis planatis, raro subtiliter hispido-punctulatis, sutura fasciisque duabus angustis flexuosis pallide ochraceis notatis ; pygidio distincte 74 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID. nigro-punctato ; corpore infra subeburneo, punctis setuligeris nume- rosis instructo ; tibiis compressis, lineatim setulosis, anticis intus pilis longis, reliquis brevibus, dense instructis; tarsis articulo quarto un- guiculisque nigris. Long. 73 lin. Hab. Penang. A short, stout, handsome species. CERCIDOCERUS EFFETUS. C. ellipticus, pallide ochraceus, opacus; rostro minus arcuato, apice nigro, infra leviter barbato; antennis ut in pre. ; prothorace irregulariter punctato, vittis angustis saturati- oribus notato, lateribus impresso-areolato-punctato ; scutello oblongo- scutiformi; elytris subcordatis, tenuiter striato-punctatis, interstitiis planatis, uniseriatim vage subtilissime setulosis; pygidio fortiter carinato, vage punctato; corpore infra pedibusque subeburneis, punctis setigeris, nonnullis areolatis, numerosis instructis; tibiis lineatim setulosis, intus breviter pilosis. Long. 6 lin. Hab. Singapore. This species has a slight resemblance to the last; but, inter alia, the upper surface is not setulose, and the sides of the prothorax, metasternum, and its episterna are differently punctured. CERCIDOCERUS SATURATUS. C.robustus, fusco-umbrinus, subvittatim dilutiore notatis ; rostro modice arcuato, indistincte lineatim punctato ; antennis totis umbrinis; prothorace ampliato, irregulariter vage punctato; scutello elongato-scutiformi; elytris subcordatis, tenuiter striatis, interstitiis planatis, obsolete punctatis; pygidio minusculo, subcarinato, rude punctato; corpore infra pedibusque fusco-variis, setulis numerosis adspersis ; tibiis lineatim setulosis, intus, praesertim anticis pilis longis dense instructis. Long. 8 lin. Hab. Penang. A dark brown species, with pale intermediate stripes. CERCIDOCERUS NERVOSUS. (PI. IV. fig. 6, 3.) C. subellipticus, grisescenti-niger, supra lineis eburneis ornatus; rostro, sat fortiter arcuato, capiteque supra oculos eburneis, et squamositate granulifero sat confertim vestitis, illo basi linea longitudinali inciso; antennis eburneis ; clava magna, albido-tomentosa ; prothorace oblongo, areo- lato-silaceo-guttato, lineis sex, duabus dorsalibus, duabus utrinque, obsito ; scutello angusto; elytris oblongis, striato-punctatis, inter- stitus duobus suturalibus quartoque planatis, reliquis parum convexis et uniseriatim plus minus conjunctim areolato-silaceo-guttatis, lateri- bus punctis in striis magis validis, sutura singulatim limea basali guttisque duabus parvis ornatis; pygidio carinis tribus eburneis instructo ; corpore infra pedibusque eburneis, setis numerosis adsper- sis. Long. 6 lin. ‘Hab. Java. MR. F. P. PASCOK ON THE CURCULIONIDS. ~ 75 The breadth of the club in this species (@) is nearly twice the length of the scape. AUTONOPIS. (Caiandrine. ) Caput parvulum ; rostrum capite vix crassius, longissimum, arcu- atum ; scrobes premediane. Oculi parvi, rotundati, prothorace distantes. Scapus oculum haud attingens ; funiculus articulo basali longiore, ceteris gradatim brevioribus; clava ovata, pedunculata. Prothorax subconicus, basi truncatus. Scutellum oblongum. Hlytra prothorace perparui angustiora, subparal- lela. Pygidiwm anguste triangulare. Pedes elongati; femora linearia, mutica; tibie graciles arcuate, apice unco valido ar- mate; tarsi breviusculi, articulo primo triangulari, secundo breviore, tertio cordato, quarto elongato; wnguiculis approxi- matis, basicontiguis. Core antice distantes. Abdomen articulo primo ampliato, secundo abbreviato. The pygidium in the Calandrine appears to be narrower and larger in the male, but not to any great extent. The genus Calandra, represented by our too well-known corn-weevil, is one of the most insignificant of the subfamily in size and appearance. Autonopis, on the contrary, is one of the most remarkable, and, in habit, resembles the South-American Litosomus. There is another species from Penang, with, inter alia, a narrower outline and the rows of punctures on the elytra very much closer. AUTONOPIS LINEATA. (Pl. IV. fig. 10, 3.) A. anguste elliptiea, nigrescens, lineis squamesis albis ornata ; capite rostroque ferrugineis, nitidis, hoc corpore longiore, subtiliter punctulato ; antennis fusces- centibus; prothorace latitudine fere duplo longiore, apice angustis- simo, utrinque paulo rotundato, basi subparallelo, supra crebre punc- tato, punctis ad latera majoribus, lineis tribus, etiam duabus pectore, ornato ; elytris latitudine baseos sesquilongioribus, seriatim punctatis, punctis approximatis, interstitiis planatis, apice parum emarginatis, singulis linea alba, medio interrupta, ornatis; pygidio in mare magis elongato et angustiore; corpore infra nigro, albo-variegato; pedibus parce squamosis. Long. (rost. incl.) 63 lin, Hab. Malacca; Sumatra. LAOGENTIA. (Calandrine. ) Caput majusculum, breviter conicum ; rostrum rectum, gradatim 76. MR. P. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID2. angustius, prothorace vix longius; serobes basales. Oculi transversi, infra contigui vel fere contigui, prothorace sat di- stantes. Scapus brevis, prothoracem attingens; fwniculus articulis modice elongatis, secundo longiore; clava oblongo- ovata, articulo basali elongato-obconico, parte spongiosa ampla. Prothorax oblongus, apice tubulatus, utrinque rotundatus, basi truvcatus. Scutellum angustum. Hlytra brevia, subparallela. Pygidium declive, triangulare, haud elongatum. Pedes longius- culi; femora perparum incrassata, infra dente minuto instructa; tibie sulcate, modice arcuate ; tarsi articulo primo elongato, secundo angusto, tertio cordato, subbilobo, quarto tenuato ; unguiculis gracilibus divaricatis, basi distantibus. Core antice distantes. Abdomen sutura prima obsoleta. This genus may for the present rank near Calandra. LAOGENIA sorEx. (PI. IV. tig. 11.) ZL. oblonga, nigrescens, opaca ; capite rostroque fuscis, hoc basi crebre punctato, apicem versus piceo, impunctato ; prothorace latitudine sesquilongiore, creberrime punc- tulato, punctis unisquamigeris ; elytris confertim striato-punctatis, m- terstitiis alternis paulo elevatis, suturaque uniseriatim remote griseo- - squamosis, singulis plaga elongata rufo-ferruginea obscure notatis ; corpore infra punctis squamis griseis repletis maculato; pedibus di- sperse griseo-squamosis. Long. 43 lin. Hab. Gilolo; Sarawak. LAOGENIA INTRUSA. J. angustior, nigrescens, opaca; rostro ¢ basi parum arcuato, omnino, apice excepto, sat parce punctato ; prothorace subtiliter creberrime punctulato, punctis plurimis unisquamigeris ; elytris confertim striato-punctatis, interstitiis angustis, alternis acute elevatis squamisque albidis indutis ; corpore infra pedibusque ut in precedente. Long. 4 lin. Hab. Tondano; Sarawak. It is requested that the following be substituted for the charac- ters of Nedyleda (ante, vol. xi. p. 455) :-— NEDYLEDA. Rostrum subvalidum, leviter arcuatum, basi paulo compressum ; serobes premediane, oblique flexuose. Oculi angusti, tenuiter eranulati. Scapus sensim incrassatus, oculum haud attingens ; funiculus breviusculus, articulo primo duobus sequentibus con- junctim longiore ; clava distincta. Prothorax parvus, apice an- gustatus, lateribus basique rotundatus. Sewtellwm minuscu- MR. F. P. PASOOE ON THE CURCULIONID 2. hele lum. Elytra ampliata. Pedes mediocres ; femora breviuscula, mutica; tibie fere rectew, intus subflexuose; tars articulis tribus basalibus sensim dilatatis ; waguiculi approximati. Coxe postice distantes. Processus intercoxalis late truncatus. This genus agrees with Dorytomus in the absence of ocular lobes, and with Hrirhinus in its mutie femora. I compare it with these two genera as being, in this subfamily, the most fam1- liar to entomologists. But itis quite distinct from both ; and, like many other genera I have proposed in these “ Contributions,” it is only as an approximation in aid of the systematist that I ven- ture to do so. In this immense family of Curculionide there are so many modifications of a common form, which, once seen, is never mistaken for any other, that it becomes almost impos- sible to fix the limits in many instances either of genera or of species; and their affinities will frequently depend solely on the relative degrees of importance that may be attached to certain characters; and these characters again will have a generic, or even a tribual, importance in some cases, and only an indivi- dual importance in others. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puate I. . Rhinoscapha Staintoni; a, side view of the head. —— verrucosa. . —— sellata, . a, head of Rhinoscapha carinata. . Odosyllis congesta ; a, fore leg. . Perrhebius ephippiger; a, side view of the head. . Orthorhinus palmaris. . LZeneudes sterculie; a, antenna, . Berosiris picticollis; a, hind leg. 10. Brachycerus tursio. ll. Cydostethus solutus ; a, side view of the head. 12. Cyamobolus subsellatus. 13. Side view of the head of Exdymia geminata; a, antenna. 14, Front view of the head of Zmachra ruficollis ; a, side view. 15. Fore leg of Pelephicus stigmaticus. Fig. OHNIAMLWY Ee Prats II. Wig. 1. Polycreta metrica; a, side view of the head. 2. Talaurinus tenuipes; a, side view of the head. 78 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDE. Fig. 3. Acantholophus gladiator ; a, side view of the head. 4, Alexirhea notata; a, side view of the head. 5. Myotrotus obtusus; a, side view of the head. 6. Anascoptes muricatus; a, side view of the head. 7. Talaurinus capito; a, front view of the head. 8. —— levicollis; a, front view of the head. 9. Molochtus gagates; a, front view of the head; 4, side view. 10. Chriotyphus acromialis ; a, side view of the head. 11. Sclerorhinus tessellatus; a, front view of the head. 12. Side view of the head of Cubicorhynchus cichlodes. Puate ITT. —_ Fig. 1. Lystrus seulptipennis; a, side view of the head. 2. Hgiona leta. 3. Hbrius luteicornis. 4. Metanthia pyritosa; a, side view of the head. 5. Ochyromera dissimilis. 6. Huops divisa. 7. Themeropis fimbriata; a, side view of the head; 4, fore leg. 8. Laodia niveopicta; a, side view of the head. 9. Cenchrena fasciata; a, side view of the head; 8, hind leg. 10. Simocopis umbrinus ; a, side view of the head ; 6, front view. ll. Acythopeus tristis; a, side view of the head. 12. Cynethia interrupta; a, side view of the head. a (ss) . Tithene microcephala; a, side view of the head; 6, fore tibia and tarsus. . Hind tarsus of Othippia podagrica. . Scape and side view of the head of Myctides barbatus. . Hind leg of Thechia pygmea. . Scape and side view of the head of Acythopeus bigeminatus. . Side view of the head of Zpsichora cupido. . Side view of the head and first two joints of the antenna of Euops Jekelit. ial ea Oo Oa & ore Prats IV. Fig. 1. Zetheus electilis. . Prodioctes quinarius. Periphemus retrorsus; a, side view of the head. . Tyndides pustulosus ; a, side view of the head. . Cercidocerus hispidulus. nervosus; a, antenna. . Diathetes ruficollis. . Megaproctus pugionatus ; a, side view of the head. . Poteriophorus congestus. 10. Autonopis lineata; a, side view of the head; 8, hind tarsus. 11. Laogenia sorex; a, side view of the head. 12. Antenna of Cercidocerus indicator. 6S OTIS ow Oo bo MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CUROULIONIDE. 79 Fig. 18. Parts of the sterna, between the anterior and intermediate coxz, of Barystethus ater: a, prosternal process; }, ¢, parts of prosternum slightly overlapping the anterior cox; d, mesosternum; ¢, gibbous anterior portion of metasternum. The following is a systematic list of the species published in the four parts of these “ Contributions.” BRACHYDERIN. Ottistira, n. g., xi. p. 440. bispinosa, /. c. p. 440. Pl. X. fig. 6. erey Aru; Mysol ; Waigiou ; Amboyna. ——— hicornis, 7. ¢. p. 441.............- New Guinea. planidorsis, 7. c. p. 441............. Batchian ; Amboyna. Genlanisye eer 44 lta olo.ce) sp avevers Singapore. pulchellas ten 44 .,. os. -you0,- Morty; Macassar. leucogenys, 2: ¢. p. 442°. ....... .....,. Sula. —— gibbosa, l. c. p. 442.........0000. Malacca. ===> SOS Uy Gag oa 2 PA eo id eaeO eae Flores; Menado. punctatay ce. p. 442.250. 3.....e Tondano. Mitophorus vittatus, xi. p. 154 ........ White Nile. Rhadinosomus impressus, x. p. 448...... Western Australia. —— Lacordairei, J. c. p. 449 .......... Queensland. Ochrometa, n. g., x. p. 449. amoena, /.c.p.450. Pl. XVII. fig.6. Western Australia. Cinassus, n. g., x. p. 470. sellifery (2 cy pel4ileoe bl. XV ULE: fi, NP) oe a ntig oop tios dicots man Old Calabar. Rhinoscapha basilica, xu. p. 1.......... Kaioa ; Gilolo; Batchian ; Ma- kian; Ternate; Morty; Dorey. === MINS (fb Gays oon bocaeboboUS Batchian. —— Staintoni,/.c.p.2. Pl. I. fig. 1 .. New Guinea. == fOrmosa, f, C..P.2..cceeess esses Morty. Alte. Uo Go j0s ® aoscosb00000bn0DON Aru. —— opalescens, l. c. p. 3..... cece eee Waigiou; Mysol; Dorey. —— verrucosa, /.c. p.4. Pl. I. fig.2.. Matabello; Goram; Bouru; Amboyna; Sula; Java. —— sellata, /.c.p.4. PI. I. fig. 3 .... Batchian. S———BSLOLLETA,, CoCo Pail, sfelelialel> © wee sirens Waigiou. S———MTNIATIS, (2, Cs Po Die sesso ess reece Mysol. -———— Carinata, 0. €. Ps O..-..esser-sevee Morty. _ Pachyrhynchus argus, xi. p. 154. Pl. VI. fig. 8 vee. ee eeey eee eeeeese s+ Philippine Islands. 80 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID. Pachyrhynchus congestus, xi. p. 155 .... Philippine Islands. cingulatus, (tc. ip-slooseernisie ane sp ” INClYtUSse0.1C pPomloom een meee ra 6 on pinorum, 7c. p. lSO. scene eae ee Luzon. Apocyrtus erosus, xi. p. 156............ ” Wallace, (1c: ps WOO merrier: Batchian. = SALCIIES, fla" Pal OUea |< we cle aie Kaioa ; Morty. —— nitidulus, 7. ¢. p. 157 .......2me.- Waigiou ; Salwatty. OTIORHYNCHIN,. Siteytes glabratus, xi. p. 157 .......... Saylee. Elytrurus caudatus, x. p.471. Pl. XVIII. Bhar. Bi igesei scr Bie ste cic a louede wees doiseces Fiji. Psidiopis, n. g., xi. p. 443. — filicornis, J. c. p. 444 .........2.. Amazons. Episomus fimbriatus, xi. p. 158 ........ Sarawak. turritus, Gyll., J. c. p. 158 ........ North China. TEOMICUS, 1. C. Ps LSB sew clerasetserote's Cambodia. Demenica, n. g., xi. p. 158. compressa, ?.'¢. p. 159... 0... oo West Africa. Bryocheta, n. g., xi. p. 160. sufflata, 7. (C. pa LOOM sci erereieotetelens Old Calabar. WATIGISS: Coto LOO 8 ererate aiet.noretekorciere et Sp pusilla, ¢¢. pp. V6) 272.) ances crore West Africa. Eupiona, n. g., xi. p. 161. attalieasuc Capel Ol ats cra strain sie): Old Calabar. . Antinia, n. g., xi. p. 161. eupleura, /.c. p.161. Pl. VI. fig. 3. Penang. Platyomicus pedestris, xi. p. 162. Pl. VI. sth, ) Ga OO siaveratohroiaesintekore toateleters West Africa. cordipennis, 7. c. p. 162 .......... N’Gami. Cychrotonus, n. g., xi. p. 162. — viduatus, J. c. p. 163 ...,...06- a op Zyrcosa, n. g., x. p. 438. : Murrayi, J. c. p. 439. Pl. XVII. fig. 7. Old Calabar. Euphalia, n. g., x. p. 467. pardalis, 7. c. p. 468. Pl. XIX. HOS BEA Mkevels a oles bacadossuGeCds Western Australia. Atmesia, n. g., x. p. 468. marginata, J. c. p. 469. Pl. XVIII. is, 656 0 Od OO UD Opa oO DOO 0.008 South Australia. glaucina, xi. p. 446............+.. Western Australia. Proxyrus, n. g., x. p. 437. abstersus, /. c.p. 438. Pl. XVII. fig.8. Western Australia (Champion Bay). MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID. 81 Proxyrus lecideosus, J. c. p. 438........ Western Australia (Champion Bay). Cyrtozemia, n. g., xi. p. 443. dispar, J. c. p.443. Pl. X. fig. 9 .. India (Bombay). Telenica, n. g., xi. p. 444. sublimbata, /..c.p. 445..../........ West Australia. MEDWOSA Nl. C: Ds 440 jue aneraeie es = a oe Timareta, n. g., xi. p. 445. figurata, /.c.p. 446. Pl. XII. fig. 8. Swan River (Fremantle). Satellinas/s1C:) p40). sry) ckerds oe Fremantle. Onychopoma, n. g., xi. p. 445. ——: parda, J. c. p.445. PI. X. fig. 8 .. Cochin-China; Pegu. EREMNINZ. Acanthotrachelus albus, x1. p. 447 ...... Malabar. Platytrachelus chloris, x. p.458........ Western Australia. LEPTOPINE. Onesorus, n. g., x. p. 483. maculosus, 7. c. p. 483. Pl. XIX. THis UB) 6 ordiboirerseey aeieloin cacao Cape York. CHASSIS USKen 4 Sn telsle 8 fine ure ine Minoo Western Australia. === WII, 1 OR us CRIA ap bd Peale) AUStraliae GHINGIGITISS Unueyj0s Her Some ama clo miote a Lysizone, n. g., x. p. 485. SoC IMAtAs Cs) Ds 400 cian 400). 06 ana: West Australia. ASIOMIETINS (5G Metts) Sob pocccoouD West Australia (Albany). parallelus, 7. c. p. 458. Pl. XII. i, UO) Siedenonis BH GnwpiG 6 obe oe W. Australia (Champion Bay? JCICRELTS,, 2x5 Uae VM) oodiog eo veco6sl Queensland. —— linearis, J. c. p. 475 .............. 3 mannan, Ub Gs te GUD elointbi oo one clne a West Australia. === Welles xatinjon 21) Bones 6004006 Aru. MAOMATNNS, 200s Ub (he oogeebabon Mysol; Morty. EURHYNCHINA. Ctenaphides, n. g., x. p. 476. poreellus, 7. c. p.477. Pl. XVIII. LOMO Mor sled Ais seu any erates sylenal Western Australia. Cyrotyphus, n. g., x. p. 445. fascicularis, J. c. p. 445. Pl. XVII. IY, “O). aiaio: Gare S ORE RRR Dee Ree South Australia (Gawler). Agnesiotis, n. g., x. p. 474. pilosula, J. c. p. 474. Pl. XVIII. 11, OS: Slab cee Abe SRC in Queensland. ATTELABIN&. Binops|icoelestinas xi. ps 27... . nese a New Guinea (Dorey). VAOIACED nls) CopP pea wiaiara.0 of Fapoe ese: Ceram. == jolie, (1b Ojb AdanoopoopoDEeuuOD Maeassar. * Some species of Dicordylus were first published by Philippi in 1859, in the ‘Anales de la Universidad de Chile’ (a work apparently unnoticed by recent writers), and referred by him to Rhinotia. From this it follows that Dicordylus ithyceroides, Lac., must yield to D. binotatus, Phil., and D. heilipoides, Lac., to D. marmoratus, Phil., also my D. pupillatus to D. annulifer, Phil. There is also, I understand, a little pamphlet of half-a-dozen pages or so, published by Fairmaire and Germain, which I have not seen, but which is quoted in the Munich Catalogue as “Col. Chil. 1860.” They describe four species of Homatlocerus, referrible probably to Dicordylus; and that their albidovarius is marmoratus, their argus=annulifer, their balteatus=binotatus is probable ; and their exqui- situs may be my amenus. If this be so, D.luctwosus is the only one of the above three species which will stand. 88 MR. F. P, PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID®. Euops trigemmata, J. c. p. 28 .......... Batchian; Dorey. COOP A(E OhjIb 4S oooccode55856 500 Batchian; Sarawak; Sula. ae GENTE 1B Ohio Asians hd pos ao oa Queensland. Ta COUN aE BON Asso oka oose ook Queensland (Gayndah). ia Be UY Stina, 2. (Caps 2o) eines Singapore. Givisa swe. t2O) Meena ele esters Dorey; Saylee; Batchian; Mysol. = JOKE 6 Gh CY doa dene cosoaccss Aru; Dorey; Salwatty ; Wai- giou; Amboyna. RHINOMACERINE. Agilaus, n. g., xi. p. 176. = DEUESEMIS, 0. iCo sa isya ell Vl Phe UME eye vohuate lite renadetueuchare id eat Sarawak. SCOLOPTERIN ®. Nyxetes, n. g., for Curculio bidens, Fab., x. p. 456. ERopDIscin&. Atenistes * = Toxeutes, Schon. nee Newm. longirostris, x. p. 464 ..:......... Brazil. denticollis, 7. c. p. 465. Pl. XIX. fig. 6. Erodiscus analis, x. p. 465 ............ ANTHONOMINE. Imachra, n. g., xii. p. 30. TUN CONS A AC OU mn eens ete Sarawak. CERATOPODIN&. Polydus, n. g., xi. p. 459. dumosus, J. c. p. 459. Pl. XIII. Bi ars treaties cesT: Brazil (Bahia). PRIONOMERIN. Ectyrsus, n. g., xi. p. 177. —— villosus, 2. ¢. p. 178. Pl. VII. HiVid OA ee ere cit A Uidiciciae aigled ool a Brazil (Rio). Themeropis, n. g., xil. p. 30. —— fimbriata, /.c. p. 31. PI. III. fig. 7. Amazons. Ochyromera, n. g., xu. p. 31. dissimilis, /. c. p. 31. Pl. TIL. fig. 3. Sarawak. —— rufescens, l. c. p. 32...........00, Singapore. * Ludovix, Cast., has priority. MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID A. 89 Zeiona, n. g., xi. p. 179. —— pulechella, J. c. p. 179. Pl. VII. i, © gbegnago conor notieooe bod Sarawak. Synnada, n. g., xi. p. 32. GNOMES Th a0) BP4a 5 ome aoe oo ce on Macassar. Nychiomma®*, n. g., xi. p. 456. festaceanlCs1P> 400 6), 66) ese see Sarawak. Omphasus, n. g., xi. p. 178. —— eratus,l.c.p.178. Pl. VII. fig. 12. 3) TyYCHIINA. Zephiantha, n. g., xu. p. 33. —— pubipennis, J. c. p. 33 ..........6. Sumatra. LZMOSACCINA. Lemosaceus notatus, xi. p. 180. Pl. VI. ee, 4) 206 cietn aD OInID ECO NOU Giblo% Queensland; King George’s Sound. electilisyee. pu LSOhy ip. atin Australia. catenatuss?.¢. p» 180 oo. 2 Queensland. — peccuarius, l. c. p. ]80............ South Australia. manulings Js @y oo sill aibiog ses con ono Victoria (Melbourne). — brevipennis, x. p.439 ............ Queensland. ——itantulus, 7. ¢. p. 439.............. W. Australia (Champion Bay). synopticus, ?. c.p. 440... ...........,. Queensland. ALCIDINZ. Alcides Saundersii, x. p. 459. Pl. XIX. 11@254) Sob nobe SVP a article atehosie ss Siam. MAPICUS; 2s Co Ps FOO Gi wy noha ai a Cambogia. ——— delta, J. c.p. 460 .25.. sin ccsenne Ceylon ; Ceram; Amboyna. mG, (GSE eOD bodeogadoouges North Chima; Japan; Mant- churia. —— ligatus, /l.c. p. 461 .........0.00. Java. discedens, J. c. p. 461 ............ Singapore; Sarawak. —— asphaltinus, J. c. p. 461 .......... Batchian ; Gilolo. —— Semperi, J. c. p. 462 ............ Philippine Islands. —— magister, xi. p. 181. Pl. IX. fig. 9. Aru. ————fastuosus, /. c. p. 182... .02 04.35. Sarawak. —— auritus, J. c.p. 182. Pl. IX. fig. 11. Cochinchina. —— erro, J. c. p. 182 ..... eee eee ees China. — micronychus, J. c. p. 183.......... Cochinchina. HEOMEALISS le Cy Psi LOGI oie siclahi islets Morty; Batchian. * Erroneously placed in Erirhinine. 90 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDA. HAPLONYCHINA. Haplonyx myrrhatus, x. p.488 ........ South Australia. LISHIPENUIS WNC s 2OON mene ewer Sydney. CORALS 6G jth Zick) Gasossnocseden West Australia. uciussire mp 4So ane reel eee: Champion Bay. —— vestigialis, lc. p.489 ............ Queensland. ——-— fallaciosus, J. c. p. 489 ............ ae —— maialis,l.c.p.490 .........0.... a — scolopax, l. c. p.490.........0000. BS = (EVICCUS, aie Po 49.0 eles ckel is oer South Australia. ———— VENOSUS, 1. C. PAO Vy. ela oso ele cle Gawler. —— centralis, 7. c. p. 49] ............+. a — cionoides, J. c. p. 491 ........ 0. eae re invia bins (hb 1oh 44 woocoooseungooCs be SVarbis SCluTUs. |X. 90. 4440 oles alent Western Australia. gonipteroides, 7. c. p. 444 .......... ee Aolles, n. g., x. p. 450. —— rubiginosus, p. 451...... 0.0 cece ee AS —— nuceus, 1. c. p.4d].. 1... eee eee ee 33 Zeopus, nu. g., xi. p. 460. —— storeoides, J. c. p.460 .........5.. South Australia. Metatyges cupreus, x. p. 443...........6. Gold Coast. MENEMACHIN&. Acicnemis pardalis, xi. p. 460............ Java; Batchian. SUsionatasis.ce.m. 40 lr wctye stent rtene Madras. peduncularis, 7. c.p.46] .......... Singapore ; Sarawak; Java. AGEMAEA IE. 16501014 Ollnssy felons Sed cheyssercue: Sarawak. meriones, /. c. p.462. Pl. X. fig. 5.. Batchian. palliataseesie pudG2ncevot ere lirer Japan. pachymera, 2.6) p.462 icf iy. sei +) Laos. revipenniss 7¢. sp. 4032.0... 6 2 oe Batchian ; Amboyna. Berethia, n. g., xi. p. 463. medinotata, J. c. p.463. Pl. X. fig. 3. Ceram. sannio, l. c. p.463. Pl. X.fig.2.... 5, Semelima, n. g., xi. p. 464. triangulum, J. c. p. 464. Pl, X. fig. 1. Sarawak. CHOLIN&. Cholus pulchellus, xi. p. 464 ............ Cayenne. —— emulus, l.c. p.465 ...........05: Amazons. —— brominus, J.c. p. 466 .............. Peru (Quito). — uniformis, /. c. p.466.............. Para. ENV OSUS sate OO) Wepetatelels yatstetole ees New Granada. MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDA. Cholus atomarius, /. c. p.466 ....... delumbis, /. c. p. 467... 91 .. Wenezuela. . Ecuador (Macas). utonius; //6.,p.AOY veespee welels « « ». Amazons. CalamiitayelerG.: Ps AGfa cis oo. 5 ces, os) eres Brazil. sycophanta, J. c. p. 468......,...... New Granada. ——— mimetes, /. c. p.468 ...........05. Nicaragua (Chontales). — curialis, J. c. p. 468........ 0.00000. oe 55 VAGNIALUIS SHE Cen 409) feistsicrnis wel crsveetas . fi mitidicollisy Wc. p. 469° .....cce sas Bogota. Buckleyi, J. c. p.469.- Pl. XI. fig. 3. Ecuador (Canales). —— hematostictus, J. c. p.469.......... Bogota. — lecideosus, /. c. p.470..... sdaebaoet Nicaragua (Chontales). notabilis, 7. c. p. 470. Pl. XI. fig. 1.. pretorius, 7. c. p.470. Pl. XI. fig. Erethistes, n. g., xi. p. 471. leucospilus, J. c. p. 471 . licheneus, J. c. p. 471. Pl, XL fie 6. OChriventriss (Ch Pad/ 2...) 5 «+s ; — congestus, J. c. p.472 ..........4. Aneenomus, n. g., x1. p. 472. rubigineus, /. c. p.472. Pl. XI. fig. 5. Astyage, n. g., xl. p. 473. lineigera, J. c. p. 473. fig. 8 Ozopherus, n. g., xi. p. 473. Pl. XI. Ce Nezedus, n. g., xi. p. 474. Callinotus microspilotus, J. c. p.474...... Solenopus bilineatus, 7. c. p.475 ....... transversalis, 7.c. p.475. Pl. XI. fig. 4. Cryptaspis, n. g., xi. p. 476. amplicollis, J. ¢. p. 476. fig. 10 muricatus, J. c. p.474. Pl. XI. fig. 9. bivittatus, l. c. p.474. Pl. XI. fig. 7. Pl. XI. Amazons. 2. Panama. . Cayenne. Ecuador (Sarayacu). Venezuela (Santa Marta). 33 33 Brazil. 33 Amazons (Para); Cayenne. Amazons. Brazil. . Cayenne; Mexico. Brazil. New Granada. CRYPTORHYNCHINE. (Ithyporides vrais, Lac.). Ectatorhinus Adamsii, xi. p. 478 femoratus, l. c. p. 478. Pl. X. 1, UO cosopgolosso006o0s0n05 7000 Colobodes nodulosus, xi. p. 485.......... fasciculatus, J. c. p. 485. Pl. X TL POMP ese hearah Sesh enaiso- Alo, aPevaatane ooh Perrhebius, n. g., xii. p. 34. at Tsusima (Japan). Sarawak. Batchian. 92 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDE. Perrhebius ephippiger, J. c. p. 34. Pl. I. TEs Qos oh ao diocodoaog coun 008 Bole Dorey ; Aru; Macassar ; Morty. Mitrephorus capucinus, xi. p. 185........ Brazil. albifrons, 7. c. p. 186....... Siveete Ne “3 (Psepholacides, Lac.). Glechinus, n. g., x1. p. 184. —— talpa, /.c. p. 184 ........... .-..., New Caledonia. (Strongylopterides, Ldc.). Inozetes, n. g., xi. p. 479. petechialis, J.c. p.479. PI. X. fig. 11. Batchian. Osseteris, n. g., xi. p. 479. Scutellaris,e: ¢..p7460 .tor.tsntistetsoiee New Guinea. Therebus, n. g., xi. p. 480. cepuroides; dep. 480% hen eks ee sine Western Australia. (Guioperides, Lac.). Guioperus variolosus, x. p. 456. Pl. XVIII. bitty Oh BA Ot yelouer mits Columbias subpalliatus, 7. c. p.456 ............ Cayenne. UME 255 fe Ooo boo c0d0 0c 6000 20 Nicaragua (Chontales). (Ocladiides, Lac.). Ocladius Barani, xu. p. 385... .........:.. Syria. (Sophrorhinides, Lac.). Metrania, n. g., xi. p. 481]. palliata, 7. c. p. 482. Pl. XIII. bE das | Re Se eas rpeirckesie nthe os Ce eae eG Cayenne. (Camptorhinides, Lac.). Pachyonyx araneosus, xil. p. 34........... Cochinchina. Gen. incertz sedis. Diaphna, n. g., x. p. 445. signata, 1. c. p. 446. Pl. XVII. —— acutipennis, 2. c. p. 4460.5... ..... a Deretiosus, n. g., xi. p. 184. aridus, J. c. p. 185. Pl. VIII. fig. 10. Dorey; Saylee; Ceram. (Tylodides, Lac.). Perichius, n. g., xi. p. 186. —— verrucosus, /. c. p. 186. Pl. VIII. £1 fo WZ Gicntico GI bib. BIAS DIQIOOCIGNO CORO. & Waigiou. MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID A. Erebaces, n. g., xi. p. 187. 93 —— angulatus, J. c. p. 187. Pl. VIII. HIGse Hea Pee deta eae tal otha ed Soran, ». Batchian. STC, Us Cajos WEY e wok goo be Morty. Poropterus exitiosus, x1. p. 189). .7. 33).... Queensland. elliptieuss¢"e.p. WSS. of, nie New South Wales (Illawarra). —— Waterhousei, J. ¢. p. 189 .......... Queensland. — morbillosus, J. ¢. p.]90............ Tasmania. ———— Hexuosus, /. ¢: p: 190... cei. South Australia. —— mastoideus, /.c.p.190............ Batchian. —— approximatus, J. ¢. p. 19) .......... Kaioa. — hariolus, /.c. p. 191. Pl. VII. fig. 7. Queensland. —— sphacelatus,/.c.p.191 ............ 5 = VEILES, Veo Pe LID ot ny vicnestcnes By —— porrigineus, /. ¢. p. 483... 0. ...666. Victoria. —— musculus, /. c. p. 483.0... 0000s Tasmania. ——— bisignatus, /. ¢. p. 484 —— foveipennis, J. c. p. 484........, Hexymus, n. g., xi. p. 188. —— tuberosus, J. c. p. 188. Pl. VII. fig. 3 —— monachus, J. c. p. 485.............. Petosiris cordipennis, x1. p. 485. Pl. XU. 11S @ posovliodedcabaon oduodicnc Salcus, n. g., x. p. 447. globosus, J. ¢. p. 448. fig. 2 Imalithus, n. g., x. p. 465. patella, 7. c. p. 466. Pl. XIX. fig. 2. Pl. XVII. CC TD .. Moreton Bay. . New South Wales (Ilawarra). . Queensland. Queensland (Rockhampton). Cape York. Queensland. (Cryptorhynchides vrais, Lac.). Zeneudes, n. g., xi. p. 35. sterculie, J. c. p. 36. PI. I. fig. 8. Cyamobolus bicinctus, xu. p. 36 subsellatus, 7. c. p. 36. PI. I. fig. 12. —— duplicatus, J. ¢. p. B7.... cece ee eeee Cydostethus, n. g., xu. p. 37. —— solutus, J. c. p. 38. PI. I. fig. 11 —— lineolatus, 7. c. p. 38.0 cee seen eee Syrotelus, n. g., for Cyamobolus Falleni, Boh., xu. p. 38. Euthyrhinus navicularis, x. p.455........ —— iconicus, xl. p. 477......+. —— pictus, J. c. p.477. Pl. X. fig. 12 .. Cechania, n. g., xi. p. 38. Queensland (Gayndah). . Malacea. Saylee. . Ceram. Amboyna; Tondano. Western Australia. .. Mysol. xe Singapore, 94: MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDS. . Cechania eremita, J. c. p. 39 ........00-. Japan (Nagasaki). Aichmura, n. g., xil. p. 39. === JCMS, L. €.e Oojaiaraterele oieleile rele ... Singapore. Orochlesis, n. g., x1. p. 194. annularis, | siCupagloo- ble Valu: LOD Pale poye teres cyanea tons yous leurs eave Dorey ; Batchian; Penang. SOlEAs2/ LC. Dad Ousutette when sete: Batchian. a= HESINAs/0.NC. Dag lO ONepioin cre ooo sisyorejeiels Aru. —— maculosa, xii. p.40 .,......0..06. Salwatty. Odosyllis, n. g., xii. p. 40. —— congesta, /.c.p. 40. Pl. I. fig.5 .. Tondano. —— atomaria,/.¢.p.4] ...........+.- Singapore. —— granulicollis, /. ce. p. 41 ............ Tondano. ————-EVILLOSA yal arg) sy tl iu nel gone lalslictedey ster: Wagiou; Saylee. | eC A CR OG OR a Ow olgdeta d Menado. ———ITORALAs hen sia Deelsye eos, odoveie) alone Saylee. Pelephicus, n. g., xu. p. 42. ——— stigmaticus, /.c.p.42 ..........5: tp Axionicus, n. g., x. p. 455. —— insignis, J. c. p. 455. Pl. XVIII. PLSD M UR read ce acns it enls rete ye a alge goalie Queensland, Orphanistes, n. g., x. p. 404. —— eustictus, /. c. p. 454. Pl. XVIII. Tae ee cy ite i hag etree Rn Re ae Perissops, n. g., xi. p. 193. —— mundus, J.c.p. 194 ............4. 5 —— iliacus, 7. c. p. 194........ 0 sce eee Gilolo; Dorey; Aru; Mysol. Platytenes, n. g., x. p. 466. —— varius, J. c. p. 467. Pl. XVIII. fig.1. Aru; Macassar; Key; Gi- lolo; Batchian ; Waigiou ; Ternate. Apries, n. g., xi. p. 196. —— eremita, l.c. p. 196. PJ. IX. fig. 6. Batchian. —— palliatus, J. c. p. 196.............. Saylee. Aonychus lineatus, x. p. 443 ............ West Australia. —— luctuosus, xi. p. 477. Pl. XII. fig. 1. ,, Be Zeugenia, n. g., xi. p. 197. —— histrio, /.c. p. 198. Pl. VIII. fig. 11. Sarawak. —— histrionica,/.c.p.198 ............ Penang. figuratas: sc1 2197, Vis aut ee wsrtet Sarawak. Omydaus, n. g., xi. p. 198. —— plinthoides, 7. c. p. 199 ............ New South Wales (Illawarra). Metyrus, n. g., xi. p. 482. —— collaris, 7. c. p. 482. Pl. XII. fig.4.. West Australia. Endymia, n. g., xi. p. 199. MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID”., 95 Endymia vipio, /. c. p. 200. Pl. VIII. fig. 5 Batchian; Dorey. SCC MINA, XU. P. Aon a ss. veun cece « Batchian. Panopides, n. g., xi. p. 200. —— anticus, l. c. p. 201. . Pl. VIII. fig. 4. Tondano. Glyphagia, n. g., xi. p. 201. = insculpta, 2. ¢.p. 201 ...)..00. os... Batchian. Sybulus, n. g., xi. p. 202. Se DECCUATIUS. Cr Cs 10. (202) ini crac oar He === WORN (6s CU) oon option ecods Singapore. Rebius, n. g., x1. p. 203. —— latifasciatus, 7. c. p. 203. Pl. VIII. Is @ Seicis oleate HORSE ea AD bite a Tondano. Diatassa,n. g., xi. p. 192. —— phalerata, J. c. p. 193. Pl. IX. fig. 2. Mysol. Nechyrus, n. g., xi. p. 203. —— lemur, /. c. p. 204. Pl. VIII. fig. 7. Amboyna; Goram; Batchian. —— puncticollis, /.c. p. 204............ Aru; Saylee. == TUG, (bi@s) 7D eae cron irae Batehian. ——— geniculatus, t. c. p. 205 ............ Mysol. SM ATISCUSs bs Cs DUD Vc else ses dees oes Amboyna. eemTOCALIUS a HoiCarde LOOM. sic.) viele am tie sels Saylee. =——— funebris, 7. ¢c. p. 206 ....ceseencres Batchian. === JOORGTIRIR, (ois 0s GUO ates & sdolgn to Ceram. SeeSHUVEUSH C3 Cus 20 eae oc es ses we eins Gilolo. Berosiris, n. g., xi. p. 43. —— picticollis, J. c. p.43. Pl. I. fig.9.. Sarawak. === (IMEI, Ub Gs DH h a Goo oneee oes Java. PepeICTIOTACUS TL. Co Ad en ciceche, afaisre s Sarawak. === ING DOING, Uo [oe4E so Booeos seeurs Tondano. === GEUOWE, th Osh ee eo eee en bannuuen Goram. Alsychora, n. g., xi. p. 209. ——— notaticollis, 7.c. p. 210............. Sarawak. Syrichius, n. g., xi. p. 207. ———LODGUSs Ce Cs Pa OP dates eter stetcele es Kaioa. S——ACISSIPAtUS, 2. Cn Pn DOS » ise. ater terial. Morty. —— frontalis, /.c. p. 208 ...........6.. Bouru; Ceram. proletarius: 2 cr py2O8: ire e siete ret Matabello ; Gilolo. paamesemuulus, dcp. 208 sy. ce ee Dorey. Nedymora, n. g., xi. p. 209. Ventricosa, 2. ¢. p. 2095) Pl; VIII. (Mecistostylides, Lac.). Protopalus cristatus, x. p. 448° .......... Queensland. Blepiarda voluta, xi: p.210 ............ Dorey ; Salwatty. 96 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID#. Blepiarda vitiata, 7.c.p. 210 ............ Aru. —— neophyta,/.c.p. 211.......6....... Dorey. Amalthus, n..g., xi. p. 211. —— insignis, /, c. p.212. Pl. VII. fig. 4. Morty. Doetes, n. g., xi. p. 212. —— albo-pictus, 1. c. p. 212. Pl. VIII. (Sympiezoscelides, Lac.). Amydala, n. g., xi. p. 213. —— abdominalis, J. c. p. 213. Pl. VI. AON antennae angst Queensland. ZYGOPINE. Latychus, n. g., x1. p. 486. —— rivulosus, J. c. p. 486. Pl. XIII. stasis ie torenG 4 omnia Hota uae Wik Gioia aia Brazil. Hedycera, n. g., x. p. 457. —— megamera, J. c. p. 457. Pl. XVIII. 1133 hee g'os Sebateeconn cooo Gna eo Cayenne. Chirozetes, n. g., x. p. 447. — — pectorosus, /. c. p. 447. Pl. XVII. fir Day, Mien tages menace cohen cues pegs Cambodia. Agametis, n. g., x. p. 473. festiva, /.c.p.474. Pl. XIX. fig. 5. Sarawak; Ceram; Batchian; Amboyna. TACHYGONINEA. Ixalina, n. g., xi. p. 214. ——— rufescens, J. c. p. 214. Pl. IX. fig. 1. Singapore. IsORHYNCHIN. Lobotrachelus stigma, xil. p. 44.......... Australia (Gayndah). —— plagiatus, 7.c.p.45 ........00000. Flores. ——-— linteus, 7: /¢. sp: 4ou, othe ose eee Macassar. —— albirostris,/. €.)p-145 tf)... nese ei 0 Brephiope, n. g., xn. p. 46. —— castanea, J. ¢. p. 46.............5.. Sula; Ceram. Metetra, n. g., xu. p. 46. Sa SAE (hb ROVE Se senndcoan an Waigiou. Telephaé, n. g., x. p. 487. —— laticollis, l. c.p. 487. Pl. XIX. fig. 9. Macassar. == EStriGi Abas Sleep ai). eink oye se eenele Batchian; Sarawak. —=——-CONCKELA CAD etAS, anomie sci eros elses Batchian. MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDE. 97 Telephaé luctuosa, J. c. p.48............ Batchian ; Gilolo; Sarawak. =——— denticollis, 2. c. p. 48 .......0008. .. Dorey; Sarawak, mIMCLALA CSOD. 4Ou aisrcite 1 «e015 0's. va, Batchian. BEET TEPEUICA yl. Cx Ps AD. e ciie nc see 0s 3,0 Sarawak. -=== Sellheciay Ub GipDbeh) Paadgecsqcanenee Hs Othippia, n. g., xii. p. 49. Badistiamas. ¢..C, p. 00. cc. 6s nce ccs ve Sarawak. Se AUDAT AS CrP OO. acids ones wuwt ete - PEOLGLATIANE RC. VOU sever eys)e ote) hal ye 5 Se MTUINEDTIS, F165 P90) oinjc ceca awa a Ceram. Podaereas ep. Ol ays. ecclave ees ole Mysol. Egiona, n. g., xii. p. 51. Netayexcaprolan Pl LT: figs Qe): Macassar. Pseniclea, n.g., xi. p. 51. === (PG eres (6 Os Os OP45 6 cna sno dens Ann Dorey. Panigena, n. g., xii. p. 52. =—— chalybea, J. ¢.p. 3 ........0..545 Batchian. os TIOGA, (h (jo) 6 oudcooroonnoobe AS — cyanoptera, fc. p.53 ...........- Saylee. Be EMESEDIS; 25 C2 Prd ocr cece see Mysol. (Ebrius, n. g., xi. p. 54. —— luteicornis, J. c, p. 54. Pl. IJIi. ees G5 CALE oe A ene tor ieee sho08d00n Mysol; Waigiou. Lissoglena, n. g., xi. p. 54. —— picipennis, J. ¢. p. 55... cs see aeee » Sumatra. CEUTHORHYNCHINE. Mecysmoderes consularis, x. p. 482 ...... Formosa. BARIDINE.. Methyorrhina, n. g., xi. p. 487. hispida, ?¢..¢. p. 487. «2... 2 ees .-» Brazil. Pithecomus, n. g., xi. p. 487. — ursulus, 1. c. p. 488. Pl. XIII. G1, Doe odcowdoccedegeoocpnuoddo bet, Bebelatus, n. g., xi. p. 488. aranea, J. c. p.489. Pl. XIII. fig.7.. Amazons. Eurypages, n, g., xi. p. 489. — pennatus, /, c. p. 489. Pl, XIII. ig. © socgsecvesos 56080 SGosee Brazil (Morro Velho). Pseudocholus laticollis, xii. p. 56 ........ Ceram. basalis, 1, ¢. p. 56 ......2.++.+++-+- Gilolos Morty, —— orichalceus, l. c. p. 56 ..ceseeeaeee Bouru. —- cinctus, /.c. p. 56 ....... dobooner Saylee. LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 98 MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDA. Metanthia, n. g., xii. p. 57. pyritosa, 7. c. p. 57. PI. III. fig. 4... Dorey; Saylee. —— ebenina, J. c. p.57...., aatetetoteter che nel Batchian. - —— cyanea, 1. €. p. 58 2... dees eee e eens Waigiou. Mitidula, 0... ps) OG) eke iter vy uajetey Neate Batchian. Ipsichora, n. g., xi. p. 58. Cupido, J. CP. DB gies ele oleiele oie) oie Ceram. Goelestis; 26> p09) were welelenetole ioe’: Dorey; Saylee. —— pulchella, 7. c. p. 59 ........ ee aeee Salwatty. — femorata, l. c. p. 59 .... cscs vceees Aru. Myctides, n. g., xii. p. 59. loonie, 1 Gs it GD ae nca0acc0000c0 Batchian. Cynethia, n. g., xii. p. 60. interrupta, 7. c.p.61. Pl. III. fig. 12. Sumatra. Acythopeus, n. g., xu. p. 61. tristis, 2c. p02. El Mil he wil).. (Saylees —— tenuirostris, J. c. p. 62 ........ 0005: Tondano. —— palmaris, J. c. p.62 .........0000- Amboyna. curvirostris, 2. C. p62"... oi 6 6's .. Gilolo; Batchian. bigeminatus, J. ¢. p. 63 5. 0.......+. Batchian ; Aru. Laodia, n. g., xi. p. 63. —— niveopicta, J. c. p. 63. Pl. III. fig. 8.. Macassar. niveosparsa, J. c. p. 64 .......0+.. « Amboyna. Lystrus, n. g., xu. p. 64. -——. sculptipennis, J. c. p. 64. Pl. III. fig. 1. Singapore; Macassar. Simocopis, n. g., xl. p. 65. umbrinus, J. c. p. 65. Pl. III. fig. 10. Brazil ? CALANDRINA. Protocerius fervidus, xi. p. 216 «.......+: Kumaon. Prodioctes, n. g., xil. p. 66. quinarius, J. c. p. 67. Pl. IV. fig. 2. Borneo (Muruk). jpavommaney 1 sj Boo os a000 50000 Sarawak. Tyndides, n. g., xii. p. 68. pustulosus, J. c. p. 68. PI. IV. fig. 4. Sumatra; Malacca. AGERE, Us Gs [00 Os on co oe o0005005 Sarawak. Megaproctus pugionatus, xii. p. 68. PI. 1V. ie {) Gboo oe bn og Go 00 bdod bO0000 Tondano. Zetheus, n. g., xii. p. 69. electilis, 7. c. p. 69. Pl. IV. fig..1.... Penang. Periphemus, n. g., xii. p. 69. retrorsus, J. c. p. 69. Pl. IV. fig.3.. Sarawak. SUPERCHMATIS sts.) Comp-7/ Oberle atefelsiateialas Sumatra. —— deletus, J. c. p. 70......++.+++.+++ Cochinchina; Laos. MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONIDA. 99 Poteriophorus congestus, xii. p. 70. PI. IV. FTES OMA thane, sire uch siattev a craiiaks vale asnelece Malacca. isanystethusiater, xu. p.71............+> Dorey. Diathetes, n. g., xii. p. 71. ruficollis, 7. c. p. 72. Pl. IV. fig. 7 .. Waigiou. SING, Us Gyo Peary peaioianee eae Aru. = MItONCOMS, 2. C) Ps (2.2.00. ene ve Amboyna; Goram. SUTPGMIUS, b Boyes (4 odocboe scoot 6 Aru. TNOMIO); Uo Bor| Ve 2)6.0 6 eee oro cite ph aro.d in Australia (Cape York). Cercidocerus indicator, xi. p. 73 ........ Singapore. hispidulus, 7. c. p. 73. Pl. IV. fig. 5. Penang. » HRSG, Uh Go. [en 9 ele ae eee as Gt Singapore. —— saturatus, 7. c. p. 74 .......5.-...- Penang. —— nervosus, /.c. p. 74. Pl. IV. fig. 6.. Java. Autonopis, n. g., xii. p. 75. lineata, 7. c. p. 75. Pl. IV. fig. 10 .. Malacca; Sumatra. Laogenia, n. g., xi. p. 79. sorex, lc. p.76. Pl. IV. fig. 11.... Gilolo; Sarawak. === JETTA Up el) On) Uae ne cen Tondano; Sarawak. Aphyoda, n. g., xi. p. 214. diura,/.c. p. 215. Pl. VII. fig. 1 .. Dorey; Batchian; Ceram; Saylee. brenthordess, 22 Cy ps QUOD. sale ss > oles Waigiou. Ithaura, n. g., x1. p. 215. strangulata, 1. c. p. 216. Pl. VI. ie, Baggage douctonn opens lo sons « Columbia. COSSONIN®. Phzenomerus notatus, x1. p.490. Pl. XII. ie, Boogeoemsouetadepebeossoped New Guinea. === onilis, ; Gj eWWrtossossosaoggvcce Queensland (Gayndah). ERRATA. Vol. x. p. 440, line 16, for confluent read nearly confluent. 451, ,, 12, for latitudine read longitudine. » 3, L2, for longiore read latiore. xi. p. 180, ,, 11, for 3 read 2. 5 »» 29, for 34 read 23. Ss » 39, for 34 read 25. 181, ,, 24, for Adelaide read Victoria. 445, last line, after basalibus add elongatis, longitudine xqualibus. 446, line 11, for tarsi read tibizx. 456, ,, 8 from bottom, for Prniesra read PELIOBIA Pet ts St eis LINN. 06, JOURIL ZOOL, VeLXULPE L, Lil, S00, SOUR, ZOOL, Voli Pe Ul LINN, SOG,SOURM, ZOOL . Val XI PP II sik Ales tno papi, OL, VelXUP! 13 LINN, SOC, SOURM, ZO EW Robinson NOTICE. Heneeforward the Zoological and Botanieal portions of the Journal will be published separately. Each volume will consist of Hight numbers, instead of Four. The price of each separate number, whether Zoological or Botanical, will be 2s. to the public, and 1s. 6d. to Fellows. Hach volume of eight numbers, when subscribed for and paid in advatice, will be charged 12s. to the public, and 9s. to Fellows. | ee ey Any Candidate for admission as a Fete mnst be proposed on a written Certificate, to be signed by three dr-more Fellows, from - ‘their personal acquaintance with him, or knowledge of his charae- ter or writings. Fellows, on their election, pay an Admission Fee of £6, and are thenceforth liable to an annual Contribution of £3, which may be compounded for at any time by one payment of £30 in” lieu of all future contributions. Fellows residing abroad, and not compounding, are required to provide such security for the payment of their annual Contribu- tions ag shall be satisfactory to the Council. The Fellows are entitled to receive, gratis, all Volumes, or Parts of Volumes, of the Transactions and Journal, that may be pub- lished after they shall have paid the Admission Fee; and they may be supplied with any of the Society’s publications at a reduc- tion of 25 per cent. under the common selling prices. Complete sets of the first twenty volumes of the Transactions will be supplied to the Fellows at the reduced price of £20; or of the first twenty-five volumes, with the General Index to the whole, for £30. Any Fellow purchasing, at one time, ten or more volumes, may obtain those from the Ist to the 20th at £1 per Volume; from the 21st to the 25th at £2 per volume; and single volumes, or parts, to complete sets, may be obtained at the original prices. The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public ; 6s. to Fellows: of the Index to Vols. 26-30 (now ready) 4s. to the public ; 3s. to Fellows. Members ‘are requested to apply at the Apartments of the Society, to Mr. Kippist, Librarian, for such volumes as they may be entitled to, or be desirous to purchase: but no volume can be delivered gratis to a Fellow whose yearly Contributions are in arrear, nor can any be delivered unless applied for within five years from the time of publication.— Vols. 29 and 30 of the Trans- actions, and Second Series, Zoology and Botany, Vol. I. Parts I. —III., are now ready for delivery. A few copies of the several papers contained in the later volumes (from Vol. 26 onwards) have been printed off for separate sale ; and most of them may still be had. The Library is open to the Fellows and their friends daily, between the hours of 10 and 4, and on Meeting-days at 7 P.M. With certain restrictions, Fellows are allowed to borrow Books from the Library. The Council-room, which will in future be used as a Reading- room, will be open daily from 10 a.m. till 6 P.M., except on Saturdays, when till 4 o’clock only. Communications intended to be made to the Society may be addressed to the President, or to the Secretary, at the Society’s Apartments, Burlington House, — | Dn hilly London. a NOVEMBER 3. THE sounia” s OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. Vou. XII. ZOOLOGY. No. 58. CONTENTS. I. On some Species of Japanese Marine Shells and Fishes, which inhabit also the North Atlantic. By J. Gwyn J TST aS STEN DI ofS Od By VAs Vd Ss eed thd te eae ea etc iets tae tt 2 Se 100 II. Note on a new Species of Japanese Brachiopoda. By Tuomas Davipson. (Communicated by J. Gwyn Jurereys, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.)... eine sO Tif. Observations on Bees aa Wasps. By Sir Teun ee Bock, Bart., F.R.S., M.P., F.L.8., Vice-Chancellor of mie Winiversiby.of Wondom ' 2.6% 4). 08. i. ae, 110 TV. On Oniscigaster Wakefieldi, the Singular Insect from New Zealand, belonging to the Family Ephemeride ; with Notes on its Aquatic Conditions. By Roszrr MioiAorn AN elec u@Plate: Vi). 3, oes. vss beck cas 139 V. Anew Australian Spheromid, Cyclura venosa ; and notes on Dynamene rubra and viridis. By the Rev. T. R. R. Stepping, M.A., of Tor-Crest Hall, Torquay. (Com- municated by W.W. Saunpers, Esq., F.R.S.,V.P.L.S.) fdeaes Wal coe Villa) eo era Sean oe OS ca it 146 ' VI. Descriptions of five new Species of Gonyleptes. Be Arruur G. Burien, F.LS., F.Z.8.,&c. (Plate VIII.) 151 Vil. Resemblances between the Bones of Typical living Reptiles and the Bones of other animals. By Harry Govirr Siexzy, F.L.S., F.G.S., Professor of Physical Geography in Bedford College, London ............... 155 LONDON: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE; AND RY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, AND WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 1874. MR. F. P. PASCOE ON THE CURCULIONID 2. 99 Poteriophorus congestus, xii. p. 70. Pl. IV. 1) | ek OC ROE IO MAR ODAC COr Malacca. Barystethus ater, xii. p. 71...........0-+ Dorey. Diathetes, n. g., xii. p. 71. ruficollis, 7. c. p. 72. Pl. IV. fig. 7 .. Waigion. SEVUINO} Ih Go th (PP ednc ob cabtorcoue Aru. === MANOS, (6G hth Pe oh aoncccon bes Amboyna; Goram. SUIGMUUSS (6 Gitte 3 cancscooccaone Aru. OHO S Gshoh (ene Seo ue emo ODObO es Australia (Cape York). Cercidocerus indicator, xii. p. 73 ........ Singapore. hispidulus, J. ¢. p. 73. Pl. IV. fig. 5. Penang. === GH Uy Oo tb Es Snatin dno d bo ca binb Singapore. === CETIIRIR (oe 06 Job 75. can dndancecnec Penang. nervosus, 7. c. p. 74. Pl. IV. fig. 6.. Java. Autonopis, n. g., xii. p. 75. lineata, 7. c. p. 75. Pl. IV. fig. 10 .. Malacea; Sumatra. Laogenia, n. g., xii. p. 75. sorex, l.c. p.76. Pl. IV. fig. 11.... Gilolo; Sarawak. === TIRE Lb Oni Or ee soecgar sonar Tondano ; Sarawak. Aphyoda, n. g., xi. p. 214. —— diura,/.c. p. 215. Pl. VII. fig. 1 .. Dorey; Batchian; Ceram; Saylee. brenthoides, J. ¢. p. 215............ Waigiou. Ithaura, n. g., xi. p. 215. strangulata, J. ec. p. 216. Pl. VI. Lae Deuetyee ene) stc share sis eyvst cosy A we Columbia. CossoniNnz. Phenomerus notatus, xi. p.490. PI. XIII. i, Bo on dosodddsovuscodooccgeE New Guinea. ——— ois FG yee somooccnecums coos Queensland (Gayndah). ERRATA. Vol. x. p. 440, line 16, for confluent vead nearly confluent. 451, ,, 12, for latitudine read longitudine. FF 12, for longiore read latiore. xi. p. 180, ,, 11, for 3 read 2. 5 » 20, for 33 read 24. fe » 88, for 3% read 25. 181, ,, 24, for Adelaide read Victoria. 445, last line, after basalibus add elongatis, longitudine sequalibus. 446, line 11, for tarsi read tibie. 456, ,, 8 from bottom, for PELrenIa read PELIOBIA. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. & 100 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON On some species of Japanese Marine Shells and Fishes, which inhabit also the North Atlantic. By J. Gwyn JErrreys, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S. [Read January 15, 1874.] Durtne the survey made by Capt. St. John in H.M.S. ‘Sylvia’ of the coasts of Japan between 43° 34’ and 33° 23! N. lat., and 145° 20! and 181° 40’ E. long., in the yeara 1871 and 1872, the dredge was occasionally nepile and the results have been kindly placed at my disposal by Capt. St. John and the Hydrographer Royal. All the specimens of natural history, except those shells which I now propose to notice, have been placed in the British Museum. Our present knowledge of the geographical distribution of the marine Mollusca is so imperfect that any contribution to the subject cannot but have its value. The accuracy of Capt. St. John’s hydrographic surveys is universally recognized; and I will endeavour to be equally careful in determining and naming the Japanese shells, which, on comparison with those from Euro- pean seas, I regard as belonging to the same species. I am quite aware of the difference of opinion entertained by many experi- enced conchologists as to the identity of species which inhabit widely separated tracts of the ocean, and that such species are called by some conchologists “representative ’? instead of identi- cal; but certain species (e. g. Sawicava rugosa or arctica) unques- tionably have a world-wide distribution. Moreover the love or ambition of species-making is perhaps inherent in the nature of many naturalists, however conscientious they may be. For my- self I would renew my expression of unqualified approval of the opinion entertained by the learned authors of the ‘ Flora Indica,’ that the discovery of a form uniting two others previously thought to be distinct, is much more important than that of a totally new species, inasmuch as the correction of an error is a greater boon to science than isa step in advance. The variation of species among the Mollusca cannot be less than among plants. The marine shells of Japan have been noticed and described by several writers, from Carl Peter Thunberg in 1788 to Dr. C. E. Lischke in 1872. This last excellent conchologist gave, in the first volume of his ‘ Mollusca Japonica,’ a valuable synoptical table of those species which inhabit other parts of the world. He showed that the following species are common to Japan and JAPANESE SHELLS AND FISHES. 101 the Mediterranean—Triton oleariwm (properly olearius), Linné, Saxicava arctica, L. (S. rugosa, var.), and Lima squamosa, La- marck ; and common to Japan and the Atlantic coast of Europe, Triton olearium, Saxicava arctica, Mya arenaria, L., and Modiola (Mytilus) modiolus, LL. Jn his second volume he noticed Lasea rubra, Montagu, which inhabits also the Mediterranean and the Atlantic coast of Europe. We have thus five species in the same category. Three of these species (viz. Mytilus modiolus, Lasea rubra and Mya arenaria) are inhabitants of the shore and shallow water ; Saxicava rugosa has a wide range of depth from low-water mark to 1280 fathoms ; and Lima squamosa occurs in the coralline zone. All the five species are Atlantic. I now propose to re- cord from Capt. St. John’s dredgings thirty-nine species as common to Japan and the North Atlantic. These are exclusive of Lima squamosa and Triton olearius, which have been already noticed by Dr. Lischke ; and the number may be increased by adding three species of Brachiopods (Zerebratula vitrea, Gmelin, var. minor, T. caput-serpentis, L., and Terebratella Spitzbergensis, Davidson) mentioned by Mr. Davidson in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London for 1871; three species of other Mollusea (Gemma gemma, Totten, Coralliophya lithophagella, Lam., and Piliscus commodus, Middendorff) mentioned by Mr. Arthur Adams in the Proceedings of the same Society for 1863 ; ZLimop- sis abyssicola, A. Adams, P. Z. 8, 1869, Fossarus Japonicus, A. Adams= F-. costatus, Brocchi. ; besides Limopsis aurita, two species of Pecchiolia (P. acute-costata, Philippi, and P. granulata, Se- guenza), Pyramidella nitidula, A. Adams, and other species which were dredged by me in the Bay of Biscay during the ‘ Porcupine’ expedition of 1870, as well as by Mr. A. Adams in the Japanese seas. In giving the geographical distribution for the species now about to be enumerated, I have added the range of depth for such of them as I procured in the ‘ Porcupine’ Explorations of 1869 and 1870. This information will, I believe, be found useful. It will be observed that some of the species are littoral or in- habit shallow water, while others inhabit the coralline and deep- water zones. The modes of migration or transport from the North Pacific to the North Atlantic, or vice versd, must conse- quently be of different kinds. Some marine currents and tides are superficial ; others are deep and sweep the bottom of the sea. Now the latter kind of currents seem to be almost unknown. Q* 102 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON The stream and drift currents of the Atlantic and Pacifie Oceans, with the surface temperature, are, indeed, most carefully laid down in the ‘Pilot Charts’ which have been lately published by our Admiralty under the superintendence of its eminent Hydrogra- pher ; but the direction and force of the abyssal currents ought to be fully investigated before we can explain the distribution of deep- water Mollusca, especially of the bivalves and such of the uni- valves as cannot swim, and whose fry do not rise to the surface and become for a short time oceanic. Voluntary migration seems to have little, if any, share in the work of diffusion. It is to be hoped that the present expedition of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger’ will contribute much information on this very important and interest- ing subject, in the same way that to a limited extent was done in the ‘ Porcupine’ expeditions. It is difficult to account for the occurrence of so many of the same species in the seas of Japan and the North Atlantic Ocean. Probably those species which inhabit deep water may have had a common origin or birthplace in high northern latitudes, and have found their way to Japan on the one side and Europe on the other by means of a bifurcation of the great Arctic current. Their entry into the Mediterranean from the Atlantic may have taken place through a wide channel which formerly existed between the lower part of the Bay of Biscay and the Gulf of Lyons, and which has been satisfactorily shown on geological grounds to have been made since the Ter- tiary epoch. The present communication through the Straits of Gibraltar seems to be also of a comparatively modern date. With respect to the fishes which are common to Japan and the Mediterranean or the North Atlantic, I have been favoured by Dr. Albert Ginther, F.R.S., with a list and note, which, with the permission of the Society, I will append to this paper. His authority as an ichthyologist is so great that his communication will be valuable on its own account, as well as in showing the distribution of the species not only among the invertebrates but also in the vertebrate fauna in the northern divisions of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. Subkingdom MOLLUSCA. — BRACHIOPODA. RHYNCHONELLA PSITTACEA, Gmelin; young. 35 fathoms. Lat. 41° 41’ N.; long. 141° 0’ EB. Cireumpolar. JAPANESE SHELLS AND FISHES. 103 CoNnNCHIFERA. LIMA ELLIPTICA, Jeffreys. 6 fathoms. Lat. 34° 23’ N.; long. 136° 55’ E. The specimens (three in number) are much smaller than those from Skye; but the characters peculiar to this species, and which distinguish it from Z. auriculata, are the same, viz. shape, sculp- ture, and obliquity of the central furrow. In the Japanese specimens the upper part of the anterior and posterior margins is sinuous, while in European specimens this part is flexuous. I do not regard this slight difference as a specific character. North-east Atlantic and Mediterranean ‘ Porcupine’ expedi- tions, 45-690 fathoms. MYTILUS EDULIS, Linné, var. UNGULATA. Endermo. The largest specimen measures 5 inches by 23. Var. GALLOPROVINCIALIS. Yokooka Dock, Gulf of Yedo; North Atlantic and Mediterra- nean. MopDIoLARIA MARMORATA, Forbes. Three specimens. Yokooka Dock. Smaller than European specimens and darker-coloured. North-east Atlantic and Mediterranean ; Arabian and Persian Gulfs (WcAndrew)! ‘ Pore.’ exp. 165 fathoms. Mopio.Laria Discors, L.; var. SUBSTRIATA, Gray. One specimen, 13 inch long by 1 inch wide. 11 fathoms. E. Yeso. North-east Atlantic and Mediterranean. CRENELLA FABA, Fabricius. 48 fathoms. Three specimens, one of which is ? of an inch long. More finely striated than usual, but evidently this species. Circumpolar. NucuLa TENUIS, Montagu. Numerous specimens. 3 to 48 fathoms. North Atlantic and Mediterranean. ‘Pore.’ exp. 20-1630 fathoms. LzDA LANCEOLATA, James Sowerby. = Nucula arctica, Broderip & G. B. Sowerby (not-of Gray or Sars, the 104: DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON latter being Nucula lanceolata of Lamarck=N. limatula, Say,= Yoldia hyperborea, Lovén). = N. oblonga, G. B. Sowerby. = Yoldia aretica, Moller. Several specimens of different ages. From 3 to 48 fathoms. The sculpture is very variable. In some specimens the striz are at first transverse and close-set, and afterwards become oblique and distant ; in others the striz are confined to the anterior side of the shell, as in L. semistriata of Mr. S. Wood, while in others the strie are almost entirely absent. In the description of Nwcule lanceolata by James Sowerby the shel! is described as “ smooth.” Perhaps he intended the Crag shell referred by Mr. Wood to Leda myalis of Couthouy, but which does not appear to be that species. Circumpolar. LEDA FRIGIDA, Torell. = L. nana, Sars. Several specimens. 5 to 48 fathoms. Also Spitzbergen, Norway, and southwards to the coast of Portugal, 50-1380 fathoms. Fossil at Messina, in the Zanclean division of the Pliocene formation (Seguenza) ! Lepa minuta, Miiller. Two specimens. Ooshima, and 48 fathoms. Agreeing in the most minute particulars with specimens dredged by me in St. Magnus Bay, Shetland. North Atlantic. ‘Pore.’ exp.: W. coast of Ireland, 164-420 fathoms ; Bay of Biscay, 305-717 fathoms. CaARDIUM GR@NLANDICUM, Chemnitz. Several young specimens from 48 fathoms. Spitzbergen (Zorell); United States: (Gould and others); Behring’s Strait (Stimpson}. Circumpolar. Carpium IsLanpicum, Ch. Several young specimens from 3-48 fathoms. United States (Gould and others); Wellington Channel (Bel- cher). . Cireumpolar. CARDITA BOREALIS, Conrad. Endermo Harbour, 4—7 fathoms. Undistinguishable from Crag-specimens of C. orbiculata, S. ' JAPANESE SHELLS AND FISHES. 105 Wood ; while certain specimens of C. borealis from Canada and the United States equally approach C. analis from Bridlington and C. scalaris from the Crag. Our Crag species are deplorably multiplied. VENUS FLUCTUOSA, Gould. Rather common in from 3 to 48 fathoms. Spitzbergen (Zorell). Circumpolar. Varies in colour from olive-green to yellowish-white. TaPrs DECUSSATUS, L. Common in 4-35 fathoms. A trapeziform variety occurs from Hakodadi. Japanese as wellas European specimens differ among themselves in shape and sculpture ; and it is impossible to separate the so-called 7. indicus from T. decussatus by any other than a geographical character. North-east Atlantic and Mediterranean. TELLINA INFLATA, Stimpson. Four specimens from 5-48 fathoms. United States (Stimpson); Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves) ; Spitzbergen (Zorell) ; Wellington Channel (Belcher). - LYONSIA HYALINA, Conrad. Two specimens from 5 fathoms. United States (Conrad and others). Allied to Z. Norvegica. Both species are very distinct from L. arenosa, which is circumpolar. SAXICAVA RUGOSA, L.3; var. ARCTICA. 7 fathoms; var. precisa, Yokooka Harbour. . Ubiquitous. Pore.’ exp. 20-1230 fathoms. MYA ARENARIA, Ll. 5-48 fathoms. North Atlantic. GASTROPODA. TECTURA TESTUDINALIS, Mull. Everywhere from the shore to 7 fathoms. Circumpolar, and North-east America. I cannot detect any difference between this species and Z. patina of Eschscholtz, notwithstanding Middendorff’s ingenious distinction as to the sculpture. Lepeta ca#ca, Mill. From 4 to 48 fathoms. 106 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON Circumpolar, and North-east America. PUNCTURELLA NOACHINA, L. Yamada Harbour, 7 fathoms. Circumpolar, and North-east America. ‘Pore.’ exp. 66-1095 fathoms. Trocuus vAricosus, Mighels § Adams. = Margarita elegantissima, Bean. = M. plicata, Sars. = M. polaris, Danielssen. A single specimen from 48 fathoms. Spitzbergen (Zorell); Gaspé Bay, Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves) ; New Brunswick, Newfoundland, and Nova Scotia (Mighels ¢ Adams, Willis, and Stimpson) ; Norway (Sars, Koren, and Danielssen). Fossil in the Bridlington Glacial bed (Bean). LAcuNA DIvaRicaTaA, Fabr.; var. ECANICULATA. A single specimen from 7 fathoms. Northern Europe, Asia, and America. The absence of a canal is also noticeable in every other British species of Lacuna. LITTCRINA RUDIS, Maton. A single dead specimen from 7 fathoms, probably carried out by the tide or voided by a fish. North Atlantic, Mediterranean, and North Pacific. MENESTHO ALBULA, Fabdr. Several specimens. Spitzbergen and Greenland. NATICA AFFINIS, Gm. = N. clausa, Broderip & Sowerby. Three specimens. North of Europe, Asia, and America. ‘Pore.’ exp. 208-664 fathoms. N. Gra@nuanpica, Ch, Endermo; Yeso, 3 fathoms. Same range as last species. ‘ Pore.’ exp. 178-725 fathoms. ADMETE VIRIDULA, Fabr. A single specimen from 48 fathoms. Spitzbergen (Zorell) ; Norway, Greenland, and N.E. America. ‘ Pore.’ exp. 114-420 fathoms. PURPURA LAPILLUS, L. Shore to 4 fathoms. JAPANESE SHELLS AND FISHES. 107 North Atlantic, Mediterranean, and North Pacific. MuREX ERINACEUS, L. ; var. FAUCE PURPUREA. A single specimen from 7 fathoms. North-east Atlantic and Mediterranean. The same variety is found in Jersey. TROPHON CLATHRATUS, L.; var. GUNNERI. Several specimens from 3 to 48 fathoms. Circumpolar and North-east America. ‘ Pore.’ exp. 155-345 fathoms. NASSA RETICULATA, L. A single specimen from 6 fathoms. North Atlantic, Mediterranean, and Black Sea. RINGICULA AURICULATA, Menard. A single specimen from 5 fathoms. North Atlantic, Mediterranean, and Gulf of Suez. exp, 15-128 fathoms. PLEUROTOMA TURRICULA, Montagu. Two young specimens from 48 fathoms. North Atlantic. ‘Porc.’ exp. 10-994 fathoms. P. MITRULA, Loven. A single specimen from 7 fathoms. Norwegian. ‘ Pore.’ P. RENIERI, Scacchi. One specimen from Matoza Harbour, in N. lat. 34° 23’, E. long. 186° 55’. It differs only in the apex being more elongated. Bay of Biscay and Mediterranean, in 45-539 fathoms. CyYLICHNA ALBA, Brown. = C. corticata, Moll. ‘Two specimens. Cireumpolar, North Atlantic and North Pacific. Rorcumexp: 114-1366 fathoms. British Museum, 7/5/73. My pear Srr,—I enclose the list of fishes found in the Mediter- ranean (including Madeira) and in Japan. I have also made a column for such of the species as occur in the West Indies. The list might have been much increased by looking carefully through more recent records. The species included in it are either pelagic or deep-sea species (that is, species having naturally a 108 ON JAPANESE MARINE SHELLS AND FISHES. very wide range); and most of those enumerated occur also in other parts of the Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific Oceans. them, like Sermanus octocinctus, Centriscus gracilis, Lophotes, have hitherto not been found in intermediate regions. Tt is a fact known for a long time that a great number of the pelagic species spawn in the open sea, which will go far to ac- count for their wide geographical range. Can I be of further assistance to you ? J. Gwyn Jeffreys, Esq., FBS. Ainthiasyoculatusmessdsereeteceenrrcsecns Serranus octocinctus ............ees008 Scomber pneumatophorus ............ Hcheneis remOra scoccc...c.ecccveeeseees brachyptera\sso.snossosds ose ecrer naucrates....... sleleteletelelelsrevelete mreeleiete C@aranx hippos). .cc...:c.c0- mbes ee Seriola dumerilii ..............- scenes lalandi Seen SP Rupee SS ean es Centriscus/sraciligs \.is..cnteeee eee Moplotesieeressereensae tea cegeeneeneee Macrurus ............0 aaeatal: saanesseuner Saurus myops ....... boopeddone Hopocdtade Albula conorhynchus IMTOPSISAUTUSs.< secciste sean cece oven tecaee Congerhyulgarisyssceuiacccwee " AVEcv ar Ui Shane a a Me te Rive Beha Hippocampus antiquorum ............ ~— guttulatus ............ veceeesteeee Monacanthus setifer MONOCCLOS! eesnsnceacene sq0bo0cn000 Orthagoriscus mola............. Galeocerdo tigrinus........... Zygena malleus Lamna cornubica Rhinasquating jer ccc sececcseess anes Rhinobatus columne ..............006 Trygonipastinacasnvcdsecrecee sai: Pteroplatea hirundo ..,......... set coer ese evcceree Coooves eres sconce Yours very truly, Mediterranean Wrestikndion or Madeiran. * * ae i * * *% * x * * efeleleterereieit * ¢ tie ee ME OOO GeGuKd * * * eercceee Bele Sl SHE eaten x * cones ee Ge ips et yal Sih aan ae is ed es * *% % CANS ee * Bert ie Asa eons Hikes ‘ * % % * % eae al Tamer lataferaterelaye PILE A CGE rise 5 * x * Raaceee : 22 18 Some of A. GUNTHER. Japan. 2k OOK OK OK 2K ok % OK CK OK OK kK OK XK OK KOK OK KK KK ok ok 2k * OK OK XK 29 Zoological Department, British Museum, My pear Sir,—I return the common to the North Atlantic and Japan. December 17, 1873. list of species of marine fishes In Ichthyology the MR. THOMAS DAVIDSON ON JAPANESE BRACHIOPODA. 109 affinity of these two districts has been ascertained for a long time; and it would become still more apparent if regard had been had not only to species (some of which have a very wide range) but also to genera—and, secondly, if the marine fauna of Western North America had been drawn within your present researches. Of course you are aware that a large proportion of the ter- restrial animals of Northern Japan are European types. I remain, yours very truly A. GUNTHER. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, Esq., F.B.S. Note on a New Species of Japanese Brachiopoda. By Tuomas Davipson. Communicated by J. Gwyn Jurrreys, Esq., LL.D., F.RB.S., F.LS. [Read January 15, 1874. ] In the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London for April 1871, I described and illustrated all the species of Brachio- poda (twenty in number) that had been procured from the Japanese waters. Since then Dr. C. E. Lischke obtained from the Bay of Jedo several examples of a coppery-coloured and green Lingula, approaching in size and character to Lingula smaragdina, Adams, a species common to the China sea, and which will before long be deseribed in that naturalist’s work ‘Japoniacks Musei Con- chilica.’ In 1872 Captain St. John, of Her Majesty’s Ship ‘ Sylvia,’ dredged five or six species of Brachiopoda in North Japan, namely :—TZerebratella Coreanica, Adams & Reeves, 48 fathoms ; T. frontalis, Middendorff, 35 fathoms ; Laqueus rubella, Sow., 35 fathoms; Waldheimia Grayii, Dav., and its var. transversa, 35 fathoms ; Rhynchonella psittacea, Gmelin, 35 fathoms. We are therefore indebted to Captain St. John for the know- ledge of one additional species in the Japanese waters, viz. Tere- bratella frontalis, Middendortf; and it is interesting to add that during the year 1873 Mr. Dall has dredged several living speci- mens and many dead ones of his rare species at Atka Island, of the Aleutian Chain, but originally described from the Ochotsk Sea. He informs me also by letter that its range in the island 110 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. is from Attu, at the western side of the chain, to Atka, and that, so far as he has been able to discover, it does not extend further east. --———— Observations on Bees and Wasps. By Sir Joun Lusszocg, Bart., F.R.S., M.P., F.L.S., Vice-Chancellor of the University of London. [Read March 19, 1874.] Tux Social Hymenoptera, according to Messrs. Kirby and Spence*, “have the means of communicating to each other information of various occurrences, and use a kind of language which is mutu- ally understood.......... and is not confined merely to giving intelligence of the approach or absence of danger; it is also co- extensive with all their other occasions for communicating their ideas to each other.” Huber assures us as regards Ants + that he has “ frequently seen the antenne used on the field of battle to intimate approaching danger, and to ascertain their own party when mingled with the enemy ; they are also employed in the interior of the ant-hill to warn their companions of the presence of the sun, so favourable to the development of the larve, in their excursions and emigra- ting to indicate their route, in their recruitings to determine the time of departure,’ &c. Elsewhere also he says} “that should an Ant fall in with any of her associates from the nest they put ber in the right way by the contact of their antenne.”’ These statements are most interesting ; and it is much to be regretted that he has not given us in detail the evidence on which they rest. In another passage, indeed, he himself says § “if they have a language, I cannot give too many proofs of it.” Unfortu- nately, however, the chapter which he devotes to this important subject is very short, and occupied with general statements rather than with the accounts of the particular experiments and observations on which those statements rest. Nor is there any serious attempt to ascertain the nature, character, and capabili- ties of this antennal language. Even if by motions of these organs Bees can caress, can express love, fear, anger, &c., it does not follow that they can narrate facts or describe localities. * Introduction to Entomology, ii. p. 50. + L. ¢. p. 206. t De cap: loge § L.c. p. 205. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. 111 Nor are the facts recorded by Kirby and Spence more explicit. It is therefore disappointing to read in the chapter especially devoted to this subject *, that, as regards the power possessed by Ants and Bees to communicate and receive information, “it is only necessary to refer you to the endless facts in proof, furnished by almost every page of my letters on the history of Ants and of the Hive Bee. I shall therefore but detain you for a moment with an additional anecdote or two, especially with one respecting the former tribe, which is valuable from the celebrity of the narrator.” The first of these anecdotes refers to a Beetle (Ateuchus pilu- larius), which having made for the reception of its eggs a pellet of dung too heavy for it to move “ repaired to an adjoining heap and soon returned with three of his companions. All four now applied their united strength to the pellet and at length succeeded in pushing it out, which being done, the three assist- ant Beetles left the spot and returned to their own quarters.” This observation rests on the authority of an anonymous German artist ; and though we are assured that he was a “man of strict veracity,’ I am not aware that any similar fact has been recorded by any other observer. The second case is related by Kalm, on the authority of Dr. Franklin ; but it does not seem to me to justify the conclu- sions drawn from it by Messrs. Kirby and Spence. Dr. Franklin having found a number of Ants in a jar of treacle, shook them out and suspended the jar “by a string from the ceiling. By chance one Ant remained, which, after eating its fill, with some difficulty found its way up the string, and, thence reaching the ceiling, escaped by the wall to its nest. In less than half an hour a great company of Ants sallied out of their hole, climbed the ceiling, crept along the string into the pot and began to eat again ; this they continued until the treacle was all con- sumed, one swarm running up the string while another passed down. It seems indisputable that the one Ant had in this instance conveyed news of the booty to his comrades, who would not otherwise have at once directed their steps in a body to the only accessible route” t. As regards Wasps, Huber states that they are also acquainted with the mode of imparting information to their companions. When a single Wasp discovers a strong-hold of sugar, honey, * DT. ec. p. 422. + L. c. p. 422. 112 JIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. or other article of food, it returns to its nest and brings off in a short time a hundred other Wasps; but we are yet ignorant if it be by visible or palpable signs they are mutually informed of this discovery ”’ *. A short but very interesting paper by Dujardin on this subject is contained in the ‘Annales des Sciences’ for 1852. He satis- fied himself that some Bees which came to honey put out by him for the purpose “avaient di recevoir dans Ja ruche un ayertisse- ment porté par quelques-unes de celles qui étaient venues isolé- ment, soit & dessein, soit par hasard’’ +. That no doubt might re- main, he tried the following experiment, which, he says, “ me parait tout-a-fait concluante ”’. “Dans lépaisseur d’un mur latéral, 4 18 métres de distance des ruches A et B, se trouve une niche pratiqué, suivant Pusage du pays, pour constater la mitoyenneté, et recouverte par un treillage et par une treille, et cachée par diverses plantes grim- pantes. J’y introduisis, le 16 novembre, une soucoupe avec du sucre légérement humecté; puis jallai présenter une petite baguette enduite de sirop 4 une abeille sortant de la ruche A. Cette abeille s’étant cramponnée a la baguette pour sucer le sirop, je la transportai dans la niche sur le sucre, ou elle resta cing ou six minutes jusqu’a ce qu’elle se fut bien gorgée; elle commenga alors 4 voler dans la mche, puis deca et dela devant le treillage, la téte toujours tournée vers la niche, et enfin elle prit son vol vers la ruche, ot elle rentra. “Un quart d’heure se passa sans qu’il revint une seule abeille ala niche ; mais, 4 partir de cet instant, elles vinrent successive- ment au nombre de trente, explorant la localité, cherchant l’entrée de la niche qui avait du leur étre indiquée, et ot Vodorat ne pou- vait nullement les guider, et, 4 leur tour, vérifiant, avant de re- tourner a la ruche, les signes qui leur feraient retrouver cette précieuse localité ou qui leur permettraient de Vindiquer a d’autres. Tous les jours suivants les abeilles de la ruche A vinrent plus nombreuses 4 la niche ot j’avais soin de renouveler le sucre hu- mecté, et pas une seule de la ruche B n’eut le moindre soupcon de l’existence de ce trésor et ne vint voier de ce cété. II était facile, en effet, de constater que les premiéres se dirigeaient ex- clusivement de la ruche 4 la niche, et réciproquement.”’ * Huber's Natural History of Ants, p. 374. +t Ann. des Sci. Nat, 1852, p. 288. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. 113 Considering the immense number of bees in a hive and the number of very young ones, it seems almost incredible that the bees of a hive should all be known to one another. Yet we are assured by some writers that it is so. Gelien, for instance, says, “Qwune abeille tombe par accident, ou soit poussé par le vent dans une ruche qui n’est pas la sienne, elle est saisie et mise a mort 4 Vinstant, comme suspecte de mauvais desseins”’*. Burmeister also, in his excellent ‘ Manual of Entomology,’ says that “ The power of communicating to their comrades what they purpose is peculiar to insects. Much has been talked of the so- called signs of recognition in bees, which is said to consist in re- cognizing their comrades of the same hive by means of peculiar signs. This sign serves to prevent any strange bee from intru- ding into the same hive without being immediately detected and killed. It, however, sometimes happens that several hives have the same signs, when their several members rob each other with impunity. In these cases the bees whose hive suffers most alter their signs, and then can immediately detect their enemy.’’ }. Huber mentions that some ants which he had kept in captivity haying accidentally escaped, “met and recognized their former companions, fell to mutual caresses with their antenne, took them up by their mandibles, and led them to their own nests; they came presently in a crowd to seek the fugitives under and about the artificial ant-hill, and even ventured to reach the bell-glass, where they effected a complete desertion by carrying away suc- cessively all the ants they found there. In a few days the ruche was depopulated. These ants had remained four months without any communication” t. This statement has been very naturally copied by succeeding writers, and adopted without hesitation. See, for instance, Kirby and Spence’s ‘Introduction to Ento- mology,’ vol. ii. p. 66, and Newport, ‘Trans. of the Entomo- logical Society of London,’ vol. ii. p. 239. Latreille also mentions that he once cut off the antenne of anant, and that one of its companions, “evidently pitying its sufferings, anointed the wounded part with a drop of transparent fluid from its mouth ;”’ but the constant repetition of this statement in works on entomology indicates that other similar cases have not been met with. Messrs. Kirby and Spence, indeed, say that “‘ whoever * ‘Le Conservateur des Abeilles,’ p. 140. + Burmeister’s ‘ Entomology,’ p. 502. t Huber, p. 172. 114 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. attends to what is going forward in the neighbourhood of one of their nests, will be pleased to observe the readiness with which they seem disposed to assist each other in difficulties. Whena burthen is too heavy for one, another will soon come to ease it of part of the weight; and if one is threatened with an attack, all hasten to the spot to join in repelling it’? *. These statements imply, on the part of bees, wasps, and ants, a great amount of intelligence. As I have already observed, how- ever, the observations recorded do not seem to me in all cases to bear out the inferences that have been drawn from them. More- over, when the conclusions are so important, we cannot be too sure of the facts; and however eminent, therefore, the authority may be, it is most desirable that the observations should be repeated. Another question connected with these insects on which I was anxious to make some experiments was the use of the antenne. That they are the means of communication there can be no doubt; but it is also the general opinion that they are, in addition, organs of sense. Whether, however, their functions are olfactory, or whether they serve as ears, is still a poiut on which entomolo- gists are divided. Our great entomologist Newport, in a paper specially devoted to the subject, says :— “These facts, connected with the previous experiments, have convinced me that the antenne in all insects are the auditory organs, whatever may be their peculiar structure—and that, how- ever this is varied, it is appropriated to the perception and trans- mission of sound.” Dr. Ormerod also, who was so careful an observer of our British wasps, was of opinion that “the proper function of the antenne seems to be that of an instrument of communication in the social tribes, and of an organ of hearing in insects gene- rally *{. “The majority of modern physiologists and entomologists agree in explaining the antenne as organs of hearing, as we have already remarked. Kirby and Spence’s representation (whose names were inadvertently omitted to be mentioned there as the authori- ties for our opinions) conveys so much conviction that we may * Vol. ii. p. 55. + Newport, “On the Antenne of Insects.’ Trans. Ent. Soc. vol. ii. p. 245. t Natural History of Wasps, p. 73. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. 115 almost consider it settled, although we must at the same time admit that all the difficulties are not solved’’*. Dr. Braxton Hicks, also, and M. Lespés, who have specially studied the anatomical structure of antenne, are of opinion that they are organs of hearing f. The weight of authority, then, in favour of this view (comprising, as it does, Sulzer, Scarpa, Schneider, Borkhausen, Bonsdorf, Carus, Straus-Dirckheim, Oken, Burmeister, Kirby and Spence, Lespés, and Hicks) is very great. Nevertheless other eminent entomo- logists, as, for instance, Lyonet, Kiister, Robineau-Desvoidy, Vogt, and Erichson, regard these organs as the seat of the sense of smell. These are but afew of the many interesting questions which yet remain unsolved with reference to the social Hymenoptera. I present, therefore, the following observations to the Society with much diffidence; for I am well aware that they are but frag- mentary. It will, however, be some months before I shall be able to prosecute them any further; and I trust that in some points they may be found not devoid of interest. I hope also that in consequence of bringing them before the Society I may re- ceive some suggestions with reference to future inquiries. Bees. It will be observed that the current statements with reference to the language of social insects depend much on the fact that when one of them, either by accident or in the course of its rambles, has discovered a stock of food, in a very short time many others arrive to profit by the discovery. This, however, does not necessarily imply any power of describing localities. If the Bees or Ants merely follow their more fortunate comrade, the matter is simple enough; if, on the contrary, others are sent, the case becomes very different. In order to test this, I proposed to keep honey in a given place for some time, in order to satisfy myself that it would not readily be found by the Bees, and then, after bringing a Bee to the honey, to watch whether it brought others, or sent them—the latter of course implying a much higher order of intelligence and power of communication. I therefore placed some honey in a glass, close to an open * Burmeister’s ‘ Entomology,’ p. 415. + Transactions of the Linnean Society, vol. xxii. p. 395. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 9 116 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. window in my sitting-room and watched it for sixty hours of sunshine, during which no bees came to its I then, at 10 o’clock in the month of June, went to my hives, and took a bee which was just starting out, brought it in my hand up to my room (a distance of somewhat less than 200 yards), and gave it some honey, which it sucked with evident enjoyment. After a few minutes it flew quietly away, but did not return; nor did any other bee make its appearance. The following morning I repeated the same experiment. At 7°15 I brought up a bee, which sipped the honey with readiness, and after doing so for about five minutes flew away with no appearance of alarm or annoyance. It did not, however, return ; nor did any other bee come to my honey. On several other occasions I repeated the same experiments with a like result. Altogether I tried it more than twenty times; and I am satisfied that these bees cannot all have lost themselves or met with accidents. Indeed I never found bees to return if brought any considerable distance at once. By taking them, however, some twenty yards each time they came to the honey, I at length tramed them to come to my room. On the whole, however, I found it more convenient to procure one of Marriott’s observatory hives, both on account of its construction and also because I could have it in my room, and thus keep the bees more immediately under own eye. My room is square, with two windows on the south-west side, where the hive was placed, and one on the south-east. Besides the ordinary entrance from outside, the hive had a small postern door opening into the room ; this door was provided with an alighting-board and closed by a plug; as a general rule the bees did not notice it much unless the passage was very full of them. I then placed some honey on a table close to the hive, and from time te time fed certain bees on it. Those which had been fed soon got accustomed to come for the honey ; but partly on account of my frequent absence from home, and partly from their difficulty in finding their way about, and their tendency to lose themselves, I never could keep any marked bee under observation for more than a few days. Out of a number of similar observations I give the following in detail, as throwing some light on the power of communicating. facts possessed by the bees; they will also illustrate the daily occupations of a working bee. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. 117 August 24. I opened the postern door at 6.45 and watched some marked bees till the middle of the day. 6.50. Geol 7.26. 8.40. 10.35. 10.45. 12.35. Uo @, 7.12, 7.24: 7.42. 7.52. 8. 5. 8.15. 8.26. 8.40. 8.55. Bee no. 1. One came to the honey. She then flew to the window, but after buzzing about for some time returned to the hive. Back to honey. 7.23. Back to hive. - 7.30. Flew to window and then fell on the floor. IJ was afraid she would be trodden on, so at 7.45 I showed her the way to the hive. Back to honey. 8.45. Back to hive. I now closed the postern door till 10.15. Back to honey. 10.39. To hive. 3 and then to hive. s 12.37. To hive again. Bee no. 2. She came to the honey. 7. 5. She went back to the hive. Back to the honey. UlgPes " . 7.30. is a 7.46. i ”? Se ” ; 8. 9. a 8.20. : . 8.30. 5 : 8.44. OO: 93 9 I then closed the door till 10.15 ; at 9.5, however, she came round to the honey through an open window, but could not find her way back, so I had to put her into the hive. 10.15. 10.20. 10.30. 10.50. Wie dhe II 11.33. 11.45. 12. 0. 12.10. 12.24. Back to the honey. 10.17. She went back to the hive. FS 10.23. $3 » 10.33. . 10.55. ” ll. 6. ” e 11.23. i ? : 11.50. 5 12. 3. 12.15. . 12.5 ” OV. ” Q* 118 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. 12.37. Back to the honey. 12.43. She went back to the hive. 12.52, ; 12.56. i Bee no. 3. Also on August 24. 10.16. Came to honey. 10.19. Returned to hive. 10.30. i 10.34. ‘ 10.55. j 10.57. e TL, 24, 3 11. 5, ” ith a s 11.15. 2 11.24. 2 11.27. , 11.35. ‘ 11.37. 5 11.45. i 11.47, : 11.57. oj P ” 12.13. i 12.16. 2 12.26. i Be ESO) : 12.36. H 12.42. f 12.56. ; 12.59. is The next day I timed this bee as follows :— 7.23. Came to honey. 7.25. Returned to hive. 7.35. ‘s 7.37. y 7.44. 5 7.45. # 8.10. si 8.12. , 8.53. . 8.55. a (The door was then closed till 9.30.) . 9.35. 5 9.40. To window, and at 9.49 to hive. 10. a 10. 5. Returned to hive. 10.13. " 10.15. ie 10.22. ‘ 10.26. 2 10.35. : 10.40. c 10.45. a 10.48. - 10.56. as ? a TO fe 3 11.12, 5 11.18. s 11e20: s 11.35. 11.37. ' 11.47. X 11.51. s 12, 2. . 12. 6. : 12.25. : 12.29. zi 12.51. us 12.54. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. 119 August 26. Opened the postern at 6.30. 6.46. The same bee as before came to the honey. 6.47. Back to hive. 6.58. She returned to the honey. 7. 0. 4 i Oe 7.25. é 7.32. u 7.35. 5 TAB. +, 7.48. ” Ue are 7.59. a 5 Side 9 SELONE 5 8.22. E S85 8.43. » During these observations scarcely any unmarked bees came to the honey. In these cases, the postern being small, and on one side, was not very easily found. If the honey had been in an open place, no doubt the sight of their companions feasting would have attracted other bees; but in this case the honey was rather out of sight, being behind the hive-entrance, and was moreover only accessible by the narrow and winding exit through the little postern door. But however exposed the honey might be, 1 found similar results, unless the bees were visible to their fellows. Thus on the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th October two or three marked bees were paying regular visits to some honey in my sitting-room ; but during the whole time very few unmarked bees came to the honey. I will now give a few more cases which tend to show that bees which have found a supply of sweets do not tell their fellows of the discovery. 9.19. I brought a bee to some honey. 9.24. She returned to the hive. 9.55. She came back to the honey. 10. 0. 3 10. 8. £p D 10.10. 35 53 10.16. bp 3 10.19. +3 3 10.28. % 10.30. 5 3 10.37. *) ; 10.40. 3 33 10.50. % 3 10.53. % 3 1. 0. 5 11. 4. p 3 11.11. 51 5s 11.15. rp 3 11.22. 5 5 11.27. ° 60 11.34. . “5 11.37. i _. 11.46. 59 33 11.50. 5 vt 11.55. 9% 5 12. 0. 5 Ms 12. 6, ” * 12. 7. » » 120 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. 12.40. She came back to the honey. 12.46. She returned to the hive. 12.54. oF 12.57. rp £6 2: 5 9 1. 4. 9 ” Flew about. Tals 6 » 1.18. » » 1.23. ” ” 1.27. 9 » 1.34. 9” ” 1.41. ” ” 1.54. ” ” 2. 0. ” 9 After which she did not return. During this time no other bee came to the honey. Again on another occasion I watched several bees, which on my list of marked bees stood as Nos. 3, 4, 7,8, 19 and 11. 9.45. Bee No. 10 came. 9.50. Went back to hive. 10. 0. A LO ts: 10. 3. sr 10.18. lO as 10.21. cs 10.26. ERTS ess 10.30. "4 10.30. = Aes 10.35. Be 10.36. 3 Wives 10.45. re 10.46. 5 Ae 10.52. ee 10.49. 5 hie. 10.52. i 11. 0. 5 Mess 1]. 9. i TW 53 4 ,, ARO! 1A: ne hous 11.16. % 11.21. i iehees 11.29. bs 11.22. A strange bee came. 11.26. Bee No. 4 came. 11.31. “5 11.30. 4 Uo» 11.39. a =: eh) BION eas 11.36. ~ 11.40. Z 4 , 11.45. " 11.45. 5 le Be 11.50. si 11.47. ft LO 33 159: 5 ,, Another strange bee came. 12.1. BeeNo.4 ,, 12. 6. e 12. 2. y Ue icp 12. 8. i 12. 3. 6 BS fi5 eis 3 12. 4. ah els 83 WAS Ce As 12.14, .s nes 12.18. 12.17. is 4 iss 12.21. 4 12.24, iD (eae 12.31. ee 12.30. Be NOV 12.38. Ms 12.36. % ovat, 12.46. A. 12.37. Fr 4, 4 12.44. 12.37. Fy ne 0 ee 12.40. % 12.45. Fy LON Be 12.49. es 12.50, is (ene 12.54. D 12.50, pA 4 ,, 12.54. Bt 12.53. gy IMO va 12.56. 3 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. 121 12.57. Bee No. 7 came. 1257 1. 0. Ne 2 1. 9. 1.10. 1.10. 1.16. 1.17. 1.20. 1.20. 1.21. 1.23. 1.29. 1.29. After this I ceased recording in detail; but the above shows that while the marked bees came regularly, only in two cases did any unmarked bees come to the honey. In the above cases the honey was poured into saucers, but not weighed. In the following I used a wide-mouthed jar containing rather more than 1 1b. of honey. 1.44. Bee No. 1.54. De Op. 2. 9. 2. 9. 2.18. 2.19. 2.28. 2.37. 2.32. 3.49. 2.52. 3.10. 3.11 4 ” 10 29 TP ORONO RYO RA 5 5) 5 +) 1 5 1 1 1 1 came. 1 Uc ete 0. 2. NO Went back to hive. 1.45. Went away. 1.58. b OF ne ee S ot oe bo i or wWPNNPYrnpwpwwb rp eo a ” eB . A stranger care which I numbered as No. 14. 3.13. Went away. . Bee No. 1 came. 3.19. 3.20. 3.19. 3.30. 3.31. 3.37. 3.38. 3.38. 3.47. 3.46. 3.54. po eS — = He RE OTH Ol FB ot on 3.22. 3.23. 3.23. 3.32. 3.33. 3.40. 3.42. 3.41. 3.49. 3.51, 3.56. ” 22 ” \ She was disturbed. 122 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. 4. 4. 4, 4, 5 10. Bee No. | came. 4, 3. Went away. During the whole of this time only one strange bee came, as recorded above. In the following case I put out, besides 1, lb. of honey, also 4 oz. of honey spread over two plates. 12.15. One of my marked bees came. 12.26. She returned. 12.36. 12.51. 1. 4. 1.15. 1.25. 1.38. 1.49. 2. 2.14. 2.25. 2.38. 2.50. 3. 5. 3.20. 3.39. 3.52. 4. 7. 4.15. 4.27, 4.43. 4.50. Homie 5.25. 5.42. 5.56. 6.14. During this time no other bee came to the honey. 12.21. She went. 12.31. 12.44. 12.57. 1.12. 1.19. 1.32. 1.44. 1.55. 2. 7. 2.19. 2.33. 2.44. 2.58. 3.13. 3.32. 3.45, 4. 4,9. 4.20. 4.32. 4.45. 4.59. 5.13. 5.31. 5.48. 6. 1. a She was dis- [turbed. Not satisfied with this, I procured a fine honeycomb weighing 123 lbs, and brought to it one of my marked bees SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. 123 at 2.40, 2.47. She went back to the hive. 3. 4, She returned. 3.13, 5 %p 3.27. - 3.37. 95 ” 3.46. 4 3.56. He i 4. 6. i 4.18. 5 ” 4.26. 4.44, - a 4.54. 5.10. % ” 5.18. 5.26. A Bs 5.36. - 5.46. B 5 5.54. ” 6. 7. ” ” 6.16. A 6.27. ‘ 9% 6.34. i 6.46, 8 ‘3 6.51. 5 7. 4. p ” 7.14. Me During the whole of which time only one strange bee came. In this case it will be observed that she remained longer at the honey than in the previous instances. The intervals during which she was away were as follows :— Ist visit 9 minutes, Sad alow Std S ai Ath re Ona, Sheer sane 6th, (ole ae 7th or) 8 ee 8th ” 9 ” 9th +) 7 ” LOE YB) OG, Lh Oe a It seems obvious, then, that the bees which had found the honey did not communicate their discovery to the others. Though the bees came readily out through the little postern door of my observatory hive, they had much difficulty in finding their way back until they had done so several times. For instance, the following may be taken as a typical case :— August 8th. At 6.50 a bee came out through the little postern door. After she had fed, she evidently did not know her way home; so I put her back. At 7.10 she came out again. I again fed her and put her back. 124 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. At 10.15 she came out a third time; and again Thad to put her back. At 10.55 she came out again, and still did not remember the door. Though I was satisfied that she really wished to return, and was not voluntarily remaining outside, still, to make the matter clear, I turned her out of a side window into the garden, when she at once returned to the hive. At 11.15 she came out again ; and again | had to show her the way back. At 11.20 she came out again; and again I had to show her the way back (this makes five times) ; when, however, at 11.80 she came out again after feeding, she returned straight to the hive. At 11.40 she came out, fed, and returned straight to the hive. At 11.50 she came out, fed, and returned straight to the hive; she then stayed in for some time. At 12.30 she came out again, but seemed to have forgotten the way back; after some time, however, she found the door and went in. Again :—August 24 at 7.20 a bee came through the postern; I fed her; and though she was not frightened or disturbed, when she had finished her meal she flew to the window and had evidently lost her way; so at 8 o’clock I in pity put her back myself. August 29. A bee came out to the honey at 10.10; at 10.12 she flew to the window and remained buzzing about till 11.12, when, being satisfied that she could not find her way, I put her in. Nay, even those who seemed to know the postern, if taken near the other window, flew to it, and seemed to have lost themselves. This cost me a great many bees. Those which got into my room by accident continually died on the floor near the window. This is also well shown by the following experiments :—At 10.15 I put a bee into a bell-glass 18 inches long and with a mouth 63 inches wide, turning the closed end to the window; she buzzed about till 11.15, when, as there seemed no chance of her getting. out, I put her back into the hive. Two flies, on the contrary, which I put in with her, got out at once. At 11.30 I put another bee and a fly into the same glass; the latter flew out at once. For half an hour the bee tried to get out at the closed end; I then turned the glass with its open end to the light, when she flew out at once. To make sure, I repeated the experiment once more, with the same result. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. 125 Some bees, however, have seemed to me more intelligent in this respect than others. A bee which I had fed several times and which had flown about in the room, found its way out of the glass in a quarter of an hour, and when put in a second time came out at once. Another bee, when I closed the postern door, used to come round to the honey through an open window. Bees seem to me much less clever in finding things than I had expected. One day (April 14, 1872) when a number of them were very busy on some berberries, I put a saucer with some honey between two bunches of flowers; these were repeatedly visited, and were so close that there was hardly room for the saucer between them, yet from 9.30 to 3.30 not a single bee took any notice of the honey. At 3.301 put some honey on one of the bunches of flowers, and it was eagerly sucked by the bees; two kept continually returning till past five in the evening. One day when I came home in the afternoon I found that at least a hundred bees had got into my room through the postern and were on the window, yet not one was attracted by an open jar of honey which stood in a shady corner about 3 feet 6 inches from the window. One day (29th April, 1872) I placed a saucer of honey close to some Forget-me-nots, on which bees were numerous and busy ; yet from 10 a.m. till 6 only one bee went to the honey. I put some honey in a hollow in the garden wall opposite the hives at 10.30 (this wall is about five feet high and four feet from the hives); yet the bees did not find it during the whole day. On the 30th March, 1873, a fine sunshiny day, when the bees were very active, I placed a glass containing honey at 9 in the morning on the wall in front of the hives; but not a single bee went to the honey the whole day. On April 20 I tried the same experiment, with the same result. September 19. At 9.30 I placed some honey in a glass about four feet from and just in front of the hive; but during the whole day not a bee observed it. As it then occurred to me that it might be suggested that there was something about this honey which rendered it unat- tractive to the bees, on a following day I placed it again on the top of the wall for three hours, during which not a single bee came, and then moved it close to the alighting-board of the hive. It remained unnoticed for a quarter of an hour, when two bees observed it ; and others soon followed in considerable numbers. 126 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. Some days, indeed, the bees did not seem to care about honey. Thus, September 19, I placed eleven bees one by one on some honey not far from the hive; they all fed well and returned quietly to the hive, but not one came back to the honey. Indeed, under such circumstances, though the bees almost invariably fed with every appearance of enjoyment, comparatively few returned to the honey, even when it was not above 20 or 30 yards from the hive. As regards time, the examples given above may be taken as fair illustrations ; and on the whole it seems that, if honey is easily procurable and near the hive, a bee will on an average make about five excursions in the hour. Sometimes, however, a bee will stay for hours inside the nest, even when the day is suitable and other bees are out ; for instance, on the 24th August a marked bee remained in the hive all the morning. Burmeister, in the passage already quoted (ante p. 115), says that bees have a sign which serves to prevent any strange bee from intruding into the hive without being immediately detected and killed, This seems to rest on a statement of Gélien, who believed that in each hive the bees had some common sign or pass-word. As evidence of this, he mentions * that one of his hives had been for some days robbed by the bees from another ; “et je désespérais de conserver cet essaim, lorsqu’un jour, sur le soir, je le vis fort inquiet, fort agité, comme s’il eit perdu sa reine. Les abeilles couraient en tout sens sur le devant et le tablier de la ruche, se flairant, se taitant mutuellement, comme si elles eussent voulu se dire quelque chose. C’était pour changer leur signe de reconnaissance, qu’elles changérent en effet pendant la nuit. Toutes les pillardes qui revinrent le lendemain, furent arrétées et tuées. Plusieurs échappérent aux gardes vigilantes qui défendaient l’entrée, avertirent sans doute les autres du danger qu’elles avaient couru, et que l’on ne pouvait plus piller impunément. Aucune de celles qui voulurent recommencer leur déprédation, ne pénétra dans la ruche dont elles avaient fait leur proye, et qui prospéra merveilleusement.”’ Dujardin, however, has suggested another explanation of this case. He thinks that the behaviour of the bees indicated not a change of sign or password, but an alteration in the state of the * Le Conservateur des Abeilles, p. 145. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. LOT queen in relation to the colony, which thus resumed its ordinary condition, and found itself in a position to repel the invaders. However this may be, the observation of Gélien, though curious and interesting, scarcely seems to bear out the conclusion he has drawn from it. So far as my own observations go, though bees habitually know and return to their own hive, still, if placed on the alighting- board of another, they enter it without molestation. Thus :— On May 4 I put a strange bee into a hive at 2 o’clock. She remained in till 2.20, when she came out, but entered again directly. I was away most of the afternoon, but returned at 5.30; at six she came out of the hive, but soon returned; and after that I saw no more of her. May 12. A beautiful day, and the bees very active. I placed twelve marked bees on the alighting-board of a neighbouring hive. They all went in; but before evening ten had returned home. May 18. Again put twelve marked bees on the alighting-board of another nest; eleven wentin. The following day I found that seven had returned home; the other five I could not see. May 17. Took a bee and, after feeding her and marking her white, put her to a hive next but one to her own at 4.18. She went in. 4.22. Came out and went in again. 4.29. Came out. I fed her and sent her back. 4.385, Came out. Took a little flight and came back. 4.45 went in, butreturned. 4.52. Went in. 4.53. Came out. 4.56. x 4.57. 4.58. ue epee: is , took another little flight, and returned. I fed her again. 5.25. Went in again. 5.28. Came out again. 5.29. 7 5.31. at 5.33. 5.36. 5.40. 29 5.46. Shut her and the others in with a piece of note-paper. 6.36. One of the bees had eaten its way through. I opened the door ; and several, including the white one, came out directly. Till 6.50 she kept on going in and out every minute or two. Hardly any bees were flying, only a few standing at the doors of most of the hives. At7.20 she was still at the hive-door. 128 SIR JOAN LUBBUCK ON BEES AND WASPS. May 20. Between 6 and7 I marked a bee and transferred her to another hive. May 21. Watched from 7.30 to 8.9 in the morning without seeing her. At half past six went down again, directly saw and fed her. She was then in her new hive; but a few minutes after I observed her on the lighting-stage of her old hive ; so I again fed her, and when she left my hand she returned to the new hive. May 22. 8 o’clock. She was back in her old hive. May 23. About 12.80 she was again in the new hive. As far as my experience goes, bees which have stung and lost their sting always die; not, however, immediately. On August 25 a bee which had come several times to my honey was startled, flew to one of the windows, and had evidently lost her way. While I was putting her back, she stung me, and lost her sting in doing so. I put her in through the postern, and for twenty minutes she remained on the landing-stage ; she then went into the hive, and after an hour returned to the honey. After this, however, I did not see her any more. As regards the affection of bees for one another, it is no doubt true that when they have got any honey on them, they are always licked clean by the others; but I am satisfied that this is for the sake of the honey rather than of the bee. On the 27th of September, for instance, I tried with two bees: one had been drowned, the other was smeared with honey. The latter was soon licked clean; of the former they took no notice whatever. T have, moreover, repeatedly placed dead bees by honey on which live ones were feeding, but the latter never took the slightest notice of the corpses. Dead bees are indeed usually carried out of the hive; but if one is placed on the alighting-stage, the others seem to take no notice of it, though it is soon pushed off by the movements of the others. I have even seen the bees sucking the juices of a dead pupa. Inght.—Though bees do not come out at night, they seem to be much affected by hight. One evening I lit a small covered lamp to go down to the cellar. A bee which was out came to it, and, flying round and round like a moth, followed me the whole of the way there. Colour.—I have also made a number of experiments with refer- ence to colours, on which, however, I will not now dwell. I will only say that it seems clear that bees can distinguish colours. For SiR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEERS AND WASPS. 129 instance, on the 2nd of October I placed some honey on slips of glass resting on black, white, yellow, orange, green, blue, and red paper. A bee which was placed on the orange returned twenty times to that slip of glass, only once or twice visiting the others, though I moved the position and also the honey. The next morning again two or three bees paid twenty-one visits to the orange and yellow, and only four to all the other slips of glass. I then moved the glass, after which, out of thirty-two visits, twenty-two were to the orange and yellow. These and other experiments seemed to me to show a real disposition, which was also well marked in the case of wasps, towards the orange and yellow. That they can see blue, however, is indicated by the following experiment :—Oct. 6. I had ranged my colours in a line, with the blue at one end. It was a cold morning, and only one bee came. She had been several times the preceding day, gene- rally to the honey which was on the blue paper. This day also she came to the blue; I moved the blue gradually along the line one stage every half hour, during which time she paid fifteen visits to the honey, in every case going to that which was on the blue paper. Sound.—Aug. 29. The result of my experiments on the hearing of bees has surprised me very much. It is generally considered that to a certain extent the emotions of bees are expressed by the sounds they make *, which seems to imply that they possess the power of hearing. I do not by any means intend to deny that this is the case. Nevertheless I never found them take any notice of any noise which I made, even when it was close to them. I tried one of my bees witha violin. I made all the noise I could, but to my surprise she took no notice. I could not even see a twitch of the antenne. The next day I tried the same with an- other bee, but could not see the slightest sign that she was con- cious of the noise. On Aug. 31 I repeated the same experiment with another bee, with the same result. On the 12th and 18th of September I tried several bees with a dog-whistle and a shrill pipe; but they took no notice whatever, nor did a set of tuning- forks which I tried on a subsequent day have any more effect. These tuning-forks extended over three octaves, beginning with a below the ledger-line. I also tried with my voice, shouting &e. close to the head of a bee; but in spite of my utmost efforts, the * See for instance Landois, Zeits. f. wiss. Zool. 1867, p. 184. 130 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. bees took no notice. Irepeated these experiments at night when the bees were quiet; but no noise that I could make seemed to disturb them in the least. Temper.—t found the temper of the bees very variable. Gener- ally they allowed me to handle them without any sign of irritation ; while at other times, without any reason which I could discover, they stung me sometimes several times ina day ; they seemed the more prone to do so the hotter the weather. Wasps. Sept. 18. I had in my room a nest of Humble Bees, which I fed with honey. The honey was also visited by wasps. One evening I marked one of these wasps (No. 1) which visited this honey; she was a large female of V. germanica; her last visit to the honey that day was at 6.30. The next morning she came for the first time at 7.25, and fed till 7.28, when she began flying about the room and even into the next; so I thought it well to put her out of the window, when she flew straight away to her nest. My room, as already mentioned, had windows'on two sides; and the nest was in the direction of a closed window, so that the wasp had to go out of her way in going out through the open one. At 7.45 she came back. I had moved the glass containing the honey about 2 yards ; and though it stood conspicuously, the wasp seemed to have much difficulty in finding it. Again she flew to the window in the direction of her nest, and I had to put her out, which I did at 8.2. At 8.15 she returned to the honey almost straight. 8.21, she flew again to the closed window, and apparently could not find her way; so at 8.35 I put her out again. It seems obvious from this that wasps have a sense of direction, and do not find their way merely by sight. At 8.50 back to honey, and 8.54 again to wrong window; but finding it closed, she took two or three turns round the room, and then flew out through the open window. At 9.24 back to the honey; and 9.27 away, first, however, paying a visit to the wrong window, but without ali¢hting. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. 131 At 9.36. Back to the honey, and 9.39 away, but, as before, going first to wrong window. She was away therefore 9 minutes. 9.50. st H 9.53 away, this time straight. ,, ll ,, 10. ‘ i 0,7. + heli eae 10.19. Be 10.22, WD eg 10.35, Fe Fe 10.39 ,, ple beon ss 10.47. % Ne 10.50 _,, Baoan 11. 4. i * IO e ee ee 11.21. a A Os aanlaane 11.34. i W373 ean) We 11.49. 5 is Ee pee ls) i oka 12. 3}, ” 9 12. 5 9 7 ll 5 12.13. “i * 12.153 ,, ja OMe, 12.25. " . 12.28 ,, Ome 12.39. i A 12.43 _,, sama Le! 12.54. . be LE faaee 55 ules 1.15. 3 * WON) og Pen tole Veare WAG ne 5 1.50 ,, Sue) te Here for the first time another specimen came to the honey. At 1.37. Back to the honey, and 1.39 away (was rather disturbed, 1.46. a * 149 ,, asI tried to Interval 7 ,, 1.54. A es 1.58 ,, mark her). Pea O)e ery: 25D “ a DAT (GN pee ffegtiet 8 2.15. BS 3 2.19 ,, 50 Ore Gs 2.27 .* es 3 DISD) os Peet gh 2.39. * i 2.42 ,, tie udbiaies? 2.50. i as 2.54 ,, Sits Sees ay, 2 6 . 35 6)'5 a iaite de ne, 3.14. ie i Sulifeane eS eo 3.26. . i 3.29 ,, z RAN SO pew hag 3.38. mi s 3.42 ,, fare ea 3.50. 3 53 Byite y Poplin ecient A Tf 4 - 412 ,, Su ORM, 4.20. 5 re 4,23. ,, jo SBA 4,32. a - 4.36 ,, rat) Oia ae 4.46. _ + 4.49 _,, LOR 5. ah A Doe he wh : 5.13. ms se alias LOM 5.26. ” 3 HB) 5, te 5.40. a s 5.44 ,, satel ORE. 5,04. e is 5iDo ea) ae Ganie 3 +5 6.11 ,, Sie Sener 6.20. 3 6i25eie asi, 1 Oimemicts She did not come any more that day; but, as will be seen, * She very often, however, throughout the day, in going away, flew to the other window first, and then, without alighting, returned to and went through the open one. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 10 1382 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. she had made forty-five visits to the honey in eleven hours. During the whole of this time no strange wasp, except the one above mentioned, came to this honey. The following day, September 20th, this wasp made her ap- pearance in my room at 6.55, when she flew straight to the honey. At 6.55 came to the honey. 6.59 went away. Uo 8 FF 7.10 FY Absent 9 minutes. — 7.18 ie 7.22 A 5 8 ” 7.30 - 7.82 x % 8 ” 7 Al % 7.45 a 9 9 ” 7.53 7 7.06 PA 5 8 ” 8. 4 3 Or iaiee. es si sO eet 8.15 Mt 8.18 ra 5% 8 os 8.27 8.30 a PY) 9 ” 8.38 s 8.41 fs 3 8 » 8.50 Fe 8.53 * *5) 9 ” 9. 1 a 9. 4 Ny » 8 ” 9.12 7” 9.15 3 3 8 ” 9.22 BS 9.25 4 rp 7 ” 9.34 5 9.36 me 5 9 ” 9.46 F 9.51 “ eet) 7p 10. 1 - 10. 3 3 yp wo ” 10.18 5 10.18 5 mo) ” 10.28 i 10.30 a » LO ” 10.88 > 10.42 _,, Phy Pee of 10.53 a 10.56 5 a Ul ” ING 7 5 11.11 * se a4 11.21 5 ge STO se 3 LOR 11.32 Ms 11.36 te 50 7 ” The wasp which came once yesterday returned and rather disturbed the first. At 11.49 came to the honey. 11.50 went away. Sells 5 URS, 12 * 5 7 9 12. 8 . 12.11 we 9 8 ” Here I was away for about two hours. 2.42 came tothe honey. 2.46 went away. 2.58 3. 2 a Interval 12 minutes. 3.15 0 3.17 A wy 13 3 3.25 3 3.28 - *) 8 35 Here I was called away. 4.25 came to the honey. 4.28 * 4.41 “ 4.45 3 ‘ 13 ) 5.15 " 5.19 » mow) op 5.30 3 5.35 4 % ll > 5.45 S 5.50 a 5 10 s) 6. 2 : 6. 6 i a 12 3 6.15 ” 6.17 » ” 9 ” SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. 133 This was the last visit that day. She made therefore thirty- eight visits during the time she was watched, which was not quite eight hours. She was at work from 6.55 to 6.15 ; and assuming that she was occupied in the same manner during the three hours when she was not watched, as during the rest of the time, she would have made over fifty visits to the honey during the day. Wishing, however to have a complete record of a day’s work, I watched her the following day without intermission. September 21. I began watching at ten minutes past six. 6.16. She came to the honey. 6.19. She went away. 6.29. 5 6.32. rf An interval of 10 minutes. 6.41. me 6.44. ” 9 ” 6.55. 3 7. 5 ” WL a ep GAL. 4 7.15. $5 2p ll ” 7.23. 3 7.26. S 9 8 ” 7.37. *p 7.42. . ” il ” 7.56. Sh Sh 05 HEE on Was disturbed and seemed rather troubled. §.11. She came to the honey. 8.14. She wentaway. An interval of 8 minutes. 8.20. = 8.24. ie *s Oi hes 8.31. 2 8.34. ss * Tos 8.40. ie 8.42. a w 6 5p 8.50. Es 8.52. 3 5 Sete 8.58. a 9. “ 3 Gets, 9, 8. 0s One = Me Sie 9.18. a 9.22. t 5 ce 9.30. Fs 9.32. 3 5 Spiers 9.39. - 9.40. . _ Toes 9.50. . 9.54. i fs LO Raeess 10. 1. aS 10. 5. a bp 7 10.14. rR 10.17. 3 5 Qohias 10.25. h3 10.28. * 5 Bios 10.37. 5 10.40. % . 9 ” 10.47. mw 10.51. i 6 Gin aalsss iil = Tabs Gy o a Was a7. u 11.20. # ' Le 11.34. * RIBYE a 35 Deas 11.50. oh 11.53. i NSS 12. 5. sa 12. 8. $5 - D2 ass 12.20. ss 12.24. < = Wop 12.36. a 12.40. s 3 Un 18s i Heli D 7 oes 1,26. ey 1.28. ” ” 15 3” 1.40. aA 1.42, x FF WA ss 1.57. ! 2. YD, Ms ¥ Tater: 134 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. 2.10. She came to the honey. 2.13. She went away. An interval of 8 minutes. 2.25. p 2.30, sp a Wn 2.45. 3 2.56. aa i ees, She buzzed about at the other window for a few minutes, which made the interval longer than usual. 3.18. She came to the honey. 3.18. She went away. An interval of 17 minutes- 3.29. fi Bsiy A a 1d) Das 341. i 3.45. es :S LORE 3.49. % 3.52. - - Ah i 4, 2, i 4, 6. : \ TE Figs 4.19. a 4.22, ‘ . 13 oan 4.29, i 4.33. ii " 7 ae 4.40. : 4.44, y * Lees 4.51. : 4.53. . 5 7 ae 5. 4. 4 5. 6. . i. 11 yas 5.16. 7 5.20. " NO! glee 5.82. ss 5.35. us e Ds, 5.45. - 5.50. t A IOs, Tt will be seen that the intervals of her absence were remark- ably regular. On one occasion, indeed, she was only away four minutes ; but this time I think she had been disturbed and had not provided herself with a regular supply of food. The number of visits was fifty-one in eleven hours and a half. I tried whether she would be in any way affected by a dead wasp, so I put one on the honey; but she took no notice whatever. I observed with other wasps, that when the open window was not the shortest way to their nests, they had a great tendency to fly to that which was in the right direction, and to remain buzzing about there. During the whole of this day, only four or five strange wasps came to the honey. As regards‘the regularity of their visits, and the time occupied, other wasps which I observed agreed very closely with this one. For comparison, it may be worth while to give one or two other eases. I will commence with that of a worker, I believe V. vul- garis, observed on the 19th September. - 10 a.m. I put her to the honey, she fed and then flew about the room and at last got into my bee-hive. 10.54. She came in again at the window. I again put her to the honey. She again flew all about the room. 11.41. She returned and this time came to the honey ; but when she had fed again flew round and round the room, and SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. 135. did not seem able to find her way out. I therefore put her out. 12:11. She returned, and the same thing happened again. 12.28. She came back to the honey. 12.31. Flew straight away. 12.45, i 12.53. 3 12.57. 55 1.10. 55 1.26. i 1.29, i Interval 1.38. rr 1.41. 33 9 minutes. 1.50. * 1,53. Fr 9 s 2. 3. i 2. 6. ‘5 10 : 2.12. Ee 2.16. ss 6 % Was disturbed. 2.20. B 2.25. A ES ae 2.40. 5 2.43. A 15 5 2.51, es 2.54. rs 8 3 Sule - 3. 4. Hs 7 Ps 3.13. 95 3.16. 7 9 i 3.25. 5 3.28. 9 3 3.35. 3 3.38. 53 7 % 3.46. a 3.50. 5 8 3 3.58. oS 4. 1, s 8 is 410. 3 4.14, 5 9 3 4.23. s 4.25, % 9 3 4,34, 3 4.38. e 9 Py 4.46. & 4.50. 5 8 H 4.58. - 5. 4. 8 PA 5,14. », Was disturbed and flew about = 8 5 She did not return any more that evening, but made her appearance again at half-past six the next morning. From twelve o’clock, when she had learnt her way, till five, she made twenty-five visits in five hours, or about five an hour, as in the previous cases. It struck me as curious that on 1 ihe following day this wasp seemed by no means so sure of her way, but over and over again went to the closed window. I will give one other illustration :— September 21. At 11.50 I fed a wasp. 11.56. She returned to honey. 11.57. Flew away. 12. 6. 3 3 12. 8. 3 1.25. . 5 1.27. :, 1.37. sf i 1.39. » 1.57. “és ) 2. 0. 3 136 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. 2.15. She returned to honey. 2.17. Flew away. 2.22. 09 7 2.25. p 2.32. . is 2.36. 55 2.50. * 5 2.55. 5 3. 2. “3 3. 4. oF 3.14. 5 H5 3.18. a 3.28, ~ : 3.30. 5 3.40. - 3.44, 5 3.01. 7 Se 3.55. “ 4. 4. o 4. 8. is 4.16. : 4.20. d ? . Ny 4.31. Fs 4.37. . f 4.41, 4.46. 3 - 4.48. ” 4.57. . ' 5. “ 5. 9. 7 st 5.12. . 5.22. % i” 5.26. 2 5.31. * : 5.36. i After the above facts we may, I think, well say “ How doth the little busy wasp.” Even Mr. Ormerod seems hardly to have done justice to his favourites. He is very severe on those wasps which “take up their quarters on the wrong sides of our window.” “TI have nothing” he continues * “to say on behalf of these wasps; they are a nuisance and a terror to all who have little children. They are mere stragglers, who have lost all feel- ing of good fellowship, have deserted their nest, and are leading a freebooter’s life.” Many of them, on the contrary, I am satis- fied, are perfectly respeetable wasps which have unfortunately lost their way. My experiments, then, in opposition to the statements of Huber and Dujardin, seem to show that wasps and bees do not convey to one another information as to food which they may have discovered. No doubt, when one wasp has discovered and is visiting a supply of syrup, others are apt to come too ; but I believe that they merely follow one another. If they communicated the fact, considerable numbers would at once make their appearance ; but I have neyer found this to be the case. The frequent and regular visits which my wasps paid to the honey put out for them proves that it was very much to their taste; yet few others made their appearance. For instance, on the 19th September, as recorded above, only one wasp came of herself to the honey ; this wasp returned on the 20th, but not one other. The 21st was a hot day, and there were many wasps * Natural History of Wasps, p. 245. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. 137 about the house; my honey was regularly visited by the two marked wasps; but during the whole day only five others came to it. September 22. Again only only one strange wasp came up to one o’clock. September 27. Only one strange wasp came. October 2 and 3. These days were cold; a few marked bees and wasps came to my honey, but no strangers. October 4. Two strangers. October 6. Only one stranger. On these days the honey was watched almost without intermis- sion the whole day, and was more or less regularly visited by the marked bees and wasps. These and other observations of ihe same tendency seem to show that, even if wasps have the power of informing one another when they discover a store of good food, at any rate they do not habitually do so. On the whole, wasps seem to me more clever in finding their way than bees. I tried wasps witi the glass mentioned on p. 124; but they had no difficulty in finding their way out. Sounds.—My wasps, though courageous, were always cn the alert, and easily startled. It was, for instance, much more difficult to paint them than the bees ; nevertheless, though I tried them with a set of tuning-forks covering three octaves, with a shrill whistle, a pipe, a violin, and my own voice, making in each case the loudest and shrillest sounds in my power, I could see no symptoms in any case that they were conscious of the noise. I made also a number of experiments with reference to colour, which have satisfied me that wasps, like bees, are capable of distinguishing colours. I am anxious, however, to repeat and extend these observations, and shall then hope to have the oppor- tunity of laying them before the Society. The following fact struck me as rather remarkable. The wasp already mentioned at the foot of p. 185 one day smeared her wings with syrup, so that she could not fly. When this happened to a bee, it was only necessary to carry her to the alighting-board, when she was soon cleaned by her comrades. But I did not know where this wasp’s nest was, and therefore could not pursue a similar course with her. At first, then, 138 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES AND WASPS. I was afraid that she was doomed. I thought, however, that I would wash her, fully expecting, indeed, to terrify her so much that she would not return again. I therefore caught her, put her in a bottle half full of water and shook her up well till the honey was washed off. I then transferred her to a dry bottle and put her in the sun. When she was dry I let her out, and she at once flew to her nest. To my surprise, in 13 minutes she returned as if nothing had happened, and conti- nued her visits to the honey all the afternoon. This experiment interested me so much that I repeated it with another marked wasp, this time, however, keeping the wasp in the water till she was quite motionless and insensible. When taken out of the water she soon recovered ; I fed her; she went quietly away to her nest as usual, and returned after the usual absence. The next morning this wasp was the first to visit the honey. I was not able to watch any of the above-mentioned wasps for more than a few days; but I kept aspecimen of Polistes gallica for no less than three months. ~—~~~®_ I took her, with her nest, in the Pyrenees early in May. The nest consisted of about twenty cells, the majority of which con- tained an egg ; but as yet no grubs had been hatched out, and, of course, my wasp was as yet alone in the world. I had no difficulty in inducing her to feed on my hand; but at first she was shy and nervous. She kept her sting in constant readiness ; and once or twice in the train, when the railway officials came for tickets, and I was compelled to hurry her back into her bottle, she stung me slightly—I think, however, entirely from fright. Gradually she became quite used to me, and when I took her on my hand apparently expected to be fed. She evenallowed me to stroke her without any appearance of fear, and for some months I never saw her sting. When the cold weather came on she fell into a drowsy state, and I began to hope she would hibernate and survive the winter. I kept her in a dark place, but watched her carefully, and fed her if ever she seemed at all restless. She came out occasionally, and seemed as well as usual till near the end of February, when one day I observed she had nearly lost the use of her antenne, though the rest of the body was as usual. She would take no food. Next day I tried again to feed her ; but the head seemed dead, though she could stil! move her MR. R. MCLACHLAN ON ONISCIGASTER WAKEFIELDI. 139 legs, wings, and abdomen. The following day I offered her food for the last time; but both head and thorax were dead or paralyzed ; she could but wag her tail, a last token, as I could almost fancy, of gratitude and affection. As far as I could judge, her death was quite painless ; and she now occupies a place in the British Museum. Ants. My experiments with ants have not been very succcessful; I may, however, just mention the following :— On the 29th of December I took some red ants and placed them in a glass in my room. On the 4th of March following I put four of them back into their nest, but could not see any sign of joy on their part, or any evidence that they were recog- nized by their former companions. As, however, they soon went down into their nest and were out of sight, this observation was not very satisfactory. J therefore took some of the ants which had been left in the nest, and placed them in the glass. They joined the others, and crossed antenne in the usual way ; but I saw no special signs of satisfaction or recognition. For the sake of comparison, I put some other red ants with them, and I could observe no difference of behaviour. On Oniscigaster Wakefieldi, the singular Insect from New Zea- land, belonging to the Family Ephemeride ; with Notes on its Aquatic Conditions. By Rosert McLacutay, F.LS. [Read March 19, 1874.] (Plate V.) Ar the Meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science held at Bradford in September of last year, I brought before the notice of Section D a very singular species of Ephe- meride that I had just received from my friend C. M. Wakefield, Esq., of Christchurch, Canterbury Settlement, New Zealand, and which I proposed to name Oniscigaster Wakefieldi, the generic term being suggested by the formation of the terminal abdominal segments, they being provided on each side with wing-like corne- ous acute expansions strongly resembling a portion of an Oniscus or of some other Crustacean, and the true relationship of which, 140 MR. ROBERT MCLACHLAN ON if examined only as a fragment, would scarcely be suspected. I had then received only female imagos ; and an account of them (with a wood-cut) was published almost simultaneously in the Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine for October 1874, vol. x. pp. 108-110. I have nothing to add to the generic diagnosis of the 2 imago there given, excepting to indicate that instead of the 7th to the 9th abdominal segments only bearing the lateral cor- neous dilatations, the 6th to the 9th are really so furnished, a fact of which I was before doubtful, as indicated by a foot-note. Recently I have received a further supply of the insect from Mr. Wakefield, and this time including males and the female subimago, before unknown to me. The male has, as I suspected, its eyes simple (as in the female), and very much longer anterior legs (a usual character in the family); but the abdomen is not much less robust than that of the female, and the middle tail is scarcely more abbreviated. The penultimate ventral segment carries a pair of 5-jointed forcipate appendages *. I proceed to give an amended generic diagnosis of the female, and add thereto that of the male. ONISCIGASTER. (2 Jmago.) Corpus elongatum, valde robustum. Ale quatuor ; postice sat late, ovales ; omnes venulis transversalibus ubique (anticee apicem versus minus dense) regulariter reticulatee. Pedes antici reliquis vix longiores; tarsi omnes 5-articulati, subeequaliter biunguiculati, posticorum articulo 4° brevi sed valde distincto. Abdomen valde elongatum et robustum ; segmentis 6°-9° utrinque conspicue corneo-alatis, acute pro- ductis; ultimo parvo, elongato, obtuso-conicali: ovivalvula nulla: caude tres elongate, sed mediana ceteris gracilior et brevior. (3 Imago.) Oculi utin @ integri. Pedes antici valde longiores. Cauda mediana paullo brevior. Abdomen infra segmentum nonum appendicibus forcipatis 5-articulatis instructum. Tn its specific characters the male agrees with the female per- fectly in coloration. The forcipate abdominal appendages are * Five joints are unusual, four being the normal number ; but it appears to me that the so-called second joint actually exists, and is defined by a suture. ONISCIGASTER WAKEFIELDI. 141 slender and white, excepting the more robust basal joint, which is brownish. The female subimago differs in the body being greyish rather than a decided brown; and the wings are uniformly smoky-grey (the anterior pair paler at the base), which coloration is caused by the subimaginal pellicle. I give here an extended specific diagnosis. ONISCIGASTER WAKEFIELDI. (2 Imago.) O supra nigro-fusea; thorace nitido; abdomine indistincte pallido-vario, infra flavido, nigro-punctato, segmentis singulatim macula magna nigra utrinque signatis: caudz flavo-albide. Pedes flavi, late nigro-annulati. Ale vitreee, anticarum dimidio basali et posticis Omnino lete fuliginosis: venze venuleque nigre; his ad anticarum marginem costalem valde incrassatis, nigro-marginatis et suffusis: humeris nigris vel nigro-fuscis. Long. corp. (sine caudis) 10’ (= 21 mill.); exp. alar. 19'’ (= 40 mill.). (2 Subimago.) Corpus griseum vel fusco-griseum. Ale subopace, griseo-infumatee (anticz ad basin paliidiores); venis ut in Q colo- ratis. (3 Imago.) Corpus paullo minus robustum ; appendicibus albis, articulo primo robusto, paullo fusco-tincto, 2° parvo, 3° valde elongato, gracili, curvato, 4° et 5° brevissimis, zqualibus; peni elongato triangulari, fusco, ad apicem exciso. Long. corp. (sine caudis) 93’” (= 19 mill.) ; long. caud. extern. circa 8’” (= 17 mill.) ; medianz 23'"(= 5 mill.) ; exp. alar. 163'” (= 35 mill.). The value of Mr. Wakefield’s last consignment was greatly increased, inasmuch as accompanying it were two individuals of the aquatic conditions of the insects in spirits. These are so interesting that a somewhat detailed description is necessary. They are of different ages, and may be termed ‘larva’ and ‘nymph’ respectively, though, as is well known, these stages are defined in the Ephemeride by no abrupt line of demarcation such as exists in the life-history of insects with more complete meta- morphosis. I use the terms as a matter of convenience, because the larger individual has strongly developed rudimentary wings, and is evidently nearly mature, whereas the smaller only pos- sesses the thoracic lobes which indicate the position of the wings. I proceed to consider the larger individual, or “ nymph,’ first. It is 123'” (= 26 mill.) in length including the tails, and 9!” 142 MR. ROBERT MCLACHLAN ON (= 19 mill.) excluding those organs, which themselves are 33" (= 7 mill.) long. Probably it has arrived at its last stage, immediately before assuming the aérial condition of subimago, the rudimentary wings extending slightly over the suture between the third and fourth abdominal segments. The general colour (as is usual with many aquatic larvee) is undecided, but may be termed greyish-olive. The head is small, with simple hemi- spherical eyes. The antenne in this individual are mutilated, but probably they resembled those of the smaller specimen noticed below. The frontal portion of the disk, above, forms a slightly concave triangular space bordered by raised keels on either side ; and these are continued as a single keel to the front margin, which is rounded ; and when viewed from beneath, attached to it is seen the transversely subquadrate clypeus, and the large labrum, the front edge of which is very slightly rounded and raised and with obsolete angles, the margins being slightly ciliated. The mandibles are very broad; viewed from above there are two strong blackish teeth on the outer angle, each divided mto two or more smaller teeth ; and to these succeeds a concave edge ; and the mner angle and edge possess what seems to be a pectinated fringe. Viewed from beneath the external teeth are still more prominent, and they are succeeded by a long moveable testaceous spine, the inner angle and margin being provided with a kind of cup-shaped sucker formed by the dense pectinated fringe (if such it really be) noticed above: the dentition &c., of the two man- dibles is not quite symmetrical, that which frequently occurs in insects. The maxille are large and elongate, with strong teeth on the apical portion, and with a false suture, giving them the appearance of being divided into two longitudinal portions. The maxillary palpi are 3-jointed, stout, all the joints nearly equal in length, but each successively rather thinner. The labiwm is deeply divided into four palpiform lobes, the two on one side being curved in a direction opposed to those on the other, so that the two inner approach each other at base and apex. The labial palpi are 3-jointed, very stout, the apical jot obtuse and con- siderably shorter than the others. The pronotwm is very narrowly transverse. The mesonotum and metanotum are consolidated into one large convex oval piece, with a median longitudinal suture and two semilunate fovez posteriorly ; the posterior margin pro- duced into a lobe. The rudimentary wings are elongate, ellipti- cal, and with strong indications of yeins. The abdomen is some- ONISCIGASTER WAKEFIELDI. 143 what depressed, broadest at the third segment, and gradually decreasing to the apex; each segment (excepting the tenth, and perhaps the first) is produced at the sides into an acute wing-like dilatation (similar to that on the terminal segments of the imago) ; and, in addition, there is a like-formed tooth, or dilatation, placed vertically on the middle of each segment, forming a serrated dorsal crest ; on the dorsum of each segment, from (I think) the second to the sixth, is, on each side,a large rounded external gill or branchial lamina, very densely reticulated by a network of tracheal ramifications, most densely on the margins, because on the disk they form somewhat large cellules; each gill overlaps that on the succeeding segment, and is possibly double, for there appears to be an indication of a lower gill one half shorter than the upper ; but I have been unable to separate them: these gills are only well-defined when the animal is floating free in the spirit ; for they are so delicate that they disappear if it become at all dry: the tenth or terminal segment is somewhat conical: viewed from below the rudiments of the appendages are plainly discernible in the male nymph, proceeding from the margin of the penultimate segment and indistinctly 3-jointed, the middle joint being the longest ; between them are two tubercles indi- cating the rudiments of the penis. The three ¢az/s are of nearly equal lengths, rather short, and each gradually attenuated to the end ; the two outer are curved inwardly at the apex; each has a long dark space in the middle ; the joints are short and indistinct, excepting under a high power, when the sutures are plainly visible, and seen to be furnished with minute blackish teeth ; internally each of the outer tails has long ciliations; and the median is ciliated on both sides, all the cilia interlacing and giving to the tails when in the spirit the appearance of a single broad lamina. The Jegs are short and rather stout, without teeth ; the trochanters small; the femora are the longest and stoutest joints, the tibie being shorter and less stout, and with a false suture near the base causing an appearance of a small intermediate joint; the monomerous tarsi are longer than the tibie, and articulated to them in a very oblique manner; the end claw is short and curved, acute at the apex. The smaller individual or “ larva’’-is 10’ (= 21 mill.) long, including the tails, and 73’ (=16 mill.) without the tails; its greatest breadth is 24’" (=5 mill.), The antenne are short, composed of twelve more or less moniliform joints, whereof the 144 MR. ROBERT MCLACHLAN ON two at the base are much stouter than the others ; they gradually diminish in stoutness from base to apex, the apical joint being subacute. (As these organs are wanting in the more mature individual, it is impossible to say if the number of joints varies according to age.) ‘The thoracic lobes (whence the wings eventu- ally proceed) only partially cover the sides of the second abdo- minal segment. In other respects this individual does not differ structurally from that above described, only that (supposing it to be also a male) there are no indications of the rudimentary appendages &e. This remarkable insect would appear to be common at Christ- church ; for Mr. Wakefield says the cast subimaginal skins are no rarities there, sticking on walls, windows, &c.; and he modestly accords the credit of its original discovery to his fellow townsman Mr. Fereday, who some years since sent an individual intended for me to this country, but which, by an accident, never came under my notice. The Rey. A. E. Eaton (the author of the elaborate ‘ Monograph on the Ephemeride’ in the Transactions of the Entomological Society of London, 1871, Part i.) remarks that the structure of the aquatic conditions shows that the creatures are of active habits, swimming freely among water-plants, &c. and not semi- fossorial, as is the case with some members of the family. He thinks the genus related to Stphlurus (which has an indication of lateral expansions of the abdominal segments), and through it distantly to Cloéon, but in the earlier states rather than in the imago; for Cloéon has double eyes in the male. With regard to my idea of there being a second smaller branchial plate under the large upper one, he rather inclines to the belief that it is only an illusory appearance caused by infla- tion with the spirits ; but to my eyes the appearance became more marked ina plate I had detached, and which became dry from evaporation. I tender my warmest thanks to Mr. Eaton for information as to probable habits and affinities, which his critical knowledge of the group renders additionally valuable. The great lateral expansion of the margins of the abdominal segments is without a parallel in any known perfect insect of the group. In the aquatic conditions there are occasional indications of it, especially in the extraordinary Betisca obesa of Say, a North-American species, the nymph of which has been described by the late B. D. Walsh (from specimens found in Illinois). ONISCIGASTER WAKEFIELDI. 145 But in this species there is an enormous development of the thoracic surface, this portion of the body forming a kind of carapace, covering all but the terminal segments of the abdomen, and concealing the rudiments of wings. And it must be noted that the formation of the abdominal segments in the aquatic con- ditions of Betisca disappear in the perfect and subimaginal con- ditions, which are only remarkable for the very obese thorax. The formation is again seen in the terminal segments of the extraordinary animals described by Latreille as a genus of branchiopod Crustacea under the name of Prosopistoma, but which, I think, are now sufficiently proved by the French entomologists N. and E. Joly (father and son) to be the aquatic conditions of some unknown species of Ephemeride, although when they first expressed the idea of such a connexion I confess to having been sceptical. The typical examples of Prosopistoma may be re- garded as belonging to an insect inhabiting Madagascar, and are now in the Hopeian collection at Oxford, in charge of Professor Westwood. But the form also occurs in France, and was figured and described by Geoffroy in the ‘ Histoire abrégée des Insectes de Paris’ under the name of ‘ Binocle 4 queue en plumet.’ It was re-found many years afterwards by Duméril in the Bois de Boulogne, but again disappeared until the Messieurs Joly found it in the Garonne, at Toulouse. It, like Betisca, has also an enormous carapace, but of a more rounded form. Latreille de- scribed it as Prosopistoma punctifrons, placing it,as before stated, among the branchiopod Crustacea ; and though succeeding authors copied his description, its position among the Crustacea was never thoroughly admitted. I think we must accord tothe Jolys the merit of having discovered its true position: but it is hard to imagine what the perfect insect can be like; for no European species yet known shows any approach towards the characters so prominent in these aquatic creatures*. That these are not Crustaceous is sufficiently proved by the fact that the Messieurs Joly have at length discovered five pairs of gills on the first five * One is tempted to ask the questions:—Can there be minute apterous Ephemeride ? and can the imago of Prosopistoma be in that condition? Such a thing is by no means impossible; for apterous exceptions exist in almost all groups of winged insects. If so, it would account for the absence of wing- rudiments in all the individuals dissected by the Jolys. The solution of the mystery surrounding Prosopistoma is waited for impatiently by all entomolo- logists who take an interest in the more philosophical branch of the science. 146 REY. T. RB. BR. STEBBING ON A abdominal segments, hidden under the thoracic carapace, as de- tailed in their account given in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Natu- relles’ for 1872, article 7, sufficient to bear them out in their “preuves péremptoires ” that the creatures are insects, and quite analogous to the branchial plates of Ephemeride. Having inci- dentally mentioned Prosopistoma, I thought it right to enter into the question of its relations according to the researches of the French entomologists, especially as, at one time, I had expressed myself uncertain as to the correctness of their deductions. EXPLANATION OF PLATE Y. Fig. 1. Male imago; 1 a, underside of apex of abdomen; 1 4, appendages and penis, from beneath. . Female imago. . Female subimago. . Portion of “ larva ;” 4a, antenna of the same. . “Nymph” nearly mature; 5a, leg; 50, branchial plate; 5c, labrum ; 5 d, maxilla, with palpus and mandible, seen from above; 5¢, the same, seen from beneath ; 5 f, labium and palpi; 5, apex of abdomen, from beneath. or B Co bo A new Australian Spheromid, Cyclura venosa; and notes on Dy- namene rubra and viridis. By the Rev. T. R. R. Stessine, M.A., of Tor-Crest Hall, Torquay. (Communicated by W. W. Saunvers, Esq., F.R.S., V.P.L:S.) [Read May 7, 1874. ] (Puates VI. & VIL.) Tux Spheromid figured in the accompanying Plate appears to belong to a new genus of that family. It was “found under stones in Sidney harbour, in society, at the lowest ebb tides,” by Mr, Stevenson, when collecting in Australia some years ago for W. Wilson Saunders, Esq., F.R.S., from whom I received the specimen. The generic character consists in the attachment of the inner plate of the uropoda to a tooth which projects both forwards and upwards from the extremity of the tail, and in the extension of both plates of the uropoda beyond this projecting tooth, the outer plate folding partially beneath the inner, but extending beyond it. Jt agrees with the Australian species Cymodocea armata in the prolongation of the seventh segment of the body over the tail. This process in the species now under description is not unlike NEW AUSTRALIAN SPH E®ROMID. 147 that of the sixth segment of Campecopea hirsuta; but it does not extend over more than half the tail, and is rather thinner in the middle than at the end, which has a slightly nasal or trilobed ap- pearance. On either side midway between this central trunk and the flanks, this seventh segment is armed with a small tooth on the hind border, beth berder and trunk being more or less scabrous. ‘The pleon, or tail, is convex, with two curves—the first showing three lines of segmentation, the second, and larger, con- stituting the terminal tail-segment. ‘This is granulated, and bears two small serrated elevations commencing at the base and scarcely extending beyond the process of the seventh body-segment above described, immediately under which they lie. Between these there is a shallow depression in the convexity of the tail, conti- nuing, indeed, beyond them, but becoming shallower and almost imperceptible. At the base of the terminal tail-segment a deep socket receives the apparently immovable articulation of the inner tail-appendages. These lie clese along the nearly straight and somewhat flattened margins of the terminal segment, free from, but fitted to, a very fine semicylindrical elevation upon the margin. The end of the tail presents a rather broad, but very shallow, excavation flanked by a small tooth on either side, while from its centre projects the tooth mentioned above in the generic description, to which the inner tail-appendages have every ap- pearance of being firmly soldered. The tail-appendages them- selves are curiously marked round their edges, the markings being below the surface. The closely set lines of this border-venation give off two or three branchlets apiece, which run quite to the margin. The outer plate is rather deeply concave above; and when the outer plates are folded as far as they will go peneath the inner, an appearance is presented of semicircle within semi- circle, both the inner and the outer curve having a diameter greater than the width of the body, which tapers slightly towards the head. Having regard to this appearance, which makes the animal very unlike the other members of the Spheromid family, the genus may be called Cyclura, with venosa for its specific desig- nation, in allusion to the markings of the uropoda. It remains only to mention that the length is about half an inch, and that the body-segments are armed on each side with « small projecting ridge which runs out ito an angle or tooth towards the tail. While introducing what appears to be a species of a new LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XII. ik 148 REV. T. R. BR. STEBBING ON A NEW AUSTRALIAN genus, I shall endeavour to keep down the number of divisions in this family by pointing out that what have been hitherto received as two species of Dynamene (or Cymodocea, Milne-Edwards), namely rubra and viridis, are in reality identical. Ifthe colour of these creatures is to be taken as a specifie distinction, instead of two species, we shall have to make a considerable group. Specimens are exceedingly abundant at Torquay, and the coloration is very variable. All are speckled, though to the unassisted eye many appear to be plain green or red. The greens and reds vary from very light to dark. Many of the green specimens have all the seg- ments fringed with thin red lines. Some examples have a rich brown or deep purple aspect, which under the microscope is found to be produced by a close intermingling of small red and green patches with crowded black specks over the whole surface. Very frequently both on the red and green specimens there are two conspicuous patches of light green—one on the body near the head, the other on the tail. These look almost white against darker shades of the same colour. Occasionally a thin line of lighter colouring runs down the centre of the body, looking like a small fragment of bleached coralline, such as the net often takes up in sweeping for these creatures. Another variety has splashes of dark brown or red on each side of the first body-segment and of the tail, with smaller splashes on their segments. What has been said of the colouring of D. rubra and D. viridis will apply equally well to that of D. Montagui. There are similar variations also in Idotea tricuspidata, of which Sir J. G. Dalyell, quoted by Spence Bate and Westwood, says, “their colour is dingy or brownish yellow, with three or four white specks down the centre of the back; or it is altogether of variegated hues, and some are mottled.” Messrs. Bate and Westwood themselves say, “this species varies greatly in its colour and markings; generally it is of a dirty greenish grey, but often has a pale longitudinal line down the middle of the back or on each side of the body whilst other specimens are marked, often irregularly, with large pale yellow or orange-coloured patches on the body and tail. According to our own experience, the colour of the animal is de- pendent upon that of the weed on which it lives. Those that live on the black fucus are generally very dark purple, while those that we find on the green Alge are brightly verdant.” The Tor- quay specimens of J. tricuspidata, which are to be had in great numbers, fully bear out these details of colour-variation ; and SPHAROMID, AND ON DYNAMENE RUBRA AND VIRIDIS. 149 whatever the cause may be, it is very certain that many examples of Idotea and Dynamene correspond most closely in hue to the sea- weeds among which they are found. I have two small specimens of Idotea which are symmetrically banded with dark brown on a light ground. The smaller of the two has the extremity of the tail, or pleon, not quite so round as that of I. parallela, but without any apical tooth or cusp, indications of which are generally present even in very minute specimens of tricuspidata. The other (fig. 12) must be assigned to Ldotea pelagica, unless that is itself only a variety of tricuspidata. Among the Asellide, Jera albifrons has many variations of hue. Messrs. Bate and Westwood say of it, “ the general colour is ashy, but very much varied in its shades in dried specimens, with the front of the head whitish.” In fact, however, the differences belong to living examples, which may be had ashen-grey, light brown, dark purplish brown, purple and green-banded, and plain green. Among the Aerespirantia that which comes nearest in general resemblance to Dynamene is Armadillo vulgaris, a species “ subject to great variation in the amount of its pale markings, which has led to the establishment of a great number of supposed species.” To this remark it may be added that not only do the pale mark- ings vary, but also the ground-colour, which may be dark steel- erey, or bright brownish red, or black, or even, though rarely, creamy white. Colour, then, it will be seen, is an insufficient basis for specific distinction among crustaceans, at any rate in the groups te which allusion has here been made. Passing on to the other differences which have been noted be- tween D. rubra and D. viridis, we find the one said to be narrowly ovate and the other broadly ovate. This, however, is a character which seems to depend on the age and size of the individual. In Idotea tricuspidata the variations in the breadth of the body com- pared with that of the tail are very considerable ; but one would no more think of specifically separating the broad and the narrow examples than one would of making a fat man a distinct species from a thin one. There is, moreover, a peculiarity occasionally to be observed in Dynamene, whether red or green, and also in D. Montagui, which would seem decisive against the use of breadth as a specific character; for examples may be found of which the head and first four segments of the body are narrow, while the remainder of the body and the pleon, or tail, are broad He 150 © ON DYNAMENE RUBRA AND VIRIDIS. (figs. 9 and 11). The effect to the eye of the perfectly abrupt transition is very curious. The animals exhibiting this forma- tion appeared, when taken, if one may judge from their activity, to be perfectly healthy. It seems possible that these animals may now and then not shed the whole of their integumentary tissues at the same time, and that in consequence the hinder portion is able to expand while the front remains contracted. It is certainly the case that a Ligia oceanica in confinemeut thus parted with only a portion of its integuments, those, namely, of the pleon and the three hinder body-segments. The only other point which seems to be depended on as dif- ferentiating D. rubra from D. viridis relates to the little longitu- dinal slit in the terminal tail-segment, which is said in rubra to be “of equal width throughout,’ or “nearly of equal width throughout its entire length,” and in viridis to be “ widest at its base,’’ or “ considerably widened at its base; the extremities of the sides of the slit sometimes closely approximating or touching each other,’ with the additional remark that “in the young states the sides of the terminal slit of the tail gape to a considerable width at their extremities.” The small slit in question much resembles the slit in the leaf of the sweet-scented Coltsfoot, and probably varies in its proportions in different individuals, much as that proper to the plant in different leaves. Neither separately nor together do the differences in colour, breadth of body, and width of the terminal slit seem to be of specific value. Idotea tricuspidata, so often referred to, would give a set of exactly parallel differences, in colour, breadth of body, and length of the apical termination ; and the rule which is perforce admitted in regard to these, cannot fairly be withheld from applying to the case of Dynamene. I propose, therefore, to unite the two so-called species D. rubra and D. viridis under the name of Dynamene varians. ‘There is, however, a Crimean Dyna- mene (=Campecopea versicolor, Rathke; Cymodocea versicolor, Milne-Edwards) which, for all that we can tell from the description in the great French work, may be the same as our English D. va- vians. The description is as follows :—“ Corps ovulaire, bombé et lisse. Téte arrondie ; fente du dernier article de abdomen un peu élargie 4 sa base. Habite les cétes de la Crimée.’’ All the cha- racters here given for the Russian apply equally to the English species ; and, as habitat is no guide whatever, our only reason for thinking varians and versicolor distinct is, as far as the distim- ON FIVE NEW SPECIES OF GONYLEPYTES. 151 guished French author is concerned, that he gives them different names and separate notices in his valuable work. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puate VI. . Cyclura venosa, seen from above, natural size. . The same, enlarged. . The same, side view, natural size. . The same, enlarged. . Antennz and mouth. . Hind leg. . Front leg. “IO OUR Co Ne Puate VII. 8. Dynamene Montagui, normal form, enlarged. 9. Dynamene Montagui, showing constriction of front segments. 10. Dynamene varians, normal form, enlarged. 11. Dynamene varians, constricted form. 12. Idotea pelagica. Descriptions of five new Species of Gonyleptes. By Anrtuur G. Burter, F.LS., F.Z.8., &e. [Read May 7, 1874.] (Puatse VIII.) Since the publication of my Monograph of the species of this in- teresting genus of Harvest-Spiders, the collection of the British Museum has been enriched by the presentation and purchase of several additional new species, which I now propose to describe. 1. GoNYLEPTES TERRIBILIS, 0. sp. (fig. 1). In some respects similar to G. armillatus. Colours: piceous; the sutures, prothoracic region, and sternal surface of cephalothorax dull testaceous ; palpi and chele testaceous; three front pairs of legs luteous ; coxe and femora of hind legs black ; tibize and tarsi piceous. Male. Above, oculiferous tubercle slightly prominent, obtusely bispi- nose, with a minute granule in front of each little spine; behind the oculiferous tubercle and in front of the transverse suture are two series of minute granules, the anterior row composed of four, the pos- terior of two; central area of cephalothorax separated into four divi- sions by the sutures, and covered with minute granules; margined by a series of small irregular tubercles, gradually increasing in size to- 152 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON FIVE wards hind margin, also an inner lateral series of minute irregular granules; hind margin bearing in the centre two slightly divergent, short, acute spines, and on either side a long, robust, slightly de- pressed, curved spine directed backwards over the coxee of hind legs, and having a minute tubercle on its inferior surface near the base; a second, robust, short, incurved spine on the postero-inferior edge of the ecoxal sheath; abdominal segments margined with tubercles ; legs rather long, femora of first three pairs minutely denticulate along their antero-inferior margin; third pair with three prominent denti- cles, tibial second joint also denticulate on its postero-inferior margin ; hind legs with coxe obtusely trispmose and denticulate; femora densely spinose; three curved spines on the interior surface of its proximal end prominent; tibiz densely spinose, the spines on inferior surface very prominent, increasing in length towards the proximal end, which terminates internally in four short radiating spines; tarsi densely denticulate ; palpi subcylindrical, with short slender spines ; cheliceres smooth, cylindrical; pincers serrated internally ; ventral surface of legs and cephalothorax minutely granulose. Length of cephalothorax 34 lines, of entire body (including closed che- liceres) 5 lines; relative length of legs 1, 3, 2, 4, the fourth pair being the longest. Huasampilla, Peru (Whitely). One example. B.M. This species may at once be distinguished from all its allies by the densely spinose character of the hind pair of legs. 2. GONYLEPTES DEFENSUS, n. sp. (fig. 4). Colours: pitchy; the oculiferous tubercle, the coxz of the first three pairs of legs, and the edges of abdominal segments yellow. Male. Above, oculiferous tubercle scarcely prominent, with two central granules; prothoracie area transversely oblongo-ovate; central area subrotundate, smooth, separated into four divisions by the sutures; extreme edge of the margin minutely granulose; hind margin termi- nating on each side in a robust, oblique, slightly depressed spine ; abdominal segments minutely granulose; three front pairs of legs nearly smooth, excepting the tibiz of the third pair, which are strongly dentate externally ; hind legs with coxe coarsely trispinose on their external lateral margins; femora rugose, with four increasing denti- cles on their external inferior margin at the proximal end; tibiz densely tubereulate and dentate-pectinate on both lateral margins ; palpi subcylindrical, rather rugose, with short slender spines; cheli- ceres subcylindrical, pilose ; ventral surface of cephalothorax coarsely rugose. Length of cephalothorax 23 lines; of entire body 3 lines; relative length of legs 1, 3, 2, 4, the fourth pair being the longest. Female differs from the male in the obsolete character of the posterior NEW SPECIES OF GONYLEPTES. 153 lateral spies of the cephalothorax and the much less robust and scarcely dentated hind legs. Falkland islands (T. Havers). Four specimens. B.M. This interesting little novelty is intermediate between the pre- ceding species and G. muticus of Koch. We have a second new species from the same locality, but, unfortunately, only of the female sex, so that itis hardly satis- factory to describe it. 3. GONYLEPTES FUNESTIS, n. sp. (figs. 5, 5 a, profile), Colours: piceous; streaked below with reddish testaceous ; the tips of the tubercles and spines of cephalothorax orange ; the legs at the ter- minations of the joints, the basal joints of palpi, a longitudinal streak on the femoral joint, the tips of the spies and the greater part of the chele of cheliceres testaceous; the spines and tubercles on the hind legs entirely orange ; the tarsi clothed with silky pale testaceous pi- losity ; cheliceres and palpi olivaceous (excepting the basal joints). Male. Above, oculiferous tubercle moderately prominent, with two slightly divergent short central spines ; two series of minute granules in front of transverse suture, the anterior series composed of four, the posterior of three : central area of cephalothorax separated into five divisions by the sutures, and trisegmeutate behind; the two front di- visions bear an orange tubercle and three minute blackish granules, the third a series of four minute granules, the fourth two central . orange tubercles and two minute granules, the fifth four minute gra- nules; the margin is rugose, and its outer edge granulose ; the three segmentations are granulose, the two central granulations on the se- cond and third segmentations being lengthened into acute spines; hind margin bearing on each side a long, robust, curved, depressed spine directed backwards; legs granulose and denticulated, the den- ticles very minute in the first two pairs and confined to the antero- inferior margin of the femora, longer in the third pair, and extend- ing along the tibie ; coxze of hind legs obtusely trispinose externally, the two lateral spinous processes projecting outwardly, the supero- terminal one almost perpendicularly, also a minute acute terminal spine on the infero-internal margin ; femora and tibize prominently tuberculate, the lateral tubercles on both sides elongated into obtuse spinous processes, most developed at the proximal extremity of the femora; palpi subcylindrical, with long slender spines; cheliceres cylindrical, pilose, pincers serrated internally ; ventral surface of ce- phalothorax smooth. Length of cephalothorax 43 lines, of entire body (inciuding closed che- liceres) 6 lines; relative length of legs J, 3, 2, 4. Chili (Reed). One specimen. B.M. 154 ON FIVE NEW SPECIES OF GONYLEPTES. 4. Gonyiepres REEDI, un. sp. (figs. 3, 3a, hind leg). Colours: cephalothorax dull reddish clay-coloured, spotted irregularly with black, its marginal ridge bright castaneous; the projecting border piceous, including the lateral spines and posterior segmentation ; cheliceres pitchy; palpi dirty testaceous; three front pairs of legs testaceous, third pair varied with piceous ; coxe of fourth pair casta- neous; femora piceous ; tibize piceous, clouded with castaneous ; tarsi bright ochraceous. Male. Above, oculiferous tubercle tolerably prominent, with two short, acute, divergent, central spines; posterior area of cephalothorax tri- segmentate, minutely and indistinetly granulated; ventral surface projecting laterally beyond margin, terminating in a long, robust, de- pressed spine; three front pairs of legs smooth ; coxz of hind legs externally obtusely bispinose; femora rugose, trispinose, the first at distal extremity projecting obliquely inwards from inferior surface, the seeond projecting laterally from first third of supero-internal margin, the third projecting obliquely downwards from supero-exter- nal margin close to proximal extremity ; at the proximal extremity is also a short, obtuse, incurved denticle ; tibize slightly curved, bearing seven to eight acute curved spines on the internal surface ; palpi sub- cylindrical, nearly smooth, with short slender spines; eheliceres cylin- drical, slightly rugese, the pincers minutely serrated internally ; ven- tral surface of cephalothorax smooth, of last two or three segments of abdomen minutely granulated. Length of cephalothorax 4 lines, of entire body (including closed cheli- ceres) 5 lines ; relative length of legs 1, 3, 2, 4. Chili (Reed). Two specimens. B.M. Belongs to the G. cwrvipes group, and allied to G. bicornis of Nicolet. 5. GONYLEPTES DOCILIS, n. sp. (figs. 2, 2a, hind leg). Same general form as preceding species. Colours: cephalothorax greenish testaceous, spotted at the sides and behind with black ; lateral spines and surreunding area black ; pos- terior third of ventral surface dull castaneous; a central longitudinal orange band ; three front pairs of legs and palpi bright ochreous; hind legs piceous at base above, dull castaneous below and at proximal ex- tremity ; tibiee and tarsi dull castaneous; termimal joints of tarsi of third pair of legs green. Male. Above, oculiferous tubercle shghtly prominent and bifurcate above but not spined; central area of cephalothorax separated into four divisions by the sutures and trisegmentate behind, the segmen- tations indistinctly granulated; lateral ridge slightly rugose ; project- ing ventral area terminating on each side of the hind coxe in a long, BONES OF TYPICAL REPTILES AND OTHER ANIMALS. 155 robust, depressed, bifid spine; three front pairs of legs smooth; coxe of hind legs terminating externally above in an obtuse, nearly perpendicular spinose projection; femora rugose, much curved, with a strong irregular spine projecting obliquely upwards from the upper surface of the distal extremity, a second shorter spine projecting late- rally from the internal surface at end of first third; also a number of obtusé pectinate denticles projecting from each side, but radiating at the proximal extremity ; tibiz rugose, with three long curved spines and several minute denticles projecting downwards and inwards from in- ferior surface, a space being left between the first two spines and the third ; tarsi simple; palpi subcylindrical, nearly smooth, with short slender spines ; cheliceres cylindrical, pilose, the pincers serrated in- ternally ; ventral surface of cephalothorax dull, but smooth; last two segments of abdomen minutely granulated. Length of cephalothorax 33 limes, of entire body, including closed che- liceres, 4 lines; relative length of legs 1, 3, 2, 4. Chili (Reed), One specimen. B.M. Possibly the G. bicornis of Nicolet, but without the double spine on the oculiferous tubercles, and with a different distribu- tion of spines on the hind legs, so that I suspect it to be distinct ; it is evidently allied to G. modestus of Nicolet. Resemblances between the Bones of Typical living Reptiles and the Bones of other animals. By Harry Govirr SEELEY, F.LS., F.G.8., Professor of Physical Geography in Bedtord College, London. [Read June 18, 1874.] PART I. THE SIMILITUDES OF CROCODILE BONES. § 1. The Mammalian Characters of the Crocodile. In the palate, Crocodiles are remarkable for the extent to which the posterior nares are carried backward by the closing over them of the palatine and pterygoid bones. This condition is paralleled in the great toothless ant-eater, Myrmecophaga, where the nares are carried back behind the pterygoid bones so as to make a flat uncleft palate. Nor is the resemblance less close in the fore part of the skull; for the immense toothless maxillary 156 MR. A. G. SEELEY ON OSSEOUS RESEMBLANOES and small malar of the Ant-eater, essentially reproduce what obtains in the Crocodile, though the arch is entire in Crocodiles and the malar is not styloid: the nasal bones also conform to the Crocodilian type, and the premaxillary bones are relatively as small. From the absence of a transverse bone in mammals, there are no palatal pterygoid fosse as in the Crocodile. But for the dicondyloid articulation, the back of the Ant-eater’s skull is in many respects Avian. The next nearest resemblance among mammals to the palate of the Crocodile is seen in the Cetacea, where the teeth are in some respects similar; yet the Crocodile is peculiar in having the posterior nares entirely embraced by the pterygoid bones. And the Porpoises diverge far from Crocodiles in the backward position of the anterior nares, by which the premaxillary bones, owing to their relation with the extremity of the snout and the nares, come to be developed to a great length. The scarcely divided occipital condyle is made by the exoccipital bones in Dolphins, and not chiefly by the basioccipital bone as in Croco- diles. Perhaps the nearest resemblance among mammals to the ex- ternal form of frontal bone of the Crocodile, is seen among Rodents like the Rabbit, in which the orbits are relatively large and approximate closely. But in Crocodiles the bone does not close in the brain, and is undivided laterally, which is rarely the case with mammals. In the vertebral column Crocodiles have but little in common with mammals and are distinguished from them by many charac- ters. Their vertebre are proccelian ; they have cervical ribs. Their dorsal ribs are attached by double heads to long transverse pro- cesses ; only one or two of the vertebree between the neck and back have the lower head of the rib attached to the centrum. This condition is characteristic of the dorsal vertebre in Myrme- | cophaga, while in the majority of mammals the rib articulates with two vertebra. And it is only among Cetacea, especially the true Whales, that the dorsal ribs are supported on long trans- verse processes as among Crocodiles. But the ribs of true Whales differ alike from those of mammals, birds, and Crocodiles in having but one head for the rib as among Lizards &e. The caudal vertebre retain the neural arch to the end of the tail, which is not the case with mammals. Some of the chevron bones have the two articular facets connected by a transverse BETWEEN TYPICAL REPTILES AND OTHER ANIMALS. 157 band, as figured by Wagler. This is also seen among certain of the Dinosauria, but not among mammals. The dorsal rib of a Crocodile is divided on each side into four pieces, of which only the large proximal part is fully ossified. In most mammals the rib consists of two pieces, though a few (as some Dolphins) have one or more of the ribs consisting of three elements. In Crocodiles the anterior part of the sternum widens, gives attachment to the pectoral girdle of bones, and is prolonged in front of them. In mammals the general aspect of the sternum is very like that of Crocodiles. The widening and forward pro- longation of the anterior sternal part is quite equalled among true Whales (e. g. Balenoptera); and the Pig, Tapir, Rhino- ceros, Lion, Seal, Thylacinus, for example, present anterior sternal elements similar in form to that of the Crocodile, but which are often compressed like the keel of the bird’s sternum, and give attachment usually to the first pair of ribs instead of to the pectoral girdle ; while the bones usually named coracoid and clavicle have but an uncertain existence in most mammals. In the Crocodile the scapula unites with another bone usually named the coracoid, to form the glenoid cavity for the humerus to work in. In mammals the humerus usually articulates with the scapula only. In monotremes it articulates with scapula and coracoid ; but then the coracoids underlap the episternum, and do not abut against the sternum as in Crocodiles. In the the Mole, among placental mammals, the humerus articulates with a scapula and coracoid, and, as in the Crocodile, that short strong bone abuts against the sternum. In shape the coracoid bone in Crocodiles is very like the scapula, but differs from it in being perforated in front of the articulation. Its elongation precludes comparison with mammals ; it is more like the bone in the Echidna than in the Mole. The scapula of the Crocodile, in its elongated flattened form, is not closely paralleled, the Mole and the Ox making the nearest approximations. It is wider from front to back at the humeral end than at the free end, and possesses a prearticular part, which are differences from mammals. In the small development and lateral position of the spine it resembles Echidna. The humerus of the Crocodile differs from that of most mammals in not possessing a pit at the distal end for the olecra- non-process of the ulna, and in having a crest at the proximal 158 MR. H. G. SEELEY ON OSSEOUS RESEMBLANCES end on the radial side of the bone. These conditions are repro- duced in Bats, where the humerus is proportionally much longer. Many pachyderms, like the Horse, have a radial crest; and the Walrus, Seal, Sloth, &c. have no marked olecranon-pit. The head of the mammalian humerus is never so much compressed from side to side as in the Crocodile, and usually has a trochan- teroid process in front of the articular surface, though this is wanting in Whales and in Man. The radius of the Crocodile offers no striking modification of its own, and is chiefly distinguished from mammals by its straight and more cylindrical shaft, and freedom from ridges, which are but faintly developed even when present. In proportion and form the ulna of the Crocodile is best matched by the African Ostrich, and is sufficiently distinguished from most mammals by wanting the olecranon-process, which, however, is sometimes but little developed, as in the Sloth ; but the mammalian ulna has not often the stoutness found in the Crocodile. The carpus of the Crocodile is peculiar in consisting of a large and elongated scapho-lunar, a smaller elongated cuneiform, and a pisiform in the proximal row. Distally there is a small sub- quadrate bone under the cuneiform. If it represents the bone in the same position in Chelonians, then the bones usually deve- loped as a distal row of carpals have no existence *. In the Grampus (Delphinus orca) the proximal row of carpals similarly consists of two bones ; but they are not elongated, and there is no pisiform bone; similarly there is a very small distal carpal. But most mammals have two rows of many-sided carpal bones. The form and proportions of the metacarpal bones and pha- langes is very similar to that of clawed mammals. Mammals, however, usually have the proximal end of the bone flatter and the distal end more globular; sometimes (e. g. the Lion) the metacarpals have a similar tendency to overlap each other at the proximal end. In number of phalanges in the long fingers Cro- codiles do not equal the Cetacea. The pelvis of the Crocodile is peculiar in the exclusion of the pubis from the acetabular articulation of the femur. In the Horse, Llama, and many mammals an approximation to such an arrangement may be detected ; and in Myrmecophaga the pubis * See, however, Gegenbaur’s ‘ Vergleichenden Anatomie,’ erstes Heft, 1864, pl. 3. BETWEEN TYPICAL REPTILES AND OTHER ANIMALS. 159 is almost, if not entirely, excluded, though not in the same way as in the Crocodile. In many mammals the articulation is chiefly formed by ilium and ischium, as in Hehidna and the Orang. In the Crocodile the ilium and ischium almost meet again in front of the articulation so as to form an acetabular foramen. As a whole the Crocodilian pelvis most closely resembles that of the Seals, though it meets the sacrum more nearly at a right angle. The ilium of the Seal differs from that of the Crocodile in being anchylosed to the ischium and pubis, in the oblique way (mam- malian way) in which it meets the sacrum, and in not being prolonged so far either backward or forward. As among the mammals, the pubis is the slender bone, while the ischium is larger. But in mammals the ischium usually has an osseous union with the pubis along the median abdominal line, which condition does not obtain in Crocodiles. Speaking generally, there is considerable resemblance in form respectively between the pubis and ischium of mammals, such as the Orang, and the Crocodile, though the bones in the Crocodile are intermediate in length between those of the Orang and the Seal. The hind-limb bones of Crocodiles, like the bones of the fore limb, are distinguished from those of many mammals by wanting epiphyses. The femur, like the humerus, is distinguished by the proximal end wanting the external trochanter so characteristic of mammals, which latter usually have the proximal articular surface more convex. The external trochanter which marks the middle of the shaft in many mammals, such as Pachyderms like the Rhinoceros, is also moderately developed in the Crocodile ; but there is no representative of the inner trochanter feebly deve- loped in some mammals, such as Kangaroos, Tapir, Beaver, Enhydra, which is characteristic of the Dinosauria. The distal end is much more like the femur of mammals than is the proxi- mal end, and may be compared to that of the Brown Bear, though in most mammals an antero-posterior thickening of the distal end constitutes a character which is not repeated in Croco- diles. The Crocodile has no patella. The tibia is more cylindrical in its shaft than is the case with most mammals; and the enemial crest, which many mammals have in common with birds, is not developed. Among placental mammals the Porcupine has a tibia of similar form and proportion; but its articular surfaces are better defined and somewhat different. A nearer resemblance is 160 MR. H. G. SEELEY ON OSSEOUS RESEMBLANCES found in the marsupial Phascolarctos, where the form of the arti- culations, especially the distal articulation, and the form and position of the muscular attachments offer a close parallel to the Crocodile; but the epiphyses and side-to-side compression of the bone serve to distinguish it. The fibula of the Crocodile is also nearly paralleled by Phascolarctos, which has the Crocodilian form of distal end, and comes much nearer to the Crocodile in form than does the fibula of the Porcupine. The tarsus of the Crocodile approximates closely to the mam- mal type. The os calcis is quite like that of a mammal, only shorter and stronger; the astragalus is comparable with that of some of the Marsupials, though it does not make a close resem- blance to any genus in form. The distal row of the tarsus is formed by two bones, a cuboid and a smaller naviculare; this portion of the Crocodile’s tarsus is, perhaps, best compared with that of a Kangaroo, in which, however, the three cuneiforms, which in some shape characterize the tarsus of mammals, are small and developed between the thread-like metatarsals and the astragalus: these cuneiform bones are wanting in the Crocodile. Some mammals, like Ox and Deer, have but one cuneiform bone; and then the naviculare and cuboid are united. The metatarsal bones have a general resemblance to those in clawed mammals. As in man, the inner (great) toe is the stoutest. The metatarsal of the fifth digit is only represented in the Cro- codile by a claw-shaped stump. The claw-phalanges are more like those of marsupials than placental mammals; but the marsu- pials do not appear to have the lateral furrows which mark the bones in the Crocodile. Crocodile bones frequently have at their terminal margins a striated or wrinkled aspect, which is not seen in mammals. § 2. The Avian Characters of Crocodiles. The Alligator, in its divided nostril, comes nearer to birds than do Crocodiles; and struthious birds, like the Apteryx, in the forward extension of the nares approximate nearer to the Croco- dile type than do other birds. The palatal osseous perforation under the nares of Crocodiles is present in birds, but is often elongated, and extends far backward. The posterior nares in many birds are anterior to the pterygoid-malar fossx, and mar- gined by the vomer, malar, and palatine bones. In these features, BETWEEN TYPICAL REPTILES AND OTHER ANIMALS. 161 as in some other parts of the skull, the Crocodile comes less near to birds than to mammals. wl ea EJ | a pels 5 i wn if?) ie) Linn. Journ. Soc. Zool. Vol. XI. t 8. IE of GH Ford. del. Nhntern Bros amp ee? Sot asa (ie a9 NOTICE Henceforward the Zoological and Botanical portions of the Journal will be published separately. Bach volume will consist of Eight numbers, instead of Four: | The price of each separate number, whether Zoological or Botanical, will be 2s. to the public, and 1s. 6d. to Fellows: Each volume of eight numbers, when subscribed for and paid in advance, will be charged 12s. to the public, and 9s. to Fellows. Any Candidate for admission as a Fellow must be proposed on a written Certificate, to be signed by three or more Fellows, from their personal acquaintance with him, or knowledge of his charac- ter or writings. Fellows, on their election, pay an Admission Fee of £6, and are thenceforth liable to an annual Contribution of £3, which may be compounded for at any time by one payment of £30 in lieu of all future contributions. Fellows residing abroad, and not compounding, are required to provide such security for the payment of their annual Contribu- tions as shall be satisfactory to the Council. The Fellows are entitled to receive, gratis, all Volumes, or Parts of Volumes, of the Transactions and Journal, that may be pub- lished after ‘they shall have paid the Admission F ee ; and they may be supplied with any of the Volumes published before their Elec- tion, at a reduction of 25 per cent. under the common selling prices. The set of the first twenty-five vols. of the Transactions, with the Index, will be supplied to Fellows at the price of £380. Any Fellow purchasing, at one time, ten or more volumes, may obtain those from the first to the twentieth at £1 per volume ; from the 21st to the 25th at £2 per volume. The price of the Index is 8s. to the public; 6s. to Fellows. Members are requested to apply at the Apartments of the Society, to Mr. Kippist, Librarian, for such volumes as they may be entitled to, or be desirous to purchase: but no volume ¢an be delivered gratis to a Fellow whose yearly Contributions are in arrear, nor can any be delivered unless applied for within five years from the time of publication.— Vol. 29 Parts 1 and 2 and Vol. 30 Part 1 of the Transactions are now ready for delivery. The Library is open to the Fellows and their friends daily, between the hours of 10 and 4, and on Meeting-days at 7 p.m. With certain restrictions, Fellows are allowed to borrow Books from the Library. Communications intended to be made to the Society may be addressed to the President, or to the Secretary, at the Society’s Apartments, Burlington House, Piccadilly, London. May 22. Price 2s. THE JOURNAL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. Vox. XI. ZOOLOGY. No. 59. CONTENTS. I. Notes on the Letters from Danish and Norwegian Na- turalists contained in the Linnean Correspondence. By Professor J. C. Scu16ptx, of Copenhagen ......... 196 IT. On the Classification of the Animal Kingdom. By T. H. Huxiny, LU.D., Sec. B.S., F.LAS., &.......0........ 199 III. Observations on Bees, Wasps, and Ants.—Part I. By Sir Jonn Luzzock, Bart., F.R.S., M.P., F.LS., Vice-Chancellor of the University of London ......... 227 LONDON: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE; AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, AND WILLIAMS AND NORGATE, 1875. us tear ate on Hala Seon BETWEEN TYPICAL REPTILES AND OTHER ANIMALS. 195 noid having articular facets for the pterygoid bones, as in Lizards, and in the similar prolongation of the presphenoid bone forward. The pterygoid bones, as well as the palatines, are similarly divided from each other mesially ; in birds, however, they are toothless and small, and have attachments only with the quadrate, pala- tine, and presphenoid. The quadrate bone is free in Serpents, but of more typically lacertian than avian form; and in Birds the squamosal bone enters into the wall of the brain-case, while in Serpents it has not even osseous union with the brain-case, though more closely applied to it than is the case with the bone in Lizards. There appear to be no Crocodilian characters beyond those enumerated already, p. 174. The Chelonian characters are chiefly those mentioned on p. 184. The Lizard-characters of the vertebral column and palate are chiefly given on p. 192. The Urodelan characters are some points in the head, such as the suppression of alisphenoids and orbitosphenoid bones. I made the foregoing comparisons many years ago for my own use as a basis for other researches, and now offer them as a contribution in aid of a better understanding of the term osteo- logical affinity in the reptilian ordinal groups, in the hope that they form a Catalogue Raisonné of the more obvious osseous resemblances and points of supposed affinity, to which compa- rative anatomists, dealing with new animals or with questions of genetic relation, may have need to refer. And if, by indicating the marked broad resemblances between a few organic types, naturalists should find their toil lightened when pondering the causes of these similitudes and of the more familiar structural differences with which they are coupled—by here seeing at a glance animals in which the resemblances are found,—I venture to suggest that perhaps a similar synthetic examination of the animal kingdom may furnish data for a morphological demon- stration of the method of organic evolution, and for that more definite knowledge of the nature of the relations between one group of animals and another which the classifications of the future will aspire to express. oe LINN, JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 14 196 PROF. J. C. SCHIODTE ON LETTERS FROM Notes on the Letters from Danish and Norwegian Naturalists contained in the Linnean Correspondence. By Professor J. C. ScuroprE, of Copenhagen. [Read June 18, 1874.] Amoneasr the treasures preserved by the Linnean Society, one of the most important is the correspondence of the King of Natu- ralists. It is true that for the appreciation of his own works and genius this vast collection is of minor value, because the letters are those of his correspondents and not his own. But Linneus was the centre of the scientific world at his time and in his own department, such as no other man of science ever was to a similar degree; and this enormous mass of communications sent to him by contemporary naturalists of every nation and every class, through a series of years, give in their totality a most interesting and unique picture of that whole period in the history of science, and throw so much light on many points in it, that this history certainly never can be properly written without a most ample use of this correspondence, such as has not yet been made. Tt was therefore a great satisfaction to me to be enabled, by the kind permission of the Linnean Society, to copy those letters to Linneus, preserved in its library, which had been written by naturalists in Denmark and Norway. As many of these letters as seemed to have any interest have now been printed, exactly tran- scribed (a few only in extracts) in the seventh volume of the ‘ Natur- historisk Tidsskrift,’ pp. 383-509 ; and their historical value has been amply demonstrated by the quantity of new information which Mr. Gosch has derived from them and embodied in his work on the Zoological Literature of Denmark*. In order to explain fully the importance of these documents for the history of natural science in Denmark, I should have to trespass too far on the in- dulgence of my readers; but a few short observations on the principal authors of them may perhaps not be unacceptable. _ The letters printed in the ‘ Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift’ are 130 in number, including a very few to the younger Linné. The fol- lowing are the principal writers. 1. Balth. Joh. de Buchwald, Professor of Medicine at + Cepee hagen (five letters). * *Udsigt over Danmarks Zoologiske Literatur,’ Pt. II. vol. i. pp. 293-302, 821, 335, 339, 355, 360, 414, 417, 488-440, 451, 461. DANISH AND NORWEGIAN NATURALISTS. Hy 2. G. T. Holm, a favourite pupil of Linneus, who had great expectations ofhim. He died very young; and hitherto but little was known of his life. His letters (three) give very valuable in- formation on the efforts made by the Danish Government in order to resuscitate the study of natural history, which had lain dormant in Denmark since the time of Bartholinus and Steno. 3. G. C. Oeder, the founder of the Botanieal Garden at Copenhagen, and the first editor of the well-known work published by the Danish Government, the ‘ Flora Danica.’ (Six letters.) 4. P. Ascanius, the First Professor of Zoology at Copenhagen. (Six letters.) 5. C. G. Kratzenstein, Professor of Medicine and author of the original text to the splendid work on shells by Regenfuss (‘ Choix de Coquillages’) published at the expense of the King of Den- mark. This text was withdrawn and another substituted for it, avery curious and hitherto but imperfectly understood episode in literary history *.. Also with regard to the great expedition to Arabia sent out by the Danish Government, which resulted in the well-known works of Niebuhr and Forskahl, many new and interesting details are contained in the letters of Kratzenstein (six in number), Oeder, and Holm. 6. C. F. Rottboll, afterwards Professor of Botany, author of several works in that department. (Five letters.) 7. M. Th. Brinnich, Professor of Zoology and Mineralogy at Copenhagen, author of ‘ Ichthyologia Massiliensis,’ ‘ Ornithologia Borealis ;’ a friend of Jos. Banks, E. Tennant, Solander, &c. (Sixteen letters.) After my return from London with the copies of these letters, I had occasion to examine the papers and manuscripts formerly belonging to Brinnich, and now preserved at the University library at Copenhagen. I had the great pleasure of finding amongst them nine autograph letters from Linneus, answers to a corresponding number of those from Brinnich. They have been printed in the ‘ Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift,’ vil. pp. 510-521. The two savants had never met; but they understood and appreciated * Tt was originally intended to publish this work by subscription ; and a spe- cimen of the circular issued by Regenfuss, probably the only one existing, is bound up with Linneus’s copy of the work in the library of the Society. 14* 198 ON LETTERS FROM DANISH AND NORWEGIAN NATURALISTS. each other thoroughly ; and their correspondence bears strong testimony of their mutual esteem and sympathy. 8. Lorenz Spengler, the widely known collector of shells, whose collection, containing a great number of types, is still preserved at Copenhagen. (Four letters.) 9and 10. Hans Strom and I. E.Gunnerus, Bishop of Throndhjem, able and industrious observers of nature in Norway and authors of many, for their time, valuable papers. (One and five letters.) 11. O. F. Miller, the author of ‘ Zoologia Danica’ and so many other distinguished works. Like Briimnich, he knew Linneus only by correspondence; but it is noticeable that the latter never entered into so cordial relations with him as with Brun- nich. (Fifteen letters.) 12. Joh. Chr. Fabricius, the great entomologist and the ablest of Linneus’s personal disciples. Amongst the twelve letters in this collection is also the one (without date, but from other sources known to have been written in 1766) in which he sub- mits to Linneus his new method of analyzing and classifying insects. 13. Johan Zoéga, a botanist of great ability, but who unfortu- nately was compelled from various circumstances to abandon na- tural science and enter on an administrative career. In this he distinguished himself greatly; but natural history sustained a severe loss. He studied at Upsala together with his cousin, Joh, Chr. Fabricius; and it is recorded that Linnus once said, “When I see Fabricius with an insect, and Zoéga with a moss, I take off my hat and salute my masters.” The twenty-six letters from his pen contain a great mass of valuable personal and scientific details. 14. Martin Vahl, the celebrated author of the ‘Symbole Bota- nice,’ ‘ Ecloge Americane,’ &c., himself a devoted personal dis- ciple of Linneus. (One letter.) Besides these, there are letters from the statesman J. H. E. Bernstorff, the historian Suhm, and other men of fame. The correspondents of Linnzus very frequently sent him de- scriptions and annotations of plants and animals; and many entries and alterations in the various editions of the ‘Systema ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 199 Naturee’ may doubtless be traced to this correspondence. The often voluminous descriptions, sometimes accompanied by draw- ings, which form enclosures or parts of the letters in question, have not been reproduced in the ‘ Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift,’ as not haying sufficient value in proportion to the space they would occupy. But as an instance of how the correspondence illustrates the systematic works of Linneus, we may mention the follow- ing. In the second edition of ‘Fauna Suecica’ we find under the genus Hydra a species called triticea; but in the twelfth edition of the ‘Systema Nature’ this is omitted, and rightly so. From one of the letters of Fabricius we gather in what way Linnzus was led to correct the error; for Fabricius here communicates to him that a certain Schun (whose name is pro- bably misspelt), minister at Bamf, had informed him that these supposed Hydras, which occur frequently on the coast, were only the ova of Buccinum lapillus, L. This letter is written from Edinburgh, 17 September, 1767 (Naturhistorisk Tidssrkrift, vii. p- 459). But as I have already said, it is for the appreciation of Lin- neeus’s contemporaries and his influence on them (in short, of the Linnean period in natural history) that this correspondence is principally valuable ; and 1 may perhaps, in conclusion, be per- mitted to express a hope that some writer thoroughly qualified for the task may be found inclined to work up in an exhaustive manner the vast store of material for the story of science which I feel sure must be contained in this remarkable collection of letters. Copenhagen, April 1874. On the Classification of the Animal Kingdom. By T. H. Huxvey, LL.D., Sec. R.S., F.L.8., &e. [Read December 3rd, 1874. ] In the twelfth edition of the ‘Systema Nature’ Linneus gives the following definition of the object of classification :— “ Methodus, anima scientie, indigitat primo intuitu, quodecunque corpus naturale, ut hoc corpus dicat proprium suum nomen, et hoc nomen quecumque de nominato corpore beneficio seculi inno- tuere, ut sic in summa confusione rerum apparenti, summus con- spiciatur Nature ordo”’ (J. c. p. 13). 200 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE While entertaining the same general conception of classificatory method, Cuvier saw the importance of an exhaustive analysis of the adult structure of animals. The most complete investigation of the kind ever made under the direction of a single mind, and far surpassing all previous attempts in extent and thoroughness, is contained in the ‘ Lecons d’ Anatomie Comparée’ and the ‘ Regne Animal.’ Cuvier’s classification is purely morphological ; it is an attempt to enunciate the facts of structure determined in his time, and largely by his own efforts, in a series of propositions of which the most general are the definitions of the largest groups, and are connected by a series of subordinate, differential proposi- tions with those which constitute the definition of the species. In his great work, the ‘ Entwickelungs-Geschichte der Thiere,’ Von Baer, among other contributions to science of first-rate im- portance, showed that our knowledge of an animal’s true strue- ture must be imperfect, unless we are acquainted with those developmental stages (which are successive structural conditions) through which the animal has passed in its way from the ovum to the adult state; and, since 1828, no philosophical naturalist has neglected embryological data m forming a classification. In 1859, Darwin, in the ‘ Origin of Species,’ laid a new and firm foundation for the theory of the evolution of living beings, which had been hypothetically sketched out by Lamarck, and thereby introduced a new element into Taxonomy. If a species, like an Andividual, is the product of a process of development, the character of that process must be taken into account when we attempt to determine its likeness or unlikeness to other spe- cies; and Phylogeny, or the history of the evolution of the species, becomes no less important an element than Embryo- geny in the determination of the systematic place of an animal. The logical value of phylogeny, therefore, is unquestionable; but the misfortune is, that we have so little real knowledge of the phylogeny even of small groups, while of that of the larger groups of animals we are absolutely ignorant. To my mind there is full and satisfactory proof of the derivation of Hquus from Hipparion, and of this from an Anchitherioid ancestor; and there is much to be said in favour of the derivation of other genera of existing Mammals from their Tertiary predecessors. There are also pretty clear indications of the series of changes by which the Ornithic arose out of the Reptilian type, and the Amphibian from the Fish ; but I do not know that as much can be said of other large CLASSIFICATION OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 201 groups. We are reduced to speculation—to the formation of more or less probable hypotheses; and, though I believe that phylo- genetic speculations are of great interest and importance, and are to be reckoned among the most valuable suggestors of, and guides to, investigation, I think it is well to recollect, not only that they are at present, for the most part, incapable of being submitted to any objective test, but that they are likely long to remain in that condition. For the ultimate test of the truth of a phylogenetic hypothesis is the historic record of the succession of living forms contained in the fossiliferous rocks; aud the present state of geology gives no encouragement to the supposition that even the whole series of fossiliferous rocks represents a period coextensive with the existence of life on the earth. In speculating on these subjects, it is constantly needful to remind oneself, even now, that there is every reason to believe that all the leading modifications of animal form were existent at least as early as the close of the Paleozoic epoch; and though it is true that the fossiliferous Paleozoic rocks are thicker than all the rest put together, yet the amount of progress in evolution from a moner to the fully differentiated Vertebrata of the Trias bears an enormously larger ratio to the amount of progress from the Triassic vertebrates to those of the present day. All such comparative measurements as these are but rough aids to the imagination ; but the Inverte- brata yield even stronger evidence in the same direction. The larger divisions of the Arthropoda were completely differentiated in the Carboniferous epoch; so were those of the Mollusks and those of the Echinoderms. The great desideratum is the discovery of estuarine and freshwater formations of Silurian, Cambrian, and faurentian date. At the present moment, I do not think that any one is in g position to form even a probable guess as to what will be found in such deposits. Taxonomy should be a precise and logical arrangement of veri- fiable facts ; and there is no little danger of throwing science into confusion if the taxonomist allows himself to be influenced by merely speculative considerations. The present essay is an attempt to set a good example, and, without reference to phylogeny, to draw up a classification of the animal kingdom, which, as a fair statement of what, at present, appear to be well-established facts, may have some chance of permanence, in principle, if not in detail, while the successive phylogenetic schemes come and go. No doubt the increase of our knowledge of embryology will largely 202 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE modify any conclusions which may be based upon our present imperfect acquaintance with the facts of development ; and, in many cases, it is impossible to do more than suggest the conclu- sions towards which these incomplete data tend. Among those animals which are lowest in the scale of organi- zation there isa large assemblage, which either present no differen- tiation of the protoplasm of the body into structural elements ; or, if they possess one or more nuclei, or even exhibit distinct cells, these cells do not become metamorphosed into tissues—are not histogenetic. In all other animals, the first stage of develop- ment is the differentiation of the vitellus into division-masses, or blastomeres, which become converted into cells, and are eventually metamorphosed into the elements of the tissues. For the former the name Prorozoa may be retained ; the latter are coextensive with the Mrrazoa of Haeckel. I. Tue Prorozoa. The movements of the body are effected either by pseudopodia or by cilia, which latter may either be small and numerous, or long and single, and at most two. When pseudopodia are the only instruments of progression, the animal may be termed a myxopod ; when numerous cilia, a ¢richopod ; when single or double flagelli- form cilia, a mastigopod. Among the Protozoa, two groups are distinguishable :—1. The Monera ; 2. The Endoplastica. 1. The Monera.—There is no “ nucleus.”’ Our knowledge of these forms and of their relations is largely due to Haeckel, who has shown that several of them present a remarkable alternation of conditions. Thus, Protameba isa myxopod which may become encysted, and, in that condition, divides into several portions which are set free and resemble the parent, or are myxopods. -Proto- monas i8 a mastigopod which becomes encysted, divides, and gives rise to myxopods, which subsequently become converted into. mas- tigopods. Myxastrum is a myxopod which becomes encysted, di- vides, and the products of division become enclosed in ovoid cases, whence they emerge as myxopods. Vampyrella is a myxopod which devours Gomphonema and other stalked Diatoms, encysts itself on their stalks, divides, and gives rise to new myxopods. In Protomyxa, the primitively independent myxopods unite into plasmodia. Although our knowledge of the structure of the soft parts of the Foraminifera is imperfect, and the case of Gromia sug- CLASSIFICATION OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 203 gests caution in assuming that they are all devoid of nuclei, it is probable that the great majority of the Foraminifera resemble Protogenes and belong to this division, the extent of which will doubtless be greatly enlarged by the discovery of new forms. 2. The Endoplastica.—The application of the term “ nucleus” to the structure commonly so called in this division of the Pro- tozoa, to a certain extent implies a belief in its being homologous with the histological element to which the same name is applied ; and I prefer to revive a term I once proposed for the latter, and to call the body at present in question “ endoplast.”’ It may or may not be the homologue of the histological nucleus ; and with- out expressing any definite opinion on that subject, I wish to leave it open for further consideration. It is remarkable that among these Endoplastica there is a series of forms which run parallel with the Monera. Thus Ameebais like a Protameba with a nucleus and, commonly, a contractile vesicle. The Infusoria Flagellata are comparable to Protomonas with the same additions, and attaining a considerable degree of complexity in Noctiluca. The Gregarinide repeat the series of forms of Myxastrum, though some become divided into several segments, and, as H. Van Bene- den has shown, acquire muscular fibres. The Acinetide and the Radiolaria apparently have their moneral representative in Actinophrys sol, though the conversion of the pseudopodia into suckers in the Acinetide distinguishes them re- markably. On the other hand, while no moneral trichopod seems yet to have been discovered, the trichopod type is richly represented, in this division, by the Catallacta of Haeckel, and by the Infusoria Ciliata, of which I think the Catallacta should form only a sub- division. It is among the Ciliata that the Endoplastica attain their greatest degree of complexity, by a process of direct differentiation of their protoplasmic substance into tissues and organs, without the inter- vention of cell-formation. I have recently examined several genera of Infusoria (Para- mecium, Balantidiwm, Nyctotherus, Spirostomum) with great care —using very high microscopic powers (1200-2000 diameters), employing osmic acid (which at once kills and preserves un- changed the tissues of the Infusoria) and other reagents, and comparing them with such truly cellular organisms of similar size 204: PROF. HUXLEY ON THE as Opalina; and I must express my entire agreement with Von Siebold and with Haeckel in their conclusion, that the protoplasm of these animals is not differentiated into cells. At most there is an excessively minute, and sometimes regular, granular structure, which is found in the endoplast, as well as elsewhere, and appears to me to be altogether similar to that of the protoplasm between the nuclei of Opalina. But although the bodies of the Infusoria contain no cells, they may be differ- entiated into very definite tissues. In the genera mentioned, the so-called “cuticula”’ is, I believe, simply the transparent outer- most layer of the protoplasm, and the cilia are directly continuous with it. Beneath this is a well-marked cortical layer, in which the “ trichocysts’’ of Paramecium are situated, and which, in Spi- rostomum, Balantidiwm, and Nyctotherus, presents the distinct muscular fibres described by Stein and others. The inner substance is, in some (Balantidium, e. g.), semifluid, and undergoes an obvi- ous rotation; but in Nyctotherus, not only is there no movement of this substance, but the long curved cesophagus is succeeded by an ill-defined region, which lies between it and the anus, is permanently filled with ingested matter, and is, in one sense, an alimentary tract. Even in Paramecium, the complex water- vessels, which lie, for the most part, not in the cortical layer, but beneath it, show, by the permanence of their disposition, that a great part of the inner substance is fixed. The constancy of posi- tion of the endoplast *, which also lies beneath, and not in, the cortical layer, is evidence to the same effect. In comparing the Ciliated Infusoria with nucleated cells, the existence of the so-called “nucleolus,’’ which assuredly can have nothing to do with the histological element so named, and which I propose to term the endoplastula, is an important fact, often left out of sight. I have no observation to offer upon the vexed question of the nature of the endoplastula, as none of the numerous individuals of the different species named, which I have examined, showed the changes described by so many observers. That the endoplast itself is a reproductive organ is clear; but the development of embryos by its fission is an argument rather against, than in favour of, identifying it with the nucleus of a cell. No cell is known to multiply by fission of its nucleus alone. * The membranous investment of the endoplast, so often described and figured, certainly has no existence in the unaltered state of the Infusoria I have men- tioned. CLASSIFICATION OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 205 On the whole, while I hesitate to absolutely identify the endo- plast of an Infusorian with the nucleus of a histological cell, and can find no analogue for the endoplastula in the latter, I think that Von Siebold’s view holds good, and that the higher Infusoria are unicellular animals, in the sense that Mucor, Vaucheria, and Caulerpa are unicellular plants. Nevertheless it must be admitted, on the other hand, that though the view for which Ehrenberg has so long contended, that the Infusoria possess, in miniature, an organization, in a broad sense, as complex as that of the higher animals, is not tenable, the great majority of them are far more highly organized than was suspected before that indefatigable observer commenced his long and remarkable series of investigations. Il. Tar Merazoa. The germ undergoes differentiation into histogenetic cells; and these cells become arranged into two sets, the one constituting the outer wall of the body, while the other lies internal to the foregoing, and forms the lining of the alimentary cavity, when, as is usually the case, a distinct alimentary cavity exists. In the embryo, the representatives of these two layers are the epiblast and hypoblast. In the adult, they are the ectoderm and the endoderm, which answer to the epidermis, and the epithelium of the alimentary canal, in the higher animals. All the Metazoa, in tact, commence their existence in the form of an ovum, which is essentially a nucleated cell, supple- mented by more or less nutritive material, or food-yelk. The ovum, after impregnation, divides into blastomeres, giving rise to a Morula (Heckel), in the midst of which arises a cavity, the dlasto- cele (cleavage-cavity, “ Furchungshohle’’ of the Germans), which may be larger or smaller, filled only with fluid, or occupied by food-yelk. When it is largest, the blastomeres, united into a single layer, form a spheroidal vesicle, enclosing a correspondingly shaped blastoceele. When it is reduced to a minimum, the Morula is an almost solid aggregation of blastomeres, which may be nearly equal in size, or some much larger than others, in conse- quence of having undergone less rapid division. The next stage in the development of the embryo of a Metazoon consists (in all cases except a few parasitic anenterous forms) in the conversion of the AZorula into a body having a digestive cavity, or a Gastrula. 206 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE The conversion of the Morula into the Gastrula may take place in several ways. In the simplest, the Morula, being composed of equal or nearly equal blastomeres, these, undergoing conversion into cells, differ- entiate themselves into an epiblast, which invests the remaining cells, constituting the hypoblast. The central cells of the hypo- blast next diverge and leave a space filled with fluid, the alimen- tary cavity, which opens at one end, and thus gives rise to the Gastrula. This is the process generally observed in Porifera, Coelenterata, Turbellaria, Trematoda, and Nematoidea. In a second class of cases, the Morula becomes converted into blastomeres of unequal sizes, a small anda large set. ‘The smaller are rapidly metamorphosed into cells, and invest the larger(with any remains of the food-yelk) as a blastederm. The hypoblast arises either from the blastoderm thus formed, or from the subjacent larger blastomeres. ‘This is the process observed in certain Tur- bellaria, in the Ctenophora, in most of the Oligocheta and Hiru- dinea, in the Arthropoda, and in most Vertebrata. Tn a third group of instances, the Morula, whether consisting of equal or unequal blastomeres, becomes spheroidal, and encloses a correspondingly shaped blastoccele. One part of the wall of this vesicular Worula then becomes invaginated, and is converted into the hypoblast, which encloses the alimentary cavity, the latter com- municating with the exterior by the aperture of invagination. This process has been observed in the Chetognatha, Echinoder- mata, and some Gephyrea, in Lumbricus and Hirudo—in poly- chetous Annelida, Enteropneusta, Brachiopoda, and most Mol- lusca—aud in Amphioxus, Petromyzon, and the Amphibia among the Vertebrata. The various modes in which the two primary layers of the germ may be developed shade off into one another, and do not affect the essence of the process, which is the segregation of one set of cells to form the external covering of the body, and of another to constitute the lining of the alimentary canal. We may, with © Haeckel, term those animals which pass through the Gastrula stage, Gastree. The Gastrula may be deeply cup-shaped, or flat- tened out into a disk, slightly concave on one side; but in what- ever manner the Gastrula is formed, and whatever be its shape when its alimentary cavity is complete, one of two things hap- pens to it. It becomes provided with many ingestive apertures distinct from that first formed (polystomatous), or with one only, CLASSIFICATION OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 207 which may or may not be distinct from the first aperture of the Gastrula (monostomatous). Metazoa polystomata.—The former division comprises only the Sponges (Porifera or Spongida), in which, as the remarkable re- searches of Haeckel (‘‘ Monographie der Kalk-Schwiimme ”’) have shown, the walls of the deeply cup-shaped Giastrula become per- forated by the numerous inhalant ostioles, while the primitive opening serves as the exhalant aperture. The latter division includes all the remaining forms, which may be grouped together as Metazoa monostomata. Among these, two primary groups are distinguishable, of which the second exhibits an advance in organization upon the first. In the first, the pri- mitive aperture of the Gastrula becomes the permanent mouth (Archzostomata). In the second, the permanent mouth is a secondary perforation of the body-wall (Deuterostomata). 1. The Archeostomata.—It is now well established that the aperture of the Gastrula becomes the oral aperture of the adult in the Coelenterata, which group includes animals differing much in grade of organization, from the simple Hydra to the complex Ctenophore, but all manifestly exhibiting variations of one funda- mental type. In most of the Hydrozoa, the ovum passes into a solid Moruwla, which, as in the Porifera, becomes differentiated into an epiblast anda hypoblast. The central cavity of the latter opens at one end, and thus far the Gastrula of the Hydrozoa is very like that of the sponges ; but the aperture produced in this manner becomes the mouth ; and if, as not unfrequently happens, apertures are formed elsewhere, they do not serve the purpose of taking in food. In such Hydrozoa as have thickened body-walls, hollow prolongations of the hypoblast extend into the blastoccele, and are surrounded by a mesoblastic tissue. These prolongations may become branched and anastomose, resembling vascular canals; but they remain permanently in connexion with the alimentary cavity. The re- productive elements are developed in the body-wall, and usually in cecal outwardly projecting processes of that wall, which dehisce and set free the ova and spermatozoa upon the outer surface of the body. The Actinozoa, while presenting the same continuity of the cavity of the body with the alimentary cavity which is exhibited by the Hydrozoa, differ from them in two respects. The com- mencement of the alimentary canal is, as it were, sunk in the 208 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE body ; and the reproductive elements are developed in the walls of the gastrovascular canals, and pass into them on their way outwards. The development of the coralligenous Actinozoa has not yet been thoroughly worked out; but Lacaze-Duthiers has shown that, in Coralliwm rubrum and other Gorgonide, the Morula passes into an elongated, almost vermiform, ciliated Gastrula, which be- comes fixed by one end, and then develops the intermesenteric chambers. It can hardly be doubted that these are formed as diverticula from the basal end of the primitive alimentary canal, in which case the developmental process differs but little, essentially, from that of such a Hydrozoon as Carmarina hastata; and the line of demarcation between the Actinozoa and the Hydrozoa becomes very narrow. The Ctenophora, on the other hand, differ somewhat in develop- ment, as in other respects, from the Coralligena. Their develop- ment has been carefully worked out by Kowalewsky and more re- cently by Agassiz. The laid egg is contained in a spacious capsule, and consists of an external thin layer of protoplasm, which, in some cases, is con- tractile, investing an inner vesicular substauce. ‘The vitellus thus constituted divides into two, four, and, finally, eight masses ; - on one face of each of these the protoplasm-layer accumulates, and is divided off as a blastomere of much smaller size than that from which it arises. By repeated division, each of these gives rise to smaller blastomeres, which become nucleated when they have reached the number of 32, and form a layer of cells, which gradually spreads round the large blastomeres, and invests them in a complete blastodermic sac. At the pole of this sac, on the face opposite to that on which these blastoderm-cells begin to make their appearance, an ingrowth or involution of the blasto- derm takes place, which, extending through the middle of the large yelk-masses towards the opposite pole, gives rise to the ali- mentary canal. This, at first, ends by a rounded blind termina- tion ; but from it, at a later period, prolongations are given off, which become the gastrovascular canals. At the opposite pole, in the centre of the region corresponding with that in which the blastoderm-cells first make their appear- ance, the nervous ganglion is developed by metamorphosis of some of these cells. It is clear that the invaginated portion of the blastoderm, which CLASSIFICATION OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 209 gives rise to the alimentary canal, answers to the hypoblast, while the rest corresponds with the epiblast. The large blastomeres which become enclosed between the epiblast and hypoblast in the manner described, appear to serve the purpose of a food-yelk; and the space which they originally occupied is eventually filled by a gelatinous connective tissue, which possibly derives its origin from wandering cells of the epiblast. The Actinozoa and the Hydrozoa constitute the Ceelenterata, which are definitely characterized by the fact that, in all the higher forms, the mesoblast is traversed by canals formed by diverticula of the hypoblast, which permanently remain in continuity with the alimentary cavity, and that, in the lower forms, the alimentary cavity is prolonged into the ccenosare. ‘They are usually said to have a radiate symmetry ; but, even in the Actinie, there are traces of bilaterality ; and in the Ctenophora the bilateral symmetry of the adult is obvious. Parallel with these may be ranged an assemblage composed of the Turbellaria, Rotifera, and Trematoda, the Nematoidea, Oli- gocheta, and Hirudinea, to which the name of ‘ Scolecimorpha’ may be applied. They are associated together by the closest resemblances of structure, and present an even greater range in grade of organization than the Celenterata. The lower Rhab- doccela come very close to the Infusoria (as close as the multicel- lular to the unicellular Algz),and are but little superior to Hydra in the degree of their organic differentiation, while in the land- Planarie, the Trematoda, and the Nemertide we have animals which attain a considerable complexity and, in the case of many Trematoda and of Lineus (Pilidium), undergo remarkable meta- morphoses. Such forms as Dinophilus appear to connect the rhabdoccele Turbellaria with the Rotifera. The lower Nematoidea are extremely simple, while the higher are considerably differen- tiated ; and, as Schneider has shown, they are connected with the Turbellaria by such forms as Polygordius. The Oligocheta and the Hirudinea either belong to this division, or constitute a transitional group between it and the Deuterostomata. In Lwmbricus (and apparently in Hirudo) there seems to be no doubt that the aperture of invagination of the Gastrula becomes the mouth. According to Kowalewsky, the mouth in Euawxes and Tubifex is of secondary origin ; but its close resemblance to that of the earthworm and of the leech embryos leads me to suspect that there must be some error of interpretation here. On the other hand, it may be that these 210 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE are transitional forms, such as we may expect to find bridging over the intervals between all groups, as knowledge widens. In any case, they differ from the foregoing in the development of a segmented mesoblast. Inthe Coelenterata, Nematoidea, Turbellaria, Trema- toda, and Rotifera, the mode of origin of the cells which lie be- tween the epiblast and the hypoblast, constitute the mesoblast, and give rise to the connective tissues and muscles of the body- wall and of that of the intestine, is not precisely known. They may take their origin in the epiblast or in the hypoblast, or in both. But, in the Earthworm and Leech, after the epiblast and hypoblast are differentiated, the cells of the latter give rise, by division, to two bands of cells which lie one on each side of the long axis of the ventral face of the worm, and constitute the me- soblast. This becomes marked out by transverse constrictions into segments, and, in each segment, gives rise to all the tissues which lie between the epiblast and hypoblast. The mouth cor- responds with the primitive involution of the Morula; the anal aperture is a new formation. In the Nematoidea and in the lower rhabdoccele Turbellaria, the intestinal canal is a simple tube or sac. But, in some Turbellaria and Trematoda the alimentary canal gives off diverticula, which ramify through the mesoblast and even unite together, giving rise to a gastrovascular canal-system like that of the Coelenterata. These animals, therefore, have what may be termed an enteroceele, more or less distinct from the proper digestive cavity, but con- nected with it, ramifying through the mesoblast. Whether the remarkable group of worms termed Gephyrea by De Quatrefages (and including Sipunculus, Sternaspis, Bonellia, &ec.) belong to the Archxostomata, or not, is uncertain, too little being known of the early stages of their development. They ap- pear to me to be closely allied to the Rotifera (compare Bonellia, for example), to the Enteropneusta, and to the Echinodermata ; while Schneider, by his very ingenious comparison of the Phoronis- larva Actinotrocha with Cyphonautes, affords even stronger grounds than those furnished by the structure of Phoronis itself, for sus- pecting that the Gephyrea and the Polyzoa are more intimately connected than has been supposed to be the case. It will be observed that the Scolecimorpha present a series of modifications from the unsegmented Turbellaria and Nematoidea, through the imperfectly segmented Rotifera, to the polymerous Oligocheta and Hirudinea, and that the segmentation primarily occurs in the mesoblast. CLASSIFICATION OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 211- “2. The Deuterostomata.—In the remaining Gastren the em- bryo develops a secondary mouth as a perforation of the body- wall, the primary aperture sometimes becoming the anus and sometimes disappearing. The Schizocela.—Of these Metazoa Deuterostomata there are some which follow the mode of development of the Oligochewta and Hirudinea very closely, so far as the formation and seemen- _ tation of the mesoblast is concerned ; though the question whether this segmented mesoblast arises froin the epiblast or the hypo- blast, has not been exhaustively worked out. These are the An- nelida Polycheta. ' It is a very general, if not universal, rule among these animals, that the Gastrula is formed by invagination, and that the aper- ture of invagination persists as the anus of the adult. Almost universally, again, the outer surface of the Gastrula is provided with cilia, by the working of which it is actively propelled through the water in which it lives ; and these cilia usually become re- stricted to certain areas of the body, in the form of zones trans- verse to its long diameter. In this respect the larve of some Gephyrea present similar features. Moreover sete, developed in inyolutions of the ectoderm, are very generally present, espe- cially on the limbs, when such exist. Some are apodal; some possess symmetrically disposed sete in each segment of the body ; and in many, true though rudimentary limbs (parapodia), one pair for each segment of the body, occur. In a few of the highest forms (e. g. Polynoé) some of the anterior limbs are turned for- wards, and lie at the sides of the mouth, foreshadowing the jaws of the Arthropoda. In some, a process of the ectoderm, in the region of the head, gives rise to a cephalic hood or mantle. A perivisceral cavity occupies the space between the wall of the body and that of the alimentary canal, and, so far as is known, is invariably formed in the substance of the mesoblast, by a sort of splitting or divarication of its constituent cells, whence it would seem to be a rehabilitation of the primitive blastoceele. The great majority of the Polycheta possess the so-called “segmental organs ’—variously formed tubes, which open on the surface of the body, on the one hand, and, usually, into the perivisceral cavity on the other. . Not unfrequently these, or some of them, play the part of conduits of the generative products. The lower Arthropoda closely resemble the Polycheta in their development, except that the food-yelk is usually large, the ali- LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 15 212 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE mentary cavity is rarely formed by invagination, and cilia are never met with in any part of the body*. The mesoblast is developed and becomes segmented precisely in the same way. Limbs are formed and rarely remain rudimentary ; usually they become jointed ; and, in almost all cases, more or fewer of those which lie in the neighbourhood of the mouth are converted into jaws. The perivisceral cavity is formed in the same way as in the foregoing group; so that the Arthropoda, like the Polycheta, are “schizoccelous.”” In the higher Insecta, the embryogenetic pro- cess is complicated by the development of an amnion, which singularly resembles that met with in the higher Vertebrata. Mr. Moseley’s recently published careful examination of Peripatus tends to show that this animal, formerly regarded as an Annelid, is really a low and primitive form of Arthropod, and thus affords evidence of the highest significance as to the relations of the An- nelida with the Arthropoda. The true position of the Polyzoa is as yet, as I have already said, a matter of doubt; but the arguments of Morse, and still more the recent investigation of Kowalewsky into the develop- ment of the Brachiopoda, place the close affinity of the latter with the Annelida in a clear light. The free larva of Argzope, for ex- ample, is wonderfully similar to those of Spzo and of Spirorbis ; and the mantle of the Brachiopoda appears to correspond with the cephalic hood of these Annelids. When it first becomes fixed, on the other hand, the young Brachiopod has many resem- blances to Loxomma and Pedicellina among the Polyzoa. As regards the Mollusca propert, the larve of the Lamelli- branchiata, and of the majority of the Odontophora, have their parallel in the larva of the Annelidan Phyllodoce, while the young of Dentaliwm and of the Pteropods correspond with the larvee of other Annelids. A Mollusk appears to me to be essentially an Annelid which is only dimerous, or trimerous, instead of poly- merous. The development of the perivisceral cavity in the Molluscan series stands much in need of elucidation. There seems to be little reason to doubt that the higher Mollusks are Schizoccelous ; * The like absence of cilia is a notable peculiarity of Hirudo, among the Leeches. + See Mx. Lankester’s valuable paper “On the Development of Lymneus,” Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science. CLASSIFICATION OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 213 but it is possible that the lower forms are Enteroccelous, like the members of the next division*, The Hnterocela.—Kowalewsky has shown that in the Cheto- gnatha, represented by the strange and apparently anomalous Sagitta, the vitellus undergoes complete segmentation, and is con- verted into a vesicular Morula, on one side of which invagination takes place, and gives rise to the primitive alimentary canal, of which the opening of invagination becomes the permanent anus, the mouth being formed, by perforation, at the opposite end of the body. Before the mouth is formed, however, the primitive ali- mentary cavity throws out, on each side, a cecal pouch, which ex- tend as far forward as its central continuation ; while posteriorly these pouches stretch behind the anus, meeting, but remaining separated by their applied walls, in the median plane of the body. These lateral sacs are next shut off from the median portion of the primitive alimentary cavity, which becomes the permanent alimen- tary canal; and they are converted into closed sacs, the cavity of each of which forms one half of the perivisceral cavity, while the inner wall, applied to the hypoblast, gives rise to the muscular wall of the intestine, and the outer wall, applied to the epiblast, becomes the muscular wall of the body, and gives rise to the generative organs. The great ganglia and nerves are developed from the cells of the epiblast. We have thus an animal which is temporarily ccelenterate, but in which the two gastrovascular sacs, enclosing what may be termed an “ enteroccele,”’ become shut off and metamorphosed into parts of exactly the same order as those which arise from the mesoblast of an Annelid. But it is not altogether clear whether the cells of the enterocele in this case give rise only to the lining of the perivisceral cavity, and whether the muscles and connective tissue are in fact derived from the * When I wrote this paragraph, I had been for some time in possession of the recent important memoir on the development of the Brachiopoda by M. Kowalewsky, as that distinguished embryologist had been good enough to send it tome. But it is written in Russian, and I could only judge from the figures that the perivisceral cavity of Argiope is developed in the same way as that of Sagitta. Some little time ago, however, my friend Mr. W. F. Ralston kindly took the trouble to translate so much of the text as referred to these figures for me, and I found that my interpretation of them was correct. The Brachio- poda, or some of them, therefore, are Enteroccela; and their relations with the schizocele Annelida and Mollusca bring up anew the question suggested by the frequent origin of the mescblast from the hypoblast (as in the Sharks for example), May not the schizocele be derivable from a primitive enteroccele condition ? 15* 214 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE epiblast or not. Kowalewsky’s evidence, however, is in favour of the origin of the muscles directly from the cells of the mesoblasti¢ diverticula. The brilliant investigations of Johannes Miller upon the de- velopment of the Echinodermata, confirmed in their general fea- tures by all subsequent observers, have proved, first, that the ciliated embryonic Gastrea (the primitive alimentary canal of which is formed by involution of a vesicular blastoderm), to which the egg of all ordinary Echinoderms gives rise, acquires a mouth by the formation of an aperture in the body-wall distinct from the primitive aperture of the Gastrea, so that, in this respect, it differs from all Ccelenterata; secondly, that the embryo thus pro- vided with mouth, stomach, intestine, and anus acquires a com- pletely bilateral symmetry ; thirdly, that the cilia with which it is primitively covered become restricted to one or more circlets, some of which encircle the axis of the body, or a line drawn from the oral to the anal apertures ; and, fourthly, that within this bi- laterally symmetrical larva or Echinopedium, as it may be called, the more or less completely radiate dolaunorler is developed by ‘a process of internal modification. Miiller believed that the first step in this process was the in- growth of a diverticulum of the integument, as a hollow process, out of which the ambulacral vascular system of the Echinoderm took its rise. He did not attempt to explain the origin of the so-called blood-vascular system (or pseudhemal vessels), nor of the perivisceral cavity. Miller’s conclusions remained unchal- lenged until 1864, when Prof. Alexander Agassiz took up the ‘question afresh, and, in a remarkable paper on the development of the genus Asteracanthion, detailed the observations which led him to believe that the ambulacral vessels do not arise by involu- tion of the external integument, but that they commence as. two primitively symmetrical diverticula of the stomach (the ‘‘ wiirst- formige Kérper” of Miller), one of which becomes connected with the exterior by an opening (the “dorsal pore” observed by Miller, and considered by him to be the origin of the ambulacral vessels), and gives rise to the ambulacral vessels, the ambulacral -region of the body of the HEchinoderm being modelled upon it; while, upon the other gastric sac, the antambulacral wall of the starfish-body is similarly modelled. Both gastric sacs early be- “come completely separated from the stomach of the Hchino- pedium, and open into one another, so as to form a single horse- CLASSIFICATION OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM, 215 ‘shoe-shaped sac connected with the exterior by a tube which is converted into the madreporic canal. Agassiz does not explain the mode of formation of the perivisceral cavity of the starfish, and has nothing to say concerning the origin of the pseudhemal vessels. Recently Metschnikoff has confirmed the observations of Agassiz, so far as the development of the ambulacral system from one of the diverticula of the alimentary canal of the starfish larva is concerned ; and he has added the important discovery that the perivisceral cavity of the Echinoderm is the product of the rest of these diverticula. Moreover his observations on other Echi- nodermata show that essentially the same process of development of the peritoneal cavity occurs in Ophiuridea, Hchinidea, and Holothuridea. The precise mode of origin of the pseudhzmal system, or so- ealled blood-vessels, of the Echinoderms is not yet made out. But it is known that the cavity of these vessels contains cor- puscles similar to those which are found in the perivisceral cavity and in the ambulacral vessels, and that all of these com- municate together. Agassiz and Metschnikoff alike, cast insist upon the cor- respondence in development of the lateral gastric diverticula of the Hchinopediwm with that of the trunks of the gastrovascular system of the Ctenophora ; and, on the ground of this resemblance, the former refers the Echinoderms to the Radiata, retaining under that Cuvierian denomination the Acalephe (Ccelenterata) and the Echinodermata. But this arrangement surely ignores the great value of his own discovery, which shows that the Echinoderms have made a great and remarkable progress in passing from their pri- marily ccelenterate stage of organization to their adult condition, And it further ignores the unquestionable fact, admirably brought out by the same able naturalist’s investigations into the develop- ment of Balanoglossus, that the Echinopediwm is almost identical in structure with the young of animals, such as the Gephyrea and Enteropneusta, which are in no sense radiate, but are eminently bilaterally symmetrical. In fact, the larva of Balanoglossus, the sole representative of the Enteropneusta, was originally described by Miller under the name of Yornaria, as an Echinoderm larva, and was subsequently more fully examined by Prof. Alex. Agassiz, who also regarded it as an unquestionable Echinoderm larva; and it is only recently that it has been proved, partly by Metsch- 216 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE nikoff and partly by Agassiz himself, to be the larval form of Balanoglossus. In Balanoglossus, as in the Echinoderms, saccular diverticula of the intestine appear to give rise to the perivisceral cavity and its walls. In the Chetognatha, Echinodermata, and Enteropneusta, therefore, the perivisceral cavity is a portion of the alimentary cavity shut off from the rest ; and in contradistine- tion to the Schizocela, in which the perivisceral cavity is pro- duced by a splitting of the mesoblast, they may be said to be Enteroceela. The Epicela—In the Ascidians, the investigations of Kowa- lewsky, now confirmed in all essential points by Kupffer, have shown that the alimentary cavity is formed by the invagination of the vesicular Morula, that the blood-channels answer to the blastoccele, that the central nervous system is produced by inva- gination of the epiblast, as in the Vertebrata, and that, in most, the mesoblast of a caudal prolongation gives rise to an axial column flanked by paired myotomes, which are comparable to the notochord and myotomes of the vertebrate embryo*. In the simplest Ascidians (the Appendicularie) the modified pharynx, which constitutes the branchial sac, is perforated by only two apertures, which open on the hemal or ventral face of the body, and there is no atrial chamber. But in all other Asci- dians an invagination of the epiblast takes place on each side of the anus, and, extending alongside the branchial sac nearly as far as the endostyle, give rise to a spacious chamber, lined by the so- called atrial or “third” tunic. In many Ascidians the chamber extends much further, so that even the alimentary canal and the generative organs are situated between the atrial tunic and the ectoderm. In this manner a kind of “ perivisceral cavity ”’ is formed, which is of a totally different nature from the “ schizo- cele’ of the Annelid, and from the “ enterocele”’ of the Hchino- derm, and which may be termed an epiccele. The resemblance of the simplest of vertebrated animals, the Lancelet (Amphioxus lanceolatus), to the Tunicata was first in- dicated, though, it must be admitted, very vaguely, by Goodsir+. * It is with great diffidence that I venture to express my dissent from the views of my venerated friend Von Baer, from whose works I first gathered sound principles of morphological science, and whose authority in such a matter as this has no equal; but I cannot think that the doubts he has expressed re- specting the fundamental similarity between the Ascidians and the Vertebrata are warranted. t “On the Anatomy of Amphiorus lanceolatus.” Read before the Royal CLASSIFICATION OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 217 In 1852 I gave full reasons for believing that the branchial sac of the Ascidian “represents, not the gill of the Mollusk, but the per- forated pharynx of Amphioxus”’ *; and I described the develop- ment of the muscles of the tail in the larval Ascidian as “ closely resembling that of the muscles of the Tadpole ;”’ but in the absence of any sufficiently detailed knowledge of the development of the embryo of either the Ascidian or of Amphioxus, it was impossible to know what weight ought to be attached to these resemblances ; and it was not until the publication of the memoir of Kowalewsky on the development of Amphioxus that their real significance became manifest. In this animal, in fact, yelk-division gives rise to a vesicular Morula, which becomes provided with an alimentary cavity by in- vagination, and with a cerebrospinal axis by the development of lamin dorsales and the invagination of the corresponding portion of the epiblast, as in other Vertebrata. The branchial clefts are secondary perforations of the body- wall and pharynx; and the protovertebre and notochord are de- veloped, as in Annelids and Arthropods, out of a mesoblastic layer situated between the epiblast and hypoblast, and therefore in the blastoceele. But one of the most important points made out by Kowalewsky is, that the branchia! clefts at first open externally— and that they only acquire their anomalous position in the adult by the growth over them of two lamin of the body-wall, which Society of Edinburgh, May 3rd, 1841, and published in vol. xv. of the ‘Trans- actions’ of that Society. ‘‘ Viewed as an entire animal, the Lancelet is the most aberrant in the vertebrate subkingdom. It connects the Vertebrata, not only to the Annulose animals, but also, through the medium of certain symme- trical Ascidix (lately described by Mr. Forbes and myself), to the Molluscs, We have only to suppcse the Lancelet to have been developed from the dorsal aspect, the seat of its respiration to be transferred from the intestinal tube to a corresponding portion of its skin, and ganglia to be developed at the points of junction of one or more of its anterior spinal nerves and inferior branch of its second pair, to have a true annulose animal, with its peculiar circulation, respiration, generative organs, and nervous system, with supra-csophageal ganglia, and dorsal ganglionic recurrent nerve.” With every desire to give credit for sagacity where it is due, I think it is obvious from this passage, and from the fact that Goodsir denied the existence of the branchial clefts, or even of the abdominal pore, in Amphioxws, that he had no conception of its true morphological relations, and no valid grounds for the hint which he throws out. * Report of the Belfast Meeting of the British Association, 1852. Trans- ctions of the Sections, pp. 76, 77. 218 TaD: - PROF, HUXLEY ON THE unite in the median ventral line for the greater part of their length, leaving only the abdominal pore open. Although the structure of Amphioxus has been investigated by many able observers * during the last forty years, a reexamination of this singular animal, with which I first made acquaintance in 1846, has convinced me that some of its most remarkable morpho- logical features have hitherto escaped notice ; and I will take this occasion of laying a summary of the chief results at which I have arrived before the Linnean Society. Amphioxus has hitherto been generally assumed to be a ver- tebrated animal, which differs from all others in possessing a mere rudiment of brain and of skull, and in being devoid of renal organs. Tt is quite true that Amphioxus has neither brain nor skull, if we restrict the application of these terms to those particular forms under which the brain and skull are met with in the higher Vertebrata; but if we ask whether those regions of the cerebro- spinal axis, and of the axial endoskeleton, which are metamor- phosed into the brain and skull in the higher Vertebrata are, or are not, represented in Amphiowus, the answer must be, that these regions are not only present, but that, in relation to the size of the body, they are much longer than in any other Vertebrate, and that, in this respect, as in so many others, Amphioxus is the counterpart of the embryo of the higher Vertebrate. The oral aperture of Amphioxus is surrounded by a series of tentacula; and the spacious buccal chamber is divided from the branchial one by a curiously arranged valvular “velum” (the “Franzen”? of Miller). Close to the anterior end of the cerebro- spinal axis is the ciliated olfactory sac discovered by Kolliker ; and the pigment-spot, which represents the eye, coats the extre- mity of the same part of the cerobrospinal axis. On comparing Amphioxus with the Lamprey, in its larval or Ammocetes condition, the cerebrospinal axis of the latter is seen to be a mere rod, somewhat enlarged at its anterior end, where it bears a mass of pigment representing the eye, and connected, by a very short cord, with a single ciliated olfactory sac. The oral aperture of the Ammocetes is also surrounded by tentacles; and, as in Amphioxus, leads into a wide buccal cavity, which is sepa- rated from the branchial sae by two remarkable folds, originally * T need only mention the names of Retzius, Rathke, Miller, Goodsir, and -Quatrefages. Within the last two years Stieda has published an elaborate paper on Amphioxus in the Transactions of the Academy of St. Petersburg. CLASSIFICATION OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 219 - described by Rathke, which answer to the velum of Amphioxus: But the dorsal ends of the attached edges of these folds are situated immediately under the middle of each auditory capsule ; and, in the adult Lamprey, they can be proved to correspond with the position of the hyoidean arch. In the Amphioxus their dorsal attachment corresponds with the anterior angulation of the intermuscular septum between the sixth and seventh myo- tomes, counting from the anterior end of the body. Hence, it follows that this septum answers to the hyoidean arch of the higher Vertebrata, and that the six myotomes in front of it re- present six primary segments of the body, or somatomes. But the first of these lies behind the eye, whence it also follows that the region occupied by these somatomes answers to the region in- cluded between the optic foramen and that for the seventh nerve in the skull of an ordinary vertebrated animal, and that so much of the head of Amphiorus as lies in front of the hyoid region answers to the preauditory moiety of the skull in other Ver- tebrata. In Amphioxus, a nerve leaves the cerebrospinal axis in cor- respondence with the interval between each pair of myotomes, and then divides into a dorsal and a ventral branch, like an ordi- nary spinal nerve. And, in front of the first myotome, two nerves, or perhaps one nerve in two divisions, are given off. The more anterior of these two passes above the eye, and is distributed to the end of the body in front of the mouth, while the second and the other nerves pass to the side walls of the oral cavity. These nerves, arising a8 they do between the homologue of the optic nerve and that of the portio dura, must represent the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth pairs of cranial nerves of the ordinary Ver- tebrata; while the myotomes between which five of them pass must represent the muscles of the nose, eye, and jaws. In fact, the course of the most anterior nerve is exactly that of the orbito- nasal nerve (the so-called ophthalmic, or first, division of the tri- geminal), as is conspicuous when this nerve in Amphioxus is com- pared with the undoubted orbito-nasal of the Lamprey. In the embryo Lamprey, at the most advanced stage described by Schulze, the portion of the centro-spinal axis which lies between the ear and the eye is relatively very long; but the cerebral hemi- spheres are beginning to grow out beyond the primitive anterior end of the cerebro-spinal axis, and project beyond the eye. In the :young Ammoceetes of 1°5 inch long the length is still great, though 220 PROF, HUXLEY ON THE it has not increased in proportion to the body ; but the cerebral hemispheres are relatively larger, and the eyes are fully formed and have moved backwards, dividing the series of myotomes into a supraocular and a subocular bundle of muscles. And, in the adult Lamprey, changes in the same direction have gone still further. It is clear, therefore, that the region occupied by the six most anterior myotomes of the body of Amphioxus answers to the pre- auditory region of the skull in the higher Vertebrata. The ques- tion next arises, How many of the succeeding myotomes are in- cluded in the region which corresponds with the postauditory or parachordal region of the skull in the higher Vertebrates ? — The Lamprey has seven branchial sacs, with as many external clefts; and no Vertebrate ever possesses more. To each of these sacs nerves pass which undoubtedly correspond with the branchial branches of the glossopharyngeal and pneumogastric nerves; and strong grounds for thinking that the pneumogastric trunk con- tains the representatives of, at fewest, six primary distinct nerves, answering to the six posterior branchial sacs, have been given by by Gegenbaur and myself. If this be so, then the seven pairs of nerves behind the representative of the portio dura in Amphi- oxus will answer to the glossopharyngeal and pneumogastric, and the eighth somatome will correspond with the occipital segment of the Ichthyopsida. Thus the skull of a Lamprey or of an Elasmobranch fish is represented by the anterior region of the body of the Amphioxus as far back as the fourteenth myotome. As there are from sixty to seventy myotomes, this estimate makes the head of Amphioxus to occupy, morphologically, one fifth of the whole body. With respect to the renal organs, Miiller thought he had ob- served some rounded bodies which might have a renal character in the posterior part of the abdominal cavity of living specimens of Amphioxus ; but as he could not find them by dissection, and as no other anatomist has been more successful, they need not now be discussed. Rathke described two canals situated in the ridges which are developed at the junction of the ventral with the lateral faces of the body. He states that these canals open, behind, at the abdo- minal pore, and in front at the mouth. Miiller and, more recently, Stieda confirm Rathke’s account, which appeared to be strength- ened by Kowalewsky’s statement that he had seen the ova pass CLASSIFICATION OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 221 out by the mouth. Nevertheless there are no such canals. The ventro-lateral folds in question begin on each side of the front part of the mouth, and are continued along-side it, as Goodsir rightly states, becoming deeper as they pass back. At the sides of the abdominal pore, they terminate without uniting, one on each side of the preanal fin. In the living state, as well as in spirit specimens, these ventro-lateral laminz are strongly curved in- wards; and they meet, or nearly meet, in the middle line, more or less covering the proper ventral aspect of the body, between the mouth and the respiratory pore. And it is simply the semicanals enclosed by these infolded ventro-lateral lamine which Rathke took for abdominal canals, open only in front and behind. The superficial layer of the integument, with its epiderm, is continued from the outer margin of each ventro-lateral lamina, over its edge, on to the inner surface of the lamina, and, in the normal state, is closely adherent to the greater part of that surface, becoming detached, to be reflected on to the proper ventral face of the body, only at the reentering angle between the ventro-lateral lamina and the ventral face. But, in spirit specimens, this super- ficial layer, which coats the inner face of the ventro-lateral lamina, sometimes becomes detached, along with more or less of its conti- nuation on to the ventral surface of the body, and leaves a wide space, ;which is the abdominal canal described by Stieda, and erroneously supposed by him to be Rathke’s canal. The floor of the respiratory chamber is formed by a layer of transversely disposed fibres, chiefly composed of muscular tissue and coated on the dorsal face by a layer of cells, forming part of the epithe- lium of the chamber. In the middle line these fibres are more or less interrupted by the raphe described by Stieda; the dorsal aspect of the floor is longitudinally grooved in correspondence with the raphe; and, not unfrequently, the epithelial cells dip down into this groove for a greater or less distance. On the ventral face of the thick floor of the respiratory cham- ber the superficial layer of the integument is naturally separated by a narrow interspace from the transverse fibres of the floor, ex- cept in the middle line, where it is attached along a depression or groove corresponding with the raphe, like that of the dorsal aspect of the floor. This layer of integument is thrown into regular and close-set longitudinal plaits, which have been described as muscular fibres by Rathke, Miiller, Goodsir, and Quatrefages. Stieda dis- covered the true nature of these longitudinal fibres; but his 222 3 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE figures give no idea of the regularity of the plaits, or of the manner in which the cells of the epidermis line the sides of the folds, which in transverse sections, have the appearance of glandular ceca. Tt is this organ which I conceive to be the renal organ, function- ally, and to represent the Wolffian ducts, morphologically. These ducts are now known to be formed in the higher Vertebrates by involutions of the lining of that part of the peritoneal cavity which lies external to the generative area. aking the raphe in Amphiozxus to represent the line of union of the lateral lamine, the development of which into the walls of the “ perivisceral ”’ cavity has been observed by Kowalewsky, the space between each lateral half of the plaited integument and the ventro-lateral fold of its side, will answer to an involution of the epithelium of the soma- topleure, such as that by which the Wolffian duct of osseous fishes * commences; and the position of the reproductive gland low down on the wall of the somatopleure is in accordance with this interpretation. On this view, the wall of the respiratory chamber of Am- phioxus is strictly comparable to the somatopleure of a higher Vertebrate embryo. On the other hand, the cells which line it and represent the peritoneal epithelium must, from the mode of formation of the cavity, occupy the place of the epiblast, and re- present a continuation of the epidermis. Thus the respiratory chamber of the Amphiovus is an epiccele, a cavity of the same fundamental nature as the atrium of the Tunicata; and this circumstance constitutes another curious point of resemblance between the Tunicata and Amphioxus. On the other hand, it is such a cavity as would be formed te the growth and extensive union in the middle line of the lateral prolongations of the wall of the body in Balanoglossus. To what does the respiratory chamber of Amphioxus answer in the higher Vertebrata? Inthe manner of its formation it cor- responds, as I have elsewhere + suggested, very closely with the respiratory chamber into which the gill-clefts open in the Tad- pole, and which, in most Anura, communicate with the exterior by only a single external opening on the left side of the body, though there are two symmetrical apertures in the Tadpole of Dactylethra. But, in its relations to the alimentary canal, and to * Rosenberg, “ Untersuchungen tiber die Entwickelung der Teleostier-Niere,’) 1867. t+ Manual of the Anatomy of Vertebrated Animals, p. 121. CLASSIFICATION OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 293: the generative and urinary orgens, it is obvious that it no less closely answers to the “ pleuroperitoneal ”’* chamber of the higher Vertebrates. The opercular fold which constitutes the outer wall of the branchial chamber in the Tadpole is formed by an out- growth of the body-wall, as Kowalewsky states the wall of the respiratory chamber in Amphiorus to be. On the other hand, in all the higher Vertebrata, the somatopleure which bounds the “pleuroperitoneal cavity’? seems to be formed by a sort of split- ting by the mesoblast, apparently very similar to the process which gives rise to the perivisceral cavity of Annelida and Arthropoda. And the discovery of the free communication of the great serous eavities with the lymphatic system, has removed the objection that might have been urged that the serous cavities of the Verte- brata are not parts of the vascular system. But it has been seen that it is only by the most careful study of development that the “ enteroccelous ” “ perivisceral cavity” of the Echinoderm has been shown to be morphologically distinct from the “schizoccelous” “perivisceral cavity” of an Annelid ; and I think it probable that renewed investigation will prove that the “splitting of the mesoblast”’ in the Vertebrata repre- sents the invagination of the epiblast in the Ascidian, and the formation of an epiccele by outgrowth of a ridge in Amphioxus. Provisionally, at any rate, this hypothesis may be adopted, and the Vertebrata in general, as well as Amphioxus, ranked among the Hpiccela. The discovery of the true head, brain, and renal organs of Amphioxus removes the chief supposed anomalies of the struc- ture of this animal, and to so great an extent bridges over the supposed hiatus between it and the Marsipobranchii, with which the development of the latter shows it to be very closely related, that I see no reason for separating it from the class Pisces, in which, however, it may properly rank as the type of a distinct order, which may be termed Hntomocrania, in contradistinction ‘to the rest, in which, as in all the higher Vertebrates, the skull, even in the embryonic state, exhibits no indication of its primitive ‘segmentation 7, and which may be termed Holocrania. * More accurately “ pericardio-pleuroperitoneal ” chamber, as the pericar- dium is only part of it, and, indeed, is only incompletely shut off in the Rays and Myxinoid fishes. t See the proof of this position in my Croonian Lecture, ‘ Proceedings of the Royal Society, 1858, 224 PROF, HUXLEY ON THE The eye-spots of Amphiowus were single in all the specimens I have examined; in the very young Ammocetes, described by Schulze, there are two such pigment-spots, separated by the very short representatives of the cerebral hemispheres and olfactory lobes. This suggests that the eye, like the nose, was primitively simple in the Vertebrata, and that it has become divided in the same way as the nose. In this case the involution of the epiblast, out of which the cornea and the crystalline lens are developed, should have been primitively a median sac ; and it is a curious circumstance that, in the very young tadpole, Mr. W. K. Parker, F.R.S., has described and figured a transverse groove connecting the eye-sacs. I am unable to find any thing in the structure or mode of deve- lopment of the Marsipobranchii which gives this group more than an ordinal value in the class Pisces. Their great peculi- arities are the structure of the skull, the presence of a naso- palatine passage which opens posteriorly in the Myxinoids, and the existence of a large superior median brain-lobe. As respects the first point, the skull is strictly comparable with that of the embryo of any higher Vertebrate, being com- posed of a parachordal occipital portion, of largely developed trabecule, and of auditory capsules. In the Lampreys the carti- laginous hyoidean and mandibular arches are represented, and the curious facial cartilages appear to me to be reducible to the type of the labial cartilages of the Elasmobranchs. The deve- lopment of the olfactory organ of the Lamprey proves that the single nasal sac of Amphiorus is the homologue of the nasal sac of the Marsipobranchii (at least of that part which is lined by the Schneiderian membrane), to which, however, two olfactory nerves, produced apparently by the division of a primitively simple and median nerve, proceed. ‘The term “ Monorhina,” applied by Haeckel to the Marsipobranchii, therefore, is not strictly applicable, and I cannot attach any great taxonomic value to the structure of the olfactory organs in this group. The external duplication of the nasal apertures in the higher Vertebrata appears to me to be chiefly due to the fact that, in them, the cerebral hemispheres are thrown out in front of the anterior cerebral vesicle, the front wall of which (the lamina terminalis of the third ventricle of the fully developed brain) corresponds with the anterior end of the cerebro-spinal axis of Amphioxus, and attains a large size and considerable downward CLASSIFICATION OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM, 225 growth before the olfactory sacs are distinguishable. The regions whence the olfactory nerves will be developed are thus widely separated, and thrown to the ventral and lateral aspect of the head, before the Schneiderian membrane is differentiated. It must also be recollected that, when the naso-frontal process of the embryo appears, the olfactory sacs become connected with one another by a transverse groove, which is persistent in the Rays, and has the same relations as the middle of the olfactory sac of the Marsipobranchii would have if it were supposed to be transversely elongated. ‘ Recent investigations lead me to think that the lower jaw is by no means wanting in the Marsipobranchii, though it presents a very curious modification. In the Ammocete the hyoidean cleft, which has been overlooked, is present; and the manner in which the branchial filaments are developed leads me to believe that those which are first formed represent the external gills of the Elasmobranchii, Ganoidei, Dipnoi, and Amphibia. I have formerly expressed the opinion that the naso-palatine canal of the Marsipobranchii represents the “ primitive mouth” of the Vertebrata. The resemblance of the mouth of Amphiovus to that of an Ascidian renders this comparison questionable ; but, on the other hand, it is a remarkable circumstance that the median nasal involution of Amphioxus corresponds very nearly, in its rela- tion to the segmented mesoblast, with the oral aperture of an Arthropod or an Annelid ; and it may be that the canal represents the ordinary invertebrate oral passage. The dorso-median brain-lobe of the Marsipobranch appears to me to be represented in the higher Vertebrata by the peduncle of the pineal gland, which in the embryo is a hollow process of the roof of the anterior cerebral vesicle. It is particularly conspi- cuous in young Elasmobranchs. In a few Metazoa, as in some small Rotifera and in the Gor- diacez, the alimentary canal never becomes developed, although these animals clearly belong to groups in which the alimentary apparatus is normally formed, and may be safely regarded as modified Gastree. Whether the like is true of the Cestoidea, which are so closely allied with the Trematoda, and of the Acan- thocephala, is not certain. Probable as it may be that these are Gastres with aborted digestive cavities, it may be well to bear in mind the possibility of their never having passed through the 226 “CLASSIFICATION OF THE-ANIMAL KINGDOM. Gastrula stage. It is conceivable that an opaliniform Morula ‘should, under completely parasitic conditions of life, have deve- loped the organization of a Cestoid worm. At any rate, the con- trary must not be assumed without good evidence; and to indi- cate the doubt, it may be well to establish a provisional group of Agastrez for these forms. I subjoin a tabular arrangement of the animal kingdom accord- ing to the views expressed in this paper, remarking, in conclusion, that, in my belief, the progress of knowledge will eventually break down all sharp demarcations, and substitute series for divisions. ANIMALIA. I. PROTOZOA. i. MoneERa. Protamebide. Protomonadide. Myxastride. Foraminifera. ll. ENDOPLASTICA. Amebide. Infusoria flagellata. Gregarinide. Acinetide. Infusoria ciliata. Radiolaria. Il. MEHTAZOA. A. GASTRES. i. PotysToMaTa. Porifera (or Spongida). il. MonosToMata. 1. Archeostomata. a. Scolecimorpha. b. Coelenterata. Rotifera. Turbellaria. Hy drozoa. Trematoda. Actinozoa. Nematoidea. Hirudinea. __ (Ctenophora). Oligocheta. 2. Deuterostomata. a. Schizoccela. b. Enterocela. Annelida Gephyrea(?). Brachiopoda. Enteropneusta, polycheta. Polyzoa (?). Chetognatha, Arthropoda. Mollusca. Echinodermata. ce. Epiccela. Tunicata or Ascidioida. Vertebrata. B. AGasTRER (provisionally). Cestoidea. Acanthocephala. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. 227 Observations on Bees, Wasps, and Ants.—Part II. By Sir Joun Lusgock, Bart., F.R.S., M.P., F.L.8., Vice-Chancellor of the University of London. [Read December 17th, 1874. ] In the Twelfth Volume of the Journal, the Society has done me the honour to publish some observations on Bees and Wasps, of which the present paper is a continuation. Bees. Following up the observations recorded in my previous paper, on the 19th July I put a bee (No. 10) to a honeycomb containing 12 lbs. of honey at 12.30; at 12.36 she went back to the hive; », 12.50 she returned; ,, 12.55 5 "3 bb) die 6 39 PP) 1.12 >P) 29 oS Sos aia obese) 55 - 29 Be 5 33 bb) 2. 9 3) 29 bb} 12 2.16 f . 9 99 2.20 Pb) 2 3 eS} a a5 DAB Ay of i bP) 2.49 ” > 2.55 ? 99 99 3.13 9 3) 3.20 39 ” » 9.31 » » 9.39 99 09 » 3.45 33 » 3.09 9 ” Wy Ais: 2, = » &« 8 ; Re » 4.18 0 yy, 42d » 9 9 4.31 9 bbs 4.37 9 bb) op CHAN 9 » 4.58 » , op) Dall “s » 9.19 9 9 39 5.27 39 PP] 5.30 bP) 9 9 6. 9 23 ?? 6.15 9 bb) » 6.23 99 » 6.29 9 %9 29 7.19 9 9 7.24 9 he 99 7.35 3) 9 7.40 * ” 9 7.50 ? ” 7.55 27 ” and during all this time no other bee came to the comb. ~ On the following morning, July 20, this bee came to the honey- ° comb at 6. 54.M.; at 6.10 she went back to the hive ; » 6.87 she returned ; » 6.42 es - 9 Ceilidh ? 2? 7.21 2? ? LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 16 228 99 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. 7.41 she returned ; 8. 8 8.21 8.52 9. 4: 9.45 10. 4 10.19 10.40 10.59 11.14 11.44 11.59 12.15 12.29 12.41 4 1.16 1.46 99 9 99 99 was disturbed, at 7.47 shewentbackto the hive; 99 oP) 9 other bee had come to the comb. Oct. 9. I took a bee (No. 11) out of the hive and put her to some honey; she returned and kept on visiting it regu- larly. Oct. 10. This bee came to the honey at 7.30 a.m., and went on visiting it; but I was not able to watch her continuously. During these two days no other bee came to this honey. 8.12 8.25 8.54 Ss) 9.51 10.10 10.26 10.47 ll. 4 11.19 11,52 12. 6 12.23 12.35 12.52 1.9 1.30 1.55 Oct. 11. No. 11 came to the honey 7.12 a.m., but did not alight; 7.18 she returned, and at 7.21 went back to the hive; at 7.27 7.38 7.51 8. 2 8.15 3.80 8.41 8.55 9. 6 9.20 9.45 7.31 7.44 7.56 8. 8 8.22 8.35 8.46 8.59 9.11 9.25 9.50 dF b) T then left off observing ; but during the whole of this time no SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. 229 Oct. 11. No. 11 (continued). at 9.55 she returned, and at 10. 1 went back to the hive; 5 Os 0 2 TOs : ,, 10.19 i 1023 ; » 10.30 a strange bee came; I killed her. At 10.35 No.11 returned, andat 10.40 went back tothe hive ‘ ,, 10.55 63 a 10'S e » Ll. 4 » x I 8 AD » 11.26 : A ene 1130 ss » 11.35 aelless Another strange bee came; I killed her also. At 11.52 she returned, and at 11.55 went ; el. 7 is Ea 10 1 oe 5, Dei ie Aven cae Sul d MOS Gta ” 12.58 ”? ” 1. 2 ” ” ile 8 2”? ” 1.12 ” 2 Jae . RUE 5 gai 1.30 i a ayn) gees E 1.45 5 P48 2, 2. 2 ” 9 2. 6 93 ” 2.15 “99 ” 2.18 ” sy) sy! i 22000 tes, 9 2-4 5 % DA es PeoOk : 5 5 2:52) 3 ” 2.57 ”? 7 3 ”? after which she did not come any more that day. It was, how- ever, a bad day, and after 1 o’clock she was almost the only bee which came out of the hive. The following morning she came to the honey at 7.58 a.m., but did not alight, behaving just as she had done the day before. At 8. 6 a.m. No.11 returned to the honey, and at 8. 9 she went ; » 98.14 3 55 5 8.20 Fr ” 8.30 »” 7 ” 8.34 ” » 98.42 s 53 a 8.46 5 » 8.54 : Z Rs S59 gnve ” 9. 9 ” ”? : ” 9.14 ” me GAO 55 5 a 9.24 i » 9.29 ” 9 ” 933, O37 . ‘ r Ade iat 9.54 - Ss but was disturbed. 16* 230 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. A strange bee came, which I killed. At 9.59 No.11 went away ; at 10. 5 she returned to the honey, ,, 10. 8 % » 10.12 » » » 10.138 » » 10.16 » 2 » 10.20 2 », 10.26 0 ” » 10.28 9 », 10.33 » 9 » 10.36 , 10.40 A , 10.46 29 9 ,, 10.55 astrange bee came which I killed. No. 11 returned to the honey regularly; and went on coming. Oct. 13. 6.28 a.m. she came, but, as before, flew away again without alighting. At 6.32 she came to the honey, at 6.36 she went away ; » 6.42 29 » », 6.46 0 bP) 6.51 2? 29 99 6.56 29 93 7.10 29 23 PP) 7.14 bP) » 7.26 29 99 » 1.34 ,; » 1.46 ‘ bp », 7.50 bs ” 7.55 oF) ”? 9 8. 2 29 8.12 2? 23 bP) 8.15 9 » 8.20 » 2 » 8.26 9 » 8.30 » 99 » 8.33 £ bP] 8.37 29 re) 29 8.44 ? 29 8.50 9) 23 29 8.56 9 and so on. Oct. 14. She came for the first time at 8.15 a.m., and went on visiting the honey at the usual intervals. After this day I saw her no more; she had probably met with some accident. But these facts show that some bees, at any rate, do not communicate with their sisters, even if they find an untenanted comb full of honey, which to them would be a perfect Eldorado. This is the more remarkable because these bees began to work in the morn- ing before the rest, and continued to do so even in weather which drove all the others into the shelter of the hive. That the few strange bees which I have recorded should have found the honey is natural enough, because there were a good many bees about in the room. The following fact is mentioned by F. Miller as seeming also to show a limited power of communicating facts on the part of bees : —“ Once,” he says*, “I assisted at a curious contest, which took place between the queen and the worker bees in one of my hives, * ¢Nature, June 11, 1874.. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. 231 and which throws some light on the intellectual faculties of these animals. A set of forty-seven cells had been filled, eight on a nearly completed comb, thirty-five on the following, and four around the first cell of a new comb. When the queen had laid eggs in all the cells of the two older combs she went several times round their circumference (as she always does, in order to ascer- tain whether she has not forgotten any cell), and then prepared to retreat into the lower part of the breeding-room. But as she had overlooked the four cells of the new comb, the workers ran impatiently from this part to the queen, pushing her, in an odd manner, with their heads, as they did also other workers they met with. In consequence the queen began again to go around on the two older combs; but as she did not find any cell wanting an egg she tried to descend, but everywhere she was pushed back by the workers. This contest lasted for a rather long while, till the queen escaped without having completed her work. Thus the workers knew how to advise the queen that something was as yet to be done, but they knew not how to show her where it had to be done.” I have already mentioned with reference to the attachment which bees have been said to show for one another, that though I have repeatedly seen them lick a bee which had smeared herself in honey, I never observed them show the slightest attention to any of their comrades who had been drowned in water. Far, indeed, from having been able to discover any evidence of affec- tion among them, they appear to be thorougbly callous and utterly indifferent to one another. As already mentioned, it was neces- sary for me occasionally to kill a bee; but I never found that the others took the slightest notice. Thus on the 11th of October I crushed a bee close to one which was feeding—in fact, so close that their wings touched ; yet the survivor took no notice what- ever of the death of her sister, but went on feeding with every appearance of composure and enjoyment, just as if nothing had happened. When the pressure was removed, she remained by the side of the corpse without the slightest appearance of appre- hension, sorrow, or recognition. It was, of course, impossible for her to understand my reason for killing her companion; yet neither did she feel the slightest emotion at her sister’s death, nor did she show any alarm lest the same fate should befall her also. In a second case exactly the same occurred. Again, I have several times, while a bee has been feeding, held a second bee by the leg 232° SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. close to her; the prisoner, of course, struggled to escape and buzzed as loudly as she could; yet the selfish (?) eater took no notice whatever. So far, therefore, from being at all affectionate, I doubt whether bees are in the least fond of one another. ' Their devotion to their queen is generally quoted as a most characteristic trait ; yet it is of the most limited character. For instance, I was anxious to change my black queen for a Ligurian ; and accordingly on the 26th of October Mr. Hunter was good enough to bring me a Ligurian queen. We removed the old queen, and we placed her with some workers in a box containing some comb. I was obliged to leave home on the following day ; but when [ returned on the 30th I found that all the bees had deserted the poor queen, who seemed weak, helpless, and miserable. On the 81st the bees were coming to some honey at one of my windows, and I placed this poor queen close to them. In alight- ing, several of them even touched her ; yet not one of her subjects took the slightest notice of her. The same queen, when afterwards placed in the hive, immediately attracted a number of bees. Although the experiments on colour which I have already recorded seem to me tolerably conclusive, still I thought it would be worth while to make a few more. Accordingly, on the 12th July I brought a bee to some honey which I placed on blue paper, and about 3 feet off I placed a similar quantity of honey on orange paper. After she had returned twice, I transposed the papers; but she returned to the honey on the blue paper. After she had made three more visits, always to the blue paper, I transposed them again, and she again followed the colour, though the honey was left in the same place. The following day I was not able to watch her; but on the 14th, at 7.29 a.m, she returned to the honey on the blue paper. 7.31 left. 7.44 CAG 7.56 i : I then again transposed the papers. At 8.5 she returned to the old place, and was just going to alight ; but observing the change of colour, without a moment’s hesitation, darted off to the blue. No one who saw her at that moment could have entertained any further doubt about her perceiving the difference between the two colours. At 8.9 she went ; 8.13 she returned to the blue. 8.16 went. 8.20 ” ” 8.23 27 8.26 fs i 8.30 99 ‘SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. 233 Transposed the colours again. At 8.35 she returned to the blue, and at 8.39 went ; 8.44 a 3 8.47 ,, 8.50 5 FF 8.53 ,, Transposed the colours again. 8.57 she returned again to the blue. 9 9. 4 ” ” 9. 7 ” 9.12 3 . 9.15 ,, 9.19 , M SO) 9.25 : _ Bares 9.30 ‘ A 9.34 ,, 9.40 ‘ i 9.44 ,, 9.50 % A MOLSON Transposed the colours again. 10. 2 she returned again to the blue. 10. 6 ,, 10.10 uy i 10.14 ,, 10.20 AW Sates Wee 1025 10.30 Y te LO SA. 10.40 hi a 10.44- ,, 10.48 Ni i IO. Seen ea) ¥ i HiT ee TL, Bs Bs and flew about, having been disturbed. — 11.26 Ps A 11.28 went. 11.36 7 : NTL) ck 12. 5 came and flew about, but did not settle till 1G. 12.17 went; - 12.21 came and flew about. Though it was a beautiful afternoon, she did not return any more that day. _ That bees can distinguish scents is certain. On the 5th Oct. I put a few drops of Eau de Cologne in the entrance, and imme- diately a number (about fifteen) of bees came out to see what was the matter. Rose-water also had the same- effect; and, as will be mentioned presently, in this manner I called the bees out several times; but after a few days they took hardly any notice of the scent. For instance, on the 17th Oct. I tried them with twenty drops of Eau de Cologne, the same quantity of essence of violet, of lavender-water, of essence of musk, of essence of Pat- chouli, and of spirits of wine; but they took no apparent notice of any of them. 234 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. I have also made some observations with the view of ascertain- ing whether the same bees act as sentinels. With this object, on the 5th of October, I called out the bees by placing some eau de Cologne in the entrance, and marked the first three bees that came out. At 5 p.m. I called them out again; about twenty came, in- cluding the three marked ones. I marked three more. Oct. 6. Called them out again. Out of the first twelve five were marked ones. I marked three more. Oct. 7. Called them out at 7.30 a.m. as before. Out of the first nine, seven were marked ones. At 5.30 p.m, called them out again. Out of six, five were marked ones. Oct. 8. Called them out at 7.15. Six came out, all marked ones. Oct. 9. Called them out at 6.40. Out of the first ten, eight were marked ones. 11.30 a.m. Out of six, three were marked. I marked the other three. 1.30 p.m. Out of ten, six were marked. 5 3 e 4.30. Out of ten, seven were marked. Och 10s A 6.5 a.m. Out of six, five were marked. Shortly afterwards I did the same again, when out of eleven, seven were marked ones. 5.30, p.m. Called them out again. Out of seven, five were marked. Oct. 11. 6.80 a.m. Called them out again. Out of nine, seven were marked. 5 5 P.M. Out of seven, five were marked. After this day they took hardly any notice of the scents. 39 23 Thus in these nine experiments, out of the ninety-seven bees which came out first, no less than seventy-one were marked ones, though out of the whole number of bees in the hive there were only twelve marked for this purpose, and, indeed, even fewer in the earlier experiments. I ought, however, to add that I gene- rally fed the bees when I called them out. It is sometimes said that the bees of one hive all know one SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. 235 another, and immediately recognize and attack any intruder from another hive. At first sight this certainly implies a great deal of intelligence. It is, however, possible that the bees of particular hives have a particular smell. Thus Langstroth, in his interest- ing ‘Treatise on the Honey Bee, says :—“ Members of different colonies appear to recognize their hive companions by the sense of smell ;” and I believe that if colonies are sprinkled with scented syrup, they may generally be safely mixed. Moreover, a bee re- turning to its own hive with a load of treasure is a very different creature from a hungry marauder; and it is said that a bee, if Jaden with honey, is allowed to enter any hive with impunity. Mr. Langstroth continues, “There is an air of roguery about a thieving bee which, to the expert, is as characteristic as are the motions of a pickpocket to a skilful policeman. Its sneaking look and nervous guilty agitation, once seen, ean never be mis- taken.” It is at any rate natural that a bee which enters a wrong hive by accident should be much surprised and alarmed, and would thus probably betray herself. On the whole, then, I do not attach much importance to their recognition of one another as an indication of intelligence. I had made some observations also with the view of ascertaining whether the bees which collect honey also work in the hive and attend to the brood, or whether they devote themselves exclu- sively to one or other of these duties. My observations, how- ever, were not conclusive; but some light has been thrown on the subject by Dzierzon, from which it would appear that for the first fortnight of a bee’s life she attends exclusively to indoor duties, and only afterwards takes to the collection of honey and pollen. Dzierzon’s statements have been confirmed by Dr. Dénhoff. On the 18th April he introduced a Ligurian queen into a hive of black bees. The first Ligurian workers emerged on the 10th May, and made their first appearance outside the hive on the 17th; but not until the 25th did any of the Ligurian workers appear on his feeding-troughs, which were constantly crowded with common bees, nor were any seen to visit the flowers. Repeated observa- tions, says Dr. Donhoff, “force me to conclude that during the first two weeks of the worker-bee’s life the impulse for gathering honey and pollen does not exist, or at least is not developed, and that the development of this impulse proceeds slowly and gradu- ally. At first the young bee will not even touch the honey pre- sented to her; some days later she will simply taste it; and only 236 SIR JONN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. after a lapse of time will she consume it eagerly. Two weeks elapse before she readily eats honey; and nearly three weeks pass before the gathering-impulse is sufficiently developed to impel her to fly abroad and seek for honey and pollen among the flowers’”’*. In my first memoir I alluded to the difficulty which bees expe- rience in finding their way about. In this respect they certainly differ considerably. Some of the bees which came out through the little postern door (already described) were able to find their way back after it had been shown to them a few times. Others were much more stupid; thus, one bee came out on the 9th, 11th, 12th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, and 19th, and came to the honey ; but though I repeatedly put her back theoweh the postern, she was never able to find her way for herself. I often found that if bees which were brought to ee did not return at once, still they would do so a day or two afterwards. For instance, on July 11, 1874, a hot thundery day, and when the bees were much out of humour, I brought twelve bees to some honey ; only one came back, and that one only once; but on the following day several of them returned. My bees sometimes ceased work at times when I could not account for their doing so. Oct. 19 was a beautiful, sunshiny, warm day. All the morning the bees were fully active. At 11.25 I brought one to the honey-comb, and she returned at the usual intervals for a couple of hours; but after that she came no more, nor were there any other bees at work. Yet the weather was lovely, and the hive is so placed as to catch the afternoon sun. I have made a few observalions to ascertain, if possible, whether the bees generally go to the same part of the hive. Thus, Oct. 5. I took a bee out of the hive, fed her and marked her. She went back to the same part. Oct. 9. At 7.15 I took out two bees, fed and marked them. They returned; but Icould not see them in the same part of the hive. One, however, I found not far off. At 9.30 brought out four bees, fed and marked them. One returned to the same part of the hive. I lost sight of the others. Since their extreme eagerness for honey may be attributed rather to their anxiety for the commonweal than to their desire for personal gratification, it cannot fairly be imputed as gree- diness ; still the following scene, one which most of us have wit- nessed, is incompatible surely with much intelligence. “The sad * « Hive- and Honey-Bee,’ Langstroth, p. 195. SER JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. 237 fate of their unfortunate companions does not in the least deter others who approach the tempting lure from madly alighting on the bodies of the dying and the dead, to share the same miserable end. No one can understand the extent of their infatuation until he has seen a confectioner’s shop assailed by myriads of hungry bees. I have seen thousands strained out from the syrup in which they had perished; thousands more alighting even upon the boiling sweets; the floor covered and windows darkened with bees, some crawling, others flying, and others still, so completely besmeared as to be able neither to crawl nor fly—not one in ten able to carry home its ill-gotten spoils, and yet the air filled with new hosts of thoughtless comers” *, ' If, however, bees are to be credited with any moral feelings at all, I fear the experience of all bee-keepers shows that they have no conscientious scruples about robbing their weaker brethren. “Tf the bees of a strong stock,” says Langstroth, “once get a taste of forbidden sweets, they will seldom stop until they have tested the strength of every hive.” And, again, “Some bee- keepers question whether a bee that once learns to steal ever returns to honest courses.” Siebold has mentioned similar facts in the case of wasps (Polistes). Wasps. Sept. 138. At 6 a.m. I puta wasp to some honey on green paper, and about a foot off I put some more honey on orange paper. The wasp kept returning to the honey at the usual intervals. At 8.30 I transposed the papers ; but the wasp followed the colour. At 9 o’clock I transposed the papers again, but not the honey; she returned again to the green, from which it would appear that she was following the colour, not the honey. At 10.20 I again transposed them, with the same result. Ants. M. Forel, in his excellent work ‘ Les Fourmis de la Suisse.’ asserts that Ants, when they first quit the pupal state, like the bees, devote themselves to household duties and the care of the young, not taking any part in the defence of the nest until a later period of life. He has repeated many of Huber’s expe- riments. As regards the memory of ants, he convinced him- self that they recognized their companions after a separation of . * © Hive- and Honey-Bee, Langstroth, page 277. 238 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. four months; but he believes they would not do so for more than one season. In my previous memoir I have described the be- haviour of ants to companions from whom they had been sepa- rated for several months, and mentioned that I could not satisfy myself as to the lively manifestations of joy and satisfaction de- scribed by Huber as being shown under such circumstances. M. Forel, in the above-mentioned work, expresses his opinion that the signs which Huber regarded as marks of affection, were in reality signs of distrust and fear, which, however, were soon removed. Ants of different nests are generally enemies; but M. Forel assures us (p. 262) that when they first quit the pupa-stage, ants do not distinguish friends from foes, though three or four days are sufficient to enable them to do so. It is to be regretted that he does not give the facts on which this interesting statement is based. The behaviour of ants to one another differs very much accord- ing as they are alone or supported by numerous companions. An ant which would run away in the first case, will fight bravely in the second (p. 249). MM. Forel and Ebrard both assert that if an ant is a little ill or slightly wounded, she is carefully tended by her companions ; while, on the other hand, those which are dangerously ill or wounded are carried out of the nest to die. J have not met with any cases of this kind. Again, some days I found no ants about on my window-sill as usual, although there seemed nothing in the weather to account for it. I quote the following in order to show the steadiness with which ants work. July 18. At 6.20 a.m. I put an ant to some honey; at 6.40 she went, 7.2 she returned, and at 7.8 went away again, but not to the nest; at 7.11 she returned, and at 7.15 went away again. At 7.27 she came back. 7.40 went. 7.49 : 8.5 lie 8.14 54 Sloe 8.31 ie 8.39 ,, 8.43 5 8.47 8.55 i 9 9 9. 8 ¥ I10 >; 9.17 5 9.26 ,, SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. 239 At 9.34 she came back, and at 9.40 went ; 9.49 P 100 ie 10.11 ‘ OO 10.27 f 10.36 ,, 10.44 ‘ 10.52 ,, 12.52 3} 12.54 ,, i. @ a 1.20 ,, 1.30 ‘4 flies 1.51 2. 6 39 after which I was unable to go on watching. Another ant the same morning came to the honey at 6.55 a.m., at 7. 4 went away. Returned at 7.10 gj ALA ‘ » 7.34 ee e3G A 2 7.45 Pt cao) : 3 8. 2 spt SERBS 7 8.17 8.22 ‘ : 8.31 » 8.36 q : 8.44 uals! . 8.59 sr 89) 29 99 after which she came back no more. During this time fifteen others had come to the honey. That ants have a certain power of communication has been proved by Huber and other observers. Several striking cases are mentioned by M. Forel. For instance (op. cit. p. 297), an army of Amazon ants, on an expedition in search of slaves, attacked a nest of Formica rufibarbis. In a few seconds (quelques secondes) the dome of the nest was covered with F. rujfibarbis, which rushed out to defend their house. On another occasion he placed a number of Zetramorium ces- pitum about four inches from a colony of Pheidole paillidula. “En un clin d’eeil,’ he says (p. 384), “l’alarme fut repandue, et des centaines de Pheidole se jetérent au devant de l’ennemi.”’ Again, he (p. 849) placed some earth containing a number of Tetramorium about four inches from a nest of Strongylognathus Huberi. Several combats took place; but after the lapse of a few minutes (quelques minutes) a whole army of S. Hubert emerged and attacked the intruders. On another occasion, some Amazon ants (p. 301) were search- ing in vain for a nest of Formica rufibarbis. After a while some of them found the nest. “Immediately” (aussitét), he says, “a 240 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. signal was given, the Amazons rushed in the right direction and pillaged the nest in spite of its inhabitants.” This is a surprising statement. If it is to be taken literally, the communication can- not have been made by the antenne; the signal can hardly have been a visible one; are we then to imagine a sound or smell to have been made use of which our auditory and olfactory nerves are incapable of perceiving ? or have ants some sense which we do not possess ? It would even appear, from M. Forel’s statements, that in some cases one species comprehends the signs of another. This is, of course, the case when different species live in association ; but I am now speaking of hostile species. ormica sanguinea, he assures us, understand the signals of /. pratensis. “ Elles savent,” he says (p. 859), “toujours saisir l’instant ot les pra- tensis se communiquent le signal de la déroute, et elles savent s’apprendre cette découverte les unes aux autres avec une rapidité incroyable. Au moment méme ou l’on voit les pratensis se jeter les unes contre les autres en se frappant de quelques coups rapides, puis cesser toute résistance et s’enfuir en masse, on voit aussi les sanguinea se jeter tout-a-coup au milieu d’elles sans la plus petite retenue, mordant a droite et 4 gauche comme des Polyergus, et arrachant les cocons de toutes les pratensis qui en portent.” He is of opinion (p. 864) that the different species differ much in their power of communicating with one another. Thus, though Polyergus rufescens is smaller than F. sanguinea, it is generally victorious, because the ants of this species understand one another more quickly than those of £. sanguinea. It appeared to me that the following experiment might enor some light on the power of communication possessed by ants, viz. to place several small quantities of honey in similar situations, then to bring an ant to one of them, and subsequently to register the number of ants visiting each of the parcels of honey, of course imprisoning for the time every ant which found her way to the honey except the first. If, then, many more came to the honey which had been shown to the first ant than to the other parcels, this would be in favour of their possessing the power of communicating facts to one another, though it might be said they came by scent. Accordingly on the 13th July,at 3 p.m., I took a piece of cork about 8 inches long and 4 inches wide, and stuck into it seventeen pins, on three of which I put pieces of card with a little honey. Up SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS, 241 to 5.15 no ant had been up any of these pins. I then put an ant to the honey on one of the bits of card. She seemed to enjoy it, and fed for about five minutes, when she went away. At 5.30 she returned, but went up six pins which had no honey on them. I then put her on to the card. In the mean time twelve other ants have been up wrong pins and two up to the honey; these I imprisoned for the afternoon. At 5.46 my ant went away. From that time to 6 o’clock seven ants came, but not the first. One of the seven went up a wrong pin, but seemed surprised, came down and immediately went up the right one. The other six went straight up the right pin to the honey. Up to 7 o’clock twelve more ants went up pins—eight right, and four wrong. At 7 two more went wrong. Then my first ant returned, bring- ing three friends with her; and they all went straight to the honey. At 7.11 she went: on her way to the nest she met and spoke to two ants, both of which then came straight to the right pin and up it to the honey. Up to 7.20 seven more ants came and climbed up pins—six right, and one wrong. At 7.22 my first ant came back with five friends; at 7.30 she went away again, returning at 7.45 with no less than twenty com- panions. During this experiment I imprisoned every ant that found her way up to the honey. Thus, while there were seven- teen pins, and consequently sixteen chances to one, yet between 5.45 and 7.45 twenty-seven ants came, not counting those which were brought by the original ant ; and out of these twenty-seven, nineteen went up the right pin. Again, on the 15th July, at 2.30, I put out the same piece of cork with ten pins, each with a piece of card and one with honey. At 4.40I put an ant to the honey ; she fed comfortably, and went away at 4.44. At 4.45 she returned, and at 5. 5 went away again. 9 5.40 Pastis ‘ », 6.18 : and again at 6.25 and 6.59. There were a good many other ants about, which, up to this time, went up the pins indiscriminately. At 7.15 an ant came and went up the right pin, and another at 7.18. At 7.26 the first ant came back with a friend, and both went up the right pin. At 7.28 another came straight to the honey. At 7.30 one went up a wrong pin. , 7.31 one came to the right pin. » 7.36 5 5 _ with the first ant. 242, SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. At 7.39 one came to the right pin. 9 7.40 99 ” 29 TAL 39 39 99 7.43 9 29 ) 7.45 7 29 bb} 7.46 2? 3) 0 ” wrong 39 bP) 29 ST Ani GWiO wees is i 248) one: eh, right », the first ant came back. 7.49 another came to the right pin. ” 7.50 ry ” WroOns » ~ peuseoll: ba > right. ,, three i wrong ,, » 7.52 one ss right ,, ” 7.55 9 ” wrong ;; 99 39 bP) right 39 ry) 7.57 ” ” wrong ;, 2) 7.58 29 29 right 33 Es AOD hes i; wrong ,, Thus after 7 o’clock twenty-nine ants came; and though there were ten pins, seventeen of them went straight to the right pin. On the 16th July I did the same again. At 6.25 I put an ant to the honey ; at 6.47 she went. At 6.49 an ant came to the right pin. 5, 6.50 another 5 a ” 6.55 99 j ”? ee 5 O.OG, icine » wrong pin, and then to the right one, 5 OL08) 245, » right pin. 2 7 99 ” ” » 7. 5 the;first ant came back, and remained at the honey till Zell? . another came to the right pin; but she was with the first. » %. 6 another ant came to the right pin. ” 7. 6 29 9 29 7.12 ” 9 29 7.13 29 ”? These two ants were met by the first one, which crossed an- tenn with them, when they came straight to the honey. At 7.14 another ant came straight to the honey. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. © 243 At 7.21 the first ant returned; at 7.26 she left. » 7.24 another ant came, but went to a wrong pin, and then went on to the right one. ” 22 29 7.34 7.35 oP) ” bP) 7.47 7.48 7.49 7.52 ” 9 ” 9 7.58 8 2”? 5 tell 99 7.38 the first came back, 7.42 an ant went to a wrong pin. an ant came to wrong pin. oP) at 7.45 went away again. the right pin. 7.55 the first ant returned, and at 7.56 went away again. 7.57 an ant went to wrong pin. right wrong right wrong 9? oP] >P] 93 After this, for an hour no more ants came. — On this occasion, therefore, while there were ten pins, out of thirty ants, sixteen came to the right one, while fourteen went to one or other of the nine, wrong ones. July 18. I put out the boards as before at 4 0’clock. Up to 4.25 no ant came. Ith for a few minutes, and w en put one (No. 1) to the honey ; she fed ent away at 4.31. At 4.35 she came back with four friends, and went nearly straight to the honey. At 4.42 she went away, but came back almost directly, fed, and went away again. At 4.57 she returned, and at 5.8 went away again. ,» 4.45 an ant came 4,47 4.49 4.50 4.52 4.55 4.56 29 ~ aoe O LINN, JOURN.—ZOOLOGY 33 to wrong pin. right pin. wrong pin. right pin. This ant (No. 2) I allowed to return to the nest, which she did at 5.23. right pin. , VOL. XII. 244 STR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS At 5.11 an ant came to wrong pin. 2 >b) 32 5.12. ¥; right pin. I changed the pin. 5.16 an ant came to the pin which I had put in the same place. ‘5 5 right pin. 5.19 . A 5.20 two ants 5 with No. 2. 5 vant No. 1 . and went at 5.25. 5.25 an ant ” : this ant had been spoken to by No, 2. 5.26 another ant - 5.35 . . & 5.37 ” ” 5.40 . i 5.41 ant No. 1 3 and went at 5.49. 5.45 another ant i a OOMie Fes 5 5.91 ant No. 1 came back, and 5.54 went. 5.58 two ants came to the right pin. 5.99 another ant 3 ms ui , », a Wrong pin. I changed the pin again. 6.49 an ant came to the pi which I had put in the same place. 7. I another ant came to the right pin. 7.20 i 7.33 5 * 7.46 ant No. 1 returned, 7.55 went. ) Thus during this time, from 4.50 until 7.50, twenty-nine ants came, twenty-six went to the right pin, while only three went up any of the nine wrong ones. Moreover, out of these twenty-six, only four were distinctly brought by the two ants which I had shown the honey. On the 19th I tried a similar experiment. The marked ants frequently brought friends with them; but, without counting these, from 3.20 to 8 o’clock, out of forty-five ants, twenty-nine went up the right pin, while sixteen went up the nine wrong ones. Thus on July 13, out of 27 ants, 19 went right and § wrong. amo Ones. weglis 05 12> 8 » Lod, SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. 245 July 16, out of 30 ants, 16 went right and 14 wrong. 29 18, ” 26 ? 23 9) 5 ” 19, ” 45 ” 29 ”? 16 ” Or adding them all together, while there were ten pins at least, out of 156 ants 103 came up the right pin, and only 53 up the others. It certainly appeared to me that some of the ants were much cleverer in finding their way to the honey than others; several ants which I put on honey came back to nearly the same place, and yet did not seem able to find the exact spot. Again, some appeared to communicate more freely with their friends than others; and I have met with cases which show that some ants certainly do not, under such circumstances, summon. others to their assistance. From this point of view the following obser- vation may be compared with those already recorded. On the Ist August an ant came to the honey at 4.20 and went away a few minutes afterwards. At 4.36 she returned, and at 4.41 went away again. ” ) 4.52 i 4.58 ' ih elld : 5.15 " RGus a 6.10 dl , 6.21 5 6.31 , 6.39 r 6.43 . 1» 6.55 fb 6.59 p @ PaO ve 7.36 “ 7.49 s 7.54 ‘ bh) Yet during all this time she brought no friend with her. The following additional observations were made after the read- ing of the paper, at the dates severally mentioned below. Thus on the 3rd Jan. I placed some larvee in three small porce- lain saucers in a box 7 inches square attached to one of my frame- nests. The saucers were in a row 6 inches from the entrance to the frame and 14 inch apart from one another. At 1.10 an ant came to the larve in the cup which I will call No. 1, took a larva, and returned to the nest. At 1.24 she returned and took another. 1.45 3 ‘6 2.10 she went to the further saucer, No. 3. I took her up and put her to No. 1. She took a Jarva and returned. 2.24 she returned to cup No. 8. As there were only two 9 a 46 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. larve in this cup, I left her alone. She took one and returned. At 2.81 she returned to cup No. 3 and took the last larva. 8.48 2.40 she came back to cup No. 3 and searched diligently, went away and wandered about for two minutes, then returned for another look, and at length at 2.50 went to cup No. 1 and took a larva. 3 came to cup | and took a larva. 3. 7 Soe 3.15 i ” a , first, however, going and examining cup 8 again. 3.18 came to cup 3, then went to cup 2 and took a larva. 3.30 i 5 2 99 39 2 5.53 came to cup 3, but did not climb up it, then went to ‘cup 2 and took a larva, which she either dropped or handed over to another ant; for without returning to _ the nest, at 3.55 she returned to the empty cup, and then to cup 2, where she took the last larva, so that two cups are now empty. 4. 3 she came to cup 3, then to cup 2, and lastly to cup 1, when she took a larva. 4.15 came to cup 1 and took a larva. 4.22 4.38 As i 5 came to cup 3, then to cup 2, and lastly to cup 1, when she took a larva. 5.19 came to cup 1 and took a larva. 5.50 came to cup 2 and then to cup 1 and took a larva. 6.20 # 1 and took the last larva. 9 39 99 33 I now put about 80 larve in cup 3. It is remarkable that during all this time she did not come straight to the cups, but took a roundabout and apparently irre- solute course. At 7. 4 she came to cup 1 and then to cup 3, and then home. There were at least a dozen ants exploring in the box; but she did not send any of them to the larve. At 7 .80 she returned to eup 3 and took a larva. I now left off watching for an hour. On my return at 8.30 she was just carrying off a larva. 8.40 she came back to cup 3 and took a larva. STR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. 247 8.55 she came to cup 1 then to cup 3 and took a larva. 9.12 ” ” ” ” 9.30 . ” : 3 ” ” 9.52 i ex 53 a 10.14 5 1 ms 10.26 she went and examined cup 2, then to cup 3 and took a larva. At 10.45 she came to cup 3, and I went to bed. At7 o’clock the next morning the larva were all removed. In watching this ant I was much struck by the difficulty she seemed to experience in finding her way. She wandered about at times most irreso- lutely, and, instead of coming straight across from the door of the frame to the cups, kept along the side of the box; so that in coming to cup 3 she went twice as far as she need have done. Again, it is remarkable that she should have kept on visiting the empty cups time after time. I watched for this ant care- fully on the following day; but she did not come out at all. During the time she was under observation, from 1 till 10.45, though there were always ants roaming about, few climbed up the walls of the cups. Five. found their way into the (empty) cup 1 and one only to cup 3. It is clear, therefore, that the ant under observation did not communicate her discovery of larve to her friends. The following day I watched again, having, at 7 a.M., put larvee into one of the porcelain cups arranged as before. No ants found them for several hours. At 11.37 one came and took a larva. 11.50 she returned and took a larva. 11.59 she returned , ” We) ” 9 se MONG Ee WSs : 12.21 é c TORE Oe c oy LA BY e 3 12.37 i i 12.41 i i 12.45 » 12.50 12.57 Jinn 1 iE 248 SIk JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS, At 1.21 she returned and took a larva. 1.35 9 ” 99 » 1.40 3 > 99 1 AA bP] 3” ” 1.52 99 ”? obs e 1.56 bb) 9 99 2. 2 99 x” ” 2.10 99 ” 9 2.17 9? ” » 22 ” 9 » 2.380 Fe x » 2.386 . 5 » 243 5 i 99 2.48 ” bh] » «2.04 5 se 2.59 e f 3. 3 99 99 ih akO i. 3 3.14 3.19 » 8.89 ie a Bele as 3.56 ” 4, 7 ” 3 eo As 33 92 » 4.20 be Bs seen Ac28.44 ‘. Bs » 4.389 es a 5 4.44 A i » 4.50 vy be sn, Ab i555 e es By Bits ek oe Az 99 oO. 7 Lh) 9 Pent veo aly, 5 et 5 PB} As f: 5 a28 a Re » 040 ii m » OAS 5, ‘5 5, (5,658) iy 1 y 8 (GEX9 ; . emoults F ¥ SIK JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. At 6.35 she returned and took a larva. 6.40 6.46 6.51 6.58 Ue” 7. 8 7.12 7.16 7.21 7.26 7.39 7.44 7.53 7.57 8. 3 8. 8 8.13 8.20 8.26 8.31 8.38 8.45 8.50 8.55 4 9.11 9.19 9.25 9.33 9.40 9.46 9.52 249 This is an unusually long interval; still I am sure the time 10.32 10.39 10.49 10.54 ae ~ is correct. 250 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. At this time I went to bed. There were still about twenty-five larvee in the cup, which had all been removed when I looked at 6.15 the next morning. During the whole time she was under obser- vation, only two strange ants found their way to the cup, though there were some wandering about in the box all day. Towards evening, however, they went into the nest, and for some hours my ant was the only one out. It will be observed that she returned at shorter intervals than the previous ones. This was partly because she had a shorter distance to go, and partly because she was not bewildered by three cups, like the preceding. I had placed a bit of wood to facilitate her ascent into the cup. This she made use of, but instead of going the shortest way to the cup, she followed the side of the box, partly, perhaps, because the floor was covered with a plate of porcelain. This, however, would not account for the fact that at first she invariably went beyond the cup, and even past the second cup; gradually, how- ever, this circuit became smaller and smaller ; but to the last she went round the outside of cup 1 instead of going straight to the spot where I had placed the bit of wood. On the 9th January again I watched her under similar cireum- stances. Hrom 9.85 to 1.40 she made 55 journeys to and fro, carrying off a larva each time; but during als period only one strange ant found the larve. In the afternoon of the same day I watched the ant which had been under observation on the 3rd Jan. From 3.27 te 9.30 she made forty-two visits, during which time only four strange ants came to the larve. On the 10th Jan. I watched the same ant as on the 4th. Between 11 a.m. and 10 p.m. she made no less than ninety-two visits ; and during the whole time only one strange ant came to the larvee. On the 18th Jan. I put out some more larvee in the small por- celain cups. Between 8 and 9 both these ants found them, and kept on coming all day up to 7 p.m., when I left off observing. There were a good many ants wandering about in the box; but up to 4 o’clock only four came to the larve. Two of them I impri- soned as usual; but two (which came at 4.30 and 4.36) I marked. These went on working quietly with the first two till I left off observing at 7 p.M.; and during this latter time only three other ants found the larvee. On the 31st Jan. I watched another specimen. At 9.14 I put - SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON BEES, WASPS, AND ANTS. 251 ~ her into a small cup containing a number of larve. She worked continuously till half-past seven in the evening, when I left off watching. During that time she had made more than ninety journeys, carrying each time a larva to the nest. During the whole time not a single other ant came to the larve. Again on the 7th Feb. I watched two ants in the same manner. At 7 a.m. I put some larve in the small china cups. Up to 8 no ants had come to them. Soon after 8 I put two marked ants, neither of them being the same as these whose movements are above recorded. They were then watched until a quarter to eight in the evening, during which time one of them had made twenty- six Journeys, carrying off a larva each time; the other forty-two. During this period of about eleven hours, two strange ants had come to the cup at which these were working, and the same number to one of the other cups. None of these ants, therefore, though they had found a large number of larvee, more than they could carry in a whole day, sum- moned any other to their assistance. LINN. JOURN.—-ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 18 bas the * pica Dae (eld Penh ia NOTICE. Henceforward the Zoological and Botanical portions of the Journal will be published separately. Each volume will consist of Hight numbers, instead of Four. The price of each separate number, whether Zoological or Botanical, will be 2s. to the public, and 1s. 6d. to Fellows. Each volume of eight numbers, when subscribed for and paid in advance, will be charged 12s. to the public, and 9s. to Fellows. Any Candidate for admission as a Fellow must be proposed on a written Certificate, to be signed by three or more Fellows, from their personal acquaintance with him, or knowledge of his charac- ter or writings. Fellows, on their election, pay an Admission Fee of £6, and are thenceforth liable to an annual Contribution of £38, which may be compounded for at any time by one payment of £30 in lieu of all future contributions. Fellows residing abroad, and not compounding, are required to provide such security for the payment of their annual Contribu- tions as shall be satisfactory to the Council. The Fellows are entitled to receive, gratis, all Volumes, or Parts of Volumes, of the Transactions and Journal, that may be pub- lished after they shall have paid the Admission Fee; and they may be supplied with any of the Society’s publications at a reduc- tion of 25 per cent. under the common selling prices. Complete sets of the first twenty volumes of the Transactions will be supplied to the Fellows at the reduced price of £20; or of the first twenty-five volumes, with the General Index to the whole, for £80. Any Fellow purchasing, at one time, ten or more volumes, may obtain those from the Ist to the 20th at £1 per Volume; from the 21st to the 25th at £2 per volume; and single volumes, or parts, to complete sets, may be obtained: at the original prices. The price of the Index is 8s. to the public; 6s. to Fellows. Members are requested to apply at the Apartments of the Society, to Mr. Kippist, Librarian, for such volumes as they may be entitled to, or be desirous to purchase: but no volume can be delivered gratis to a Fellow whose yearly Contributions are in arrear, nor can any be delivered unless applied for within five years from the time of publication.—Vol. 29, Parts I & I1., and Vol. 30, Parts I.-I11., of the Transactions are now ready for de- livery. A few copies of the several papers contained in the later volumes (from Vol. 26 onwards) have been printed off for sepa- rate sale; and most of them may still be had. The Library is open to the Fellows and their friends daily, between the hours of 10 and 4, and on Meeting-days at 7 P.m. With certain restrictions, Fellows are allowed to borrow Books from the Library. ! The Council-room, which will in future be used as a Reading- room, will be open daily from 10 a.m. till 6 P.M., except on Saturdays, when till 4 o’clock only. Communications intended to be made to the Society may be addressed to the President, or to the Secretary, at the Society's Apartments, Burlington House, Piccadilly, London. Sr Price Ge Price Ge" BRUARY 25, THE JOUR A Woy ¢ 1939 9) THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. Vou. XII. ZOOLOGY. Nos. 60-62. CONTENTS. ig Diagnoses of new Genera and Species of Hydroida. By Professor Antuman, M.D:, LU.D., F.R.S., Pres. L. 8. &e. (Plates [X.-X XIII. ) BERN eee Ce Ae 251 II. On the supposed Rarity, Nomenclature, Structure, Affi- " nities, and Source of the large human Fluke (Distoma erassum, Busk). By.T. Srencer Cozsonp, M_D., F.R.S., F.1.S., Lecturer on Parasitic Diseases ...... 285 - TIL. Similitudes of the Bones in the Enaliosauria. By Harry Govier Suznyy, Esq., F.LS., F.G.S., Professor of Physical Geography in Bedgoed Coleone London..,... 296 IV. The Anatomy of two Parasitic Forms of the Family ff Tetrarhynchide. By Francts H. Weucu, F.R.CS:, mI Surgeon, Army Medical Department, and Ree tant Professor of Pathology, Army Medical School, Netley. - Communicated by Professor Busx, V.P.L.S: ee Oo MKTV.-XXVL).. Eigen to hee sine .. 829 ve Nite on the Leeidoniand a of the oe Fy ehae e with ol _ Descriptions of new Genera andSpecies. By Axruur i G. Burr, F.LS., F.ZS. (Plates XXVII. and Pe 342 LONDON: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, AND WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 1876. arent Baie Petes i ah uN iit i Me mM /) PROF. ALLMAN ON NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF HYDROIDA. 251 ber into a small cup containing a number of larve. She worked continuously till half past seven in the evening, when I left off watching. During that time she had made more than ninety journeys, carrying each time a larva to the nest. During the whole time not a single other ant came to the larve. Again on the 7th Feb. I watched two ants in the same manner. At 7 a.m. I put some larve in the small china cups. Up to 8 no ants had come to them. Soon after 8 I put two marked ants, neither of them being the same as these whose movements are above recorded. They were then watched until a quarter to eight in the evening, during which time one of them had made twenty- six journeys, carrying off a larva each time; the other forty-two. During this period of about eleven hours, Hern strange ants had come to the cup at which these were working, and the same number to one of the other cups. None of these ants, therefore, though they had found a large number of larve, more than they could carry in a whole day, sum- moned any other to their assistance. Diagnoses of new Genera and Species of Hydroida. By Professor Attman, M.D., LL.D.,F.RB.S., Pres. L.8., &c. [Read December 17th, 1874. ] (Puates IX.—XXTTI.) Some very interesting collections of Hydroida have been recently placed in my hands for determination. One of the most impor- tant of these is from the Zoological Museum of the University of Copenhagen, and consists exclusively of gymnoblastic forms. It has been obtained from various parts of the world; but most of the species are from the Scandinavian shores. It has been put into spirits, and is, for the most part, in a very good state of preservation, so much so, indeed, as frequently to admit of accu- rate drawings being made from the soft parts. Among the Hydroids of this collection sufficiently well preserved for deter- mination, are seven undescribed species, referable to six genera. For the opportunity of examining it I am indebted to Professor Liitken, of the University of Copenhagen. Another collection, also preserved in spirits, consists entirely of calyptoblastic forms, and was made in the Japan seas by Capt. LINN, JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 18 252 PROF. ALLMAN ON NEW GENERA St. John, of H.M.S. ‘Silvia.’ It was submitted to me for deter- mination by Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, by whom it is destined to form part of the collection of the British Museum. It consists of seven species ; and not one of these has been hitherto described. They are referable to four genera, of which two, namely Campanu- laria and Thuiaria, are well represented in the European seas, while two are now for the first time defined, and, so far as I know, have no representatives elsewhere. This collection, though small, is thus of special interest, coming as it does from a region whose Hydroid fauna has been hitherto entirely unexplored, and which, I am strongly induced to believe, constitutes a distinct and well-defined area in the geographical distribution of the Hydroida. To Mr. Busk I am indebted for a collection of calyptoblastic Hydroids, consisting entirely of dried specimens or of specimens which, after having been dried, had been mounted in liquid for the microscope. It contains a large number of species: many of these have been already examined and described by himself; many others he has also examined, designated by MS. names, and, in many cases, figured, so that his very careful and accurate work only awaits publication. Others, again, hitherto unexamined, he has liberally intrusted to myself; and these are described and figured in the present paper. From Mr. Holdsworth I have received a collection of dried specimens, made on the shores of Ceylon. It contains several new and interesting species, chiefly belonging to the Aglaophenian section of the Plumulariide. Lastly, a small collection of Hydroida and Polyzoa was made by the Rev. A. E. Eaton during a yacht voyage to Spitzbergen. The specimens were collected in the Spitzbergen seas, and were placed by Mr. Eaton at my disposal. Among the Hydroids, however, of this collection there is only one specimen sufficiently well preserved for determination. HYDROIDA GYMNOBLASTEA. BOUGAINVILLIIDA. PERIGONIMUS. PERIGONIMUS MULTICORNIS. Plate IX. figs. 1, 2.- Trophosome. Hydrocaulus attaining a height of about two inches, springing from a creeping network of hydrorhizal tubes, not AND SPECIES OF HYDROIDA. 2538 fascicled, very much branched, with a subalternate disposition of the branches, which ascend at a small angle from the main stem and from one another; ultimate ramuli annulated at their origin, rest of the hydrocaulus smooth, except with an occasional annu- lation here and there. Hydranths with about forty tentacles. Gonosome. Gonophores springing from the ultimate ramuli at some distance below the hydranth. Locality. Kattegat, collected by Mr. Oersted, Zool. Mus. Cop. The gonophores in the specimen were not sufficiently far ad- vanced to enable their true structure to be determined ; and little more than their position in the hydrosoma can be asserted of them. Their appearance, however, renders it highly probable that they become developed into planoblasts of the type met with in the genus Perigonimus; but in the absence of an accurate knowledge of the developed gonosome, the reference of the pre- sent species to that genus cannot be viewed as otherwise than provisional. The most striking peculiarity of the species is the great number of tentacles in the hydranth. EUDENDRIIDA. EUDENDRIUM. EUDENDRIUM RIGIDUM. Plate IX. figs. 3, 4. Trophosome. Hydrocaulus attaining a height of about one inch, much and very irregularly branched, springing out of an entangled mass of tortuous wiry filaments, fascicled in the main stem and principal branches; subordinate branches not fascicled, capillary, and strongly annulated throughout, the whole forming rigid tufts. Hydranths with about twenty tentacles. Gonosome not known. Locality. Denmark, Zool. Mus. Cop. There can be little doubt that the Hydroid just described is a true Hudendrium; for though no gonosome was present in the specimen, the trophosome is entirely that of a Eudendrium ; and, from all we know of the species of Hudendrium, the tropho- some of this genus will in itself afford characters sufficient for generic determination. The species here described bears a considerable resemblance to Eudendrium capillare ; but the strongly fascicled condition of the main stem and principal branches, and the complete annulation 254 PROF. ALLMAN ON NEW GENERA of the unfascicled portion, at once distinguish it from that species. It is this fascicled condition which gives it the rigid habit which has suggested its specific name. Such hydranths as are present in the specimen are evidently those of a second crop which had replaced an earlier one—a phe- nomenon not uncommon in Hydroid trophosomes. Each is borne on the summit of an attenuated continuation of the original branch; and the new growths have much the appearance of having been produced in the confinement of an aquarium ; at all events, the attenuated extension of the branches is plainly not the normal condition of these parts. HAYDRACTINIIDA. HiYDRACTINIA. HyDRACTINIA MONOCARPA. Plate X. figs. 1-3. Trophosome. Basal expansion thin, furnished with well-de- veloped chitinous spines; spines with a continuous axile cavity, and destitute of longitudinal furrows, except close to the base, frequently bifureate. Hydranths with about twelve tentacles. Gonosome. Blastostyles short, destitute of capitulum, and ter- minating distally in a blunt point; each blastostyle (female) car- rying near its middle a single very large sessile spherical sporosac. Locality. Spitzbergen, Zool. Mus. Cop. This is a very interesting and well-marked form. It is easily distinguished from H. echinata by its nearly smooth spines, and especially by its noncapitate blastostyles, each with its single sporosac. The sporosac is very large, and encloses a great number of ova; while that portion of the blastostyle which hes at the distal side of the point of attachment of the sporosac is much attenuated, and bent to one side by the enormously developed sporosac. The blastostyle, with its sporosac, presents entirely the condition met with in certain calyptoblastic Hydroids, in which the gonangium contains only a single sporosac, by the great development of which the blastostyle becomes more or less atrophied and displaced. The basal expansion is thin, and its chitinous framework far less developed than in H. echinata. The superficial ccenosarcal layer is very distinct, and is extended over the whole surface of the spines. The chitinous walls of the hollow spines, besides presenting a AND SPECIES OF HYDROIDA. 255 general lamination, consist of two distinct layers. The external one, itself distinctly laminated, forms a sort of sheath which in- vests the inner one, also laminated, and can be separated from it by the needle. The tubular cavity of the spine, which is con- tinuous from its summit to its base, is filled with ccenosare. The description here given is that of a female colony, no male specimen being contained in the collection. The colony covered the surface of a gasteropodous shell, Trophon clathratum, Linn., which was obtained off the coast of Spitzbergen, and is still inhabited by the mollusk. Its high northern locality thus gives to Hydractinia monocarpa a special interest from a distributional point of view. PODOCORYNIDA. PopocoRryNneE. PopDOCORYNE INERMIS. Plate X. figs. 4, 5. Trophosome. Hydrorhizal expansion forming a thin layer en- tirely destitute of projecting chitinous spines. Proliferous hy- dranths but slightly smaller than the sterile hydranths. Gonosome. Gonophores forming a verticillate cluster at a short distance below the tentacles. Localities. Oeresund and Middelfartsund, Denmark, Zool. Mus. Cop. The present species comes very near to Podocoryne carnea, and may possibly be only a varietal modification of it. It differs from it, however, in the entire absence of the chitinous spines which in P. carnea are developed from the hydrorhizal expansion, as well as in the much less arrested condition of the proliferous hy- dranths. It is possible that specific characters may be afforded by the free planoblasts ; but the exact form of these can be deter- mined only from living specimens. The specimens occur on the shells of young living individuals of Nassa reticulata. CLADOCORY NID. CLADOCORYNE. CLADOCORYNE PELAGICA. Plate X. figs. 6, 7. Trophosome. Hydrocaulus attaining a height of about one fifth of an inch, simple, with the perisare distinctly annulated towards the base. 256 PROF. ALLMAN ON NEW GENERA Gonosome. Gonophores borne singly on short peduncles, which spring from the body of the hydranth within the tentacles. Habitat. On Sargassum bacciferum. Locality. Gulf-stream, collected by Mr. Hygom, Zool. Mus. Cop. Hitherto only one species of the genus Cladocoryne has been described. This(C-. floccosa) was discovered by Mr. W. D. Rotch, in Herm, one of the Channel Islands; but no trace of the gono- some was present in any of his specimens, and it was therefore impossible to draw up a complete character of either the species or the genus. The specimens of the new species from the Copen- hagen Museum supply in some degree the deficiencies in our knowledge of this remarkable genus, though they still leave much to be determined. It seems pretty certain that the gonophores are phanerocodonic or medusiform ; but the state of the specimens does not allow of an absolute determination of this point. Oladocoryne pelagica is a smaller form than C. floccosa, from which it also differs in the very distinctly annulated condition of the lower part of its stem. It had attached itself to gulf-weed obtained in lat. 57° N., long. 13° W., by the late Mr. Hygom, who, as I am informed by Prof. Liitken, was “the captain of a trading-vessel, and a zealous and intelligent collector.” CORYMORPHIDA. AMALTH BA. AMALTH&A ISLANDICA. Plate IX. figs. 5, 6. Trophosome. Hydrocaulus attaining a height of about 1,1, inch, swollen below, where it is provided with numerous rows of papil- liform processes, which become longer as they approach the base, and are ultimately replaced by long filaments, which form a dense tow-like hydrorhizal plexus. Proximal tentacles about twenty in number, and about ;%, of an inch in length; distal tentacles rather long, very numerous, and forming a dense terminal brush. Gonosome. Gonophores oval, in about nine pendulous clusters, each cluster consisting of numerous gonophores, which are borne on short stalks from all sides of a rather long common peduncle ; more mature gonophores with four short tentaculiform processes on the summit. Locality. North Iceland, Zool. Mus. Cop. This is an interesting Hydroid, and, as far as can be determined from the specimen, is an Amalthea nearly allied to Amalthea AND SPECIES OF HYDROIDA. Zot sarsii, Steenstrup, from which it would seem to differ chiefly in its shorter stem, less numerous proximal tentacles, and longer distal ones, and in the simple common peduncles of its gonophore- clusters. The structure of its gonophores, however, could not be determined with certainty ; and though these appear to develop into true planoblasts of the Amalthea type, it was impossible, from a mere spirit specimen, to satisfy one’s self entirely on this point. The reference of the Hydroid to the genus Amalthaa is thus, to a certain extent, provisional. One of the most striking features in the present species con- sists in the great length of its proximal tentacles. These nearly equal the entire height of the stem, round which, in the living state of the animal, they must have formed a graceful inverted tassel of flexile filaments, subject to the impulse of every passing current of the surrounding water. The thin pellicle which in Amalthea replaces the strong peri- sare of other Hydroids, was here irregularly corrugated and sepa- rated by a considerable interval from the ectoderm of the stem; but this latter state was probably connected with the alcoholized condition of the specimen. MONOCAULIDA. Monocauv.vs. MoNOCAULUS GRENLANDICA. Plate IX. figs. 7, 8. Trophosome. Hydrocaulus attaining a height of about 1 inch, emitting towards the base numerous capillary filaments. Hy- dranths with the tentacles of the proximal zone moderately long, about twenty in number; tentacles of the distal zone very short and numerous. Gonosome. Gonophores oviform, destitute of tentaculiform ap- pendages, in seven or eight clusters, each cluster consisting of numerous gonophores, which are borne on all sides of a common peduncle, on which they are sessile. Locality. Greenland, collected by Hollb6éll, Zool. Mus. Cop. There can be scarcely any doubt that the gonophores of this Hydroid are simple fixed sporosacs, and that the species is rightly referred to the genus Mounocaulus. The pellicle, which takes the place of the perisare, is somewhat thicker than in Corymorpha and other so-called naked Hydroids, but is yet very different from the thick firm perisare of Tubularia, Eudendrium, &e. It 258 PROF. ALLMAN ON NEW GENERA loses itself on the base of the hydranth, and in the specimen is irregularly corrugated and separated along the stem by a con- siderable interval from the ectoderm, this interval becoming still wider at the base of the stem; the separation of the pellicie from the ectoderm, however, may be due to the action of the alcohol in which the specimen is preserved. The filaments, which are emitted from the stem, commence at some distance above the base; they are simple and capillary, and are each surrounded by a delicate extension of the investing pellicle of the stem. The proximal tentacles, which are of moderate-length, taper to- wards their extremity, where they end ina blunt, slightly enlarged extremity, showing an apparent tendency to a capitate termination, The distal tentacles, which are very short and very numerous, cover a narrow zone just below the mouth. The clusters of gonophores lie, in the specimen, entirely at the distal side of the longer tentacles; and it does not seem that in the living state ofthe Hydroid they could have formed pendulous groups hanging below the tentacular verticil. No evidence of the sex of the specimen could be obtained. The specimens are adhering by their base to fragments of shell, and seem to have been dredged from a bottom of shelly sand. They were collected by Mr. Holboll, mentioned in a note from Prof. Lutken as “the lamented Governor of South Greenland, a zealous and able collector.” HYDROIDA CALYPTOBLASTEA. CAMPANULARIIDAE. CaAMPANULARIA. CAMPANULARIA CRENATA. Plate XI. figs. 1, 2. Trophosome. Hydrophyton a creeping adherent filament, which sends off from distance to distance short free hydrotheca-bearing branches ; adherent portion smooth, hydrothecal branches very distinctly ringed, slightly thinner than the adherent portion. Hydrothece deep and narrow, about 7/5 of an inch in height, somewhat tumid at the base, slightly contracting upwards, and then gradually expanding at the orifice, so as to form an everted lip ; margin of orifice crenate, with eight broad shallow lobes. AND SPECIES OF YDROIDA. 259 Gonosome. Not known. Locality. Japan, Capt. St. John. This Campanularian is remarkable for the comparatively large size of its hydrothecx, with their elegantly crenate lip. It oc- curred creeping over the stems of a Phuiaria (TL. crassicaulis). The specimen is well preserved, many of the hydranths being still quite perfect in the hydrotheew ; but the absence of all knowledge of the gonosome renders its reference to the genus Campanularia entirely provisional. CAMPANULARIA GRANDIS. Pilate XII. figs. 2-4. Trophosome. Hydropnyton consisting of creeping, tortuous, smooth, more or less aggregated tubes, which send off from dis- tance to distance the peduncles of the hydrothece ; peduncles slightly thinner than the tubes from which they spring, scarcely attaining a length equal to that of the hydrothece, Co anil below which they have a node-like enlargement. Hydrothece +?; of an inch in height, gradually narrowing upwards, and termi- nating with an abruptly everted lip. Gonosome. Gonangia springing in a dense cluster from the ageregated basal tubes, nearly sessile, lageniform, with strong longitudinal ridges, slightly exceeding a quarter of an inch in height. Locality. Japan, Capt. St. John. The conrparatively enormous size of the hydrothece constitutes a very remarkable feature in this Hydroid. It is also strikingly marked by its very large, lageniform, ridged gonangia. The adherent portion of the hydrophyton consists of strong tubes which creep over the surface to which it has attached itself. In the specimen examined it had taken possession of another Hydroid (Selaginopsis fusca), the older parts of whose stem it had enveloped in a close plexus. This plexus had entirely replaced the stem which had originally given it support ; and it was from this part that the gonangia sprung in a dense group. They had the appearance of being sessile, but are in reality borne each upon avery short peduncle. Their large size and the peculiar way in which they were grouped together suggested at first the possibility of their being only the ovarian nidus of a gastero- podous mollusk instead of the gonangia of the Hydroid. They attain about the size of the nidus of Buccinum lapillus; and it was only by a careful examination that their real nature was LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI. 19 260 PROF. ALLMAN ON NEW GENERA made apparent. It was impossible, however, from the dead speci- men to determine whether the contents of the gonangia were sporo- sacs or planoblasts ; and it is therefore, as in all similar cases, only provisionally that the present Hydroid can be assigned to a defi- nite genus. CAMPANULARIA GRACILIS. Plate XII. figs. 5, 6. Trophosome. Hydrophyton a slender, smooth, creeping tube, sending off from distance to distance long slender hydrothecal branches ; hydrothecal branches with one or two rings at their origin from the creeping stem, and two deep constrictions at the base of the hydrotheca, destitute of annulation on the remainder ot their length. Hydrothece deep bell-shaped, about =, of an inch in height. Gonosome. Gonangia borne by the creeping tube, scattered, cylindrical, about 7; of an inch in height, deeply and regularly annulated, tapering below into a short peduncle, and terminating distally in a truncated summit. Locality. Japan, Capt. St. John. This little Campanularian occurred abundantly on the same Hydroid which gave support to Campanularia grandis, and crept also over the stems and hydrothece of the latter, with whose great size this small form strikingly contrasted. Numerous young solitary individuals, with the embryonal hydrorhizal shield still present, had attached themselves to the supporting-Hydroids. Though the hydranths were sufficiently well preserved, nothing could be determined regarding the contents of the gonangia; and without a knowledge of these the reference of the Hydroid to the genus Campanularia is only provisional. It is probably, however, a true Campanularia, and appears to be nearly allied to C. John- stont. CAMPANULARIA JUNCEA. Plate XI. figs. 3, 4. Trophosome. Hydrocaulus consisting of a cluster of strong stems, which spring from a common entangled mass of hydro- rhizal filaments, and, after rising to some height as simple undi- vided tubes, begin to send off thinner, simple, for the most part alternately disposed branches, and continue to ascend to a height of about 12 inches, becoming gradually thinner towards the distal extremity. Hydrothece large, tobacco-pipe-shaped, almost sessile, supported on bracket-like lateral processes, which are situated AND SPECIES OF HYDROIDA. 261 close to the distal ends and on alternate sides of rather short internodes, into which both main tube and branches are divided ; margin of orifice entire, surrounded by a narrow band-like rim. Gonosome. Not known. Locality. Ceylon, Mr. Holdsworth. Campanularia juncea is a very large, strong species ; the stems, towards their base, where they are as yet unbranched, have a thick- ness of about ), of an inch, and might here almost be taken for a cluster of the stems of Tubularia indivisa. The specimens were all incrusted with an opaque calcareous deposit; and when freed from this, the stems presented a light-brown glossy surface marked by shallow longitudinal corrugations. The hydrothece have a singular resemblance to the usual form of the bowl of a tobacco- _ pipe; they measure about ;/, of an inch in height, and contract below into a very short peduncle, by which they are supported on the bracket-like processes of the hydrocaulus. The branches are considerably thinner than the main stem, from which they spring at a wide angle; they attain a length of from 3 an inch to about 2 inches, and are mostly given off from alternate sides. The Hydroid grew in dense clusters of closely approximated tubes; the clusters often measure at their base 1 or 2 inches in diameter. As nothing is known of the gonosome, the reference of this species to Campanularia is provisional. = SERTULARIIDE. SERTULARELLA. SERTULARELLA JOHNSTONI, Gray. Plate XIII. figs. 1, 2. Syn. Sertularella Johnstoni, Gray, in Dieffenbach’s New Zealand ; Coughtrey in Journal of Otago Institute, May 1874. Sertularella gracilis, Allman, MS, Trophosome. Hydrocaulus attaining a height of about 4 inches, very slender, much and irregularly branched ; branches zigzag, sending off pinnately-disposed alternate ramuli at regular inter- vals along their length, the whole forming a dense tuft. Hydro- thecze carried each near the middle of a rather short, well-defined internode, adnate to the internode for about half their height, free portion slightly contracted ; orifice with three well-marked teeth, one of which is superior and two lateral. Gonosome. Gonangia borne both upon the main stem and the ie: 262 PROF. ALLMAN ON NEW GENERA ramuli, each springing from a point just below a hydrotheca, obovate, gradually contracting below into a short peduncle, ter- minating above in a tubular orifice, which is situated excentrically on the truncated summit, distinctly and closely annulated in its entire length. Locality. New Zealand, Mr. Busk’s collection. Mr. Coughtrey’s amended description of the Sertularella John- stoni of Gray renders it pretty certain that Gray’s description was intended to apply to the present species, and necessitates the sup- pression of the specific name “ gracilis,” under which I had origi- nally described it, in favour of the name previously assigned to it by Gray *. It isa delicate and very elegant species, rendered obvious to the naked eye by the tufts of long slender stems with their regu- lar pinnately disposed ramuli. In the same collection is a form differing from that here described in the central position of its less decidedly exserted gonangial orifice; in all other respects it is indistinguishable from it. I regard the difference as merely varietal or possibly sexual. SERTULARELLA INTEGRA. Plate XIII. figs. 3, 4. Trophosome. Hydrocaulus attaining a height of about an inch, simple, or sparingly branched. Hydrothece adnate to each in- ternode by somewhat more than a third of their height, slightly swollen below, becoming gradually narrower towards the orifice, marked upon the upper side with shallow annulations, orifice destitute of teeth. Gonosome. Gonangia springing from a point just below the base of a hydrotheca, ellipsoidal, marked in somewhat more than the distal half by shallow annulations, terminating by a tubular 4-toothed orifice. Locality. New Zealand Mr. Busk’s collection. The perfectly even rim of the hydrotheca, destitute of all trace of teeth, is an obvious feature in this species. Just within the orifice, upon the inferior walls of the hydrotheca, is a very distinct * The proof-sheets of the present paper were passing through my hands when, by the kindness of Mr. Coughtrey, I received a copy of his “ Notes on the New Zealand Hydroidex,” read before the Otago Institute, May 1874. The paper is accompanied by figures, and amends in many important points the descriptions already given by Gray (Catalogue in Driffenbach’s ‘New Zealand’) and by Captain Hutton (‘On the New Zealand Sertularians,” Trans. New Zeal. Inst. vol. y. 1872). Without such figures and, corrections it would, indeed, in many . eases be impossible to identify the species to which the descriptions of these naturalists refer. AND SPECIES OF HYDROIDA. 263 conical process, similar to that which in other Hydroids (Thwuiaria) gives attachment to a valve-like operculum. No trace of the operculum was detected in the dried specimens. SERTULARELLA EPIscoPus.. Plate XIII. figs. 5-7. Syn. Sertularia fusiformis, Hutton in Trans. N. Z. Inst. 1872; Cough- trey in Journ. Otago Inst. 1874. Trophosome. Hydrocaulus attaining a height of about an inch, simple, given off at short intervals from a creeping ramified tubular fibre. Hydrothecx tubiform, springing from the distal end of the supporting internode, to which they are attached by their fundus, free in the remainder of their height, and strongly diverging from the stem ; orifice deeply cleft above and below, so as to present a mitre-like form, bordered by a thickened margin, below which, on the side facing the internode, there is a thickened involution of the walls of the hydrotheca. Gonosome. Gonangia elongated, ovoid, with one wide and shallow, and two narrow and deep longitudinal depressions, which extend from the summit to the base, supported on a short thickish pe- duncle, springing one from each internode at the side opposite to that which carries a hydrotheca. Locality. New Zealand, Mr. Busk’s collection. Notwithstanding a want of suflicient exactness in the deserip- tion given by Captain Hutton of his Sertularia fusiformis, there ean, I think, be little doubt that that species is identical with the Sertularella episcopus of the present paper. The name of fusifor- mis, however, has been already assigned by Hincks toa very dif- ferent British species, and therefore cannot be given to the New- Zealand one. Mr. Coughtrey has in some points amended Captain Hutton’s description, and has given us a figure of the species. The remarkable mitriform and margined hydrothece of this curious Hydroid at once distinguish it from all other known species. The hydrothecie, besides diverging from the stem to the right and left, spring more decidedly from one of the remaining two sides than from the other, and are directed at a low angle from the plane of this side. The stem thus presents an anterior (from which the hydrothecw spring) and a posterior, as well as a right andaleft side. The origin of the gonangia is also somewhat from the anterior side of the internode. The specimens formed a dense growth ou the surface of a fucoid 264 PROF. ALLMAN ON NEW GENERA alga. In every instance the gonangia presented a collapsed ap- pearance, with wide longitudinal depressions (mostly three) sepa- rated from one another by narrow longitudinal ridges. This condition was not obliterated by boiling in water or in a solution of caustic potash; but it is possible that it does not exist im the living Hydroid. SERTULARIA. SERTULARIA ARCTICA. Plate XIV. figs. 1, 2. Trophosome. Hydrocaulus attaining a height of about 13 inch, main stem undivided, slightly zigzag, sending off pinnately disposed alternate ramuli, each internode of the ramuli car- rying, near its middle, a pair of opposite, or nearly opposite, hydrothece. Hydrothece elongated, free, and divergent from the internode for rather more than their distal half, narrow- ing towards the aperture; aperture cleft, so as to present two broad lateral teeth, to the lower angle between which is attached a valve-like operculum. Gonosome. Gonangium springing from the internode, just below the base of a hydrotheca, elongate-ovate, with a constriction a little beyond its middle, terminating distally im a rather wide tubular outlet. Locality. Spitzbergen, Mr. Katon. This is an elegant and delicate little species. It is difficult to determine the exact form of the hydrothecal orifice, the walls being here very thin and collapsible. In most of the hydrothece the appearance of an imperfect diaphragm could be seen at some distance within the orifice. DESMOSCYPHUS, nov. gen. Trophosome. Hydrocaulus jointed, each internode corresponding to one or more pairs of hydrothece. Hydrothece adnate to one another in pairs, and each pair adnate to the front of the hydro- caulus. Gonosome. Gonangia simple, borne along the front of the hydro- caulus. The genus Desmoscyphus resembles Thuiaria in its hydrothece being adnate to the hydrocaulus; but it differs from it in the fact of its hydrotheex being also adnate to one another in pairs, which are thus all brought to one side of the hydrocaulus, and in the further fact of certain parts of its hydrocaulus being divided into AND SPECIES OF ILYDROIDA. 265 regular internodes, which correspond in number to the pairs of hydrothece. DesmoscypuHus Busxkir. Plate XIV. figs. 3-7. Trophosome. Hydrocaulus attaining a height of about 3 inches ; main stem sending off at irregular and distant intervals pinnately disposed ramuli, which are much attenuated at their origin, and are divided into regular internodes, each of which carries one pair of hydrothece. Hydrothece swollen below, narrowing towards the orifice, and here slightly curving outwards ; orifice oval, entire ; pairs of hydrothecz closely approximate on the pinne, but on the main stem separated from one another by considerable intervals ; main stem with only an occasional joint at distant and irregular intervals. Gonosome. Gonangia ovoid, with a truncated contracted sum- mit, springing from the front of the pinne between the diverging summits of the hydrothece. Locality. New Zealand, Mr. Busk’s collection. The present Hydroid occurs attached to a Sertularella indis- tinguishable from the widely distributed Sertwlarella gayii. The greatest diameter of the hydrothece is not seen in a directly front or in a directly lateral view of the stem or pinne, but only when viewed in a position intermediate between these two. The inner surface of the gonangium just within its orifice is set with some irregular short furcate spines. SYNTHECIUM. Trophosome. Hydrocaulus divided into internodes, each inter- node carrying a pair of opposite sessile hydrothece. Gonosome. Gonangia supported upon peduncles which spring from within the cavity of certain hydrothece, where they take the place of the hydranth. The genus Syntheciwm is characterized by a feature which is absolutely without parallel in any other known group of hydroids. This is found in the relation of certain hydrothece to the gonangia, the peduncle of the hydrotheca being enclosed within the cavity of the gonangium. The hydrothece which thus carry gonangia differ in no respect, either in form or position, from those which continue to exercise the normal function of giving protection to the hydranth; and I can find no elue to the meaning of this most exceptional character, 266 PROF. ALLMAN ON NEW GENERA SYNTHECIUM ELEGANS. Plate XV. figs. 1-3. Trophosome. Hydrocaulus attains a height of about 2 inches, springing from a creeping tubular filament and soon sending off opposite pinnately arranged branches ; internodes separated from one another by a deep constriction. Hydrothece borne along both the main stem and its branches, deep, tubular, cylindrical, with perfectly even orifice, adnate to the internode for about two thirds of their height, and then becoming free and curving out- wards. Gonosome. Gonangia large, elliptical, opening on the summit by a tubular orifice, strongly annulated, with the annular ridges, discontinuous, where they meet a mesial zigzag line on the front and the back of the gonangium, peduncle of gonangium entirely concealed within the hydrotheca which encloses it. Locality. New Zealand,’ Mr. Busk’s collection. T have elsewhere* given a general description of this remark- able hydroid, but without the technical diagnosis which I have here supplied. It is a beautiful little species, rendered striking by the regularity of its ramification, its distinctly separated per- fectly symmetrical pairs of hydrothece and its large curiously ornamented gonangia borne in pairs corresponding to those of the hydrothece out of which they spring. The peduncle of the gonangium nearly fills the cavity of the long tubular hydrotheca, from the very bottom of which it springs. It is covered with a delicate chitinous perisare, and immediately on emerging from the cavity of the hydrotheca carries the gonan- gium on its summit. Its ccenosare is doubtless continuous at the bottom of the hydrotheca with that of the common stem; but as the specimens examined had all been dried before I received them, the exact relation of the soft parts could not be determined. In the dried trophosome itself there is nothing exceptional. Indeed, so far as this part of the hydroid is concerned, there is nothing which would separate it generically from a typical Ser- tularia. Whether those hydrothece from which the peduncles of the sonangia emerge ever carried hydranths which subsequently be- came replaced by the gonosome, or whether they have been all along exclusively devoted to the gonoscme, it is impossible to de- termine from dead and desiccated specimens. * Gonosome. Gonangia [female] borne upon the upperside of the hydrothecal ramuli, springing each from a point just below the base of a hydrotheca, obovate, crowned by about nine hollow bifurcating spines, whose length equals that of the gonangium. Locality. Japan, Capt. St. John. The specimen examined was plainly a part of a female colony, AND SPECIES OF HYDROIDA. 269 and contained within the cage-like chamber formed by the spines of the gonangium a well-preserved acrocyst. JI have no know- ledge of the form of the gonangia in the male; but, judging from analogy, they are probably destitute of the marsupial chamber and acrocyst which characterize the female. This species is thus distinguished by the peculiar form of its female gonangia, which differ from those of the other described species of Zhwiaria much as the female gonangia of Diphasia differ from those of Sertularia. The specimen being imperfect, its actual height could not be ascertained. About four inches of the stem remained; but it had evidently been broken off at some distance from the root. When the gonangia are young, they are obconical in form, with a broad, flat summit, and in this stage show no trace of mar- supial spines. As the gonangium continues to increase in size it assumes an obovate form, and the spines begin to grow out round the margin of its summit. These are at first simple, and after- wards become bifurcate. There are three bifurcations in every spine, each branch of the first bifurcation dividing into two. An extension of the coenosare is continued through the whole length of the spines, from the enlarged summit of the blastostyle ; and as the blastostyle must be homologically regarded as a hy- dranth arrested and adapted to functions connected with repro- duction instead of nutrition, I look upon the spines here in the same light as I regard the corresponding parts in the gonangium of Diphasia, namely as blastostylic tentacles, thus representing the tentacles of a hydranth which have lost their prehensile functions, become clothed with chitine, and adapted to the protection of the ova during an early period of their development. The ova are formed as usual, in a sporosac which springs from the blastostyle within the gonangium, and are subsequently dis- charged into the marsupial chamber, where, however, they are not free, but continue for some time confined within an acrocyst. THUIARIA BIDENS. Plate XVIII. figs. 1, 2. Trophosome. Hydrocaulus attaining a height of 4 inches, springing from an entangled mass of tubular filaments, much | and irregularly branched, pinnate, main stem and principal branches fascicled for some distance from their origin, becoming monosiphonic towards their extremities; pinne alternate; hy- drothec of the pinne adnate in their entire height, alternate, following one another without an interval, somewhat swollen 270 PROF. ALLMAN ON NEW GENERA below, slightly narrowing upwards, orifice with two narrow teeth projecting from the inner side of the margin; hydrothece of the main stem and branches separated from one another by consider- able intervals. Gonosome. Gonangia borne by the stem and pinne, each spring- ing from a point just below the base of a hydrotheca, nearly ses- sile, cvoid, with truncated summit, strongly annulated in their distal half or two thirds, orifice borne on the summit of a narrow tube which springs from the centre of the truncated summit. Locality. New Zealand, Mr. Busk’s collection. This is a fine species, with a handsome plumose aspect, con- . ferred on it by the pinnate disposition of its ultimate ramuli. THUIARIA DOLICHOCARPA. Plate XIX. figs. 3, 4, and 4a. Trophosome. Hydrocaulus attaining a height of about four inches, and formed by an undivided main stem with closely set pinnately disposed, simple, opposite ramuli. Hydrothece alter- nate, closely set on the ramuli, more distant on the main stem, diverging upwards; margin of orifice strongly toothed, with a deep notch on each side, separating it from the hydrocaulus, the notch surrounded by a thickened rim; teeth three on each side of the orifice, and one in front; hydrothece adnate to the pinne from their base to the bottom of the marginal notch ; pinne with a strongly marked mesial keel running down each side; main stem not keeled, with joints at irregular intervals, and its hydrothece more distant, and with the margin less distinctly dentate than is the case with the hydrothece of the pinne. Gonosome. Gonangia springing by a small basal joint from the pine, close to the base of a hydrotheca, very long, being about twelve times the length of a hydrotheca, rapidly widening upwards for some distance from their origin, then becoming nearly cylin- drical to within a short distance of the summit, and then continued by a short, tubular prolongation, which carries the terminal orifice. Locality. Northern Island, New Zealand, Dr. Andrew Sinclair, Mr. Busk’s collection. © Thwaria dolichocarpa is a striking form, conspicuous by its pinnately disposed opposite ramuli, springing from a simple stem, aud giving to the entire Hydroid an elegantly plumose habit, as well as by the strongly dentate margin of its hydrothece, and its greatly elongated gonangia. The strong keels running down, one on one side and the other on the opposite side of the pinna, to AND SPECIES OF HYDROTDA. Dray a which they give a somewhat prismatic form, constitute also a striking feature. Only a single specimen of this species was contained in the collection. Its main stem was quite simple; and this is probably the general character of the species. Its hydrorhiza was not present. THUIARIA CERASTIUM. Plate XVIII. figs. 3, 4. Trophosome. Hydrocaulus attaiming a height of about two inches, springing from a bundle of entangled tubular filaments, simple for some distance from the hydrorhiza, and then becoming dichotomously branched with great regularity ; simple portion of hydrocaulus and its more preximal subdivisions fascicled, the rest of the subdivisions monosiphonic. Hydrothecee tubular, with entire orifice, adnate to the hydrocaulus in their entire length, alternate; hydrothece of each series closely approximate to one another, directed alternately (when viewed from the free side) to the right and to the left. Gonosome. Gonangia springing singly by a narrow point close to the angle of each subdivision of the dichotomous stems, broadly obovate, strongly annulated, opening at the broad distal end by a narrow tubular projection. Locality. Northern Island, New Zealand, Dr. Andrew Sinelair, Mr. Busk’s collection. The very regular dichotomous ramification, with the gonangia situated in the axils of the branches, gives to this species a very striking aspect, and strongly suggests the form of inflorescence met with in certain common caryophyllaceous plants. THUIARIA PERSOCIALIS. Plate XVII. figs. 4-6. Trophosome. Hydrocaulus attaining a height of about 25 inches; main stem undivided, monosiphonic, sending off along its entire length pinnately disposed opposite ramuli, and having a well-marked transverse joint between every pair of ramuli; ramuli with a joint here and there at irregular intervals. Hy- drothecz deep flask-shaped, with entire, semielliptical orifice, those of each series separated from one another by scarcely any interval on the pinne, more separated on the main stem, subopposite, or opposite on the pinne, more decidedly opposite on the common stem. Axis of pinne frequently extended beyond the distal extremity as a cylindrical tube, destitute of hydrothece, and serving for attachment. MD) PROF. ALLMAW ON NEW GENERA Gonosome not known. Locality. Natal, Mr. Busk’s collection. : The opposite regularly disposed pinnate ramuli of this species give it an elegantly plumose habit, while one of its most striking fea- tures will be found in the curious tendril-like prolongations of the pinne. The Hydroid grows in crowded groups; and the tendril- like processes, after extending themselves for some distance, with a more or less tortuous course, finally adhere by their distal ex- tremities to some part of the same or of neighbouring hydro- phytons, so that the whole group becomes tied together into a complicated mass. The attachment of these processes is by their extreme ends, which are applied in a somewhat sucker-like fashion to the surface to which they adhere. SELAGINOPSIS, gen. nov. Trophosome. Hydrophyton consisting of a single axile tube, to which the hydrothece are adnate, and on which they are disposed in several longitudinal rows. Gonosome. Not known. The genus Selaginopsis is allied to Grammaria, Stimpson, from which it differs chiefly in consisting throughout of a single axile tube, to whose sides the comparatively short hydrothece are adnate, while in Grammaria the elongated hydrothece are con- tinued into tubes which are combined into a fascicled stem. From Cryptolaria, Busk, it further differs in the polystichous disposition of its hydrothece, these being distichous in Crypto- laria. With Percladium, another Japanese genus, it has also strong affinities. From this, however, it differs in the disposition of its hydrothece in longitudinal series as well as in its totally different type of ramification. Were we acquainted with its gonosome we should probably find other points either of alliance or divergence of which we are at present ignorant. SELAGINOPSIS FUSCA. Plate XII. fig. 1, and Plate XIX. figs. 1, 2. Trophosome. Hydrophyton attaining a height of 4 (or more) inches, irregularly branched, with joints at irregular intervals ; branches contracted at their origin. Hydrothece with margin of orifice slightly waved, disposed in four rows along the stem and branches ; the whole very dark brown and opaque. AND SPECIES OF HYDROIDA. 273 Gonosome. Not known. Locality. Japan, Capt. St. John. The hydrophyton in the present species is very opaque and dark-coloured ; when boiled in a solution, of caustie potash, it be- comes much lighter and more transparent; and it is only then that a knowledge of the true form of the hydrothecw and of their relation to the other parts of the Hydroid can be obtained. It will be then seen that they are nearly cylindrical in form, with a very definite floor, and closely adhere to the sides of a continuous axile tube, with which the hydrotheca communicates by a central orifice in its floor. The hydrothece are disposed so as to form four longitudinal rows, which are approximated in pairs, so that two rows run down one side of the stem and two down the other. The specimen was imperfect, and was in great part enveloped by the adherent tubes of the two Campanularians described above as OC. grandis and C. gracilis. PERICLADIUM, gen. nov. Trophosome. Hydrothece more or less immersed and closely set round bifurcating ramuli, which spring from the sides of a common stem. Gonosome. Gonangia scattered, springing from between the hydrothece. The genus Pericladiwm approaches Thuiaria, from which, how- ever, it differs in the disposition of its hydrothece. In Thuiaria the hydrothece are disposed distichally, being always arranged in two opposite longitudinal series, while in Pericladiwm they sur- round the ramulus on all sides. PERICLADIUM BIDENTATUM. Plate XX. figs. 1-4. Trophosome. Stem attaining a height of about 4 inches, simple, not fascicled; hydrothecal ramuli cylindrical, two or three times bifurcate, attaining a length of about } of an inch, springing from the main stem in a close spiral. Hydrothece flask-shaped, im- mersed for the greater part of their length and arranged in im- bricated or closely approximate alternating verticils, but towards the proximal end of the bifureating ramulus separated from one another and irregularly scattered ; orifice with an acute tooth on each side. Gonosome. Gonangia carried on the upperside of the hydro- thecal ramuli near their origin from the common stem, obovate, 274 PROF. ALLMAN ON NEW GENERA contracting below into a short curved peduncle, marked by shal- low transverse corrugations towards the summit, and terminated by a slightly elevated aperture. Locality. Japan, Capt. St. John. This Hydroid has much the habit of certain true Thwiarie. It is a large and beautiful species. The specimens were loaded with gonangia, which were confined to the basal portion of each system of bifurcating ramuli, where the hydrothece are separated from one another by intervening spaces; it is from these spaces that the gonangia arise in two longitudinal rows upon the upperside of the ramulus. The gonangia-bearing portion of the ramulus is separated from the more distal portion by a transverse joint. PLUMULARILTD AS. AGLAOPHENIA. AGLAOPHENIA ACANTHOCARPA. Plate XXI. figs. 1-4. Trophosome. Hydrocaulus attaining a height of upwards of three inches, irregularly branched, pinne springing from the anterior aspect of the stem. Hydrothece closely approxi- mate, rather deep, gradually expanding upwards, margin deeply toothed, with the second tooth from the front on each side strongly everted ; intrathecal ridge strong, extending from about the middle of the back of the hydrotheca transversely to within a short distance of the anterior mesial line; mesial nematophore adnate to the front of the hydrotheca from its base to its margin, and then becoming free, and extending forwards and upwards as a long thickish beak-like process, in which there is a lateral as well as a terminal orifice; lateral nematophores overtopping the hydrotheca, very divergent in a front view; rachis of pinna with an imperfect septum continuous with the intrathecal ridge, and another oblique one at the base of the lateral nematophores. Gonosome. Corbule open, with a short stalk, and with about eighteen pairs of free leaflets, which decrease in length towards the distal extremity of the corbula, and give off on each side numerous closely set, long, opposite, blunt spine-like nemato- phores ; each leaflet with a double nematophore near its base. Locality. New Zealand, Mr. Busk’s collection. This is a very elegant species, with much of the habit of our European Aglaophenia pluma. Its hydrothece are remarkable for the great development of the free portion of the mesial nema- AND SPECIES OF HYDROIDA. 275 tophore—a character in which it agrees with Kirchenpauer’s sub- genus Macrorynchia, with which it further agrees in the fact of this free portion of the mesial nematophore being provided not only with a terminal orifice, but with the lateral one to which Kirchenpauer first drew attention as occurring in those forms which he united in his subgenus Macrorynchia. The species, how- ever, included by Kirchenpauer in this subgenus have a gonosome very different from that of the present species, the gonangia of the Macrorynchie being unprotected by corbule, and merely sup- ported on the surface of more or less modified pinne. But the most striking feature of Aglaophenia acanthocarpa _ will be found in its beautiful corbule. The leaflets which form the walls of the corbula are free in their entire length, and carry along their opposed edges opposite pinnately disposed nemato- phores, each in the form of a blunt spine, and having both a ter- minal orifice and, close to its base, a lateral one, exactly as in the mesial nematophores of the kydrothecw. The longest leaflets, which are situated near the proximal end of the corbula, carry about eleven pairs of nematophores ; the shortest, which are at the distal end, carry usually from five to seven pairs; each leaflet, moreover, has a transverse joint between every pair of nemato- phores, and at its base carries upon one side two nematophores, which spring, by a common root, from the basal joint of the leaflet. This double nematophore is especially interesting in a homo- logical point of view; for it represents the two lateral nemato- phores of a hydrotheca, the mesial nematophore being represented in a greatly modified form by the leaflet itself, and the hydrotheca being entirely suppressed, The short stalk by which the corbula is attached to the stem carries a single hydrotheca. AGLAOPHENIA LAXA. Plate XXI. figs. 5-7. Trophosome. Stem attaining a height of about two inches, fasci- cled below, irregularly or subalternately branched; branches all lying in the same plane, divided into rather long internodes, each internode carrying a pinna; pinne distant, each supported on a short process, which springs from the latero-anterior aspect of the hydrocaulus. Hydrothecs approximate, rather deep, gra- dually widening upwards, margin deeply toothed, with the second tooth from the front everted; intrathecal ridge strong, situated LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 20 276 PROF. ALLMAN ON NEW GENERA near the middle of the hydrotheca, and running transversely from its posterior to its anterior wall; median nematophore adnate to front of the hydrotheca nearly as far as the margin, and then pro- jected as a free beak-like process, which is provided with a lateral as well as terminal orifice; lateral nematophores slightly over- topping the hydrotheca; cauline nematophores broad, two on each internode, one being situated immediately below, and the | other immediately above the supporting process for the pinna. Gonosome. None present in the specimen. Locality. New Zealand, Mr. Busk’s collection. The length of the pinna-bearing internodes, and consequent in- tervals between the pinne are unusually great in this species ; and the plumes thus present a rather open habit, which contrasts with the denser plumes of others. The hydrothecal mternodes have three distinct diaphragms—one which is a continuation of the intrathecal ridge, one at the base of the lateral nematophores, and one at the base of the hydrotheca. In the absence of all knowledge of the gonosome, the reference of the present species to the genus Aglaophenia is only provi- sional. It will be seen that in the possession of two orifices by the free portion of the mesial nematophore we have a character which Kirchenpauer assigns to his subgenus Macrorynchia. This, however, is by no means an exclusive character of the forms which he would include under Macrorynchia (see description given above of Aglaophenia acanthocarpa), while the general form of the hydrotheca in the present species agrees more closely with that of the true Aglaophenia. The specimen was growing over the surface of a litoral fucus. Haricoryxaria, Busk (modified), Trophosome. Hydrocaulus with pinnate ramification. Hydro- thecee usually with an intrathecal ridge. Nematophores fixed ; mesial nematophore adnate for a greater or less extent to the front of the hydrotheca, rarely free. Gonosome. Gonangia not included in corbule or protected by gonangial ramuli, but carried on the common stem, or on more or less modified hydrothecal pinne. The genus Halicornaria was originally instituted by Busk to include certain Plumulariide, in which the reproductive capsules were nut included in basket-like receptacles or corbule. Within its origmal limits it would have included the species referable to AND SPECIES OF HYDROIDA. 277 the type of Plwmularia setacea, Linn. With our present more extended knowledge of the Plumulariide, however, it must be re- stricted to species which, with a trophosome formed on the general type of Aylaophenia pluma, have their gonangia never included in corbule, or connected in any way with the special gonangial ramuli which in certain other species we find developed for their pro- tection. Dr. Kirchenpauer, in his valuable memoir on the genus Agla- ophenia, institutes under the name of Aacrorynchia a subgenus for certain forms with unprotected gonangia, giving, however, as the chief character of the group, the great development of the free portion of the mesial nematophore, and its being provided with a lateral as well as a terminal orifice. This condition of the mesial nematophore, however, we have seen to exist in a true corbula-bearing species (Aglaophenia acanthocarpa); and it pro- bably occurs in many others besides those which Kirchenpauer would refer to his subgenus Macrorynchia. The genus Halicor- naria would include not only the forms embraced by Kirchen- pauer in his Macrorynchia group of Aglaophenie, but others, which, with unprotected gonangia, do not possess the double- mouthed nematophore. HALICORNARIA SACCARIA. Plate XV. fig, 4, and Plate XXII. figs. 1, 2. Trophosome. Hydrocaulus attaining a height of about 9 inches, rooted by a spongy mass of entangled filaments, much and very irregularly branched, fascicled, very thick towards the base, and thence gradually thinning away as the polysiphonic condition becomes less and less, until towards their distal extremities the branches have entirely lost their fascicled condition and become monosiphonic ; pinne alternate, arising from the anterior sur- face of the rachis. Hydrothece with the orifice directed forward ; margin waved, but not dentate; anterior walls deeply inflected just below the orifice ; intrathecal ridge rudimental; mesial nema- tophore adnate to the hydrotheca for about half the height of the hydrotheca, and then forming a rather long, stout, free spine, having, besides its terminal aperture, a lateral one on its upper side close to the point where it becomes free; lateral nemato- phores nearly cylindrical, long, extending beyond the orifice of the hydrotheca; a double cauline nematophore just below the origin of each pinna. Gonosome. Gonangia borne singly on a short pinna, which 20* 278 PROF. ALLMAN ON NEW GENERA earries usually two hydrothecee at the proximal side of the gonan- gium, and at its distal side is reduced to a short blunt spine destitute of hydrotheee; gonangia oval, greatly compressed, concave on one side and convex on the other, with a transparent wing-like margin ; sporosac encircled near its summit by a band of refringent roundish corpuscles. Locality. Ceylon, Mr. Holdsworth. This is a loosely branched straggling species ; the peculiar form of the hydrothece, with the deep infiexion below the margin, somewhat resembles that of a sac constricted by a cord below its mouth, and has suggested the specific name. The remarkable band by which the solitary sporosae which occupies the gonangium is encircled, is composed of highly re- fringent spherical corpuscles, which by mutual pressure have become more or less polygonal. They possess a central nucleus- like body, which, when the gonangia are subjected to a short boiling in a solution of caustic potash, becomes resolved into a -cluster of granules. It is impossible to form any valid conclu- sion as to the significance of these bodies; they are certainly not ova. The gonangium is solitary, and is borne on a shortened hydro- thecal pinna whose proximate two hydrothece present the normal condition, while the third hydrotheca is replaced by the gonan- gium, its mesial and lateral nematophores continuing, with but shght arrest, to occupy their usual position, so that the mesial nematophore is placed in front of the gonangium, where it re- mains free, and the lateral nematophores one on each side of it and distally. That portion of the pinna which lies at the distal side of the gonangium has become arrested and reduced to the condition of a thick blunt spine. Were it not for the much less modified condition of the pinna which carries the gonangium, the present species would form a typical example of Dr. Kirchenpauer’s macrorynchial section of Aglaophenia. HALICORNARIA INSIGNIS. Plate XXIII. fig. 1, and Plate XXII. figs. 3, 4. Trophosome. Hydrocaulus attaining a height of 9 inches, simple, monosiphonic, closely set with opposite pinne. Hydrothece with a very long recurved and strongly divergent tooth on each side, intrathecal ridge strong, extending from about the middle point AND SPECIES OF HYDROIDA. 279 of the mesial line in front to a point about halfway between the anterior and posterior walls of the hydrotheca; mesial nemato- phore very long, adnate to the whole height of the anterior wall of the hydrotheca, and then extending for a distance about equal to the length ofits adnate portion as a free, gently recurved, hol- low spine, with a lateral as well as a terminal orifice. Gonosome. Not known. Locality. Ceylon, Mr. Holdsworth. This is a beautiful species ; its Jong flexile and eminently graceful plumes grew in rich masses over the stems of another large Hydroid( Halicornaria bipinnata). In some of the specimens examined an imperfect septum was apparent, stretching across the cavity of the mesial nematophore at a little distance from its terminal orifice. This, however, was by no means of constant occurrence. The opposite, instead of alternate, disposition of the pinne on the common stem is a condition of very rare occurrence among the Plumulariide. As no gonosome was present in any of the specimens examined, the reference of the species to Halicornaria is provisional ; the general character of the hydrothecew, however, belonging as these do to the macrorynchial type, renders it probable that the species is correctly allocated to Halicornaria. HALIcoRNARIA BIPINNATA. Plate XXIII. fig. 2, Plate XXII. fig. 5. Trophosome. Hydrocaulus attaining a height of upwards of a foot, fascicled, rooted by a dense sponge-like mass of entangled fibres, strong and thick at its origin, where if measures about a quarter of an inch in diameter, and soon thinning away as it be- comes irregularly branched; branches mostly in the same plane, sending off along their whole length rather closely set, short, alternate pinn, which are destitute of hydrothece, and along the intervening spaces short, slender, hydrotheca-bearing pinne ; non-hydrotheca-bearing pinne rigid, fascicled at their origin, thinning away and becoming monosiphonic towards their distal extremities, carrying very short secondary, alternate, mono- siphonie hydrotheca-bearing pinne, each secondary pinna spring- ing from a short internode of the primary pinne. Hydrothece closely set, deep, with the anterior wall deeply involuted below the orifice, which is directed forward; margin of orifice extended in the form of a broad wing-like cheek on each side; intrathecal ridge situated near the base of the hydrotheca, and extending 280 PROF. ALLMAN ON NEW GENERA forwards for a short distance from its posterior wall; mesial nematophore adnate for the greater part of the height of the hydrotheca, and then becoming free for a short distance; lateral nematophores long, cylindrical, diverging ; each internode of the primary pinne carrying two cauline nematophores close to the base of the secondary pinna. Gonosome. Gonangia compressed, cup-shaped, opening by a wide orifice at the distal end, springing by a very short latero- basal peduncle from the back of each secondary pinna close to its origin. Locality. Ceylon, Mr. Holdsworth. The doubly pinnate ramification of HZ. bipinnata impresses on the Hydroid a striking physiognomy. The species is rendered still further remarkable by the large size of its strong rigid hydrocaulus, while the branches, being given off to the right and left, lie mostly in the same plane, and confer on it somewhat the aspect of certain species of Antipathes or Gorgonia. The hydro- thecee are proportionally small ; and the pinne which carry them are slender and easily detached from the rest of the hydrocaulus. Though the hydrothece resemble those of the macrorynchial species in the forward direction of the orifice and in the deep involution of the anterior wall, the free portion of the mesial nematophore is but little gevcloved, and is provided with only the terminal aperture. The main stem and branches are strongly fascicled: and the principal tube of the primary non-hydrotheca-bearing pinne (that from which the secondary pinne arise) 1s accompanied by two or three tubes from the branches, which, however, soon cease; and the primary pinna then continues its course as a single tube. Some of the specimens were loaded with gonangia, which were always very thin-walled and provided with a very wide orifice ; but how far the form of these receptacles in the dried specimens corresponded with their condition in the living animal is somewhat doubtful. Their origin from the back of the hydrocaulus is very remarkable, and quite exceptional in the group. AND SPECIES OF HYDROIDA. 281 DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. [All the magnified figures, and many of those representing the species of its natural size, are from drawings made from nature by the author. The figures on Plate XXITI., and some of the other natural-size figures, are from drawings by Mr. A. T. Hollick.] Puatt IX. Figs. 1, 2. Perigonimus multicornis. 1. Natural size. 2. A portion, magnified. 3, 4. Endendrium rigidum. 3. Natural size, 4. A portion, magnified. 5,6. Amalthza islandica. 5. Natural size. 6. Magnified. 7,8. Monocaulus grenlandica. 7. Natural size. 8. Magnified. Puatse X. Figs. 1-3. Hydractinia monocarpa. 1. A colony, natural size, growing over the shell of Zrophon cla- thratus. 2. A portion of the colony, magnified. 3. Longitudinal section of one of the chitinous spines: a, external laminated layer ; 6, internal laminated layer; ¢, axile cavity. 4,5. Podocoryne inermis. 4. Natural size, spreading over the shell of Nassa reticulata. 5. Portion of a colony, magnified. 6, 7. Cladocoryne pelagica. 6. Natural size, growing over the surface of an air-vesicle of Sar- gassum bacciferum. 7. Portion of a colony with hydranth and gonophores, magnified. Prats XI. Figs. 1, 2. Campanularia crenata. 1. Natural size. 2. Magnified. 3, 4. Campanularia juncea. 3. Portion of a colony, natural size. 4. Portion, magnified. 282 PROF. ALLMAN ON NEW GENERA Puate XII. Fig. 1. Selaginopsis fusca and Campanularia grandis, natural size. (For mag- nified details of Selaginopsis fusca, see Pl. XIX. figs. 1, 2.) 1a,a. Selaginopsis fusca. 16, 6,6. Campanularia grandis. 2. Campanularia grandis and Campanularia gracilis, magnified. 24,a. Campanularia grandis, 2b, 6,6. Campanularia gracilis growing over the surface of Cum- panularia grandis. Young individuals with their hydrorhizal disks have attached themselves to the hydrcthecv of the large Campanularia. 3. Gonangium of Campanularia grandis, magnified. 4. Campanularia gracilis, natural size. Puarrz XIII. Figs. 1, 2. Sertularella Johnstoni. 1. Natural size. 2. A portion, magnified. 3, 4. Sertularella integra. 3. Natural size. 4, A portion, magnified. 5-7. Sertularella episcopus. 5. Natural size. 6. A portion, magnified. 7. Outline of transverse section of gonangium. Puate XIV. Figs. 1, 2. Sertularia arctica. 1. Natural size. 2. A portion, magnified. 3-7. Desmoscyphus Buskit. 3. Natural size. 4, A portion of main stem and branch, magnified, lateral view. 5. A portion of a branch, magnified, front view. 6. Same, back view. 7. Same, oblique view. Puate XV. Figs. 1-3. Syntiectwm elegans. 1. Natural size. 2. Magnified. 3. A portion with gonangia, still further magnified. Fig. 4. Halicornaria saccaria, natural size. (For magnified details of this species see Pl. XXII. figs. 1, 2.) AND SPECIES OF HYDROIDA. 283 Pratt XVI. Figs. 1-5. Thuiaria erassicaulis. 1. A nearly perfect colony, natural size. 2. Portion of a bifurcating branch, magnified. 3. Portion of same, more magnified ; lateral view of hydrothecie with gonangium. 4. Same, front view of hydrothece. 5. Transverse section of stem near proximal end, magnified, show- ing the great central irregular canal and the peripheral canals in the thick chitinous perisare. Pusts XVII. Figs. 1-3. Thuiaria coronifera. 1. Natural size. 2. Part of a branch, magnified. 3. Hydrotheca, front view. 4-6. Thuiaria persocialis. 4. Natural size. 5. A portion, magnified, showing the tendril-like processes. 6. Hydrotheca, front view. Puate XVIII. Figs. 1,2. Thutaria bidens. 1. Natural size. 2. A portion, magnified. 3,4. Thuiaria cerastium. 3. Natural size. 4. A portion, magnified. PuaTe XIX. Figs. 1, 2. Selaginopsis fusca. 1. A portion of the hydrophylon in its natural condition, mag- nified. 2. A portion after having been boiled in a solution of caustic pot- ash, showing the form and relation of the hydrothece. (For Selaginopsis fusca, natural size, see Pl. XII. fig. 1 a, a.) 3, 4,44. Thuiaria dolichocarpa. 3. Natural size. 4. Portion of a pinna, magnified, with proximal portion of bydro- theca. 42, Distal portion of same hydrotheca. 2984 PROF. ALLMAN ON NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF HYDROIDA. Piatt XX. Figs. 1-4. Pericladium bidentatum. 1. A portion of a colony, natural size. 2. One of the bifurcating branches, magnified. 3. A portion of a branch near its proximal end, with gonangia, still more magnified. 4. A portion of a branch near its distal end, magnified still further. Prats XXI. Figs. 1-4. Aglaophenia acanthocarpa. 1. A colony, natural size. 2. Portion of a pinna, magnified, lateral view. 3. Same, front view. 4. A corbula, magnified. (In order to give the figure greater clearness the leaflets of one side are omitted.) 5-7. Aglaophenia laxa. 5. A colony, natural size. 6. Portion of a pinna, magnified, lateral view. 7. Same, front view. Puate XXII. Figs. 1, 2. Halicornaria saccaria. 1. A portion of stem with two pinne, one carrying a gonangium, magnified, lateral view. 2. A gonangium, less magnified than in fig. 1, front view. (For Halicornaria saccaria, nat. size, see Pl. XV. fig. 4.) 3, 4. Halicornaria insignis. 3. Portion of a pinna, magnified, lateral view. 4. One of its hydrothec, front view. (For Halicornaria insignis, nat. size, see Pl. XXIII. fig. 1.) Fig. 5. Halicornaria bipinnata, portion of stem and pinna, magnified. (For Halicornaria bipinnata, nat. size, see Pl. XXIII. fig. 2.) Puatze XXIII. Fig. 1. Halicornaria insignis, nat. size. 2. Halicornaria bipinnata, nat. size, drawn from a small specimen. (For the magnified details of this plate see Plate XXII. figs. 3, 4, 5.) DR. T. 8. COBBOLD ON THE LARGE HUMAN FLUKE. 285 On the supposed Rarity, Nomenclature, Structure, Affinities, and Source of the large human Fluke (Distoma crassum, Busk). By T. Spencer Copsorp, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., Lecturer on Parasitic Diseases. [Read February 10, 1875.] - Iv will be within the recollection of some of the senior members of the Society that about thirty years ago Professor Busk diseo- vered fourteen large flukes in the duodenum of a Lascar who died at the Seamen’s Hospital. Not only were these parasites cor- rectly regarded as new to science at the time, but, what is more remarkable, no second instance of the occurrence of this entozoon has since been placed on record. To be sure, there are several human parasites that have only once been observed; but these instances refer, for the most part, to minute helminths, such as the dwarf tapeworm (Tenia nana) and the almost microscopic fluke known as the Distoma heterophyes. It is therefore, I repeat, rather strange that during the interval elapsing from the winter. of 1843 to the spring of 1874, this comparatively large Trematode should not have been again encountered—and the more so, since our professional friends stationed in India, and throughout the East generally, have of late years shown great activity in search- ing for entozoa. In reference to the assumed rarity of the parasite, it will not be out of place to refer to other instances of a similar kind affecting animal hosts. I will adduce only two cases, in both of which the entozoa, though now known to be abundant, were for a long time overlooked, and consequently supposed to be extremely rare. In the year 1858 I discovered a small fluke in the liver-ducts of an American red fox (Canis fulvus) that had died at the Zoolo- gical Society’s Gardens; but no second instance of the occur- rence of this parasite (Distoma conjunctum) was recorded until the year 1871, when Dr. Lewis found great numbers infesting the pariah dogs of India. The second and far more striking instance of verification after a long interval of time is that of Stephanurus dentatus. This rather large Nematode was originally discovered by Natterer at Barra do Rio Negro, Brazil, in 1834. He found it infesting a Chinese variety of the common hog. It was shortly afterwards described and figured by Diesing; and nothing could tom) exceed the accuracy of the description given by the Vienna hel- 286 DR. T. S. COBBOLD ON THE LARGY HUMAN FLUKE. minithologist, who at the time was still in possession of his eye- sight. Here, again, however, no second instance of the occurrence of the “ parasite’? was made known until thirty-five years had elapsed. In the year 1869 Professor Verrill described what he very naturally supposed to be a new entozoon infesting the hogs of the United States. He called the species Sclerostoma pingu- cola. Specimens of these worms, however, having been forwarded to me by Professor Fletcher, of Indianapolis, I at once saw that Verrill’s Sclerostomata were the Stephanuri of Diesing and Nat- terer. Subsequently also I detected this self-same entozoon in a batch of parasites sent from Australia to the Microscopical So- ciety of London for the purpose of identification. It thus ap- pears, from the case of Stephanurus, that a parasite capable of producing serious mischief and even death amongst well-known animals may evade rediscovery for a very long period of time, and this, too, notwithstanding the ever-increasing number of natural- history observers. Of more importance, also, is the consideration that many a species, hitherto assumed to be extremely rare and local, may turn out to be both numerically abundant and of wide geographical distribution. As will be seen in the sequel, the latter part of this inference applies with some force to the parasite now before us ; and I should not be at all surprised if its supposed rarity were eventually proven to be without foundation in fact. For an opportunity of securing fresh examples of the Distoma crassum I stand indebted to Dr. George Johnson, F.R.S., who in the spring of last year recommended two of his patients—a mis- sionary and his wife—to call on me in order that I might have an opportunity of examining and identifying the parasites that were occasionally escaping their bearers per vias naturales. I should mention that Dr. Johnson readily recognized the trema- tode character of the helminths, and that he advised accordingly. Reserving purely professional details for publication elsewhere, I have to state that from the missionary and his partner I learned that they had been resident in China for about four years. During that time they had together freely partaken of fresh vegetables in the form of salad, and also occasionally of oysters, but more par- ticularly of fish, which, in common with the oysters, abound in the neighbourhood of Ningpo. From their statements it appeared to me that to one or other of these sources we must look for an ex- planation of the fact of their concurrent infection. Fluke larve, as we know, abound in mollusks and fish ; but whether any of the DR. T. S. COBBOLD ON THE LARGE HUMAN FLUKE. 287 forms hitherto found in oysters or in fish have any genetic rela- tion to the flukes of man, is a question that cannot very well be settled in the absence of direct experimental proof. I should add that it was not until after their visit to the interior of the country, some 130 miles distant from Ningpo, that the symptoms which Dr. Johnson and myself consider to have been due to the presence of the parasites made their appearance. Whilst in the country they freely partook of freshwater fish, and on one occa- sion they received a quantity of oysters that had been sent up from Ningpo. The missionary assured me that the fish were always thoroughly well cooked. From the size and almost leathery texture of the two flukes which were in the first instance submitted to my notice, I at once recognized the species; but as they were spirit-specimens, I re- quested that if any more examples were obtained they should be sent to me in the fresh state. Fortunately others were brought in a few days, when, from an examination conducted whiist they were still fresh, I was able to make out several details of struc- ture which had hitherto escaped notice. Altogether I secured seven specimens, three of them being in a mutilated condition. In what way these mutilations (as shown by the dried speci- mens) occurred I have not been able to make out, either by per- sonal observation or by questioning the bearers. ‘Two of the pa- rasites look as though their bodies had been carefully excised near their centre. Such new facts as I have gleaned were derived from two comparatively small specimens, one of which, in the dried state, has since been deposited in the anatomical department of the University Museum at Oxford. I may add that I took the earliest opportunity of bringing some of the specimens under Mr, Busk’s attention, when he at once recognized them as referable to the species he had so long ago discovered. Of the fourteen original specimens found by Mr. Busk, several have been lost. The one that he himself gave me I handed over to Professor Leuckart ; and it is figured in his work (Die mensch. Par. i. s. 586). A second is preserved in the Museum attached to the Middlesex Hospital; and a third is contained in the Mu- seum of the Royal College of Surgeons. This last-named speci- men is the best of the original set. It supplied me with the few details of structure figured in outline in my ‘ Introductory Trea- tise’ (fig. 42, p. 193), published in 1864; and it also in part formed the basis of the description of the species communicated 288 DR. T. §. COBBOLD ON THE LARGE HUMAN FLUKE. to this Society in June 1859 (Synopsis of the Distomide, p. 5, Proceedings, vol. v.). The late Dr. Lankester, it is true, in his English edition of Kiichenmeister’s work on Parasites, was the first to give a distinctive title to this entozoon (Distoma Buskii); but as the discoverer objected to this nomenclature, and as Dr. Lan- kester’s proposed terms were unaccompanied by any original de- scription, I requested Mr. Busk to suggest a new name for the worm, which he accordingly characterized as above. As I sub- sequently pointed out, Von Siebold had already employed the compound title Distoma crassum to designate a small fluke infest- ing the House-Martin (Hirundo urbica); but for reasons similar to those which contributed to set aside Dr. Lankester’s nomen- clature, the title adopted in my synopsis at length came to be re- cognized by Leuckart and other well-known helminthologists. Before this recognition took place, however, Dr. Weinland, of Frankfort, had so far accepted Lankester’s nomenclature as to eall the species Dicrocelium Busku. In my judgment there were no sufficient grounds for placing the parasite in Dujardin’s unsatisfactory genus. Be that as it may, I have only further to observe that in addition to the original specimens above particu- larized, two others are preserved in the Museum at King’s Col- lege. Thus probably only five out of the fourteen specimens are still in existence; and such being the case, I have thought it worth while to collect and record these few particulars. The earliest literary notice of the entozoon appeared in Dr. Budd’s classical treatise ‘On Diseases of the Liver ;’ and in it the author correctly stated, from data supplied by Dr. Busk, that these human flukes were “‘ much thicker and larger than those of the sheep,” being, it is added, from “an inch and a half to near three inches in length.” The longest of my recent specimens, however, scarcely exceeds two inches, whilst the smallest and most perfect (the one at Oxford) measures less than an inch from head to tail. The greatest width of my broadest specimen is little more than half an inch, or 7%". None of the twelve examples that I have examined approach the length of three inches; but Mr. Busk assured me that, judging from his recollection, some of his specimens were even longer than that. I fear, nevertheless, that the estimate given in my Synopsis is somewhat exaggerated ; at all events it is so for average specimens. The new anatomical facts made out by me bear reference principally to the reproductive apparatus. What else I have DR. T. 8S. COBBOLD ON THE LARGE HUMAN FLUKE. 289 observed is, for the most part, confirmatory of the statements made by Mr. Busk. In particular, his brief account of the posi- tion and character of the digestive organs was not only confirmed by my earlier examinations, but is now reverified. In the repre- sentation given in my ‘ Introduction’ I showed in dotted outline two large organs which I supposed to be the testes. I distinctly observed radiating lines proceeding from each of these masses; but T could not discover the slightest trace of any limiting border to Distoma crassum, Busk. a, oral sucker; 0, digestive tube ; c, cecal end of the same; d, reproductive papilla ; ¢, central uterine duct ; | lateral process or fold of the same; g, vitel- ligene gland; %, diverticulum; ¢. ovary; 7, probable shell-gland; 4, testis and seminal ducts. Magnified twice the natural size. 290 DR. T. S. COBBOLD ON THE LARGE HUMAN FLUKE. either organ. I have now found in their place two irregularly spherical and flattened masses with clearly defined limits (é, /). I entertain no doubt as to the testicular character of the lower organ (k). Inthe outline drawing I further indicated’the pre- sence of a third and much smaller globular mass, which I termed the ovary ; and this organ was seen with remarkable distinctness in most of my recent specimens (fh). The radiating, broad and branching seminal ducts were in all cases beautifully distinct, forming the most attractive feature of the parasite’s organization (xk). Connected with the supposed ovary were a number of small but very conspicuous tubes, which stood out as if they formed a special organ (7), whose common ducts emptied themselves into, or were connected with, the ovary. In whatever way we may in- terpret its character, nothing could exceed its distinctness in the fresh state ; and it may still be seen with clearness in one or two — of the dried specimens. The supposed upper testis (2) displayed no radiating seminal tubes; consequently I now conclude that it is the ovary, whilst the small, black, spherical body lving immedi- ately in front of it is what Von Siebold would call the ternal seminal vesicle (2). It is probably a diverticulum formed at the junction of the ovarian and vitelligene ducts, whilst the singular branched tubes in all likelihood represent a special shell-gland (7). I made out the female reproductive organs with somewhat more completeness. hi the outline drawing already referred to, T gave a diagram of the probable position of the uterine folds, re- ducing the organ to the simplest condition. The conjecture was right. In the fresh specimens, I found the uterus to comprise a large number of unevenly folded tubes, which apparently proceed laterally from either side of a large median duct (e). This duet could be distinctly traced to its outlet in the reproductive papilla, which, as usual in true Distomes, is placed in the middle line, im- mediately above the ventral sucker. In my examination of Mr. Busk’s original specimens I could not find the slightest trace of vitelligene organs; but in the present set of fresh examples I not only obtained proof that these organs were largely developed, but that their limitations could be fixed with accuracy (gg). They consisted of two large elongated masses, one on either side of the body, occupying about two thirds of the entire length of the para- site. Their yelk-vesicles were distinctly seen; but the main efferent canals were only here and there traceable. Clearly the po- sition and character of the yelk-forming glands of the large human DR. T. S. COBBOLD ON THE LARGE HUMAN FLUKE, 291 fluke are quite unlike those of any of its congeners. This fluke is aremarkably fine species, and, when viewed in the fresh state with a powerful pocket-lens, presents a most striking appearance. -I did not observe any cutaneous spines. I found the eggs to pre- sent an average long diameter of about sty", by 34," in breadth. They are therefore somewhat smaller than those of the common fluke. In the specimen preserved in the Hunterian Museum there was evidence of the presence of an excretory outlet at the caudal extremity ; but in the present examples I did not succeed in finding any trace of the water-vascular system. I have no doubt, however, that it exists in the usual form. As regards the affinities of Distoma crassum, it is clear that this Trematode has little in common either with the liver-fluke of cattle and sheep (Hasciola hepatica), or the still larger species obtained by me from the giraffe (Hasciola gigantea). The simple character of the digestive tubes obviously connects it more closely with the lancet-shaped fluke (Distoma lanceolatum—the |last- named parasite being also an occasional resident in the human liver, where its presence has been known to contribute to the pro- duction of a fatal result. Here, I may remark that it has struck me as not a little singular that most of the flukes which take up their residence in the liver exhibit a branched arrangement of the digestive tubes; and but for the circumstance that the Di- stoma lanceolatum forms a notable exception, I should have been disposed to consider that a branched state of the alimentary apparatus was of necessity associated with this special habita- tion. At all events it is interesting to observe that no species of intestinal fluke is known to display this complex form of di- gestive apparatus, the species before us forming no exception to the rule. In the fluke (Campula oblonga) that I discovered in the liver of a porpoise, there were traces of this tendency of the tubes to branch, whilst an extreme development of this sort is seen in the fluke which proves so destructive to elephants (Fasciola Jacksonr). Taking the genus Distoma as representing central type forms of the Trematoda, I look upon the flukes that have dendritically branched ceca as aberrant types ; and it is just these particular forms that show the strongest zoological affinity with the Planarians, not only by virtue of the anatomical peculi- arity in question, but also as regards their habits. Ifthe contents of the czeca be examined, epithelium and blood-corpuscles derived from their bearers will be found amongst the débris ; and it is well LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII 21 292 DR. T. §. COBBOLD ON THE LARGE HUMAN FLUKE. known that the Planarians, especially the terrestrial forms, are carnivorous in their habits. In proof of this view of their habits, Mr. Moseley has recently brought forward additional evidence in his elaborate memoir “ On the Land-Planarians of Ceylon” (Phil. Trans. 1874). The significance of these facts in relation to any theory of descent must not be lost sight of. Without dwelling upon that point, however, I pass on to observe that our Distoma crassum, both as regards the restricted charcter of the vitelligene glands and the simple form of the testis, and also in respect of the unbranched state of the digestive ceca, shows a close adherence to the central Distome type, in which, as we have seen, Mr. Busk originally placed it. Ifthere be any structural departures from the common type, they are connected with the testes. I believe that the two organs are here merged in one large compound gland. Amongst Trematodes, as Von Siebold long ago pointed out, such an arrangement occasionally exists. Further observa- tions are necessary to clear up this and one or two other points of structure which I strove in vain to make out accurately. Nevertheless, fragmentary as the present data are, it is something not only to have stumbled upon a second and a third instance of the occurrence of this rare entozoon in the human body, but also to have been enabled to confirm the truth of almost all that had been previously conjectured respecting its structure, and at the same time also to have acquired new facts of sufficient importance to fix the affinities with precision. Here my paper, as regards new facts, virtually closes; but so much interest naturally attaches itself to the question of the ori- gin and early stages of growth of the parasite, that I feel our time will not be wasted if we take into consideration some of the more important and recently ascertained facts that tend to throw light upon the subject. At the outset [ hinted that the Ningpo oysters may have played the réle of intermediary bearers in the case before us; and as tending in some measure to strengthen that notion, it should be borne in mind that Mr. Busk’s original fluke-bearer came from eastern parts. It is not improbable, therefore, that the Lascar may have partaken of the same species, either of fish or of shell- fish, that the missionary and his wife partook of. Be that as it may, the frequency of the occurrence of Trematodes and their larvee in marine mollusks is well known; though until compara- tively lately it was not so well understood that the singular double-tailed redia or organized germ-sac, known as Bucephalus, DR. T. S. COBBOLD ON THH LARGE HUMAN FLUKE, 293 was an occupant of saltwater as well as freshwater mollusks. The original specimens which gave origin to the genus were found by Von Baer in the freshwater mussel; but since the publication of his memoir (Nova Acta, xiii.), the same, or at all events similar forms of larve have been encountered in a variety of mollusks. Up to the present time Bucephali have been found in Unio picto- rum, Anodonta cellensis, and A. anatina, Cardium edule and C. rusticum, Ostrea edulis, Planorbis marginata, and in one or more species of Paludina. According to Woodward, several species of oyster are sold in the Indian and Chinese markets ; so that there may be some difficulty in determining the particular species to which the Ningpo oysters should be referred. Now that I am thus incidentally led to speak of the Bucephali, I may mention that on the 7th of last October several examples of free redize were exhibited by Mr. Badcock at a Meeting of the Royal Microscopical Society, on which occasion Mr. Charles Stewart, Mr. White, Mr. Slack, and other well-known microsco- pists communicated observations. I understood that Professors Huxley and Reay Greene determined the bucephaloid character of these cercarians from specimens that were separately brought under their notice. The recent contribution by M. A. Giard on the encystation of Bucephalus Haimeanus contains important additions to our know- ledge, whilst at the same time it affords a useful summary of the facts previously supplied by Von Baer, Steenstrup, Von Siebold, Claparéde, and Lacaze-Duthiers. Dr. Pagenstecher’s memoir appears to have escaped Gnard’s notice; yet the Heidelberg savant was one of the first to point out that the highly contractile double tail-hke appendages of this remarkable germ-sac were capable of developing into new germ-sacs, which latter, in their turn, developed within them fresh Bucephali. M. Giard shows that Bucephalus Haimeanus encysts itself in the viscera of the garfish (Belone vulgaris), especially in the peritoneum, liver, and genital glands (Comptes Rendus, Aug. 17, and Ann. Nat. Hist. for Nov. 1874). The predilection of Bucephali for the reproduc- tive territory, so to speak, causes sterility in their molluscan in- termediary bearers. This was pointed out by Claparéde, who also found rediw of this kind attached to Meduse; but since there was no evidence to show that this attachment presented the semi- parasitic character of a commensal or fellow-boarder, it is fair to suppose that the connexion was merely accidental. The free Bu- cephali found by Claparéde off the coast of Normandy did not 294 DR. T. 8. COBBOLD ON THE LARGE HUMAN FLUKE. differ materially from those obtained by Lacaze-Duthiers from the Mediterranean. From all the facts at present before us M. Giard argues that it is most probable the Bucephali of the garfishes attain sexual maturity as Gasterostomata in sharks and dogfishes, and perhaps also in certain large species of Gadide, which feed on the gar- fishes when they frequent the shore for the purpose of spawning. In drawing this conclusion, M. Giard has probably been much in- fluenced by the opinion of Von Siebold, who long ago suggested, but of course could afford no experimental proof, that Bucephalus poly- morphus was the larval representative of Gasterostoma jimbriatum. If we accept these views, as I believe we must, it becomes ex- tremely unlikely that the Bucephali should in any way be con - cerned in causing the infection of our missionary and his wife ; nevertheless there remains the probability that the human bearers in question swallowed other kinds of Trematode larve when they consumed the Ningpo oysters. Moreover, if it should happen that none of the other larve occurring in oysters are capable of developing into flukes in the human territory, it yet remains highly probable that some one or other of the various encysted (and therefore sexually immature) Trematodes known to infest marine fishes will turn out to be the representative of our Dz- stoma crassum. In this connexion we must not forget that Leuck- art has pointed to the flesh of Salmonidz as the probable source of human Bothriocephali ; and there is some likelihood that salt- water fishes, if not actually the primary, may become (after the manner explained by M. Giard) the secondary intermediary bearers of fluke-larve. On the whole, Iam still inclined to look to the Ningpo oysters, or to some other of the various species of marine shell-fish sold in eastern markets, as the direct source of Distoma crassum ; for, in addition to the bucephaloid cercarians, we have abundant evi- dence of the existence of other andj more highly developed fluke- larve in bivalve mollusks. So far back as the year 1841 Mr. Garner, F.L.S., in his paper on the Lamellibranchiate Conchifera (Zool. Trans. vol. 11.) referred to a species of Distoma in the freshwater Mussel; and he subsequently attempted to prove the parasitic origin of pearls from a similar source (Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1862). I had an opportunity of examining some of these Disto- mata, and satisfied myself that they were only sexually immature forms awaiting their final passive transference to the intestine of DR. T. 8. COBBOLD ON THE LARGE HUMAN FLUKE. 295 some vertebrate host. To be sure, the ultimate bearer need not be the human species; yet, on the other hand, such a contingency is by no means improbable. Here I would remark that we have very little knowledge of the parasites which take up their abode in the viscera of savages. This ignorance results partly from the fact that these untutored races, as proved by the statements of Kaschin and others, actually suffer much less from the presence of intes- tinal worms than their civilized congeners do, and partly because no one, so far as I am aware, has cared to institute the necessary inquiries in a methodical way. I strongly suspect that several of the human parasites which we now consider to be rare would be found to be abundant, if, by means of postmortem examinations and other methods of investigation, we could be made acquainted with the facts of helminthism as they occur amongst the fish- and raw-flesh eating savage tribes. Of course any person, notwith- standing the utmost care and cleanliness, as in the cases before us, may contract a noxious parasite ; nevertheless, speaking gene- rally, it may be said that the measure of internal parasitism affect- ing any given class of people bears a strict relation to the degree of barbarism shown by such persons in their choice of food and drink, and in their manner of eating and drinking. This state- ment, if true, is not destitute of sanitary importance. Thus we may say to those interested in the matter, “ Imitate the Cossacks, Burates, and Abyssinians in their fondness for raw meat, and you will be invaded by Zenie ; or imitate the very similar habits of North Greenlanders in respect of fish, and you will probably enjoy the privilege of entertaining Bothriocephali. If you have a pre- dilection for unfiltered waters, you are likely, sooner or later, to play the 7dle of host to some highly irritating nematode guest ; or, as so frequently happens in Iceland and Australia, you will be particularly liable to contract the so-called Hehinococcus-disorder.” ° Clearly it remains to be proved that shell-fish are altogether un- concerned in the matter of human helminthism; yet I quite be- lieve that danger from this source is limited to certain mollusks living in eastern waters. In all likelihood the Distoma crassum is obtained by the consumption either of fish or of shell-tish. There remains, however, the consideration that its larve may pos- sibly reside in minute slugs frequenting vegetables employed as salads. The rarity of fluke-disease (or, at all events, of its recog- nition) is tolerably conclusive against the latter view. At the Bath Meeting of the British Association, in 1864, Mr. Gwyn LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 22 296 PROF. H. G. SEELEY ON SIMILITUDES OF Jeffreys maintained that the Cercarie found in Suecinea were the sexually immature representatives of the common liver-fluke (Fasciola hepatica), which, I may observe, has some twenty times been found infesting the human body. At the time in question I maintained that Mr. Jeffreys’s opinion had no foundation in fact, as the negative data supplied by Moulinié and Leuckart strongly went to prove. It now turns out, from the experimental proofs recently afforded by Dr. Ernst Zeller, that the cercarian contents of Leucochloridiwm found in Succinea attain sexual maturity in the intestines of various insectivorous birds of the family Sylviade. I am indebted to Mr. Dallas for first calling my attention to this discovery. (See Ann. Nat. Hist. for Feb. 1875, p. 146; from Hum- bert, in Bibl. Univ., Bull. Sci. 1874, p. 366 ; also Zeller in S. & K. Zeitsch. fiir wiss. Zool. vol. xxiv. p. 564, 1874.) In connexion with any explanation of the rapid appearance of fluke-disease amongst animals in particular districts, it is especially worthy of remark that the Cercarie of Distoma macrostoma pass into the sexually mature condition in a few days after their change of resi- dence has been effected, whilst in less than a week’s time the formation of ova has already commenced. In couclusion, I ought perhaps to apologize for having intro- duced so many remarks of a practical nature into a paper other- wise purely zoological ; but the supposed extreme rarity of our Distoma crassum, its apparently formidable character as a human guest, and the special precautions that appear to be necessary against infection have together seemed to me to be a fair excuse for sounding a note of warning to naturalists and others whose rambles or professional duties may happen to carry them to the shores of the Chinese and other eastern seas. Similitudes of the Bones inthe Enaliosauria. By Harry Govier Srgetey, F.L.S., F.G.S., Professor of Physical Geography in Bedford College, London. [Read March 18, 1875.] PART I. THE RESEMBLANCES OF ICHTHYOSAURIAN BONES TO THE BONES OF OTHER ANIMALS. § 1. The Mammalian Characters of Ichthyosaurus. A sxuut of Ichthyosaurus could not easily be changed into that of a mammal; for though Cetaceans offer close resemblance of THE BONES IN THE ENALIOSAURIA. 297 form, especially in the snout, the lateral position of the exterior nares in Ichthyosawrus, in front of the large circumscribed circular orbits, necessitates the enormous lateral development of the pre- maxillaries and a backward position of the maxillary bones. The lateral relation of the premaxillary bones in Icthyosaurus divides them proximally, and allows the nasal bones a large space in which to elongate and widen between them ; while in Porpoises (suppo- sing the bones correctly determined) the nasal bones are small, and only just indent the premaxillary bones behind, and the premaxillary bones, drawn together mesially, allow the maxillary bones to extend external to them along their length, and to carry the teeth. In early life Porpoises, like Ichthyosaurs, carry their teeth in a groove instead of in sockets. Wagler and other naturalists have compared the foramen pa- rietale of Ichthyosaurs to the spiracles of Porpoises. And as the foramen descends obliquely forward into the skull, the structures have characters in common. If, then, we suppose the perfora- tions to have become larger with functional activity in the Por- poise and more nearly vertical than in Jchthyosaurus, so as to have advanced forward through the frontal bones, then the me- dian premaxillary bones of the Porpoise would have to be called nasals to bring them into harmony with Ichthyosaurus, while the maxillary bones would become the premaxillaries. But however plausible this interpretation looks in the skull seen from above, it becomes untenable on turning to the palate, where in both types (using the usual nomenclature) the premaxillary bones form the end of the snout, and are parted by the vomers behind, while the maxillary bone in both carries teeth and extends back beyond the alveoli. In those Porpoises in which the occipital condyles blend into one long crescent, the single articulation is entirely made by the exoccipital bones, excluding the basioccipital ; while in Ichthyo- saurus the basioccipital forms the entire condyle and excludes the exoccipital bones. In the Elephant the external nostrils are far back, but the nasal bones are entirely behind them ; and, after the manner of all mam- mals except the true Whales, the maxillary bones meet mesially on the palate, which they never do in Ichthyosaurs. The centrum of a vertebra is not usually quite so long in Jch- thyosawrus as in Porpoises, and differs in being deeply biconcave (as in fishes), in not having epiphyses, in having the transverse 29% < 298 PROF. U. G. SEELEY ON SIMILITUDES OF process replaced by tubercles for the rib, in the not dissimilar neural arch being permanently separated from the centrum, while chevron bones are wanting in the tail, the caudal vertebre elon- gate towards its end, and the prepelvic ribs have a double articu- lation with every vertebra. No mammal has the rib articulated to the centrum by two arti- cular facets ; nor have mammals caudal ribs, as in Ichthyosaurus ; nor are the short sternal bones ever transversely elongated to form median pieces which lap along the sides of sternal ribs. The resemblance of the ichthyosaurian pectoral girdle to that of monotreme mammals is not close; for in the monotreme the coracoids are divided so as to form a pair of precoracoids which meet mesially, and are overlapped by the interclavicle, while no such division is seen in Ichthyosaurs; the scapula is a squamous broadly expanded bone with an acromion, very unlike _the narrow elongated bone of Ichthyosaurus; the clavicles of the monotreme only extend to the acromion, instead of lapping along the whole anterior margin of the scapula as in Ichthyosaurus ; and the interclavicle laps behind the clavicle, instead of beneath it as in Ichthyosaurus. The clavicle and interclavicle are the only bones which have any close similarity of form in the two types. The combined coracoid and precoracoid of the mono- treme would not give the form of the coracoid bone in Ichthyo- saurus, from which !there would be -a notable difference in the great thickness of the acetabular part of the bone. The pelvie girdle is less like that of a mammal. There is a similarity in the ischium being larger than the pubis, in the narrow pubis having a straight anterior border, and in its being (some- times) anchylosed to the ischium to enclose an obturator foramen. T do not remember any evidence whether the narrow curved iliac bones were inclined forward or backward: they had no osseous union witha sacrum. Asawhole, the pelvis is probably least un- like that of the monotreme, omitting from consideration the pre- pubic bones, to which Ichthyosaurus has nothing corresponding. The humerus has a general resemblance to that of Cetaceans in the shortness, strength, and compression of the bone, in the distal end being formed of the flat inclined articular facets, in the proxi- mal end being hemispherical, and in the flattened underside of the bone being obliquely concave. The differences are, that in Cetacea the outer trochanteroid ridges are suppressed, while those on the inner side are so much developed, after the plan of the » THE BONES IN THE ENALIOSAURIA. 259 proximal end of the femur in Chelone, as to give the Porpoise- humerus a character very unlike Ichthyosaurus. The ridges on the humerus of Ornithorhynchus may also be compared. In no mammal is a parallel found to the shortness of the ichthyosaurian ulna and radius, or to the uniform (commonly quadrate) shape of the other bones of the limb or to their arrange- ment, so that every surface except the exterior surface commonly touches another bone in the adult. Some Ichthyosaurs have a separate olecranon-ossification. The femur in shortness and strength recalls some Seals; but in arrangement of parts the resemblance is closest to Ornitho- rhynchus, which similarly has lateral trochanters which extend the width of the bone at the proximal end, though in Ichthyosawrus they are not divided from the rounded articulation. In Jchthyo- saurus the bone is shorter, compressed at right angles to the head at the distal end, which does not articulate chiefly with the tibia, but gives an equal flattened facet to both tibia and fibula. No mammal offers any parallel to the ether bones of the hind limb, though in Cetacea the limbs are similarly enclosed in a fin-like sheath. Prof. Owen has thought that since in Cetacea the terminal caudal vertebre supporting a transverse fin are compressed from above downwards, we may infer that Ichthyosaurus had a vertical fin, since the terminal caudal vertebre are compressed from side to side. But in the human species the caudal vertebre are com- pressed from above downward, and in Crocodiles they are com- pressed from side to side, without in either case carrying a corre- sponding terminal fin. § 2. The Avian Characters of Ichthyosaurus. Many birds, in general form of the head, resemble Ichthyosaurus in its different species ; but in details the correspondence is not close. Thus, though in both the (usual) backward position of the external nares prolongs the premaxillary bones backward, diverging, along the alveolar border, yet in birds a median ray is prolonged backward between the nares, and overlapping the large nasal bones, so as to nearly hide them, and look from the outside as though it divided them; while in Ichthyosaurus there is no such median ray, and the separate premaxillary bones are divided by nasal bones relatively larger than those ef Struthious birds. The premaxillary bones usually make more of the palate 300 PROF. H. G. SEELEY ON SIMILITUDES OF in birds than in Ichthyosaurs. The occipital condyle is similarly single, but the exoccipital bones partly contribute to form it, in birds. In both types the base of the sphenoid is expanded, and gives attachment in front to a long slender presphenoid bone. There is a difficulty in determining the bones of the Ichthyo- saurian palate: the large bones which meet the quadrate bones and lap round the sides of the basisphenoid are unlike in form and relations to the style-shaped pterygoids of birds; then there is no certain evidence whether they give attachment to large and more bird-like palatines (usually anchylosing with the ptery- goids), or whether the entire bone is pterygoid bone. But in any case there is a difference from birds in the long anterior ends being prolonged between the vomers, and in the existence of a long bone between the maxillaries, which, if the anterior parts of the inner pair of bones are the palatines, would be transverse bones, and which, if the entire bone is the pterygoid, would be palatine bones. In many birds there is similarly a circle of sclerotic bones to the eye. Among the more striking differences, in birds the orbit is not usually surrounded by acircle of separate bones. The prefrontal and lachrymal are anchylosed together. The quadrate bone is never hidden by other bones, though it is partially covered in some struthious birds ; there are no postorbital or supraquadrate bones, and usually no postfrontal. The lower jaw in Ichthyosau- rus, except the hoof-like articular bone, is made by a number of long splint-like bones overlapping each other laterally, unlike those in the jaw of a bird. There is nothing like the vertebral column of Ichthyosaurus among birds. The chief differences are in the absence of separate cervical and caudal ribs in the bird, in the large sacrum, in the transverse platform-processes to the dorsal vertebrz, in the union of the neural arch in each vertebra with its centrum, in the elongated centrum of the bird (which, however, exceptionally has biconcave articular ends, especially in the tail and back). There is a great difference usually in number of vertebre, especially as seen in the relative lengths of neck and tail. The costal ribs of Ichthyosaurs have two heads; but they ar- ticulate not with facets (except the upper head in the neck) or concavities, but with tubercles, which are always on the centrum. The median sternal ribs of Ichthyosaurs have in birds become a continuous median ossification or sternum. THE BONES IN THE ENALIOSAURLA. 301 The pectoral girdle of birds is not like that of Ichthyosaurs ; and the difference is largely due to the development of a ster- num in birds. The sternum of a young struthious bird, while its two halves remain separate, has quite the aspect of a pair of potential coracoid bones. And with such a view the interpre- tation of the keel in carinate birds as the potential interclavicle would be in harmony, since it overlaps the line of union of the two bones as in Jehthyosaurus. The compressed elongated scapula of the bird, enlarging at the articular end, differs from that of Ichthyosawrus more in its slender proportion than in its plan, though it hasin many water-birds an acromial tubercle for the end of the clavicle, and does not receive that bone along its whole anterior margin. The clavicle of the bird differs from the typical single clavicle of Ichthyosaurus only in wanting connnexion with the margin of the scapula and with an interclavicle (unless it is supposed to occur when the clavicle articulates with the sternal keel). The coracoids of birds differ from those of Ichthyosaurs in their elon- gated form and in not meeting each other mesially. The pelvis of a bird is entirely unlike that of an Ichthyosaur. In the Emu the pubis and ischium are more slender than in most ithyosaurs; but the pubis has not the straight anterior margin of Ichthyosaurus, and the ischium has a tubercle towards the proximal end (by which it meets the side of the pubis), which in Ichthyosaurus is not developed. The ilium is totally different. In the limbs of birds there is no structural resemblance, either in the forms of the bones or in their arrangement. § 3. The Crocodilian Characters of Ichthyosaurus. The crocodilian head is usually more depressed than in any Ich- thyosaur, and, except in the Gavials, has not so pointed a snout, while the surface of the cranial bones is always more or less pitted. The chief changes necessary to convert the crocodile into Ichthyo- saurus would be an enormous enlargement of the eye, so as to raise it from its nearly flat position to a nearly vertical one. This would draw the maxillary bone up till it was nearly vertical, draw the prefrontal and postfrontal together above the orbit, and allow an enormous median triangular space for the nasal bones to expand in and encroach upon the frontal. The en- larging of the orbits would enlarge the temporal fosse and ex- tend the squamosals backward. The vacant space in the Croco- 302 PROF. H. G. SEELEY ON SIMILITUDES OF dile-skull behind the orbit and between the postfrontal and malar - would need to be covered by two bones—a postorbital (completing the orbit), and a supraquadrate (between the squamosal and quadrato-jugal). These changes would probably bring the quadrate bone vertical. The parietal and frontal would both have to be double; and the anterior nares would have to be divided and carried backward between the maxillary and nasal bones till they met the lachry- mals, prolonging, with them, the premaxillary bones, partly at the expense of the maxillary bones, and partly hiding them by overlap. Then, by adding a foramen parietale between the parietal and frontal bones, so far as the essential external characters went, the head of a crocodile would have become the head of Ichthyo- saurus. Then, to complete the correspondence on the palate, it would be necessary to connect the quadrate bone made vertical with the hinder angle of the pterygoid, and to separate the ptery- goid and palatine bones so as to exhibit the basisphenoid and ‘pre- sphenoid, circumscribe a large pear-shaped palatal vacuity wide behind, and obliterate the maxillo-pterygoid fosse by pressing the palatine against the transverse bone. The vertical position of the maxillaries draws them apart on the palate, and away from the palatines, so that the premaxillaries are introduced internal to the maxillaries in front; and the vomers are introduced between the premaxillaries and the diverging palatines behind. Thus by opening the crocodilian palate it becomes ichthyosaurian. The resemblances between the two types are thus seen not to be close; but the differences are chiefly dependent upon the posi- tion and condition of the orbits and nares. In both the occipital condyle is single ; but in Crocodile it is hemispherical and small, and its upper angles are madé by the exoccipital bones. In both the temporal fossa is surrounded by parietal, squamosal, and post- frontal bones. In the orbit the differences are that in Ichthyo- saurus the frontal bone is entirely excluded, and the postorbital bone becomes ossified. The lower jaw has a general resemblance in both; but the os articulare is longer in Crocodile than in Jch- thyosaurus. The teeth placed in a groove are in this said to be comparable to the posterior part of the jaw in the Black Alligator. In the vertebral column there is but little other resemblance than that both have long tails. ‘he chief points in which the Crocodile differs are:—in having the vertebre much longer and less numerous, furnished with neural arches which unite sutu- THE BONES IN THE ENALIOSAURIA. 303 rally, and in the dorsal region give off strong compressed trans- verse processes to which the ribs are exclusively attached; that the centrum is proccelian, and in the caudal region furnished with chevron bones; that the articulation for the rib in passing from neck to back in Crocodile ascends, while in Ichthyosaurus it descends. The ribs also have little in common; for in Ichthyosaurus they are of a generally uniform character, while in Crocodiles there are double-headed [-shaped cervical ribs, double-headed dorsal ribs which never articulate with the centrum, and no caudal ribs at all. There are no median sternal ribs. The pectoral girdle differs in crocodiles having no clavicles or interclavicle, and by the coracoids articulating with a narrow ster- num which extends beyond them anteriorly and posteriorly. The scapula of the crocodile would have a general similarity of form if its anterior margin were straight instead of being con- cave ; but at the expanded end the surface for the coracoid would have to be in front, and that for the humerus behind; and the coracoids, besides a similar reversal of articular surface, swould require immense antero-posterior expansion to change the hour- glass shape of the crocodilian bone into the transversely pedicled ovate shape of the bone in Icthyosaurus. In the pelvis the ilium is quite dissimilar; and the crocodilian ischium differs in supporting the pubis (?) on a pedicle so as to exclude it from the acetabulum. And thus the pubes are thrust forward, so that they do not meet the ischia in the line of sym- physis ; and the crocodilian pubis never has the anterior margin straight. The ichthyosaurian ischium never has its proximal end so massive as in the crocodile. The functional elongation of the limbs in crocodiles in rela- tion to movement on land gives to their several segments cha- racters which make comparison with Ichthyosaurs impossible. In the femur the only resemblances are that the articular ends are compressed, the proximal one rounded and at right angles to the distal end. § 4. Lhe Chelonian Characters of Ichthyosaurus. On the upper surface of the skull the correspondence between the two types is limited to the median bones of that roof of the skull being double, the elongation of the parietal bones in har- mony with large temporal fosse, the vertical position of the orbits, 304 PROF. H. G. SEELEY ON SIMILITUDES OF and an approximation of the prefrontal and postfrontal bones together, so as almost to meet in Chelonians as they do in Ich- thyosaurs. Of all that part of the ichthyosaurian skull which is in front of the nares, the Chelonian skull has no representative. If, then, we took such a truncated ichthyosaurian skull and tried to approximate it towards a Tortoise, it would be necessary first to remove the nasal bones entirely. This would expose much of the frontal bones which they cover, and allow the prefrontal bones to be squeezed together to meet mesially and make the upper margin of the nares. A similar compression together of the ter- ininal minute remnants of the premaxillaries would make the lower margin of a single terminal nostril like that of Zestudo. The foramen parietale must be obliterated, and the supraoccipital developed and prolonged with the adjacent angle of the parietal bones into a strong median occipital crest. The postorbital and Supraquadrate bones would be obliterated, and the malar, post- frontal, and quadrato-jugal bones prolonged behind the orbit to meet in a triradiate union. Then, with an inflating auditory ex- cavation of the quadrate and squamosal bones, to outward view the upper part of the Ichthyosaur’s skull would have become Chelonian. In the palate there is a primary difficulty with the homology of the bones, because on the ichthyosaurian palate there are small vacuities under the place of the external nares, which might be regarded as posterior nares, either potential or actual; and they are surrounded chiefly by two bones, the vomer internally and what might be the palatine externally, the pre- maxillary sometimes entering in front. I adopted another inter- pretation to explain the relation of the palate to that of Croco- diles; this interpretation would be as necessary to harmonize it with that of Chelonians. Then, to complete the resemblance to Chelonians, it would be necessary to unite the two vomers into a single median vomer, into which the pterygoids should not penetrate posteriorly ; and then, by extending the pterygoid bones internally till they met mesially so as to hide the presphe- noid and cover the palatal vacuity, the change would be perfect but for the want of teeth. Thus the cranial resemblances of Chelonians to Ichthyosaurs are so slight that they are scarcely of any value. The back of the head is as unlike as the other parts: there the exoccipitals contribute equally with the basioccipital to the condyle, and in Testudinates the opisthotic meets the squamosal bone only, THE BONES IN THE ENALIOSAURIA. 305 while in Chelone it meets the quadrate ; in Ichthyosawrus it meets the quadrate by curving under the squamosal. The splint cha- racter is wanting from the Chelonian lower jaw; it has no keel behind the articulation ; and the dentary bone is single. The vertebral column is very dissimilar, there not being a single character in common. The ribs, limited to the dorsal region in Chelonians, would seem to be as dissimilar as the vertebre, unless, indeed, the seemingly double rib of the Ichthyosaur, grooved throughout its length, be an epipleural growth repeating the costal rib upon itself through- out its length, as is the case with Chelonians. The pectoral girdle is altogether dissimilar, being formed in Chelonians of long spathulate coracoids which do not meet each other mesially, and of rod-like scapule which give off a long rod- like precoracoid process. The pelvic arches are only similar in the form of the ilium, which in both is a short curved bone rather compressed. The two trochanters to the head of the femur of Chelydra, though not so well developed and not opposite to each other, are homologous with those of the head of the femur in Ichthyosaurus. Beyond this there is in the limbs no character in common worth dwell- ing on. § 5. The Lacertian Characters of Ichthyosaurus. All living reptiles are with difficulty compared with Ichthyo- saurus, owing to the backward and lateral position of its nares. Polychrus anomalus has the nares far back ; and in the Nilotic Mo- nitor they are not near the tip of the snout; but in no lizard do the premaxillaries form the lateral margins of the palate, as in Ichthyosaurus ; and, contrary to the rule with Ichthyosaurs, they are single and prolonged back mesially between the nares, except when, as in Monitor, the nares reach so far back that they are divided by the nasal as they are in Jchthyosaurus ; only in Mo- nitor the nasal bone is single andnarrow. Lizards differ in having the whole lateral alveolar border made by the maxillary bones margined by a conspicuous row of foramina. The orbit of Ichthyosaurus is circumscribed by bones as in many lizards, such as Jguwana, Uromastix, Stellio, Scincus, Draco, &c. ; but the bones which enter into its outer margin are not the same. At the base in both is the long curved malar, and in front of that in lizards a small, and in Ichthyosaurs a large lachrymal bone, 306 PROF. H. @. SEELEY ON SIMILITUDES OF and above that a premaxillary ; and both agree in excluding the maxillary bone from the orbit. But lizards appear almost inva- riably, and like Chelonians, to admit a small portion of the frontal into the upper orbital margin between the prefrontal and post- frontal, while in Ichthyosaurs these bones meet. In Iguana and many lizards, behind the orbit, completing it, is a bone which con- nects the postfrontal above and the malar below with the quadrato- jugal behind, and so has the relations of the postorbital in Ichthy- osaurus—though, from the liberation of the quadrate bone in lizards, the postfrontal and squamosal have lost their function, and are of smaller size, and the postorbital and quadrato-jugal are of different form and relations. Lizards have no supra- quadrate, often have the frontal single, always have the parietal single and diverging backward in a V-shape; while in Ichthyo- saurus the backward divergence is less, and almost entirely made by the squamosal bones, which recurve forward round the temporal fossa to meet the postfrontals above the supraquadrate and post- orbital bones—an arrangement not seen in lizards. The foramen parietale is, in lizards, only a vertical puncture in the parietal, or between the parietal and frontal bones ; in Jch- thyosaurus it is an oblique canal. In Jchthyosaurus the quadrate bone is seen from behind to be supported by the squamosal, opis- thotic, and pterygoid; in lizards its upper end unites with the transverse bar of the excccipital, and its lower end with the slender backward prolongation of the pterygoid. The palate in both types is open mesially, especially in such a lizard as Monitor, where the presphenoid is seen extending down a similar palatal vacuity. Lizards, however, have pedicels to the basisphenoid which meet the pterygoid bones; while in Ichthyo- swurus the pterygoids are more expanded, and lap round the sides of the basisphenoid. In front of the long pterygoids are short palatine bones in Monitor; and between the pterygoid, pa- latine, and maxillary are small transverse bones. In Ichthyosau- rus both of these bones are longer than the pterygoid (supposing, as was done in the comparison with crocodiles, that the palatine and pterygoid bones are usually anchylosed). The vomers of Monitor are long slender bones, as in Ichthyosaurus ; but the pala- tine bones are not similarly prolonged between them, nor are the premaxillaries external to them. The occipital condyle of lizards is largely made by the exocci- pital bones. The teeth are never in a groove, and often differ in THE BONES IN THE ENALIOSAURIA. 307 character in passing backward, unlike Ichthyosaurus. The lower jaw of lizards has a strong, vertically developed, coronoid bone, not seen in Ichthyosaurs ; and the bones have not the usual splint- like overlapping. The dentary forms half of the jaw. In number of vertebre and in length of tail lizards rival Ich- thyosaurs. And in the Hattleria the centrum is biconcave ; but in all lizards it is greatly longer, and in most lizards the cen- trum is procelous, and in certain tail-vertebre ossified in two parts, anterior and posterior. In Monitor the neural spine is vertical and quadrate, but not so long as in Ichthyosaurus, except in the tail; and there, relatively to the centrum, it is not so wide. The neural arch is anchylosed to the centrum in lizards, and se- parate in Ichthyosaurs. In the lizards there are often both trans- verse processes and chevron bones in the tail, neither occurring in Ichthyosaurus—though the transverse processes of reptilian caudal vertebre have the aspect of caudal ribs, like those of Ichthyosaurs, anchylosed to the centrum. The ribs of lizards are supported on a strong short pedicle, which appears to be contributed to by both neural arch and centrum, and is at the anterior end of the ver- tebra, well below the prezygapophysis ; while in Ichthyosaurus the articular thoracic tubercles are small, double, and raised but little above the surface of the centrum. The costal ribs of lizards are strong, less compressed from front to back, want the groove which runs along the middle of an Ichthyosaur’s rib, and have the proximal articulation massive and single, instead of compressed and terminating in two articular tubercles. The sternal and median ribs, unlike those of Ichthyosaurus, are modified in relation to a sternum, are not well ossified, and do not unite with the other costal elements by overlap. In the pectoral girdle there is the fundamental difference that lizards have a sternum, but in spite of it the coracoids, by a wide median expansion, almost meet mmesially. Their approxima- tions, however, are (typically) deeply emarginate; and so the whole bone becomes dissimilar in form to the coracoid of Ichthyosaurus, though in Polychrus, for example, the coracoid is small and not unlike that of Ichthyosaurus. Here, too, the scapula is more ich- thyosaurian than usual with lizards, some, like Monitor, having the bone united with the coracoid throughout its length, others, like Iguana and Skink, giving off a strong acromion process from the anterior margin ; but in Polychrus, Draco, &c. the bone is com- 308 PROF. H. G. SEELEY ON SIMILITUDES OF pressed, with subparallel sides, moderately elongated, and expanded a little at the articular end, while it similarly carries the clavicle along its anterior margin. The clavicle, however, is double, as in some Ichthyosaurs, but otherwise not dissimilar, except that in lizards its length is very variable, and sometimes, as in Scineus and Iguana, it is compressed and widens from front to back. The interclavicle of lizards is usually T-shaped (though +-shaped in Scincus), aud similar to that of Ichthyosaurus, except that most lizards carry the cross bar behind the clavicles, though Polychrus carries it below them as in Ichthyosaurus. The median bar, how- ever, in lizards laps down the outside of the sternum, while in Ichthyosaurus it binds the coracoids together. The pelvis is dissimilar ; for in lizards the ischium has a pos- terior tuberosity, and the pubis an anterior tuberosity, the two bones do not meet at the symphysis, while the ilium extends both in front of and behind the acetabulum. The limbs offer no community of structure. The proximal end of the femur in lizards has but one trochanter; and that is in a line at right angles to the ovate compression of the head. § 6. The Chameleon-Characters of Ichthyosaurus. The chameleon-skull offers no resemblance of importance to Ichthyosaurus beyond such as are seen in the skulls of lizards, except that the anterior nares are better defined and lateral, that the orbit is relatively larger and has an osseous floor. The sutures, however, are less well defined. The coracoid, but that it wants the anterior emargination, is like that of Ichthyosaurus; and the scapula, but that it is relatively too long and has the anterior border concave, approximates to the ichthyosaurian type. ‘The chameleon pectoral arch differs in wanting a clavicle and interclavicle, and in possessing a sternum. The pelvis is very like that of Ichthyosaurus, except that the ilium is longer, and that the pubis and ischium do not meet at the sym- physis. The pubis has the anterior margin straight, and differs chiefly in being perforated by the obturator nerve. The ischium differs chiefly in having a relatively greater antero-posterior extent along the symphysis. § 7. The Rhynchocephatian Characters of Ichthyosaurus. Hatteria agrees with Ichthyosaurus in having the median bones which roof-in the skull all double; it has a large foramen parie- THE BONES IN THE ENALIOSAURIA. 309 tale, but entirely within the parietal bones. The temporal fosse are large in both types. in Hatteria the postfrontal is di- vided so as to form a bone like that named postorbital in Lizards ; but in some Ichthyosaurs the postfrontal appears to be divided, as in lizards; and if so, the temporal fosse are circumscribed by the same bones in Hatteria and Ichthyosaurus, and the bones are similarly placed. The nasals of Hatteria are rela- tively small, and do not extend over the frontals and between the orbits, nor do the postfrontal and prefrontal bones meet above the orbit, as in Ichthyosaurus. The quadrato-jugal, supraquadrate, and probably the postorbital bones are wanting from the skull of Hatéeria, as well as the transverse bone. In Hatteria the base of the orbit is made by a large turtle-like maxillary, which almost excludes the malar bone. In Ichthyosawrus the malar bone forms the base of the orbit, and entirely excludes the maxillary. Hat- teria possesses an interorbital septum, which does not exist in Ichthyosaurus. The quadrate bone is very unlike that of Ichthyo- saurus in being perforated from back to front, and in sending a long process forward and inward to lap in front of the pterygoid ; and it is jammed in the skull more firmly. The palate is not so open as in Ichthyosaurus. And it is ne- cessary to use the “chelonian” interpretation of Ichthyosau- rus to harmonize the bones. The pterygoids of Ichthyosaur would need not to be prolonged anteriorly between the vomers, but only to meet them and allow the vomers to meet mesially. And the premaxillary would not need to be prolonged so far back between the maxillary and vomer to give the ichthyosau- . Tian palate the essential peculiarities of Hatteria, except that in Ichthyosaurus the palatine does not carry teeth. Of course the prenasal part, of the skull does not admit of comparison, any more than do the teeth. The vertebre, though shorter from back to front than in lizards, have the centrum much longer than in Jchthyosaurus ; the neural arches are stronger than in Ichthyosaurus, and differ in being anchylosed to the centrum. The caudal vertebre are ossified in two parts in Hatteria, so that the suture divides the two cups; but of this Ichthyosawrus shows no trace. There are median abdominal ribs; but the costal ribs of Hatteria have ex- panded single heads. The apparatus of infracostal ribs seems capable of being moved away with equal entirety in both groups, owing to the union of some of the elements by overlap. The 2 310 PROF. H. G@. SEELEY ON SIMILITUDES OF scapula and coracoid are not dissimilar; but in Hatteria the co- racoid has no anterior emargination, and the anterior margin of the scapula is not straight. The clavicles do not meet mesially, but unite suturally (as in some Ichthyosaurs) with a crescentic transverse bar of the interclavicle, which is closely united with a large pentagonal sternum and so far is unlike that of Ichthyosau- rus; alarge cartilage, however, extends the coracoid to meet both its vertical and transverse parts. The pelvis is dissimilar; and the limbs are not comparable. § 8. The Ophidian Characters of Ichthyosaurus. Tt were difficult to find any character of structural importance in common between these types. Prefrontal and postfrontal with an anterior division of the postfrontal, called the supraorbital bone, combine to exclude the frontal from the orbit in Python ; but the nasals are small and the parietals single and long. Nor is the correspondence close on the palate; for, besides all the bones being loose in serpents, there is a transverse bone, the pterygoids and palatines both carry teeth, and, though the palatines are separated in front by the vomers, the pterygoids are not prolonged forward between the palatine bones and yo- mers as they are in Ichthyosaurus. The pterygoids, as in lizards, meet tubercles of the basisphenoid, and then diverge outward and backward to the quadrate, and do not lap round the basisphenoid as in Iehthyosaurus. The lower jaw, too, is quite dissimilar, its anterior half being made up by the dentary bone. fn number of vertebre serpents far surpass Ichthyosaurs ; but the vertebre have no character in common, serpents having the centrum much longer, proccelous, with one long tubercle for the rib, with the neural arch anchylosed to the centrum, a short neural spine, and a zygosphene; in the tail there are trans- verse processes and hypapophyses,—all of which characters distin- guish the vertebre of serpents from those of Ichthyosaurs. § 9. The Urodelan Characters of Ichthyosaurus. The urodelan skull in the Hell-bender, Salamander, or Triton is not like that of Ichthyosaurus ; for the palate is closed by a bone (parasphenoid) which divides the pterygoids and meets the vomers, which carry teeth. In Ichthyosaurus this bone does not exist. Then in these animals the orbit is confluent with the temporal fossa; and the space is not circumscribed, there being THE BONES IN THE ENALIOSAURTA. sll no malar, quadrato-jugal, supraquadrate, or postorbital bones. There are no palatal nares. There is no basioccipital; and the articulation with the vertebral column is formed by the exocci- pital bones. And the quadrate is embraced exclusively by the pterygoid and squamosal. The anterior nares appear to be sur- rounded by the premaxillary, maxillary, small nasals and large frontals. The frontal bones, however, may as probably be the prefrontal, in which case it would be intelligible that the bones external to them should unite posteriorly with the parietals, being postfrontal bones. The lower jaw is almost entirely made of the dentary bone with an articular element behind, and a long angular or coronoid or opercular element on the inside. The vertebral column has nothing in common, except that in both the centrum is biconcave. But in the Amphibians the eentrum is long, the neural arch is depressed, the zygapophyses are nearly horizontal, and there is no neural spine. There is no atlas; and the axis has an odontoid process, the odontoid process really being the basioccipital bone. There are transverse processes given off from the combined neural arch and centrum ; they are sometimes grooved, so as to have two articular heads for a rib; they are always directed backward, and are often long. These trans- verse processes are continuel part of the way down the tail. The caudal vertebre have chevron bones anchylosed to the under- side of the centrum. In all these characters Amphibians differ from Ichthyosaurs. ; The ribs are altogether dissimilar, except. that they have two articular heads; for they are always very short, and do not con- tribute to enclose the viscera, but are directed horizontally outward and backward. The pelvis is not like, there being no pubis ossified, and the ischium being a greatly expanded plate in no respect like the ischium of Ichthyosaurus. The pectoral arch consists of a combined scapula and cora- coid ; but the bones do not meet mesially. The scapular portion is made unlike the scapula of Jchthyosaurus by its great width at the line of union with the coracoid, due to forward outgrowth, which makes the anterior margin deeply emarginate. The cora- coid portion (which is not distinct) has neither the anterior nor posterior emarginations which characterize the coracoid of Zch- thyosaurus. The hmbs are totally dissimilar. LINN, JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL, X11. 23 312 PROF. Ii. G. SEELEY ON SIMILITUDES OF § 10. The Piscine Characters of Ichthyosaurus. In the general form of the head, Xiphias resembles Ichthyo- saurus. The premaxillaries in both are elongated, terminate the long snout, and form the alveolar border, which in A7%phias does not carry teeth; they are followed behind in both by a pair of greatly elongated triangular nasals, which widen behind. The frontals and parietals of Xiphias are both large; the pre- frontal is covered by nasal and frontal; and the prefrontal and postfrontal do not meet to exclude the frontal from the orbit. Neither orbits nor temporal fosse are circumscribed ; and there is no foramen parietale. The basioccipital is conically cupped, and carries the exocci- pitals, which meet below the neural canal, and furnish concave facets which contribute to the articulation with the vertebral column, which is thus very unlike that of Ichthyosaurus. The ex- occipitals also enclose the neural arch above. On the palate, too, there is nothing in common, the bones being single and closing the palate mesially. In very few fishes is there a convex basioccipi- tal; among such is Fistularia. The vertebral column of fishes, though as variable as the skull, never approximates in any genus to that of Ichthyosawrus, except in the biconcavity and sometimes in the shortness of the cen- trum. The essential difference from a fish is in having the ribs articulated to the centrum by two tubercles. The arches and limbs do not correspond at all. § 11. The Plesiosaurian Characters of Ichthyosaurus. In Plestosaurus the snout is never so long as in Ichthyosau- rus, or so pointed; but the nostril is near the eye; and nostril, orbit, and temporal fossa are all surrounded with bone, though relatively to Ichthyosaurus the temporal fossa is large and the orbit small. The premaxillary is lke that of Ichthyosawrus, only much smaller; and the nasals, which extend between the nostrils in front and behind, are narrow and small relatively to those of Ich- thyosaurus. The frontal appears in Plesiosaurus to enter into the upper margin of the orbit; and the postfrontal appears to meet the malar and close the orbit behind; so that there are no post- orbital or supraquadrate bones. And the outer margin of the temporal fossa is made by the malar meeting the squamosal ; whether there is a quadrato-jugal I find no satisfactory evidence. THE BONES IN THE ENALIOSAURIA. 313 The palate differs in being closed mesially. The vomers appear to extend far forward between the maxillary bones. The median bones behind the vomers consist of palatine and pterygoid with a transverse bone external to these. In both the occipital condyle is single; but in Plesiosaurs the exoccipital bones usually enter into it. In both there is a foramen parietale. In Plesiosaurs the quadrate bone is directed backward, as in crocodiles and Te- leosaurs, and is more intimately united to the skull than in Ich- thyosaurs. The teeth differ in no essential, except that in Plesio- saurs the fang is cylindrical and the crown has a tendency to curye backward. The pectoral girdle has much in common im plan in the two types, though the forms of the bones differ greatly. In order to convert the Jchthyosaurus into Plesiosaurus, it would be necessary to amalgamate the clavicle and interclavicle into one bone, and then contract the three arms till the scapule were drawn almost together in front, and the median ray only just met the coracoid behind. Sometimes the interclavicle entirely disappears ; and then the scapule grow together mesially to replace it, and meet the coracoid mesially. The coracoid bones would require to be rela- tively enlarged and to be prolonged further backward. The pelvis of Plesiosaurus in none of its elements closely resembles that of Ichthyosaurus. The ilium differs in being straighter, more massively expanded at the femoral end, and usually more compressed at the vertebral end. The ischium differs in being directed backward, and in being usually more extended along the symphysial line. The pubis is entirely different, being in Ple- siosaurus subreniform. The vertebral column has nothing in common in the two groups, except the biconcavity of the centrum. In Plesiosaurus the cen- trum is more elongated from back to front, and the neural arch is usually anchylosed to the centrum of the cervical vertebre. The femur differs in the relatively larger size of the proximal end, in wanting an inner trochanter at the proximal end, in the greater elongation of the shaft, and in the greater expansion of the distal end. In Plesiosaurus there is some similarity in the ulna and ra- dius, and carpus and tarsus, to those regions in Jehthyosaurus ; and it is only by minute comparison that the bones can always be distinguished. 3514 PROF. H. G. SEELEY ON SIMILITUDES OF § 12. Lhe Dinosaurian Affinities. of Ichthyosaurus. The Scelidosawrus has the median roof-bones of the skull all double ; the nasal bones are large and elongated, but they do not extend so far back as in Ichthyosawrus, and so the frontal bones occupy a much larger area of the skull. The frontal bone similarly does not enter into the orbit; but in Scelidosaurus the superior border is made by an anterior division of the postfrontal, which Prof. Owen names the superorbital bone. The orbits are vertical in both, and the temporal fosse are horizontal. The bone behind the orbit in Ichthyosaurs is named postorbital; and as the sequence of the bones is the same in both, an advocate for a uniform nomenclature might propose to name the dinosaurian postfrontal postorbital, and the superorbital postfrontal. Then the bones surrounding the orbit would be the same in both. In both the eye is defended with sclerotic plates. But there is no supra- quadrate in the Dinosaur, and no clear evidence of a quadrato- jugal, while the quadrate would differ from that of Ichthyosaurus in its slender form and in the long inner process which laps along the pterygoid. The palate of a Dinosaur is not very like that of a lizard, the pterygoid bones being more expanded ; the pterygoid bones in Seelidosaurus are very unlike those of Ichthyosaurus. The teeth of Dinosaurs are chiefly in the maxillary bone; and these teeth are always serrated. In Hypsilophodon the pre- maxillary teeth are very different from the maxillary teeth, and so are unlike those of Ichthyosaurus, although the crowns are conical. if The vertebral column has nothing in common, the dinosau- rian centrum always being elongated as in Plesiosaurs, never deeply cupped, without tubercles for ribs on the dorsal vertebre, always furnished with a large neural arch. In the caudal region there are chevron bones and transverse processes. The pectoral girdle would appear to differ by the Dinosaurs being devoid of clavicle and interelavicle, and showing traces of a partly (?) osseous sternum. But of the other bones, the scapula and coracoid have considerable resemblance of form. The coracoid bone, for instance, usually referred to Iguanodon cannot be re- garded as having any character to distinguish it from Ichthyosau- yvus; and the scapula differs chiefly in its relatively greater length, and the development of an acromial tubercle or prearti- cular prolongation on the anterior margin. The pelvie arches THE BONES IN THE ENALIOSAURLIA. 315 have little in common—the ilium being greatly expanded in Di- nosaurs, while the pubis and ischium are more elongated than in Ichthyosaurs, and less expanded at the symphysial end. The proportions of the limbs are reversed, the hind limbs of Dinosaurs being the larger. In the bones of the limbs there is no correspondence of form or plan. | § 13. The Dicynodont Characters of Ichthyosaurus. In Dicynodon the premaxillary and the parietal bones are single, and the foramen parietale perforates the parietal only, so far being unlike Jehthyosaurus. But the nares and orbits are lateral and circumscribed, though the orbits are relatively smaller, and the nares are, from the shortness of the snout, not so far back in the skull. The temporal fosse are similarly circumscribed; and the parietals and squamosals similarly diverge behind, though often with a more marked V-shape in Dicynodonts than in Ichthyosau- rus. The peculiar bones of the Ichthyosaur’s skull are wanting ; and the quadrate bone is a naked pedicle firmly united to the solid vertical back part of the skull. The dicynodont occipital condyle consists of three equal parts contributed by the exoccipital and basioccipital bones. The palate and teeth are both unlike those of Ichhyosaurus. The vertebre are often not dissimilar to those of Ichthyosaurus in the deep cupping of the centrum; but the centrum is longer, the neural arch is anchylosed to it, and the attachment for the ribs is altogether different in Dicynodonts. The pectoral and pelvic arches are altogether dissimilar; and the limbs, except in the great expansion of the humerus at its proximal and distal ends, have nothing in common. § 14. The Labyrinthodont Characters of Ichthyosaurus. Labyrinthodonts agree with Ichthyosaurs in having the me- dian roof-bones of the skull all double, in having the orbits cir- cumscribed with bones, with a postorbital bone behind, and a supraquadrate bone behind that, between the squamosal and quadrato-jugal. But they differ in having the temporal foss: entirely roofed over, in the foramen parietale perforating the middle of the parietal bones, in the orbits bemg small, in the great elongation of the principal frontal bones, in the forwaré position of the nares (usually nearer to the end of the jaw than to the orbits), and in the short premaxillary bones (which sometimes 316 PROF. H. G. SEHLEY ON SIMILITUDES OF have a tendency to unite mesially). The palate differs in having its anterior part largely made by the vomerine bones, which meet the potential presphenoid style behind. The premaxillary and maxillary bones usually carry a contin- uous series of teeth smaller than those of Ichthyosauwrus, while there is an inner series of teeth (on the vomers and palatine bones) of which some are larger than those of Ichthyosaurus. The ar- rangement of palate-bones is very unlike the ichthyosaurian. The substance of the teeth seen in transverse section is much more folded than in Ichthyosaurus. In Mastodonsaurus, according to Von Meyer, the presphenoid, basisphenoid, and occipital bones are all differentiated, thus approximating to Ichthyosawrus, though the articulation with the skull is made by two condyles. The surface of the skull usually differs in being sculptured. The centrum of the vertebra is similar in the two groups, being very short and biconcave; but the neural arch is more like that ofa crocodile than that of Lchthyosawrus in supporting the ribs on transverse processes. The ribs are similar to those of Ichthyosaurus in their length, flattened character, and the double head by which they articulate with the vertebra. PART If. THE RESEMBLANCES OF PLESIOSAURIAN BONES TO THE BONES OF OTHER ANIMALS. § 1. The Mammalian Characters of Plesiosaurus. The sutures are not all well seen in skulls of Plestosaurus ; but enough is manifest to show that, in the small size of the parietal region, the large temporal fossa, and the considerable develop- ment of premaxillary, maxillary, and nasal bones in front of the anterior nares, the upper surface of the skull differs in aspect from the mammalian type. If the orbits are circumscribed by bones as they are in Ruminants and many other mammals, there is a difference, owing to the frontal bone being excluded, and its place taken by two bones which Prof. Owen names superorbital and postfrontal, but which it would be more consonant with simple naming to call respectively postfrontal and postorbital. The lachrymal bone does not similarly enter into the anterior nares in mammals, though in certain-Ruminants there is so THE BONES IN THE ENALIOSAURIA. 317 near. an approximation to such an arrangement as to show that that condition is quite consistent with the mammal plan. The squamosal is extended outward to cover the quadrate; and so all the outer and backward part of the skull is modified on a plan unlike that of the mammal. The occipital condyle would appear sometimes to consist only of the basioccipital bone, though in all the specimens in the Woodwardian Museum at Cambridge the exoccipital bones also contribute to it. The teeth are all in sockets, as in adult Porpoises; about half appear to be in the premaxillary, and halfin the maxillary bone. I have seen no evidence of their replacement by successional teeth in Plesiosaurus. The closed flat palate, which seems to have two perforations behind for the posterior nares, between the palatine and pterygoid bones, and two perforations external to these, mar- gined outwardly by the transverse bones, finds a general parallel in the Porpoises, though the posterior nares in those animals are not ovoid perforations, and the external foramina have no existence. The vertebra have a mammalian aspect. The neck-vertebre are shortened in Pliosaurus, as in Baleenide and Elephants ; but in most Plesiosaurs the centrum slightly elongates in the neck, as in many land mammals, though the vertebre differ remarkably in number, sometimes counting as many as forty-five and never so few as seven. The atlas and axis are usually anchylosed together ; and the cervical vertebre all carry ribs, some of which sometimes have a di- vided articular head, and all of which articulate with the centrum : in these characters the vertebre differ from mammals’. The dorsal vertebree have much the proportion and characters seen in Por- poises, except that the epiphyses are not separable from the cen- trum, that the neural arch is often separable from the centrum, that the centrum is usually somewhat cupped, that the neural canal is smaller, and the transverse process rounder, longer, and stronger, and given off from the neural arch throughout the whole of the dorsal region. But in the cardinal character of having the ribs attached by single heads to transverse processes of the neural arch, a number of dorsal vertebrze of Porpoises offer a close resemblance to those of Plesiosawrus. And when only the centrum is preserved, it would often be impossible to distinguish between the Cetacean and the Plesiosaur. The neural arch in its general features is very similar in the two. In neither group is there 318 PROF. H. G. SEELEY ON SIMILITUDES OF a sacrum. The earlier caudal vertebre of both have transverse processes jutting horizontally from the side of the centrum, and- chevron bones between the centrums beneath. But in Cetacea the transverse processes on the centrum are common to the later dorsal vertebree, and the neural arch and the chevron bones donot persist to the end of the tail, and the later caudal vertebree of Cetaceans become singularly modified in form. As in Por- poises, the dorsal centrum is usually rather longer than the early caudal centrum. The dorsal ribs are similar to those of Cetaceans ; but the sternal ribs of a Plesiosaur are unlike those of any mammal. The pectoral girdle of Plesiosaurus has nothing in common with that of Cetaceans or any mammal beyond a distant resemblance to that of the Monotrenies. The humerus of Phocena differs from that of Plesiosawrus chiefly in its shortness and the less constriction of the bone below the proximal articulation. And the position of the limb on the body appears to have been different; for in Cetaceans the prox- imal trochanter is anterior, while in Plesiosawrus it appears to be exterior. The points of resemblance are in the proximal and distal ends being in the same plane, in the side-to-side com- pression of the distal end, which similarly has two flat articular surfaces which meet at an angle, in the proximal end termina- ting in a hemispherical articulation on one side of the bone and a large trochanter on the other, though they seem to be on opposite “sides. The ulna and radius are relatively to the humerus much longer than in Plesiosaurus. The radius is a compressed bone with flattened articular ends in both groups; but the Porpoise differs in having the distal end the wider—while in Plesiosaurs the proximal end is the wider when the ends differ in width, and the anterior and posterior margins of the bone are both con- cave. The ulna differs in being much wider and usually reniform in ~Plesiosaurs, so that the posterior margin is convex and the an- terior concave, while in Cetaceans the bone is long and narrow, concave behind and usually straight in front: it has a small olecranon process. When the olecranon is developed in Plesio- saurs, it always persists as a distinct ossification. The carpal bones are so similar in the two groups that they | cannot be distinguished from each other. In both they are flat, compressed, subhexagonal, or irregularly ovate ossicles. The THE BONES IN THE ENALIOSAURIA. 319 phalanges are so similar that it would not be possible to distin- guish between them. They are compressed or rounded hourglass- shaped bones with flat or moderately convex articular ends which often show numerous perforations for blood-vessels, around which the bone is slightly elevated. The digits on the radial side have most phalanges. There may be as few as three digits. § 2. The Avian Characters of Plesiosaurus. The backward position and division of the anterior nares in birds, and the consequent extension of the premaxillary bones and backward position of the maxillary bones, accords well with the condition of the prenasal part of the skull in Plesiosaurs. In them the orbits are circumscribed by bones, being bordered below by the malar; they are placed much further forward, more towards the middle of the skull, than in birds; and thus there come to be large circumscribed temporal fosse behind the orbits, to which there is nothing similar in birds. The eyes are more horizontal than in birds; and some Piesiosaurs, like some birds, have a scle- rotic circle of bones. Unlike birds, the quadrate bone is firmly fixed in the skull, and covered, as in some struthious birds, by the squamosal on the outside, which latter bone accordingly does not enter into the brain-case. The cerebral part of the skull is of altogether different form. The occipital articulation is similar, being in both types contributed to by the exoccipital bones. The palate of struthious birds would be very similar to that of Plesiosaurus if the palate were closed mesially and the posterior nares carried through the infraorbital foramina, the nares closed by the growing together of palatine and maxillary ; and it would require that the pterygoid bones should be expanded inward and backward, so as to meet behind the nares and cover the region of the basisphenoid, carrying the quadrate bones backward with them. The lower jaw in both is composite and moderately pro- longed behind the concave articular groove for the distal end of the quadrate bone. The vertebral column of Plesiosaurs only resembles that of birds in the large number of vertebre included in the neck. The centrum differs in having the articular surfaces flat or coneave in Plesiosaurs. In birds the atlas and axis are not anchylosed, the cervical vertebre have no separate ribs, and the neural spine is suppressed, while the vertebral artery is often carried through a ring on the side of the centrum in birds as it is in some 320 PROF, H. G. SEELEY ON SIMILITUDES OF mammals; and no such condition is seen in Plesiosaurus. In the dorsal region of birds there is a quadrate neural spine similar to to that of Plesiosaurs, only shorter, and transverse processes to the neural arch, which are horizontal lamine and not sub- cylindrical processes; the ribs in birds are articulated to the side of the centrum on a concave facet, and only touch the under- side of the transverse process with the posterior tubercle, while in Plesiosaurus the rib is exclusively articulated with the trans- verse process. The dorsal centrum in many birds has a promi- nent hypapophysis similar to that of serpents ; but nothing of the kind is seen in Plesiosaurus. Plesiosaurs have no sacrum ; and if in birds the postfemoral vertebree were put into the tail, that region would be relatively as long as in Plesiosaurs. Ple- siosaurs want the terminal caudal style of birds ; but the ordinary caudal vertebre of water-birds are not dissimilar to vertebrae of Plesiosaurus, except in the massive or bifid neural spine; and the length and form of the centrum, as well as the absence of cheyron bones, make the tail-vertebre of such birds as the Penguin or the Swan more like the neck- than the tail-vertebre of Plestosaurus. The caudal vertebre of the Gannet only differ in size from vertebre of Plesiosaurs. The dorsal ribs of birds are always more compressed than those of Plesiosaurs, and usually differ in having an epipleuron anchylosed to the middle of the posterior margin of several. The pectoral and peivic arches have nothing in common. The difference in the pelvic region is presumably largely due to the extension of the ilium along the whole length of the sacrum in birds, while in Plesiosaurs it is a short conically tapering rod which only meets one vertebra. The difference of the pectoral arch is presumably largely due to the great development of the sternum in place of the system of abdominal ribs. If the sca- pulz were to be drawn forward to meet in front of the coracoid bones, the coracoids would themselves be drawn together; and it is not improbable that with such a plesiosaurian modification the muscular attachments would move forward, and the sternum of a bird would lose its continuous osseous character and large size. Neither humerus nor femur has much in common with Ple- siosaurus. If the shaft of the humerus is compressed in the Pen- guin, its distal end is not expanded, and its proximal articulation is expanded too much. In the femur, if the hemispherical head is directed inward, the trochanter external to it is too wide, while the distal end is very dissimilar. Se 29 TIE BONES IN THE ENALIOSAURIA. 321 The other bones of the extremities in Plesiosawrus have no avian characters. § 3. The Crocodilian Characters of Plesiosaurus. In outline and in the depressed character, the skulls of typical crocodiles and Plesiosaurs are similar. The nares, however, in Plesiosaurs are far back on the skull, and only parted from the orbit by the lachrymal bones, while in crocodiles they are single and terminal. The orbits are not dissimilar in character, but in Plesiosaurs they are in the middle of the skull, while in crocodiles they are in the hinder third. The temporal fossz are much larger than the orbits in Plesiosaurus, while in crocodiles they are smaller. These differences in the positions of organs and regions of the skull necessitate proportionate differences in the length and form of the cranial bones. But in crocodiles the postfrontal is not usually divided so as to exclude the frontal from the orbit ; and in Plesiosaurs the postfrontal is divided from the squamosal by the malar and quadrato-jugal, and thus the temporal fossa is enlarged. The quadrate bone is similar in form, similarly placed in the skull, except that in Plesiosaurs the pterygoid bone meets it on the inner side; and usually it is similarly directed backward. The occipital condyle is similarly formed in the two groups ; and the occipital bones are not dissimilar. The palate is similarly closed, except that in Plesiosaurs the posterior nares are not carried 80 far back, being surrounded by the palatine, transverse, and pte- rygoid bones, and that the transverse bones are more anterior, and larger, and close the palatine foramina in front. The teeth are exceedingly similar, and are similarly placed in sockets, in all crocodiles except the Black Alligator. The lower jaw appears to be similar in the proportions taken by the dentary, angular, and opercular bones, in the form of the concave articulation, and in the extent of the postarticular keel ; butin Plesiosaurs its side is not perforated posteriorly. The cranial bones of Plesiosawrus, though not always smooth, are never pitted as in crocodiles. In no known Plesiosaurus does the tail include so large a proportion of vertebree, or the neck so few as in crocodiles. In Plesiosaurs the centrum is rarely, if ever, so long asin crocodiles ; and the articular surfaces are never procelous, but flat or shghtly coneaye at both ends. The neural arch is similar, except that, like the centrum, it is longer from front to back than in Plesio- S22 PROF. H. G@. SEELEY ON SIMILITUDES OF saurs; the zygapophyses are more projecting ; and the transverse process of the dorsal vertebre is lamellar and not cylindrical. The caudal vertebra, besides differing from Plesiosaurus in their length, differ in the lengths of the chevron bones, which are not attached each between two vertebre in crocodiles, but to the basal hinder articular margin of its own vertebra. The short cervical vertebra of Plesiosaurs have a hatchet or j-shape, similar to that seen in crocodiles; and the articular head is sometimes divided to articulate with two facets on the centrum, but never so deeply divided as in the crocodile, where the upper head ar- ticulates with a tubercle on the neural arch, while the lower head remains on the centrum, in all the pectoral vertebre and all the cervicals after the first two. The dorsal ribs differ from those of Plesiosawrus in their com- pression from above downward, and in the articular end uniting with the transverse process by two heads. The pectoral girdle is not similar ; for in the crocodile the cora- coids are divided by the sternum, and they have but little antero- posterior extension, corresponding only with the thick anterior part of the coracoid in Plestosaurus, and the scapule are directed towards the back instead of converging forward in the same plane with the coracoids. Nor are the pelvic girdles similar. For the ilium of the crocodile has a vertical expansion very unlike the subcylin- drical tapering form seen in Plesiosaurs. The backward direc- tion and symphysial elongation of the ischium is similar ; but the small elongated triangular pubis of the crocodile is very unlike the broad reniform bone convex in front seen in Plesiasaurus. The limb-bones cf the two groups have no eharacter in common. § 4. The Chelonian Characters of Plesiosaurus. There is considerable resemblance of form between the out- lines of the skulls of some Plesiosaurs and some chelonians. And in both the temporal fosse are large(except in marine Chelo- nia), and only divided from the circular orbits by a narrow post- frontal bone. The orbits of chelonians are more vertical, and are wanting in superorbital and lachrymal bones. The anterior nares are near to the orbit; but they have a single termination, and the skull has no extension anterior to them; so that all the preorbital part of the chelonian skull is unlike, and not compa- rable with the plesiosaurian ; the part behind the temporal fossa is THE BONES IN THE ENALTOSAURTA, 323 also dissimilar—Plesiosaurs having no auditory excavation of the quadrate and squamosal, or median backward prolongation of the parietal and superoccipital, Most living chelonians differ from Plesiosaurs in not having nasal bones. The vertebral column has but little in common in the two types, either in the form of the centrum, the condition of its articular ends, the form of the neural arch, the attachment of the dorsal ribs, or the proportional lengths of the different regions; so that in no region of the column, either as a whole or in the separate ver- tebre, is there any resemblance to Plesiosaurus, the chief differ- ences being :—that in chelonians the cervical vertebre are opis- thoccelous, procelous, and biconvex, but never biconcave ; that the neural arch has no neural spine, no cervical ribs, and has the zygapophyses long and directed outward ; while the under surface of the centrum is compressed, whereas in Plesiosaurs it is wide ; the dorsal vertebrae are elongated, with flat articular ends, and have the rib articulating by a single head directly with the cen- trum, either between two vertebre or at the anterior end; the caudal vertebre have no neural spine in chelonians, and are pro- ceelian or opisthoccelian. : The chelonian scapular arch has, at first sight, nothing in eom- mon with Plesiosaurus ; but if the interspace between the coracoid and precoracoid were ossified in Chelone, two expanded coracoids meeting mesially would be formed, having a great resemblance to those of Plesiosaurus. And sucha result might also be attained by continuous ossification of the coracoids with the hyosternal ele- ments. Next it would be necessary to draw the scapule forward to be in the same plane with the coracoids. These, in the same way, might become continuously ossified with the clavicles ; and the backward angle of the clavicle might be represented by the outer backward process sometimes seen on the plesiosaurian sea- pule. These bones would then take up the interclavicle between them inevitably in the position seen in Plesiosaurus, with its pos- terior angle internal to the coracoids, as it is internal to the hyosternal bones in chelonians. The pelvic arch is more like that of Plestosaurus. The ilium is similar, except that it is curved and the sacral end is more ex- panded. The pubis has a similar large expansion in Chelone, but not a kidney-shape. Inthe Tortoise the pubis meets the ischium in the symphysis as in Plestosawrus, and the ischium has a sub- triangular form and is directed backward; but it is not in the 324 PROF. H. G@. SEELEY ON SIMILITUDES OF same plane with the pubis, being directed somewhat down- ward. As with the fore limb, so here the pubis might be supposed to combine with the hyposternal, the ischium with the xiphosternals. The plesiosaurian limbs are only comparable with the marine type. The chelonian femur differs chiefly in being shorter, less expanded distally in antero-posterior extent, and in having a large trochanter behind the proximal articulation. The humerus is somewhat similar distally, but not enough expanded; the bone is too short, and the trochanters at the proximal end are dissimilar. The tibia, fibula, ulna, and radius in chelonians are elongated, and so are incomparable. The carpal and tarsal bones are not dis- similar individually ; but their arrangement is not like that in Plesiosaurus. The phalanges are not dissimilar in form, except that in Chelone the bones are vastly more elongated and much less numerous ; but the hour-glass shape and flattened articular ends are similar. § 5. The Lacertian Characters of Plesiosaurus. The general outline of a lizard’s skull is the same as that of Plesiosaurus; and in such a lizard as Iguana the orbits and temporal fosse are similarly placed. But in Plesiosawrus the nares are further back and smaller; and thus the nasal bones are narrowed to extend between them, and the premaxillary bones enlarge to form the prenasal part of the skull. In Iguana the postfrontal is divided, but the superorbital part does not ex- clude the frontal bone from the orbit as in Plesiosaurus ; but the back of the orbit is similarly formed by its postorbital part. In lizards the maxillary bone is not admitted into the base of the orbit as it is in Plesiosaurus. The parietal is similarly compressed into a longitudinal ridge, and similarly sends off processes behind which diverge outward and backward. The processes in Plesio- saurus appear to be overlapped by the squamosal bones, while in lizards the squamosal bones are overlapped by them. In lizards the quadrate bone is naked at the sides ; but in Plesiosawrus it is covered by the squamosal and quadrato-jugal. Andin Plesiosaurs the occipital segment of the skull is not prolonged beyond the parietal segment. The teeth differ from those of lizards in being placed in sockets and in the series being similar from the back of the jaw to the front. THE BONES IN TILE ENALIOSAURIA. 325 The palate of lizards differs in not being entirely closed me- sially, in the totally different condition of the posterior nares, in the small size of the transverse bone, in the teeth on the ptery- goid bone &c., and by the pterygoid bones not meeting to cover the basisphenoid. The occipital condyle is made to a less extent in lizards by the basioccipital bone than in Plesiosaurs. The Plesiosaurian lower jaw has not the prominent coronoid process or the inward extension of the articular bone of Lizards. The vertebral column of lizards like the Monitor includes as many vertebre as in Plesiosaurus ; only, instead of being chiefly in the neck and tail, they are chiefly in the tail, and the neck has only about half a dozen. In Monitor and all lizards except the Gecko the centrum dif- fers in its elongation and proccelous articulation. [The skeleton of a Gecko I have not seen.| The cervical vertebree moreover differ in often having astrong hypapophysis. The dorsal vertebre differ in the lateral extension of the zygapophyses, the absence of transverse processes, and the articulation of the ribs to the side of the centrum. The caudal vertebre differ in having the chevron bones attached to the base of the centrum or its posterior margin, though there are a few Plesiosaurs (of undescribed species) in which this character is seen. The dorsal ribs of lizards are very like those of Plestosawrus; but no lizard has similar abdominal ribs. Neither pectoral nor pelvic arches have much in common with Plesiosaurus. In order to make the pectoral arch like that of a Plesiosaur, it would be necessary to blend the clavicles and inter- clavicle and contract the triradiate limbs of the latter bone till the scapulz were nearly drawn together anteriorly, and the acromion became a terminal process at the free end of the bone. Then, by suppressing the sternum, the coracoid bones would come together mesially, and it would only be necessary to make a continuous ossification over the interspaces of the coracoid to have a pelvic arch essentially that of a Plesiosaurian. In the same way, by expanding the lizard-pubis on its anterior border to a convex outline which should make the bone reniform and lie in one plane, and by then drawing the bone back to meet the ischium at the symphysis and rounding off the angles and ridges of the ilium, the pelvic arch would approach the ple- siosaurian type. 326 PROF, H. G@. SEELEY ON SIMILITUDES OF In the limbs there is nothing in common. § 6. The Rhynchocephaloid Characters of Plesiosaurus. The skull of Hatterta has much such an outline as that of Ple- siosaurus dolichodeirus; and in the parietal and frontal regions there is a similarity of form ; but in Hatteria the postorbital bone meets the squamosal, and forms an upper bar to the side of the temporal fossa, which does not occur in Plesiosawrus. The orbits in Hatteria are larger and more vertical than in Plesiosaurus, while the nares are lateral, and the premaxillary bones are deve- loped anterior to them only to a small extent; the skull also appears to differ from that of Plesiosawrus in having all the median roof- bones double. The under surface of the palate differs from that of Plesiosaurus in not being closed in the median line, in not including divided nares at the back of the palate, in the large develop- ment of the pterygoid bones, which do not cover the basisphe- noid, but extend along the inner wing of the quadrate bone, and extend forward to meet the vomers, while the palatine bone occupies the same lateral position between the pterygoid and maxillary which would entitle it to be considered homologous with the transverse bone in Plesiosaurus. The teeth are utterly unlike those of Plesiosawrus in form, in being blended with the jaw, in being also carried on the palatine bones. - The vertebral column differs from Plesiosawrus in the fewness of the vertebra ; though each vertebra agrees in having a not dissimilar form and a biconcave centrum. The atlas and axis are not like those of Plesiosawrus, the latter bone having an extended neural spine and an odontoid process. The fourth vertebra has a divided attachment for the ribs such as is sometimes seen in the cervical vertebre of Plesiosaurs; but the cervical ribs have not the hatchet-shape. In Hatteria the intervertebral wedge bones are continued down the neck, which does not happen in Plesio- saurus. It has seemed to me to be not improbable that the con- version of amphiccelous vertebrze into proccelous or opisthocclous vertebre has been determined by the anchylosis of the inter- vertebral wedge bones to the anterior or posterior margin of the centrum. In the dorsal region the ribs are supported by single heads, as in Plesiosaurus, but not from transverse processes. The caudal vertebre carry chevron bones: the centrum differs from that of Plestosauwrus in being ossified in two parts. The cervical and THE BONES IN THE ENALIOSAURIA. 327 early dorsal ribs differ from those of Plesiosaurus in carrying an epi- pleuron, though the superior process which gives the cervical rib its hatchet-shape in Plesiosawrus may be regarded as an anchylosed epipleuron. The abdominal ribs of Hatteria are like those of Ple- siosaurus; and in one species (for two species seem to me to be typified by the abdominal ribs figured by Dr. Giinther) the median A-shaped bone is overlapped by a splice from a bone external to it. In another species this splice is replaced by a joint, and the ex- ternal piece has a squamous expansion on the middle of its ante- rior and posterior margin, unlike any thing seen in Plesiosau- vus. But, asin Plesiosaurus, other bones are introduced between these elements, so as to make the abdominal ribs nearly twice as many as the costal ribs. The pectoral girdle differs from that of Plesiosawrus in having a sternum and clavicles. Between these the interclavicle is anchy- losed. The coracoid differs in its great extension in front of the ace- tabulum, in its small size, in its connexion with the sternum, in its wide union with the scapula. And only by revolving the sca- pule forward till they meet in front and are in the same plane with the coracoids, and at the same time causing them to grow distally at the expense of the sternum so as to obliterate it, could the rhynchocephalous pectoral arch be brought into harmony with that of Plesiosaurus. The pelvis differs chiefly in its smaller size, in the ischium of Hatteria having a prominent posterior tuberosity, in the small size of the os pubis, which has not a reniform outline or a convex anterior margin, and in the compression of the ilium. § 7. The Ophidian Characters of Plesiosaurus. The points of resemblance between serpents and Plesiosaurs are so trifling that they may be neglected. In Python there is a parietal crest. A superorbital bone excludes the frontal from the orbit; and a narrow nearly vertical postfrontal makes the boundary of the orbit behind, as in Plestosaurus. There are remarkable ditf- ferences in that the squamosal and quadrate bones are loose, and that the bones of the face and palate are loose. The malar and quadrato-jugal bones are absent, and the side of the quadrate bone is naked ; the premaxillary is minute, and the skull has no extension anterior to the nares; a considerable interval separates orbit and narine; and there is no temporal fossa; the maxillary bones are very long, and on their inside the pterygoids run par- LINN, JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XT, 24 328 ON SIMILITUDES OF THE BONES IN THE ENALIOSAURIA. allel with them at the hinder part; the palate is mesially open. There is no resemblance in the vertebral column. § 8. The Urodelan Characters of Plesiosaurus. The skull of the Henopome or of the Salamander has no striking resemblance to Plesiosawrus in any region ; while the absence of a prenasal extension, the confluence of the orbit and temporal fossa, the two occipital condyles, the median bone (parasphenoid) at the base of the skull, the absence of covering bones from the quadrate bone, and the absence of socketed teeth would readily distinguish them. The vertebree agree in having the centrum biconcave; but the Urodelan centrum is much longer, and its neural arch wants the long compressed neural spine of Plesiosaurus. The cervical ver- tebree are very few, and have transverse processes, which are not seen in Plesiosaurus, while the amphibians have usually no atlas. The dorsal vertebree agree with Plesiosaurs’ in having transverse processes, which, however, are not given off exclusively from the neural arch, are compressed and directed obliquely backward. At their termination in some types the parts contributed by the neural arch and by the centrum divide so as to make a double at- tachment for the rib. The costal ribs differ in being double-headed and extremely short, while no sternal or abdominal ribs are deve- loped. The caudal vertebre differ additionally in having their chevron bones anchylosed to the base of the centrum. The pectoral girdle differs in having the scapula and coracoid united in one ossification, and in the coracoid portions being di- vided by a wide cartilage. The scapule have no tendency to approximate anteriorly. : The ilium is not unlike that of Plestosaurus. The bone inferior to it is usually named the ischium; but if these bones were re- volved forward so that the median line became anterior, and the bones met mesially at their posterior borders, then they would have the position, as they already have the shape, of the pubic bones of Plesiosaurus. In the limbs there is some resemblance ; but the shaft of the hu- merus and femur is not sufficiently expanded, and the proximal tro- chanter should not have been severed from the head of the bone, the forearm and foreleg are too long; and the ulna and tibia are not re- niform ; the carpals and tarsals are more irregular in size, and have ON TWO PARASITIC FORMS OF TETRARIYNCHIDA. 329 a tendency to form three rows ; while the bones of the digits differ chiefly in the small number of bones in each, and in there being four digits on the hand and five on the foot. The Anatomy of two Parasitic Forms of the Family Tetrarhyn- chide. By Francis H. Wetcn, F.R.C.S., Surgeon, Army Me- dical Department, and Assistant Professor of Pathology, Army Medical School, Netley. Communicated by Professor Busx, iV, PES. {Read May 6, 1874.) (Puates XXIV.-XXV1.) Test two forms of the Tetrarhynch family, suborder Cestoda (Cobbeld), among parasites, were obtained from the stomach of a Shark (Carcharias ——?), and transferred to me by Dr. Mac- donald, R.N., F.R.S. Of the larger form there were three speci- mens, of the smaller five; and with them was a portion of the shark’s stomach, to which one of the larger forms was attached, the rest of the parasites being loose in the alcohol in which the whole mass was preserved. The mucous membrane of the stomach was irregularly superfi- cially ulcerated in spots to the size ofa shilling; and narrow chan- nels diverged from the surface of the ulcer into the subjacent tissues to the depth of ;$> to 74%; of an inch, these channels gene- rally being arranged in pairs and evidently produced by the pro- boscides of the parasites for anchoring themselves; while with some there was also a broader pit, from which the channels diverged, produced by the partially immersed head of the creature. Around these channels for at least 3 an inch there was marked dark dis- coloration of the tissues from blood-extravasation and disintegra- tion. One of the larger forms was still attached; but since the stomach had been cut into pieces it had moved; for it was now anchored to the fresh incised surface. No part of the head of the parasite was inserted into the stomach-coats, so that the suckers were not called into action; but the proboscides diverged from each other into the tissues, having a broad base of attach- ment; and a considerable application of force relative to the size and strength of the tissues of the creature was used without the anchors giving way. Whether these forms of animal life are new to science or have 24* 330 , SURGEON F. H. WELCH ON THE ANATOMY OF been already described and named, I cannot clearly ascertain ; but as far as [have been able to follow the literature of the subject, 1 can find no mention of them ; this, however, is far from proving them to be novelties. Considering the wide-spread field of know- ledge at the present day, it is unquestionably far from easy to find out all the written matter on any given subject; and as re- gards helminthology, the difficulties of connecting one form with another under right classification appear extra plentiful, and notably with the Tetrarhynch family ; so that I am somewhat diffident in making statements which may be shown to be incorrect by those who have made the subject an especial study, or who have an ex- tensive special literature to fall back upon. The description ot these parasites is entirely based on my personal observations of their anatomy; but as it is necessary to affix to them some desig- nating term for identification, I have appended to each a provi- sional name based on the chief characteristic features present and qualified by the genus of the animal upon which they preyed. It is quite clear that while both belong to the Tetrarhynch family among Cestode parasites, the divergencies from each other in general outline, on the point of suckers, in the arrangement and shape of proboscides, and in internal structure indicate them as belonging to different genera. The larger one comes under the genus Letrarhynchus, while for the smaller one I can find no place ; and as it is especially distinguished by the absence of suckers, I apply the generic term Abothros (a, 06pos), qualifying the generic designation of both by affixing to them the adjunct carcharias for specific differentiation. The anatomical details of these forms are as follows :— Tetrarhynchus carcharias——This animal, in natural size and shape, is depicted in figs. 1 and 2, from which it will be seen that the parasite consists of a head and a linear series of segments much resembling a body, the two joined at a constricted portion, the neck. The total length equals 1,°, inch. The head (a, figs. 1 and 2) is ovoidal, flattened from before backwards, edges rounded off, surface perfectly smooth, structure firm, opaque, white in colour, with two fossettes, or suckers, and four proboscides ; in di- mensions 3735 inch long by 748 broad, by 317) thick. The neck (0, fig. 2) is a mere constriction, the limiting point of the cephalic structures on the one hand, and the point from which the seg- ments progress on the other, 4%, inch broad by 7%, thick. The zooid colony (c, fig. 2) diverging from the neck, and somewhat in TWO PARASITIC FORMS OF THE FAMILY TETRARHYNCHIDE. 331 excess of it in all dimensions, follows the Cestoid order of worms in pene flat, ss We and thin, and measured 1,%; inch in length by 18; broad and ;*5 thick ; yellowish white in (alone firm but flexible in structure, with Bledel approximated delicate transverse furrows (somewhat under 100 in the space of an inch) mapping off the component segments, and deeper longitudinal wrinkles on the flat anterior and posterior surfaces, giving a trilobar arrange- ment to the body-constituents of the zooid (as scen in fig. 3, a transverse section). It will be observed that the lower segments contract somewhat instead of increasing in breadth, as in the tape- worm colonies, and terminate in a sort of tubercle or nodule (d, fig. 2); this was the case in two out of the three specimens at my disposal, while the third, although somewhat contracting towards the lowermost segments, yet presented a flat end—a fea- ture apparently dependent upon these parasites being in the early period of growth of the mature stage. On the broad surfaces of the head, within the upper half, are seated two oval depressions, bothria, fossettes, or suckers (fig. 2, e). These extend from the base of the proboscides in long diameter downwards, in dimensions +> inch long by +8, broad by z#y deep, but subject to variations in size in individuals and according to condition of tissues. A ridge slightly projecting into the hollow occupies the centre of the inner wall of each sucker length- wise, rendering it partially bipartite, and above branches into two, one to each base of the double proboscis of its side. The head is thicker at its free end as compared with that adjoining the neck ; and upon this free end from before backwards, from the upper end of one sucker to the other, in the centre, is an oblong plat- form with a deep furrow on each lateral side mapping it off from the rounded-off edges of the head, while at each end of the plat- form are situated the proboscides, four in all, but arranged in couples, one anteriorly, one posteriorly, each couple closely conti- guous to the upper end of the sucker of its side (fig. 1). To the naked eye these proboscides, when exserted, look like small club- shape fringed projections placed in couples in lateral apposition to each other, but diverging at their free end, and give an extremely rough feel to the finger when drawn against them. The more minute anatomy of the parasite is as follows, com- mencing with the structure of the colony for facility of de- scription. Fig. 3 is a transverse section through a segment at the middle 382 SURGEON F. H. WELCH ON THE ANATOMY OF of the colony ; and it is at once apparent that there is a distinct separation of the visceral space (f) from the encircling body- constituents, the latter consisting of a cutaneous envelope and parenchyma compounded of a soft albuminoid material, muscular fibres, and inorganic nodules. The cutaneous envelope (fig. 3 a, fig. 5a) averages zo), mech in thickness, consisting of a thin transparent chitinous layer externally, and a dark granular pro- ductive layer beneath. The parenchyma extends from the skin externally to the fibrous boundary ofthe visceral space internally, and is arranged as follows:—Next to the granular layer of the skin is a circular layer of involuntary muscular fibre, which for the space of =+, inch is free from all intercepting fibres (fig. 5, c), but beyond that is mtermingled with transverse muscular fibres, forming a contmuous layer for about 7}, inch (fig. 5, d), after which they are both thickly studded with “ calcareous particles,” forming a well-defined layer of 45 inch thickness, and following the contour of the body-surface (fig. 8,¢; fig.4,c; fig.5,e). The transverse fibres, although forming a continuous layer outside the inorganic granule layer, yet on the inside of it are collected inte uniform thin bands, which form a meshwork enclosing the soft albumenoid material and the longitudinal muscular bands of the body (fig. 3, d; fig. 6, a); and this meshwork is continued on to the fibrous boundary of the visceral space. The longitudinal muscular bundles (fig. 4, d) pass continuously, for the major part, from one segment to the other throughout the colony. As regards the inorganic accretions (“ calcareous particles”) (fig. 7), these are oval spherical or somewhat irregular in outline, homogeneous, or made up of concentric lamine arranged around a nucleus, pale yellow or brownish in colour; average size <> inch. The major number are composed of lime carbonate, the minor (generally irregular in outline) of phosphates or inspissated fat compounds. The use and mode of arrangement in particles of this inorganic layer is apparently, as I have elsewhere more fully stated *, for the purpose of giving a firmness to the body- structure while allowing at the same time of pliability and move- ment of the one part upon the other. A distinct fibrous layer divides the body-parenchyma from the visceral substance; it is connected to the inner surface of the cuticle at the lateral edges of the zooid (fig. 3, e), and is conti- nued longitudinally from one segment to the other, passing up * Quarterly Microscopical Journal, January 1875, p. 6, TWO PARASITIC FORMS OF THE FAMILY TETRARITYNCHIDE. 333 through the neck into the head, as will be subsequently detailed. The visceral space averages 51, inch in thickness, and occupies the centre of the segment (fig. 3, f; fig. 4,7). It contains a eranular homogeneous albumenoid material with a few inter spersed inor- ganic particles; and although not presenting, in the segments ot any of the three parasites from which these details are taken, any trace of viscera, yet, following by analogy the developmental pro- cess in the allied family of Tapeworms, it is within this, and from this, that the generative viscera are produced. At each lateral end of the visceral space, at a distance from the sides of the segment of ;5 inch, is seated the cut lumen of the longi- tudinal water-vascular canals (fig. 8, g). These canals, by) inch in diameter, are mere channels in the substance lined by a deli- eate fibrous-tissue layer ; the longitudinal ones pass from one seg- ment to the other, and, asin the Tenia mediocanellata, are met by a transverse branch special to the segment, seated in the lower portion of the visceral space of each zooid—the combination of the two series of tubes giving to the system of vessels of the colony the aspect of a ladder. The transverse branches are oval in outline, and smaller than the longitudinal branches ; they ne- cessarily approximate closely in the front segments of the colony (fig. 4, 7), and diverge more and mere from each other in the pro- gressive development towards maturity. The only other feature of the segments to be noted is the con- tracted bulbous condition of the lowermost one above referred to. On section under the microscope this gave the structure and ap- pearance of a collapsed vesicle thickly studded with “ calcareous corpuscles ;”” and the inference drawn from it and the lower end of the colony is, that these parasites were in the early progress of growth towards maturity from the larve recently introduced into the stomach of the shark, and that the nodular free end was the remnant of the original vesicle not yet, in two of the parasites, thrown off, while in the third, as above mentioned, this had en- sued. I may here state, too, another feature which appears to bear out this deduction. In one of the animals one of the diver- gent petaloid appendages of the head arranged in a circle at the base of the proboscides was present, while in the other two ani- mals there was no trace of them nor of the three others in the same parasite. These four appendages appear to be common among the mature Tetrarhynchs, and more especially among the larve ; and the existence of one under the circumstances mentioned would 3a4 SURUEON F. H. WELCH ON THE ANATOMY OF appear to indicate that not only were these forms in the Shark at an carly stage of mature condition of cestoid life, but that these appendages in some forms of the Tetrarhynchide, although pre- sent in the larval condition, are thrown off when the creature reaches the nidus requisite for full development. The constricted portion of the parasite colony (the neck) is similar in structure to the other segments ; the body-constituents, the fibrous visceral boundary, and the longitudinal water-vascular canals pass through it to the head, there to be modified to the spe- cial requirements of this part of the parasite. The head is composed of two suckers, four proboscides, with four bulbs and adjuncts for extrusion and withdrawal of the pro- boseides situated within an expansion of the visceral boundary continued through the neck and with a stratum of parenchyma between them and the cuticular surface. In the upper half of the head are the suckers and proboscides, in the lower half the bulbs (fig. 1,4). The naked-eye aspect of the fossettes or suckers Thave already given; and to this must be added that the chitinous layer of the skin forms the ning membrane, and that within this are special layers of muscular fibres for the regulation of the func- tion, these being retained within a fibrous capsule following the contour of the sucker at a distance of 55 inch, and separating the special muscles from the general parenchyma of the head (fig. 9, e, and fig. 12,6). Among the special muscles are radiating fibres which pass from the cuticular lining of the sucker to the capsule (fig. 9, c); and these would by their action induce the function: others pass from one side of the sucker to the other, encircling it both laterally and vertically ; and these would contract the cavity of the hollow and so put a stop to the sucking function, the lateral fibres especially running ina separate layer from the rest (fig. 9, d). From the inside of the fibrous capsule of the sucker diverging muscular fibres pass into the general parenchyma of the head; and these would render the capsule firm for the special radiating fibres to act from (fig. 12, c). Fig. 11 illustrates an exserted proboscis, magnified, and fig. 12 one all but retracted, a slight eversion of the hooklets at the base being preseut, The exserted proboscis is short, thick-set, club-shaped, somewhat broader near the free end than at the base, 725 inch long by +5 meh thick. It is closely studded with hooklets with points directed downwards ; the number and arrangement of them it is impossible to determine accurately, from TWO PARASITIO FORMS OF THE FAMILY TETRARHYNCHID®. 835 the close apposition of one to the other ; there cannot, however, be less than one thousand on each proboscis; and the rows of them appear to wind spirally to the top. When the proboscis is re- tracted, the tips of the hooklets point upwards and converge towards each other in the centre of the hollow cylinder then formed. This will be apparent on comparing fig. 12 with 11, and on re- membering that the evolution of the proboscis is similar to the drawing-out of the inverted finger of a glove; the simile will render lucid also the process of boring into the tissues, and how in the gradual unfolding of the armed projectile the rows ot hooklets come into play, those near the base being firmly fixed before the coming into action of those nearer the tip. The hooklets differ somewhat in shape and size according to situa- tion upon the proboscis, whether towards the base or near the free end; if the former, then the characters are seen in fig. 10; but towards the free end the claw is lengthened out and straighter, clearly for the purpose of giving these a wider range of action ; their average length is about ,}, inch. Their tip is very sharp, the limb is curved, the base is extended out and flat; the struc- ture is transparent, and apparently consists of a very dense outer sheath and a soft granular internal core; the base is firmly at- tached to the surface of the proboscis. I am inclined to consider, from the facts of acids having no influence on them, and prolonged immersion in strong liquor potasse and glycerine rendering them soft and pliable, that the composition of the hooklets is chi- tinous, similar to the claws of rapacious birds. Fig. 12 shows the proboscis to be muscular in structure, contained within a spe- cial thick sheath separating it from the general parenchyma of the head. Immediately within the sheath is seen a layer of mus- cular fibre forming an outer cylinder (fig. 12, e), the fibres directed vertically ; these appear to arise low down from the inside of the sheath, and, passing upwards to the base of the proboscis, curve (in the inverted condition) inwards and downwards, but in the exserted state are continued up, forming the outer stratum to which the base of the hooklets is attached, and eventually merging into the strong circular muscle for the retraction of the proboscis (fig. 12,7). Commingled with this outer layer, where it is in contact with the hooklets (7. e. where it helps to form the proboscis), is a circular layer of fibres entirely limited to the proboscis (fig. 12, f), while from the most inverted end of the proboscis (or forming the core of 1t when exserted) a strong 336 SURGEON F. H. WELCH ON THE ANATOMY OF circular muscle passes downwards and terminates in a tendon (fig. 13) which is continued on to the bulb (figs. 14 & 16). The action of these layers is apparent from the direction of the fibres ; the outer cylindrical layer evolves the proboscis ; the circular layer gives it stability and firmnesss; the thick circular basal muscle retracts it. These muscular layers are made up of solid cylindrical fibrille arranged parallel to each other and of an exquisite delicate yet decided texture ; moreover there are transverse markings upon them which are not sufficiently regular to be pronounced striz, yet unquestionably they closely approximate voluntary vertebrate muscular tissue*. The sheath of the proboscis is kept im situ by muscular bands and fibrous tissue which diverge from it into the surrounding head-substance ; and at the point where it contracts with the tendon of the muscle (fig. 13, d), there the fibres are very strongly pronounced. The retractor muscle is aa inch in length by =s inch in diameter; and its tendon passes down for a short distance, and merges into the muscular layers of the bulb. These bulbs are four in number, one to each proboscis; they are elongated ovoidal structures, in shape markedly resembling a sausage, 7° inch in length by +}, ich in diameter; they are arranged side by side within the expansion of the fibrous visceral boundary of the colony, passing through the neck to merge in the cuticular layer of the free end of the head (fig. 8, d; fig. 16, d@). In structure they are composed of planes of muscle whose fibres eross each other in all directions; these planes form an outer stratum covered externally by a prolongation of the sheath of the proboscis ; and within this outer stratum are enclosed the special fibres connected with the retractor tendon (tig. 14). These spe- cial fibres are seen to pass on one side of the bulb (fig. 14, a, 0) to its bottom and then to curve upwards on the other side to the top, near where they enter, apparently there merging in the fibres of the outer stratum. That this intricate arrangement of muscular bands is connected with the retraction of the proboscis cannot be questioned, and would appear to be dependent on the shifting position of the central tendon in the exserted or retracted state of the proboscis; for in the process of znversion (accom- plished by the upper fibres of the central tendon, retractor * The recent observations of Mr. Schaefer on the structure of muscular fibre (voluntary) seem to me to throw light on this point and also receive light from these details. TWO PARASITIC FORMS OF THE FAMILY TETRARHYNCHIDE. 337 proboscidis muscle) the presence of the bulb fibres would be ne- cessary to withdraw the tendon, shifted gently upwards during evolution, and so to give a moveable yet firm point from which the upper fibres could operate. The bulbs are firmly fixed by their lower end; and as the process is better exemplified in the succeeding parasitic form, the subject is there entered upon. ; The parenchyma of the head has the same components as that of the segments, only differently arranged. Internal to the chi- tinous skin are the circular fibres; and succeeding these is the in- organic stratum, much more sparsely amassed. The radiating fibres are not collected into a network, but pass generally dis- persed from the skin to the fibrous layer encircling the bulbs, and are equally intercepted by the longitudinal fibres which extend from the head throughout the entire colony. In the neck the longitudinal water-vascular canals are clearly present (fig. 8, c), only reduced in calibre; but what becomes of them in the upper part of the head I cannot state, not having been able, from the limited number of parasites at my disposal, to accurately trace them out. Abothros carcharias.—In the description of this parasite I shall mainly limit the anatomical details to those points in which it di- verges from the former species. Fig. 15 gives an outline of the animal form, natural size—in which are distinguishable the head, the segmented colony, and the appa- rent junction between these. The head (a) is in shape an elongated ovoid slightly flattened from before backwards, 34, inch long by +85 broad by 72> thick, bevelled off towards the free end, from which at the extreme point the proboscides emerge. A. few longitudinal furrows are present ; otherwise its surface is uniform and smooth, in colour a dark red, more intense towards the free end, where it it is often black; there are no fossettes or suckers. The extent of the colony attached to the head in any one of the specimens did not measure more than 2 inches in length, the delicate striated band of zooids 45 inch broad by 7}, inch thick, having suffered rupture in every instance; yet at least 200 segments were present. The milk-white colour of the colony strongly con- trasted with the dark red head. At the apparent point of junc- tion of the head and colony (fig. 15, 6) there was no constricted portion to call a neck; but the upper end was invaginated in the head to the extent of 4); of an inch, or, to put it in other language 338 SURGEON F. H. WELCH ON THE ANATOMY OF a gradually thinning cylinder of tissue from the head enveloped the first part of the colony to this extent (fig. 17,6). There was no trace of genital orifices in any of the segments. - A vertical section through the head is seen in fig. 16, and a transverse section in fig. 19, showing tbe arrangement for the movements of the proboscis to be similar in both parasitic forms. From the bottom of the bulbs a dense mass of fibres pass, which form a circular band traceable through the centre of the head downwards (fig. 16, e); these are evidently for the retention of the bulbs in their normal vertical position in the head. The pro- boscides in this species are narrow and elongated, <1, inch long 2 300 by —— inch in diameter ; the hooklets are of one shape and not 80 thickly studded, arranged in parallel spiral lines, along each of which on the side of the proboscis in view under the microscope five can be counted; and this would give to each proboscis about 400 hooklets in all (fig. 18); the average size of the hooklets is pop neh. The proboscides emerge from the free end of the head in separate circular apertures placed at equal distances from each other ; and these are mere orifices with no appendages. Immediately beneath the skin of the head is an immense quantity of dark, black pigment in the form of minute oval masses often arranged linearly, and also oval masses about rr inch in diameter of a beautiful purple colour; and these give the special tinge to this part of the parasite. Surrounding the bulbs is a delicate fibrous layer ; and in the parenchyma external to it are a few inorganic calca- reous nodules arranged at definite intervals, and radiating and circular and longitudinal muscular fibres regularly penetrating it. In fig. 17, a vertical section, is seen the mode of junction of the colony with the head. A distinct transverse band of fibrous tissue (d) forms the boundary line ; and from this strong radiating bands (c) diverge upwards into the head, forming the link ofthe one to other. The structure of the enveloping cylinder of the commence- ment of the colony is similar to the parietes of the head; the cuticle at the free thin end is reflected upwards and inwards as a delicate layer to the level of the junction of colony and head, and is there continuous with the skin of the former. The first seg- ments of the colony are very delicate in aspect and of great tenuity ; and the collar prolongation from the head would act as a protection against external harmful influences. The colony is distinctly segmented at intervals of about 74; inch for the first 14 inch, and, to the naked eye, more approaches TWO PARASITIC FORMS OF THE FAMILY TETRARHYNCHIDSE. 339 in form the young segments of tapeworms generally than that of the former parasite. In the structure of the segment we get the chitinous skin, subjacent granular layer, body parenchyma, visce- ral space, and water-vascular canals. The muscular layers of the parenchyma are transverse, circular, and longitudinal ; and, as will be seen in fig. 21, the transverse fibres uniformly radiate between the skin and visceral boundary instead of forming a meshwork. The inorganic nodules are few, but similarly arranged and similar im composition and structure. Within the visceral space is the longitudinal water-vascular canal ; and, as seen in fig. 20, this sys- tem is the counterpart of that in the former parasite. Inthe upper segments the granular visceral material is, as usual, with no trace of differentiation ; but in the lowermost segments present in these parasites (about the 200th) there is a distinct separation of it into spherical masses, apparently ovarian vesicles (fig. 21, d), as far as can be traced, the process of development of the early zooids closely approximating that detailed as observed in the Tenia me- diocanellata*. Rtemarks.—These parasitic forms (Tetrarhynchide) are limited to water-residents, the larve being developed from ova taken in by certain among them, and the mature creature reached in the bodies of the predaceous species of fishes, mainly or wholly, which make the larval hosts their food, the cycle of changes being similar to that observed in the allied family of tapeworms. The strong resemblance of the colonies of the parasites of the Shark to that of Tenia is evident, the one, as in the other, being a series of semi-independent hermaphrodite zooids without alimentary canal, and with a water-vascular system closely connected in all. Jt is at the head end that the mature Tetrarhynchs mainly di- verge from the Tenie, though here there are the same elements, only ina modified form, the limited rows of hooklets on a rostellum in the Tenie being developed in the Tetrarhynch into an armed lengthened proboscis, while the four or bipartite two suckers cf the latter family are apparently similar in structure and function to those of the tapeworm. By the proboscis these parasites of the Shark are linked to the tape-worms armed with hooklets, while by the suckers the larger form shows its relation to the Bothriocephalus family. It is interesting to note the absence of suckers in the smaller form, although placed under the same con- ditions for maturity as the larger, inasmuch as in the other cestode * Quarterly Microscopical Journal, January 1875, p. 16. 340 SURGEON F. H. WELCH ON THE ANATOMY OF families the suckers are the constant feature, and the hooklets the variable, but reversed in the Tetrarhynchs; possibly the addition of the bothria or suckers in the one is connected with the extra weight of material to be anchored in the shape of breadth and thickness of colony as compared w*th the other. It will be observed that L have made no mention of nerve-centres in the anatomy of these animal forms, and for the reason that, though doubtless present, 1 am unable to distinguish any such among the components of the zooids. Considering the very intricate arrangement of fibres and granular material making up the parenchyma of the cephalic mass, the identification and tracing the method of arrangement and dis- persion of nerve-fibres and ganglia must be a matter of extreme difficulty ; and, in spite of a very careful and prolonged scrutiny, I cannot lay claim to any elucidation of this portion of the sub- ject. The same may be said of those centres undoubtedly present (by inference) in each segment of the colony. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puatrs XXIV.-XXVI. Tetrarhynchus carcharias. Figs. 1-14. Fig. 1. Natural size: a, bird’s-eye view of the free end of the head; 4, section through the head, from before backwards, to show the position of suckers and bulbs. Fig. 2. Natural size. Flat surface of the parasite: a, head; 6, neck; c, colony ; d, nodule at its free end; e, anterior sucker; /, anterior pair of pro- boscides. Fig. 3. Magnified 15 diameters. Transverse section through a zooid at the centre of the colony-length : a, skin; 6, circular and transverse mus- cles ; ¢, inorganic layer ; d, meshwork arrangement of transverse mus- cles ; ¢, fibrous visceral boundary ; f, visceral space; g, cut lumen of each longitudinal water-vascular canal. Fig. 4. Magn. 15 diam. Vertical section, from before backwards, of several zooids in continuity about the centre of the colony: a, skin, showing the indentations at the junction of the several zooids ; 6, muscular layers, circular and transverse ; c, inorganic layer; d, parenchyma with the longitudinal muscular bands ; e, visceral boundary ; f, visceral space ; g, transverse water-vascular canals closely abutting upon each other. Fig. 5. Magn. 200 diam. ‘Transverse section through the body-parietes : a, chitinous layer of skin; b, granular layer; c, circular muscular fibres ; d, transverse muscular fibres ; e, inorganic layer. Fig. 6. Magn. 200 diam. Continuation of former section to the visceral boun- dary: a, meshwork formed by the transverse muscular fibres beyond the inorganic layer enclosing 6, the cut ends of the longitudinal mus- cular bands and the granular albumenoid material of parenchyma ; c, fibrous boundary of the visceral space. TWO PARASITIC FORMS OF THE FAMILY TETRARHYNCHIDE. 3841 Fig. 7. Magn. 350 diam. Inorganic nodules “calcareous particles:” a, con- centric laminated nodules of lime carbonate; b, homogeneous granules partly lime carbonate, partly phosphatic; c, inspissated fat com- pounds. Hig. 8. Magn. 15 diam. ‘Transverse section at the junction of head with neck at the lower ends of the bulbs: a, body-constituents, similar to fig. 3, a-d; b, expanded visceral boundary forming a capsule to d, the bulbs connected with the proboscides ; c, longitudinal water-vascular canals. Hig. 9. Magn. 100 diam. ‘Transverse section through a portion of a sucker adjacent to the skin: a, cuticular lining to sucker; 0, cuticle of skin of head ; ¢, radiating muscular fibres special to sucker; d, transverse en- circling band; ¢, fibrous capsule separating the special muscles from f, the general parenchyma of the head. Fig. 10. Magn. 100 diam. A hooklet near the base of proboscis, showing the double contour and granular internal core. Fig. 11. Magn. 40 diam. Exserted proboscis as seen from the flat surface of the head of the parasite. Fig. 12. Magn. 40 diam. Vertical section carried from before backwards through an all but inverted proboscis: a, sucker ; 0, its fibrous capsule ; c, the radiating bands of muscle from the capsule into the general par- enchyma of head; d, sheath of proboscis ; e, cylindrical layer of muscle for protrusion and evolving of proboscis; f, circular layer limited to region of hooklets; g, retractor muscle of proboscis. Fig. 13. Magn. 40 diam. Continuation downwards of former section to show the termination of (a) the retractor muscle in the central tendon (4): é, sheath ; d, radiating strong bands at the contraction of the sheath. Fig. i4. Magn. 40 diam. Further continuation of section into the upper end of a bulb, to show the connexion of the fibres from the lower end of central tendon with the bulb: a, special muscular band from central tendon passing to the lower end of bulb and curving up on the opposite side (6) to merge into the outer strata. Abothros carcharias, figs. 15-21. Fig. 15. Natural size. a, head; 6, point to which the outer cylinder of tissue from the head covers the first segments of the colony, c. Fig. 16. Magn. 20 diam. Vertical section through upper part of the head: a, skin; 0, inorganic layer; c, parenchyma with strong longitudinal mus- cular bands; d, bulbs for retraction of proboscides, f; e, strong band con- nected with the retaining ¢7 sz¢w of the bulbs. Fig. 17. Magn. 20 diam. Vertical section through lower half of head: a, colony of segmented zooids; 0, prolongation of the substance of head as a cylinder of protection over the upper zooids; ¢, radiating bands con- necting the colony with the head ; d, fibrous boundary dividing the one from the other. Fig. 18. Magn. 200 diam. About one third ofzfree end of proboscis: a, central retractor muscle. Fig. 19. Magn. 15 diam. Transverse section through the head: @, body-con- stituents ; 0, fibrous capsule around the bulbs, c. Fig. 20. Magn. 20 diam. Front view of a segment about centre of the colony: a, the line of distinction between one and the other, immediately above 342 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE which is a light-shaded canal, the transverse water-vascular canal, which joins with the longitudinal water-vascular canal (4) at each lateral edge of segment. Fig. 21. Magn. 65 diam. Transverse section through a part of one of the lowest zooids of the colony: a, skin; 0, layers of muscular fibre and inorganic nodules; ¢, fibrous boundary of visceral space; d, ovarian vesicles in visceral space; ¢, lumen of longitudinal water-vascular canal. Notes on the Lepidoptera of the Family Zygenide, with Descrip- tions of new Genera and Species. By Artuur G. BurLEeR BLS eZiS. [Read May 6, 1875.] (Puates XXVII. & XXVIII.) Iy the present paper I propose to correct errors in the synonymy of the Family, chiefly occurring in Mr. Walker’s lists. I shall not, however, pay much attention to the genera Zygena, Procris, and other European groups, as I have not deeply studied them, and should possibly do more harm than good in sinking many of what seem to me undistinguishable species, but which may (for any thing that I know to the contrary) differ in their earlier stages. Ihave lately been made aware of the painful fact that species which in their perfect state are almost identical in every respect, are, in the larval condition, so dissimilar as to leave no doybt of their being distinct. ‘This fact is perhaps in no instance better exemplified than in our Cherocampa elpenor and its Japanese representative C. Lewisit, mihi. I find that in the Zygenide the neuration of the wings has been much neglected, so that in the groups Syntomine (Synto- mides, part., Herrich-Schaffer), Euchromiine, and Eunomiine I shall have to diagnose many new genera; when I do so IJ shall refer to them all the species described by Walker and appertain- ing to them. As regards the Charideine (Charideoide, Wallen- gren), as they are, to my mind, clearly a slightly aberrant group of Arctiide, and not Zygnide, excepting in external appearance, I shall retain them for a distinct paper. I have paid most careful attention to the neuration of the wings in this highly interesting group, and | find the neuration of the Charideine to agree closely with Phragmatobia and other unques- tioned genera of Arctiide; the only character that has been pro- posed, to my knowledge, by which any of them can be separated, is their metallic coloration—a poor character when we take into LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGENIDS. 343 consideration the fact that many true Zygenide are destitute of it. Subfamily ZYGANIN &. (Anthroceroide, Wligr.) Genus Zyaana, Fubricius. Z. negamica of Walker has been referred by Wallengren to his Arichalea erythropyga. Iwill not attempt (with my present small knowledge of the Zygeninz) to consider its right to be treated asa distinct genus ; to allappearance itis a Zygena. Procris con- traria, Walker, is a Neurosymploca (Huctenia, Felder), and there. fore not (as Walker suggests) congeneric with Z. concinna, Dal- man; it is identical with “Zygena pectinicornis”’ of Shaufuss. Cf. Lep. Het. vii. p. 159, and Nunquam Otiosus, 1. p. 11. Genus Procris, Fabricius. Zygena acharon of Fabricius is referable to this genus; Amycles acharon of Walker may therefore take the name A. pheenicotelus. P. nebulosa, Klug (Lep. Het. 1. p. 110) is= P. nebulosa, Herrich- Schaffer (Lep. Het. vi. p. 1591). P. rufiventris, Walker (nu. 11), is not a Procris, but probably a new genus near Pollanisus. P. infausta, Linn., is a distinct genus (type of Aglaope, Latr.), cf. Staudinger, Cat. der Lep. p. 44. P. subdolosa, Walker, Suppl. p. 62, is a Pollanisus. Subfamily SYNTOMIN 2. Genus Syntomis, Ochsenheimer. I have no doubt whatever that S. Schanerri (sic), Boisduval, aud S. cyssea, Cramer (both described from Bengalese specimens) are identical. Cramer’s figure is, indeed, rough, but it presents all the important characters of Boisduval’s insect. Among the specimens in the National collection I detected an example of S. bicincta, Kollar (letter c of Walker), and a third species (g, h, Walker) from Nepaul (8. Juweina, Butl.). The examples referred to by Mr. Walker under S. Latreillii, Boisd., are referable to S. creusa, Linn.; we, however, possess Boisduval’s species from Southern India. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 25 344 MB. A. G. BUTLER ON THE S. Khulweinii, Lefebvre—Mr. Walker (n. 10) places Sphinax minceus of Cramer with af as a synonym of this species; but at n. 25 he repeats the latter as a distinct species ; itis the type of a distinct genus Hutomis, Hubner (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 12). We possess 8. Khulweinii from Natal. S. passalis, Fabricius (n. 12), is identical with S. creusa, Linn. (n. 18). S. polydamon, Cramer, appears to me to be referable to a distinct genus, as subsequently suggested by Walker (Lep. Het. vii. p. 1592); but I have not seen specimens. The examples referred to (n. 19) as S. Hiibneri, Boisduval, and S. Watkeri of Moore belong to Walker’s genus Artona, Lep. Het. p. 489, gen. 60. 8. diaphana, var. ?, Walker (nec Kollar), is a distinct species, and may be named S. enone. The examples referred to under S. imaon are referable to two or three distinct species; the same may be said of S. atereus, which is moreover not a Syntomis. S. simplex, Walker (n. 27), and S. nostalis, Walker (n. 28), are identical, the first being the female, the second the male; but the examples referred to under S. simplex as from Congo are distinct. S. subcordata of Walker has pectinated antenne, and therefore must be removed from the genus. S. diptera of Fabricius is clearly not a Syntomis. S. diminuta (cf. Lep. Het. i. p. 2380, and vii. p. 1592) has pecti- nated antenne, and consequently is not a Syntomis ; its neuration is peculiar, so that it will form the type of a new genus. S. subaurata (cf. Lep. Het. i. p. 149, and vii. p. 1593) also has pectinated antenne, and, with S. pravata, Moore, will form ano- ther new genus. S. humeralis is = Trypanophora semihyalina (cf. Moore’s Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 822). S. Crawfurdi of Moore is a Phacusa. S. dolosa, strigosa, and probably glaucopoides and expansa will form anew genus with pectinated antenne and peculiar neuration. S. canthomela (Suppl. i. p. 65) appears to be identical with S. contermina; and S. intermissa is probably a slight variety of S. transitiva. S. fenestrata (p. 78), being distinct from S. fenestrata, Drury, must be renamed ; I propose to call it S. midas. LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGENID, 345 S. monedula, Wallengren, is identical with S. nostalis, Walker. S. germana, Felder, is the S. thelebus of Fabricius. S. cuprea, Prittwitz (Stett. ent. Zeit. 1867, p. 277), but not of Walker, is fortunately the 8. cyssea of Cramer, so will not require renaming. Tipulodes ? apicalis, Walker, is scarcely specifically distinct from Syntomis flaviplaga of the same author. The following species must be removed to Walker’s genus Hy- drusa:—S. annulata, Fabr.; aperta, Walker ; fulvescens, Walker ; confinis, Walker ; and bivittata, Walker. The following are also probably referable to the same genus—S. vitrea, fusiformis, tenet- JSormis, penange, guttulosa, diversa, vacua, linearis, octomaculata, basigera. S. myodes of Boisduval appears to me to belong to Walker’s genus Byblisia, and 8. minuta to Artona; the drawing of the an- tenne may be incorrect. S. bogotata of Walker is almost certain to prove generically di- stinct; the genus Syntomis seems to be a purely Old-World group. S. longipes of Herrich-Schiiffer seems to be a Byblisia ; S. ama- zona an Hpitoxis. ’ New species of Syntomis. 1. SYNTOMIS GEORGINA, n. sp. Closely allied to S. cyssea (S. schenerri, Bdv.), but with the frons black instead of bright yellow ; all the hyaline wing-spots smaller, especially the two upper spots of the discal series: expanse of wings 23 to 30 millims. S. India (A. F. Sealy), Ceylon (Templeton). Type, B.M. Also in Mr. Moore’s collection. 2. S. LUCINA, 0. sp. Allied to S. cyssea, but with the frons cream-coloured, three lateral segmental yellow spots connecting the abdominal bands, and the bya- line wing-spots more yellow im tint: expanse of wings 32 to 33 millims. Nepal (Hardwicke). Type, B.M. S. lucina is in Mr. Moore’s collection from Calcutta. 3. S. KHASIANA, 0. sp. Nearly allied to S. ducina, but the tegule spotted with golden yellow, the lateral spots of abdomen continued almost to the middle of dor- sum ; primaries with the subcostal spot towards apex small and round, 25* 346 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE discal and other spots rather smaller than in S. lucina; fringe at apex white, all the hyaline spots much whiter: expanse of wings 31 millims. Khasia hills (G.-Austen). Type, coll. F. Moore. 4. S. CYSSEOIDES, n. sp. Nearly allied to S. cyssea, but the frons black, and the hyaline spots of secondaries smaller and widely separated: expanse of wings 27 millims. Neilgherries. Type, coll. F. Moore. Larger form, rather darker. Mynpuri, N.W. provinces, and Bombay (Leith). Coll. Moore. 5. S. EDWARDSII, ni. sp. Nearly allied to S. ducina, but more bluish in tint, the frons black ; collar orange; bands on addomen and lateral spots orange-yellow ; prima- ries with all the hyaline spots rather larger; secondaries with the hyaline spots connected, none of the spots, excepting that on abdomi- nal margin of secondaries, tinted with yellowish, as in S. lucina: ex- panse of wings 29 millims. Formosa. Type, coll. F. Moore. I have named this species after the indefatigable collector and entomologist, H. Edwards, of San Francisco. 6. S. FORMOSA, n. sp. Nearly allied to S. annetta from China, but with the collar orange, the two bands on the abdomen and the spots on the pectus orange instead of yellow, all the spots on the primaries smaller, a hyaline spot near apex of secondaries uniting with the hyaline basal area, thus rendering its margin zigzag : expanse of wings 25 millims. Formosa. Type, coll. F. Moore. 7. S. HYDATINA, 0. sp. &. Body greenish black, frons creamy yellow ; a spot on metathorax, a semicircular spot on basal segment of abdomen, the fourth segment above and below, and two large lateral spots on the pectus golden- yellow: antenne greyish at the tips: wings greenish black; prima- ries with a small square spot near the base, two large divergent spots across the middle, a small oval spot just below base of subcostal fork, and a bifid spot (cut by the third median branch) upon disk, hyaline white; secondaries with a large spot (occupying the greater part of the wing) on abdominal margin hyaline white: expanse of wings 23 millims. Calcutta (Dick.). Type, coll. F. Moore. Allied to S. annetta. The female is browner than the male, and has the hyaline spots LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGENIDA, 347 rather larger, especially the subcostal and discal spots of pri- maries. 8. S. ELISA, n. sp. Allied to the preceding species, but with the wings much longer, only five (more or less oval) spots on primaries, one near the base, two transversely near the middle, and two on the disk of the wing; frons snow-white, abdominal yellow bands broad, lateral yellow spots as in S. lucina: expanse of wings 32 to 39 millims. Sarawak (Wallace). Four examples, B.M. 9. S. ANNETTA, n. sp. Syntomis atereus? Walker (nec Cramer), Lep. Het. i. p. 128, n. 24 (1854). China (Lay & Bowring). Type, B.M. 10. S. Atktnsoni1, Moore. Alled to the preceding and to S. imaon; from the latter it diffeis im its smaller size, blacker body and wings, the frons cream-coloured in- stead of yellow, the collar black instead of yellow ; the primaries with a small subquadrate hyaline spot near the base, beyond this two large transverse central spots, only separated internaily by the median ner- vure, and two large discal spots, each crossed by a black nervure, the upper one near its upper outer edge, the lower through the centre, marginal fringe creamy whitish near apex; secondaries with basal half hyaline, apical half black : expanse of wings 29 millims. Moulmein (Clerck). B.M. Ihave compared our example with Mr. Moore’s type: the latter has no lovality attached. ll. S. ARTINA, n. sp. Allied to S. libera, smaller; frons white instead of yellow; secondaries much more narrowly bordered with black ; hyaline spots of primaries all smaller, the three forming a patch upon median area much more distinctly separated by the black nervure and its first branch; the di- vided central discal spot not touching the margin; the subapical spot more completely divided, considerably smaller, placed halfway between the cell and apex: expanse of wings 30 millims. Caleutta (Rothney). Type, B.M. This is a very distinct little species. 12. S. CUPREIPENNIS, n. sp. Nearly allied to S. artina and S. libera; body chocolate-brown ; frons with a creamy white spot; collar, basal and fifth segments of avdo- men, and two lateral spots on the pectus golden yellow ; wings cupreous brown ; primaries with hyaline areas as in S. approximata, seconda- 348 MR. A. G: BUTLER ON THE ries hyaline-white with the costal and outer margins cupreous-brown ; abdominal edge yellowish: expanse of wings 3] millims. Caleutta (Dick.). Type, Coll. F. Moore. Easily distinguished from its allies by its copper-brown tint. 13. S. MARINA, 0. sp. Allied to S. natalii, much smaller, body entirely dark bronzy green, tarsi white at base: wings purple, greenish at base ; primaries without a subbasal hyaline spot, the remaining five spots arranged as in S. na- talii ; secondaries with a hyaline spot on the abdominal margin near the base, and a second rounded spot between the median nervules : expanse of wings 26 millims. Congo (Richardson). Three examples, B.M. Mixed up by Mr. Walker with examples of S. nostalis. 14. S. JOHANNA, N. sp. Allied to S. cerbera, more purplish in tint ; the three abdominal bars more slender, and yellow instead of scarlet; no spot at base of abdomen; hyaline spots enlarged, especially the lower spot of the central pair, which almost touches the subbasal spot ; pectus with a cream-coloured instead of a scarlet lateral spot: expause of wings 33 millims. Knysna (Trimen). Type, B.M. 15. S. ANNA, n. sp. (an prec. var. ?). Nearly allied to S. cerbera, males more purple in tmt; hyaline wing- spots the same in every respect; bands on abdomen and the spot at base, as also the spot on pectus, orange in the male, yellow im the female (not scarlet): expanse of wings 29 to 34 millims. Knysna (Trimen). Type, B.M. I think it quite likely that this is only a variation of the prece- ding species. 16. S. ALICIA, n. sp. Allied to S. cerbera, but larger, the wings narrower; the bands on the abdomen orange, two large lateral spots on the pectus; the hyaline wing-spots noticeably smaller, the two central spots of primaries more widely diverging: expanse of wings 37 to 39 millims. Abyssinia (Harris). Type, B.M. 17. S. TOMASINA, 0. sp. Allied to S. cerbera, much smaller, scarlet abdominal bands broader ; hyaline spots considerably smaller, and consequently well separated ; pectoral scarlet spot large; base of tarsi distinctly white: expanse of wings 24 to 28 millims. Sierra Leone (Foxcroft). Six specimens. Type, B.M. LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGHNID#. 349 18. S. FRANCISCA, 0. sp. 2. Allied to S. cerbera, larger; hyaline spots very small, nearly as in S. creusa, but the secondaries with a large oval spot near the base between the cell and abdominal margin: expanse of wings 39 millims. Sierra Leone (Foxcroft). Type, B.M. We have two examples of this species in the collection ; it is probably the western representative of S. cerbera, although (ex- cepting in the banding of the abdomen) it more nearly resembles S. creusa. As an instance of the strong sexual instincts of this family, it may be mentioned that the type of this species was taken in copula with a male of Fascia instructa, Walker, which led the col- lector to suppose them to be sexes of one species; it is not, how- ever, at all an uncommon occurrence in this family to find two males coupled together. 19. S. FANTASIA, 0. sp. Closely allied to S. cerbera, but the three discal hyaline spots of prima- ries united by the introduction of a fourth spot between them, so that together they form a quadrifid hyaline band; the central spots also . more divergent, the lower one being lengthened at each end and ex- tending transversely beyond the submedian nervure; basal spot longer: expanse of wings 36 millims. Cape of Good Hope (Drége). Type, B.M. Perhaps a curious aberration of S. cerbera, tending towards the S. pactolina group. 20. S. MONTANA, 0. sp. Closely allied to S. datredli, but with all the hyaline spots, excepting the two nearest to apex of primaries, much enlarged, giving it much the appearance of S. thelebus: expanse of wings 40 millims. India (Elliott). Type, B.M. Differs from S. thelebus and S. fenestrata in having the subapi- eal spots of S. creusa and 8. latredllic: it isin Mr. Moore’s collec- tion from Bombay. 21. S. MANDARINIA, 0. sp. . Head black, frons with an orange spot; thorax black, with a large spot on prothorax and asmaller semicircular spot on metathorax orange ; abdomen orange, segments narrowly edged with black: primaries black, with six testaceous hyaline spots arranged as in S. thelebus ; secondaries black, with a large, rounded, orange-edged, testacecous, hyaline patch cut by the median nervure, its first branch, and the 350 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE submedian nervure ; pectus black, with two large lateral orange spots ; abdomen orange, the segments rather broadly edged with black ; anus black; wings as above: expanse o wings 36 millims. Shanghai, China. Type, coll. F. Moore. Most nearly allied to S. thelebus, but easily distinguished by its black head, the broader black bands between the hyaline spots of primaries, and the smaller and more regular hyaline patch of se- condaries. The type was labelled as the S. fenestrata of Herrich- Schaffer ; this may be the case, but it is quite distinct from the S. fenestrata of Drury. 22. S. FLORINA, N. sp. Head yellow, eyes, basal four fifths of antennz, and a triangular central spot on the collar dark brown ; thorax brown, with the tegule and two large oval spots yellow ; abdomen yellow, banded with chocolate- brown; anus brown: wings yellow at base; primaries with basal half hyaline, veins and apical half chocolate-brown ; a bifid elongated spot beyond the cell yellow, and a hyaline white spot, cut by the third median branch, upon the disk; secondaries with the costal and outer margins brown; a sinall oval subapical hyaline white spot: body below yellow banded with brown; wings as above: expanse of wings 27 millims. Sarawak (Wallace). Type, B.M. Allied to 8S. wanthomela and S. tetragonaria, but in some respects more like S. fenestrata. 23. S.? MARELLA, Ni. sp. Head wanting; collar orange; thorax brown; abdomen orange banded with black (six bands), anus blackish brown: wings hyaline, with a tawny tint ; primaries with the margins, veins, apex, external angle, and an irregular band crossing end of cell from costa to external angle black-brown ; secondaries with outer margin rather broadly black-brown : body below black-brown, narrowly banded with orange : expanse of wings 34 millims. rasa Type, B.M. Appears to be allied to S. decorata and 8. pactolina, but may belong to the genus Hydrusa. 24, 8. EMMA, 0. sp. Head black; antenne grey at the tips; collar yellow; thorax black- brown ; abdomen brown, with a broad basal yellow band, four slender yellow bands on central segments, a broad preanal testaceous band ; body below slaty black, pectus streaked with yellow ; a single yellow abdominal band, being a continuation of the fourth slender band of the upper surface: wings black-brown, with hyaline spots, almost LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGHNIDS. 301 exactly as in S. thelebus; primaries with a small subquadrate spot at base ; two slightly diverging large spots across the middle, and two on disk (the lower one bifid and touching the centre of outer margin), apex white-tipped ; secondaries hyaline, with the margins irregularly black-brown: expanse of wings 28 millims. China, Foo-choo-foo (Lay). Type, B.M. Most nearly allied to S. aperiens. It appears to me that the Syntomine would be most conveni- ently restricted (by the character of simple filiform antennz) to the genera Syntomis (including Cenochromia of Hubner), Burla- cena, Byblisia, Melisa, and Naclia (or Dysauxes); the African re- presentatives of the last-mentioned genus have pectinated antenne and the hind-wing ueuration of Hutomis; NV. puella and gnatula may therefore be referred to the next subfamily under the generic name of Pseudonaclia. The following genus may be added :— Cautitromis, nov. gen. Pl. XXVII. fig. 1. Allied to Syntomis, but antenne with fewer articulations, the latter more pronounced, and bearing minute hairs, but not serrated or pectinated ; wings much broader, venation almost as in Hy- drusa. Type C. syntomoides, n. sp. 1. CALLITOMIS SYNTOMOIDES, 0. sp. Body blue-black ; abdomen with a spot at the bie and the fifth seg- ment orange; pectus with two lateral orange spots; primaries dull dark green; an interno-median subbasal dot, a large subquadrate spot near the end of discoidal cell, a transverse litura below it, and a small bifid spot crossing the base of the third median branch ochre- ous ; secondaries dull brown, discocellular region slightly greenish : wings below, brown; primaries spotted as above ; secondaries with two diffused ochreous spots near the base, one interno-median, the other abdominal : expanse of wings 34 millims. Cashmere. Type, coll. F. Moore. 2. C. LEUCOSOMA, N. sp. Body ochreous, antenne and legs greenish black : wings dull semitrans- parent brown; primaries with ochreous spots almost as in the prece- ding species; secondaries with the base and the mterno-median area from the origin of the first median branch to the base pale ochreous ; an ochreous spot on the first median interspace: below as above: expanse of wings 30 millims. Cashmere. Type, coll. F. Moore. If the sexes of the Syntomine were subject to great differences of colour, C. leucosoma might be the female of the preceding spe- 3852 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE cies ; but as this is not the case in any other instance with which I am acquainted, I do not think it at all probable. Subfamily THY RETIN. Antenne always more or less strongly pectinated, more strongly in the males than in the females, neuration and coloration fre- quently partaking of the character of the preceding subfamily ; anal segment of the males terminally slightly pilose. Genus Hyprusa, Walker. This genus is most nearly allied to Syntomis, the antenne of the males in the typical group being armed with rather short pectinations, aud the females with mere serrations. 1. HypRuSA CINGULATA, 0. sp. Nearly allied to H. annulata, but smaller, the head narrower, of a brighter orange colour, the crest more narrowly banded with orange ; primaries with the spot at end of cell smaller, narrower than long, the subapical spot bifid, much more elongated, the discal bifid spot subtriangular, no pale tawny dot connecting the discal and subapica spots; secondaries with the base more narrowly orange (the orange area only occupying the basal third of the wing), discal oval spot smaller, less distinctly divided : body below brighter in colour, abdo- men banded with orange down to the anus; wings below nearly as above: expanse of wings 37 millims. Moreton Bay (Gibbons). Type, B.M. The type of H. annuiata is in the Banksian cabinet, and agrees with an example which we have from Sidney. We have two examples, registered “ N. E. coast of Australia,” which seem to be referable to H. cingulata. 2. H. HUMERALIS, 0. sp. Allied to the preceding species, but smaller; head orange, with a furcate spot on the crest; thorax blackish, tegule orange ; abdomen orange, the segments edged with black ; primaries as in the preceding spe- cies; secondaries with the basal half pale orange, apical half black- brown, a large bifid subapical pale orange spot scarcely separated from the basal area: wings below as above ; expanse 29 millims. N. Australia (Hlsey). Type, B.M. 3, H. NIGRICEPS, n. sp. Nearly allied to H. annulata, same size and general appearance; head entirely black above, frons orange; thorax black, abdomen black nar- rowly banded with orange: wings black, spotted with pale tawny LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGENIDA. Ris} hyaline; spots of primaries almost precisely as in H. annulata; se- condaries with only the basal two fifths pale tawny, no black dot below origin of first median branch; postcellular bifid spot very large: ab- domen below having all the segments handed with orange as above ; wings as above: expanse 44 millims. Hunter River (Macgillivray). Type, B.M. As this occurs almost at the same spot with H. annulata, it is possible that it may be a curious modification of that species. 4. H. INTENSA, n. sp. Allied to the preceding, much smaller, wings narrower, coloration alto- gether darker; all the wing-spots deeper tawny and considerably smaller: expanse of wings 29 to 36 millims. Sidney (Lambert), Australia (Hunter, Macgillivray, &c.). Type, B.M. This is one of the most distinct-looking species of the H. annu- lata group; we have seven specimens in the British Museum. 5. H. INSULARIS, n. sp. Head deep orange, crest with a transverse brown line; antennz black, greyish at the tips; thorax black; abdomen orange, with the anus and six transverse bars black ; wings black ; primaries with five orange spots arranged much as in H. intensa, but smaller, opaque, the two below median nervure only separated by a slender brown streak ; the lower discal spot bifid; secondaries with basal third, and a small spot above end of cell, deep orange: below as above: expanse of wings 35 millims. Barnard Isles (Macgillivray). Type, B.M. This species is more nearly allied to the type H. bicolor of ‘Walker than are any of the other species of this group. The arrangement of the genera of Thyretine seems to be Hu- tomes, Epitoxis, Pseudonaclia, Asinusca, Hydrusa, Psichotoe, Tria- nura (nu. gen.), Procotes (n. gen.), Notioptera (n. gen.), Thyrassia (a. gen.), Balatea, Artona, Bintha, Tascia, Saluinea, Phacusa, Thyretes, ? Apisa. The last-mentioned genus differs from the others in its more hairy body and longer palpi, which, together with its pale greyish coloration, induced Walker to place it at the end of the Liparide ; but in all other respects it resembles Thyretes. See also South-American genera (postea). TRIANEURA, n. gen. Pl. XXVIII. fig. 3. Nearly allied to Hydrusa, but at once distinguished by the ar- rangement of the branches of the median nervure in secondaries, the third median (of Hydrusa) haying passed round to the disco- 304 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE cellular nervure, thus forming a radial nervure and leaving only two true median branches. Type, 7. subaurata, Walker. 1, TRIANEURA SUBAURATA = Glaucopis subaurata, Walker, L. H. p. 149. Syntomis subaurata, Walker, p. 1593. 2. T. PRAVATA=Syntomis pravata, Moore. 3. T. MooreI, n. sp. Dark brown, an orange band at base of abdomen, and two orange lateral spots on pectus: primaries with a large spot within cell, a smaller oval spot below median nervure and between the first and second branches, and an elongate interno-median patch hyaline white; two bifid discal spots, the upper one cut by the subcostal fork, the lower by the third median branch ; secondaries with a trifid (nearly central), hyaline white spot, resting upon the abdominal margin at its lower extremity: expanse of wings 22 millims. Bombay (two specimens). Type, coll. F. Moore. This pretty little species differs from the other two in the genus in the angulated character of the discocellular. It somewhat re- peats the colour-characters of Syntomis. Genus Psicuore®, Boisd. Pl. XXVIIL. fie. 7. Allied to Hydrusa; head small, antenne minutely serrated; thorax and abdomen broad, the latter hairy behind ; wing sem1- hyaline, neuration almost as in Hydrusa. Type, P. duvaucelii. 1. PstcHoror DuvauceE tl, Boisd. Zyg. pl. 8. fig. 5 (1829). Body black, abdomen with a spot at base and the fifth segment orange- yellow; front of pectus below testaceous : wings greyish hyaline, the veins, costz, and bases brown; extreme outer marginal edge black: expanse of wings 19 millims. Calcutta. Coll. F. Moore. There is a large example of what I take to be this species in Mr. Moore’s collection from Scinde; it is in the collection of the British Museum, from Darjeeling, with Walker’s MS. name S. nigrita attached. 2. P. INCIPIENS. Syntonis incipiens, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 68 (1864). S. India (Wathouse). Type, B.M. The genus Zasema, Walker, placed by that author next to Psi- chotoé, seems closely allied to Procris; the antenne are of the same coustruction. LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGENIDE. 355 Procorrs, n. gen. Pl. XXVIII. fig. 1 Wings narrow, cell of secondaries wide, partially divided by a recurrent nervure ; one radial; discocellulars forming a conti- nuous concave angular line, and equal in length ; second median branch trifurcate, the forks emitted from its lower margin at re- gular intervals, thus dividing it into three almost equal lengths. Type, P. diminuta, Walker. 1. ProcoTes piminuta, Walker = Euchromia (Endera) diminuta, Walker, L. H. p. 230. Syntomis diminuta, Walker, l. c. p. 1592. Norroprers, n. gen. Pl. XXVIII. fig. 2. Wings moderately broad, cell of secondaries wide, partially di- vided by a recurrent nervure emitted from the middle of the lower discocellular ; one true radial, the lower radial being placed at the end of the median nervure, thus forming a fourth median branch; upper discocellular short, oblique, lower twice as long, angulated in the middle, the two together forming a zigzag line. eek NV. dolosa, Walker. 1. NoTIopTERA Dol.osa =Syntomis dolosa, Walker, Lep. Het. p. 1594. 2. N.? GLAucoroIpDES=S. glaucopoides, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. p- 69. 3. N. stRiGosA=S. strigosa, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 69. 4. N.? expansa=S. expansa, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 73. Tuyrassta,n. gen. Pl. XXVIII. fig. 6. Nearly allied to the preceding, but with not only the lower radial but also the third median branch emitted near together from the lower discocellular ; the continuous line of the disco- cellulars also less zigzag. Type Z. subcordata, Walker. 1. THYRASSIA SUBCORDATA=Syntomis subcordata, Walker, Lep. Het. p- 132. Batatexa, Walker. 1. BALATHA ZGERIOIDES, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 110 (1864). Northern China. Type, B.M. I rather doubt the propriety of separating this genus from the next; for though slightly different in coloration, its large palpi seem to be its chief structural distinction; the pattern of 356 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE the wings is very similar: both sexes are in Mr. Moore’s collec- tion from North China. I think Rhaphidognatha setieformis of Felder is the same species. Genus Artona, Walker. Pl. XXVIII. fig 14. Secondaries with two subcostal and three median branches ; a fine radial nervure equally dividing the discocellulars and recurrent within the cell to near the base of the median nervure ; the disco- cellulars together forming a distinct angle; connecting alary bristle very long: antenne of male strongly pectinated, of female filiform, flattened below, and rather thick, with the apical segments attenuated and ending in a species of clavus. 1. Arrona piscivitra, Walker, Lep. Het. ii. p. 440, n. 1 (1854). N. India (Stephens). Type, B.M. In Mr. Moore’s collection from 8. India. 2. A. ZEBRAICA, 0. sp. Size of the preceding species, but nearly allied to A. Walkeri; from the latter it chiefly differs in its smaller size, the paler colour and smaller size of all the yellow spots and patches on the wings, and the yellow bands and streaks on the body, and the triangular form of the abdo- mimal bands: the abdomen of the male below is nearly white: ex- panse of wings 16 to 20 millims. Almorah (Boys), Massuri (Leadbeater), N. India (Reid). Type, B.M. 3. A. WALKERI. Syntomis Walkeri, Moore, P. Z.S. pl. 60. fig. 10 (1859). 3, Q. Java. Type, B.M. 4. A. NIGRESCENS, N. sp. 3. Closely allied to the preceding species, same size, and nearly the same pattern, but almost black, with the yellow markings very pale; the spots on primaries rather larger, and the streaks of secondaries united, semitransparent in front; also a yellow and hyaline-white spot upon the costal margin: expanse of wings 22 millims. Punjab, hills. Type, coll. F. Moore. Easily recognized, from the dark ground-colour of the body and wings and the very slender pale bands on the abdomen. 5. A. FULVIDA, n. sp. 2. Like a small edition of A. Walker:, but easily distinguished by the coloration of the abdomen, which is ochreous, with a black spot on each side at base and anal extremity ; it also differs in having the sub- LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGENID 2. 357 apical spots of primaries united into a single large reniform spot : expanse of wings 21 millims. Moulmein (Clerck). Type, B.M. 6. A. HAINANA, 0. sp. ©. Nearly allied to A. Walkeri, but the segments of the abdomen not edged with black; the usual subterminal black bar: expanse of wings 24 millims. Hainan, China (Swinhoe). Type, coll. F. Moore. Doubtless a local form of A. Walkeri. 7. A. CONFUSA, Nn. sp. Syntomis Hiibneri (part.), Walker (nec Boisd.), Lep. Het. i, p. 125. n. 19 (1854). ©. Nearly allied to A. Walkeri, but the abdomen ochreous, with a broad terminal black band ; anus fringed with ochreous hairs ; spots towards apex of primaries connected, forming a large reniform spot, as in A. Sulvida ; secondaries sometimes without the subcostal black dash : expanse of wings 25 to 27 millims. North India (James). Type, B.M. The type of this species bears a label in Mr. Walker’s hand- writing with the name “Hiibneri”’ inscribed thereon; the descrip- tion (in Lep. Het.) does not, however, quite agree with it. A. confusa is very like A. hainana. Genus Bintua, Walker. 1. Binrua GrRaciLis, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 127 (1864). Japan (Fortune). Type, B.M. Genus Tascta, Walker. 1. TasctA FINALIS=Euchromia (Aclytia) finalis, Walker, L. H. i. p. 245. T. chrysotelus, Walker, Lep. Het. vi. p. 1600. Port Natal (Guwezuzius). Types, B.M. 2. T. VIRESCENS, N. sp. Body dull dark green, with a lateral row of metallic green dots termi- nating in a carmine dot ; anal segnients orange, black at the sides : wings dark silky green; primaries with a large oval hyaline-white spot within the end of cell; a second large bifid white spot cut by the first median branch; a metallic dot at the base; secondaries with a large hyaline-white spot on the abdominal area: body below dark ereen, with a lateral row of metallic green dots terminating as above in a carmine dot: wings dark shining green, fringe purple ; prima- ries with basal half purplish brown: secondaries with two subcostal 358 " MR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE metallic green spots, one near the base, the other just beyond the middle of the wing; otherwise as above: expanse of wings 35 millims. { Port Natal (Gueznzius). Type, B.M. Allied to the preceding species, but very distinct. 3. T. PULCHRA, 2. sp. Body dull dark brown; crest, apex of antenne, back of the eyes and collar, metallic steel-blue; second and third segments metallic green at the sides, below which all the segments have a line of carmine; wings dark brown, primaries with a guadrifid, slightly tapering, hya- line-white postmedian band or spot; secondaries hyaline-white at base; discoidal spot and a spot below centre of median nervure bright metallic blue: below dark dull brown, frons and thorax spotted with steel-blue ; primaries with a dash of metallic blue in the cell; secon- daries with basi-costal area and a subcostal spot beyond the middle metallic green; the hyaline abdominal area edged with blue; anal angle greenish: otherwise asabove: expanse of wings 28 millims. Congo (Curror). peers Type, B.M. 4. T. isstructa=Euchromia (Amycles) instructa, Walker, Lep. Het.i. p- 254. Sierra Leone (Morgan). Type, B.M. 5. T. cupREA=Syntomis cuprea, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1596. India. There is a species allied to this in Mr. Moore’s collection. 6. T. QUADRICOLOR=Syntomis quadricolor, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1596. India. I have seen this species in Mr. Moore’s collection. Genus Satiunoa, Walker. Pl. XXVIII fig. 17. 1. SALIUNCA THORACICA=Tipulodes? thoracica, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1626. S. thoracica, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 108. Sierra Leone (Foxcroft), Africa (Milne). Types, B.M. The examples placed by Walker under Tipulodes and Saliunca were described independently of each other. 2. S. styx=Zygena styx, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. ii. p. 166. n. 52. Africa. Coll. Banks. Closely allied to the preceding species. It has no connexion whatever with the species referred to it by Walker. LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGENID. 359 3. 8. auRtFRONS, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 109 (1864). Sierra Leoue (Foxcroft). Type, B.M. One of the most beautiful of the Zygenide. Genus PHacusa, Walker. Pl. XXVIII. fig. 15. 1. PHACUSA TENEBROSA=Glaucopis (Phacusa) tenebrosa, Walker’ Lep. Het. i. p. 150. Syntomis tenebrosa, Wadker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1592. India (Stevens). Type, B.M. 2. P. CRawFuRDI=Syntomis Crawfurdi, Moore, P. Z. S. 1859, pl. 60. fig. 11. Java (Horsfield). Type, B.M. Genus TuyrRetes, Boisduval. Pl. XXVIIL. fig. 11. 1, THYRETES HIPPOTES=Sphinx hippotes, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iu. pl. 286. f. A. Cape of Good Hope. 3, 2, BM. 2. T. carrra, Wallengren, Kongl. Svenska. Vetensk. Akad. Handl. v. jen didic South Africa. Rather smaller in both sexes than the preceding species. 3. T. MontANA, Boisd. Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 597, et Wallengren, op. cit. East Caffraria. 4. T. MonT=IROI. 0. sp. Body ochre-yellow, eyes, antenne, centre of dorsum, and edges of ab- dominal segments black-brown, a line down each side of the abdomen of the same colonr: wings dark brown; a testaceous hyaline band from centre of inner margin, round lower edge of cell, to lower radial nervure, cut by the median branches into four unequal parts ; a semi- circular spot of the same colour within the end of the cell, and another oval spot near apex ; secondaries with the basal half irregularly testa- ceous hyaline ; an oval bifid diseo-submarginal spot of the same colour, cut by the third median nervure: below nearly as above: expanse of wings 30 millims. Ambriz (Monteiro). Type, B.M. A very pretty little species, Genus Arisa, Walker. 1. ApIsA CANESCENS, Walker, Lep. Het. iv. p. 917, n. 1 (1855). South Africa (Argent). Type, B.M. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII, 26 860 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE As I have already said, I feel somewhat uncertain as to the posi- tion of this genus, although I believe it to be allied to Thyretes. Subfamily PHAUDIN *. The genera Phauda, Odozana, and anew genus from Japant will, I think, form a distinct subfamily ; I shall not, however, go into this group in the present paper, excepting to enumerate the species of Phauda:—1. P. flammans, Wlk.; 2. P. Fortunei, H.-Sch. (triadum, Walk.); 8. P. mahisa, Moore ; 4. P.sumatrensis, W\k. 5. P. tenwipennis, W1k. The following genera would, I think, be best referred to the Thyretine as an American subgroup: they all have the primaries opaque, and have six nervures branching from the discoidal cell of secondaries, two subcostal branches, one radial, and three me- dian, the latter four following at about equal distances from each other; one genus, Aglaope of Walker (mec Latreille), Harrisina of Packard, has radiating terminal brushes to the abdomen in the male, and a very slender body. Genus Unopvus, Herrich-Schdffer. 1. Uropus monura, Herrich-Schiffer, Auss. Schmett. i. fig. 219. Para (Bates). B.M. 2. U. xYLopHILA, Herrich-Schiffer, Auss. Schmett. i. fig. 220. Venezuela. IT am doubtful as to this species being congeneric with the type. Genus Pampa, Walker (restricted). Pl. XXVIII. fig. 18. 1. Pampa MysTicA=Euchromia (Pampa) mystica, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 239. Honduras (Dyson). Type, B.M. 2, P. invaARTA=Euchromia (Pampa) invaria, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 240. Santarem (Bates), Type, B.M. Genus Harristna, Packard. Pl. XXVIII. fig. 5. Aglaope, Walker (nec Latreiile.). 1. HARRISINA AMERICANA=Aglaope americana, Boisd. in Griff. An. Kingd. Georgia (Z. Doubiecay). B.M. * Wings rather narrow and elongated, antenne filiform or pectinated. + Abdomen terminating in long radiating hairs. LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGENIDA. ool 2, H. FULVINOTA, n. sp. ©. Closely allied to H. americana, but larger, with a conical fulvous spot at end of cell in primaries ; the collar only fulvous at the sides + the abdomen greenish, with the basal segments margined laterally with fulvous : expanse of wings 31 millims. Espirita Santo (Higgins). Type, B.M. The following genus appears to me to belong to the Aigeriide, or at any rate Walker’s species. Felder’s may be a Urodus, but is, I think, congenerie with Walker’s. Genus Potypuinsia, Helder. ]. PoLYPHLEBIA ATycHIoIDES, Felder, Reise de Nov. Lep. iv. pl. 102. fig. 38. ——? 2. POLYPHLEBIA? BUPRESTOIDES=Aclytia buprestoides, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 101. Para (Bates). Type B.M Subfamily HUCHROMIIN ©. Antenne of males pectinated, secondaries with the cell termi- nating at each extremity in a simple fork, that is to say, the sub- costal and median nervures each terminate in two branches diver- ging from one point*. Section a. Wings opaque. Group a. a. First median branch in secondaries forked at its outer extre- mity, anal valves of males expanded and prominent. Genus EmpyrreumMa, Hiibner. Pl. XXVIII. fig. 19. 1. EMpyREUMA LICHAS, Fabric. Haiti, Cuba, Honduras. B.M. 2. E. puGcioner, Linn. Jamaica. Group a. 6. First median branch in secondaries simple, anai valves of male normal. B.M. Genus Histiozna, Walker. Pl. XXVIII. fig. 21. * Abdomen with basal cream-coloured band. 1. Histiozka cepueEus, Cramer. Venezuela. B.M. * Pseudosphenoptera is an exception; for here the branches of the median nervure are emitted normally, although the first branch is absent, leaving only two. 26* 362 MR. A. G. BUTLER OK THE 2. H. MELDOLA, n. sp. I. bellatrix, var., Walker, Lep. Het. 1. p. 218 (1854). Differs from H. bellatrix (the type of which is an abnormality) im the presence of three (instead of one) red streaks parallel to the imner margin of primaries, the postmedian testaceous band converted into three or four spots forming a taperimg series towards costa, the red costal streak continued nearly to apex, the red markings of seconda- ries more contracted, the lateral metallic green spots on the abdomen larger: expanse of wings 52 to 67 millims. Trinidad, coll. Meldola; Venezuela (Dyson § Becker). B.M. 3. H. BELLATRIX, Walker. Venezuela. Type, B.M. 4. H. CoLtomBI4, n. sp. Primaries as in H. bellatriz, excepting that the postmedian band is yellower and twice as broad; secondaries with the red spot smaller and separated from the imterno-median red patch, almost as in H. cepheus, the creamy abdominal patch smaller: expanse of wings 68 millims. New Granada (Stevens). : Type, B.M. #* Abdomen without a basal cream-coloured band. 5. H. AMAZONICA, D. sp. Allied to the preceding, but the postmedian band more oblique and slightly narrower, the spot at end of cell smaller, the red streaks on costal and internal areoles more slender and less distinct, the red spat of secondaries narrower and distinctly trifid; no red streak on interno- median area, and no internal creamy streak; the pterygodes entirely black ; the abdomen without a cream-coleured band: expanse of wings 59 to 72 millims. Ega and Villa Nova (Bates), Eastern Peru (Degand). Type, B.M. Allied to HZ. proserpina, but the primaries of the Z. bellatrix type. 6. H. INFERIORIS, n. sp. Primaries as in H. amazonica, excepting that the creamy spot in the ceil is larger; secondaries with the scarlet streak reduced to two or three little spets, as in H. proserpina: expanse of wings 62 to 66 millims. Lower Amazons (Wallace). Type, B.M. Perhaps a variety of the preceding, but certainly intermediate in character between it and A. proserpina. 7. H. proserpina, HMibner. Brazil. B.M. LEPLDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGHNID®. 308 8. H. pautina, Walker. St. Paul. Type, B.M. In this last species the secondaries are entirely black. Genus Evcuromia*, Hiibner. Pl. XXVIII. fig. 20. Synonyms. Phalanna, Hira, Glaucopis (part.), Fregella, Hip- pola (part.). 1. EvcHromi1a Lets, Fabric.=Euchromia (Hira) lethe, lalker, L. H. p. 221. Natal, Cape, Madagascar. B.M. The Sphinx ewnolphos of Cramer and Glaucopis Folletii and furmosa of Boisduval are synonymous with the above species. 2. KE. speRcHIUS, Cramer=Euchromia (Hira) sperchius, Walker, L. H. p: 220. Cougo, Angola, and Sierra Leone. B.M. This is doubtless the western and south-western represent- tative of H. lethe. 3. E. interstans=Euchromia (Hira) interstans, Walker, L. H. p. 221. Ashanti. Type, B.M. This species appears to be restricted to Ashanti, the form from Sierra Leone being distinct. 4, E. LEONIS, n. sp. Smaller and more brightly coloured than H. interstans, the metallic spots being all brilliant green, and the yellow spots on the wings more golden in tint; primaries with the large, basal, bifid, yellow patch larger and more oblique, postmedian quadrifid band slightly narrower ; basal yellow spot of secondaries more distinct : expanse of wings 45 millims. Sierra Leone (Foxcroft § Morgan). Type, B.M. Mr. Walker, as in many other instances, enumerated the ex- amples of this species first, under #. interstans ; they, however. represent his var. /3. 5. E. HorsFiELDII=Phalanna Horsftieldii, Moore, P. Z. S. 1859, p. 200. Java (Horsfield). Type, B.M. 6. E. MADAGASCARIENSIS = Glaucopis madagascariensis, Boisd, Madag. Madagascar. * EB. sperchius, Cr. 364 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 7. E. AFRICANA, 0. sp. Euchromia (Hira) madagascariensis, Walker (nec Boisduval), Lep- Het. 1. p. 222, n. 29 (1854). Allied to EL. Horsfieldii, from which it chiefly differs as follows :—Second pale band of abdomen scarlet above instead of buff; primaries with basal half of wing golden yellow, red at base, not impinged upon by black projections from the subcostal or submedian nervures ; post- median quadrifid band or spot narrower and golden yellow ; seconda- ries golden yellow, with a broader apical black border; abdominal margin not throwing out a black projection to end of cell, as in E. Horsfieldii, base reddish instead of whitish: expanse of wings 44 to 52 millims. Natal (Gueinzius § Becker), Zoolu (Angas). Type, B.M. This species is entirely distinct from H. madagascariensis. 8. E. CELEBENSIS, Nn. sp. Allied to E. polymena, but diftering as follows :—reddish instead of white spots on the shoulder*; basal band of abdomen cream-coloured above instead of scarlet, blue bands of abdomen becoming snow-white at the sides, the double scarlet band broadly margined with white on both sides below; primaries with the subbasal ochreous spot widely sepa- rated from the central band, and the large subapical ochreous patch narrower and divided in the centre by a black line: expanse of wings 49 millims. Celebes (Wallace). Three specimens, B.M. A very distinct and beautiful species. 9. E. POLYMENA=Sphinx polymena, Linn. S. N. ii. p. 806. North India, Canara, South India, Ceylon. B.M. 10. E. FRATERNA, Nn. sp. Closely allied to the preceding, but the blue bands on abdomen obsoles- cent; the sixth segment (succeeding the two scarlet bands) edged with scarlet instead of blue: expanse of wings 47 millims. Moulmein (C/lerck). type, B.M. 1]. E. oRIENTALIS, n. sp. Allied to EB. polymena, but the spots on the shoulders reddish, the blue bands obsolescent, the fourth, fifth, and sixth segments of the abdo- men entirely scarlet, and the seventh segment edged behind with scarlet: expanse ef wings 47 millims. North India (James). Type, B.M. 12. E. LAURA, 0. sp. Allied to E. polymena, but the spots on the shoulders biue, the blue bands dull, the fourth, fifth, and sixth segments of the abdomen en- * This is, however, occasionally the case in EL. polymena. LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGMNID A. 365 tirely scarlet, the seventh segment black; ochreous spots on basal area of wings obsolescent: expanse of wings 48 millims. Kast India (Argent). Type, B.M. 13, E, SIAMENSIS, n. sp. Allied te H. polymena, but the fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh segments scarlet ; anus blue-black : expanse of wings 46 millims. Siam (Bowring). Type, B.M. 14. E. semrtuna=Euchromia (Fregella) semiluna, Walker, L. H. pees: === 8 Type, B.M. 15. E. rHELEBAS= Sphinx thelebas, Cramer, Pap. Ezot. pl. 150. N.E. coast of Australia. B.M. Perhaps a varicty of H. ganimede ; Cramer’s locality is (almost certainly) incorrect. 16. E. 1s1s=Glaucopis isis, Boisduval, Astrolabe, p. 193. Oceania. 17. E. GANyMepDE=Glaucopis ganymede, Doubl. Lort’s Disc. App. pl. 3. Australia (Dring c.), Lizard Island (Macgillivray). / BM. 18. E. rzkus=Sphinx irus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. pl. 368. Ceram, Dorey, Gilolo, and Celebes (Wallace). B.M. The G. arius (sic) of Boisduval is identical with this species. 19. E. cairpennis= Hira ccelipennis, Walker, L. H. Suppl. p. 99. Amboina (Type). B.M. This may, I think, be the G. bowrica of Boisduval. 20. KE. G@NONE, 0. sp. Allied to E. aruica, but the collar scarlet instead of metallic green, the shoulders yellow instead of green, the basal segment of the abdomen yellow instead of creamy white, the second segment with a yellow lateral spot, the third with a scarlet lateral spot, the fourth and fifth above (and the third to fifth below) broadly banded with scarlet, the sixth, seventh, and anus green behind; wings black with hyaline white spots, as in EZ. aruica, but broader: expanse of wings 44 millims. Solomon Islands (Denham). Type, B.M. We have two examples of this beautiful species in bad con- dition. 21. E. anuica=Hira aruiea, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 98. Aru (Wallace). Type, B.M. 3866 MR. A. G. BULLER ON THE 22, E. ruBRIcOLLIs=Hira rubricollis, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. jn wee rc Anciteum, New Hebrides. Type, B.M. Genus Eurotva, Walker. 1. Evrotra pictra=Eurata pictula, Walker, L. H. i. p. 181=picta, H.-Sch. Venezuela. B.M. 2. E. HERRICHII=Glaucopis sericaria, H.-Sch. Auss. Schm. fig. 229. This is certainly distinct from the G. sericaria of Perty. Genus SyntomeEpa, Harris. P]. XXVIII. fig. 16. Hippola, Walker. ]. SYNTOMEIDA SERICARIA=Glaucopis sericaria, Perty, Delect. pl. 31. fig. 14. Minas. 2. S. nistRio=Glaucopis histrio, Guérin, Ic. Reg. An. p. 502. Bolivia. 3. S. ALBIFASCIATA, 0. sp. Nearly allied to S. melanthus, but smaller, and with all the spots on the thorax and bands on the abdomen creamy-white instead of scarlet : expanse of wings 39 millims. Honduras (Dyson). Type, B.M. 4. S. MELANTHUS=Sphinx melanthus, Cr. pl. 248. fig. C. Nicaragua, Guatemala, Venezuela. B.M. 5. S. 1rom@#=Glaucopis (Syntomeida) ipomeee, Harris, Descr. Sph. ; Georgia. This appears to be quite distinct from S. ferow. 6. S. FEROX= Euchromia (Hippola) ferox, Walker, L. H. p. 223. Glaucopis euterpe, H.-Sch. Aussereur Schm. fig. 430. United States. Type, B.M. 7. S. CAPISTRATA=Zygena capistrata, Fabric. Sp. Ins. p. 165. Lemocharis selecta, H.-Sch. Aussereur Schm. fig. 256. Brazil. B.M. 8. S.? Ep1LAIs=Euchromia (Hira) epilais, Walker, L. H. p. 227. Honduras (Dyson). Type, B.M. 9, S.? rina = Euchromia (Tipulodes) tina, Walker, Lep. Het. 1. p. 233, LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGHNID. 367 Sphenoptera Batesii, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. tab. cii. fig. 35. Rio Grande (Becker). Type, B.M. Genus Enprra, Walker. 1. ENDERA VULCANUS= Euchromia (Endera) vuleanus, Walker, L. H. p- 228. Glaucopis vulcanus, H.-Seh. Ausl. Sch. fig. 295 Mexico. ; Type, B.M. 2. E. sauLcy1=Glaucopis saulcyi, Guérin, Ic. Reg. Anim. p. 502. Caldnota? niveifascia, Walker, L. H. vii. p. 1628. Martinico (Guérin), ——? B.M. Genus Hupyra, Herrich-Schiffer. ]. Eupyra pRINCIPALIS, Walker. Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 97. Mexico. Type, B.M. 2. HE. reGcauis, H.-Sch. Aussereur. Schmeit. i. pl. 13. fig. 57. Quito. Allied to the preceding species. 3. E. ign1ta, H.-Sch. Aussereur. Schmett. i. pl. 13. fig. 55. Euchromia (Chrysocale) ignita, Walker, Lep. Het. 1. p. 209. “Venezuela” (Herrich-Scheffer), Bogota (Isaacson). B.M. 4. KE. imperia.is, H. Sch. Aussereur. Schmett. i. pl. i3. fig. 54. Venezuela. 5, E. FLORELLA=Chirysocale florella, Butler, Ann. & Mag. 4th 8S. xu. pall. Huasampilla, Peru (Whately). Type, B.M. Nearly allied to the preceding species, but much more brilliant in colour. 6. E. pueseta, Herrich-Schiffer, Aussereur. Schmett. 1. pl. 13. fig. 56. Euchromia (Chrysocale) opulenta, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 210. * Caracas”’ (Herrich-Schdffer), Venezuela (Dyson). B.M. Genus TricHena, H.-Sch. Enope, Waiker. 1. TRICHELA TOLUMENSIS, Herrich-Schaffer, Aussereur. Schmett. i. pl. 13. fig. 53. Euchromia (Enope) hirsuta, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 208. Bogota. B.M. 368 MR. A. @. BUTLER ON THE 2. T, FENESTRATA=Sphinx fenestrata, Drury, Ill. i. pl. 25. fig. 3. Jamaica. I doubt the S. fenestrata of Stoll being conspecific; it seems to have rather the character of Procallypta, nu. gen. The following genus was restricted by Walker before Grote suggested S. ¢hetis of Cramer as its type. Genus Catonotos, Hibner. Section AurocHtoris, Hin. Mystrocneme, H.-Sch. 1. CALONOTOS ALMoN= Sphinx almon, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 224. fig. F. Surinam. This is the type of Hiibner’s Awtochloris ; but C. phlegmon is the type of Calonotos. 2. C. GEMINATA= Mystrocneme geminata, Herrich-Schaffer, Ausser- eur. Schmett. 1. fig. 419. Euchromia (Calonotos) varipes, Walker, L. H. i. p. 235. Para. B.M. I think the Calonota perspicua of Walker must be this species. Section Catonotos, Hiibn. Leemocharis ( part.), H.-Sech. 3. C. PHLEGMoN=Zygena phlegmon, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. uu. p. 160. Para (Bates). B.M. I believe the C. interrupta of Walker to be this species. 4. C. NExA=Lemocharis nexa, Herr.-Sch. Auss. Schm. fig. 254. Santarem and Villa Nova (Bates), Santa Marta (Bouchard). B.M. Section SPHENOPTERA, Felder. Lemocharis ( part.), H.-Sch. 5. C. HELYMUS= Zygena helymus, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. ii. p. 162. Glaucopis aterrima, Sepp, Ins. Surin. pl. 97. Demerara. B.M. 6: C. sericeEA=Lemocharis sericea, H.-Sch. Auss. Schm. fig. 253. ——? B.M. 7. C. TRIANGULIFERA=Sphenoptera triangulifera, Felder, Nov. Reise, pl. ei. fig. 34. 9 —————S (¢ LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGENIDZ. 369 8. C. AURATA=Euchromia (Macrocneme) aurata, Walker, L. H. p- 250. Venezuela. Type, B.M. 9. C. HAcUS=Sphinx eacus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. p. 357. Pseudomya errans, Htibner, Verz. p. 124. Surinam ? 10. C. nycrrus=Sphinx nycteus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 325. fic. F. Euchromia (Hippola) apricans, Walker, L. H. i. p. 224. Venezuela (Becker). B.M. 11. C.? vespa=Pseudophea vespa, H.»Sch. Auss. Schmett. fig. 426. Para. Excepting in the form of the abdomen, this species has quite the aspect of a Sphenoptera. Genus Amycuzs, Herrich-Schaffer. Pl. XXVIII. fig, 18. 1. AMYCLES TENEBROSA=Euchromia (Pampa) tenebrosa, Walker, SH. p. 240. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. 2. A. posTicA= Pampa postica, Walker, L. H. vu. p. 1630. Santarem (Bates). Type, B.M. 3. A. FLAVIFASCIA, Herrich-Schaffer, Auss. Schmett. fig. 231. Euchromia (Pampa) aliena, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 241, n. 68. Para and Ega (Bates). B.M. Genus PsoLopTera, n. gen. Allied to Calonotos and Amycles; differs from the former in its more strongly plumose antenne, and from the latter in the branches of the subcostal and median nervures of secondaries not being emitted from a footstalk. Type, P. thoracica, Walker. 1. PsoLoprERA THORACICA=Euchromia (Autochloris) thoracica, Walker, L. H. 1. p. 243. Ega (Bates). Type, B.M. 2. P. teucostTicra=Glaucopis leucosticta, Hiibner, Sammi. i. pl. 69 (1806). Para (Bates § Smith), Santarem (Bates). B.M. cs ~ i) MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE Genus Saurita, Botsduval. 1. SAURITA CRYPTOLEUCA= Euchromia (Pampz2) cryptoleuca, Walker, Jip JEb Teh 05 PSN Para (Bates). Type, B.M. 2. S. CASSANDRA=Sphinx cassandra, Linneus, 8. N.u. p. 806. Venezuela (Becker & Dyson). B.M. This species was placed by Mr. Walker under Calonotos : it is, however, clearly distinct from that grop, and Dr. Boisduval has done well in making a genus for its reception: in the general form and coloration of the body it resembles Felder’s genus Homeocera. Genus PsEUDOSPHENOPTERA, n. gen. Pl. XXVIII. fig. 4. Closely resembling Calonotos (Section Sphenoptera), but easily separated by the neuration of secondaries, the two median branches not being emitted in the usual way from one point, inasmuch as the first branch leaves the nervure before the end of the cell, also in the subcostals being placed upon a footstalk. Type Pseudosphenoptera basalis, Walker. 1. PSEUDOSPHENOPTERA BASALIS = Euchromia (Maerocneme) basalis, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 251. Ega (Bates). Type, B.M. Very like C. nycteus of Cramer. Genus Icuorta,n. gen. Pl. XXVIIL fig. 9. Wings long and narrow; nearly allied to Calonotos; but the branches of the median nervure in secondaries placed upon a long footstalk, and the lower discocellular receding. Type L. quadrigutta. 1. IcHortaA QUADRIGUTTA = Euchromia (Aclytia) quadrigutta, Walker, L. H. 1. p. 245. Mexico (Hartweg). Type, B.M. 2. I. rricincra=Glaucopis tricincta, Herrich-Sch. Auss. Schmett. fig. 300. Brazil. 3. I.? concrsa=Euchromia (Autochloris) concisa, Walker, Lep. Het.1. p. 243. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. LEPIDOPLERA OF THK FAMILY ZYGEZNIDA. 371 Genus Macrocnemn, Hiibner. 1. MacrocNeME MAJA=Zygena maja, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 106. Para (Smith & Bates). B.M. 2. M. LeucosTIGMA=Glaucopis lencostigma, Perty, Delect. pl. 31. vAkees NT Para (Bates), Honduras and Venezuela (Dyson). B.M. 3. M. FERREA, n. sp. 5 Nearly alhed to the preceding species; but the secondaries, instead of being black above, are shining greenish steel-colour, with a black border widest at apex; the black spot towards base of primaries is less strongly defined: expanse of wings 42 millims. New Granada (Children), Espiritu Santo (Stevens). Type, B.M. 4, M. cUPREIPENNIS, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1632. —— ? (Children). Type, B.M. 5. M. ESMERALDA, n. sp. Body blackish-brown, frons metallic blue, white on each side; crest and hind margins of eyes biue-spotted, three metallic green spots on the thorax, abdomen with a dorsal streak and a lateral macular line of metallic green, also.a lateral ventral streak of white, basal segment below green: primaries above metallic green, base, inner margin, and outer margin dark brown, a black streak in the cell ; secondaries blue-black: wings below dark brown, primaries with discoidal area metallic green; secondaries with costal area to second third of wing metallic green: expanse of wings 31 millims. Ega (Bates). Type, B.M. 6. M. INDISTINCTA, N. sp. Allied to the preceding species, but with distinct white spots on the shouiders ; abdomen bronzy greenish, the metallie green streaks ill- defined ; lateral stripes of white spots below well defined, three basal segments below metallic green; primaries with the brown border of outer margin broader: expanse of wings 37 millims. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. 7. M. SPLENDIDA, n. sp. Head and thorax black, frons white, bluish in the centre, collar spotted laterally with blue and white; shoulders with a white spot; thorax with three silvery bluish spots in a triangle, two on meso- and one on metathorax; abdomen metallic green, with brighter green dorsal and lateral stripes, basal segment black, with green dorsal stripe; glan- dular drums greyish in front, metallic green behind: palpi below fringed with white scales; coxze and sides of femora white; meta- thorax metallic green; base of venter metallic green margined 372 MR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE behind by a semicircular white zone, followed on the posterior seg- ments by a series of diamond-shaped white dots ; wings below black ; primaries with median and discoidal area metallic green, secondaries with basicostal area metallic green: expanse of wings 34 millims. Santa Marta (Bouchard). Two examples, B.M. This beautiful little species is allied to J. vittata, but is very distinct. 8. M. virrata=Euchromia (Macroeneme) vittata, Walker, L. H. i. p- 249. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. 9. M. opscurA=Tipulodes obscura, Wallengren, Wien. Monatsschr. iv. p. 40. Guayaquil. Genus Catiicarus, Grote. This genus has been well defined by Grote, and contains the following species :—1. C. plumipes, Drury ; 2. C. punctata, Guérin ; 3. C. pennipes, Grote; 4. C. tewanus, Grote. Genus MasrigoceEra (part.), Boisduval. 1. MASTIGOCERA CYANEA, N. sp. Thorax black, with the imner and anterior margins of the tegule and two parallel longitudinal streaks on the prothorax speckled with bluish green scales; collar blue-green behind; head with two white spots in front of the eyes; antenne black, tipped with white; anterior margin of the collar with two central white dots; basal segment of abdomen black with four transverse white dots, other segments bronzy green, white lateral dots on the second and third segments; wings above bright steel-blue; primaries witha black oblique spot near base of internal area, apex and outer margin diffusely blackish; secondaries with costa brown, abdominal area, apex, and outer margin black : body below black-brown, coxze white-spotted, legs steel-blue, the tufts of hind legs black, tipped with white; primaries below with basal half steel-blue, apical half and inner margin black; secondaries steel-blue, the outer margin black: expanse of wings 42 millims. Brazil. Type, B.M. Although this species has the aspect of a Macrocneme, the tufting of the hind legs is that of Mastigocera. 2. M. PUSILLA, n. sp.=Euchromia (Macrocneme) Macus, Walker (nec Cramer), Lep. Het. 1. p. 250. n. 86. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGENIDE. 373 M. pusilla is of a smoky-black colonr, the primaries with a central dif- fused bluish patch extending from near the base to beyond the cell ; the head and thorax are spotted with white; and the abdomen is me- tallic blue-green at the sides and on the basal segments below; the last three or four segments are laterally margined below with white ; the pectus is spotted with green: expanse of wings 28 millims. 3. M. TARSALIS=Horamia tarsalis, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1633. 2? (Stevens). Type, B.M. 4. M. wprrus, Boisduval, Consid. Lép. Guat. p. 81. Guatemala. 5. M. cLavipes, Boisduval, Consid. Lép. Guat. p. 81. Mexico (Boisd.), Venezuela. B.M. 6. M. TIBIALIS, n. sp. Head black, frons, palpi, and crest orange ; antenne black with orange tips ; pterygodes black-brown, margined in front and internally with orange ; collar black-brown, with a pale yellow dot at each side, and a third (divided) in the centre; thorax dark purplish brown, with a paler line on each side, two orange liturz forming an imperfect semi- circle in front, and two orange dots behind; basal segment and drums of abdomen greyish brown internally, bright ochreous externally, a central oblong brown-edged white spot at base ; other segments shi- ning slate-colour margined with orange, second segment white laterally and below; anus orange: wings dull rusty brown, secondaries with _basal half dull orange; wings below paler, more orange in tint, espe- cially towards the base; pectus dark brown with lateral white spots, legs orange, with the knees and proximal ends of the tibiz black; ab- domen orange, third to fifth segments slate-coloured internally: ex- panse of wings 34 millims. Haiti ( Tweedie). Type, B.M. Allied to 2. clavipes. Genus Horama, Hiibner. 1. Horama 1ncERTA, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1627. ——?(Milne). Type, B.M. This is such a bad example as to be almost unrecognizable. 2. H. pirrusa, Grote, P. LE. S. Phil. 1866, p. 181. Horamia (sic) pretellus, Herrich.-Sch. Corr.-Blatt Regensb. p. 113 (1866). Cuba. 374A MR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE 3. H. prerus=Sphinx pretus, Cramer, Pap. Evot. ii. pl. 175. figs. KE, F. St. Thomas. B.M. 4. Hl. Groret, n. sp. Very like H. pretus, but longer im the wing and much deeper in colour ; the head yellow, with a transverse black line on the crest; collar vellow, margined with black; pterygodes plum-colour, margined with orange; thorax clay-coloured, smoky brown in front and behind; basal segment of abdomen purple in front, lemon-yellow behind; other segments dark clay-colour; second segment purplish opaline in front and at the sides, with a very slender yellowish hind margin; third segment pale yellow at the sides behind; fourth to seventh very nar- rowly rosy at the sides; antenne deep clay-coloured, with a black band just beyond the middle; outer half of primaries and secondaries dark clay-colour, basal area of primaries bright clay-colour; wings below with basal area ochraceous; pectus blackish; coxe purplish, with a white margin ; trochazters bright yellow ; femora purplish slate- colour ; tibiz and tarsi ochreous, last pair of tibia black at the proxi- mal extremity : expause of wings 44 millims. Jamaica (Gosse). Two specimens, B.M. I have named this pretty species after my friend Augustus R. Grote, the well-known American Lepidopterist. Genus Orcynta, Walker. 1, OrcyNIA CALCARATA=Kuchromia (Orcynia) calearata, Walker, Lep. Het. 1. p. 274. Santarem (Bates). Type, B.M. This magnificent hornet-like species is evidently nearly allied to the genus Horama; it also has many characters in common with Jsanthrene: the wings are semi-opaque, so that it forms a good transition from the opaque-winged to the clear-winged eroup. Section b. Wings translucent. Genus Isanrurene. Pl. XXVII. fig. 4. 1. ISANTHRENE POMPILOIDHS=Glaucopis (Isanthrene) pompiloides, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 156. Guatemala (Stevens). Type, B.M. Before proceeding further with the species referred to Glaucopis, I may as well remark that not only is the Fabrician type of the genus doubtful, but the name Glaucopis had already been used as LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGH#NIDR. 375 a genus of Aves twenty years before it was characterized as a group of Lepidopterous insects. 2. I. FLAVICORNIS= Sphinx flavicornis, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p- 104. Glaucopis (Isanthrene) vespoides, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 155. Villa Nova and Para (Bates). B.M. 3. I. ustrina, Hiibner, Samml. Exot. Schmett. figs. 493, 494. Brazil (Mornay § Becker). B.M. 4. I. IncenpDIARIA =Glaucopis incendiaria, Hiibner, Sammi. pl. 166. Glaucopis (Isanthrene) flavicornis, Walker (nec Fabr.), L. H. p. 155. S. America. B.M. 5. J. MAXIMA, 0. sp. Nearly allied to I. incendiaria, but larger, with smaller yellow spots on the shoulders, only the first three segments of abdomen laterally spotted with yellow, dorsal bluish spots larger, ventral white spots rather smaller; apical black area of primaries decidedly larger: ex- panse of wings 57 millims. Rio (J. P. G. Smith). Type, B.M. 6. I. perBosci1=Glaucopis perboscu, Guérin, Ic. Reg. Anim. p. 501. Campeachy Bav. 7. I. BastrERA, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. 1. p. 26. Bogota. Seems allied to I incendiaria. Genus Homuq@ocera, Felder. Pl. XXVII. fig. 6. 1. Homaocera crassa, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. iv. tab. cii. fig. 26. ——? 2. H. saAnsonis=Gymnelia jansonis, Butler, Lep. Exot. pl. 1xi. fig. 17. Cartago, Costa Rica (Van Patten). Type, B.M. 3. H. SrrRETCHIT, n. sp. Body golden yellow, back of head black, enclosing two large metallic blue-green spots; antennz black (2 with a central yellow streak); eollar with a black spot on each side; pterygodes with a black margin all round; prothorax with two parallel clavate central black stripes enclosing metailic green spots in the clayus; metathorax with two black-encircled metallic-green spots; hind margin of thorax black ; basal segment of abdomen narrowly edged behind with black, other segments broadly margined behind with black, two metallic blue- LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 27 376 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE green spots on each segmental band; coxe below with large elliptical metallic blue-green spots: segments of abdomen edged with brown in the male: wings pale yellowish hyaline, veins and outer margin black ; apex of primaries and a triangular spot at anal angle of secon- daries black : expanse of wings 34 to 36 millims. Santa Martha (Louchard). Type, B.M. I have named this very beautiful species after my friend and brother lepidopterist R. H. Stretch, Esq., of San Francisco. 4. H. BEATA, n. sp. Allied to H. scintillans, but differing as follows :—all the yellow bands, spots, and other markings on the body replaced by rusty-red ones, the basal segments of the abdomen below sordid white; apical black patch on primaries narrower, and border of outer margin rather wider : expanse of wings 36 millims. Santa Martha (Bouchard). Type, B.M. 5. H. scinTILLANS=Lemochatis scintillans, Herr.-Sch. Auss. Schm. fig. 244, Glaucopis (Peecilosoma) flavitarsis, Walker, L. H. i. p. 158. Venezuela (Dyson). B.M. 6. H. GeMMIrERA=Glaucopis (Gymnelia) gemmifera, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 152. Venezuela (Dyson). Type, B.M. 7. H. MeLas=Sphinx melas, Cramer, Pap. Exot. 1. pl. 45. f. G. Surinam. Walker’s var. ? does not belong to the genus. 8. H. SALVINI, n. sp. Frons red-brown behind palpi, metallic green above; crest black; back of head black, with two large metallie-green spots; antennze black, encircled with whitish at their origin, collar metallic green; ptery- godes black, with a broad internal metallic-green border; thorax black, a large bifid green spot in front, and two similarly coloured spots behind ; abdomen black, with a lateral decreasing series of me- tallic green interrupted bands, front margins of first two or three seg- ments very narrowly edged with testaceous, anal segments deep orange: wings testaceous hyaline, veins black, primaries with base, a broad apical patch, the apical half of costa, outer and inner margins black, a bifid metallic green spot at base; secondaries with the mar- gins and a spot at anal angle black; body below black; coxe and trochanters and the inner margin of femora of front legs snow-white, front margins of tibiz and hind margins of femora of second and third pairs metallic green; tarsi brown; abdomen witha broad semicircular LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGAHNID AE. 377 basal white band ; lateral metallic green spots; anus orange : expanse of wings 38 millims. Obispo, Panama (Salvin). Type, B.M. A beautiful and very distinct species, somewhat resembling Pheia tntensa. Genus Sarosa, Walker. Pl. X XVII. fig. 11. 1. SAROSA SESIIFORMIS=Glaucopis (Sarosa) sesiiformis, Walker, Lep. Het.i. p. 151. Venezuela (Dyson). Type, B.M. Closely resembles Homeeocera scintillans in coloration. 2. S. acuTior=Isanthrene acutior, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. iv tab. ci. f. 27. ance Somewhat resembles Hrruca machilis. 3. 8. POMPILINA, 0. sp. Head and thorax black-brown, frons with four alite dots ; collar grey prothorax with a furcate grey marking in the middle; abdomen blackish slate-colour, with a grey stripe down each side; a few testa- ceous hairs at the base; palpi black; antennee deep ferruginous, be- coming black towards base and apex; body below browu; tarsi of front pair of legs red; coxe of hind pair of legs white ; a large white spot on each side of the third abdominal segment; wings pale testa- ceous hyaline, costal vein, first two branches of the subcostal above, all the veins below, and basi-internal margin of primaries red; costa, inner margin, and other veins black; secondaries with veins, margins above, and a biundulated anal border black; costa below red, especi- ally at base: expause of wings 31 millims. Espiritu Santo (Higgins). Type, B.M. Not unlike Hrruca Pertyt. Genus Erruca, Walker. Pl. XXVII. fig. 7 Leemocharis (part), Herrich-Schiffer. 1. Erruca Pertry1=Lemocharis Pertyi, H.-Sch. Auss. Schinett. 1. fig. 249. Espiritu Santo (Higgins). B.M. 2, E. arerrrmMA=Gymnelia aterrima, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p- 8d. Ega (Bates). Type, B.M. 27% 378 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 3. E. varta=Glaucopis (Isanthrene) varia, Walker, Lep. Het. 1. p. 157. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. 4. E. GRENADENSIS, n. sp. Head black, a metallic-blue spot on the crest; antenne brown, tawny at the base; collar black, with a blue spot on each side ; thorax black, an orange spot on the shoulders; metathorax with a large bilobed yellow spot in the centre ; abdomen shining, blackish piceous ; basal segment with two anterior central yellow spots, and a yellow spot on each side: wings testacecus hyaline ; apex of primaries broadly black, outer margin narrowly black, projecting mwards along submedian nervure; inner margin narrowly black, costal margin very narrowly black; costaland internal areoles orange, also the median nervure and its second and third branches; secondaries with the apical third of costal margin and the outer and abdomimal] margins narrowly black ; costal areole ochreous: body below black; thorax spotted with blue ; first two segments of abdomen laterally spotted with white, next two segments with blue; legs black, with deep yellow tarsi: expanse of wings 40 millims. Pacho, Province of Cundmamarcha, New Granada (Janson). Somewhat allied to H. varia. 5. Type, B.M. EK. NOTIPENNIS, n. sp. Allied to E. machilis, wings the same, excepting that the narrow black margin and the black spot near anal angle of secondaries are better defined; body quite different: head lilae above; face white, with a central hlac spot; antenne tawny; collar and pterygodes black with a yellow margin; thorax black-brown with a central pale yellow line terminating behind in a spot of the same colour, two blue spots on either side of the central line; prothorax with two additional slender diverging yellow lines; metathorax black, with a yellowish spot in the middle and one on each side; two basal segments of abdomen yellow internally, tawny across the middle, and black externally ; re- maining segments black, second to fifth segment with lateral lilac streak ; palpi, pectus, outer margin of first ventral segment, second segment and front of third segment cream-coloured; a lateral line on palpi, the legs, basal segment, and sides of second seg- ment orange ochreous; a line on upper surface of femora, on the last pair of tibize, on all the tarsi, a spot at proximal end of tibiz, the outer half of the third and the whole of the remaining segments of venter black ; a spot on upper surface of distal end of frout tibiz, a spot on each side of the metathorax, and a series of liturse on each side of last segments of venter lilac: expanse of wings 40 millims.; Villa Nova (Bates). Type, B.M. LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGENIDA. 379 6. E. vESPIFORMIS, n, sp. Allied to the preceding species and to E. machilis; differs from the latter as follows: all the wing-veins black, the margins also more distinctly black, the costal area of primaries much less tawny; subanal black spot of secondaries shorter and broader; antennz bright tawny, all the tawny markings upon the body replaced by black, the femora and tibize above with a black streak ; the metathorax and first three basal segments of abdomen yellow in front and at the sides, and black behind; the lateral lilac streak narrower: expanse of wings 42 millims. Villa Nova (Bates). Three examples, B.M. This is certainly the best imitation of a wasp in the genus; it is a beautiful species and well marked. 7. E. macutiis = Lemocharis machilis, Herrich-Schdffer, Auss. Schmett. fig. 245. Villa Nova, St. Paulo, and Ega (Bates). B.M. 8. E. porPHYRIA = Glaucopis (Isanthrene) porphyria, Walker, Lep Het. i. p. 157. Ega and Para (Bates). Type, B.M. The Sphinx porphyria of Cramer does not even belong to this family ; Walker cannot have looked at the figure. 9. E. vespartA=Glaucopis vesparia, Perty, Delect. Anim. pl. 31. fig. 9. Villa Nova (Bates), Type, B.M. Perty’s figure represents this species as stouter than it actu- ally is. 10. E. winaris=Peecilosoma hilaris, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. 1. p- 88. Ega (Bates). Type, B.M. Somewhat like Homeocera Stretchii, but allied to E. vesparia. 11. E. nigerrima=Gymnelia nigerrima, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 86. Kga (Bates). Type, B.M. 12. E. conrracra=Lemocharis contracta, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p- 1609. St. Paulo (Bates). B.M. 13. E. Deyrotui=Lemocharis Deyrollii, Herrich-Schdffer, Auss. Schmett. figs. 247, 251a. Rio Grande (Becker). : B.M. 380 MR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE This species is the type of the genus Erruca; Lemocharis can scarcely be said to have a type; I therefore prefer to consider L. stulta and allies as representing that genus. Genus SpHecopsts, Felder. 1. SpHECOPSIS HYALOZONA, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. iv. pl. cii. fig. 29. —? Although I do not intend to incorporate in the present paper all the new Zygenide described by Felder, but only those genera of which we possess representatives in the collection of the British Museum, I have been tempted to quote the above as being a transition from Brruca to Myrmecopsis. Genus Myrmecopsis, Newman. Pl. XXVII. figs. 8, 9. 1. MyRMECOoPSIS TARSALIS=Glaucopis (Pseudosphex) tarsalis, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 196. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. 2. M. SEMIHYALINA=Glaucopis semihyalina, Walker, Lep. Het. 1. p- 197. Pseudosphex vespiformis, H.-Sch. Auss. Schmett. fig. 425. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. 3. M. opaca, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1620. Para (Bates). 4, M. 1cHNEUMONEA=nov. gen. Ichneumonea, H. Sch.-Auss. Schmett. fig. 225. Brazil. 5. M. pouistes=Pseudosphex polistes, Hiibner, Exot. Schm. Zutr. figs. 39, 40. M. eumenides, Newman, Zool. viii. Append. exxii. Ega (Bates). B.M. The genus Myrmecopsis has been confounded by Dr. Herrich- Schiffer with Pseudosphex; it was not, however, tounded upon Hiibner’s type (which was P. zethus); it differs entirely in neu- ration from that insect and its allies, and must therefore be re- tained as distinct with Newman’s designation. Herrich-Schiaffer had the acumen to see how entirely different the two types were ; but he took the type of Pseudosphew out of its genus and consti- tuted for it his genus Abrochia; he appears to me, however, to LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGENID. 381 have discovered his error, and to have shifted the name Abrochia to my new genus Sphecosoma. Genus SPHECOSOMA, n. gen. Abrochia (part), Herrich-Schaffer. This is, I believe, the Abrochia of the ‘ Correspondenz-Blatt,’ but not of the ‘ Aussereuropiische Schmetterlinge;’ it closely resembles Pseudosphex, but differs from it in the simple Huchro- noid neuration of the secondaries. Type, S. fasciolata, n. sp. 1. SPHECOSOMA FASCIOLATUM, 0, sp. Body sulphur-yellow ; frons white, with a central grey spot; a trans- verse line or crest and another at back of head black ; antennze with basal half blackish, apical half orange, apex blackish; palpi golden yellow; collar with a black band behind; pterygodes margined with black ; thorax with a black central longitudinal line and a streak on each side of it close to the pterygodes, a transverse line at back of thorax and the inner edges of the glandular drums black; all the seg- ments banded with black, first segment with three longitudinal black lines ; wings whitish hyaline, veins and outer margin slenderly black ; costal and interno-basal areoles of primaries orange; body below pale sulphur-yellow; legs orange, femora and tibie with a black streak above; abdomen with an apparently pale cream-coloured wax- like sheath over basal segments, edged behind with black: expanse of wings 25 millims. Santa Martha (Bouchard). Type, B.M. 2. S.“arcTAtuM=Pseudosphex arctata, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p- 95. Ega (Bates). Type, B.M. 3. S. TEsTACEUM = Glaucopis (Pseudosphex) testacea, Walker, Lep. Het.i. p. 196. Demerara. Type, B.M. Genus Loxopuirpia, n. gen. Pl. XXVII. fig. 14. Allied to the preceding genus, but larger, the outer margin of the primaries much longer, the discocellulars forming an oblique line ; the secondaries less than half the length of the primaries, the abdomen very slightly contracted at the base. Type, LZ. vesparis, Butler. 1. LoxopHLEBIA VESPARIS=Peecilosoma vesparis, Butler, Ann. Mag. S. 4. vol. xii. p. 327. Huasampilla, Peru (IV hitely), Type, BM. 382 MR. A. @. BUTLER ON THE Genus ANDRENIMORPHA, n. gen. Pl. XXVIT. fig. 10. Allied to Gymnelia, but the primaries broader, the upper radial invisible (as also the recurrent nervure *), consequently only one discocellular nervure strongly angulated in the centre, the third median and the lower radial emitted together from a short foot- stalk; abdomen more distinctly separated from the thorax than in Gymnelia. Type, G. xanthogastra, Perty. 1. ANDRENIMORPHA XANTHOGASTRA = Glaucopis xanthogastra, Perty, Delect. pl. 31. f. 5. Brazil (Stevens). B.M. Genus Gimneia, Walker. Pl. XX VII. fig. 18. 1. GYMNELIA LZNNUS=Glaucopis (Gymnelia) lennus, Walker, Lep. Het. 1. p. 154. Rio and Brazil (Stevens), Brazil ( Becker). Type, B.M. 2. G. consociata, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 85. Ega (Baies). Type, B.M. _ 3. G. cAunus=Sphinx caunus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. pl. 224. fig. E. Surinam. Nearly allied to the preceding species, and quite distinct from Sphing leucaspis of Gmelin, with which Walker has associated it. 4. G. cottocata, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 84. Ega (Bates). Type, B.M. 5. G. compLerA=Glaucopis (Gymnelia) completa, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 153. Para (J. P. G. Smith). Type, B.M. 6. G. ENAGRUS=Sphinx enagrus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ni. pl. 248. f. D. Surinam (Cramer), Ega (Bates). B.M. The genus Gymnelia, as above restricted, forms a very natural little group of bee-like species, all of them characterized (as to markings) by a broad black border to the wings and a broad black fascia or elongated spot upon the discocellulars of primaries ; they all have black bodies with metallic bluish lateral spots upon the abdomen ; and five out of the six species have the anal segments more or less tawny; they have the discocellulars of primaries nearly in a straight line and transverse. * The recurrent nervure is represented in Perty’s figure; so that this is appa- yently a variable character. € LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGENIDE. 383 Genus Lamocuanis, Herrich-Schaffer (part). 1. LamocHaRIs STULTA, Herrich- Schaffer, Auss. Schmett. fig. 258. Glaucopis (Pheia) dolens, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 148. n. 13. Para (Bates). B.M. 2. L. rrigurraA=Glaucopis (Pseudomya) trigutta, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 145. Bogota (Parzudakt). Type, B.M. 3. L. HHMATICA=Glaucopis hematica, Perty, Delect. pl. 31. fig. 6. L. zantes, Herr.-Sch. Auss. Schmett. fig. 240. Brazil. B.M. 4. L. FENESTRINA, 0. sp. Nearly allied to the preceding species, but the basal area of primaries less opaque, and a much broader hyaline patch (covering the greater part of the disk) beyond the cell of primaries; body below (excepting anal segments), bases of wings, inner margin of primaries, and costa of secondaries white : expanse of wings 27 millims. Brazil. B.M. 5. L. pEcisA=Pseudomya decisa, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 81. Ega (Bates). Type, B.M. The genus Lemocharis, as thus restricted, may have to be united to the Pheia of Walker; it, however, contains only small species at present, most of them with a well-marked but diffused streak from the costa, across the discocellulars of primaries, and the median fork of secondaries proceeding from a very short, in- stead of a long footstalk; in L. decisa, in fact (the species most like Pheta in appearance), the footstalk is scarcely apparent, being reduced to little more than a point. Genus EcHONEURA, nD. gen. Allied to Lemocharis and Pheia; but easily distinguished from the former by the form of the discocellulars of primaries, which are equally divided in the centre by the upper radial and re- current nervure, are equal in length and consequently produce parallel projecting terminations to the discoidal cell; from the latter it differs in the same character, as also in the more limited hyaline areas of the wings. Type, #. intricata, Walker, 1. ECHONEURA INTRICATA = Enuchromia(Calonotos) intricata, Walker Lep. Het. i. p. 237. Rio Janeiro (Stevens). Type, B.M. 384 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 2. KE. ANGUSTA, 0. sp. Body black, a minute dot behind each eye, and a dot on each side of the collar steel-blue ; a longitudinal blue spot at back of thorax, third to fifth segments of abdomen with small lateral marginal metallic green dots : wings brown, with an elongated and gradually widening central hyaline-white patch from near base to just beyond end of cell; nervures black ; pectus spotted with metallic green: expanse of wings 33 millims. Espiritu Santo (Higgins). Type, B.M. Allied to 2. intricata, but darker, with smaller hyaline area in primaries. 3. E. CATASTIBINA, N. sp. Very like E. intricata above, excepting that the hyaline area on the wings is considerably smaller; below, however, the wings are white with the veins brown and the hyaline patches as above: expanse of wings 32 millims. Brazil (Bates). Type, B.M. Mr. Walker placed this very distinct species with his type of L.. intricata. 4. E. TENUIS, n. sp. Very similar in shape to E. angusta. Body black, two dots at back of collar, the thorax, pterygodes, and a dot at base of primaries red; me- tallic blue and green dots above, asin H. angusta: wings as in E. in- tricata, hyaline, with a broad brown border and black ves: body below black, tibize of anterior pair of legs spotted in front with metal- lic green: expanse of wings 35 millims. Espiritu Santo (Higgins). Type, B.M. Genus THRINACTIA, n. gen. Allied to the preceding genus, but smaller; neuration of primaries nearly the same, but the second median branch emitted further from the end of the cell; secondaries with the first median branch forked at its extremity, as in Lmpyrewma of section a. Type, 7. afflicta, Walker. 1. THRINACIA AFFLICTA=Glaucopis (Pseudomya) afflicta, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 144. : Para (Bates). Type, B.M. We have a species allied to this undescribed, but in bad condi- tion, and without a locality. LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGAENID#. 385 2. T. consoLaTa = Pseudomya consolata, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1601. Brazil. Genus Psrupomya, Hiibner. Mr. Walker restricted this genus in his ‘Lepidoptera Hetero- cera, pt.i. pp. 142-145, to two old species, of which one was Hiibner’s Pseudomya tipulina; this will therefore be thetype. I suspect that the melanthis of Cramer is more nearly allied to Eucerea (Charideine). 1. PSEUDOMYA TIPULINA=Glaucopis tipulina, Hiibner, Samml. Exot. Schmett. 1. G. (Pseudomya) bibia, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 143. Para (Bates). B.M. We have a species, possibly distinct from this, from Espiritu Santo and Santa Catharina ; it is, however, very closely allied, if dif- ferent ; so that I hesitate to describe it. 2. P. TRISTISSIMA=Glaucopis tristissima, Perty, Delect. pl. 31. efi Para (Bates). B.M. 3. P. pesPpERATA, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1602. Sp.ead.? Para (Bates). B.M. I do not know whether I have rightly identified this species ; but our example is peculiar on account of its small secondaries. Genus Puerta, Walker. 1. PHEIA ALBISIGNA= Glaucopis (Pheia) albisigna, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 146. Honduras (Miller); Ega (Bates). Type, B.M. 2. P. GEMMATA, 0. sp. Body black; frons conical, blue-green, crest blue-green, a blue-green spot at base of primaries ; a greenish blue spot at the back of thorax, first to third and fifth to seventh segments of abdomen with lateral blue-greeu spots: primaries hyaline-white ; veins, a broad patch at apex, and a broad border to outer margin black-brown; a subcostai orange line and a bifid orange basi-internal patch; secondaries hya- line-white, veins, apex, and outer margin black ; costal area creamy ochraceous: body below dull black ; trochanters and femora of legs, metathorax and basal segments of abdomen below, spotted with blue- green, two small lateral spots of the same colour at anal extremity of 386 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE abdomen; costz of wings golden yellow, otherwise as above: expanse of wings 37 millims. Santa Martha (Bouchard). Type, B.M. 3. P. InTENSA=Glaucopis (Peecilosoma) intensa, Walker, Lep. Het. 1. p. 159. Honduras (Dyson). 5 Type, B.M. This species, in the character of its body, recalls the genus Saurita. The genus, as a group, nearly approaches Gymnelia. Genus Mocutoprera, n. gen. Pl. XXVII. fig, 15. Glaucopis (part), Herrich-Schaffer. Allied to Gymnelia, but distinguished at a glance from all the allied genera by the breadth of the primaries, the longer legs, and the position of the first branch of the median nervure, which is emitted almost from the same point as the second branch, so that the three median branches and the lower radial are all crowded together at the lower extremity of the cell. Type, JL. acroxantha, Perty. 1. MocHLOPTERA ACROXANTHA = Glaucopis acroxantha, Perty, Delect. pl. 31. fig. 4. Brazil (Stevens). B.M. Perty’s figure represents the primaries as much narrower than they really are, the outer margin in the insect being nearly equal to the inner. 2. M.? xANTHOCERA=Gymnelia xanthocera, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1603. Brazil. Genus Cosmosoma, Hubner. Pl. XX VII. fig. 3. 1. CosmMosomA PANOPES=Leziocharis panopes, Herrich- Scheffer, Auss. Schm. fig. 243. Glaucopis (Poecilosoma) subflamma, Walker, ep. Het. i. p. 159. Brazil (Stevens). B.M. 2. C. ELEGANS, n. sp. Head black, frons with two-white dots, back of head with two metallic- blue dots; antennez black; collar black, with a small blue dot on each side ; a blue-green dot on each shoulder; pterygodes with a large blue-green spot; thorax black brown with two blue-green dots in front; abdomen dark brown; wings hyaline-white, veins black, dis- LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGMPNID®. 387 cocellulars marked by a black line, margins rather narrowly black, apex of primaries very broadly black: body below dark brown ; coxz marked with large metallic-green spots; tarsi of second pair of legs tipped with white, of third pair almost wholly white: expanse of wings 39 millims. Espiritu Santo (Higgins). Type, B.M. Somewhat like a small form of the preceding in general ap- pearance. 3. C. PHERES= Sphinx pheres, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 382. f. C. ? Leemocharis metallescens, Ménétriés, Cat. ii. tab. xiv. fig. 1. Rio Janeiro (Stevens). B.M. 4, C. CHALCOSTICTA, 0. sp. Glaucopis (Poecilosoma) pheres, var., Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 162. n. 38. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. Easily distinguished from the preceding species by the bright brassy- instead of blue-green spots on the body, and the broader black apical patch in primaries. 5. C. conrFINE=Lemocharis confinis, Herrich-Schiffer, Auss. Schm. fig. 255. Glaucopis remota, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 170. Venezuela (Dyson). Type, B.M. 6. C. aobMottumM=Lezmocharis admota, Herrich-Schaffer, Auss. Schm. fig. 241. Pernambuco (J. P. G. Smith), Espiritu Santo (Higgins). B.M. 7. C. GAuUDENS=Peecilosoma gaudens, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1607. “Para ” (Walker). Sp. ead.? Brazil. B.M. 8, C. rEsTIVUM=Glaucopis (Cosmosoma) festiva, Walker, Lep. Het. i. joe Ale Honduras (Dyson). Type, B.M. T think this may be Cramer’s Sphinx echemus. 9, C. CENTRALE=Glaucopis (Cosmosoma) centralis, Walker, Lep. Het. Ho.) W7/le Rio Janeiro (Johnson). Type, B.M. ‘Apparently C. ada of Herrich-Schiffer. 10. C, TyYRRHENE=Euchromia tyrrhene, Hiibner, Samml. ex. Schm. Zutr. f. 483, 484. Jamaica (Gosse), Haiti (Tweedie), Santarem (Bates). B.M. 388 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 11. C. auce=Sphinx auge, Linneus, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 807. n. 46. C. omphale, Hiibner, Samml. ex. Schmett. ii. Hyaline, f. 1-4. Florida (Doubleday), St. Thomas (Hornbeck), Jamaica (Gosse). B.M. This species has no connexion whatever with Sphinaw eagrus of Cramer, with which Walker has made it synonymous: the Linnean description will only agree with one insect; and that is the C. omphale of Hiibner. 12. C. COCCINEUM, n. sp. Head black, frons metallic green; antenne black; collar, pterygodes, and thorax scarlet, margin of metathorax and glandular drums black with a broad metallic blue-green external border; abdomen rose-red ; wings hyaline-white, veins black, outer and mner margins rather broadly dark brown ; primaries with apex broadly dark brown; a sub- costal line, the base and basi-internal area scarlet ; secondaries with base and basi-costal area rose-red; pectus black-brown; coxz and trochanters metallic blue-green, legs otherwise brown; venter white ; wings below nearly as above; primaries with reddish ochraceous instead of scarlet, secondaries with scarlet instead of rose-red; expanse of wings 47 millims. Espiritu Santo (Higgins). Type, B.M. More nearly allied to C. auge than to any other species, but very distinct. 13. C. HANGA= Lemocharis hanga, Herr.-Sch. Auss. Schm. fig. 246. Espiritu Santo (Stevens). B.M. 14. C. pYRRHOSTETHUS, 0. sp. Head black, frons metallic blue-green; antennz black; collar, ptery- godes, and thorax red; mesothorax with a large posterior, central, rounded, blue spot, metathorax with a smaller central elongated spot ; abdomen black spotted with blue-green at the sides: wings nearly as in C. coccineum, but with a decided blackish oblique spot on the dis- cocellulars of primaries, a..d the red coloration paler: body below dark brown ; coxz and trochanters spotted with blue-green, remainder of legs clay-coloured: expanse of wings 42 millims. New Granada. Type, B.M. 15. C. TELEPHUS = Glaucopis (Cosmosoma) telephus, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 170. Closely allied to the preceding species, but without the blackish spot on the discocellulars of primaries, and altogether brighter in colouring, also without the blue spot on mesothorax. Venezuela (Dyson & Becker). Type, B.M. LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGMNIDM. 389 16. C. RESTRICTUM, n. sp. Closely allied to C. teuthras, but duller in colouring ; the red streak on the inner margin of primaries confined to the basal third of the wing, and the metallic-green spots on the abdomen smaller: expanse of wings 39 millims. Santarem (Bates). Type, B.M. Perhaps a variety, but more likely a local form, of the next species. 17. C. TEUTHRAS = Glaucopis (Cosmosoma) teuthras, Walker, Lep. Het.i. p. 168. Pernambuco (J. P. G. Smith), Venezuela (Dyson). Type, B.M. 18. C. CINGULATUM, n. sp. Closely allied to C. teuthras, but duller in colouring; the costal and in- ternal red streaks more extended, the latter almost to external angle ; red spot at end of cell widely encircled with black ; black border of primaries rather broader at apex, of secondaries at apex and anal angle; metallic-green spots on the body rather smaller: differences below as above: expanse of wings 43 millims. _ Veragua (Salvin). Type, B.M. This is a well-marked local form of C. feuthras. 19. C. ERUBESCENS, 0. sp. Closely allied to C. teuthras, but smaller, the discocellular scarlet spot of primaries smaller, the red costal streak paler at base, but extend- ing in front nearer to apex, the internal red streak continued to external angle, the black-brown outer marginal border narrower ; secondaries with the red abdominal streak reaching almost to the anal angle; green spots on abdomen smaller: expanse of wings 36 millims. Brazil (Mornay). Type, B.M. Certainly a local representative of C. tewthras. 20. C. iwpaR = Glaucopis (Cosmosoma) impar, Walker, Lep. Het. 1. p- 169. Mexico (Argent). Type, B.M. Genus Pacttosoma, Hiibner. Pl. XX VII. fig. 5. 1. Pa:cttosoma cuHrysis, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Zutr. figs. 211,212. Eva (Bates). B.M. This is the type of the genus, which is nearly allied to the pre- ceding. 390 “MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 2. P. MEGASPILUM=Cosmosoma megaspila, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. teapano Os Ega (Bates). Type, B.M. Nearly allied to P. chrysis, but more slender, with longer and rather narrower wings, and with a black spot or fasciole on the discocellulars of primaries. Genus Ir1pa, Walker. Chrostosoma (part), Hiibner. 1. IntpA BRACONOIDES=Glaucopis (Ilipa) braconoides, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 166. Honduras (Dyson). : Type, B.M. 2. J. FULVIVENTRIS = Leemocharis fulviventris, Ménétriés, Cat. ii. {ie othy 15 Para (Bates). B.M. 3. I. TENGYRA = Glaucopis (Ilipa) tengyra, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 167. Brazil (Becker). Type, B.M, 4. I.2 EVADNES = Sphinx evadnes, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 357. eA Surinam. This may be a Dycladia; but it is impossible to decide without examining the insect: The species referred to S. evadnes by Walker is quite distinct. 5. I. NOTATA, n. sp. Head black, frons with a metallic-green dot in the centre and a creamy white spot on each side; antenne dark brown; collar black with a green spot on each side; pterygodes golden yellow, with a brown external margin; thorax golden yellow, with a central brownish spot ; first four segments of abdomen golden yellow, with lateral and central series of black spots; fifth segment black, with squamese vellow postericr margin; sixth and seventh segments black, with me- tallic-green spots behind: wings hyaline-white with black veins ; pri- maries with base, costal and inner margins, discocellulars, apex, and a rather broad external border black-brown ; secondaries with apex, outer, and abdomival margins black-brown ; costa pale brown: pectus golden yellow; legs brown, with the coxe, trochanters, and lower margin of femora golden yellow; abdomen dark brown, with a large white spot on each side of basal segments: expanse of wings 45 millims. Pacho, Province of Curdinamarca, New Granada (Janson). Type, B.M. LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGHZNIDA. B91 Easily distinguished from all its allies by the colouring of the body. 6. I. DETERMINATA, nD. sp. Head black, frons and back of head metallic green; antenne black; pterygodes black; thorax black-brown, with a central metallic-green spot on metathorax; first four segments of abdomen golden yellow, a central black spot on first segment, remaining segments black, last two segments with lateral green spots ; wings hyaline-white, with veins black; primaries with costal, outer and inner margins, apex, and a spot on the discocellulars rather broadly black ; a spot at base of costa and a small diffused basi-subcostal litura metallic green ; secondaries with apex, outer and abdominal margins black, costal area grey-brown ; pectus black ; trochanters and front of tibiz metallic green; abdomen nearly as above: expanse of wings 43 millims. Pacho, New Granada (Janson). Type, B.M. This species has a larger black spot on the discocellulars of the primaries than any other known species. 7. I. STILBOSTICTA, n. sp. Head black, frons with two white dots; origin of antenne and a central spot on back of head white ; antennz black; pterygodes black, thorax black, with a large central white spot on prothorax ; abdomen golden yellow, with the three terminal segments black; wings hyaline-white, veins black ; primaries with apex and margins black, a white spot at base of costa and a white point near base of subcostal nervure; secon- daries with apex, outer, and abdominal margin black, costal margin dark grey: pectus black, trochanters of front pair of legs white; ab- domen as above: expanse of wings 38 millims. 3,9. Pacho, New Granada (Janson), Two specimens, B.M. _ Most nearly allied to L fulviventris, but differing in its greater size and the black anal segments of the abdomen. Genus Levcormemis, n. gen. Pl. XXVILI. fig. 12. Allied to the preceding genus and to Mochloptera, agreeing with the latter in neuration, but differing from both in the great size of the head and the very strongly pectinated antenne. Type L. latilinea, Walker. 1, LEUCOTMEMIS LATILINEA=Glaucopis (Ilipa) latilinea, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 167. Brazil (Bates). Type B.M. This species is coloured much like an Jlipa; but its struc- tural distinctions are seen at a glance. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 28 392 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE Genus Dycranpia, Felder. 1. DycLADIA MEXICANA = Gymnelia mexicana, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 84. Mexico (Bottor?). Type, B.M. 2. I). sELVA = Glaucopis selva, Herrich-Schdffer, Auss. Schmett. fig. PPA Monte Video. Allied to the preceding species. 3. D. oRNATULA= Glaucopis (Peecilosoma) ornatula, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 163. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. 4, D. HELENA=Glaucopis helena, Herrich-Schdffer, Auss. Schmett. fig. 230. Brazil. Allied to the preceding species, but the abdomen with yellow bands. 5. D. TEpA=Glaucopis (Phacusa) teda, Walker, Teg: Het. Le Dewlidids Santa Catharina, Brazil (Becker). Type, B.M. 6. D.? exim1A = Glaucopis eximia, Herr.-Sch. Corr.-Blatt Regensb. p- 113 (1866). Cuba. 7. D. virrata=Pheia vittata, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. 1. p. 83. Vera Cruz (Sallé). Type, B.M. 8. D. porsaALis=Glaucopis (Phacusa) Horsalis, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p- 177. Santarem (Bates). : Type, B.M. 9. D. BuRA = Lemocharis bura, Herrich-Schdffer, Auss. Schmett. fig. 239. Glaucopis (Phacusa) diseifera, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. Mes Para (Zates). B.M. 10. D. prcta=Glaucopis (Phacusa) picta, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 176. Para and Santarem (Bates). Type, B.M. 11. D. eMERGENS = Eurata emergens, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 92. Ega (Bates). Type, B.M. Nearly allied to the preceding species. LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGAHNIDA. 393 12. D. Lucretius = Sphinx lucetius, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 357. ls 1), Surinam. 13. D. HEMILEUCA, n. sp. Nearly allied to D. tenthredoides, but smaller, without the orange spot on the centre of the thorax, the metallic spots on the posterior abdo- minal segments less vivid; primaries with a broader and more regular transverse black band; legs and pectus paler; abdomen cream- coloured, the terminal segments brown in the female : expanse of wings 3 22 millims. Eastern Peru (Degand). Type, B.M. 14. D. reENTHREDOIDES=Ilipa tenthredoides, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p- 1610. Ega (Bates). 15. D. iInrersecta=Eurata intersecta, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. peo Ega (Bates). Type, B.M. 16. D. aLBIVENTRIS=Glaucopis (Phacusa) albiventris, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 176. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. 17. D. vartrpes=Glaucopis (Phacusa) varipes, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p- 175. , Para (Bates). Type, B.M. 18. D. MARGARIPHERA, 0. sp. Head, collar, and antennz black. two dark blue metallic spots on the back of the head and two on the collar; pterygodes black, with a lon- gitudinal yellow streak ; thorax black, a dark blue spot on centre of hinder part of thorax ; basal segment of abdomen black, with its hind margin orange, and on each side a blue spot; glandular drums orange; the second to fourth segments scarlet, the fifth to seventh black, all of them with a pearly opaline spot on each side: wings yellowish testaceous, veins (excepting on the borders of dark spots) and all the margins (excepting where interrupted by dark patches) yellow ; primaries with a large subquadrate jet-black spot at end of cell enclosing two metallic dark blue spots, apex broadly, and exter- nal angle less broadly dark brown; secondaries with the apex, outer margin, and anal angle dark brown: palpi yellow, tipped with black ; pectus brown ; legs yellow, the tibie brown above and irrorated with metallic-blue seales ; venter yellow, scarlet at the sides, with the last two segments dark brown: expanse of wings 34 millims. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. A beautiful species, intermediate in pattern between D. varipes 28* 394 MR. 4. G. BUTLER ON THE and D. correbioides, but differing from all the species in the pearly spots on the body. 19. D. conresioipEs, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. iv. tab. aii. fig. 20. Pacho, New Granada (Janson). B.M. 20. D. cLIMACINA, n. sp. Head orange; antenne black, tipped with white ; collar orange, with a slender black edge; pterygodes orange, edged with black; thorax black-brown, with a broad, central, longitudinal, orange streak, two dots in front, and two spots behind of the same colour; first four segments of abdomen golden yellow, the last three dark metallic blue ; a well-defined, central, longitudinal, stripe, a narrower, irregular, lateral line, and transverse bars on the anterior margins of the seg- ments all black, the first two or three shining (when the head faces the light) with a bronzy-opaline lustre; wings testaceous hyaline ; primaries with the base of costa black, with a white spot, interno-basal area orange, veins of basal area black, apical two fifths black enclo- sing a large subquadrate quinquefid hyaline spot; secondaries with abdominal and basicostal areas golden yellow, a triangular spot at end of cell and the apical half of costa black, outer margin black, broadest at apex and anal angle; body below dark brown; palpi orange, black above and at the tips; tibiee, proximal ends of femora, and distal extremities of tarsi yellowish orange; venter with a central transverse yellow belt :~wings below as above: expanse 33 millims. Espiritu Santo (Higgins). Type, B.M. Somewhat intermediate between JL. tenthredoides and D. torrida. 21. D. rorripA=Glaucopis (Peecilosoma) torrida, Walker, Lep. Het. 1. p. 161. Tapajos (Bates). Type, B.M. 22. D. BaTESII, n. sp. Allied to D. bromus; but the primaries with the apical fourth black : expanse of wings 30 millims. St. Paulo and Para (Bates). Type, B.M. 23. D. BRomus=Sphinx bromus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 35. f. G. Surmam. Cramer’s figure of this species is rather rough, and represents the wings as very long and narrow, more so even than in Spheco- soma. LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGHNIDA. 395 24. D. MINOR, n. sp. Glaucopis (Phacusa) bromus, var.?, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 179. n. 70. Brazil (Stevens). Type, B.M. This is altogether smaller than D. bromus, and has the apex of primaries too broadly black to be that species. Genus Marissa, Walker. Agerocha (Hiibner, part.), Walker. 1. Marissa MULTICINCTA = Glaucopis (Peecilosoma) multicincta, Walker, Lep. Het.i. p. 163. Haiti (Cuming). Type, B.M. This species has the abdomen longer than its congeners, but is evidently closely allied to Jf. colwmbina. 2. M. coLuMBINA = Zygena columbina, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p- 403. Lzmocharis fasciatella, Ménétriés, Cat. ii. pl. 14. f. 4. Haiti (Tweedie). B.M. I feel certain that the species figured by Hiibner and Méné- triés are the same, and represent the insect which we possess from Haiti. 3. M. RUBRIPUNCTATA, D. sp. Glaucopis (Marissa) columbina, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 174. n. 59. Jamaica (Gosse). Type, B.M. This species has the sides of the abdomen, top of the head, a line be- hind the eyes, the front of the collar, the base of the palpi, coxe, trochanters, femora, body below, a spot at end of discoidal cell of pri- maries on both surfaces, and two or three spots at apex of secondaries on the under surface scarlet. 4. M. LATENIGRA, 0. sp. Allied to the preceding species, but differing in Fthe head being black above, with the crest and a dot at base of antennz scarlet; the lon- gitudinal central black streak on abdomen broader; no scarlet spot at end of cell in primaries, or at apex of secondaries below: the black borders of the wings (broader than in any other species, covering the apical half of secondaries), and the posterior segments of the venter black: expanse of wmgs 29 millims. Honduras (Miller). - Type, B.M. Placed by Walker with the preceding species. 5. M, rone=Agerocha eone, Hiidner, Exot. Schm. Zutr. figs. 417, 418. Santarem and Ega (Bates). B.M. 396 MR. A. G. BULLER ON THE 6. M. cruenra=Glaucopis cruenta, Perty, Delect. pl. 31. f. 8. Amazons. 7. M. 1nsuLARIS = Eunomia insularis, Grote, P. EH. S. Phil. 1866, p. 188. Glaucopis elezantula, H.-Sch. Corr.-Blatt Regensb. 1866, p. 114. Cuba. 8. M. nrripuLA=Glaucopis nitidula, Herr.-Sch. Corr.-Blatt Regensb. 1866, p. 114. Cuba. 9, M.? DIAPHANA=Glaucopis diaphana, Sepp, Ins. Surin. pl. 81. Surinam. Group with small secondaries. Genus Hysta, Walker. 1. Hysia MELALEUCA=Glaucopis (Hysia) melaleuca, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 173. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. 2. H. TEMENUS=Sphinx temenus, Cramer, Pap. Haot. iv. pl. 367. f. D. Surinam. 3. H. asryocHe=Euchromia astyoche, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett Zutr. figs. 793, 794. Surinam. Not the Glaucopis astyoche of Walker. 4. H. pELECcTA, n. sp. Glaucopis (Hysia) astyoche, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 173. n. 56. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. Genus Diprinon, Prittwitz. 1. DipTILON TELAMONOPHORUM, Prittwitz, Stett. ent. Zeit. p. 349 (1870). Rio. 2. D. sivirratumM=Cosmosoma bivittata, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p: 90. Brazil (Gardner). Type, B.M. 5. D. DEIEIDES, Pritiwitz, Stett. ent. Zeit. p. 349 (1870). Rio. LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGAHNIDA. 397 Genus Dusmipecyemis, Moeschler. 1. Desmipocnemis Prirrwitzi, Moeschler, Stett. ent. Zeit. p. 346 (1872). Cayenne. 2. D.? PLATYLEUCA=Glaucopis (Herea) platyleuca, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 198. Venezuela (Dyson). Type, B.M. I believe that this is a Desmidocnemis, but cannot feel certain without seeing the type of that genus. Genus Hypa, Walker (part.). 1. HypA XANTHORHINA = Eurata xanthorhina, Herr.-Sch. Auss. Schmett. f. 226. Glaucopis (Hyda) basilutea, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 182. Santarem (Bates), Pernambuco (J. P. G. Smith), Santa Martha (Bou- chard), Pacho, New Granada (Janson). B.M. Section ec. Abdomen with a terminal and sometimes with lateral tufts of hair-sceales. Genus Meruysta, n. gen. General appearance of Thrinacia, neuration of primaries as 1n OCosmosoma ; secondaries small, elongated, and parchment-like, capable of being entirely concealed behind the inner marginal border of primaries, cell reaching to middle of wing, disco- cellular slightly receding from the subcostal to the median nervure, upper branch of subcostal fork running to the cos- tal margin; head rather small; antennze well pectinated ; ab- domen with a terminal tuft. Type M. notabilis, Walker. 1. MeTHysIA NOTABILIS=Glaucopis (Pseudomya) notabilis, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 144. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. Genus Dixoputupta, n. gen. Pl. XXVIII. fig. 8. Kyidently allied to the preceding genus, but shorter and broader in the wing; the wings with smaller transparent areas ; secon- aries with discoidal cell very short, discocellulars forming toge- ther a strongly angulated line, upper rather longer than lower ; a well-defined radial nervure continued as a recurrent ner- 398 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE vure through the cell to base, median branches emitted from the end of a very long footstalk. Type D. quadristrigata, Walker. 1. DIXOPHLEBIA QUADRISTRIGATA = Pseudomya quadristrigata, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 82. Ega (Bates). Type B.M. Genus MatLopera, n. gen. Lycorea, Walker (nec Doubleday, 1847). 1. MALLopeTa cyRA=Lemocharis ecyra, Herr.-Sch. Auss. Schmett. fig. 250. Glaucopis (Hyda) sortita, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 184. Brazil (Bates). Type, B.M. 2. M. chavata=Glaucopis (Lycorea) clavata, Walker, Lep. Het. 1. De 92: Brazil (Bates). Type, B. M 3. M. consors=Glaucopis (Hyela) consors, Walker, Lep. Het. p. 183. Brazil (Bates). Type, B.M. The above species are probably all from Para. Genus Lacarta, Walker. 1. LAGARIA VULNERATA=Lemocharis vulnerata, Herr.-Sch. Auss. Schmett. fig. 238. Glaucopis (Lagaria) erythrarchos, Walker, Lep. Het.i. 164. Brazil (Low). B.M. 2. L. IGNICOLOR=Lemocharis ignicclor, Ménétriés, Cat. ii. t. xiv. fig. 3. Minas Geraes. Genus Hyena, Walker. 1. HYELA SANGUINWA = Glaucopis (Hyela) sanguinea, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 172. P Type, B.M. 2. H. strpara=Glaucopis (Hyela) stipata, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 184. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. 3. H. rRoNTALIS=Glaucopis (Eunomia) frontalis, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 188. Brazil (Bates), Type, B.M. 4, H. vacituANs=Eunomia vaceillans, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1617. St. Paulo (Bates). B.M. LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGENID®. 399 Subfamily EUNOMIIN A. This subfamily closely resembles the preceding, of which it might almost be considered an aberrant group ; it differs in the following character :— Median nervyure of secondaries with more than two branches, one of which is always emitted before the end of the discoidal cell. Dr. Herrich-Schiffer has united this subfamily with the pre- ceding, with the Charideine, and with the Syntomine, including them all in a synoptic Table; but his characters are to me per- fectly incomprehensible ; the new genera are barely indicated and consequently cannot be recognized. He describes his genus Abrochia thus :—‘ Hind wing without median cell;” he means probably that the discocellulars are wanting, and consequently that the cell is open. One of his genera is simply diagnosed by the word “farbig ;” and considering that there is no moth desti- tute of colour, this seems to me very insufficient. The new spe- cies described in the same paper (Correspondenz-Blatt zool.- min. Ver. Regensb. 1866) are very difficult to identify, the follow- ing being a sample of the descriptions :— TRICHZA SETICORNIS. “* Ceruleo mixta, abdomine a sgm. 2, antennis apice albis, dorso medio nigro-squamatis, tarsis p. apice albis. 506-623.” If the above diagnosis had been written without abbreviations, it would have been insufficient for the determination of the spe- cies. What is meant by ‘“ceruleo mixta” is to me a mystery. Another error in the above paper is the adoption of well-known generic names in a wrong sense. I will take Hunomia as an ex- ample, inasmuch as even my friend Grote appears to have mis- applied it. It has been used recently for a genus of Huchromiine (Marissa of Walker); now the correct application of the name will be seen from the following considerations :— Hibner first characterized the genus at p. 125 of his‘ Verzeich- niss,’ and included the following species :— lst, Hunomia columbina, Fabricius; 2nd, /. auge, Linn., and E. eagrus of Cramer; 38rd, HL. andromacha, Fabr., and 2. caunus of Cramer. Hiibner, in his ‘Sammlung exotischer Schmetterlinge,’ figured E. auge (0. 2) as Cosmosoma omphale. Walker described this 4.00 MR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE genus and adopted C. omphale as its type; this at once restricted the genus to four species. Walker, at p. 174 of his ‘ Lepidoptera Heterocera,’ character- ized his genus Marissa, taking as its type M. colwmbina, thus again restricting Hunomia. At p. 152 he also described Gymnelia (type, G. lennus), with which G. caunus is congeneric. At p. 189 he described Dinia (type, D. eagrus of Cramer). The genus Ewnomia is thus naturally restricted to E. andro- macha of Fabricius, which is the only sense in which it can fairly be adopted. As may well be supposed, Dr. Herrich-Schaffer has united in generic groups most incongruous species: his Giaucopis (a name which cannot stand) is a collection of very distinct genera; so is his Lemocharis. The genera which I have recognized through his excellent figures in the ‘ Sammlung aussereuropaischer Schmet- terlinge ’ are as follows :— Copena, H.-Sch.= Macrocneme. Hematerion, H.-Sch.=probably Hunomia, Dinia, Hthria, &e. Hyalopis, H.-Sch.= Erruca. Mystrocneme, U.-Sch.= Herea= ? Cercophora, H.-Sch. Chrysostola, H.-Sch.= Pseudosphex. Correbia= Pionia. EHuclera=Androcharta. I cannot identify Heheta or Trichea; but the former appears to have no type, so that this is of little consequence. Genus Eunomia, Hiibner (restricted). 1. EUNoMIA ANDROMACHA=Sphinx andromacha, Fabric. Sp. Ins. ii. p. 161. Glaucopis (Dinia) finalis, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 190. Para (Bates), Venezuela (Dyson). B.M. 2. E. sANGuIFLUA, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Zutr. figs. 697, 698. Bahia. 3. E. CARNICAUDA, 0. sp. Glaucopis (Eunomia) sanguiflua, Walker (nec Hiibner), Lep. Het. i. p. 187. Rio Janeiro (Stevens). Type, B.M. LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGHNIDM. 4.01 It will be seen that Walker adopted the above (which is conge- nerie with H#. andromacha) as the type of his Eunomia; he was therefore nearer to the truth than any of his successors. 4, KE. FULVICAUDA, 0. sp. Allied to E. leucaspis, much smaller, and different in the colour of the body: body above black ; palpi white in front ; head dark brown, a green dot behind each eye ; antenne black ; pterygodes black, broadly bordered internally with metallic blue-green ; thorax with a large pos- terior metallic-green spot ; abdomen with all the segments bordered behind with dark metallic green; anal tuft black internally, golden yellow externally: wings exactly as in E. andromacha, hyaline-white, with the veins, margins, and bases black; primaries with a black litura at end of cell: body below dark brown; coxe metallic blue- green ; trochanters, basal segments of abdomen, and anus white ; anal tuft golden yellow : expanse of wings 26 millims. St. Paulo (Bates). Type, B.M. This is a pretty little species, but duller in colouring than any other in the genus. 5. EUNOMIA SARCOSOMA, 0. sp. Palpi white in front, black behind; frons white ; top of head and an- tenne black; collar white-edged in front, golden greenish at the sides, dark grey in the centre; pterygodes black, edged internally with golden greenish ; a white spot on the shoulders; thorax black, with a bronzy dot in front and an elongated bronzy whitish spot behind ; glandular drums bluish black: abdomen scariet ; a central longitu- dinal brown band running through the first four segments, on the lateral margins of which are bronzy dots; terminal, lateral, and anal tufts scarlet : wings as in the other species, excepting that the black border of secondaries is narrower, that there is less black at base, and that the primaries have a greenish-white dot close to the base: pectus below black, cox golden greenish; trochanters white; abdomen scarlet, with whitish patches in the centre of each segment, anus yellow: expanse of wings 31 millims. Pacho, New Granada (Janson). Type, B.M. 6. E.?2 MERRA=Lasioprocta merra, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p- 41. Callao. Character of E. andromacha, but smaller, Dr. Wallengren de- scribes it as having dorsal abdominal reddish-fulvous spots, the anus with black hairs: in this respect it agrees with no spe- cies known to me; possibly, however, it may be the male of the followime, which has no anal tuft. 402 MR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE 7. KE. pLatyzona=Sceytale platyzona, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. iv. tab. cii. fig. 24. Pacho, New Granada (Janson). B.M. The following appears also to belong to Hunomia. 8. E.? EBURNEIFERA=Glaucopis eburneifera, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. iv. tab. cil. fig. 21. Genus Dinta, Walker. 1. Drn1a sauctaA=Glaucopis (Dinia) saucia, Walker, Lep. Het. 1. p- 190. Colombia (Becker), Venezuela (Dyson). Type, B.M. Described by Walker as variety 6 of D. eagrus (D. auge, Walker). 2. D. MenA=Eunomia mena, Hiibner, Samml. ex. Schm. ii. pl. 155, Glaucopis auge, var. 8, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 190. : New Granada (Stevens), Venezuela (Dyson), Brazil (Bates). B.M. 3. D. EAGRUS=Sphinx eagrus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 108. f. C. Rio (M‘Gillivray), Honduras (Muller), Veragua (Salvin), Mexico (Argent). B.M. The three forms enumerated above may be only varieties of one species. 4. D. sUBAPICALIS= Glaucopis (Dimia) subapicalis, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 190. Lima (Kayler) and “—— 2?” Type, B.M. Genus AZruria, Hubner. 1, HTHRIA HHZMORRHOIDALIS=Sphinx hemorrhoidalis, Stoll, Pap. Exot. pl. 12. f. 1. Rio (Bates), Brazil (Bates, Milne, Low, Doubleday). B.M. 2. Al. SMARAGDINA= Eunomia smaragdina, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. 1s Pergae Athria saturatissima, Walker, 1. c. p. 93. Ega (Bates). Type, B.M. There is only one example to represent the two descriptions united above, which were (I have no doubt) taken from the same individual. The explanation is self-evident. Mr. Walker comes one day and describes a new species; but, owing to the lateness of the hour, or some other cause, omits to label it as a type; the next time he comes to the collection he continues his MS., and, LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGMNIDAl. 403 finding this species without a label, forthwith redescribes it. This will, I think, account for several instances which I have noticed of evidently the same species described twice over in consecu- tive pages of Walker’s Catalogues. Genus COREMATURA, n. gen. Primaries with two subcostal and four apparent median branches visible to the naked eye, the lower radial forming the fourth median, the upper radial not visible; discocellular strongly angulated in the middle. Secondaries with two subcostal branches, the upper one lying close to the costa, and four median branches, the fourth being really the lower radial ; discocellular strongly angulated. Antenne slender. Head rather small. Abdomen very long, with large bushy anal tuft. Type C. chrysogastra, Perty. 1, CoREMATURA CHRYSOGASTRA = Glaucopis chrysogastra, Perty, Delect. pl. 31. f. 10. Eunomia abdominalis, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1617. St. Paulo (Bates), Archidona (Stevens). B.M. Described again by Waiker (in his ‘Supplement,’ 1. p. 89) as Lagaria abdominalis. Genus ARGYROEIDES, n. gen.* Primaries with one evident subcostal branch (forking from below near apex); two radials placed at the upper and lower extremities of the cell, so that the lower discocellular is re- duced to about a quarter the length of the upper; discocellu- lars nearly straight ; three median branches, emitted regularly beyond the middle of the nervure. Secondaries with two sub- costals ; one radial; straight discocellulars, the upper rather longer than the lower ; three median branches emitted regularly beyond the middle of the nervure. Antenne plumose to near the tip. Head moderately large; palpi about level with top of head. Abdomen constricted at the base, with terminal straight anal tuft. Type A. ophion, Walker. 1. ARGYROEIDES OPHION=Glaucopis (Dinia) ophion, Walker, Lep. Het tapal ol : Carthagena and Venezuela (Becker). Type, B.M. * Tam aware of the fact that Argyrodes (sic) has been used for a genus of Arachnida ; but I think Argyroeides distinct enough for so dissimilar a group of animals, 404: MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE Genus PEZAPTERA, n. gen. Costal and subcostals of primaries well defined ; subcostal with a fork near apex, and a third branch (generally representing the upper radial) emitted just beyond end of cell; lower radial emitted with second and third median branches from lower ex- tremity of cell; an interradial and recurrent nervure, lying close to the lower radial until near to the cell, which it passes through to the base, thus making two discocellulars with the usual angle. Secondaries small; subcostal branches forming a simple long fork; upper radial and continuous recurrent ner- vure running through the centre of cell and along the margin of lower radial to outer margin; discocellulars rather long, nearly equal in length, the upper one slightly concave, run- ning obliquely inwards, the lower convex, running obliquely outwards, emitting the lower radial from its centre; three median branches, the second and third emitted near together at end of cell. Body much as in Argyroeides, but the abdomen rather less constricted. Type P. sordida. 1. PezAPTERA SORDIDA=Eunomia sordida, Walker, Lep. Het. vi. p- 1617. Pheia divisa, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl.i. p. 83. Santarem, Villa Nova, and Ega (Bates). Type B.M. The type of P. sordida is faded; but P. divisa has its black colouring ; in other respects the two types are identical. Genus Bumrenoeaster, Herrich-Schaffer. 1. EUMENOGASTER EUMENES, Herrich-Schdffer, Auss. Schmett. pl. 73. fig. 423. Brazil. 2. E. NoTABILIS=Pseudosphex notabilis, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p- 94. Tapajos (Bates). Type B.M. 3. E.? TRIcoLoR = Glaucopis tricolor, Packard, \st Ann. Rep. Peab. Acad. p. 62 (1869). Napo and Maranon rivers. I believe this to be a Humenogaster ; it seems nearly allied to £. notabilis, so far as 1 can judge from the description. LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGENIDZ. 405 Genus TricnvRra, Hiibner. 1. TRicHURA LATIFASCIA=Glaucopis (Trichura) latifascia, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 193. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. 2. T. cAUDATA=Zygeena caudata, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. ii. p. 165. - Rio (Stevens), Brazil (Argent), St. Paulo (Bates). BM. 3. T. coARcTATA=Sphinx coarctata, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 4. figs. PG: Pernambuco (J. P. G. Smith), Para (Bates). B.M. 4. Tricuura pRuRYI, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 126. n. 1365. Sphinx coarctata, Drury (nec Cramer), Ill. ii. pl. 27. fig. 2. Honduras (Dyson). B.M. 5. T. ESMERALDA= Glaucopis (Trichura) esmeralda, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 194. ; Honduras (Dyson). Type, B.M. 6. T. AURIFERA, 0. sp. Glaucopis (Trichura) melas, var.? Walker (nec Cramer), Lep. Het. i. p- 194. n. 94. Para (Bates). Type B.M. The Sphinx melas of Cramer is a Homeocera. Genus SyNTRICHURA, Nn. gen. Subcostal of primaries with very short terminal fork, only visible with a lens; upper radial emitted from the upper end of cell, lower only present as a fine line proceeding from the end of the third median branch ; discocelluiars nearly in a straight line; second and third median branches nearer together than first and second. Secondaries as in Yrichura. Type S. virens, n. sp. 1. SYNTRICHURA VIRENS, N. sp. Body dark shining green ; antennz black, with whitish tips; pterygodes with whitish margins; whitish dorsal and lateral streaks at base of abdomen : wings as in Trichura, hyaline-white with black veins, mar- gins, and discocellular litura in primaries: body below black ; base of abdomen white : expanse of wings 23 millims. St. Paulo (Bates). Type, B.M. Genus Herta, Walker. 1. HereA METAXANTHA=Glaucopis (Herea) metaxanthus, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 198. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. 406 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 2. H. ruriceps=Glaucopis (Herea) ruficeps, Walker, Lep. Het. 1. p. 198. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. Genus PsrupospHEex, Hubner. 1. PseuUDOSPHEX ZETHUS, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Zutr. figs. 49, 50. Para and Santarem (Bates). B.M. 2. P. mavuaLis=Isanthene equalis, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. 1. p. 87. Ega (Bates). Type, B.M. 3. P. siInGULARIS=Glaucopis (Hyela) singularis, Walker, Lep. Het. i- p- 182. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. 4. P. munpA=Isanthrene munda, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1605. Santarem (Bates). Type, B.M. 5. P. consosrina, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1619. Tapajos (Bates). B.M. 6. P. posticA=Glaucopis (Phacusa) postica, Walker, Lep. Het. 1. p- 178. . Santarem (Bates). Type, B.M. 7. P. Bromus=Chrysostola bromus, Herr.-Sch. Auss. Schmett. fig. 427. Brazil. This must not be confounded with Sphinx bromus of Cramer, which is a Dycladia. There isa little group of genera, including L/lipula, Antichloris, and Hriphia, which seem to make a passage between the present subfamily and the Charideine ; I believe them to be Zygenide, yet hardly know how to distinguish them structurally from the Charideinz. I shall refer them to the Zygenoid Arctiide under | the subfamily name of Antichlorine. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puats XXVII. Fig. 1. Venation of secondaries of Cadlitomis. 2. Venation of primaries of Pheia. 3. Ditto of Cosmosoma. 4. Ditto of Zsanthrene. LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGMNIDA. Fig. Fig. =e SS SO OND oF oo bd PuaTe XXVII. (continued). . Venation of primaries of Peeilosoma. - Ditto of Homeocera, . Ditto of Hrruca. . Metathorax and abdomen of Myrmecopsis. . Ditto, profile view. . Venation of primaries of Andrenimorpha. . Ditto of Sarosa. . Ditto of Leucotmemis. . Ditto of Gymnelia. . Ditto of Loxophlebia. . Ditto of Mochloptera. Prats XXVIII. . Venation of secondaries in Procotes. . Ditto of Notioptera, . Ditto of Trianeura. . Ditto of Pseudosphenoptera. Ditto of Harrisina. . Ditto of Thyrassia. . Ditto of Psichotoé. . Ditto of Dixophlebia. . Ditto of Lchoria. . Ditto of Hpitoxis. . Ditto of Thyretes. . Ditto of Lutomis. . Ditto of Pampa. . Ditto of Artona. . Ditto of Phacusa. . Ditto of Syntomeida. . Ditto of Saliunea. . Ditto of Amycles. . Ditto of Lmpyreuma. . Ditto of Huchromia. . Ditto of Mistiea. 407 The group of genera constituting Walker’s Family Dioptid« contains the types of species referable to the Huchromiine, the Charideine, the Pericopiine, the Nyctemeride, and the Pseudo- Deltoids ! LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. IT shall consider them in a special paper. 29 « 1 mein Lian Soe Sourn. Zool Vol X16 ¢.. 9 BEST eer =a ee 7 nn et AT. Hollick lith. outn. L006 Vol, AT t 10. Be lage ip “EL. O00. SO ie LE, he tern SET EIS ESS RN ee e f ip ai bed sy = art im 1 Han IN. A Holkick r L00L. Vol. KIL AME. We SOUL. WIL, St r Ly Lt SDN ner Y Nannart L&I Me AT. Hollick lith. PET yenea x, Wel. Al M&NHanharit imp. e! = Sy S Apert Lia. Soc. Journ.Z00.. Vol. H AT. Hollick ith. 00L, Vol KIT t. 4 L wt (722. S00, JULI. 7 ols jester wh oa. (e Hanha (SN M 1 AT Hollick lith. r oe) ALL t15 xi ¥ % Journ. Lod. Lidte. WSOC. i Z Hh imp. Banhart M&N. ‘ith. AT Hollick j 00b. Vol. KIL CLO. Li Lint. Soc, Sourn AC? Hollick Eth. = if Soc. Sour. Z00b. Val. XI t.1 WU, di AT Hollick hth. Lunn. Soc. Journ, Zool. Vol Xt 16 imap D. M&N Hanhart ne Lipa. Soc. Journ. Zool Vol XL t.19. Pane G oar He be Lue, Soe. Soir. Z00l, Val. KIL t. ZO. AT Hollick bth. WW NES es ee Wed weg if WY uy bill e sig bite Lunn. Soc. Journ. Zool. Vol XI t. el. Talitale it ATT . AT Hellick bth. M&N.Hanhart mp ve i i i Aes) Vy Pais \ i Sy t Rs Lina, Soc. Journ. Zool. Vol. XI t PP AT Hollick lith. M&NHaxhart imp. ip y 7 lougty. Z00L c/C Fa) “oe Linn. Soc. Journ. 2ool. Vol. XIL Pb. 24. Dre as Tuffen West sc. W.West& Co "al WWest 2 O° imp. _ <"~- Linn Soc. Journ. Lool. Vol. XL Pl. 25. SEN he del. Tatren West se. Lunn Soe Jour Loot. Vol. XM PL 26. a “i = ye yr Se, ye eS ine oH Welch, del. Tuffen West se. Cy pet ee. ‘7 Riel 15. 14. A.GButler del. et hth. July 1875. Mintern Bros. imp. STRUCTURE OF ZYGANIDA:. elie a ee j aie AGButler delet hth duly 1875. Muintern Bros. mp. ’ NEURATION OF ZYGANIDAS. % Ce can ki NOTICE. Henceforward the Zoological and Botanical portions of the Journal will be published separately. Each volume will consist of Hight numbers, instead of Four. The price of each separate number, whether Zoological or Botanical, will be 2s. to the public, and 1s. 6d. to Fellows. Each volume of eight numbers, when subscribed for and paid in advance, will be charged 12s. to the public, and 9s. to Fellows. Any Candidate for admission as a Fellow must be proposed on a written Certificate, to be signed by three or more Fellows, from their personal acquaintance with him, or knowledge of his charac- ter or writings. Fellows, on their election, pay an Admission Fee of £6, and are thenceforth liable to an annual Contribution of £3, which may be compounded for at any time by one payment of £30 in lieu of all future contributions. Fellows residing abroad, and not compounding, are required to provide such security for the payment of their annual Contribu- tions as shall be satisfactory to the Council. The Fellows are entitled to receive, gratis, all Volumes, or Parts of Volumes, of the Transactions and Journal, that may be pub- lished after they shall have paid the Admission Fee; and they may be supplied with any of the Society’s publications at a redue- tion of 25 per cent. under the common selling prices. Complete sets of the first twenty volumes of the Transactions will be supplied to the Fellows at the reduced price of £20; or of the first twenty-five volumes, with the General Index to the whole, for £30. Any Fellow purchasing, at one time, ten or more volumes, may obtain those from the 1st to the 20th at £1 per Volume; from the 21st to the 25th at £2 per volume; and single volumes, or parts, to complete sets, may be obtained at the original prices. The price of the Index is 8s. to the public; 6s. to Fellows. see Members are requested to apply at the Apartments of the Society, to Mr. Kippist, Librarian, for such volumes as they may be entitled to, or be desirous to purchase: but no volume can be delivered gratis to a Fellow whosé@ yearly Contributions are in arrear, nor can any be delivered unless applied for within five years from the time of publication.— Vols. 29, and 30, and Second Series, Zoology and-Botany, Vol. I. Parts I. and II., ofthe Trans- actions are now ready for delivery. A few copies of the several papers contained in the later volumes (from Vol. 26 onwards) have been printed off for separate sale; and most of them may still be had. The Library is open to the Fellows and their friends daily, between the hours of 10:and 4, and on Meeting-days at 7 P.M. With certain restrictions, Fellows are allowed to borrow Books from the Library. The Council-room, which will in future be used as a Reading- room, will be open daily from 10 a.m. till 6 P.M., except on Saturdays, when till 4 o’clock only. Communications intended to be made to the Society may be addressed to the President, or to the Secretary, at the Society's Apartments, Burlington House, Piccadilly, London. May 25. — " Price 2s. THE JOURNAL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. Mon. XAT, ZOOLOGY No 63. CONTENTS. TY. On the Subfamilies Antichlorine and Charideine of the Lepidopterous Families Zygenide and Arctiide. By Anruur G. Butter, F.L.S., F.Z.8.,&c. (Plate XXIX.) 405 Tl. Onthe Cloacal Bladders and onthe Peritoneal Canals in Chelonia. By Jomn Anperson, M.D., F.LS., &e.... 404 III. Observations on Ants, Bees, and Wasps.—Part III. By Sir Jonn Lugsocx, Bart., ¥.R.S., F.L.S., M.P., D.C.L., Vice-Chancellor of the University of London. 445 LONDON: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE AND RY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, AND WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 1876. Hy i } a wa i} le LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY ZYGANIDM. Fig. 5. 6. . Ditto of Erruca. - Metathorax and abdomen of Myrmecopsis. . Ditto, profile view. . Venation of primaries of Andrenimorpha. . Ditto of Sarosa. . Ditto of Lewcotmemis. . Ditto of Gymnelia. . Ditto of Loxophlepia. . Ditto of Mochloptera. 22 10) a a HSH oD OATS erP o dS — nS) “. i co OTS oP OO Puate XXVIII. (continued). Venation of primaries of Pweilosoma. Ditto of Homeocera. Puare XXVIII. © . Venation of secondaries of Procotes. . Ditto of Notioptera. . Ditto of Trianeura. . Ditto of Pseudosphenoptera. . Ditto of Harrisina. » Ditto of Thyrassia. . Ditto of Psichotoé. . Ditto of Dixophlebia. . Ditto of Ichoria. . Ditto of Epitoais. . Ditto of Thyretes. Ditto of Hutomis. . Ditto of Pampa. . Ditto of Artona. . Ditto of Phacusa. . Ditto of Syntomeida. . Ditto of Saliunca. . Ditto of Amycles. . Ditto of Empyreuma. 20. 21. Ditto of Huchromia. Ditto of Histiea. 407 The group of genera constituting Walker’s Family Dioptide contains the types of species referable to the Euchromiine, the Charideme, the Pericopiine, the Nyctemeride, and the Pseudo- I shall consider them in a special paper. Deltoids ! LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 408 MR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE On the Subfamilies Antichlorine and Charideine of the Lepido- pterous Families Zygenide and Arctiide. By Arrnur G. Butter, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e. [Read June 17, 1875.] (PLateE XXITX.) In a former communication to the Society I considered the ar- rangement and structure of the subfamilies of typical Zygenide , I shall now proceed to investigate the aberrant subfamily Anti- chlorine and the Arctiide of the group Charideine, hitherto re- ferred by entomological authors to the Zygenide. Both of these subfamilies are characterized by having the usual number of branches to the median nervure of secondaries ; but the Chari- deine are of a more robust, and consequently less typically Zyge- noid form; the arrangement and branching of the wing-veins are altogether more like the Arctiide ; and, as a rule, the wings are more densely clothed with scales. The larvie, so far as we know them, are also very hairy, and ornamented with long diverging tufts. Owing to loss of last page of MS., the Antichlorine are referred erroneously to the Arctiide. Family ZYGASNIDA. (Aberrant group.) Subfamily ANTICHLORIN®, Butler. Genus MaLLostETrHus, n. gen. Palpi rather long ; thorax broad, and fluffy in appearance ; abdo- men gradually narrowing backwards to the anus, which has a terminal tuft of short hairs: wings semiopaque; lower radial of primaries branching from the third median branch ; subcos- tals of secondaries forming a simple fork from upper extremity of discoidal cell; median branches three in number, the first emitted before the end of cell, the second and third forming a fork from the lower extremity of the cell, the false radial and its recurrent nervure running from the base of the median ner- vure through the cell, along the edge of the third median branch to outer margin. Type MW. metamelas, Walker. 1. MALLOSTETHUS METAMELAS=Glaucopis (Pseudomya) metamelas, Walker, Lep. Het.i. p. 145. n. 8. Para (Grahame § Bates). Type, B.M. SUBFAMILIES ANTICHLORIN® AND CHARIDEIN®E. 4.09 Genus PseUDACLYTIA, n. gen. Allied to the preceding genus, but the thorax less robust; the primaries opaque; the subcostal branches of secondaries fork- ing from a footstalk; the third median branch of secondaries with a fork-branch running into the false radial, and doubtless representing the true radial nervure; a false nervure running from the margin, exterior to and parallel to the submedian nervure, but not reaching the base of the wing. Type P. opponens, Walker. 1. PSEUDACLYTIA OPPONENS=Pampa opponens, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 100. Kiga (Bates). Type, B.M. This species has somewhat the aspect of the genus Aclytia. Genus Napata, Walker. 1. NAPATA TERMINALIS=Euchromia (Napata) terminalis, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 231. Pernambuco (J. P. G. Smith), Brazil (Stevens). Type, B.M. ?2. N. peucore us, Walker, MS.=¥uchromia (Napata) terminalis, var., Walker, Lep. Hei. 1. p. 232. Honduras and Venezuela (Dyson). Type, B.M. This form has the transparent area of the primaries much more distinct than in the typical WV. terminalis, as also the dorsal white line on the abdomen. Genus CuLoropsinus, n. gen. Pl. XXIX. fig. 1. In all respects (excepting neuration) closely resembling Pseudo- sphenoptera; but the secondaries with the subcostals branching from a very short footstalk ; the discocellulars forming a sharp angle, through which the false nervure runs from bese of me- dian nervure to outer margin ; the median nervure with three branches, the first emitted before the end of cell, the second and third forking from the end of cell. Type Chloropsinus lanceolatus, n. sp. 1. CHLOROPSINUS LANCEOLATUS, Nn. sp. Exactly like Pseudosphenoptera basacis in pattern and colouring, but of a narrower and more slender build : primaries above steel-blue, with the base and outer margin brown ; two basal hyaline white spots se- parated by the median nervure ; secondaries dark brown, base hya- 29" 410 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE line; body brown, face spotted with white; back of head, pterygodes, and back of thorax spotted with metallic green; abdomen with two basal white spots, two or three dorsal green spots on the hinder seg- ments and a green lateral interrupted streak along each side; antenne black-brown, white at base; wings below dark brown, with diffused metallic green streaks along the costal and median nervures; body brown below, sides of palpi, front coxz, and arow of spots along each side of venter metallic green: basal segment of abdomen and hind cox white; tarsi ochreous: expanse of wings 43 millims. St. Paulo (Bates). Type, B.M. This species may eventually turn out to be the male of Pseudo- sphenoptera; if so, that genus (which I have considered as an ab- errant group of the Euchromiine) will have to be referred to the present subfamily, in which it will still form an aberrant genus on account of the absence of the third median branch in secondaries. Genus Inuiputa, Walker. Pl. X XIX. fig. 2. 1. ILLIPULA ALECTON=Sphinx alecton, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 382. f. D. Sesia melanochlorus, Sepp, Surin. p. 145, pl. 69. Brazil (Mornay). B.M. The larva of this species is figured by Sepp; it is white, and clothed with long, slender, white hairs, but has no tufts of bristles at either extremity. Sepp remarks respecting it :— “Nous trouvions cette Chenille velue couverte de poils longs et blanes, dont nous donnons la figure sur la feuille inférieure, au mois de Février sur la feuille d’un végétal, qu’on nomme TZayer indien au Surinam, et nous la découvrimes six mois aprés sur les feuilles des Jurea-bessies, mais nous ignorons la dénomination Latine de ces deux végétaux.” 2. J. poLosa = Euchromia (Pampa) dolosa, Walker, Lep. Het. 1. p- 238. Pernambuco (J. P. G. Smith.) Type, B.M. Tt is a curious fact that although the two species above quoted are placed consecutively in Mr. Walker’s Catalogue, he failed to see that they were congeneric. Genus Ixynasta, n. gen. Pl. XXIX. fig. 8. Chiefly differs from J//ipula in its much greater size, more robust body and antenne, a brush of hairs on each side of the basal SUBFAMILIES ANTICHLORINE AND CHARIDEIN A. 411 segment of the abdomen; and the third median branch of se- condaries being emitted from the middle of the second. Type L. trogonoides, Walker. 1. IxyLAsIA TROGONOIDES= Aclytia trogonoides, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 101. Brazil (Gardner). Type, B.M. Genus PRocaLypra, n. gen. Primaries very elongate, with hyaline spots, costal margin undu- lated; the second and third median branches and the lower radial emitted close together at end of cell, and far distant from the first median branch ; secondaries subtriangular, apical half of costal margin excavated; subcostal vein with two branches, forking off from anterior extremity of discoidal cell ; discocellulars strongly angulated, separated by the false ner- vure, which runs through the cell to near the base of the median nervure ; median nervure with three branches, the first emitted before the end of cell, the second and third emitted together at lower extremity of cell. Type P. subcyanea, Walker. J}, PRocALYPTA SUBCYANEA = Euchromia (Endera) subcyanea, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 230. n. 48. Mexico (Hartweg). Type, B.M. Genus PrerycorrErts, n. gen. Pl. XXIX. fig. 10. Allied to the preceding genus, and to Antichloris ; wings opaque ; secondaries with the anal angle distinctly caudate, and both inner and outer margins slightly excavated, the veins nearly as in the preceding genus, but the front of the cell projecting for- ward, so shortening the subcostal branches and lengthening the upper discocellular ; the false radial also forking from the centre to the apex of second subcostal branch (this may, how- ever, be a natural wing-fold). Type P. clavipennis, n. sp. 1. PrERYGOPTERUS CLAVIPENNIS, 0. sp. Body dark brown; frons, the palpi in some lights, crest, a few scales at back of head and at anterior margin of prothorax, a spot on the shoulders, a longitudinal litura on metathorax, the lateral drum-like expansions and an interrupted line along each side of the abdomen metallic green ; antennz black, tipped with orange; primaries with the costal half dark sericeous olive-green, purplish at its borders, with the veins at base, aad the median vein between its branches bright bronzy metallic green ; inferior and external area chovolate- 412 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE brown; secondaries with the costal half bright metallic green; anal half brown; with the veins, outer margin, and tail blue-green; wings dark shining blue-green ; the apex of primaries (excepting the ner- vures) broadly dark brown: body black; coxe of first four legs bright metallic green, hind pair shining yellowish cream-colour, re- mainder of legs in certain lights dark blue-green; venter in some lights dark green: expanse of wings 47 millims. Espiritu Santo (Higgins). Type, B.M. This remarkable species forms a natural transition from the Tilipula to the Antichloris group of genera ; it is, however, easily distinguished from all Zygenide by the peculiar shape of the secondaries. In the succeeding genera the first branch of the subcostal ner- vure springs freely from the discoidal cell. Genus CerRAmMipiIa, n. gen. Pl. XXIX. fig. 3. Wings opaque; secondaries with subcostal branches emitted independently of each other; the discocellulars oblique, an- gulated ; the mecian branches emitted near together close to the lower extremity of the cell; recurrent false nervure not reaching to the base of the cell: body rather slender; abdo- men cylindrical, smooth, with a short terminal tuft of hair in the males. - Type C. fumipennis, Walker. 1, CERAMIDIA FUMIPENNIS = Euchromia (Pampa) fumipennis, Walker, Lep. Het.i. p. 241. n. 66. Ega (Bates). Type, B.M. 2. C. CATALEUCA, 2. sp. Like C. fumipennis above ; basal area of primaries below paler; secon- daries below with a broad central creamy-white band from costa to abdominal margin: expanse of wings 35 millims. K. Peru (Degand). Type, B.M. Genus PassineurA, n. gen. Pl. XXIX. fig. 4. Nearly allied to the preceding geuus, but the cell of seconda- ries projecting prominently forwards at its anterior extremity, thus shortening the subcostal branches and increasing the angle of the discocellulars ; antenne rather thicker. Type P. fusiformis, Walker. SUBFAMILIES ANTICHLORIN® AND CHARIDEINZE. 413 1]. PASsINEURA FUSIFORMIS=Pampa fusiformis, Walker, Lep. Het. vi. p.-1629. Tapajos (Bates). B.M. Genus Anticunoris, Hubner. Pl. XXIX. fig. 5. 1. ANTICHLORIS ERIPHIA=Zygena eriphia, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. i. p. 163. n.31. Para (Bates). B.M. Antichloris phemonoé, Hiibner, Zutr. figs. 15, 16, is synony- mous with the above; but A. caca is distinct. . A. SCUDDERII, n. sp. ec allied to A. eriphia, but the wings and antenns purplish choco- late-brown instead of dark shining green ; the collar with larger lateral crimson spots; the abdomen duller in colour ; the secondaries are also more acuminate at apex: below ‘the differences are similar, excepting that the costal area of secondaries is dark shining green : expanse of wing 40 millims. Santarem (Bates). Type, B.M. I have named this species after Mr. Samuel Scudder, the well- known American entomologist. 3. A. caca, Hiibner, Sammi. exot. Schmett. Zutr. tigs. 133, 134. Brazil (Bates). Type, B.M. This is larger and darker than 4. eriphia; the secondaries are less constricted at apex; and the costal area is sordid whitish in- stead of silvery white ; the abdomen is also bronzy, with the lateral and dorsal streaks scarcely perceptible; the wings, however, are similar on the under surface. 4, A, ANTHRACINA=Euchromia (Amycles) anthracina, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 253. | Venezuela (Walker). Type, B.M. Walker confounded this species with examples of another genus, being doubtless misled by a certain amount of similarity in coloration. 5. A. QUADRICOLOR=Charidea quadricolor, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. p- 1867. Brazil (Waiker). Type, B.M. Here, again, Mr. Walker was misled by the colouring of the insect, the secondaries having a crimson streak from apex to middle of disk, and a crimson outer margin. 414, MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE Genus Ertpuia, Helder. Pl. XXIX. fig. 6. lL. EripH1a usTuLAtA, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. iv. pl. cil. fig. 17. Pacho, New Granada (Janson); Bogota (Stevens). B.M. 2. E. TRACTIPENNIS, Nn. sp. Allied to the preceding ; wings darker, narrower, and more elongated ; back of head crimson; pterygodes without metallic bronzy streaks ; metallic spots on abdomen of a greener tint; a large metallic-green (instead of pale tawny) patch covering the end of cell and the area immediately beyond it ; basicostal metallic-green patch on seconda- ries larger; coxee of front pair of legs scarlet, the remaining cox and a central spot on third segment of venter silvery white : expanse of wings 40 millims. Chontales, Nicaragua (Janson). Type, B.M. A well-marked and very handsome species. Family ARCTITD. Subfamily CHARIDEINZ. Genus ActytrA, Hiibner. Pl. X XIX. fig. 7. 1. ACLYTIA SIMULATRIX = Pelochyta simulatrix, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl.i. p. 106, Bogota. Evidently allied to A. halys. 2. A. HALYS = Sphinx halys, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 357. fig. C. Santarem (Bates). B.M. 3. A. FLAvIGUTTA = Euchromia (Aclytia) flavigutta, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 246. Brazil (Stevens). Type, B.M. This species is perfectly distinct from A. halys in the pattern of the primaries, and from A. heber in the restricted hyaline area of the secondaries. 4. A. HEBER=Sphinx heber, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ui. pl. 287. f. A. Santarem (Bates). B.M. o. A. PUNCTATA, 0. Sp. Euchromia (Aclytia) heber, Walker (nec Cramer), Lep. Het. 1. p. 244. n. 79. This species differs from the preceding in its greater size, broader wings, the paler colour of the thorax and primaries; the darker metallic- SUBFAMILIES ANTICHLORINZ AND CHARIDEIN ®. 415 green bands on the abdomen; the yellow spot on the primaries re- duced to a point and placed about halfway between the base and apex; the narrower black apical border of secondaries ; and on the underside in the paler apical half of primaries, the greyish tint of the internal area, and the elongate triangular form of the yellow spot: expanse of wings 32 millims. Honduras (Dyson). Type, B.M. Genus CuarrpeEa, Dalman ( Herrich-Schiiffer). Pl. XXIX. fig. 11. 1. CHARIDEA sUBMACULA = Euchromia (Automolis) submacula, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 214. n. 13. Venezuela (Dyson). Type, B.M. I believe this to be a mimic of the genus Histiea; the two constantly come together in collections. 2. C. ARROGANS= Euchromia (Automolis) arrogans, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 214. n. 14. Venezuela (Becker), Veragua (Salvin). Type, B.M. 3, C. spLeENDIDA, Herrich-Schiffer, Auss. Schmett. fig. 232. Venezuela. 4. C. ALONZO, n. sp. Closely allied to C. fulgida, but with a pale quadrifid crimson streak crossing the disk obliquely from subcostal nervure to second median branch; the scarlet border of secondaries terminating more abruptly towards apex; primaries below with the metallic-green streak re- stricted to the base of the wing; the discoidal scarlet spot larger, but paler ; the postmedian band of upper surface broad and well defined : expanse of wings 42 millims. Venezuela (Dyson). Type, B.M. This is the supposed variety of C. fastwosa indicated in Walker’s list. 5. C. IMOGENA, n. sp. Allied to C. fulgida, but with a trifid rosy streak crossing the disk very obliquely from base of upper radial to just below second. median brauch ; the scarlet border of secondaries much wider, and termina- ting abruptly towards apex; all the metallic-green colouring more golden in hue; the basal area of secondaries more decidedly blue: primaries below with the metallic areas golden green; the scarlet discoidal spot replaced by a larger rose-coloured spot ; no green spot beyond the cell, but a broad oblique rosy band as in C, Alonzo ; 416 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE border of secondaries as above, but rosy: expanse of wings 45 millims. Peru. Type, B.M. Nearly allied to the preceding species. 6. C. ruLGipA, Herrich-Schdffer, Auss. Schmett. 1. 235. * Kuchromia (Automolis) fastuosa, Walker, Lep. Het. 1. p. 215. n. 13. Jamaica (Children), Brazil (Mornay). BM. 7. C. cincTipennis, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 97. Bogota (Stevens). | Type, B.M. 8. C. scrntiLLANs=Euchromia sciatillans, Butler, Lep. Exot. pl. 1xi. fig. 16. Cartago, Costa Rica (Van Patten). Type, B.M. 9. C. ruLGENS, Herrich-Schdffer, Auss. Schmett. i. fig. 234. Bogota (Stevens). Three specimens, B.M. 10. C. micas, Herrich-Schdffer, Auss. Schmett. i. fig. 233. Bogota (Stevens). Four specimens, B.M. Two of our examples have the spots on primaries very pale, and, towards the base, suffused with yellowish. 11. C. HURAMA, n. sp. Body above purplish black ; head and thorax spotted and streaked, and the abdomen broadly banded with metallic blue-green: primaries blackish brown, base metallic green; a large oval imterno-median spot, bounded above by the median nervure, an elongated subcunei- form patch, placed obliquely to the above-mentioned spot and almost fillmg the discoidal cell, and a broad, oblique, trifid fasciole, cut by the third median and lower radial veins, all pale rose-colour; secon- daries shining purple, with the costa brown; fringe rosy whitish ; body below nearly as above; primaries with the interno-median and discoidal patches enlarged and fused, deep rose-colour ; postmedian fasciole widened and deeper in colour; interno-basal area of wings shot with steel-blue; secondaries purple, metallic green at the base, with a broad costal and external blackish border ; fringe rosy whitish : expanse of wings 44 millims. Ecuador (Buckley). Type, B.M. A very beautiful and distinct species. 12. C. BELLA=Glaucopis bella, Guérin, Icon. Regn. Anim. p. 502. Charidea hematodes, Botsduval, Lép. Guat. p. 82. Orizaba, Mexico (Botteri). B.M. SUBFAMILIES ANTICHLORINA AND CHARIDEIN 4. 417 13. C. BIVULNERA, Grote. Orizaba, Mexico (Botteri). B.M. Is not this lovely little insect the male of C. bella? 14. C. GLortosA =Euchromia (Automolis) gloriosa, Walker, Lep. Het. 1. p. 215. Guatemala (Salle). Type, B.M. Nearly allied to C. bivulnera. 15. C. sucunpA= Euchromia (Automolis) jucunda, Walker, Lep. Het. p. 16. Charidea fastuosa, Ménéiriés, Cat. ii. t. xiv. fig. 8. Brazil (Becker), Rio (J. P. G. Smith), Espiritu Santo (Stevens). Type, B.M. I have little doubt that Cyanopepla and Entomis of Felder are identical with Charidea. Cyanopepla eucyane, which is in Mr. Druce’s collection, does not differ in structure. Genus Hretivga,n. gen. Pl. XXIX. figs. 13, 17. Allied to Charidea; males generally with a broad caudate ter- mination to the anal angle of posterior wing, emitting from the back a radiating compressed brush of stiff hairs ; the subcostal nervure with three branches, the first ill-defined im the female, emitted before the end of the cell, the second and third forming a fork from the anterior extremity; discocellulars forming a sickle-shaped line, the upper one being considerably longer than the lower and distinctly inarched; second and third me- dian branches emitted together from a footstalk at posterior extremity of cell. Type H. solicauda, nu. sp. 1. Hexviura apicauis, Herrich-Schdffer, Auss. Schmett, 1. f. 236. Euchromia albiplaga, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 218. Brazil (Mornay), Venezuela (Dyson). B.M. This species (Pl. X XIX. fig. 9) is somewhat abnormal, the sexes being apparently alike and somewhat resembling Charidea in their eminently metallic coloration ; it is, however, so nearly allied to Hi. thetis and tenens in other respects that I have not thought it worth while to place it in a separate genus. Mr. Walker errone- ously referred it to his genus Histiea. 2. H. capys=Zygena capys, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. iu. p. 166. n. 48. Surinam. 3. H. LACTEINOTA, Nn. sp. Euchromia (Dipznz) capys, var. ? Walker, Lep. Hel. i. p. 262. Tapajos and Kga (Bates). Type, B.M. 418 MR. A. @. BUTLER ON THE Readily distinguishable from H. capys by the transparent area in secondaries. 4. H. rueris=Sphinx thetis, Linneus, Mant. 1. p. 539. Zygena thoas, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. 11. p. 166, n. 53. ©. Venezuela (Dyson). B.M. This is #. thetis, var. ? of Walker. 5. H. pensus=Sphinx leneus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 248, f. G. 3. Demerara (Bowerbank). B.M. This is Z. thoas, var.? of Walker; it differs from the preceding species in the less brilliant metallic colouring of the abdomen, the smaller transparent area of secondaries, and the smaller white spot at apex of primaries. 6. H. TrerRAGRAMMA= Euchromia (Hucereeon) tetragramma, Walker, Lep. Het, i. 268. 3. Santarem (Bates). Type, B.M, 7. H. pyrRHOSOMA, n. sp. Larger than the preceding species, the wings longer, the hyaline spots towards apex of primaries united, the secondaries with a narrower blackish border: back of head dull ochraceous, the pterygodes mar- gined and the thorax longitudinally streaked with the same colour ; coxe, trochanters, and distal half of femora red, the remainder of the legs brown: expanse of wings 32 millims. Para (Graham). Type, B.M. Easily distinguished from H. tetragramma by its superior size and the colouring of the legs, the tibie of that species being alter- nately spotted with reddish and black. 8. H. soLIcAUDA, n. sp. Euchromia (Eucereon) tetragamma, var. 6, and fem.? Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 268. 3, 2. Honduras (Dyson). Types, B.M. This is altogether a paler species (that is to say, with more white colouring in the wings) than the two preceding it. Genus Acripopsis, n. gen. Pl. XXIX. fig. 14. Allied to the preceding genus; wings alike in both sexes, the first subcostal branch of secondaries wanting, but the false radial and its recurrent continuation present ; lower discocellular reduced almost to a point ; lower radial curved ; costal margin slightly excavated. Type A. latifascia, Walker. SUBFAMILIES ANTICHLORIN®E AND CHARIDEIN®. 419 1. Acripopsis LATIFAScIA=Eucerea latifascia, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p- 1639. Para (Bates). B.M. Excepting in the coloration of the body, this species is much like Heliura solicauda. 2. A. MARICA=Sphinx marica, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 20. f. F, G. Para (Graham). Two examples, B.M. Confounded by Walker with the next species. 3. A. GRYLLOIDES=Euchromia (Kucereon) grylloides, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 271. Para (Graham). Type, B.M. 4. A. THALASSICA=Eucerea thalassica, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. iv. pl. eu. fig. 18. —? Genus Tenionevka, Felder. Pl. XXIX. fig. 12. 1. TELIONEURA SUBPLE NA= Fuchromia (Eucereon) subplena, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 266. Rio Janeiro (Stevens). Type, B.M. This appears to be referable to Felder’s genus, although differ- ent in colour. 2. T. cLaucopts, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. iv. pl. cii. fig. 31. —? 3. T.? conas=Sphinx coras, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 312. f. A. Surinam. The Acharia brunnus of Hibner’s ‘ Verzeichniss’ will be the type of that genus, not because it is the first species (as Scudder seems to think that I imagine to be the rule), but owing to Walker’s action at p. 274 of his ‘Catalogue :’ he moreover refers A. coras to Automolis with a ? Genus Creatonotus, Herrich-Schaffer (restricted). Pl. XXIX. fig. 23. 1. Creatonorus 1ncEeRTus, Herrich-Schaffer, Auss. Schmett. i. fig. 503. Automolis reducta, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1638. Fifty miles W. of Rio Janeiro (Sir W. Smith). B.M. This is one of the most remarkable species of the group. 420 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE Genus Auromouis, Hiibner. Pl. XXIX. fig. 25. Euplesia, Felder ; Hucyrta (part), Helder. 1. AUTOMOLIS SPHINGIDEA = Glaucopis sphingidea, Perty, Delect. Anim, pl. 31. f. 12. Para (Bates). B.M. Walker referred this species to his group Dipene. 2. A. virricgera= Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. iv. pl. cu. fig. 9. Ega (Bates). B.M. Closely allied to the preceding species. 3, A, FULGURATA, 0. sp. Frons black, metallic green behind the palpi, crest with a transverse orange line ; top of head black with a large, central, metallic-green spot, and an orange stripe on each side; collar black in the middle, orange on each side; pterygodes orange, a black spot on the shoul- ders; thorax black, clothed with brown hairs; abdomen jet-black, with lateral and dorsal metallic-green spots: wings purplish brown, primaries with the nervures pale brown ; a broad central orange streak from base of inner margin to upper radial, the line of which it fellows, and tapers to near outer margin; secondaries with the costal area almost to apex occupied by a sharply defined orange patch: body below black, pectus spotted with metallic green, trochanters of front pair of legs with a central orange dot; venter with lateral green dots, the three basal segments with a double parallel series of orange spots’: expanse of wings 46 millims. Espiritu Santo (Higgins). Type, B.M. 4, A. sypILus=Sphinx sypilus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 99. f. A. Surinam. This may be regarded as type of Automolts, since it is congenerice with the species proposed as type by Walker, ‘ Lep. Het.’ vii. p. 1684. 5. A. PACKARDII, n. sp. Euchromia (Dipzene) Sypilus, Waiker (nec Cramer), Lep. Het. i. p. 260. n. 106. This species has two orange streaks in primaries, the one running from near the base to near the outer margin, the other from near costa (at external third) to outer margin; the shorter streak, therefore, is nearly parallel to, but shghtly divergent from, the long one: expanse of wings 38 millims. Para and Kga (Bates). Type, B.M. Nearly allied to the preceding species. SUBFAMILIES ANTICHLORIN® AND CHARIDEIN®. 421 6. A. FLAVICINCTUS=Cvreatonotus flavicinctus, Herrich-Schdffer, Auss. Schmett. i. fig. 433. Automolis angulosa, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1634. Bogota (Stevens). B.M. 7. A. PRETEXTA=Eucyrta pretexta, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. iv. pl. cii. fig. 6. =? 8. A. conTRARIA=Euchromia (Dipzne) contraria, Walker, Lep. Het. 1. p. 259, n. 104. Ega (Bates). Type, B.M. 9. A. GHOMET#ICA=Eucyrta geometrica, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. iv. pl. cu. fig. 6. 2 Hyvidently aliied to the preceding species. 10. AUTOMOLIS AMEOIDES, 0. sp. Head black, frous metallic blue-green ; collar nearly yellow, with blue- black dorsal and lateral streaks; pterygodes yellow; thorax yellow with a central longitudinal metallic-blue streak; basal segments of abdomen yellow, anal segments black, all the segments with lateral, and the anal segments with dorsal metallic blue-green spots : wings mealy yellow ; primaries with a dark-edged dove-coloured border from apex to external angle (whence it throws off a broad oblique baad to centre of costa) and along the inner margin nearly to the base; secon- daries with a broad (internally sinuated) external chocolate-brown border, tapering along abdominal margin to near the base: pectus black, spotted with metallic green; trochanters cf front legs with a large yellow central spot; tibie and tarsi of all the legs with a lateral creamy whitish line ; venter yellow transversely banded with metallic green; anus black-brown, spotted with green : wings nearly as above ; borders and central band of primaries darker: expanse of wings 53 millims. Ecuador (Buckley). Type, B.M. The genus Pionia of Walker would perhaps be best placed here; it differs very little in structure from the following group; Walker, however, placed it between Hydrusa and Phauda. Genus Pompostota, Hiibner. P. hyparchus of Cramer is type as determined by Walker. ]. PomposroLa HYPARCHUS=Zygena hyparchus, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. il. p. 160. Sierra Leone (Morgan), Ashanti. B.M. 4.22 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 2. P. sEMIAURATA = “uchromia (Pompostola) semiaurata, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 207. n. 3. Sierra Leone (Foxcroft) and “* ——?” Type, B.M. 3. P. vicarta=Euchromia (Pompostola) vicaria, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p: 207. n. 2. Ashanti and Sierra Leone (Foxcroft). I think it quite possible that the genus Diospage is not struc- turally distinct from this group; it contains the two species .D. rhebus'and auratus of Cramer; but we have representatives of neither in the British Museum. Genus Betumnta, Walker. Pl. XXIX. fig. 24. 1. BeLemnia ERYX, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. ii. p. 161. n. 22. Brazil (Miller). B.M. 2. B. CrameERt, Butler, Ann. §& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. xv. p. 339. Sphinx inaurata, Cramer (nec Sulzer), Pap. Exot. ui. pl. 140. figs. E, F. Santa Catharina (Becker), Para and Tapajos (Bates), Honduras (Mzi/er). Type, B.M. The colouring of the body in Hiibner’s figures of “Chrysaor eryx’’ is more like the Fabrician species ; otherwise I should have supposed them to represent B. Cramert. 3. B. INAURATA=Sphinx inaurata, Sulzer, Hist. Ins. pl. 20. fig. 4. “* America.” The male of this species has the hinder segments of the abdo- men blue, asin B. Crameri: otherwise it is more like the succeed- ing species. 4. B. Jovis, Butler, Ann. 8 Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. xv. p. 339. Honduras (Miller), Veragua (Salvin). Type, B.M. Genus Apiconoma, n. gen. Pl. XXIX. fig. 22, Allied to Automolis, but the subcostals of secondaries branching from a footstalk. Type A. opposita, Walker. 1. ApIcoNoMA APICALIS=Euchromia (Dipzenz) apicalis, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 261. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. 2. A. opposrra=Euchromia (Dipene) opposita, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p- 260. Automolis saturata, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1635. SUBFAMILIES ANTICHLORINA AND CHARIDEIN A 423 Euplesia ochrophila, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep. iv. pl. cii. f. 10. Brazil (Argent). Type, B.M. 3. A.? VENTRALIS = Glaucopis ventralis, Guérin, Ic. Réegne Anim. p. 503. Mexico. 4. A. sEMIROSEA=Automolis semirosea, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 103. Ega (Bates). Type, B.M. This species has somewhat the aspect of a Noctua. Genus Ruiena, Walker. Pl. X XIX. fig. 21. Apyre and Arara, Walker; Eucyrta (part), Felder. The species which I have here grouped together agree in vena tion, but are very dissimilar in coloration. I shall refer them to three sections under Walker’s names. Sect. 1. Arara, Walker. 1. RuipHa VITTIPES= Arara vittipes, Walker, Lep. Het. iii. p. 642. Brazil (Stevens). Type, B.M. General colouring of Apiconoma semirosea, but in pattern more like Cratoplastis diluta of Felder. Sect. 2. ApyrE, Walker. 2. R. SEPARATA®= Apyre separata, Walker, Lep. Het. ii. p. 491. Ega (Bates). Type, B.M. Excepting that the primaries are veined with whitish and not barred with yellow, this species has somewhat the aspect of Apz- conoma opposita. Sect. 3. Ru1pHa, Walker. _ 3. R. stricosa = Euchromia (Rhipha) strigosa, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p- 273. Eucyrta subulifera, Feider, Reise der Nov. Lep. iv. pl. cil. fig. 3. Rio Janeiro (Stevens). Type, B.M. The wings of this species are peculiar in marking ; I know of nothing similarly coloured ; the body, however, approaches Hw- cereon and Galethalea. Genus Empusa, Hubner. 1. Empusa vitREa=Phalena vitrea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ui. pl. 276. fig. C. Rio Janeiro (Stevens). B.M. LINN, JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 30 424, MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE 2. E. ryBris=Phalena tybris, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 92. fig. D. Surimam. Eucyrta albicollis of Felder is probably a third species of this genus. Genus GALETHALEA, n. gen. General aspect of Halesidota, excepting in the abdomen, which is like that of Eucereon; venation of Charidea; but the more robust thorax and longer antenne preclude the possibility of re- ferring it to that group. Type G. pica, Walker. 1. GALETHALEA PIcA=Halesidota pica, Walker, Lep. Het. in. p. 743. n. 19. Rio Janeiro (Stevens). Type, B.M. 2. G. TIGRATA=Charidea tigrata, Herrich-Schdffer, Auss. Schmeit. 1. Brazil ? Unfortunately I have lost my reference to the figure of this species. 3. G. conrints=Charidea confinis, Herrich-Schiffer, Auss. Schmett. i. pl. 51. fig. 277. Brazil. Walker made a decided mistake in attempting to correct Herrich-Schaffer’s view respecting this species; for although ~ unlike Oharidea in colouring, the structure is almost identical. Genus CERCOPIMORPHA, n. gen. Pl. XXIX. fig. 16. Allied to Galethalea and to Acridopsis, differs from the latter as regards neuration as follows :—subcostal branches placed upon a footstalk ; lower discocellular short, but well defined ; radial nearly straight ; false radial running clear of the true radial, its recurrent continuation extending to base of median nervure. Type C. homopteridia, n. sp. 1. CeERCOPIMORPHA HOMOPTERIDIA, 0. sp. Euchromia (Anycles) pectinata, var.?, Walker, Lep. Het. 1. p. 254. Para (J. P. G. Smith & Bates). Type, B.M. An obscure-looking species, with the general aspect of an Ho- mopterous insect. It has nothing to do with Gmelin’s species. SUBFAMILIES ANTICHLORIN/ AND CHARIDEINE. 4.25 Genus Anyctus, Walker. Pl. X XIX. fig. 15. Dipzne and Pelochyta, Walker (nec Hiibner). 1, ANYCLEs conrENTA=Euchromia (Dipene) contenta, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 258. Dipznz lateralis, Walker, Lep. Het. vi. p. 1634. Para (Bates). Type, b.M. 2. A. RHODURA, n. sp. Euchromia (Dipzenz) acharon, var.?, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 258. Para (Bates). Four examples, B.M. The Z. acharon of Fabricius is a Procris from Australia. This will be the type of the genus. 3. A. FERRUGINOSA=Euchromia (Dipene) ferruginosa, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 209. 2 Type, B.M. I much doubt if this species will ever be recognized; the type is in bad condition. 4. A. Ma@sta= Euchromia (Dipene) meesta, Walker, Lep. Het. 1. p: 209. ee ) Type, B.M. o. A. DIFFINIS= Pelochyta diffinis, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 105. Para (Bates). Type, B.M. Mr. Walker places Hibner’s first species of Pelochyta at the end of his group Dipene; it seems to me, however, to be a Lu- cereon; therefore Walker’s genus dAmerila must give place to Pelochyta, Hubner. Genus Meranycius, n. gen. Pl. X XIX. fig. 19. Allied to the preceding genus and to Cercopimorpha; in neuration it differs from the latter in the arrangement of the subcostal branches of secondaries, the first being emitted from the ner- vyure some distance before the end of the cell, and the second at the anterior extremity ; the upper discocellular is also sub- angulated. Type MW. contracta, Walker. 1. METANYCLES ConTRACTA= Aclytia contracta, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 102. Sierra Leone (Foxcroft). Type, B.M. Genus Epanycues, n. gen. Pl. XXIX. fig. 18. Allied to Anycles, which it resembles, but only differs from Cerco- 426 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE pimorpha in neuration as follows :—cell longer, radial more curved, second and third median branches not emitted from a footstalk, but (with the radial) from posterior extremity of cell. Type £. tmperialis, Walker. 1. EPANYCLES IMPERIALIS=Euchromia (Pampa) imperialis, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 241. Tapajos, Santarem, and Ega (Bates). Type, B.M. Genus Scropsycus, n. gen. Pl. XXIX. fig. 20. Wings long, narrow, subhyaline, neuration of secondaries only differing from Epanyeles in the following respect—branches of the subcostal nervure emitted together from the anterior extre- mity of the cell, and not from a footstalk; the three medians and the radial are emitted from the cell exactly as in Lpanycles ; antenns very strongly plumose, more especially in the males. Type S. tropica, Walker. 1. ScropsycHE TROPICA= Euchromia (Calonotos) tropica, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 236. Santa Martha (Bouchard), Ega and Santarem (Bates), Brazil ( Becker), Honduras (Dyson). Type, B.M. 2. S. CINEREA, Qh. sp. Primaries semitransparent, black, with the nervures black, a dull metallic greenish spot at base; secondaries hyaline, with grey borders: head thorax, and antennz black ; frons, back of head, and front margin of prothorax minutely dotted with metallic green (only noticeable with a lens); abdomen dark grey, light grey at the sides, with one or two lateral minute green dots: primaries below paler than above, with a bright metallic-green streak along the subcostal nervure; secondaries with a green streak along basal half of costal area and abdominal mar- gin: expanse of wings 38 millims. Espiritu Santo (Higgins). Type, B.M. We have two examples of this species ; it is allied to Walker’s 8. ¢ropica, but is altogether duller in colour and more transparent, the body having scarcely any metallic colouring upon it. Genus ANpRocHARTA, Felder. 1. ANDROCHARTA MEONES=Sphinx meones, Cramer, Pap. Ezot. iv. pl. 325. f. E. Glaucopis 29omta, Sepp, Surinam. pl. 37. Bogota (Stevens), Santa Martha (Bouchard). 3 et 9, BM. SUBFAMILIES ANTICHLORINE AND CHARIDEIN 2. 427 2. A. BRASILIENSIS, n. sp. ©. Allied to the preceding species, but duller, the metallic-green spots on the abdomen smaller; no cream-coloured spots on the shoulders primaries with a well-defined hyaline white spot just beyond the middie of the cell; the usual spot below the cell larger; the large discal spot rounded, bifid, only cut by the third median branch: ex- pansé of wings 47 millims. Brazil. Two examples, B.M. This species was confounded with the preceding by Mr. Walker ; but it is readily distinguished by the absence of the whitish shoulder-spots, as also by the other characters above mentioned. 3. A. DIVERSIPENNIS = Euchromia (Hippola) diversipennis, Walker, Lep. Het. i. p. 225. n. 34. ¢. Tapajos (Bates). Type, B.M. This species and the following have no white shoulder-spots. 4. A. STRETCHII, n. sp. ¢. Allied to the preceding species, but the male with much larger secon- daries ; no scarlet spots on metathorax and base of abdomen; the metal- lie spots much more bluish ; primaries with only one very small scarlet stria at base below the median nervure, the discoidal cell metallic blue-green, with the usual hyaline white spot, also a green line below the scarlet submedian litura ; an interno-median oblique hyaline white spot towards the base ; large discal hyaline patch, almost equally broad at both extremities; secondaries white, base and costal area brownish : primaries below with a large imterno-median white patch as in 4. meones (in A. diversipennis it is brown), no scarlet costal streak : ex- panse of wings 49 millims. . Chiefly differs from the male in the larger interno-median spot of primaries, the rounded hyaline discal spot, the normal female secon- daries, and in the presence of crimsou spots at base of abdomen in the centre: expanse of wings 46 millims. 6, Tabatinga, Peru (Degand); St. Paulo, Amazons (Bates), Type, B.M. This species and the following are probably found over the same or nearly the same region; they cannot, however, be easily con- founded together, as the secondaries in A. Séretchii 3 are large as in A. meones; but A. parvipennis is probably the Upper- Amazon type of A. diversipennis, and has the same small male secondaries. 5. A. PARVIPENNIS, 0. sp. ¢. Only differs from A. diversipennis in the more oblique and trifid 428 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE discal hyaline spot of primaries, and the smaller discoidal spot : ex- panse of wings 43 millims. ©. Very like A. meones 2, but without the white shoulder-spots, and with an oblique trifid or even quadrifid hyaline discal patch im prima- ries: expanse of wings 47 millims. d, St. Paulo (Bates); 9, Ega (Bates), Tabatinga (Degand). Type, B.M. It is a curious circumstance that our male A. Stretchit came in the same Peruvian collection with female A. parvipennis, and our male A. parvipennis in the same St.-Paulo collection with A. Stretchii 2. Still the localities are not widely sundered; and there- fore the value of the two species need not on that account be called in question. The genus may be divided as follows :— Div. A. Secondaries of male large. a. Shoulders of both sexes cream-coloured ..... A. meones. b. Shoulders of both sexes black, discal spot of female rounded, scarlet abdominal spots small .............. A. brasiliensis. c. Scarlet colouring obsolescent, dorsal abdominal spots only pre- sent at the base in both sexes; hyaline wing-spots larger. A. Stretchit. Div. B. Secondaries of male small. a. Hyaline discal wing-spot of male quadrifid, small at costa, and gradually enlarging to second median branch; scarlet wing- streaks welledefined) qy.ojnoews ces otic ee A. diversipennis. b. Hyaline discal spot more oblique, trifid in male, sometimes quadrifid in female, subcostal hyaline spot small. A. parvipennis. The last two may prove to be synonymous ; but if so, the spe- cies must have a tremendous range. Still there is no doubt that, at most, A. parvipennis can only be regarded as the Upper-Amazon type of Walker’s species, although the appendices of the male differ as much as in the other forms in this genus. 6. A.? LATERALIS=KEuchromia lateralis, Guérin, Ic. Régne Anim. p. 503. Para. Genus Scrpsis, Walker. This genus scarcely differs from Sciopsyche in the neuration of secondaries ; I only know one species of the group, although I have little doubt that several species recently described by Ame- rican authors are referable to it. SUBFAMILIES ANTICHLORINE AND CHARIDEINA. 425 1. Scepsts FULVICOLLIS=Glaucopis fulvicollis, Hiibner, Sammi. exot. Schmett.i. pl. 164. figs. 1-4. Glaucopis semidiaphana, Harris, Descr. Cat. Am. Sph. p. 38. E. Florida (Doubleday), Canada West. B.M. Subfamily CrenvUCcHIIN m. (See notes at end of this genus.) Genus Puttoros, Walker. 1. PHILOROS RUBRICEPS=Ctenucha (Philoros) rubriceps, Walker, Lep. Het. ii. p. 283. New Granada (Jurgens), Venezuela (Becker). Type, B.M. 2. P. NEGLECTA = Tipulodes neglecta, Boisduval, Astrolabe, pl. 3. f. 8. Peru. B.M. In one of the boxes of Lepidoptera obtained through the sale of Mr. Norris’s collection, I found an example of P. neglecta labelled “ perwotana ” in Mr. Walker’s handwriting ; but I feel un- certain as to whether it is described under that name. 3. P. veEnosA=Ctenucha (Philoros) venosa, Walker, Lep. Het. ii. p- 284. Venezuela (Becker), Mexico (Glennie). Type, B.M. 4. P. ruriceps=Ctenucha (Philoros) ruficeps, Walker, Lep. Het. ii. p. 284. Mexico (Hartweg). Type, B.M. Thus I conclude the first genus of typical Ctenuchine ; but whether this subfamily is sufficiently distinct to be separated from the Charideinz I will not decide ; in venation it most nearly approaches Charidea and the allied genera. In order that I may clear up satisfactorily the position of some of Walker’s species, I will enumerate, so far as I know them, the forms referable to various genera of Ctenuchine, and (following on from Philoros) will arrange them in what appears to me to be their natural order. Genus Crentcua, Kirby. Includes Cténucha latreillana, Kirby; Automolis tnornata, Walker; Glaucopis rubroscapus, Ménétriés (Apistosia? multi- ‘ faria, Walker); and Glaucopis bombycina, Perty. We also haye an undetermined species from Mexico. 430 MR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE Genus Leucopsumis, Hibner. Includes Phalena collaris, Drury, P. circe, Cramer, and five undermentioned species confounded with them by Walker. Genus EprprsmMa, Hiibner. Phalena ursula, Cramer. With this species Walker confounded an insect with a white band across primaries and quite distinct neuration. Genus Onytirs, Walker. Onythes pallidicosta, Walker. Excepting in the shape of the secondaries and more plumose antenne, this genus scarcely differs from the preceding. = Genus Cratopuastis, Felder. Includes Cratoplastis diluta, Felder, and Automolis crassa of Walker. Genus THEAaes, Walker. Theages leucophea, Walker, Zygena scyton, Fabricius, Theages quadricolor, Walker. This genus is closely allied to, if, indeed, distinct from, the following. Genus Evcrrron, Hubner. Contains Sphinx pierus, Cramer; Carales abdominalis, Walker ; Phalena setosa, Sepp; Huchromia varia, Walker ; Sphinx Archias, Stoll; Sphinx Sylvius, Stoll ; Huchromia rosa, Walker ; Euchromia rosina, Walker ; Carales imprimata, Walker ; Halesidota strigosa, Walker ; with three other undetermined species. Genus Prercorn, Walker. Percote signatura, Walker, and Sphinx arontes, Cramer. Genus Hyateucrerna, Butler. Includes Glaucopis erythrotelus, Walker, and H. vulnerata, Butler. ; Genus Lymirz, Walker. Lymire melanocephala, Walker, from Jamaica. SUBFAMILIES ANTICHLORIN®| AND CHARIDEINE. “431 Genus THysaNnopryMna, Butler. Eucerea pyrrhopyga, Walker, from Brazil. New genus. Includes Phragmatobia albicosta, Walker, from Mexico. Genus Grerius, Walker. Gippius sumptuosus, Walker, from Honduras. New genus allied to Granycus. Tneludes Glanycus nigro-rufus, Walker, from Bogota. Genus Guanycus, Walker. Glanycus insolitus, Walker, said to come from Silhet. Genus Scaptivs, Walker. Scaptius ditissimus, Walker, from Ega. Genus Eyius, Walker (restricted). See Weritos. Contains Evius auro-coccineus, Walker, from Para, and Phalen Hippia of Stoll. 2. bifasciata of Cramer is unknown to me. Genus ipatus, Waiker. Phalena admirabilis of Cramer, and Jdalus vufo-viridis of Walker, from Bogota. Genus Nerites, Walker (remodelled). Neritos repanda, Walker, from Rio; Phalena psamus, Cramer ; Evius flavo-roseus, Walker, from Honduras; and a new species confounded with the latter, from Para. Genus Amaxta, Walker. Amaxia pardatis, Walker, from Ega. Genus Baririus, Walker. Baritius discalis, Walker, from Rio Janeiro. Genus Exystus, Walker (restricted). Contains Z. conspersus, Walker, from Para; this may be con- EINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIE. 31 432 MR. A. @. BUFLER ON THE sidered the type. The other species associated with it by Walker, are clearly not congeneric. 1 have hitherto seen none of them. Genus Prranz, Walker. Pitane fervens, Walker ; no locality given. This genus is closely allied to the preceding, although placed by Walker 1 in the Litho- slide, and said to be allied to the Noctuide. Genus Ammato, Walker (remodelled). Ammalo fervidus, Walker ( Halesidota megapyrrha, part, Walker); Phalena helops, Cramer, confounded by Walker with A. fervidus and H. megapyrrha ; and H. chrysogaster, Walker, from Bogota. Walker originally described his A. fervidus from a large 9 ex- ample purchased at the sale of Mr. Milne’s collection ; he, how- ever, took the measurements from two poor specimens of the Phalena helops of Cramer without any locality-tickets ; but as he neglected to label his type, it got mixed up with the other Arctide in the collection; and the label appeared in the cabinet with no specimens to represent Walker’s species. In his Supplement, Walker referred the three examples to Halesidota, and described them again as Halesidota megapyrrha, with the addition of a fourtt. example from St. Domingo, which seems to have suggested to him the locality “N. America’”’! In this instance the description is taken from one of the representatives of P. helops. But the confusion does not end here. In the interim between the appearance of the Catalogue and its Supplement, a fine new species of Apantesis, Walker *, was added to the collection, and by chance was placed above the label ‘‘tAmmalo helops ;’”’ there- fore, in the Supplement, Mr. Walker described, as a new spe- cies of Ammalo, an insect somewhat resembling the supposed A. helops in appearance (although referable to a distinct genus), but which, of course, has nothing whatever in common with the Phalena helops of Cramer or the Ammalo fervidus of Walker. This supposed new Ammalo is labelled as coming from “ Nauta,”’ on the Amazons, wrongly read by Walker as Nanta ; he therefore names it Ammalo nantana. But, unfortunately, it is now known that the insects said to have come from Nauta were all col- lected in E. Peru; so that Walker’s designation ought to drop, unless it be accepted as a nonsense name. * I may here remark that Aloa colorata of Walker is identical with Apantesis radians, the type of Walker’s genus, Linn. 0c. Journ. Zool. Vol. XL. Tab. 29. de, ~ FO AT AT A SOT G42 NOID ARC + Us wave at OF GENERA sats Whee ay By Baie a8 a SUBFAMILIES ANTICHLORINE AND CHARIDEINA, 438 Subsequent to the publication of the Supplement, Mr. Walker seems to have discovered that two of the examples referred by him to Halesidota megapyrrha were identical with Cramer’s Pha- lena helops ; for he separated the specimens by the addition of written labels, suggesting as a name for the St.-Domingo spe- cies (A. fervidus of Walker) the new designation of Halesidota impunctus (sic); whether he has published the latter name I have not hitherto been able to ascertain, but probably not. Genus Mazmras, Walker (enlarged). Mazeras conferta, Walker, from Venezuela, and Halesidota sanguineata, of Walker, from Bogota. Genus Ameres, Walker (enlarged). Ameles rubriplaga, Walker, from Venezuela, and Halesidota palpalis, Walker, from Jamaica. Then will follow Halesidota and other well-known groups of the family Arctiide. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIX. Fig. 1. Neuration of secondaries of Ch/oropsinus. 2. Ditto of Upula. 3. Ditto of Ceramidea. 4. Ditto of Passineura. 5. Ditto of Antichloris. 6. Ditto of Hriphia. 7. Ditto of Aclytia. 8. Ditto of Lrylasia. 9. Ditto of Heliura apicalis. 10. Ditto of Pterygopterus. il. Ditto of Charidea. 12. Ditto of Telioneura. 13 & 17. Ditto of Heliura solicauda. 14. Ditto of Acridopsis. 15. Ditto of Anycles. 16. Ditto of Cercopimorpha. 18. Ditto of Hpanycles. 19. Ditto of Metanycles. 20. Ditto of Sciopsyche. 21. Ditto of Rhipha. 22. Ditto of Apiconoma. 23. Ditto of Creatonotus. 24. Ditto of Belemnia. 25. Ditto of Automolis. — — — ——_— aL 434 DR. J. ANDERSON ON THE CLOACAL BLADDERS Onthe Cloacal Bladders and on the Peritoneal Canals in Chelonia. By Joun Anperson, M.D., F.LS., &. [Read February 17, 1876.] Tu cloaca in the Chelonia, as is generally known, isan elongated saccular dilatation intervening between the termination of the rectum and the orifice at the base of the tail, or external anus, and into which certain important structures open. It is of consider- able length and transverse capacity, and has exceedingly thin walls, and is directly continuous with the rectum. But on the floor, concealed by closely apposed folds is an anteriorly and downwardly directed dilatation or chamber, terminating in the orifice of the bladder, and having, opening onits lateral walls, the orifices of the seminal tubes or of the oviducts, according to the sex, and also the openings of the ureters. The folds which close in this chamber for the general cavity of the cloaca are backwardly continued to the base of the glans, enclosing the urino-genital groove. By this arrangement of the folds, the fecal matter in its transit out- wards is prevented from having access to the orifices of those im- portant structures the generative organs and the kidneys, and to the urino-genital groove. In certain Chelonia another fold exists above and slightly posterior to the termination of the rec- tum, having above it on either side the large patulous openings of the cloacal bladders. This fold springs from either lateral wall of the cloaca ; and those two segments of it meet in the mesial line and constitute an arched forwardly directed fold. In some spe- cies the centre of the arch is tacked to the roof of the cloaca by a narrow longitudinal fold or septum which divides the area which overlies the fold into two halves, into each of which opens a cloacal bladder; while in others the septum does not exist, and of course the area overlying the fold is continuous. At the extremity of the urino-genital groove on the floor of the cloaca is the large glans of the penis, and in the opposite sex the identically formed but less developed clitoris. Springing from the sides and base of the glands is a crescentic fold of the mucous membrane, which passes backwards tending towards the mesial line to meet its fellow of the opposite side, thus constitu- ting a hood or rudimentary preputium for the isolation of the glans penis or clitoridis from the fecal matter of the common cavity of the cloaca, and thus simulating the structure of the Monotremes AND PERITONEAL CANALS IN CHELONIA. 435 and of some Struthious birds. The penial and clitorid portion of the cloaca in Trionychide and Emydide is richly coloured with a purplish-black pigment, which invests the whole of the glans and the hood or preputium and a considerable portion of the pillars of the penis and clitoris anterior to the glans. A similarly co- loured pigment also occurs in the openings of the oviducts of some of the Trionychide, But in the Southern-Asiatic species of land-tortoise referable to the subgenus Peltastes the cloaca and the glans are devoid of black pigment, and are generally pale yellow. The glans penis appears to have a form peculiar to each leading group, and is doubtless in its construction specially adapted to ensure the most perfect efficiency of function in spe- cial relation to the habits of life of the animal. There is a ter- restrial and there is an aquatic glans penis, the latter having essen- tially the character of a grasping organ. It is not the object of this paper to describe the copulative organ, so far as the glans is concerned; but I may be permitted to remark that perhaps in no class of animals is the glans clitoridis so perfect a reproduction of the glans penis as in this most interesting group of vertebrates. So alike are they in young Che- lonians, that a direct appeal to the peritoneal cavity is necessary to determine the sex. Before I take up the question of the peritoneal canals and their relation to the other parts of the penis, the title of this paper neces- sitates that the cloacal bladders should be first described. - The anal pouches, or cloacal bladders, as they might be more properly called, were first accurately described by Bojanus*, in his account of the anatomy of the common Emyde of Southern Europe, Emys europea; but since his day they do not appear to have received that attention which their importance apparently demands, and which is indicated by the circumstance that they occur in some of the well-marked types and are absent in others. They are the structural equivalents of the similar bladders or vessels which are met with in the crocodiles, and in most lizards and snakes, in various degrees of development; but they attain the highest differentiation in this group. I have recently had the opportunity to examine a number of Asiatic species belonging to different genera ; and I find that these bladders oceur in Emys trijuga, E. crassicollis, Batagur dhongoka, B. lineatus, B. fuscus, B. (Morenia) ocellata, B. (AMloreiia) beru- * Anat. Testud. europ. 1819-21. 436 DR. J. ANDERSON ON THE CLOACAL BLADDERS moret, Pangshura tecta, P. tentoria, P. smithi, P. flaviventris, P. sylhetensis, Cuora amboinensis, Cyclemys dentata, Geoemyda depressa, G. grandis, and Platysternum megacephalum. In Pangshura, Cyclemys, Platysternum, and Geoemyda the inner walls of these bladders are covered over with long villi of different forms, and which in some are not confined to the bladders, but enclosed be- tween them over the fold of the upper wall of the cloaca; whereas in all the true Emydes and in the Batagurs their inner walls appear to be smooth. It is a noteworthy fact that the cloacal bladders do not oceur, as far as my researches go, in Testudo, Pyxidea, Trionyx, Chitra, and Pelochelys. This is a significant circumstance, which suggests the reflection that these bladders are related to the habits of life of the animals possessing them, because on viewing their distri- bution, as indicated by these observations, it is evident thet they are confined to the forms which lead a semiterrestrial and semi- aquatic life, those animals which are essentially terrestrial in their habits and those which are truly aquatic being unprovided with them. It would thus seem, 4 priori, that it is owing to their exist- ence in the Emydes and Batagurs that these forms are endowed with a diversity of habit above their fellows—because there is no very wide line of distinction, apart from these bladders, between the general anatomy of an Emyde and a terrestrial tortoise, beyond perhaps that the lung of an Emyde, like that of a Trionyz, is more invested with muscular substance, and the disposition of the nostrils differs somewhat. These bladders are capacious sacs, opening, as I have stated, on each side of the cloaca, near its anterior extremity ; and they occupy the groin and project into the peritoneal cavity, covered, of course, by the peritoneum, and having the lung in certain species lying directly in contact with a considerable extent of their upper border. By the nature of the fold which intervenes between their openings, the portion of the cloaca anterior to them can be shut off by the apposition of the fold to the floor of the cloaca, so that, for the time being, the bladders may be in direct communi- cation with the cloaca, to the complete exclusion of all the other openiugs exvept the external anus. These circumstances seem also to favour the supposition that these bladders are in some way functionally related to the aquatic aspect of their existence, since it is an acknowledged fact that some Chelonia draw in and eject water from the cloaca, like the Holothuride and other allied in- ' AND PERITONEAL CANALS IN CHELONIA. 437 vertebrates—an observation which was made by Townson three quarters of a century ago, but which has been verified by other naturalists and what I have myself noticed. Indeed the cloaca in different species of Southern-Asiatic Emydes is not unfrequently observed dilated with water, which they squirt out in considerable jets when they retract their limbs and tail, as they generally do when suddenly removed from that medium. Although I have ex- amined, immediately after death, nearly one hundred individuals belonging to those genera which are furnished with cloacal blad- ders, yet in no instance have the cloacal bladders been distended with water; whereas they have frequently yielded a yellowish grumous substance, most especially abundant in those forms which have these bladders provided with villi. It is also important to note that they are in no way connected with any other viscus, and that their only orifice is in the cloaca. On the other hand, the azygos or partially divided bladder is generally more or less filled, frequently to distention, in animals recently taken from the water, with a clear limpid fluid not pure water. In the Crocodilia the equivalents of these pouches are filled with a substance which has the odour of musk; but I have never particularly observed that the Chelonia possessing these pouches are more characterized by a peculiar odour than the pouchless forms. The function, however, which these bladders perform in the economy of the semiterrestrial and semiaquatic Chelonia remains yet to be determined by careful observation and experiment. One observation on the importance of their structures as an indication of the habits of these animals, as illustrated by the genus Pyxidea. The form Pyxidea mouhottii has been classed with the Emydes ; but an examination of its cloaca reveals that, unlike those animals, it is unprovided with cloacal bladders. And what are its habits of life? This is a question which I am enabled to answer from the circumstance that I had two specimens under my obser- vation over nine months, during which period they never entered water, and did not exhibit any aquatic tendencies. All the Chelonia of South-eastern Asia which I have examined, belonging to the genera Testudo, Geoemyda, Pangshura, Emys, Batagur, Cuora, Cyclemys, Platysternum, Emyda, Trionyx, Chitra, and Pelochelys, are distinguished by the presence of a pair of peri- ioneal canals which traverse the cloaca to the base of the glans of the penis and clitoris. 438 DR. J. ANDERSON ON THE CLOACAL BLADDERS Cuvier* has fully indicated the nature of these canals in the male tortoise; but it is to Is. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire and Martin+ that we are indebted for an account of those structures in the female, although some of the results of these observers may not be alto- gether accepted. Cuvier has described the peritoneal canal of the male as terminating in a cul-de-sac at the base of the glans ; whereas Is. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire and Martin supposed that they had established a much more intricate arrangement in the female. But before mentioning their views I shall say a few words about the peritoneal canals and their relations. These canals commence on each side of the pyriform neck of the bladder, within the perivisceral cavity ; and they are in reality diverticula for that cavity, being lmed with a serous membrane. Each canal begins in the depression or pit in the visceral cavity, external to the neck of the bladder. When distended by a probe, the orifice of the canal (or, more correctly, the diverticulum) is found to have considerable capacity, and to lie along the inside of each corpus eavernosum, at first crossing the spongy bulb of the male organ, and then lying between the corpora cavernosa and in position immediately external to the genito-urinal groove traversing the floor of the cloaca, or in reality the dorsum of the penial tract. In all the foregoing genera these diverticula of the perivisceral cavity are prolonged to the base of the glans, both of the penis and clitoris, and without any apparent diminution in capacity. Isidore Geoffroy St.-Hilaire and J. G. Martin, in ex- amining an example of Lmys trijuga quite recently dead, state that they perfectly succeeded in injecting the two peritoneal canals with mercury, and that they certainly saw it penetrate into the corpora cavernosa, and also into the small conduits of the glans, which became inflated, rising upwards to a level with the surface of the organ. Moreover they considered that they had estab- lished the existence of a communication between the peritoneal canals and the corpora cavernosa, by being able to propel a globule of mercury from the peritoneal cavity either into. the little con- duits of the glans or into the cavernous bodies, and as by an inverse movement they made the globule reenter into the perito- neal canals. Thus globules contained in the little conduits of the - glans, ascending them, might be propelled into the peritoneal canals, thence into the cavernous bodies ; and, reciprocally, those * Anat. Comp. vol. y. p. 114. + Ann. des Se. Nat. vol. xiii, (1828) pp. 158, 201. AND PERITONEAL CANALS IN CHELONIA. 439 contained in the corpora cavernosa might be transmitted by the peritoneal canals into the little conduits of the glans, thence into the cavity of the cloaca. They therefore held that the little con- duits of the glans were the terminal branches of the peritoneal canals. They had previously stated that in Testudo indica* the conduits of the glans terminated near the summit of the clitoris; but from their experiments on L. trijuga they found that the orifice of the pe- ritoneal canal terminated nearer to the base of the clitoris than to its summit; and they mention that the position of the opening in £. tri- juga is intermediate between what they observed in Testudo indica and its position in the crocodile, but more resembling the latter, in which the peritoneal canals open at the base of the glans. They arrived, therefore, at the following conclusion—that the peritoneal canals in the tortoise and the crocodile divide at their extremity into two branches, one going to open into the cloaca, and the other tending towards the corpus cavernosum. But according to Is. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire and Martin, there was this important phy- siological difference—that the second branch opened into the ca- vity of the corpus cavernosum in tortoises, whilst it terminated in a cul-de-sac in the crocodile. I observe that Professor Owen + states that the peritoneal canals of the crocodile, besides commu- nicating with the corpus cavernosum, open outwardly upon papille situated on each side of the base of the penis and clitoris, thus conforming, according to his view, with the structure of the tor- toises as described by Is. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire. Having lately directed my attention to these remarkable diver- ticula from the peritoneal cavity, and finding that my observations on their structure do not agree altogether with either those of Cuvier, Is. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire, or Owen, I shall here record a few of the examinations I made on some species of different genera and of both sexes. Before doing so, I may mention that Is. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire used mercury for his injections; but the membrane lining the walls of these diverticula is so delicate, and mercury so heavy and penetrating, that I am not surprised at the results which he obtained. In injecting the canals I have used only water coloured with a solution of carmine. J was most careful not to * They were not perfectly satisfied with the identification of the species, but state that the subject of their observation was one nearly allied to T. indica. : t+ Comp. Anat. vol. i. p. 435. 44.0 DR. J. ANDERSON ON THE CLOACAL BLADDERS rupture the inner linings by too strong pressure, whilst at the same time I fully distended them. 1st experiment.—This was made on a male of Geoemyda grandis. The fluid, injected into the peritoneal canal from about the upper third of the length of the penis, flowed freely through it, appear- ing at an opening situated immediately at the base of the glans and close to the inside of the genito-urinal groove. Repeated slight pressure was exercised on the dilated canal, and then the corpus cavernosum of its side was laid open to ascertain if any fluid had passed into it ; but whilst the interior of the peritoneal canal was richly coloured with the carmine, no trace of colour could be detected in the corpus cavernosum. At the point where the canal terminated externally there were indications of an orifice even before the injection was applied, in the absence of pigment at that point ; but I failed to detect any communication between the peritoneal canal and the corpus cavernosuin. 2nd experiment.—In a male Emys Hamiltoni the coloured injection appeared like a jet from a fine artery, issuing from a very minute orifice in the same position as the orifice of Geo- emyda grandis; and no trace of carmine could be observed in the corpus cavernosum, or the presence of any orifice leading from one canal to the other. 8rd experiment.—In a male specimen of Lrionyx ocellatus, in which the penis was very flaccid, the orifices of the peritoneal canals are wide orifices situated more anterior to the base of the glans than in Emys and Geoemyda, and more on the side of the penis, further away from the urino-genital groove. The mixture flowed through them in a great stream, the penis being that of a much larger animal than any Gieoemyda. No trace of injection could be found in the corpus cavernosum of the side injected; nor could any orifices be detected, even with the aid of a pocket-lens, between the peritoneal and the corpus cavernosum of the opposite side when they were laid open to near the termination, nor in any other portion of their walls. Moreover, when the corpora caver- nosa were injected, no trace of carmine appeared in the peritoneal canals, or at the tips of the lobes of the glans, which are white, and form the termination of the branches of the urino-genital groove. 4th experiment.—In a female of Trionyx gangeticus the coloured injection passed at once through the peritoneal canal, appearing at a spot situated some little distance above the base of the glans AND PERITONEAL CANALS IN CHELONIA. 441 and external to the urino-genital groove. No communication could be discovered to exist between the corpora cavernosa, which are very small in the large female. Sth experiment.—A female of Batagur thurgi had the orifice situated on a small papilla immediately external to the base of the glans, on the inner margin of the so-called preputial fold or hood of the clitoris; and no trace of communication was discernible between the corpus cavernosum and the canal of the peritoneum. 6th experiment.—In a female of Chitra indica the opening of the peritoneal canal was a very winute orifice situated at the bottom of a deep pit with puckered margins, external to the base of the clitoris. The peritoneal canal had its inner walls more or less coloured, near its distal end, with fine dark lines of the same pigment as that of the clitoris itself, thus indicating the continuity of the lining membrane with that of the external surface. The canal was also partially filled near its end with a grumous substance, but quite different from the coagulated blood that filled the corpus cavernosum. 7th experiment.—In a female Emys trijuga from Burma, which was rather shrunk from preservation in spirit, the injection would not pass; but when the canal was laid open nearly to its extremity, no difficulty was experienced in passing a fine bristle, which appeared in much the same position as in Geoemyda grandis. 8th experiment.—A similar result was experienced in a female of Testudo platynotus, Blyth. 9th experiment.—In a female of Batagur lineatus the injection passed freely; and the orifice occupied the same place as in B. thurgi, and there was no indication whatever of the existence of an orifice between the peritoneal canals and the corpora cavernosa. 10th experiment.—Platysternum megacephalum and Cyclemys den- tata were so hardened and shrivelled by spirit that no orifice for the well-developed canals could be detected. I should have been more satisfied with these experiments had I succeeded in passing the injection freely through the peritoneal canals of all the species examined; but I attribute my want of success in these two instances chiefly to the circumstances that the parts were hardened and contracted with spirit, and that the orifices were very minute. Iam not prepared, however, to go the length of saying that there is invariably a communication between the peritoneal canals and the cloaca in the males; but at the same time there can be no doubt that in the males of Geo- 44.2 DR. J. ANDERSON ON THE CLOACAL BLADDERS emyda grandis, Emys Hamiltonii, and Trionysx ocellatus such a com- munication does exist. In this respect these animals conform to the course of these canals in the crocodile. Now Geoemyda grandis and Trionyx ocellatus belong to two widely separated groups of Chelonia; and the fact that the peritoneal canals open into the cloaca in both would lead us to anticipate that this arrangement was common to all the Chelonia which resembied them in habits of life and general structure. But a more ex- tended series of experiments will be necessary to establish this point; and all I insist on is, that in the males, as in the females, experimented upon these canals do open into the cloaca, and in this respect conform to the general type of structure distinctive of the peritoneal canals of Crocodilia, and of the so-called abdo- minal pores of the Cyclostomous and Ganoid fishes. But the view of the structure of these canals to which I wish to direct more particular attention is, that in the foregoing experi- ments no trace of any communication between the peritoneal canals and the corpora cavernosa could be observed. I was at first very sceptical regarding the results I had obtained, after the very em- phatic statement of Is. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire, that in his experiments on Emys trijuga the mercury injected flowed freely between the pe- ritoneal canal and the corpora cavernosa and vice versd,and from the glans into the peritoneal canal; but as my experiments were con- ducted with great care, I have thought it well to record them, be- cause there are great difficulties in accepting Is. Geoffroy St.- Hilaire’s explanation of the relations which, he states, subsist be- tween the peritoneal canals and the corpora cavernosa. In claiming for the peritoneal canals the existence of a series of minute sieve- like orifices intervening between them and the corpora cavernosa, he would thus establish a direct communication between the blood- vascular system and the peritoneal cavity—a condition of things which would be unique in the animal kingdom. Moreover, as he adduces the passage of the mercury as a proof of the exist- ence of these orifices between the large blood-conduit, the corpus cavernosum and the peritoneal canal, we are led to suppose that the blood would follow a similar course, which means that it passes backwards and forwards over the serous or peritoneal lining of the canal and the structurally different inner wall of the corpus caver- nosum. Such a view of the relation of these two canals is opposed to the first principles of physiology. Is. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire was quite aware of these practical difficulties to the acceptance of the AND PERITONEAL CANALS IN CHELONIA. 443 view which he had propounded regarding the relations of these structures, and he remarks that he had never observed blood in the peritoneal canal; but to account for this, he conjectured that the supposed minute orifices leading into the corpora cavernosa were related to the cavity of that tube much in the same way that the openings of the seminal tubes are to the urethral canal of the higher vertebrates, the orifices of which are so protected that the urine in its passage outwards 1s efficiently denied access to them, This comparison leads to the supposition that their orifices exist only for the transmission of fluid from the peritoneal canal to the corpora cavernosa, which would remove one aspect of the dif_i- culty. Butas there is no analogy between the closed spongy sub- stance of the glans which is directly continuous with the corpora cavernosa into which the blood-vessels pour the fluid, and the ex- creting tract of the urethra, the theory implied in the comparison instituted by Is. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire, that a fluid passes from the peritoneal canals into the corpora cavernosa, is a practical diffi- culty of the greatest moment. What is the fluid which would so pass? If, as he allows, there exists in the female tortoise a direct communication between the peritoneal canals and the cloaca, and, as I have proved, in the male Geoemyda grandis and T. ocellatus, as these orifices are not valvular, the likelihood is, that as the cloaca is distended with water this fluid finds its way into those canals, it may be even into the peritoneal cavity ; and we should thus have to accept the conclusion that the fluid they transmit to the corpora cavernosa, and thus to the blood, was partly composed of the secretion of the peritoneal cavity diluted with water. It is unnecessary to say any more regarding these views, my purpose not being controversy, but merely to direct more attention to the structures which have, doubtless, an important bearing on the economy of these remarkable animals. My own opinion is that they are in no way related to the generative functions, but that they are, as has been suggested by Dumeéril and Bibron*, probably accessory and subordinate to transpiration, admitting water into the peritoneal cavity, which adapts the animal to the change to which it is subjected when exposed to the air in too high or too dry a temperature. Little or nothing is known regarding the development of these canals in the Chelonia; but as they have associated with them in the adult condition a pair of generative tubes and well-defined * Erpét. Gen, vol. . p, 195. 4A A BLADDERS AND PERITONEAL CANALS IN CHELONIA. ureters opening by distinct orifices into the cloaca, they have pro- bably an origin quite distinct from the Miillerian ducts ; and the likelihood is that they are strictly homologous with the abdominal pore of the Selachians and Ganoids. The true nature and origin of these pores is little understood; but Mr. F. M. Balfour* has suggested that they are probably the openings of a pair of seg- mental organs. Embryology, however, must be the ultimate in- terpreter of their origin and meaning. Diagram illustrating the cloacal bladders and the peritoneal canals of Chelonia. B, urinary bladder; R, rectum; C. B, cloacal bladder (arrows are represented on either side entering these from the cloaca); P. C, peritoneal canals (arrows descend and have exit therefrom at 0, orifice); p, peritoneum; p?, perito- neal covering of bladder; 7, ureter; vd, vas deferens; «g, urinogenital groove; ec, clitoris. * Journ. Anat. Phys, vol. x. pt. 1, 1875, p. 84. — SIR JONN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 45 Observations on Ants, Bees, and Wasps.—Part III. By Sir Joun Luszock, Bart., F.R.S., F.L.8S., M.P., D.C.L., Vice-Chancellor of the University of London. [Read November 4, 1875.] ANTS. In my second paper on this subject I gave some cases which show that if ants find stores of food, they do not by any means in all instances bring friends to assist in securing the treasure. Experiments with Larve. Again, Feb. 7, I put some larve in three porcelain cups in the feeding-box ofa frame containing a nest of Hormica flava, about 6 inches from the entrance of the frame, and put at 8 and 8.29 a.m. respectively two ants to the larvee in the left-hand cup. They each carried off a larva and returned as follows :— No. 1. No. 2. At 8.35 .... returned again and took another. 9. O BP, * =. 7 ” ” 9.20 23 $9 O30 a f 9.43 33 53 ONeAwe, el ss 9.56 3 i 10.20 fe 10.25 At 10.48 a strange ant came to the larve in the right-hand cup. I imprisoned her. At 11. 0 returned again and took another. Me RAN as i By 11. 9 a a 11.15 as EP ma 11.20 cA ie 11.29 11.37 Says Me 11.40 nt id 11.52 * Be At 12.2 a stranger came to the larve in the left-hand cup. 1 imprisoned her. 446 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BRES, AND WASPS. No. 1. At 12. 3 12.37 1.32 1.50 2.39 2.49 3. 0 At 3.10 a stranger came to the her. At 3.15 3.31 3.36 At 4.10 a stranger came to the middle cup. At 4.45 6. 2 3. 3 ” . returned again and took another. left-hand cup. I imprisoned 3.14 returned again and took another. 3.24 3.34 99 99 I imprisoned her. . returned again and took another. 5.50 6. 2 6.17 ”? ” ”? SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 4AT Ne GNowiy (aNo.2: Jai etie o % 6.26 returned again and took another, 6.46 6.52 “I a: ISN: a ee Go Ww 7.48 iN ee) After this they were not watched any more. It will be observed that the second ant made many more visits than the first—namely, forty-two in about eleven hours, as against twenty-six in eleven hours and a half. During this time two strangers came to the larve in the cup they were visiting, and three to the other two cups. The following case is still more striking. On July 11, at11 a.m., I put a &. flava to some pupe of the same species, but from a dif- ferent nest. She made eighty-six journeys, each time carrying off a pupa, with the following intervals. Commencing at 11. 0, | At 1.33 again 11. 5 she returned. | 143 ,, 11. 9 returned again, | 1.49 _,, 11.16 again | BO 5 11.20, ee 1124 >, | Oe ae 1129 9 2.10 LAS ay A TAG) | 2.95, IEMs | 225 (ORO 239 12.5 ,, 2.35 TO 285 1230" | 240 ,, 12.40 ,, 943° |, 12.44 ,, 2.47 ASO. 25354, nS gees 2,56 ITO: 2.59 ,, NEI: 5; a. 2h 1 Seal, LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 32 4.43 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. At 3.10 again. At 4.30 again. plas ANSS. SIG > | 40: Dy | 4438, DOH | 445 ,, 388° | 449 ,, 8.85 ,, 4.53 ,, 3.38, | AL 5 3.40 ,, | 4.58 ,, SAT 5 Br 8:53)... | Belew Bin ae, ) 5 ae AM OMe | ley Ae Bi : BOD 1. A | BOS AMISH. | SO. AME | RSP. 4.15 ,, aI) 1 AnISa 5.89 ABN) 3 | 5.50 ,, ORY | i Be 4,26 ,, | TAQ After which she did not come again till 8, when we left off watching. During the whole of this time she did not bring a single ant to help her. Surely it would have been in many re- spects desirable to do so. It will be seen that some of the pupe remained lying about and exposed to many dangers from 11 a.m. till 7 p.m.; and when she left off working at that time, there were still a number of the pupze unsecured; and yet, though she had taken so much pains herself, she did not bring or send others to assist her in her efforts or to complete her work. Experiments with Pupe. July 11. Thad put out some pupex of &. flava in the central park. At 5.55 a F. fusca found them and carried one off. At 6. O she returned and ‘ook another. Again Govt 6. 3 6. 4 G. 5 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 449 At 6. 6 she returned and took another. Again 6. 7 ” »” 6. 8 e 4 6. 9 S e 6.10 » zs 6.11 Pa es 6.12 7 se 6.14 - Pe 6.15 5 sf 6.16 ss Bi 6.17 i xd 6.19 ss 3 6.20 . “3 6.21 3 ss 6.23 i ; 6.25 % 55 6.27 6.29 5 6.30 6.31 i 6.33 i . 6.35 ; 6.36 e 6.37 6.38 6.40 7 6.41 : . 6.45 is oh 6.47 ‘ . 6.49 i ¥ 6.50 : 6.51 is : 6.52 z 5; 6.53 ys a 6.55 . i" 6.56 % * 6.57 : 7. 0 Ue 1 7” bP) lle 2 Fos(s 32* 450 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. After the 45 visits, she came no more till 8; but when I re- turned at 10 I found all the pupe gone. During the time she was watched, however, she brought no other aat to assist. Experiments with Larve. T also made similar experiments with Myrmica ruginodis, im- prisoning (as before) all ants that came except the marked ones. Sept. 24. I put out two lots of larve; and to one of them I placed two specimens, which I will call 1 and 2. They returned as follows, carrying off a larva on each journey :— No. 1. 10.23 10.28 10.34 10.40 10.50 No. 2. 10.26 10.32 10.37 10.41 bringing a friend. 10.55 ile © 11.16 11.44 11.46 a stranger came alone. 11.56 12. 6 bringing a friend. 12.15 a stranger came alone. 12.22 I 12.29 12.34: 99 39 12.45 a stranger found the 12.47 second lot of larvae. 2 ) SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 451 No. 1 No. 2. ' 12.58 two strangers found 12.59 the second lot of larvee. Ie 1. 6 1. 7 a stranger found the 1.16 - gecond lot of larve. 1.20 1.21 1.26 1.35 1.42 1.47 1.54 1.55 with 2 friends. 1.59 2. 2 2. 3 a stranger found the 2. 4 larvee. 2. 9 with a friend. 210 2.16 2.18 2.24 2.25 2.25 a stranger found the 2.34 second lot of larve. 2.36 2.41 2.44 2.45 2.50 2.51 2.55 3. 0 3 i 3. 6 3.10 3.10 3.17 3.18 452 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. No. l. No. 2. 3.28 3.36 3.40 3.47 3.48 3.63 3.55 3.59 4. O 4. 7 4. §& 4.14 4.16 4.20 4.27 4.31 4.35 4.89 with a friend. 4.42 4.42 4.47 4.53 4.53 4.58 5. 3 5. 5 5. 9 Belen 5.17 5.25 5.32 5.40 5.46 5.55 6. 5 6. & 6.11 6.16 6.20 They came no more up to 7.30, when we left off watching. The following morning at 6.5 I found No. 1 wandering about, and evi- dently on the look-out. I put her to some larve; and shortly afterwards No. 2 also found them. Their visits were as follows :— SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 453 No. 1. No, 2, 6.10 6.21 6.36 6.42 6.44 6.52 Mb: Ucn ak y ae el fe, 7.22 7.29 7.30 a strange ant UBS found the larve. 7.40 7.49 7.54 8. 5 8.13 8.25 8.31 8.39 8.4.4 8.48 Thus, during this period these two ants carried off respectively 62 and 67 larve; 10 strangers found the larve, half of them exactly coming to the lot visited by the : nts under observation. Again. Sept. 27, at 3.55 p.m., I puta &. nigra to some larve of flava. She returned as follows :— A. 3 | 4.52 4.11 | 4.56 4.91 | 5 4.25 | 5. 5 4.28 | 5.10 4.31 | 5.14 4.37 5.18 4.40 | 5.23 4.44. 5.29 4.48 5.40 454 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 5.43 5.54 5.46 5.59 5.50 when she met with an accident. During this time no other ant came to the larve. On Oct. 1, at 6.15 a.m., I put three specimens of F. migra to some larve of #. flava. One did not return; the other two behaved as follows :— No. 1 returned to the larve at No. 2: at Strangers came at 6.52 ffl? 7.14 to lot 2. 7.22 7.30 7.32 7:42 7.42 7.45 to lot 3. 7.50 7:54 83, 0 ia. dU 8. 6 with a friend. 8. 6 8. 9 8.10 8.17 8.19 to lot 1. 8.23 ss 8.25 8.26 8.32 8.56 Sm aoe 8.38 8.389 8.41 8.44 8.45 ; Here I left off watching for half an hour, 9.22 9.28 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 455 No. 1 returned to the larvee at No. 2 at Strangers came at 9.29 9.35 9.35 9.41 9.45 9.47 9.50 9.52 9.54 with a friend. 9.57 9.58 to lot 1. 10. 0 ORL LORS 10.11 10.13 with a friend. 10.16 10.16 10.25 10.30 10.36 10.46 10.50 10.55 10.58 11. 0 11.2 11. 3 Tits 7 1 MS) 11.15 11.16 11.19 11.19 11.23 11.25 e277 11.29 with a friend. 11.30 11.33 L185 11.37 11.41 456 8I1R JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. No. 1 returned to the larve at No. 2 at Strangers came at 11.42 11.45 11.47 to lot 1. 11.48 11.49 11.53 11.59 12. 1 12. 4 12. 8 12. 9 12.11 12.14 5 12.15 12.16 12.18 12.19 * 12.20 12.21 12.25 12.29 with a friend. 12.30 12.35 12.36 12.39 12.42 12.43 12.45 12.47 12.48 12.51 12.53 12.54 12.56 12.57 12.57 1. O with friend. 1) Wo 4 1.5 Ns 30 1.10 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 457 No. | returned to the larve a No. 2 at Strangers came at 1.13 1.14 1.15 1.18 1.18 1.21 1.24 1.27 1.27 1.28 1.30 1.33 1.35 1.36 1.39 1.42 1.42 1.45 1.46 1.48 1.48 1.51 1.53 1.57 1.59 2° 1. 2. 4 2.15 2.17 2.21 2.22 2.25 2.29 2.31 2.33 2.37 2.39 2.40 2.43 2.44 2.47 2.49 2,50 458 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. No. 1 returned to the larvee at No. 2 at Strangers came at DST 3 3.4 with a friend 3. 6 3. 9 with a friend. 3.12 ; 3.14 3.16 3.16 3.20 3.21 3.23 3.26 3.26 3.30 3.30 3.33 3.33 3.00 3.35 3.37 3.35 3.39 3.41 3.43 3.45 3.46 3.48 3.49 3.54 4.32 4,40 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 459 No. | returned to the lary at No. 2 at Strangers came at 4.4.2 4.43 4.44 4.45 4.49 4.49 4.55 4.56 4.58 4.59 5. 2 5. 2 5, 6 with two friends, after Be which she came no more. 5.10 5.13 5.15 5.18 5.21 5.29 5.28 5.31 5:50 toot 2: 5.35 No. | returned to the larve at 5.38 7.14 5.41 7.18 5.45 PAL Oeil | 7.24 5.54 | Tho? 45) 6. 0 G28 6. 4 7 31 Go 7 7.B4 6.14 7.88 6.17 7 Al 6.29 7 4A, 6.28 7.47 6.31 7.51 6.48 Moo 6.54: 7.59 ) S Soe sl fopy Uh DP Cr bo or bo 460 8IR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. No. 1 returned to the larvee at 8.18 8.20 8.24 8.28 8.32 8.35 | | | | | No. 1 returned to the larve at 8.38 8,42 8.44 stranger 8.45 came. 9.44 We continued to watch till 10.15, but she came no more. She had, however, in the day carried off to the nest no less than 187 Jarve. She brought 5 friends with her; less than 20 other ants came to the larve. October 3. I put a F&. nigra to some larve of F. flava. She re- turned as follows, viz. :— 1.42 1.48 1.52 2.0 2. 4 2. 8 with a stranger. 3.35 3.88 9 with a friend. BIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 461 5. 6 5.22 5.10 | 5.26 5.14 5.29 5.18 | She dropped on the floor; I picked her up; and she returned at 6.40 7. 7 with 8 friends. 6.50 7.11. She now fell into some 6.54 water. 7. 4 Experiments with Honey. In addition to the above experiments with larvee, I tried the following with syrup. April 19. I put out alittle syrup on eleven slips of glass, which I placed on eleven inverted flower-pots on the lawn. At 8.385 a F. nigra found the honey on one of the flower-pots. 8.50 she returned to the honey, and at 9. 5 went back to the nest. 9.21 da i 9.30 ‘ 9.42 a : 9.50 i 10.12 : 2 10.21 i 10.35 A : 10.46 . 11. 9 : i 11.20 , 11.45 ‘ < 11.50 u 11.57 i f 12. 2 i 12:20 < i 12.30 12.45 z i 12.53 % 1.8 i ‘ 1.18 f 1.34 ‘ 1.43 fe 1.57 ‘ 9.7 i 2.28 . i 2.33 ‘ 2.49 ‘ / 2.53 2.59 ‘ F 3. 2 2 3. 9 i a Dall Y 3.29 i r 3.30 i 3.59 : : 4, 8 a After which we watched till 6 P.s1.; but she did not return again to the honey. During the above time 8 ants came to the same honey, and 21 to the other ten deposits. On July 11 I put one of my specimens of F. negra to some honey at 7.10. She fed till 7.25, when she returned to the nest 462 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPs. At 7.32 she returned. At 7.36 another ant came, whom I im- 7 AT is 7.50 55 ,», [prisoned. 8. 0 ‘ 8.11 i r 8.18 h 8.36 45 8.59 : 9.17 5 9.38 P 9.53 i 10.10 i 10.27 A 10.44 , 11. 6 : 11.16 a 11.88 3 12. O KS 12.36 f 12.45 ‘ 12.56 i 121 i 1.44 iS 2.10 262): 2.29 Be 2.50 ; 2.51 2 3. 5 After this she did not come back any more up to 8 P.M. April 25 was a beautiful day. At 9 a.m. I put some syrup in the same way on five inverted flower-pots, and at 9.10 put an ant to one of the deposits of syrup. At 9.34 another ant came to the same syrup. This one I will call INo. 27 At 9.40 No. 1 returned, : 10.45 No. 2 3 At 11 one came to the same honey; this I will call No, 3. Tage Nio. al i but did not come back any more, 12.31, No. 2 and at 12.47 went. Was eNons) 4 MeteandiO bolas 1.22 No.2 ,, ere aD fee M5ARNios Si anes EO NS 2.18 No. 2 2.30 re) SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 463 2.35 No. 3 returned, and at 2.36 went. 2.56 No. 2 ” ” 3. 1 ” 3.24 No. 2 returned. 4.19 No. 2 a After which I went on watching till 7, but none of these three returned. During the day 7 ants came to this honey, and 27 to the other four deposits. Here, therefore, it is evident that the three watched ants did not communicate, at any rate, any exact information to their friends. June 27. I placed four inverted glasses (tumblers) on the grass, and on the top of each placed a little honey. I then, at 8 o'clock, put two ants, belonging to 7. nigra, to the honey on one of the glasses. At 8.25 No. 1 came back, and at 8.45 she returned to the nest, but did not come to the honey any more. At 9.5 No. 2 came out and wandered about; I put her to the honey again; she fed and at 9.22 returned to the nest. At 9.28 shereturned tothe honey,andat9.45 went back to the nest. 10.42 . : 10.50 : 10.58 i, 5 11.10 i, 11.21 i 11.39 i 12.45 . i 12.59 r 1.40 , i I continued to watch till 7 p.m., but neither of them returned any more. Aug. 7. I put out four small deposits of honey (which I conti- nually renewed) on slips of glass placed on square bricks of wood and put an ant (/ nigra) to one of them at 9.20. She fed an went away. At 9.35 she returned, and fed till 9.43 10.14 i e 10:17 * 10.25 , i 10.27 10.37 , f 10.40 This time a friend came with her. At 10.47 she returned, and fed till 10.53 11. 0 r i 11.14 11.35 - r 11.40 11.52 - 2s 11.55 12.13 st = 12.16 0 . 1. 5 LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XII. 4G4 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. At 1.15 she returned, and fed till 1.18 1.26 1.45 1.58 Da 8) 2.20 2.25 2.37 3. 2 3.16 3.09 3.58 4.135 4.29 ” 39 1.29 1,48 Pay 2.14 2.21 2.30 2.40 3. 8 3.20 3.41 Ane 4.20 4.36 She was dis- [turbed. At this time there was a shower of rain, so I removed the honey for half an hour. At 5. 2 she returned, and fed till 5.10 5.20 5.42 5.50 5.58 6.15 6.21 6.25 6.32 6.40 6.49 7.15 7.25 7.30 7.36 bP 33 39 5.25 5.37 5.45 5.52 6. 6 6.18 6.23 6.27 6.35 6.4.4 6.53 7.20 7.27 7.33 7.37 During the whole of this time only three other ants came to the honey. Aug. 13. At 11 a.m. I placed a F. fusca from one of my nests, which I had kept for some days without food, to some honey; she fed for some minutes, leaving at 11.6. At 11.14 she returned, leaving at 11.20 11.30 11.40 39 ” 9 ” 11.35 11.45 SLR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 465 At 11.55 she returned, leaving at 11.58 HOF, x ei Lead 12.18" ms i 12:21 12.28 f s 12.31 12.38 3 c 12.41 12.47 u & 12.51 12.56 4 if 12.59 9 es * 1.15 1.24 ¥ * 127, 1.32 : 1.35 1.46 a s 1.52 1.59 4 . 2.3 DN uf ¥ 2.15 2.96 tf i 2.30 2.38 ¥ - 2.43 2.55 i x 3. 2 3.17 by, 4 3.24 3.35 ¥ ih 3.43 3.55 i in 4. O 4.13 ny a 4.17 4.35 3 xf 4.51 5.15 5) Hs 5.26 6.29 if a 6.45 I continued to watch till 8, but she came no more. During the whole time no other ant came to the honey ; indeed very few left the nest at all. I kept my eye on this ant for some days, and she visited the honey every now and then, while very few others came to it. As to Power of Communication. With zveference to the cases above recorded, in which, when ants had discovered a store of food or larve, others also found their way to it, I was anxious to ascertain in what manner this was effected. Some have regarded the fact as a proof of the power of com- munication ; others, on the contrary, have denied that it indi- eated any such power. Ants, they said, being social animals, naturally accompany one another; moreover, seeing a companion coming home time after time with a larva, they would naturally conclude that they also would find larve in the same spot. It seemed to me that it would be very interesting to determine whether the ants in question were brought to the larve, or whether they came casually. To solve this question, I tried the following ‘ 33* 466 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. experiments during the latter days of October. I took three tapes, each about 2 feet 6 inches long, and arranged them parallel to one another and about 6 inches apart. One end of each I attached to one of my nests (Ff. nigra), and at the other end I placed a glass. In the glass at the end of one tape I placed a considerable number (300 to 600) of larve. Inthe second I put two or three larve only; in the third none at all. The object of the last was to see whether many ants would come to the glasses under such circumstances by mere accident ; and I may at once say that scareely any did so. I then took two ants and placed one of them to the glass with many larve, the other to that with two or three. Each of them took a larva and carried it to the nest, re- turning for another, andsoon. After each journey I put another larva in the glass with only two or three larve to replace that — which had been removed. Now, if other ants came under the above circumstances as a mere matter of accident, or accompany- ing one another by chance, or if they simply saw the larve which were being brought and consequently concluded that they might themselves also find larve in the same place, then the numbers going to the two glasses ought to be approximately equal. In each case the number of journeys made by the ants would be nearly the same; consequently, if it was a matter of scent, the two glasses would be in the same position. It would be impos- sible for an ant, seeing another in the act of bringing a larva, to judge for itself whether there were few or many larve left behind. On the other hand, if the strangers were brought, then it would be curious to see whether more were brought to the glass with many larvee, than to that which only contained two or three. I should also mention that every stranger was imprisoned until the end of the experiment. The results were as follows :— Exp. 1.—Time occupied, lhour. The ant with few larve made 6 visits and brought no friends. The one with many larve made 7, and brought 11 friends. Hep. 2.—Time occupied, 2 hours. The ant with few larve made 13 journeys, and brought 8 friends, The one with many larve did not come back. Exp. 3.—Time occupied, 38 hours. The ant with few larve made 24 journeys, and brought 5 friends. The one with many larve made 38 journeys, and brought 22 friends. Exp. 4.—Time occupied, 23 hours. The ant with few larve did SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 467 not come back. The one with many made 32 journeys, and brought 19 friends. Exp. 5.—Time occupied, Lhour. The ant with few larve made 10 journeys, and brought 3 friends. The other made 5 journeys and brought 16 friends. Exp. 6.—Time occupied, 14 hour. The ant with few larve made 15 journeys, but brought no friends. The other made 11 journeys and brought 21 friends. Exp. 7.—1 now the reversed the glasses. Time occupied 3 hours. The ant with few larve made 23 journeys and brought 4. friends. Exp. 8.—Time occupied, 13 hour. The ant with few larvee made 7 journeys and brought 3 friends. The one with many larve made 19 journeys and brought 6 friends. Exp. 9.—Time occupied, 1 hour. The ant with few larve made 11 journeys and brought 1 friend. The one with many larvee made 15 journeys and brought 13 friends. Exp. 10.—I now reversed the glasses, the same two ants being under observation ; but the ant which in the previous observation had few larve, now consequently had many, and vice versd. Time occupied 2 hours. The ant with few larve made 2} journeys and brought 1 friend. The one with many larve made 32 journeys and brought 20 friends. These two experiments. are, I think, very striking. Hap. 11.—Time occupied, 5 hours. The ant with few larve made 19 journeys and brought 1 friend. The one with many larvae made 26 journeys aud brought 10 friends. Exp. 12.—Time occupied, 3 hours. The ant with few larve made 20 journeys and brought 4 friends. The one with many larve brought no friends and made 17 journeys. Exp.13.—-Time occupied, 1 hour. The ant with few larve made 5 journeys and brought no friends. The one with many made 10 journeys and brought 16 friends. Exp. 14.—I now reversed the glasses. Time occupied, 23 hours The ant with few larve made 10 journeys and brought 2 friends. The other made 41 journeys and brought 3 friends. Exp.15.—Time occupied, 43 hours. The ant with few larve made 40 journeys and brought 10 friends. Ofthese, 8 came at the beginning of the experiment, and I much doubt whether they were brought; during the last hour and a half she only brought 1 friend. However, 1 think it fair to record the observation. 468 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. The ant with many larve made 47 journeys and brought 1 friend. Exp. 16.—Time, 44 hours. The ant with few larve made 20 journeys and brought 1 friend. She did not return after the first 2 hours. The other ant made 53 journeys and only brought 2 friends. This latter was the same one as in the previous experi- ment, when, however, she had the glass with only two or three larve. Exp. 17.—Time, 1 hour. The ant with few larve made 6 journeys and brought no friend. The one with many larve made 11 journeys and brought 12 friends. Exp. 18.—Time, 14 hour. The ant with few larve made 25 journeys and brought four friends. The one with many larve made 20 journeys and brought 15 friends. Exp. 19.—Time, 43 hours. The ant with few larve made 74 journeys and brought no less than 27 friends. This is quite in opposition to the other observations ; and I cannot account for it. She was the ant who brought 15 friends in the previous expe- riment, and it certainly looks as if some ants were more influen- tial than others. The ant with many larve made 71 journeys and only brought 7 friends. Exp. 20.—Time, 2 hours. The ant with few larve made 35 journeys and brought 4 friends. The one with many larvee made 34 journeys and brought 3 friends. Exp. 21.—I now transposed the two glasses. Time, 13 hour. The ant with few larve made 15 journeys and brought no friends. The other made 35 journeys and brought 21 friends. Exp. 22.—I now transposed the glasses again. Time, 2 hours: The ant with many larve made 37 journeys and brought 9 friends. The ant with few larve made 18 journeys and brought no friend. This, I think, is a very striking case. She was under observation 53 hours; and the scene of her Jabour was the same throughout. The first 2 hours she had few larve and brought 4 friends; then for 13 she had many larve and brought 21 friends; then again for 2 hours she had few larve and brought no friend. Exp. 23.—Time, 12 hour. The ant with few larve made 25 journeys and brought 38 friends. The other made only 9 journeys, but brought 10 friends. Exp. 24.—I now transposed the glasses. Time occupied, 2 hours. The ant which now had few larve made 14 journeys, but brought no friends. The other made 37 Journeys and brought 5 friends. SIB JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 469 - Exp. 25.—Time 3 hours. I put an ant for an hour to a full glass; she made 10 journeys and brought 4 friends. I then left only two or three larve: in the second hour she made 7 jour- neys and brought no friend. I then again filled the glass; and during the third hour she made 14 journeys and brought 3 friends. The results of the above experiments are shown at a glance in the following Table. Tabular View of Experiments on Power of Communication. Glass with many larv. Glass with one or two larvee. 7 ] Ants Time Number Number mene Number | Number observed ot oF observed oF OF ‘|journeys.| strangers. ‘/journeys.| strangers. hours. hours. L. 7 11 2. Se 1 6 0 3. 2 13 8 4, 3 24 5 5. 3 38 22 1 10 3 6. 23 32 19 7. 1 5 16 8. 44 ll 21 3 23 2 9: Nee Ah ii 7 3 10. 1 15 13 2 21 1 11. 2 32 20 1 11 1 12. 5 26 10 13. a see 5 19 1 14. a 3 20 4 15. 23 41 3 2 5 0 16. il 10 16 22 10 2 17. 4h 53 2 43 40 10 18. aus ae 2 20 1 19. i 11 119, 20. aes a 1 6 0 | 21. 13 20 15 4h 74 27 22, he ae 1a 25 4 23 : 71 7 24. = ike Bix 2 35 4 5, 2 34 3 26. ie 35 21 2 18 0 27. 2 37 9 1k 15 0 28. 1k 9 10 2 14 0 29. 2 37 5 1k 25 3 30. 14 9 10 2 14 0 él. 2 37 5 1k 25 3 32. 2 24 a 1 7 0 Tt must be admitted that this mode of observing is caleulated to increase the number of friends brought by the ants to the glass with only 2 or 3 larve, for several reasons, but especially because 470 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. in many cases an ant which had for some time had access to a glass with many larve was suddenly deprived of it, and it might well be that some time elapsed before the change was discovered. Some stray ants would, no doubt, in any case have found the larve ; and we ought probably to allow for at least 25 under this head. Again, some would, no doubt, casually accompany their friends: if we allow 25 also in this respect, we must deduct 50 from each side, and we shall have 205 against 37. Nevertheless even without any allowances, the results seem to me very definite. Some of the individual cases, especially perhaps experiments 9 10, 20, 21, and 22, are very striking; and, taken asa whole, during 473 hours, the ants which had access to a glass containing nume- rous larve brought 257 friends; while during 53 hours those which were visiting a glass with ouly 2 or 3 larve brought only 82 to their assistance. One case of apparent communication struck me very much. I had had an ant (/ nigra) under observation one day, during which she was occupied in carrying off larve to her nest. At night Iim- prisoned her in a small bottle; in the morning I let her out at 6.15, when she immediately resumed her occupation. Having to go to London, I imprisoned her again at 9 o’clock. When I re- turned at 4.40, I put her again to the larve. She examined them carefully, but went home without taking one. At this time no other ants were out of the nest. In less than a minute she came out again with 8 friends, and the little troop made straight for the heap of larvee. When they had gone two thirds of the way, L again imprisoned the marked ants ; the others hesitated a few moments, and then, with curious quickness, returned home. At 5.15 I put her again to the larve. She again went home without a larva, but, after only a few seconds’ stay in the nest, came out with no less than 18 friends. They all went towards the larve ; but when they got about two thirds of the way, although the marked ant had on the previous day passed over the ground about 150 times, and though she had just gone straight from the larvee to the nest, she seemed to have forgotten her way and wan- dered; and after she had wandered abcut for half an hour, I put her to the larve. Now in this case the 21 ants must have been brought out by my marked one; for they came exactly with her, and there were no other ants out. Moreover it would seem that they must have been told, because (which is very curious in itself) she did not in either case bring a larva, and consequently it cannot SIR JOUN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 471 have been the mere sight of a larva which had in- duced them to follow her. It remained to ascertain whether the ants which eame by themselves to the larve found them by scent, or whether the road had been described to them; for it is obvious that the latter would imply a higher intelligence than the former. In many of the above cases ants came by themselves almost straight to the larve which were being visited by my marked ants, while other larve close by remained entirely unvisited. The stranger ants must therefore either have had the way described to them, or, having been told of the existence of larve, have tracked the marked ant by scent, and so found their way to the larve. To determine which, I made the following experiment. ar In the above figure A is the ants’ nest,othe & door of the nest. M_ is the section of a pole on which the whole apparatus is supported. JB isa board 2 feet long; C, D, E, and F are slips of glass connected with the board B by narrow strips of paper G, H, I. K is a moveable strip of paper, 12 inch long, connecting the glass F with the strip H ; and L is another move- able strip of paper, as nearly as possible similar, connecting H and I. On each of the slips of glass C and F I put several hundred larvee of F. flava. The object of the larve on C was to ascertain whether, under such circumstances, other ants would find the larve accidentally ; and I may say at once that none did so. I then put the ant (A), whom I had imprisoned over night, to the larve on F. She took one, and, knowing her way, went straight home over the bridge K and down the strip H. Now it is obvious that by always causing the marked ant (A) to cross the bridge K ona particular piece of paper, andif at other times the papers K and L were reversed, I should be able to ascertain whether other ants who came to the larve had had the direction and position explained to them, or whether, having been informed by A of the existence of the larvee, they found their way to them by tracking A’s foot- steps. Ifthe former, they would in any case pass over the bridge K by whichever strip of paper it was constituted. On the other hand, if they found the larve by tracking, then as the piece of paper by which A passed was transferred to L, it would mislead them and carry them away from the larve to I. In every case, 472 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. © then, I transposed the two papers forming the little bridges K and L as soon as the ant A had crossed over. I put her to the larve on Fat 6.15 a.m. After examining them carefully, she returned to the nest at 6.34. No other ants went out; but she at once reappeared with 4 friends and reached the larve at 6.38. None of her friends, however, crossed the bridge ; they went on to D, wandered about, and returned home. A re- turned to the larve at 6.47, this time with one friend, who also went on to D and returned without finding the larve. 7. 0. Ant A to larve. Tens ; An ant at 7.10 went over L to I. Hell : witha friend, who at 7.21 5 4 795 : { with two friends, } 797 . one of whom at 7.32 ri the other at 7.35 bs a with a friend who 7.39 ” | ven on to D, and | 7A ” 9 thenvatier cen 7.46 z An ant at 7.42 4 ¥ 7.55 b NSO ea i a, @ ome 1 ao ee He 8. 8 i art Satie ae “ 8.19 fi Ra ane i 8 24 5 M 9 10 found the larve. 8 39 rs ia 9.30 went over L to I. 8.50 : 9.12 z 9.22 ; 9.40 i 9.47 ‘ 9.55 le 10.35 At 10.35 I imprisoned her till 12.30, when I put her again to the larvee. 12.48 back to larvee. 12.55 a An ant at 12.58 went over L to I. 1.0 ” 9 eget ” ” 1.15 it Bs 1.10 .s Ma 1.20 i : ess 99 ” After this she did not come any more. During the time she SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. AT3 made, therefore, 25 visits to the larve; 21 other ants came a dis- tance of nearly 4 feet from the nest and up to the point of june- tion within 2 inches of the larve ; but only 1 passed over the little bridge K, while 15 went over the bridge L to I. On repeating this experiment with another marked ant, she herself made 40 journeys, during which 19 other ants found their way to the point of junction. Only 2 went over the little bridge to the larve, 8 went over L to I, and the remainder on to D. Another made 16 journeys; and during the same time 13 other ants came to the point ofjunction. Of these 18, 6 went on to D, 7 crossed over L to I, and not one found the larve. Thus alto- gether, out of 53 ants, 20 went on to D, 30 crossed over in the wrong direction to I, and only 3 found their way to the larve. From Jan. 2 to Jan. 24 (1875) I made a series of similar ob- servations; and during this time 39 strangers came in all. Of these, 10 went straight on to D, 21 across to the paper to I, and only 8 to the larve. This, I think, gives strong reason to conclude Fig. 2. that, under such circumstances, ants track one another by scent. I then slightly altered the arrangement of the papers as shown in the accompanying diagram (fig. 2). A, as before, is the nest, o being theB door. B is the board; fis a glass on which are placed the larve; m is asimilar glass, but empty ; n a strip of paper: to the end of 2 are pinned two $f] g other strips f/and g in such a manner that they, >—} [4 can be freely turned round, so that they can be turned at will either tof or m. Under ordinary circumstances the paper f, as in the figure, was turned to the larve ; but when- ever a strange ant came, I turned the papers, so that f led to m and g toh. The result was so striking that I give the observa- tion in full. Jan. 24. I put an ant, which already knew her way, on the larve at 3.22. At 3.30 she returned. 4.15 4 At 3.38 astranger came; and the 4.25 is bridge f being there, 4.34 i. she went over it to m. 4,49 ‘ 3.50 f 4.50 wi 4.35 ” ” 4.56 ” 5.15 bb] ) ATA SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. At 5. 5 she returned. 5.14 5.25 i _ Jan. 25, 6.30 a.m. Put two ants, which knew their way, to the larvee. No. 1. No. 2. Returned at 6.55. 55 Doweth Returned at 7.11. s 7.15 3 7.27 + 7.35 55 7.46 3 7.A7 ‘9 7.49 5 7.51 53 7.53 4, 7.07 y 8. 0 % 853 os 8. 8 8.16 stranger to m. 5 8.17 3 8.18 B: 8.21 8.22 “ “8 8.25 5 8.25 8.27 bs 53 8.29 ie 8.30 8.31 43 8.34 3 8.35 Ps 8.36 » 8.40 ‘3 8.40 is 8.44 8.45 - 5 8.46 ; 8.47 ” 8.51 “y 8.01 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. No. 1. Returned at 8.55 9. 3 9. 8 9.18 9.24 9.27 9.30 9.32 9.34 9.37 9.43 9.45 9.47 9.50 9.55 9.58 10. 1 10. 7 10.10 10.16 10.18 10.20 10.22 10.24 10.28 10.32 10.35 10.38 10.42 10.45 No. 2. Returned at 8.59 9.43 47: 9,44 stranger to m. 10.11 » Hr 476 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. No. 1. No. 2. Returned at 10.46 Returned at 10.48 a 10.49 3 10.51 5 10:51 a 10.53 ms 10.53 - 10.55 - 10.58 i 10.58 “ WE ® s Teer a ibe bs 11. 5 ui 11.10 5, Neat 11.15 stranger to m. 4 11.16 is AEG a 11.23 sf 11.24 A 11.26 x 11.26 i 11.30 AO TARBO ee LBs) Af TUL BSS i. 11.36 . 11.40 3 11.40 11.40 ‘ 11.42 a 11.43 - 11.45 a 11.45 : 11.46 . 11.50 iH 11.51 53 11.56 i 11.58 if 11.59 - 12. 0 aA 12.32 “ 12. 2 . 12. 6 A 12. 6 5 12.10 by 12.10 M 12.14 4 12.16 cs 12.20 # 12.20 12.20 ‘a a 12.24 Re 12.30 dropped. 1. 2 imprisoned her. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 477 Returned at 12.31 12.35 stranger to m. A 12.36 12.44 0 12.46 i 12.50 © as 12.54 0 12.59 3 Ike dL I then put her into a small bottle. I let them outagain at 7.10 0n the 27th. Though the interval was so long, they began at once to work; but one unfortunately met with an accident. The other returned as follows, viz. at 7.20 7.30 7.40 7.48 stranger to m. 7.46 7.51 7.55 7.59 In these experiments, therefore, 17 strangers came; but at the point 2 they all took the wrong turn, and not one reached the larve. Although the observations above recorded seem to me almost conclusive, still I varied the experiments once more (see fig. 3), making the connexion between the board B and the glass containing the larve by three separate, but similar strips of paper, d, e, and f, as shown in the figure. Whenever, how- ever, a strange ant came, I took up the strip f and rubbed my finger over it two or three times so as to remove any scent, and then replaced it. As soon as the stranger had reached the paper e, I took up the strip d, and placed it so as to con- nect e with the empty glass m. Thus I escaped the necessity of changing the paper f, and yet had a scented bridge between e and m. The results were as follows :— Jan. 27. At 5.30 I let out the same two ants as were under ob- servation in the preceding experiments. 478 STR JOIN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. No. 1. No. 2. Returned at 5.40, the other not till 6.49 6. 0 6. 8 6.26 6.22 stranger to m. 6.32 6.37 6.41 6.45 GAG ime 9 ORO 49, 6.50. came 6.51 6.52 * si 6.54 3 ‘ 7. 0 6.53 stranger to larva. Ue I 7. 5 S i. (ERG x TAOh po ee eNO 7.17 > , Cell 7.22 7.27 stranger to am. GODe. Fh, 55 7.28 7.29 5 7.34 ‘I then put them into the bottle. Jan. 28. Let them out at 6.45. No. 1. No. 2. Back at 7. 0 Boat ares ee Us & Wn OO. ae CL AS ie 712 a fel) MER Pee Lol 7.31 stranger to m. eh ees 7.32 55 ups a: 7.42 » 7.45 She dropped into EAD some water. eNO ee pales lt 5 a OE teal) SIR JOUN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS, 479 No. 1. Back at 8.40 po teal Hee L848 I then put them into the bottle. Jan. 29. J let them out at 7.35 a.m. No. 1 returned at 7.47, after which I saw her no more. I fear she must have met with an accident. No. 2 returned at 7.56 8. 8 8.18 8.28 8.35 8.42 8.48 8.50 a stranger came to the larvew, marked her No. 3. 8.56 9. 5 9.19 No. 3 9.20 9.26 9.36 9.46 2 strangers to larve. 9.47 5strangers to m. At 9.40 I found one of the ants which had been under observation on the 24th, and put her to the larva. She returned as follows (No. 4). No. 4. 9.50 9.52 9.55 9.58 10. 3 10.10 10.12 10.15 10.20 10,20 10.23 10.26 10.26 10.29 10.33 10.86 10.387 10.40 10.41 10.41 LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XT. od 480 gIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. No. 2. No. 3. No. 4. 10.44 10.44 10.48 10.51 10.53 10.56 ; 10.57 10.59 10.59 11. 2 ll. 2 ll. 4 11. 5 stranger to larve. ike 2 11. 8 3; 5 iil, @ ESS 11.10 11.13 11.14 11.16 11.17 11.18 11.20 11.20 iM . 11.21 5 5 11.22 stranger to 7. 11.28 11.23 11.23 11.25 stranger to larvee. 11.26 11.28 11.30 11.33 11.83 11.85 ij i 11.40 11.42 11.44 11.46 11.47 11.50 11.50 11.54 11.54 11.55 stranger to m. 11.58 11.58 12. 0 12. 1 12. 6 i 5 12. 7 12. 8 12.10 12.13 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 48] No. 2. No. 3. No. 4. 12.15 12.18 12.24 12:95 12.27 12.30 12.36 12,36 12.39 12.40 12.43 12.45 12.47 12.50 12.52 12.53 12.56 12.57 12.59 1,0 Noy lg7 Wol® 1.13 1.18 1.22 1.25 1.33 1.41 1.44 1.51 150 1.56 2.9 2.35 I then put her into a small bottle. We kept a look-out for Nos. 2 and 3 till 7.380 p.m.; but they did not return. Jan. 30. Let No. 4 out at 7 a.m. She returned at 7.45. No. 3 came of herself at } oD Nege Returning at 8. 9 8. 9 8.15 stranger to larve. . 8.20 8.25 i 8.30 8.36 34* 482 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. No. 3. No. 4. Returning at 8.40 8.43 8.51 Stranger to m. os 8.52 9. 3 ss 9. 5 Imprisoned them. Let them out at 10.55. Returning at 11. 1 Rs 11. 9 11.14 Stranger to m. And they went on coming regularly till 1, when I put them again in a bottle. Jan. 31. Let them out at 6.35 a.m. No. 3. No. 4. 6.55 7.12 7.15 7.21 7.29 7.37 7.42 7.42 7.48 7.53 7.55 stranger to m. 8. 0 Srl 8.12 8.18 8.20 8.24 ;, 8.27 8.28 8.32 8.36 stranger to larve. 8.39 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 433 I imprisoned them. Jan 31. Let them out at 5.35 p.m. No. 3. No. 4. 5.47 6.25 6.35 6.48 6.53 Usp 09 lends Gelli 7.16 7.20 7.23 stranger to larvee. E25 7.26 ” ” T.20 Bs m. 7.29 . A 7.380 7.30 > Jarvee. Imprisoned her 7.31 is m. Feb. 1. Let her out at 7.5. No. 3. She returned at 7.20 x 7.30 7.38 stranger to m. ‘ 7.40 e 7.48 = 7.58 7.59 ” 8. 6 a 8.12 8.14 5 8.17 3 8.22 ” Imprisoned her and let her out again at 6.20 p.m. She returned at 6.35 »? 35 484 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. No. 3. She returned at 7.20 i 7.25 Imprisoned her. Feb. 2. Let her out at 6.30 a.m. She returned at 6.50 7. 0 29 7. 2 stranger to m. 7.10 two strangers to m. 7.27 stranger to larve. 7.38 us mM. 8. 6 ‘ 8.1L 8.15 8.25 8.30 8.35 8.45 8.46 Imprisoned her. In this experiment, then, the bridge over which the marked ant passed to the larvee was left in its place, the scent, however, being removed or obscured by the friction of my finger; on the other hand, the bridge had retained the scent, but was so placed as to lead away from the larve; and it will be seen that, under these circumstances, out of 41 ants which found their way towards the larvee as far as e, 14 only passed over the bridge f to the larve, while 27 went over the bridge d to the empty glass m. Taking these observations as a whole, 150 ants came to the point ¢, of which 21 only went on to the larvee, while 95 went SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANS, BEES, AND WASPS. 485 away to the empty glass. These experiments, therefore, are in entire accordance with those already laid before the Society, and seem to me to show that when an ant has discovered a store of food and others gradually flock to it, they are guided, in some cases by sight, while in others they track one another by scent. As to their Intelligence and Provident Habits. Tt is generally stated that our northern ants do not store up food. But it must be remembered that their nourishment is, for the most part, of a very perishable character, and could not be preserved. Those ants, however, which collect Aphides may fairly be said, in doing so, to provide for themseleves the means of sub- sistence. M. Lund tells the following story as bearing on the intelligence of ants *:— “ Passant un jour pres d’un arbre presque isolé, je fus surpris d’entendre, par un temps calme, des feuilles qui tombaient comme de la pluie. Ce qui augmenta mon étonnement, c’est que les feuilles détachées avaient leur couleur naturelle, et que larbre semblait jouir de toute sa vigueur. Je m’approchai pour trouver Vexplication de ce phénoméne, et je vis qu’a peu prés sur chaque pétiole était postée une fourmi qui travaillait de toute sa force ; le pétiole était bientot coupé et la feuille tombait par terre. Une autre sctne se passait au pied de Varbre: la terre était couverte de fourmis occupées & découper les feuilles 4 mesure qu’elles tom- baient, et les morceaux étaient sur le champ transportés dans le nid. En moins d’une heure le grand ceuvre s’accomplit sous mes yeux, et l’arbre resta entiérement dépouillé.” With reference to this interesting account, I tried the following experiment :— Oct. 15, noon. (See fig. 4.) At a distance of 10 inches from the door of a nest of F. nigra I fixed an upright ash wand 8 feet 6 inches high (a), and from the top of it I suspended a second, rather shorter wand (6). ‘Do the lower end of this second wand, which hung just over the entrance to the nest (c), I fastened a flat glass cell (d) in which I placed a number of larvee of F. flava, and to them I put three or four specimens of F. nigra. The drop from the glass cell to the upper part of the frame was only * Ann. des Sci. Nat, 1831], p. 112. Fig. 4 486 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WAS?S. 4an inch; still, though the ants reached over and showed a great anxiety to take this short eut home, they none of them faced the leap, but all went round by the sticks, a distance of nearly 7 feet. At 6 p.m, there were over 550 larve in the glass cell, and I re- duced its distance from the upper surface of the nest to about 2 of an inch, so that the ants could even touch the glass with their antenne, but could not reach up nor step down. Still, though the drop was so small, they all went round. At 11 p.m. the greater number of the larve had been carried off; so I put a fresh lot in the cell. The ants were busily at work. At3 a.m. I visited them again. They were still carrying off the larve, and all going round. At 6 a.m. the larve were all removed. [I put a fresh lot, and up to 9 a.m. they went on as before. The following day (Oct. 17), E took two longer sticks, each 6 feet 6 inches in length, and arranged them in a similar manner, only horizontally instead of vertically. also placed fine earth under the glass supporting the larve. At 8 o’clock I placed an ant on the larvee ; she took one, and I then coaxed her home along the sticks. She deposited her larva and immediately came out again, not, how- ever, going along the stick, but under the larve, vainly reaching up and endeavouring to reach the glass. At 8.30 I put her on the larvee again, and as she evidently did not know her way home, but kept stretching herself down and trying to reach the earth under the glass cell, I again coaxed her home aiong the sticks. At 9.3 she came out again, and again went under the larve and wandered about there. At 101 put her on the larve and again helped her home. At10.15 she came out again, and this time went to the stick, but still wanted some guidance. At 10.45 she again reached the frame, but immediately came out again, and I once more coaxed her round. After wandering about some time with a larva in her mouth, she dropped down at 11.14. After depositing her larva, she came out directly and went under the larve. JIagain coaxed her round, and this time also she dropped off the glass with her larva. At 12.30 she came out again, and for the last time I helped her round. After this she found her way by herself. At 12.20 another (No. 2) found her way round and returned at 12.37. For the next hour their times were as follows :— SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, ANI) WASPS. 487 No. 1. No. 2. 12.46 12.47 12.54 12.54 en) 10S al leat) ily 8 1.12 1.14 1.19 1LPAal 1.26 1.28 1.32 1.384 1.38 1.41 1.45 1.47 1.52 1.54 Thus they both made 9 visits in an hour. As regards actual pace, I found they both did about 6 feet ina minute. Soon after these began, other ants came with them. It was a beautiful day, and all my ants were unusually active. At 1 p.m. I counted 10 on the sticks at once, by 1.30 over 30, and at 5 in the afternoon over 60. They went on working very hard, and forming a con- tinuous stream till I went to bed at 11; and at 4 in the morning I found them still at work; but though they were very anxious and, especially at first, tried very hard to save themselves the trouble of going round, they did not think of jumping down, nor did they throw the larvee over the edge. Moreover, as I had placed some sifted mould under the glass, a minute’s labour would have been sufficient to heap up one or two particles, and thus make a little mound which would have enabled them to get up and down without going round. A mound Linch high would have been sufficient; but it did not occur to them to form oue. The following morning (Oct. 18) I put out some larvee again at 6 a.m. Some of them soon came; and the same scene continued till 11.30, when | left off observing. 488 SIk JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. Again, on the 22nd Oct, I placed a few larve of &. flava in a class, which I kept continually replenished, which was suspended 3 of an inch above the surface of the frame containing their nest, but only connected with it by tapes 5 feet long. I then, at 6.30, put a & nigra to the larvee; she took one and tried hard to reach down, but could not do so, and would not jump; so I coaxed her round the tapes. She went into the nest, deposited her larva, and immediately came out again. I put her back on the larve at 7.15; she took one, and again tried hard, but ineffectually, to reach down. I therefore again coaxed her round. She went into the nest, deposited her larva, and came out again directly as before. I put her back on the larve at 7.85, when the same thing hap- pened again. She got back to the nest at 7.40, and immediately came out again. ‘This time she found her way round the string, with some help from me, and reached the larve at 7.50. I helped her home for the last time. The next journey she found her way without assistance, and reached the larve at 8.26. After this she returned as follows, viz. :— At 8.50 9. 0 9.10 9.17 9.28 I now made the length of the journey round the tapes 10 feet. This puzzled her a little at first. She returned as follows :— 9.41 10.35 9.55 10.44 10. 8 10.55 10.16 11. 6 10.26 | 11.14 with a friend. I now made the length 16 feet. She returned at 11.34 ‘ 12.14 12-20 two strangers found Es Palin the larvee. 5 12.50 a ale 1.80 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 459 She returned at 1.46 _ 1.59 ) 2.10 ie 2.20 ‘5 2.35 2.45 2.52 5p 3.10 3.19 3.29 3.40 3.50 I now put between 700 and 800 4.14 larvee in the glass. 4.31 4,53 a stranger came. 4 4 4.56 5. 8 5.12 i 5.20 i 5.25 5.40 6. 6 6.10 i 6.51 He) (sual 7.15 33 It surprised me very much that she preferred to go so far round rather than to face so short a drop. In illustration of the same curious fact, I several times put specimens of /. nigra on slips of glass raised on!y one third of an inch from the surface of the nest. They remained sometimes three or four hours running about on the glass, and at last seemed to drop off accidentally. Myrmica ruginodis has the same feeling. One morning, for instance, I placed one in an isolated position, but so that she could escape by dropping one third of an inch. Nevertheless at the same hour on the following morning she was still in captivity, having remained out twenty four hours rather than let herself down this little distance. 490 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. In my previous memoir I called attention to M. Forel’s inter- esting statement that when ants quit the pupa stage, they cannot distinguish friends from foes, though three or four days are suffi- cient to enable them to doso. Onthis point M. Forel has favoured me with the following interesting explanation :— “« Je prends des fourmis toutes jeunes (blanches encore) de fowr- miliéres et d’ espéeces entierement différentes; elles se mélent toutes amicalement les unes aux autres sans distinction, a l’exception WVune rufibarbis 3 qui se trouve étre un peu plus Agée et se retire al’écart avec un cocon; elle ne se décide a s’allier aux autres que le lendemain. Dia jours apres le commencement de l’expérience j’établis mes fourmis qui ont formé une communauté dans un coin, et je leur apporte de nouveiles jeunes fourmis toutes blanches prises au dehors. Les nouvelles venues elles ne sont pas mal dis- posées ; elles entrent au contraire dans la fente de mur ot sont les autres, mais les anciennes les repoussent, les menacent et les jettent dehors. Cette expérience démontre qu’au bout de dix jours les fourmis distinguent lewrs camarades des étrangeéres, tandis qu’elles ne font pas cette distinction dans les premiers jours qui suivent leur éclosion. Si je me suis permis d’écrire qu'il suffit de trois ou quatre jours de vie pour qu’une nouvelle éclose sache re- connaitre un ami d’un ennemi, ce n’est pas a la suite d’une expé- rience directe faite dans le but de fixer ce terme, mais parceque dans les innombrables observations faites sur ces fourmis je me suis assuré qu’il le fallait 4 peu prés ce temps pour atteindre un certain degré de coloration et de consistance, et qu’a ce degré de coloration et de consistance elles commencent 4 distinguer leurs ennemis, soit qu’elles s’enfuient, soit qu’elles leur montrent les dents. J’aurais du reste peut-étre mieux fait de ne pas fixer ainsi ce temps, car il y a tant de variations individuelles, suivant la température &c. que l’on ne peut étre assez prudent avant de généraliser. En hiver les jeunes fourmis deviennent beaucoup moins vite adultes qu’en été.” Division of Labour. In a nest of &. fusca which J established in my room on the 18th of December 1874, and in which the females began laying eggs about the middle of April, the pup had all come to maturity by the end of August ; and after this very few of the ants came out of the nest. On the 8rd of September I noticed an ant at some SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 491 honey which I had put out for their use. From that time to the present (Oct. 30) I have observed no other ant at the honey, while, on the contrary, I have found this particular ant feeding over and over again,—for instance, on the 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 17th, 19th, 20th, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th, and 28th of September, 1st, 5th, 12th, 19th, 22nd, 24th, and 30th of October. As I was away sometimes for two or three days together, and am generally only at home in the mornings and evenings, it is very probable that this aut visited the honey every day, and took in stores to her com- panions. I have already mentioned a somewhat similar though less marked case. Concerning Affection and Behaviour to Wounded. As regards the affection of ants for one another, Latreille makes the following statement :—“ Le sens de l’odorat,”’ he says*, “se manifestant d’une maniére aussi sensible, je voulois profiter de cette remarque pour en découvrir le siége. On a soupconné depuis longtemps qu’il résidoit dans les antennes. Je les arrachai 4 plusieurs fourmis fauves ouvriéres, auprés du nid desquelles je me trouyois. Je vis aussitot ces petits animaux que j’avois ainsi mutilés tomber dans un état d’ivresse ou une espéce de folie. Ls erroient ca et la, et ne reconnoissoient plus leur chemin. Ils m’occupoient; mais je n’étais pasle seul. Quelques autres fourmis s’approchérent de ces pauvres affligées, portérent leur langue sur leurs blessures, et y laissérent tomber une goutte de liqueur. Cet acte de sensibilité se renouvela plusieurs fois; je l’observoi avec une loupe. Animaux compatissans! quelle lecon ne donnez-yous pas aux hommes.” “ Jamais,” says M. de Saint Fargeaut, “une Fourmi n’en ren- - contre une de son espéce blessée, sans l’enlever et la transporter a la fourmiliére. L’y soigne-t-elle? Je ne sais, mais je vois dans ce fait une bienveillance que je ne retrouve dans aucun autre insecte, méme social.” I have not felt disposed to repeat M. Latreille’s experiment, nor have I been so fortunate as to witness such a scene acci- dentally. My limited experiences have been of the opposite character. On one occasion (Aug. 13) a worker of &. nigra, belonging to one of my nests, had got severely wounded, but not so much so that she could not feed; for though she had * Hist. Nat. des Fourmis, p. 41. + Hist. Nat. des Ins. Hymén. vol. i. p. 99. 492 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. lost five of her tarsi, tinding herself near some syrup, she crept to it and began to feed. I laid her gently on her back close to the entrance into the nest. Soon an ant came up to the poor sufferer, crossed antennze with her for a moment, then went quietly on to the syrup and began to feed. Afterwards three other ants did the same; but none took any more notice of her. Aug. 15. I found at 1 p.m. a Myrmica ruginodis which had lost the terminal portion of both her antenne. She seemed to have lost her wits. J put her into her nest; but the others took no notice of her ; and after wandering about a little, she retired into a solitary place, where she remained from 3 P.M. to 8 without moving. The following morning I looked for her at 5.30, and found her still at the same spot. She remained there till 9, when she came out. She remained out all day ; and the following morning I found her dead. Indeed I have often been surprised that in certain cases ants render one another so little assistance. The tenacity with which they retain their hold on an enemy they have once seized is well known. M. Mocquerys even assures us that the Indians of Brazil made use of this quality in the case of wounds; causing an ant to bite the two lips of the cut and thus bring them together, after which they cut off the ant’s head, which thus holds the lips of the wound together. He asserts that he has often seen natives with wounds in course of healing with the assistance of seven or eight ants’ heads*! Now I have often observed that some of my ants had the heads of others hanging on to their legs for a considerable time ; and as this must certainly be very inconvenient, it seems remarkable that their friends should not relieve them of such an awkward encumbrance. Recognition of Friends. I have also made some experiments on the power possessed by ants of recognizing their friends. It will be remembered that Huber gives a most interesting account of the behaviour of some ants, which, after being separated for four months, when brought together again, immediately recognized one another, and “fell to mutual caresses with their antenne.’’ Forel, on the contrary, regatds these movements as indicating fear and surprise rather than affection, though he also is quite inclined to believe, from his * Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 2 Sér. tom. ii. p. 67. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 493 own observations, that ants would recognize one another after a separation of some months. The observation recorded by Huber was made casually ; and he does not seem to have taken any steps to test it by subsequent experiments. The fact is one, however, of so much interest that it seemed to me desirable to make further experiments on the subject. On the 4th of August I separated one of my nest of F. fusca into two halves, which I kept entirely apart from one another. Four days afterwards (August 8th) I put an ant from a different nest into one of these at 8 a.m. She was at once attacked ; two hung on to her till about 11, when they left her. Before evening she seemed to have fraternized with them. Aug. 13. I put another stranger into one of these nests at 9 AM. At 10.380 one of the ants was dragging her about by an antenna; at 1 she was free; and at 2 I found her among the rest, apparently received as a friend. Two days afterwards she was still well. Aug. 16. I took one of the ants which I had removed from the others on the 4th and replaced her with her old companions. They seemed to take no notice of her, and certainly did not attack her. Aug. 20. I put in a stranger at 7.80. At 7.45 one of them had hold of her by the mandibles ; at 9.30 one was hanging on to her hind leg; at 10.45 she was free; and I did not see them attack her any more. Aug. 22. At 7.30 put in a stranger and one of their former companions- One of the ants attacked the former; they took no notice of the latter so far as I could see. At 10.45 they both seemed athome. This stranger I saw repeatedly afterwards, and she had evidently been received completely into the community. Sept. 3. At 7 a.m. I put a stranger in and also one of their old companions. Neither of them was attacked. Sept. 17. Put in three strangers; but they were not attacked. Oct. 3. I put in another stranger; but they did not seem to mind her. As, therefore, in some cases these ants did not appear disposed to attack strangers, I tried similar experiments with a nest of Myrmica ruginodis. On the 20 August I divided a colony of this species, so that one half were in one nest (No. 9) and the other half in another (No. 15), and kept them entirely apart. On the 3rd Oct. I put into nest 15 a stranger and an old com. 494 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. panion from nest 9. One of them immediately flew at the stranger ; of the other they took no notice. ; ‘Oct. 18. At 10 a.m. I put in & stranger and a friend from nest 9. In the evening the former was killed, the latter was all right. Oct 19. I put one in a small bottle with a friend from nest 9. They did not show any enmity. I then put in a stranger; and one of them immediately began to fight with her. In the evening the stranger was dead. Oct. 24. I again put in a stranger and a friend. The former was attacked, but not the latter. The following day I found the former almost dead, while the friend was all right. Oct. 31. T again put ina stranger anda friend. The former was at once attacked ; but in this case the friend also was, after a bit, seized by the leg, but eventually released again. On the fol- lowing morning the stranger was dead, the friend was all right. Nov. 7. Again I put in a stranger and a friend. The latter was soon attacked and eventually killed; of the former they did not seem to me to take any particular notice. I could see no signs of welcome, no gathering round a returned friend; but, on the other hand, she was not attacked. The Senses. Much has been written on the use of the antenne of insects. That they serve as organs of touch all are agreed ; but itis almost equally clear that this is not in most cases their only function. Some entomologists regard them as auditory, some as olfactory organs. There is, however, a third alternative, which I would venture to suggest, namely that in those insects in which the sense of hearing is highly developed they may serve as ears, while in those which have a very delicate sense of small, they may act as olfactory organs. This view is not in itself so improbable as might at first sight appear. It is evident that, in the Articulata, organs of sense are developed in various parts of the body. Whether the curious organ discovered by Miller in the metathorax of certain Orthoptera be an ear or not, it must surely be an organ of some sense. Hicks and others have described structures in the halteres and wings of various insects which have all the appear- ance of being organs of sense; while among the Crustacea we find the remarkable case of Mysis, which even has an organ of sense in its tail. Itis not then so improbable as might at first sight SIR JOUN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 495 appear, that the antennz should in some species act as ears and in others serve for the perception of odours. The position, more- over, which they occupy renders them a most advantageous situ- ation for an organ of sense. This suggestion would also explain various experiments and observations recorded by skilful entomo- logists, and which it is otherwise difficult to reconcile with one another. The Sense of Hearing. Many eminent observers have regarded the antenne as audi- tory organs, and have brought forward strong evidence in favour of their view. Lespés, for instance, found that a female Locusta viridissima, which was very sensitive to sound, lost apparently all power of hearing when the antennze were removed. She lived a fortnight longer and continued to eat. M. Lespés observed no other result except the loss of hearing. So far as I am aware, no proof has yet been adduced that ants possess the power of hearing. In order, if possible, to throw some light upon this interesting question, I made a variety of loud noises, including those produced by a complete set of tuning-forks, as near as possible to the ants mentioned in the preceding pages, while they were on their journeys to and fro between the nests and the larve. In these cases the ants were moving at a steady pace and in a most business-like manner, and any start or altera- tion of pace would have been at once apparent. I was never able, however, to perceive that they took the slightest notice of any of these sounds. Thinking, however, that they might perhaps be too much absorbed by the idea of the larve to take any notice of my interruptions, I took one or two ants at random and put them on a strip of paper, the two ends of which were supported by pins with their bases in water. The ants imprisoned under these cir- cumstances wandered slowly backwards and forwards along the paper. As they did so, I tested them in the same manner as before, but was unable to perceive that they took the slightest notice cf any sound which I was able to produce. I then took a large female of F. ligniperda, and tethered her ona board toa pin by a delicate thread about 6 inches in length. After wan- dering about for a while, she stood still, and I then tried her as before; but, like the other ants, she took no notice whatever of the sounds. It is of course possible, however, if not probable, that ants, even LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XII. 35 496 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. if deaf to sounds which we hear, may hear others to which we are deaf. On this subject I hope to make some experiments, in which Mr. Spottiswoode has kindly promised to assist me. The Sense of Smell. T have also made similar experiments, though with very different results, on the power of smell possessed by ants. I dipped camel’s-hair brushes into peppermint-water, essence of cloves, lavender-water, and other strong scents, and suspended them about 2 of an inch above the strips of paper along which the ants were passing in the experiments above recorded. Under these circumstances, while some of the ants passed on without taking any notice, others stopped when they came close to the pencil, and, evidently perceiving the smell, turned back. Soon, however, they returned and passed the scented pencil. After doing this two or three times, they generally took no further notice of the scent. This experiment left no doubt on my mind; still, to make the matter even more clear, I experi- mented with ants placed on an isolated strip of paper, as de- scribed on p. 495. Over the paper, and at such a distance as almost, but not quite, to touch any ant which passed under it, I again suspended a camel’s-hair brush, dipped in assafoetida, lavender-water, peppermint-water, essence of cloves, and other scents. In this experiment the results were very marked; and no one who watched the behaviour of the ants under these circum- stances could have the slightest doubt as to their power of smell. I then took a large female of & ligniperda and tethered her on a board by a thread as before. When she was quite quiet I tried her with the tuning-forks ; but they did not disturb her in the least. I then approached the feather of a pen very quietly, so as just to touch first one and then the other of the antenne, which, however, did not move. I then dipped the pen in essence of musk and did the same; the antenna was slowly retracted and drawn quite back. I then repeated the same with the other an- tenna. IfI touched the antenna, the ant started away, appa- rently smarting. I repeated the same with essence of lavender and with a second ant. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 497 As to Sentiments of Benevolence. Mr. Grote, in his ‘ Fragments on Ethical Subjects,’ regards it as an evident necessity that no society can exist without the sen- timent of morality. “ Every one,” he says, “ who has either spoken or written on the subject has agreed in considering this sentiment as absolutely indispensable to the very existence of society. With- out the diffusion of a certain measure of this feeling throughout all the members of the social union, the caprices, the desires, and the passions of each separate individual would render the main- tenance of any established communion impossible. Positive mo- rality, under some form or other, has existed in every society of which the world has ever had experience.” If this be so, then ants also must be moral and accountable beings. I cannot, however, of course urge this, because I have elsewhere attempted to show that even as regards man, the case is not by any means clear. In the case of ants, various observers have recorded instances of attachment and affection, some of which have been referred to in my previous papers. With reference to this part of the subject, I have made some further experiments. Jan. 3, 1876. I immersed an ant (Ff. nigra) in water for half an hour; and when she was then to all appearance drowned, I put her on the strip of paper I mentioned on p. 473. The strip was half an inch wide; and one of my marked ants belonging to the same nest was passing continually to and fro over it. The immersed ant lay there an hour before she recovered herself; and during this time the marked ant passed by 18 times without taking the slightest notice of her. I then immersed another ant in water for an hour, after which I placed her on the strip of paper as in the preceding case, She was three quarters of an hour before she recovered: during this time two marked ants were passing to and fro; one of them went by 18 times, the other 20 times ; and two strangers also went over the paper; but none of them took the slightest notice of their drowned friend. I then immersed another ant for an hour, and then put her on the strip of paper. She took an hour to recover. The same two marked ants as in the previous observation were at work. One passed 30 times, the other 28 times, besides which five strangers passed by ; but not one took the slightest notice. I immersed three ants for eight hours, and then put them on 35* 498 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS, the strip of paper. They began to recover in three quarters of an hour, but were not quite themselves till half an hour afterwards. During the first three quarters of an hour two marked ants passed, each four times; and two others also went by. During the following half-hour the two marked ants passed 16 times, and three strangers; but none of them took any notice. I immersed another ant for forty minutes, and put her on the strip of paper. She recovered in twenty minutes, during which time two strangers passed, and the marked ants, which were the same as in the preceding case, went by 14 times without taking any notice. I immersed two ants for ten hours, and then placed them on the strip of paper. The same two marked ants passed respectively 18 and 26 times, and one stranger passed again, without taking any notice. After this I left off watching. I immersed two ants for four hours, and then put them on the strip of paper. They began to recover in an hour, during which two marked ants, not the same as in the preceding case, passed re- spectively 28 and 10 times, and two others went by; but none of them took any notice. I immersed an ant for an hour, and then put her on the same strip of paper as in the previous cases. A marked ant passed her twelve times; and three others also took no notice; but, on the other hand, a fourth picked her up and carried her off into the nest. Again, I immersed an ant for an hour, and put her on the string. The marked ant passed twice, after which she did not return. Soon after, another ant came by and, picking up the immersed one, carried her off to the nest. I do not bring forward these cases as proof or even as evidence that ants are less tender to friends in distress than previous obser- vers have stated to be the case; but they certainly show that ten- derness is not invariably the rule; and, especially when taken in connexion with the two following cases, they are interesting illus- trations of the individual differences existing between ants—that there are Priests and Levites, and good Samaritans, among them as among men. Bens. Their Appreciation of Colour. Bees soon accustom themselves to look for honey on papers of particular colours. For instance, on Sept. 13, at 11 a.m., I brought SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 499 up a bee from one of my hives; at 11.40 she returned to honey which I had put on a slip of glass on green paper. She returned at 11.51. And again . 12. 1 3 12.13 12.22 - 12.33 x 12.46 ; 12.58 bs 1.12. This time she lost her way in the room. i 1.49 i 2. 1. This time she got stuck in the honey, and had to clean her. sy 2.25 a 2.40: I now put red paper instead of the green, and put the green paper with a similar quantity of honey on it a foot off. os 2.51 to the honey on green paper. I then gently moved the green paper with the bee on it, back to the old spot. When the bee had gone, I put yellow paper where the green had been, and put the green again a foot off. z 3. to the honey on the yellow paper. I dis- turbed the bee, and she at once flew to the honey on the green paper; when she had gone, I put orange paper in the old place, and put the green paper about a foot off. ‘ 3.10 to the honey on the green paper. I again gently moved the paper, with the bee on it, to the usual place ; and when the bee had gone, put white paper in the old place, and put the green a foot off. a 3.20 to the honey on the green paper. I again gently moved the green paper, with the bee on it, to the old place; and when she had gone, replaced it by blue paper, putting the green a foot off. 3.30 to the honey on the green paper. I again re- peated the same thing, putting yellow instead of blue. 500 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. She returned at 3.40 to the green paper. sition of the yellow and green papers ; 4. 6 4.15 3.51 to the green. I now reversed the po- After this 4.28, when she left off for the day, nor were there any bees still working in the garden. The same afternoon a wasp, which I was observing, remained at work till 6.29. Aug. 20. About noon I brought five bees to some honey at my window. They all soon returned, and numerous friends came with them. One of them I put to some honey on blue paper. She returned as follows, viz. :— At 12.36 12.42 12.58 1.28 1.38 1.49 2. 2 2.11 2.24: At 2.30 2.38 BD 3.10 3.22 3.50 4. 4, 4.14 4.23 when I left off watching and shut her out. The longer intervals are due to her having got some honey every now and then on her wings and legs, when she lost a little time in cleaning herself. Aug. 21. I opened my window at 6 a.m. No bee came till at 7.33 the above one came to the honey on blue paper. T also placed some honey on orange paper about 2 feet off. At 7.42 she returned to the honey on blue paper, and again 7.55 she returned to the honey on blue paper. 8. 3 8.14 8.25 8.36 8.44: 8.54 9. 5 3) T then transposed the papers, but not the honey. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 501 At 9.16 she came back to the honey on blue paper. 9.29 9.39 9.53 10. O 10. 8 10.21 10.30 10.42 10.53 ll. 4 11.16 11.28 11.41 11.56 12. 8 IDA 12.27 12.40 12.50 1. 0 1.18 1.25 1.40 1.47 1.57 2. 6 2.17 ) green paper. blue green Ithen tranposed the papers again. I then transposed them again. T now put green paper in- stead of orange, and transposed the places. I transposed them again. I now put red paper in- stead of green, and transposed the places. I transposed them again. I now put white paper in- stead of red, and trans- posed the places. I transposed them again. Inow put green paperagain * instead of white, ana transposed the places. I transposed them again. and thento ,, 5 the green. bP green. blue, and then to __,, ‘ ereen. blue. 3) The following day I accustomed this bee to green paper. She 502 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. made 63 visits (beginning at 7.47 and ending at 6.44), of which 50 were to honey on green paper. The following day, Aug. 23, she began work :-— At 7.12 returning to honey on green paper. I then put some on yellow paper about a foot off. 7.19 she turned to the honey on green paper. 7.25 5 I replaced the yellow paper by orange and transposed the places. 7.36 = ‘ 1 transposed the colours so that the orange might be on the spot to which the bee was most accustomed. } I transposed the colours. 744: _ as I now put white instead of orange. 7.55 Me s Transposed the papers. Salt R ms T now put blue paper instead of white. 8.12 53 blue paper. I now put red instead of blue. 8.23 : green paper. 8.25 : : 8.47 m5 I then ceased observing and removed the honey. Thus the bee which was accustomed to green returned to that colour when it was removed about a foot, and replaced by yellow, orange, white, and red; but on the other hand, when blue was so placed, she returned to the blue. I kept this bee under observa- tion till the 28th, but not with reference to colours. Aug. 24. At 7.45 I put a bee (No. 5) to honey on green paper, to which she kept on returning till 9.44. The next day (Aug. 25) she came at 7.38, and I let her come to the green paper till 9. The following morning she returned at 6 a.M., coming back as follows, viz. :— At 6.10 6.18 6.25 6.35 6.45 SIR JOIN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 503 6.54 7.3 7.18 I now put orange in place of green, and put the green a foot off. At 7.24 she returned to the green. 7.36 ss 7.50 8. 3 ” bP) blue. 99 I replaced the paper with the bee on it ; and when she had gone I put light blue in place of the green, and again moved the green a foot off. I again replaced the paper with the bee on it; and when she had gone I put yellow in place of the green, and again moved the green a foot off. I then did exactly the same, only putting vermilion in place of the green. I then did exactly the same, only putting white in place of green. It would almost seem, from these observations, as if there was less distinction in the eye of the bee between green and blue than between green and other colours. would have an interesting bearing on the colours of flowers. April 4. A fine day, but cold. I broughta bee to some honey at my window. She returned at the following times :— egal iL.Iys 1.24: 1.41 1.50 7ei5) AL 2. 6 Tf this should be confirmed, it 2.18 3.11 3.20 3.31 3.38 3.50 But during this time only one other bee came to the honey ; and, indeed, after 2 no other bees were at work. I had on Aug. 20 introduced some bees to honey in my room, since whichit had been much yisited by them. On the 24th I 504 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. put a bee to some honey inside a flower-pot 5 inches high and 5 wide at the base. The flower-pot was laid on its side, and the mouth closed, so that the bee had to come out through the hole in the bottom, which was about 4 an ineh in diameter. To make things easier for her, I made her a small alighting-board of wood, the top of which was level with the hole. I then placed the flower-pot on the spot where she was accustomed to find the honey. She had made her first visit that morning at 6.45, returning at 6.55 7.5 7.14 7.23 And when I put her, while feeding, into the flower-pot, she found her way out without difficulty. At 7.40 she returned, but did not seem able to find her way; so 1 put her in. The same thing happened again at 7.50 8. 6 and 8.20 but at 8.38 she found her way in easily, and had no further difficulty. She returned at 8.53 9. 5 9.14: 9.25 9.41 9.55 10. 6 This time a friend came with her and followed her in. I captured her. No. 2 took no notice, but returned At 10.19 | Jae 1S NS 10.30 | 12.25 10.44 | 12.8 10.54 12.50 11. 6 Tis 2 11.20 1.14 11.31 1.25 11.44 1.36 11.55 | LAT SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 50 nr At 1.57 At 4.44 2.9 4.55 2.19 5.10 2.31 5.24 2.43 5.35 2.59 5.46 3.25 5.58 3.33 6.9 3.44 6.20 3.56 6.42 Ay, | TO 4.21 | 7.15 4.34 is making 59 visits. After which she came no more that day. With the one exception above mentioned, during the whole time no other bee came to the honey. I might also mention that I had put out six similar flower- pots in a row, and that this seemed to puzzle the bee a good deal ; she frequently buzzed about before them, and flew from one to the other before entering. When she went in, she generally stood still just inside the entrance for about thirty seconds, buzzing loudly with her wings. I thought at first whether this could be intended as a sort of gong to summon other bees to the feast ; but, though several were flying about, at any rate none came. The fol- lowing day (Aug. 25) she came at 6.51, and had made nine journeys up to 8.41, when I left off watching. During this time no other bee came. Aug. 26. She came at 6.82, and up to 8.43 had made 13 journeys. 7 i strane SAY a cena 1A nee 28 5 Gla aia lel See It was a gloomy morning. No other bee came. WASPS. In my previous paper I endeavoured to show that wasps are entitled to at least as much credit as bees for industry. Indeed, as far as my experience goes, they both begin to work earlier in the morning and continue later in the evening. But without making any invidious comparisons, the following cases which I give as showing that wasps do not by any means always bring 506 sIk JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. friends to share any good things they may have discovered, also prove their great industry. Thus :— July. I marked a wasp (V. vulgaris, 2) and put her to some honey. All day she kept coming back till past 8 in the even- ing, but brought no friend. I do not think it necessary to give the times of all her visits; but I may give the times for a few. For instance, At 3.18 she came to the honey, and at 3.14 returned to her nest. 3.16 f hs 3.18 oe 3.20 ; i 3.21 : 3.24 A ‘ 3.25 i 3.27 S : 3.28 i 3.29 - “ 3.30 3 3.35 A : 3.36 . 3.40 f ‘ 3.41 : 3.438 i i 3.44 ‘ 3.46 : » 3.47 , 3.49 i : 3.50 i 3.53 i . 3.54 x 3.56 : : 3.57 é 4. 0 ° : Ai . 4. 3 a 4, 4 é 4. 6 3 i 4. 7 A 4.10 rf ain i 4.14 Thus having made no less than 19 journeys ia one hour. On the 10th of September, 1875, I marked a wasp. On the 11th she came to the honey for the first time, returning at 7.25, and left at 7.27, dat BA - 7.37 es 741 bs 7.44 5 7.49 2 7.51 5 7.56 a 7.58 hy 8. 8 i 8. 6 r 8.13 2 8.16 4 8.20 i 8.23 {BESO R 8.32 iL 8.37 fs 8.40 8.46 8.51 Sie was distur wed STR JOHN LUBBOCK OWN ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. Returning at 9. 4, she left at 9. 5 a OO , 9.10 aeons if 9.16 She was disturbed. By nora saw Oee ns 9.50 i 9.54 She was disturbed. LO TOG) ssh eakOue2 Re LOMO a lOcds | O20 bye lONoS 1026 LE TORE hu lO8S sp 1, slO8S py nal wa 2048 OG we 1 10:49 » 10:54 » 10.56 EO Le pelle ei sles ee aie cera at2) Ae LAS pe n20) i ALD St Tae PTO) ae plage Pee hese bo 11389 Tiel Pamela ne tea tse: Tulse! oe 159 = ee @ Seale Bui, 8 one aloslG ee oe Toe yy eee 12.35 ane D7 1242 ib a) 1249 oe 1252 Woes eo URLDSE a LENO x ies sb tS ‘ 1.10 pele F 1.15 sist e 1.21 con GE25 : 1.27 , veihst . 1.33 1874 1.39 1.43 3 1.45 CS 508 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. Returning at 1.51, she left at 1.53 1.58 c 2. 0 2. 4 . 2.6 2.11 2.13 Fi 2ug . 2.20 2.28 : 2.30 2.33 2.35 2.40 2.42, 2.45 a; 2.47 3) 2.53 y 2.56 Fae BLO ; a BA C 3.5 a 3. 9 33 3.11 . 3.15 o 3.17 By Oe s 3.25 3 3.30 “ 3.32 » BOT 3.39 J BAS se) ORG ie Oats) pe 3.54 AO a 4. 2 Awe : 4. 9 is 4.15 A 4.17 ea) 424 a 4.29 my 4.31 Si Aa i. 4.37 5) 4a 4.43 ee sO i 4.52 ees 4.59 ae : 5. 5 % 5.10 i 5.12 . 5.17 5 5.19 a eae : 5.25 a REO A 5.82 by s.eu0 5.39 ed y 5.46 Pees 50) : 5.52 BAG : 5.58 yy) EO RRD ? 6. 4 3 Oey i 6. 9 eG) é 6.15 CAP OD 6.22 SIR JONN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 509 Returning at 6.28, she left at 6.30 mar Gi odghe ae) 6.36 ee Gul : 6.43 This was her last visit for the evening, making no less than ninety- four visits in the day, during which time only two other wasps found the honey, though it was lying exposed on a table at an open window. The following morning she came at 6.18 and made twenty visits up to 8.18, after which I did not record them. During this time no stranger came. No doubt, however, if a wasp is put to honey in an exposed place, other wasps gradually find their way to it. To determine, if possible, whether they were purposely brought, I tried the fol- lowing experiment. On the 20th of September I marked a wasp and put her to some honey, which she visited assiduously. The following morning I opened my window at 6, and she made her first visit at 6.27, the temperature being 61° Fahr. I then placed the honey in a box communicating with the outside by an india- rubber tube 6 inches long and 3 inch in diameter. The wasp, however, soon got accustomed to it, and went in and out without much loss of time. The 22nd was finer; and when I opened my window at 6 in the morning, she was already waiting outside, the temperature being 61°. The 23rd was rather colder, and she came first at 6.20, the temperature being 61°. I was not at home during these days; but, as far as I could judge from watching in the mornings and evenings, no other wasp found the honey. On the 24th I had a holiday and timed her as follows. It was rather colder than the preceding days, and she did not come till 6.40, when the temperature was 58°. She re- turned as follows :— 6.49 8.19 6.58 8.26 AO 8.35 7.22 8.45 7 32 | 8.52 7.40 | Om 7.50 9.12 8.0 | 9.45 8. 9 | 1 had almost closed the window ; so that she had a difficulty in finding her way. 510 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 9.58 10.32 10.10 10.51 The temperature was still only 60°, and it was raining, scarcely any other wasps about. al tec ee 2.59 alee | 3.8 11.21 3.14 11.29 | 3.23 11.40 3.32 11.46 | 3.40 11.56 | 3.48 12.6 3.57 12.14. 4.12 12.25 4.20 12.33 | 4.29 1.21 | 4.39 1.32 AAT 1.42 4.58 1.53 | 5. 6 D6 | cali 211 5.28 9.96 | 5.85 2.35 | 5.42 Qi 5.52 This was her last visit. During the whole day no other wasp found the honey. I also tried other wasps, concealing the honey in the same manner, and with a similar result. I have no doubt some wasps would make even more journeys m a day than those recorded above. Power of distinguishing Colours. As regards colours, I satisfied myself that wasps are capable of distinguishing colour, though they do not seem so much guided by it as bees are. July 25. At 7 a.m. I marked a common worker wasp (V. vul- garis) and placed her to some honey on a piece of green paper 7 inches by 43. She worked with great industry, as recorded on p. 506. After she had got well used to the green paper, I moved it 18 inches off, putting some other honey on blue paper, SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 511 where the green had previously been. She returned to the blue. I then replaced the green paper for an hour, after which I moved it 18 inches as before, and put brick-red paper in its place. She returned to the brick-red paper. But although this experiment indicates that this wasp was less strongly affected by colours than the bees which I had previously observed, still I satisfied myself that she was not colour-blind. I moved the green paper slightly and put the honey, which, as before, was on a slip of plain glass, about 4 feet off. She came back and lit on the green paper, but finding no honey, rose again, and hawked about in search of it. After 90 seconds I put the green paper under the honey, and in 15 seconds she found it. I then, while she was absent at the nest, moved both the honey and the paper about a foot from their previous positions, and placed them about a foot apart. She returned as usual, hovered over the paper, lit on it, rose again, flew about for afew seconds, lit again on the paper, and again rose. After 2 minutes had elapsed, I slipped the paper under the honey, when she almost immediately (within 5 seconds) lit on it. It seems obvious, picaceete, that she could see green. I then tried her with red. I placed the honey on bidenedl paper, and left her for an hour, from 5 P.a. to 6, to get accustomed to it. During this time she continued her usual ae I then put the honey and the coloured paper about a foot apart ; she re- turned first to the paper and then to the honey. I then trans- posed the honey and the paper. This seemed to puzzle her. She returned to the paper, but did not settle. After she had hawked about for 100 seconds I put the honey on the red paper, when she settled on it at once. I then put the paper and the honey again 18 inches apart. As before, she returned first to the paper, but almost immediately went to the honey. In a similar manner I satisfied myself that she could see yellow. Again, on August 18th I experimented on two wasps, one of which had been coming more or less regularly to honey on yellow paper for four days, the other for twelye—coming, that is to say, for several days, the whole day long, and on all the others, with two or three exceptions, for about three hours in the day. Both therefore had got well used to the yellow paper. I then put blue paper where the yellow had been, and put the yellow paper with some honey on it about a foot off. Both the wasps returned to the honey on the blue paper. I then moved both the papers LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 36 512 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. about a foot, but so that the blue was somewhat nearer the ori- ginal position. Both again returned to the blue. I then trans- posed the colours, and they both returned to the yellow. Very similar results were given by the wasp watched on the 11th of September. After she had made twenty visits to honey on blue paper, I put it on yellow paper and moved the blue 12 inches off. She came back to the yellow. I then put vermilion instead of yellow; she came back to the vermilion. I transposed the colours; she came back to the vermilion. I put white instead of vermilion; she returned to the blue. oy) green 33 white 39 or] bb) » orange ,, green * xp H I transposed the colours . ae orange. T put white instead of orange 7 i white. yy oreen Fe white - if blue. 5 purple 5s green e Bs purple. 4 orange " purple 5, a orange. » green , orange . x green. I transposed the colours 2 Bs blue. 39 oy) ” ” green. So far therefore she certainly showed no special predilection for the blue. I then left her the rest of the day to visit honey on blue paper exclusively. She made fifty-eight visits toit. The following morning I opened my window at 6.15, when she im- mediately made her appearance. I let her make ten more visits to the honey on blue paper, moving it about a foot or so backwards and forwards on the table. I then put orange paper instead of the blue, and put the blue about a foot off. She returned to the orange. I put yellow instead of orange; she returned to the yellow. Vermilion: 5 yellow is if vermilion, » white a vermilion _,, i white. » green aS white e i green. I transposed the colours ; Hi a blue. T now put vermilion instead of green, and moved both of them a foot, but so that the vermilion was nearest the window, though touch- ing the blue ; a 5 vermilion. Again, September 11, I marked a wasp. She returned to the SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 513 honey over and over again with her usual assiduity. The follow- ing morning I put the honey on green paper; she came backwards and forwards all day. On the 18th I opened my window at 6.8, and she came in immediately. During an hour she made ten journeys. On her leaving the honey for the eleventh time, I placed some honey on vermilion paper where the green had been, and put the honey and the green paper about a foot off. She returned at 7.25 to the vermilion. I then put orange instead of vermilion. (34) orange a8 blue 55 orange. 740 4, blue i white x blue. 7.47 ,, white » yellow o white. 7.55 ,, yellow and then to the green. I transposed the colours. 8.2 ,, green. I then moved both colours about a foot, but so that the yellow was a little nearer to the old place. She returned at 8.9 to the yellow. I then removed the yellow paper and honey, and sled the honey which had been on the green paper about a foot from it on the table. At 8.15 she returned and lit on the green paper, but imnie- diately flew off to to the honey. I Sag transposed the honey and the paper. At 8.24 she returned and again lit on the paper, but imme- diately flew off to the honey. Thus, therefore, though it is clear that wasps can distinguish colours, they appear, as might be expected from other considera- tions, to be less guided by it than is the case with bees. Direction of Flight. Every one has heard of a “bee-line.” It would be no less correct to talk of a wasp-line. On the 6th of August I marked a wasp, the nest of which was round the corner of the house, so that her direct way home was not out at the window by which she entered, but in the opposite direction, across the room to a window which was closed. JI watched her for some hours, during which time she constantly went to the wrong window and lost much time in buzzing about at it. Aug. 7, I was not able to watch her. Aug. 8th and 9th, I watched her from 6.25 A.M., when she made her first visit. She still constantly went to the closed window. Aug. 10th and 11th, I was away from 514 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPs. home. Aug. 12th, she made her first visit at 7.40, and still went to the closed window. Aug. 13th, her first visit was at 6.15; she went to the closed window and remained buzzing about there till 7, when I caught her and put her out at the open one by which she always entered. Aug. 15th and 16th she continued to visit the honey, but still always, even after ten days’ experience, continued to go to the closed window, which was in the direct line home ; though on finding it closed, she re- turned and went round through the open window by which she entered. NOTICE. Heneeforward the Zoological and Botanical portions of the Journal will be published separately. Hach volume will consist of Hight numbers, mstead of Four. The price of each separate number, whether Zoological or Botanical, will be 2s. to the public, and 1s. 6d. to Fellows. Each volume of eight numbers, when subscribed for and paid in advance, will be charged 12s. to the public, and 9s. to Fellows. Any Candidate for admission as a Fellow must be proposed on a ~ written Certificate, to be signed by three or more Fellows, from their personal acquaintance with him, or knowledge of his charac- ter or writings. Fellows, on their election, pay an Admission Fee of £6, and are thenceforth liable to an annual Contribution of £3, which may be compounded for at any time by one payment of £30 in lieu of all future contributions. Fellows residing abroad, and not compounding, are required to provide such security for the payment of their annual Contribu- tions as shall be satisfactory to the Council. The Fellows are entitled to receive, gratis, all Volumes, or Parts of Volumes, of the Transactions and Journal, that may be pub- lished after they shall have paid the Admission Fee; and they may be supplied with any of the Society’s publications at a reduc- tion of 25 per cent. under the common selling prices. Complete sets of the first twenty volumes of the Transactions will be supplied to the Fellows at the reduced price of £20; or of the first twenty-five volumes, with the General Index to the whole, for £30. Any Fellow purchasing, at one time, ten or more volumes, may obtain those from the Ist to the 20th at £1 per Volume; from the 21st to the 25th at £2 per volume; and single volumes, or parts, to complete sets, may be obtained at the original prices. The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public; 6s. to Fellows: of the Index to Vols. 26-30 (now ready) 4s. to the public; 3s. to Fellows. Members are requested to apply at the Apartments of the Society, to Mr. Kippist, Librarian, for such volumes as they may be entitled to, or be desirous to purchase: but no volume can be delivered gratis to a Fellow whose yearly Contributions are in arrear, nor can any be delivered unless applied for within five years from the time of publication.— Vols. 29, and 30, and Second Series, Zoology and Botany, Vol. I. Parts I. and II., of the Trans- actions are now ready for delivery. A few copies of the several papers contained in the later volumes (from Vol. 26 onwards) have been printed off for separate sale; and most of them may still be had. The Library is open to the Fellows and their friends daily, between the hours of 10 and 4, and on Meeting-days at 7 P.M. With certain restrictions, Fellows are allowed to borrow Books from the Library. The Council-room, which will in future be used as a Reading- room, will be open daily from 10 a.m. till 6 P.M., except on Saturdays, when till 4 o’clock only. Communications intended to be made to the Society may be addressed to the President, or to the Secretary, at the Society’s Apartments, Burlington House, Piccadilly, London. SEPTEMBER 19. bus Qs. WN THE JOUR oe 1939 = aS ij THE LINNEAN SOCIETY, Vou. XII. ZOOLOGY. No. 64. CONTENTS. 1. Note on the Plastron of the Gangetic Mud-Turtle {#myda dura of Buchanan Hamilton). By Jouy PASNEDIRS ON, MC aID BID Soe esas Vey eae 514 II. Notes on Lowe’s MS. List of Webb’s Type Shells from the Canaries (1829), and on the Annotations thereon of D’Orbigny (1839), and Lowe (1860). By the Rev. R. Booa Watson, F.R.S.E.&F.G.8. Com- municated by J. Gwyn Jerrreys, Hsq., Treas.L.8. 516 IfI. An Account of some new Species, Varieties, and Monstrous Forms of Medusz. ae Guorce J. Romans, M_A., F.L.S., &e........ . O24 JV. Notes on the Venous System of Birds. a Cale: TL SSAWYE RIDuOp aD esto cl Qed DS Pelee ole te Naira pale nie cc 531 V. A List of “Marine Shells, chiefly from the Solomon Islands, with Descriptions of sev@al new Species. By Epear A. Surru, F.Z.8., Zoological Department, British Museum. Communicated by Dr. J. Murts, Fg Die el Gad Cts pts O00.) |S Pet rein me mere AG 5385 VI. On the Introduction of Trout and Tench into India. By Francis Day, Exsq., Surgeon-Major, F.L.S....... 562 VII. On some of the Fishes of the Deccan. By Francis Daw, “Hsgq., Surgeon-Major, PGS.) sos). Sages eas 565 VIII. Remarks on the Insects of Kerguelen’s Land. By H.N. Mosetey, M.A., Naturalist to H.M.S. ‘ Chal- HEART 7 20love oncne Soa eeneeee is ae as On suladats dette ae 578 IX. Note on ere dichrous. By Joun ANDERSON, ODE HBAS aoe, (Plate: OReN). 2 sk Senate 579 Index, Contents, Title, &ec. LONDON: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE; AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, AND WILLIAMS AND NORGATE, 1876. Hine tla 4 eS SIR JOHN LUBBOOK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 513 honey over and over again with her usual assiduity. The follow- ing morning I put the honey on green paper; she came backwards and forwards all day. On the 13th I opened my window at 6.8, and she came in immediately. During an hour she made ten journeys. On her leaving the honey for the eleventh time, I placed some honey on yermilion paper where the green had been, and put the honey and the green paper about a foot off. She returned at 7.25 to the vermilion. I then put orange instead of vermilion. 7.34 ,, orange in blue E orange. 740 ,, blue us white a blue. 7.47 ,, white ‘5 yellow S white. 7.55 ,, yellow and then to the green. J transposed the | colours. 8.2 ,, green. I then moved both colours about a foot, but so that the yellow was a little nearer to the old place. She returned at 8.9 to the yellow. I then removed the yellow paper and honey, and placed the honey which had been on the green paper about a foot from it on the table. At 8.15 she returned and lit on the green paper, but imnie- diately flew off to the honey. Ithen transposed the honey and the paper. At 8.24 she returned and again lit on the paper, but imme- diately flew off to the honey. Thus, therefore, though it is clear that wasps can distinguish colours, they appear, as might be expected from other considera- tions, to be less guided by it than is the case with bees. Direction of Flight. Every one has heard of a “bee-line.” It would be no less correct to talk of a wasp-line. On the 6th of August I marked a wasp, the nest of which was round the corner of the house, so that her direct way home was not out at the window by which she entered, but in the opposite direction, across the room to a window which was closed. I watched her for some hours, during which time she constantly went to the wrong window and lost much time in buzzing about at it. Aug. 7, I was not able to watch her. Aug. 8th and 9th, I watched her from 6.25 A.M., when she made her first visit. She still constantly went to the closed window. Aug. 10th and 11th, I was away from LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XI, 37 514 DR. J. ANDERSON ON THE PLASTRON OF home. Aug. 12th, she made her first visit at 7.40, and still went to the closed window. Aug. 13th, her first visit was at 6.15; she went to the closed window and remained buzzing about there till 7, when I caught her and put her out at the open one by which she always entered. Aug. 15th and 16th, she continued to visit the honey, but still always, even after ten days’ experience, continued to go to the closed window (which was in the direct line home), though on finding it closed she re- turned and went round through the open window by which she entered. Note on the Plastron of the Gangetic Mud-Turtle (Emyda dura of Buchanan Hamilton). By Joun AnpErson, M.D., F.LS. [Read March 16, 1876.] On removing a living embryo of Emyda dura*, B. H., from the ege, it was found doubled on itself through the middle of the plastron, the fold passing transversely a short way before the umbilical area, traversing the line of junction of the two halves of each hyoplastron and the interval between them and the hypo- plastron. The abdominai surfaces of the two halves of the body were opposed to each other; the neck and head of the embryo rested by their under surfaces on the abdominal aspect of the postumbilical portion of the plastron, the limbs being applied to the sides of the head. Straightening the embryo, I removed the plastron entire, and was astonished to find that it differed materially in one respect from the generally accepted views re- garding the structure of the plastron of the Chelonia. All the bones, with the exception of the first pair, were arranged around the membranous or semicartilaginous area of the umbilicus, and were well ossified. But instead of finding only nine bones in the plastron, eleven bones were discovered to be present. The two additional elements, occurring in the position of each hyoplastron, were due to the circumstance that the latter elements had originated in two ossific centres. All the other bones were the same as in the plastron of Zrionyx+. Hach hyoplastron consisted * T have applied this term to the Gangetic Hmyda, because it appears to me to be distinct from the Madras species to which the names /. granosa and E. punctata are more correctly referable. t Compare Parker’s figures &., from Rathke, of the plastron of the young of this and other genera, pl. xii. figs. 11-17 (‘ Monog. Shoulder-girdle and Sternum of Vert.’ Ray Soc. 1868). THE GANGETIC MUD-TURTLE. 515 of two small bony spicules, the most external (4, see sketch, p. 516) _corresponding to the outer wing of the hyoplastron of Zrionya, and the internal spicule (3) to the forwardly and inwardly project- ing process of the hyoplastron of that genus of freshwater turtle, to the outside of which the backwardly and outwardly directed ramus of the entoplastron is applied. _ These two bones or elements of the hyoplastron of Emyda dura, in the two individuals examined, were separated from each other posteriorly, opposite to the hypoplastron, by a cartilaginous _ interval (*) which permitted of their being freely moved one upon the other. At this point, or their angle of convergence, a mem- branous interval existed between them and the hypoplastron, corresponding to the fold of the embryo. The plastron of this genus, therefore, if these observations are verified by further research, and if none of the other elements are of a compound nature, may prove to consist of eleven distinct bones, two of which occupy the position of the hyoplastron of Trionyx. This peculiar character of the plastron of Hmyda, if of general occur- rence (which has yet to be ascertained), does not at any rate extend many hours beyond embryonic life—because in recently born individuals I have never observed the hyoplastron in any - other condition but that of a single bone which unites at an early age with the hypoplastron, while in Trionye and Clutra the embryos which I have examined have the hyoplastron con- sisting of one piece, which only unites with the hypoplastron at an advanced period of life. Whatever may be the explanation of these two instances of a compound hyoplastron in Emyda dura, there can be no doubt of the accuracy of the observation, which was verified by one of my assistants; but it is of suflicient importance, whatever be its cause, to be recorded and to receive further investigation. P.S.—Interested in the foregoing fact of development and of its value at issue, I append the subjoined memorandum from a paleontologist. « The condition of the hyosternal bone described in this young specimen by Dr, Anderson is suggestive of several fossil types. Tn an undescribed genus from the London Clay, known as Emys | levis, as well as in Platemys Bowerbankii, there are distinct lateral elements in the plastron which occupy the position of the lateral ossifications of Dr. Anderson’s specimen, being placed between the hyo- and hypo-sternal elements and the marginal bones. In Oryx 377 516 REV. R. B. WATSON ON WEBB’S the London-Clay fossil Platemys Bullocki, and in the Pleuwro- sternon from the Purbeck limestone, these elements extend right across the plastron, so as to entirely separate the hyosternal from the hyposternal bones.” —H. G. SrEney. Diagrammatic sketch, about natural size, to illustrate the condition of the plastron in the embryonic specimen of Emyda dura above described. 1 to 6, the six separate ossific pieces of one side, the second counting but one on both | sides, = 11 in all; 3 and 4, the double bony centres of the hyoplastron united by (*) a cartilaginous element, ultimately forming an ossific union between the parts in question; 5 and 6, hypoplastron; ~, umbilicus; d, depression on the general surface of the plastron. Notes on Lowe’s MS. List of Webb’s Type Shells from the Canaries (1829), and on the Annotations thereon of D’Orbigny (1839), and Lowe (1860). By the Rev. R. Boog Watson, F.R.S.E. & F.G.S. Communicated by J. Gwyn JEFFREYS, Esq., Treas:L.8. [Read April 6, 1876.] In the year 1829 Mr. Webb sent to Mr. Lowe, in Madeira, vari- ous sea-shells which he had got in the Canaries. Some ten years later the whole of the fuller material accumu- lated by Mr. Webb and by M. Berthelot were published under the title ‘ Mollusques, &c. &c., recueillis aux iles Canaries, par MM. Webb et Berthelot, et décrits par Alcide d’Orbigny.’ In this work M. d’Orbigny refers more than once to unique TYPE SHELLS FROM THE CANARIES. 517 specimens as among those which Mr. Webb had sent to Mr. Lowe, and implies dissatisfaction at Mr. Lowe’s retention of these, the absence of which marred the completeness of his work. In 1860 Mr. Lowe published in the ‘ Proceedings of the Linnean Society’ (Zoology, vol. v. pp. 169-204) a List of the Shells observed or collected at Mogador &c., with most valuable notes and ob- servations. In this paper Mr. Lowe makes very frequent refer- ence to D’Orbigny (see pp. 171-174, 188, 189, 190, 197-199) ; and the whole tone of these references shows that, apart from indignation at the manner in which M. d’Orbigny had done his work, Mr. Lowe resented keenly the way in which allusion had been made to himself. In 1873 the ‘ Liberia,’ in which Mr. Lowe had sailed for Ma- deira, disappeared utterly in the Bay cf Biscay ; and Mr. Lowe’s accumulations of marine shells from Madeira, the Canaries, and the Cape-Verds, which seem to have gone on from 1826, were forwarded to me for publication by his executor, Mr. T. V. Wol- laston. Among these I have found the identical Canarian shells sent by Mr. Webb, and Mr. Lowe’s annotated list, which he had sent back to Mr. Webb—in short, the very material which M. @Orbigny complained of Mr. Lowe’s having retained, and the information which Mr. Lowe objected to M. d’Orbigny having, without acknowledgment, used. In the interests, then, of truth, as bearing on both these parties, and as needed for the fuller knowledge of the marine Mollusca of the Canaries, this list is of value*. It is as follows :— “Marine Mollusca from Grand Canaria, Lancerotte, and Fuerteventura, sent by P. B. Webb, Esq. Oct. 29, 1829. “1. Lucina pensylvanica. Differing in the entire, not crisped, epidermis. Var. an sp.?”’ D’Orbigny published this as LZ. Adansoni, D’Orb., remarking that “‘ Cette espéce a, par ses lames, encore beaucoup de rapports avec la L. pensylvanica; mais une différence notable entre elles, e’est que les lames sont recourbées du cdté du sommet dans la L. pensylvanica, tandis qu’ elles le sont au contraire dans l’espéce qui nous oceupe du cété de louverture des valves.” Tt is not found in Madeira. “2. Cardium tuberculatum.”’ This is so given by D’Orbigny. It is also found in Madeira. * The shells themselves I propose to deposit in the British Museum. 518 REV. R. B. WATSON ON WEBB’S “3. Mactra pullastrina, nob., rugosa, Lamk. A worn shell, and the only one broken. More. New.” This D’Orbigny published as JZ rugosa, Chemnitz. In Mr. Lowe’s note, Lutraria rugosa, Lamk., had been first written ; then Lutraria had been scored out, the words “rugosa, Lamk.” being left. Then a score was drawn under all these words. Then Mactra pullastrina, nob., was written above the line, and the word “ New” was written over the word rare, so as to erase it. This species is not found in Madeira. “4, Lima squamosa.” This is so given by D’Orbigny. It is also Madeiran. “5. Mactra Adansoni, nob. Adans. t. 17. f. 17. ‘ le Fatan.’ Not taken up by Lamk. or any other author. Sadly worn specimens.” This is published by D’Orbigny as J striatellata, Lam. It is not found in Madeira. “6. Cardium costatum. ‘Coquille rare et précieuse, surtout lorsqu’on posséde les deux valves du méme individu,’ Lamk.” D’Orbigny publishes this species with the remark that, “MM. Webb et Berthelot l’ont recueillie a Lancerotte.” This is probably one of the exotic species bought at Lancerotte, and the place of whose origin is very doubtfully Canarian. (See Lowe, Mogador shells, p. 188.) It is not found in Madeira. “7. Mytilus edulis, var. denticulis cardinalibus subbinis, an- swers exactly to Adanson’s, p. 212, t.15. fi 4. ‘Le Fouet, a synon. not heretofore identified. Specimens of Balanus pun- ctatus attached to it.”’ D’Orbigny publishes this as J. elongatus, Chem. and Lam., while Weinkauff (Conchyl. d. Mittelmeeres, 1. 227) denies that it is the MZ. elongatus of Lam., and gives for it WM. pictus, Born. Dunker (Index, Moll. p. 47) says it is I. smaragdinus, Chem. I have some very young shells from Madeira, which may pos- sibly be this species. “8. Venus verrucosa.” D’Orbigny identifies this with the Elonisse of Adanson, which is a misprint for Clonisse. Madeiran. “9. Dolium olearium, Lamk. The larger size you mention may be D. galea. Look well after it.” TYPE SHELLS FROM THE CANARIES. 519 This species is not enumerated by D’Orb.; and Mr. Edgar Smith, of the British Museum, who has kindly examined for me some of D’Orbigny’s types deposited in the British Museum, in- forms me that D. oleariwm is not in the list, nor among the shells themselves. The specimen sent by Webb is a young shell of D. galea, Linn. D. olearium is not found in Madeira. “10. Doliwm perdix, Lamk.’’ Webb’s type specimen thus named is the young of Cassis un- dulata, Linn., a species which D’Orb. has given under the name of C. sulcosa, Lam. He publishes Doliwm perdix, Lam., as found in the Canaries; and Mr. E. Smith assures me that the type specimen deposited by D’Orbigny in the British Museum is really of this species. It is not found in Madeira. “11. Voluta Neptuni, Lam. Capital!” D’Orbigny publishes this species under this name as Canarian. In the “ List of Shells observed at Mogador,” already referred to, Mr. Lowe says that this is the Voluta olla, Linn. (that name, of course, having priority over that of Meptwni of Lamarck); and enumerating various places for its habitat, he adds, in inverted commas, “ Lanzarote (7. e. opposite coast of Africa), Webb ;” and continues, “ D’Orbigny’s typical Canarian specimen of his V. Neptuni in the British Museum is certainly nothing (as before affirmed) but a wretched bleached and battered shell of V. rubi- ginosa, Sw. Yet I possess a small mottled young example of the true V. Neptuni, Gm. (=V. navicula, Gm.), 2 inches long by 1 inch and 5 lines broad, sent me by Webb in 1829 from Lanzarotte, which, though doubtless of African origin, suffices to forbid the quotation of V. Neptuni, D’Orb., in W. B. ii. 2. 85, together with his V. poreina, under Cymbium rubiginosum, Sw., var. 2, with which, however, the existing types of both his species in the British Museum are all equally identical. For this, his record of the species as a Canarian (Lanzarotan) shell, though unsupported by the type in his collection, doubtless rests on the authority of a MS. list by myself, with notes or descriptions of all the Canarian shells received by me from Webb, drawn up for, and communi- cated many years ago (in 1833) to my late friend, of which D’Orbigny has, without acknowledgment, made unsparing use, borrowing most of the new specific names, and arbitrarily chan- ging others, without reference | Note—except in two instances— Planavis levigata, p. 79, and Ranella abbreviata, p. 94. The 520 REV. R. B. WATSON ON WEBB’S ‘ Planawis’ is a young example of a Nassa, very abundant at Arecife in Lanzarote, and closely allied to WV. mutabilis (.)*] to their real author. In this list the small mottled Lanzarotan example of V. Neptunt, Gm., above mentioned was included ; and it still exists, so marked, in my Canarian (Webbian) collection.” V. Neptuni is not found in Madeira. “42. Ranella abbreviata, nob. So nearly allied to R. margi- nata of Sowerby’s ‘Genera’ (Buccinum marginatum, Gmel., and Ranella levigata, Lamk.), a fossil species from Piacenza, that it ig hard to say they are distinct. An excellent shell. More.” M. d’Orbigny quotes this species under Mr. Lowe’s name, and adds, “ MM. Webb et Berthelot, ayant adressé des Canaries 4 M. Lowe, une collection des coquilles qu’ils avaient de ces iles, et qui comprenait méme des espéces uniques, M. Lowe fait l’ob- servation suivante sur une espéce que nous n’avons pas vue.” He then quotes Mr. Lowe’s note as above, and adds :—“ Il pa- raitrait prouvé, en conséquence, que cette espéce intéressante se trouve vivante aux Canaries.” This species is the A. levigata, Lam., and is also found at Madeira. “18. Bulla ampulla.” D’Orbigny publishes this species under this name; but it is really a different species, the B. punctata of H. Adams. It is also found in Madeira. 14. Marginelta glabella. Very pretty, but, alas! very com- mon. The animal is well figured and described by Adanson. It is so nearly allied to Cyprea that they will probably one day be united.” D’Orbigny says, “cette espéce ....semblerait, au anes abord, devoir étre réunie 4 la Marginella aurantia, Lam., en raison de ses couleurs et de sa forme; mais elle s’en distingue par la manque de dents sur sa lévre,’ &c. Ido not quite understand D’Orbigny here ; for both the Canarian (teste Webb’s types) and the Senegal specimens (teste Adanson, text and plate) have these teeth. Jt is not found in Madeira. “ 15. Columbella rustica.’ M. d’Orbigny gives this species, but spells it Colombella. It is Madeiran. * There is further re‘erence to these two sp. further on. See Nos. 12 & 18. TYPE SHELLS FROM THE CANARIES. 521 “16. Conus guinaicus, I believe, but sadly worn. More.” This is not among the shells sent to me by Mr. Wollaston. The species is given by D’Orbigny as Canarian, under this name. “17 I can find nowhere, and the next had dropped out of the box before it was opened, but was luckily picked up. Do send it me. I dare say it wasa N.S.!!!” “18. Planaxis levigata, nob. Quite new to me, and I believe unpublished. More if you can. There is only one.” In regard to this, D’Orbigny says, “ No. 94. Lors de leur séjour aux Canaries MM. Webb et Berthelot envoyerent une collection de coquilles marines 4 M. Lowe, qui, en leur adressant la determination, a signalé une espéce nouvelle de Planaze qu’il nomme Planaxis levigata. Comme la plupart des espéces en- voyées par MM. Webb et Berthelot étaient uniques, ou qu’au moins ils ne les ont pas toutes rapportées, celle-ci se trouve de ce nombre et nous ne pouvons la décrire, mais nous croyons devoir la signaler parmi les espéces Canariennes.” How this species came to be set down here as unique is not obvious. It is extremely common on the whole shore from Las Palmas to the Isleta in Grand Canary ; and Mr. Lowe, at p. 191, in a note (already quoted at p. 519-20) to his List of Mogador Shells, mentions that it is very abundant at Arecife, in Lanzarote, adding that the shell sent him by Mr. Webb is a young example of a Nassa, closely allied to NV. mutabilis, Linn. Since a shell so common as this Wassa was unlikely to be overlooked, it seemed to me probable that M. d’Orbigny had in this instance also fol- lowed Lowe, and that it was this species he had in view at p. 90 as “No. 133. Buecinum mutabile, Linn. Hab. les iles Canaries (les individus plus petits); but Mr. Edgar Smith assures me that D’Orbigny’s type specimen from Canary is a genuine JV. mu- tabilis, L., and that this species, sent by Mr. Webb to Lowe, is Buccinum conspersum, Philippi (Zeitsch. f. Malacologie, 1848, p. 189; and also in his Abbildungen, &c., neuer Conchylen, vol. iii. Lief. v. p. 44, pl. 1. f. 6). It is not found at Madeira; but at the Selvagens, three small islands about 150 miles S8.S.E. from Madeira, and 100 miles N. of Teneriffe, it seems to be abundant. I judge so at least from its presence among a few marine shells procured thence by the Baron do Castello de Paiva, and forwarded by him to Mr. Lowe, which haye heen handed on to me by Mr. Wollaston. 522 REV. R. B. WATSON ON WEBB’S 19, Littorina vulgaris (Turbo littoreus, Linn.).”’ D’Orbigny has published this as a new species, L. canariensts ; but it is the Z. striata, King, which name has the priority. Tt is also found in Madeira. “20. Turbo rugosus, Linn. & Lamk.”’ D’Orbigny gives this species, which is also Madeiran. “21. Natica porcellana, nob. LN. mamille and N. effuse affinis. Found also in Madeira. I want it of all things with the operculum. As many more as you can spare.” M. @Orbigny spells this name with one 7. In the text it bears no name ; but on the plate it has that of “ d’Orb.” “22. Cerithium lineolatum, nob. Adans. t. 10. f. 5, ‘le De- gon,’ not taken up by Lamk. More.” M. @Orbigny refers to a small var. of C. vulgatum, Brug., which is, no doubt, this species. It is not found in Madeira, but, like the Wassa above mentioned, seems to abound in the Sel- vagens. “31. vulgatum, Lamk., Adans. t. 10. f.8. ‘ Le Goumier,’ p- 156. ‘J’ai trouvé cette espéce dans les endroits vaseux de Visle Ténérif et de celle de Fayal.’ ”’ It is thus given by D’Orbigny. It is not found in Madeira. “¢ 23. Buccinum scrobiculator, nob. ; Triton scrobiculator, Lamk. ; Murex scrobiculator, L.”’ This is Ranella scrobiculator. It is given by D’Orb., and is found in Madeira. “ 24. Mitra melaniana, Lam. Much higher-coloured than in Madeira.” D’Orbigny publishes this as MZ. nigra, Chem. It is the WM. Ju- tescens, Lam., of the Mediterranean, and the Mitra fusca, Reeve. It is found at Madeira, as Mr. Lowe mentions; but the difference of colour he adverts to is not found in the better specimens. 25. Voluta porcina, Lamk.” D’Orbigny has published this species under this name; but, according to Lowe, in his very able paper on Cymbium, given in his notes to his Mogador shells, this is an erroneous identifica- tion, and the species here in question is really Cymbiwm (Voluta) rubiginosum, Swains. Further, Mr. Lowe rejects this altogether as a Canarian shell, founding his decision, not merely on cireum- TYPE SHELLS FROM THE CANARIES. 523 stantial evidence, which is strong, but also on a letter of Mr. Webb’s, who wrote (in 1830):—“ The reason why many of the shells I sent are in a bad state is that they are collected by the Jishermen on the opposite continent of Africa.” Mr. Lowe, accord- ingly, referring this specimen and those of D’Orb. to the V. rubi- nosa, var. 3. incurva, gives as its “ Hab. Mogador and coast of Africa, opposite Lanzarote. Webb; Lowe.” Neither of these species is Madeiran. “26. Buccinum olearium, nob. Murex olearium, L. Can you not get me a live specimen of this size?” D’Orbigny publishes this as the Triton pileare of Linn. and Gmelin, and gives 7. succinctus, Lam., as a synonym. It seems generally admitted that 7. pileare is a different species, from the Indian Ocean, and that 7. succinctus, Lam.=T. olearium (Linn. part), Desh., must give place (see Weinkauff, Conch. d. Mittel- meeres, 11. 77, and Monterosato, Notiz. i. a. Conchiglie Mediterr.) to the older name given by V. Salis, of 7. parthenopeus. It is also Madeiran in a dwarf form. Along with this specimen is another shell in bad condition, which Mr. Lowe had evidently accepted as the same species. I believe it to be a large form of a Madeiran species, which I propose to publish as new under the name of Z. anceps. “927. Triton nodiferum, Lamk.”’ Thus given by D’Orbigny. It is also Madeiran. “28. Haliotis tuberculata.” Thus given by D’Orbigny. It is also Madeiran. “99, Patella solida, nob.; P. aspera, Lam.? Plentiful in Madeira.” The paper thus numbered and named by Mr. Lowe contains two shells, of which the one is P. Lowei, D’Orb., = P. aspera, Lam.; and the other is P. eerulea, Linn.,=P. crenata, Gmel. Both are common in Madeira. There is a great deal of confusion regarding the synonymy of these two; but without going into that question, and without discussing the correctness of D’Orbigny’s names for them, this is certain, both from the shells and from the animals both in Madeira and in the Canaries, that there are two well-marked species demanding the recognition of distinct names, and that D’Orbigny has done well to distinguish them. If the names 524 MR. G. J. ROMANES ON SOME NEW SPECIES, VARIETIES, aspera and crenata are really nothing but different names for the same shell, as Weinkauff asserts, it is quite certain that the Patella which D’Orbigny has described under the name of P. Loweéi, is a separate species. “© 30. Cyprea spurca, Linn.” Thus given by D’Orbigny. It is also Madeiran. “31. Cerithium vulgatum. See above.” “32. Cypreea lurida.”’ “ Thus given by D’Orbigny. Also Madeiran. “ 338. 34. $0.” &e. I suppose this implies that these numbers were not represented by specimens. “41. Conus grandis, Sowerby, Gen. Capital. More.” This is published by D’Orbigny under the name of C. prome- theus, Brug.; and Mr. E. Smith informs me that the type from Canary deposited by D’Orbigny in the British Museum is “a small specimen of this species belonging to the variety which has been named C. siamensis.”’ The species is unknown in Madeira. Is it really Canarian ? “ Sent afterwards.”’ “ Patella guttata, nob. From Isleta of Grand Canary.” To this is added in pencil, “common in Madeira.” D’Orbigny publishes this species under this name. In the text no name of authorship is given; but in the plate (vii. 138-15) it is attributed to “ d’Orb.” lt is (fide J. Gwyn Jeffreys in litt.) the P. rustica, L. & Dill, = P. lusitanica, Gmel., = P. punctata, Lam., = P. nigropunctata, Reeve. An account of some New Species, Varieties, and Monstrous Forms of Meduse. By Groree J. Romanss, M.A., F.LS., &e. [Read April 6, 1876.] WHILE engaged last summer on an experimental inquiry into the distribution and physiology of the nervous system in Meduse, I observed that several of the naked-eyed species which I hap- AND MONSTROUS FORMS OF MEDUSA. 525 pened to procure were forms which had not been previously described. Unfortunately I omitted to make any drawings of these new species; but probably I shall have the opportunity of doing so next year, and, if so, shall then hope to have the privilege of submitting the drawings to the consideration of this Society. Meanwhile, however, it seems desirable to communicate to the Society a brief verbal account of these hitherto undescribed species. They were all obtained between the months of May and August, in the Cromarty Frith on the east coast of Scotland. 1. A species of the genus Ziarops.—Nectocalyx about an inch and a half in diameter, and of a hemispherical form. Manubrium of great proportional size (viz. about 3 inch long), and in general shape somewhat resembling that of Geryonia appendiculata. Ten- tacles numerous, and proportionally shorter than in 7’. diademata. Diadems eight in number, and disposed asin Z. diademata. Pearly nodules twelve. The animal is luminous when irritated—the light being of a pale phosphorescent hue, and restricted in its po- sition to a narrow but continuous line all round the margin of the nectocalyx. Individuals of the species are very numerous in the locality above mentioned. For the species itself I propose the name Tiarops indicans. 2. Another species of the same genus.—Nectocalyx about half the size of that in the species just described, and, together with the manubrium, in general form resembling that of Thau- mantias lucida. Diadems eight in number, and disposed as usual. The pearly nodules in each diadem vary from 6 to 8. Tenta- cles 22. Animals non-luminous, and of tolerably frequent occur- rence. For this species I propose the name T%arops oligoplocama. 3. Another species of the same genus.—Nectocalyx inter- mediate in size between those of the two above-described species, while in form it is considerably more concayo-convex, resem- bling a deeply shaped bowl. Manubrium so small as to be almost invisible, and, together with the nutritive tubes, ovaries, and tentacles, of a rich rose-colour. Tentacles 45 in number, and arranged in two series, in one of which the tentacles are long, and in the other short. Unlike all the known species of this genus, the present one has four diadems between each pair of radial tubes—there being thus altogether sixteen diadems, or twice the usual number. All the diadems are arranged in a strictly sym- metrical manner, and each contains about 30 pearly nodules. The animal is brilliantly luminous when stimulated, the light, 526 MR. G. J. ROMANES ON SOME NEW SPECIES, VARIETIES, as in the case of Z. indicans, being confined to a narrow and continuous line round the margin of the nectocalyx. In colour, however, the light emitted by this species is much more blue than that which is emitted by Z. indicans. This Medusid is somewhat rare, and is certainly the most beautiful with which I am acquainted. For it I propose the name Tiarops polydiademata. 4. A species of the genus Sarsia, in general form resembling S. tubulosa; but having its “umbilicus’”’ and eye-specks of a bright red colour, and its manubrium and tentacles of a rose-pink. It is perhaps doubtful whether these distinctions are sufficient to justify me in assigning to this form a specific character. At any rate, in the absence of information concerning the life- history of this Medusid, it is better, I think, to leave it an open question whether we have here a distinct species, or a mere variety of S. tubulosa. Should the possession of red eye-specks, however, eventually prove to be a specific character, I would suggest Sarsia erythrops as an appropriate name for the species. The form in question is probably the same as that to which Forbes alludes * as having been met with by Mr. Patterson at Larne. 5. A species of Bougainvillea (Hippocrene), closely resembling B. superciliaris, except in being from three to four times the size which L. Agassiz describes as natural to that species. As mere size, however, is an extremely unsafe criterion of specific difference in the case of the Meduse, I think it is better provisionally to regard this form as a variety of B. superciliaris. Bougainvillea gigantea would seem a suitable name for this Medusid, if it should ever certainly prove to be a distinct species. 6. Another species of Bougainvillea, also resembling B. super- ciliaris in general, but differing from that species in the follow- ing particulars:—(a@) in being about twice the size; (6) in having many more tentacles in each of the four tentacular groups —i. e. between 80 and 40 tentacles in each group; and (¢) in having its manubrium much more richly branched. I am in- clined to regard this as a new species, and propose for it the name Bougainvillea fruticosa. To this brief description of new and probably new species I may add a few words upon certain varieties of known species. (a) Stomobrachium octocostatum, as described and figured by Forbes, differs somewhat from the varieties I met with in the * Monograph of British Naked-eyed Meduse, p. 56. AND MONSTROUS FORMS OF MEDUSZ. 527 Cromarty Frith. The size of specimens full of ripe ova was only about two thirds that represented by Forbes; and instead of having the ovaries, manubrium, and tentacles of an orange- colour, the specimens I observed had these organs of a bluish- white tint. Further, the ovaries did not present the denticulated margins which are to be seen in Forbes’s drawings. Lastly, the tentacles are arranged in a double series (i. e. long and short tentacles alternating with one another), and not in a single series as described by Forbes. The number in the large series, however, agrees with Forbes’s description. There can thus be no doubt that this is the variety which Ehrenberg met with (vide loc.” cit. p. 31*), more especially as each of the smaller tentacles bears at its base the vesicular body which Ehrenberg describes as occurring in that position. These bodies are re- markable structures, being apparently simple globular cavities without pigments or visible contents of any kind. I do not think, therefore, that they are proper ocelli or eye-specks, as Forbes was very naturally inclined to suppose from Ehrenberg’s de- scription of them. Another interesting feature in the histology of this animal is a number of radiating (muscular?) bands, one of which runs to the base of each of the 64 large tentacles. Lastly, the external parts of the ovary are distinctly ciliated, the ciliary action persisting for 20 hours or more after the death of the animal. (b) Professor L. Agassiz describes as of very rare occurrence upon the American coast a peculiar variety of Sarsia, presenting six radial tubes, six ocelli, and six tentacles. It therefore be- comes the more interesting to state that I met with a precisely similar variety on the east coast of Scotland. Moreover the occurrence of this variety appears to be as rare in the one locality as in the other; for of all the many thousands of Sarsta which fell within my observation last summer, I only met with one specimen of the variety in question. (c) Innearly all the species of naked- and covered-eyed Medusee which I had the opportunity of examining, there was a remarkable absence of monstrous or misshapen forms. In the case of one species, however, such forms were of frequent occurrence. This species was Awrelia aurita ; and the monstrosities showed them- * Tt may also be the variety of which Hugh Miller speaks; but his deserip- tion is not sufficiently precise to admit of determining which of the two varieties he saw. 528 wr. G.J. ROMANES ON SOME NEW SPECIES, VARIETIEZS, selves both as abnormal multiplications and abortions of parts. Tn all the cases of asymmetrical multiplication which I observed, the peculiarity was confined to the lithocysts, and always showed itself in the same manner. That is to say, I have several times observed, in otherwise normal specimens of A. aurita, the presence of nine instead of eight lithocysts ; and in all these cases the supernumerary lithocyst, which was always fully formed and provided with the usual hood, was placed beside and in close contact with one of the normal lithocysts. This latter fact appears to. me important when considered in relation to the theory of Pangenesis; for upon this theory it would follow that if a supernumerary lithocyst is to be developed at all, we should expect it to be developed in apposition with one of the normal lithocysts rather than in any other position. Our ground for expecting this is, of course, that the theory of Pangenesis sup- poses similar gemmules to have a mutual aflinity for one another ; and as lithocyst-gemmules would naturally be plentiful in the region of any normal lithocyst during the process of its develop- ment, or of its repair if injured, if any thing went slightly wrong in either of these processes, facilities would be offered for the adhesion of improper gemmules at the point where the dis- turbing cause acted; and these improper adhesions having once taken place and being then followed by normal adhesions of proper gemmules, the result would probably be a duplex organ. I have said that in all the eases of asymmetrical multiplication of parts which fell under my notice it was the lithocysts alone that were affected. But besides these cases of asymmetrical multiplication of parts in Awrelia, I saw several instances of strictly symmetrical multiplication ; and in all these instances every part of the organism was equally, or rather proportionally, affected. That is to say, as in the single instance of multipli- cation of parts which I observed in Sarsza, all the organs of the nectocalyx (eye-specks, tentacles, and nutritive tubes) were similarly affected, so in the several instances of multiplication of parts which I observed in Awrelia, all the organs of the umbrella were similarly affected. If any one will turn to the admirable plates contained in Professor L. Agassiz’s third contribution to the Academy of Arts and Sciences, and representing a normal specimen of the genus Aurelia, he will see that the nutritive canals bear a very definite and symmetrical arrangement with reference to one another, and also with reference to the ovaries AND MONSTROUS FORMS OF MEDUSA. 529 and lithocysts. In particular, there are 16 principal radial tubes that proceed, in straight lines and without branching, from the centre to the circumference of the umbrella. Of the 16 tubes, one passes directly to each of the eight lithocysts, while the remaining eight tubes alternate with these. Thus the 16 radial tubes together mark out, as it were, the whole umbrella into 16 equal segments. Well, in all the examples which fell under my notice of abnormal multiplication of parts in Awrelia (other than those of mere duplication of lithocysts), the precise and peculiar symmetry just described was strictly adhered to: in all these examples the undue multiplication extended proportionally to ovaries, nutritive tubes, lithocysts, and tentacles; so that its effect was to increase the zxwmber while adhering to the type of the natural segments above alluded to. It is further remarkable that in all the instances I met with, the degree of abnormal multi- plication was the same ; for in all the instances the ovaries were 6, the principal or unbranched radial tubes 24, and the lithocysts 12. All the parts, and therefore all the natural segments, were thus in all the observed instances increased by one third of their normal number. It is curious to note that we have here the same proportional increase as that which has already been described in the case of Sarsia. ‘This, of course, is probably a mere accident ; but whether or not it is so, I think that, as there is certainly no reason either in the case of Sarsia or of Aurelia to regard the forms in question as distinct species, it becomes worth while to draw attention to the very definite manner in which the abnormal multiplication of parts seems always to occur in these, the only genera of Meduse in which such multiplication has as yet been observed. It is, perhaps, also worth while to add that in all the cases where I noticed this undue multiplication of parts, both in Sarsia and in Aurelia, the animals were remarkable for the un- usual amount of nervous energy which they displayed. There can be no doubt that this fact is to be attributed to the unusually large supply of nervous matter that was secured to the organism by the multiplication of its marginal bodies. As regards abortion of parts in A. awrita, I cannot say that 1 have ever observed this to occur in any organs other than the ovaries. In these, however, suppression to a greater or less extent is of pretty frequent occurrence. Most usual is the case where one of the four ovaries is of smaller size than the other three. Often the abnormal diminution extends to two alternate LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII, 38 530 ON NEW SPECIES ETC. OF MEDUSA. or adjacent ovaries, and occasionally to three. More rare is the case of total suppression of one ovary. Only on about a dozen occasions have J seen total suppression of two ovaries; and in these it was sometimes the adjacent, but more frequently the op- posite, organs that were missing. Lastly, on one occasion I ob- served, in an otherwise well-grown specimen, a total absence of three out of the four ovigerous pouches. In no case, it may be added, did I observe that a deficiency or absence of ovigerous pouches entailed any corresponding deficiency or absence of any other organs. . T have said that, so far as my experience extends, neither re- duction nor complete suppression of parts appears to occur in any organs of A. aurita other than the ovaries. It therefore be- comes necessary to add that one or more of the lithocysts, together with their hoods, are frequently to be seen of smaller size than the others. As these variations, however, are usually attended with a deficiency of the generai tissue of the umbrella in the neigh- bourhood of the affected lithocyst, I am inclined to believe that in these cases the small lithocyst is one that has been reproduced to repair the loss of the original organ, which I suppose to have been removed by mechanical violence of some kind—a mutilation which seems well indicated both by the deficiency just alluded to of umbrella-tissue in the parts concerned, and also by the cicatrix- like appearance which is presented at the confines of these parts by such tissues as remain. : In conclusion, I may state that towards the end of August all the individuals of this species began to undergo a marked diminution in size. Concurrently with this diminution in size, the intensity of the pink colour (which in this species is charac- teristic of the ovaries, nutritive system, and tentacles) underwent a marked decrease; so that at last I was only able to obtain specimens one half or one quarter the ordinary size of Awrelia aurita, and having nearly all their natural rose-pink colour dis- charged. I believe that these two phenomena—the loss of colour and the diminution in size—are related to one another in a very intimate manner. Just at the time of year when these two pheno- mena began to manifest themselves, I observed that all the speci- mens of Aurelia I met with were infested by a species of crustacean (Hyperia galba), which lodged chiefly in the ovaries and nutritive canals. These crustaceans appeared to devour with avidity all the coloured parts of their hosts; and I think it was probably due NOTES ON THE VENOUS SYSTEM OF BIRDS. 531 to the ever increasing numbers of these parasites that the size of the individuals composing the incoming generations of Awrelia continued to become more and more diminutive. I shall, however, attend to all these points more closely next year, after which 1 shall doubtless be able to speak with more certainty regarding them. Notes on the Venous System of Birds. By Cuartrs H. Wanrz, F.LS. [Read April 6, 1876.] I propose in the present paper briefly to draw attention to cer- tain structural features in the anatomy of some birds. I cannot claim that my discoveries are original, except in so far as they were made without knowledge of previous work done in the same field by other observers; but, as I hope to show, the points of which I shall particularly treat are so important, and have ob- tained so little recognition hitherto, that no apology seems neces- sary for introducing them to the notice of this Society. My interest in this subject was first excited a few weeks ago, when, in dissecting a specimen of a common Tomtit (the Marsh- ‘Titmouse, Parus palustris) I was surprised to find present, as it appeared, only one jugular vein, the right. A second specimen showed a like deviation from the normal type; and, noting this, I made a regular excursion through the well-known text-books, in the hope they might contain some explanation which had before escaped my reading. I may briefly detail the results of my search. Owen contents himself with saying (Anatomy of Vertebrates, ii. 203), “ The vein of the right side exceeds the other in size; it is often twice as large.” To what considerable extent the state- ment needs modifying I will show directly. Milne-Edwards says (Lecgons sur la Physiologie &c., vol. iii. p. 466) “The jugular veins are placed superficially on the sides of the neck; sometimes they are (both) of pretty nearly the same calibre ; but in general that of the left side remains very attenu- ated, while that of the right side presents a considerable volume.”’ Gegenbaur, who seems closely to have followed Milne-Edwards, says (I quote from the French translation by Carl Vogt, p. 804), “there is atrophy of one of the jugular veins (the left); it is by 38* 532 MR. C. H, WADE ON THE the transverse trunk the passage of the blood into the right jugular is effected.’”? Wan der Hoeven does not, im his ‘ Handbook of Zoo- logy,’ enter on the question at all; nor1sit referred to in the other frequently used books, such as Rymer Jones’s ‘Animal King- dom’ &c. Such meagre references were not sufficient in face of the very emphatic results of my own observation, continued dissections forcing on me the desirability of further mvestigation. I will therefore now give the facts with which I have become acquainted. In the common Red-wing (Lurdus iliacus) the right jugular is very apparent, offering a diameter of one eighth of an inch, while the corresponding vein of the left side needs for its demonstra- tion a very delicate dissection under water, when it may be traced forwards from its point of union with the great transverse trunk at the base of the skull. A safe guide to its homology is found in the accompanying vagus nerve. Figure 1 shows the course of the two veins. In the Short-tailed Tit (Parus britannicus) this suppression of the left jugular attains the extreme limits compatible with its ex- istence as a vessel, and a lens is necessary to enable one to trace it downwards with the pneumogastrie nerve. In one specimen a very fine streak of included blood gave some assistance in deter- mining the presence and course of the tube; but even it disap- peared at a point about 3 lines above the elavicle. Diagrams of cervical blood-vessels in two British birds. Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 1. The Redwing (Zurdus iliacus). 2. The Short-tailed Titmouse (Parus britannicus): rz, right, and 77, left jugular vein; ca, carotid artery. In effect, I concluded that in this bird the left jugular vein is a VENOUS SYSTEM OF BIRDS. 533 mere rudimentary structure, physiologically valueless, while at the same time the full morphological equivalent of the vein of corre- sponding name on the dextral side. Fig. 2 depicts the appearance presented by my dissection; and, as in the former diagram, there is noticeable a peculiar lozenge-shaped space between the two branches of the divided single carotid artery. This is existent, too, in all the birds, so far that I have examined, in which oceurs the peculiar suppression of the left jugular vein, although in some the bifurcation is more nearly in relation with the great trans- verse venous trunk than in others. With these facts before me, I was advised by Dr. Rolleston, to whom I gratefully express my indebtedness for much valuable as- sistance and unceasing kindness, to consult the memoir by Neugebaur contained in the ‘ Nova Acta,’ vol. xxi., and entitled ‘Systema venosum Avium cum eo mammalium, et imprimis ho- minis, collatum ;”’ and in this little-known but exhaustive and pains-taking paper I found the following passages. (Before pro- ceeding to quote, I may say I took occasion to verify the references to Barkow’s own papers.) “« Barkow has three laws concerning the relative thickness and the presence of the jugular veins in birds :— “J. A single jugular vein exists on each side of the neck, the one equal with the other. “9. There is one on each side, of which one is greater (fortior) than the other. Or, lastly, ““3. One side only is provided with a jugular vein, the other has none (alterum nulla).” Neugebaur, commenting on these rules, ventures to distrust the truth of the third, and imagines that instances adduced will fall under the second rule. In this connexion I much regret that I am unable to speak concerning the four species of Woodpecker (Picus martius, P. viridis, P. major, P. medius) with which Neu- gebaur associates Rathke as holding a view opposed to his own ; and I shall be grateful to any one who will supply me with speci- mens of these birds. The Great Spotted Woodpecker (P. major) and P. minor (the Lesser Spotted Woodpecker) are said by Yarrell to frequent the neighbourhood of Kensington Gardens; but P. martius (the Great Black Woodpecker) is rare in this country. Neugebaur’s words on these birds are as follow :—“Quod de- nique attinet ad regulam tertiam, mihimet non contigit, ut avem ullam singula tantum vena jugulari preditam inyenerim, et 534 NOTE ON THE VENOUS SYSTEM OF BIRDS. saltem Picum viridem, cujus quidem generis alias species tres, P. martium, P. majorem, et P. medium, una tantum vena jugulari et quidem dextra preditas esse Rathkius docet, non hue, sed ad regulam secundam pertinentem cognovi.” I conceive it is quite possible Barkow might have made the error of supposing only one vein present, if his observations had been conducted on such a bird as the Short-tailed Tit, or even on a spirit specimen of a less distinctly atrophied bird. Still more might he have been misled in case of a Sparrow ; for in this bird (Passer domesticus) but the veriest rudiment of the left vein exists, and it ceases to be a tubular structure at about half the length of the cervix from its origin. I very carefully threw a blue injection into the vessel from the transverse trunk at the skull-base, and got the fluid to run asa fine line so far as I have stated, where it was stayed by a blind ending of the vein, which beneath this point was indistinguishable from the fatty and connective tissue with which the pneumogastric nerve was associated. In the only example of the Robin (Hrithacus rubecula) I have had the fortune to examine, the two vessels showed a consider- ably greater disproportion than that figured by Neugebaur, a fact which leads me to think that age may, to great extent, determine the obliteration of an organ in natural atrophy ; 7. e. in this par- ticular instance a young bird will possess a less-attenuated left jugular vein than an adult. Examination of developmental changes, however, will afford much information in this matter; and I anticipate we shall find the growing embryo to exhibit pradations varying from equality in the size of the veins to the adult differences already noted. This would be in agreement with Von Baer’s law of progress from the general to the special; for it is a fact worth knowing that all the birds, so far, exhibiting this considerable suppression of the left jugular vein have been from Prof. Huxley’s division of the A’githognathz. Moreover Alectoromorphous birds show gra- dations of structure varying from close equality to differences as as much as one to three, beyond which they would seem not to - approach the group named above. Ste How far the peculiarities I have described are struetural dag tations subservisg function, I hope to be able to speak with some authority later, as also regarding their full morphological import. I can do no more now than state my full convietion that they possess a definite meaning, and one to be determined by the spe- ON MARINE SHELLS FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 535 cial functional (?) requirements of the organism. It is these re- quirements that need further elucidation. In conclusion, I wish to say this paper is intended to be only ‘preliminary to a more extended series of observations on the points it discusses; and though it may seem a meagre production, I fancied that even such brief notes might claim notice by this ‘Society. I shall be very grateful to any one who will help me to obtain spirit specimens of the rarer birds, and especially of the genus Picus. A List of Marine Shells, chiefly from the Solomon Islands, with Descriptions of several new Species. By Eoaar A. Smiru, F.Z.S., Zoological Department, British Museum. Communi- cated by Dr. J. Muris, F.L.S. [Read April 6, 1876.] (PuatE XXX.) Tue shells enumerated in the following paper have been pre- sented to the British Museum by Mr. John Brazier, of Sydney. A list of them was thought worthy of publication, as precise localities, in most instances, are attached to them, the majority having been collected by Mr. Brazier himself. At the same time, the habitats originally assigned to the various species by the authors are quoted, since so many which are given to species in the Cumingian collection are erroneous. 1. Conus macus, Linn. Kiener, Coq. Viv. pl. 67. f. 1-le; Reeve, Conch. Ic. f. 190 a-e; Sowerby, Thesaurus Conch. f. 508-512 & f. 513, 514, & 525 (as C. circe); Weinkauff in Kister’s Conch.-Cab. pl. 6. f. 1 & 3, pl. 15. f. 3, 4, pl. 19. f. 5, 6, pl. 57. f. 8-11—Var. = C. indicus, Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab.x. f. 1295.—C. elandestinus, Chemnitz, 1. c. f. 1296.— C. circ, Chemnitz, 1. c. xi. f. 1778-9. — C. fenellus, Chemnitz, l. c. xi. f. 1782-3; Kiister, pl. 26. f. 12, 13.—C. raphanus, Hwass, Sowerby, Thesaurus, f. 494 ; Kiister, pl. 2. f. 3.—C. carinatus, Swainson, Reeve, Conch. Ic. f.175 ; Kiener, pl. 27.f. 2-2a; Sowerby, f. °495.—C. ustulatus, Reeve, f. 239; Sowerby, f. 516 & 647; Kuster, pl. 52. f. 3, 4.—C. epistomium, Reeve, f. 227 a,b; Kiener, pl. 55. f. 6; Sowerby, f. 515.—C. epistomioides, Weinkauff, Kister’s Con.- Cab. pl. 57. f. 6-7.—C. striolatus, Kiener, pl. 105.f. 1; Reeve, Suppl. pl. 6. f. 262; Sowerby, f. 327, 328 (as ustulatus).—C. borneensis, 536 MR. E. A, SMITH ON MARINE SHELLS Sowerby (name preoccupied !), Thesaurus, f. 648.—C. Frauenfeldi, Crosse, Journal de Conch. 1865, vol. xiii. p. 307, pl. x. f. 1-10.— C. assimilis, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853, p. 118; Sowerby, f. 505; C. consul, Boivin, Journal de Conch. 1864, vol. xu. pl. 1. 1p Gy Oe Hab. Strong Island, Caroline Group (Brazier). This polymorphous species is almost as widely distributed, geographically, as it is variable in form and coloration. In the British Museum there is a very large series, consisting of about eighty examples, from various authentic localities, viz. Philippine Islands, Moluccas, Night Island, North Australia, Louisiade archipelago, Borneo, New Holland, New Guinea, and Mada- gascar. Of the preceding pseudo-species the types of nee of Reeve, and ustulatus of the same author, Hrauenfeldi, of Crosse, assimilis of A. Adams, and borneensis of Sowerby are in the national collection. ‘The last-mentioned author appears to have overlooked the fact of having previously figured a species under the name of borneensis, which was originally described (in the Voyage of the Samarang) by A. Adams and Reeve. Weinkauff has erroneously placed Sowerby’s species among the synonyms of C. anemone. 2. CONUS VAYSSETIANUS, Crosse, Journ. de Conchyl. 1872, xx. pp. 154 & 349, pl. xvi. f. 1; Weinkauff, in Kiister’s Conchyl.-Cab. pl. Ixxi. f. 4. Hab. New Caledonia. The specimen sent by Mr. Brazier exhibits only the slightest trace of the white markings which are mentioned by Crosse as existing around the middle of the shell; and the colourisa bright orange rather than “ castaneo-fusca.” | 3. C. MonacHus, Linn. Reeve, Conch. Icon. f. 122 a-c; Kiener, pl. 50. f. l-la; Sowerby, f. 506, 507; Kiister, pl. 34. f. 5, 6.—Var. =Voluta cosmographia, Martyn, Univ. Conch. iv. pl. 125. f. on right. —C. achates, Meuschen.—C. achatinus, Chemnitz, Reeve, f. 19la; Kiener, pl. 40. f. 1-1e, pl. 50. f. 1 c-d (as monachus, var.); Sowerby, f. 335, 336 ; Kuster, pl. 5. f. 3 & 9.—C. minimus, Gmelin (non Linn.), — Syst. Nat. p. 3382.—C. ranunculus, Hwass, Reeve, f. 191 6.—C. vinetus, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853, p. 118. Hab. Solomon Island (Brazier). Other localities for this species are Port Essington, Quail Island, and Paterson’s Bay, N. Australia. FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 537 4, TEREBRA CANCELLATA, Quoy § Gaimard. Sowerby, Thesaurus Conch. i. pl. 44. f. 80; Reeve, Conch. Ic. vol. xii. f. 58 a-b.—T. undatella, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 300. Hab. Port Elliot, South Australia (Brazier), Philippine Islands (Cuming) 5. PLeuROTOMA ( —?) pigiTaue, Reeve.—PIl. digitale, Reeve, Conch. Icon. 1. f. 138. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier), Philippine Islands (Cuming). 6. P. ( —?) BisuBATA, Reeve, Conch. Icon. i. f. 87 (bad). Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Philippine Islands (Cuming). 7. P.( —?) SOLOMONENSIS, sp. nov. Pl. XXX. fig. 6. Testa fusiformis, subturrita, albida, inter costas strigis longitudinalibus nigro-fuscis et suturam infra punctis parvis fuscis ornata; anfractus 13, primi duo leves, cxteri infra suturam carina elevata marginati, infra carinam concavi, medio angulati, inferne decliviter contracti, costis 9-10 medio angulatis, superne versus carinam sensim evanes- centibus instructi, et striis transversis 5-6 inter costas sculpti; anfr. ultimus versus basim attenuatus, costis inferne attenuantibus, pone labrum subdistantibus, et interdum aliis minoribus in interstitiis ad basim sitis instructus; apertura elongata, augustissima, alba, fusco longitudinaliter strigata, longitudinis teste totius circiter 2 equans ; labrum medio prominens, superne mediocriter, et prope basim levis- sime sinuatum; columella subrecta, haud arcuata, tenuiter ecallosa, ad suturam tuberculo subyalido munita; canalis angustus, paululum elongatus, rectiusculus, vix recurvus. Long. 23 mill., diam. 62. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands. A young specimen of this species was presented to the British Museum, in 1874, by Mr. G. B. Sowerby, junior; and at the time I placed it, with doubt, as a variety of varicosa, Reeve. The second example, received from Mr. Brazier, being mature, proves that this form is distinct from Reeve’s shell. It displays, at intervals, a slight tendency to varices, but net in such a marked manner as varicosa, from which it is well distinguished by the angular ribs, the more attenuated body-whorl, the dark brown stripes between the ribs, and the series of brown dots on the in- frasutural keel, one spot being beneath each interstice between the ribs of the whorl above. The aperture in the present species is also narrower and longer, the columella straighter, and the canal rather more elongate. The ribs on the body-whorl near the base, and the interstitial ones between them, which sometimes 538 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MARINE SHELLS are present, are slightly nodulous, being traversed by the spiral sulcations. 8. CYTHARA CITHARELLA, Lamarck.—Mangelia citharella, Lamk., Reeve, Conch. Icon. f. 5.—Cythara striata, Schumacher, Syst. Vers Test. p- 245.—Var. = Mangelia lyra, Reeve, l. c. f. 3.—M. funiculata, Reeve, l. c.f. 7. Hab. ——? (Brazier); Philippine Islands (Cuming). 9. C. CAPILLACEA, Reeve.—Mangelia capillacea, Reeve, J. c. f. 10. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier) ; Philippine Islands (Cuming). 10. C. RETICULATA, Reeve.—Mangelia reticulata, Reeve, Conch. Ic. ii. f.17.. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier) ; Philippine Islands (Cuming). 11. C. zonata, Reeve.—Mangelia zonata, Reeve, /. c. f. 15. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Philippine Islands (Cuming). 12. C. UNILINEATA, sp. nov. Pl. XXX. fig. 13. Testa breviter fusiformis, dilutissime rufescens vel subalba, circa medium anfractuum albo zonata et infra zonam linea rufo-fusca costis interrupta cincta; anfractus ad 8, convexiusculi, costis 10 gracilibus supra spiram continuis, paululum obliquis (in anfr. ultimo fere ad basin continuis)instructi, et striis spiralibus confertis ubique sculpti; apertura elongata, angusta, longitudinis teste ;*, adeequans ; labrum costa ultima incrassatum, intus denticulis 11-12 ornatum, superne leviter sinuatum ; columella leviter obliqua, haud arcuata, liris transversis circiter 15 munita. Long. J5 mill., diam. 43. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands. This species must not be confounded with C. zonata of Reeve, said to inhabit the shores of the island of Ticao. In that species the ribs are produced upwards, and form an undulating corona- tion around the top of the whorls, and the reddish transverse band is continuous on and between the ribs, and not interrupted by them as in this species. 13. C. INTERSTRIATA, sp. nov. Pl. XXX. fig. 11. Testa ovali-fusiformis, leviter turrita, alba, ad suturas et circa anfr. ultimi medium et prope basim nigro-fusco zonata; anfractus 8, supremi duo leves, czeteri convexiusculi, sutura profunda sejuncti, costis tenuibus 10 aliquanto obliquis (in anfr. ultimo basi continuis) instructi, liris spiralibus circiter 7 supra costas incrassatis (in anf?; ult. ad 18) et striis tenuissimis inter liras ornati; apertura parva, FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 039 angusta, longitudinis totius testa } z2quans; labrum fortiter incras- satum, intus denticulos 10-11] gerens; columella rectiuscula granulis et liris transversis munita. Long. 8 mill., diam. fere 3. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands. This is a very pretty species, and at once recognized by the deep-brown suture, the band encircling the middle of the body- whorl, which is continuous and not interrupted by the longi- tudinal ribs, and the paler band towards the base. The spiral lirations are almost equidistant, and slightly nodulous on travers- ing the cost ; and the fine striations between them are from two to four in number. The uppermost denticle within the labrum (that is, the one which borders the little sinus) is somewhat larger than the rest. The columella is furnished with numerous small tubercles and transverse lirations, somewhat irregularly situated, the former, however, being near the exterior margin of the thin callosity which spreads out on the columelia, and the latter further within the aperture. This species has much resemblance to Pleurotoma (Cithara) biclathrata of Souverbie, Journ. de Conch. xxi. p. 59, and may eventually prove to be but a large variety of it. 14. CLATHURELLA IMMACULATA, sp. nov. Pl. XXX. fig. 7. Testa elongate acuminato-ovata, turrita, alba; anfractus 8, sutura di- stinctadiscreti, superne breviter tabulati, ad latera convexiusculi, costis tenuibus 14-15 et liris spiralibus 5 supra costas nodulosis pulcherrime cancellati; anfr. ultimus infra medium constrictus, Costis inferne attenuantibus et liris spiralibus circiter 18 cinctus; apertura angus- tissima, tortuosa, longitudinis testa quam } paulo minor; labrum intus incrassatum, et denticulis 7-8 validis munitum ad suturam subprofunde sinuatum ; columella medio haud areuata sed paululum convexa, versus extremitatem obliqua, liris spiralibus cirea caudam ornata; canalis perbrevis, angustissimus, leviter reeurvus. Long. 8} mill., diam. 33. Hab. Tarawa Island, Gilbert group. This snow-white species has somewhat the form of PJ. vultuosa, Reeve. It is, however, rather longer in the body-whorl, the longitudinal ribs are more numerous and slender, and the spiral lire are more distinct. 15. Fusus BrazieRrt, sp. nov. Pl. XXX. fig. 16. Testa fusiformis, turrita, alba, liris rufescenti-fuscis cincta; anfractus 8-9 superne anguste excavati, deinde convexi, costis crassis rotundatis ad 8 leviter obliquis superne versus suturam fere obsoletis instructi, et liris rufo-fuscis circiter 9 pulcherrime squamosis transverse cincti ; 540 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MARINE SHELLS liree inferiores 5-6 zequales aliis superioribus crassiores; anfr. ultimus liris spiralibus 23-25 cinctus, quarum duz versus basim crassiores et fortiter imbricatz, et infima cirea rimam umbilicalem maxima: coste inferne subobsolete ; apertura ovalis, intus alba; columella arcuata, alba, tenuiter callosa; canalis obliquus, leviter recurvus, mediocriter angustus. Long. 44 mill., diam. 8. Hab. —? The upper part of the whorls of this species is narrowly con- cave or excavated, and the spiral lirations on it are considerably finer than those below; and the stout rounded ribs are almost obsolete in this excavation. The lower part of the body-whorl has two rather distant lirations, which are very strongly imbri- cated where they cross the almost obsolete longitudinal ribs ; and the margin of the narrow umbilical fissure is still more strongly imbricated. I feel much pleasure in naming this remarkable shell after Mr. Brazier, by whom it was presented to the Museum. I do not know of any species sufficiently closely allied to offer a comparison. 16. Fusus ImBRICATUS, sp. nov. Pl. XXX. fig. 3. Testa breviter fusiformis, crassiuscula, fusco-albida, longitudinaliter supra costas saturate fusco strigata; anfractus 5, superiores medio angulati et carina undulata prominente ornati, superne late et oblique declives, infra carimam recti, costis crassiusculis circiter 9 superne obliguis et versus suturam sensim attenuantibus instructi, liris paucis (supra an- gulum 5-6, eum infra circiter 3) pulcherrime imbricatis cincti; anf. ultimus superne robustus, versus basim im caudam brevem contortam recurvam productus, rimatus, costis inferne obsoletis ad angulum tubercula compressa formantibus, et liris spiralibus imbricatis preeci- pue supra costas ornatus; apertura subovata intus albida; labrum margine crenulato intus liris intrantibus gracilibus ad 9 munitum ; columella supra leviter arcuata, saturate fusca, infra contorta; ca- nalis breviusculus, obliquus, angustus, recurvus. Longit. 27 mill., diam. 13. Hab. New Caledonia. This species is remarkable for the prominent undulating angu- lation or keel, which exists a little below the middle of the upper whorls and around the upper part of the body-whorl. The longi- tudinal ribs or varices are very much produced at this part, and form transversely compressed nodules, which give the shell a very elegantly festooned aspect when viewed with the apex towards the eye. The transverse lirations are very beautifully scaled or ‘ imbricated, particularly so upon the costations, and on the last FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 541 whorl are, at intervals, stouter than one or two in the interstices between them. The labrum is prettily crenulated on the margin ; and the nine or ten white lire within do not quite attain to it. 17. PISANIA CRENILABRUM, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, p- 138. Hab. New Caledonia, ‘‘ West Indies” (Adams); Moreton Bay (coll. Cuming). There is not the slightest doubt of the identity of the New- Caledonian shell with the type of this species, which was described as an inhabitant of the West Indies; and therefore I should be inclined to consider the latter locality for this species erroneous, this being another of the very many instances of wrong habitats assigned to specimens described from the Cumingian collection. 18. P. SOLOMONENSIS, sp. nov. Pl. XXX. fig. 14. Testa ovato-fusiformis, crassiuscula, alba, interrupte fusco bifasciata ; anfractus 7, primi tres leves, cxteri costis longitudinalibus ad 15 et liris spiralibus 6-7 ubique granose reticulati, incrementi lineis striati ; anfr. ultimus superne fascia fusca latissima interrupta et infra medium angustiore cinctus, et liris transversis granosis circiter 15 ornatus ; apertura oblonga, alba, zonis externis fuscis variegata ; labrum incras- satum, intus denticulis 5-6 munitum; columella levis, callo tenui albo induta, medio rectiuscula, inferne obliqua et tortuosa; canalis brevis, angustus, reeurvus. Long. 8 mill., diam. 37. Hab. San Christoval Island, Solomon group. This small species is chiefly to be distinguished by its granular surface and the style of coloration. The upper whorls are spotted in an irregular interrupted manner with brown; or, rather, at irre- gular intervals a longitudinal row or two of granules are brown ; on the body-whorl the rows of granules are generally brown around the upper part, and two rows also just below the middle, thus forming two brown bands more or less interrupted. 19. CoLUMBELLA CAROLINA, sp. nov. Pl. XXX. fig. 9. Testa ovato-fusiformis, nitida, lutescens, strigis longitudinalibus irregu- laribus undulatis fuscis vel olivaceo-fuscis picta, paululum infra sutu- ram linea interrupta nigro-fusca cincta et cirea medium anfr. ultimi albo zonata; anfractus 8, convexiusculi, leves, sutura simplici disereti; anfr. ultimus medio obtusissime angulatus, inferne contractus, cirea caudam striis spiralibus profundis circiter 1] insculptus; apertura parva, angusta, alba; labrum superne paululum infra suturam leviter sinuatum, margine simplici, extra valde tumide incrassatum, intus denticulato-liratum; columella tenuiter callosa, inferne sulcis circa 542 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MARINE SHELLS caudam denticulata; canalis angustus, recurvatus. Longit. 8 mill., diam. 33. Hab. Strong Island, Caroline group. The coloration of this pretty species is very characteristic. The ground-tint varies from white to yellowish ; the spiral inter- rupted line is situated rather above the middle of the whorls; and the dark olive-brown lines or flammulations are very irregular and flow into one another, thus forming an irregular network. The ultimate whorl is encircled by a white zone at the obtuse angulation near its middle, and at the spiral interrupted line it is also very faintly keeled. The base of the columella is furnished with five or six nodulous lirations; and the tooth-like lire within the labrum are about eight in number. 90, ENGINA RECURVA, Reeve.—Ricinula recurva, Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. f. 53. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Lord Hood’s Island (Cuming). The transverse: lire are three in number in the upper whorls, and about eleven in the last. On the labrum there are five or six denticles; and the middle of the columella is very prominent. he backward slope of the outer lip and canal is very remark- able. 21. EB. zonaTa, Reeve.—Ricinula zonata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. in. f. 33. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier) ; Gallapagos Islands (Cuming). Tf the Cumingian habitat be correct, then this species is very widely distributed. The shell from the Solomon Islands is yellow, with black bands, and the short black longitudinal stripes at the base are very constant, and the whole surface of the shell is minutely reticulated with the finest longitudinal and spiral strie. The labrum is thickened within and without, and bears seven small teeth; and the columella is furnished with about twelve short transverse lire. 22, E. MONILIFERA, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 142. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier) ; “Sandwich Is.” (Pease). The ribs on the last whorl of this species are about ten in number and are continuous to the base; and the spiral ridges, which are tubercular on crossing the ribs, amount to 9, including the row of the yellow tubercles beneath the suture. The nodules FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 543 of the fifth and seventh transverse lire, reckoning from the suture, are also bright yellow, the upper ones being situated in the pur- plish band which encircles the whorl, and the lower ones just beneath it; and in specimens from the Sandwich Islands those of the fifth, sixth, and seventh series are yellow. 23. NASSA BICALLOSA, sp. nov. Pl. XXX. fig. 1. ' Testa acuminato-ovata, turrita, sordide albida, infra suturam et supra tergum livida; anfractus 10, superiores longitudinaliter oblique cos- tati et paululum infra suturam linea impressa spirali sulcati, inferiores supra coronati, leves; anfr. ultimus magnus, levis, coronatus, linea incisa superne haud cinctus, circa basim striis transversis 10-12 in- sculptus ; sutura profunda, canaliculata; apertura subovata, intus albida vel pallide fuscescens ad suturam et basim, et paululum labri margine saturate fusco cincta vel zonata; labrum margine tenue, in- ferne denticulis, superne ad suturam subprofunde incisum, extra albo- varicosum, intus denticulo-liratum; columella valde arcuata, callo crassiusculo superne subtuberculato inferne dentiformi, producto amicta, et supra callum, callo crenulato secundo notabili ornata ; canalis brevissimus, mediocriter latus. Long. 24 mill., diam. 12. Hab. West Australia, (Brazier); Swan River, Cape Natal. This species somewhat resembles JV. algida, Reeve; but there are several peculiarities which well distinguish it from that form. The spiral striation which encircles the upper whorls does not extend to the last. The tubercles forming the coronation gradu- ally enlarge as the whorls increase. The most remarkable pecu- liarity in this species is the second callosity upon the columella. It is parallel with the margin of the other, is crenulated or den- tate, and extends upward and curves inwards within the aperture upon the wall of the body-whorl ; and the lower end of the colu- mella stands out in the form of a prominent callous tooth. The slit in the sutural end of the labrum forms, with the tubercular eallosity of the columella, a narrow well-defined sinus. The in- terior of the aperture is usually whitish or brownish white; but along the suture, and around the base, and in a line with the margin of the labrum, at a little distance from it, it is stained or striped with very deep brown. The lirations within the lip are about twelve in number, and do not quite extend to the margin of it. 24. N. Marratit, sp. nov. Pl. XXX. fig. 4. Testa ovata, superne acuminata, albida vel flavescens, maculis irregula- ribus rufo-fuscis picta et lineis spiralibus rufo-fuscis cineta: anfractus 54 b MR. E. A. SMITH ON MARINE SHELLS 8-9, levissime convexi, primi duo lves politi, sequentes 2-3 longitu- dinaliter oblique plicati transversimque sulcati, ultimi duo leves, ulti- ius circa basim striis transversis subdistantibus insculptus ; apertura parva, ovata, intus fuscescens, prope labri marginem alba; columella medio arcuata callo tenui polito supra anfractum expanso induto, su- perne versus labrum tuberculo elongato parvo munita, ad basim trans- versim 2-3-plicata ; labrum album, fortiter incrassatum, margine tenui, intus liris brevibus circiter 9 haud ad marginem productis armatum ; canalis brevis angustus. Long. 143 mill., diam. 6. Hab. San Christoval, Sclomon Islands. Collected above high water (Brazier). The colour of this species 1s somewhat variable. There are two varieties, a dark and a pale one. The former is whitish, with nu- merous reddish brown blotches or irregular stripes, and with the spiral lines of the same colour, five or six on the penultimate whorl and about fourteen on the last, the four or five lowest ones running in the striz around the base. The paler variety is yel- lowish, with very pale brown irregular blotches and stripes. In all specimens the upper part of the last three whorls at the suture is slightly crenulated and spotted with dark reddish brown and white, and the three or four apical volutions are of a uniform brown colour. VV. gaudiosa, of Hinds, is its nearest ally, from which it may be distinguished by its smaller size, narrower form, and difference of coloration. It is with pleasure that I join to this species the name of my friend Mr. F. Marrat, of Liverpool, who is now engaged upon a monograph of this genus. 25. Nassa BIFARIA, Baird, ‘The Cruise of the Curagoa’ (Brenchley), 1873, p. 436, pl. 38. f. 1, 2. Hab. New Caledonia. 26. N. stiemariA, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 96; Reeve, Coneh. Icon. viii. f. 42 a, 6. Hab. New Caledonia (Brazier); Philippme Islands (Cuming); Japan (Capt. St. John). Specimens in the Museum from the above localities agree almost . precisely in every particular. 27. N. curta, Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. i. 1849; Otia Conchol. p. 69. Hab. Strong Island, Caroline group (Brazier); Samoa Islands (Gould). 28. N. ecuinata, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 101; Reeve, Conch. Icon. yin. f. 151. Hab, New Caledonia (Brazier); Philippine Islands (Cuming). FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. C1 Sr 29, NASSA TRINODOSA, sp. nov. Pl. XXX. fig. 2. Testa globoso-conica, crassiuscula, livido-cinerea, fascia angusta utrinque fusco marginata vel lineata ornata ; anfractus 8 sutura subprofunda undulata sejuncti, infra eam fortiter marginati et leviter excavati, pau- lulum supra medium aliquanto angulati, deinde convexiusculi, costis ad 10 subobliquis, mediocriter tenuibus, superne attenuantibus ad an- gulum acute nodosis instructi, et liris spiralibus 4-6 inter supraque costas continuis ornati; anfr. ultimus infra angulum superiorem con- cavus et triangulatus, costis longitudinalibus ad angulos duos nodosis et infra angulum infimum obsoletis instructus, liris transversis circiter 20 cinctus ; apertura parva irregulariter ovata fuscescens, zona alba externa fasciata ; labrum margine tenui extra intusque incrassatum versus basim haud profunde sinuatum, tus album liris tenuibus albis 6-7 armatum ; columella arcuata calle mediocriter crasso inferne incras- sato amicta, superne tuberculo parvo munita; canalis angustus. Long. 13. mill., diam. 7. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands. The margination of the whorls beneath the suture is very de- cided, and in some specimens appears to consist of the two uppermost spiral lirations. It is remarkable that the upper whorls below the superior angle are convex, whilst the last is concave. The ribs on the body-whorl are noduled in three places, the no- dules not being very prominent, particularly the two lower ones. The middle one is situated about the centre of the whorl, and the lowest one only at a little distance below it and not so remote as the uppermost. WV. coronuia, A. Adams, is of very much the same formas this; but its much thicker costations, finer transverse lirations, and the absence of the keel-like margination beneath the suture at once define its distinctness. 30. N. INTERLIRATA, sp. nov. Pl. XXX. fig. 5. Testa parva, acuminato-ovata, saturate fusea, infra suturam nigrescens ; anfractus 7, leviter convexi, superiores tres leeves politi, caeteri costis arcuatis vel flexuosis confertis circiter 24 et liris spiralibus tenuibus 5-6 inter costas ornati; anfr. ultimus liris spiralibus 18-19 ornatus ; lire infime 4 cirea caudam brevissimam fere contigue; apertura parva ovata, intus fusca ; labrum extra late varicosum, intus denticulis 7 munitnm, versus basim haud profunde sinuatum; columella callo tenui induta, arcuata, superne tuberculum parvum elongatum gerens ; canalis brevissimus, angustus. Long. 63 mill.; diam. 33. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands. This is very distinct from any species hitherto described. The dark uniform brown colour, except just beneath the suture (where a LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 30 546 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MARINE SHELLS somewhat blackish tinge prevails), the very numerous flexuous ribs and fine spiral lire are the chief characteristics. The last mentioned do not cross the longitudinal ribs; and around the top of the whorls the first liration below the suture is somewhat remote from it; and also two which encircle the body-whorl near its middle are rather further apart than the others, thus leaving the series of little pits between them somewhat larger than those between the other lire. Nassa Wilsoni, C. B. Adams, from Panama, is the only species which bears any relationship to the present; but there are many distinctive differences between them. 31. Nassa pexLicata, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p.99; Reeve, Conch. Icon. viii. f. 180, a, 5. Hab. New Caledonia (Brazier); Philippe Islands (Cuming). 32. N. caLLosprra, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 102; Reeve, Conch. Icon. viii. f. 66, a, d. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier) ; Philippine Islands (Cuming). 33. N. PUPINOIDES, Reeve, Conch. Icon. vii. f. 162.—Aciculina striata, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 114. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Philippine Islands (Cuming). Reeve describes the colour of this species as “ light brown, encir- cled witha pale band;” and his figure is tinted a dirty olive, with a bluish band beneath the suture. Neither of these colourings is quite accurate. The type is of a pale purplish horn-colour, the upper whorls with a single pale band round the middle, and the body-whorl with three such zones; the labrum is somewhat thick- ened, and armed with about seven denticles; the columella is stained with brown, with a small tubercle above, and on that of the Solomon-Island specimen there are one or two at its base. 34. N. masta, Hinds, Voy. Sulphur, p. 36, pl. 9. f. 18, 19. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier) ; Gulf of Papagayo, west coast of Central America ! (Hinds). There is another remarkable instance of wide geographical dis- tribution, supposing both the above localities to be correct. Of the identity of this specimen from the Solomon Islands with ex- amples from Central America there is not the shadow of a doubt. It has been compared with typical examples of masta received from Sir Edward Belcher and labelled in Hinds’s handwriting, and in no respect differs from them. The number of the whorls should ~ FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 547 be eight, and not six (as described by the author of the species), the three apical ones being smooth, convex, and glossy. The colour also is rather blue slate-colour than “ blackish; and the upper edge of the whorls at the suture is dirty white or yellowish, and a little below it there is a slender, obscure, reddish spiral line. The aperture is very dark rich brown and small; the labrum much thickened, with two pale spots on the exterior, thinnish at the edge, and furnished with four or five denticles within; the columella arcuate, clothed with a brown callus, which is rather broadly re- flexed, and provided with a single tooth above and one at the base. The longitudinal plications on the body-whorl are from 20-24 in number, and become somewhat obsolete towards the base, where the transverse fine lire are not granulous on crossing them as above and on the whorls of the spire (where the number is from five to six); and between these lirations there are verry fine spiral strie. 35. PuRPpuRA BUCCINEA, Deshayes, Anim. sans Vert. ed. 2, vol. x. p- 92; Reeve, Conch. Icon. iii. f. 16, a, 6.—Purpura striata, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, pl. 37. f. 12, 13; Kiener, Cog. Viv. pl. 38. f. 88. Hob. Makeira Harbour, San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier) ; “New Guinea” (Quoy). 36. VEXILLA FUSCO-NIGRA, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 141. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier) ; “ Sandwich Islands ” (Pease). The colour of this species differs somewhat from Pease’s de- eription, the tubercles of the spiral ribs being yellowish edged with black, and the interstices between them bluish ash-colour. 37. StstRUM ANAXARES, Duclos.—Purpura anaxares, Duclos, Kiener, Coq. Viv. p. 26, pl. 7. f. 17; Reeve, Conch. Icon. iii. pl. 12. f. 61. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Lord Hood’s Island (Cuming). 38. LatTirUS USTULATUS, Reeve.—Turbinel laustulata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. iv. f. 62. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier). The locality of this species has not, I believe, been hitherto re- eorded. 39. Mirra c#RULEA, Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. f. 113. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Philippine Islands (Cuming). This species is described and figured by Reeve as being encir- 39* 548 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MARINE SHELLS cled by “a broad blue band”’ around the last whorl. Inthe spe- cimen from the Solomon Islands this band is of a brown colour. 40. Mirra FLAMMEA, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, pl. 45 bis. f. 23-25; Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. f. 120. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Philippines (Cuming). 41. M. Quoyt, Deshayes.—M. nigra, Q. Voy. Astrolabe, pl. 45. f. 16- 18; Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. f. 109; Kiener, Coq. Viv. pl. 12. f. 37. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands. I am by no means confident that the species figured above are identical. Quoy describes his shell with three plaits on the colu- mella, and Reeve four. The species of the latter author, when in a good state of preservation, is clothed with avery thin dirty olive epidermis, and is encircled with rather distant spiral series of shallow punctures. The specimen from the Solomon Islands agrees with the latter variety. 42, M. (ZieRLIANA) ANTHRACINA, Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. f. 137. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); “ Philippine Islands” (Cuming). : The lire within the labrum are very fine, thread-like, and about fifteen in number. 43. M.(ZimrRuiANaA) creniPLicata, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 139. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier). The locality of this species is not quoted by its describer. The specimen sent by Mr. Brazier is 17 millim. long and 63 in width; and the rations within the aperture are twelve in number, some of them extending much further inwards than others. 44, M. (TuRRICULA) RUFOFILOSA, sp. nov. Pl. XXX. fig. 10. Testa ovato-fusiformis, turrita, saturate olivaceo-fusca, circa partem in- feriorem anfract. superiorum et paululum supra medium anfr. ultimi zona alba medio linea rufa bipartita ornata; anfractus 1] sutura pro- funda discreti, subplani, costis parum obliquis 14 instructi, et sulcis profundis 5-6 preecipue inter costas, spiraliter sculpti; anfr. ultimus sulcis transversis circiter 21, paucis ad basim profundissimis ornatus et costis longitudinalibus inferne attenuantibus et granosis ; apertura subangusta, longitudinis teste quam 3 paulo minor, nigro-fusca albo fasciata, intus tenuiter lirata ; columella obliqua, plicis albis 4 munita, superne tuberculum parvum gerens; canalis angustiusculus leviter recurvus. Long. 183 mill., diam. 7. Hab. San Christoyal, Solomon Islands. i s FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 549 This is a very pretty species and easily recognizable by its style of coloration. The white band, which is bisected exactly in the middle by the red thread-like line, occupies about the lower half of the whorls. The ribs are sharpish at their edge, and of a lighter colour there than the interspaces, and contiguous to one another at the base; those of the last whorl are somewhat attenuated in- feriorly, and nodulous where they are traversed by the six or seven broad deep sulci, the nodules being of a pale horny colour. The very fine lirations within the aperture are about twelve in number. 45. Mirra (Turricuta) ANTONELLI, Dohrn, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 367. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier) ; ‘* Philippine Islands ” (Dohrn). 46. M. (Turricuta) tigata, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 134. Had. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); “Philippine Islands ” (Adams). This species is 17 millim. long and 54 broad. 47. M. (Turricuna) opeiscus, Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. f. 107. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Philippine Islands (Cuming). 48. M. (TurrIcuLA) crRUENTATA, Chemnitz, Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. f. 126. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Philippine Islands (Cuming). 49. M. (Turricuua) sEMIFASCIATA, Lamarck, Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. ie ele Gatos Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Philippine Islands (Cuming). 50. M. (TurrtcuLa) piscotoria, Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. f. 230. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier). The habitat of this very pretty species has not hitherto been re- corded. 5]. M. (Turrtcuua) DesuayeEsu, Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. f. 170. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier) ; “‘ —— ?” (Reeve). The shell from the aboveislands differs somewhat in coloration from the typical form. It is broadly black-banded beneath the orange tips of the ribs in the upper whorls; and the last is entirely blackish brown interrupted by three yellowish zones, the uppermost one adjoining the suture, the median one near that region of the 550 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MARINE SHELLS whorl, and the lowest a little below it. Reeve describes the whorls as being smooth beneath the orange nodules. The shell before me is longitudinally broadly ribbed, the upper extremities being somewhat thickened, but scarcely nodulous. They do not extend quite to the base of the body-whorl. 52. Mirra (TuRRICULA) LUBENS, Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. f. 331. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Philippine Islands (Cuming). 53. M. (TuRRICULA) NODULIFERA, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1851, p- 141. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier) ; ““ —— ?” (Adams). The length of the specimen from the above locality is 113 mill., and its diameter 4. Its ground-colour is pale pinkish ; and the ribs are white, especially at the nodulous ends, and the interior of the aperture orange. 54, M. (TurRicULA) FICULINA, var. Pl. XXX. fig. 12. Mitra ficulina, Lamk. Anim. sans vert. ed. 2, vol. x. p. 336; Kiener, pl. 27. f. 86; Reeve, f. 141. Testa ovata, turrita, brevis, lata, saturate chocolato-fusea ; anfractus 9? (apice fracto), sutura profunda sejuncti, costis obliquis crassiusculis (in anfr. ultimo 13 versus basim fere obsoletis) instructi, et sulcis spi- ralibus circiter 6 distantibus (in anfr. ult. 15-16, quorum 2-3 paululum ante basim latissimi et profundi) sculpti; apertura pallide lilacea, longitudinis testze 3 paulo superans, longe intus liris filiformibus cir- citer 12 armata; columella tenuiter callosa superne tuberculata, plicis obliquis 4 munita; canalis mediocris, leviter reeurvus. Long. 153 mill., diam. 72. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands. This specimen is remarkable for its short ovate form and uniform dark chocolate-brown colour. The ribs on the body-whorl are much attenuated at the base, and are made nodulous by being traversed by the few deep and broad sulcations which exist around that portion of the whorl. 55. M. (Pusia) Cumineti, Reeve, Conch. Icon. i. f. 67. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); ‘“ Philippine Islands”? (Cuming). The interstices between the transverse ridges are described by Reeve as “ deeply impressed ;” but in the specimen sent by Brazier they are deeply elongately punctured between the longitudinal costations, especially on the spire and the upper half of the body- whorl ; on the lower portion they are less deep. The short cauda of this whorl is bright orange ; and the aperture is pale buft. FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 551 56. Mirra (Pusta) Grarret, Crosse, Journal de Conch. xv. p. 297. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands. 57. TrRiIToNruM (EpipRoMUs) DIGITALE, Reeve.—Tritonium digitale, Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. f. 86. Hab. Strong Island, Caroline Group (Brazier); Philippine Islands (Cuming); Marquesas Islands (Pease). “The close-set obtuse granules’? with which the whorls are described by Reeve as being covered, are situated upon somewhat oblique ribs, which are 24 on the body-whorl. The columella is straight in the middle and oblique in the region of the canal ; it is smooth and coated with a callosity which is very well defined. The canal is narrow, deep, and recurved ; and the labrum is thick- ened and furnished with about 7 teeth within. The length is 13 millim., width 43. 58. TRITONIUM (EPIDROMUS) TRUNCATUM, Hinds, Voy. Sulphur, pl. 4. f. 9,10; Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. f. 83. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier): “New Ireland ” (Hinds) ; “ Philippine Islands” (Cuming). 59. Trironium (EpipRoMus) BRAcTEATUM, Hinds, Voy. Sulphur, pl. 4. f.5,6; Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. f. 84. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); ‘‘ Marquesas Islands” (Hinds); “ Philippine Islands ” (Cuming). 60. RecLuziA? GLOBOSA, sp. nov. Pl. XXX. fig. 8. Testa globosa, tenuis,imperforata, albida, pallide fusco strigata; anfractus 5 convexi, sutura simplici discreti, incrementi lineis ubique arcuatis superne ad suturam leviter squamose elevatis ornati, et spiraliter levis- sime striati; anfr. ultimus magnus, ventricosus, ad regionem umbili- calem albus ; apertura lunato-cireularis, magna, longitudinis totius cir- citer 3 equans; columella perarcuata, leviter incrassata, alba, callo tenui labro juncta. Long. 113 mill., diam. anfr. ultimi supra apertu- ram 7; aperture long. 8, diam. 6. Hab. Tarawa, Gilbert Group. T am very doubtful with regard to the correct position of this species. It seems to have some relationship to Watica as well as to Recluzia. From the former it differs in the absence of an um- bilicus and in its light construction, and from the latter in the arcuate columella. The spiral strie are very close together, very faint and wavy. The lines of growth beneath the suture, especi- ally in the last whorl, are elevated in a scale-like manner. Pro- bably this shell has been invested by a thin epidermis which has been worn off by being rolled on the beach, where two specimens were picked up by Mr. Brazier. 552 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MARINE SHELLS 61. LrrrorINA MELANACME, sp. nov. Pl. XXX. fig. 21. Testa ovata, ventricosa, ad apicem acuta et nigrescens, albida vel czeruleo- albida lineis tenuibus fuscis radiantibus numerosis irregulariter picta ; anfractus 6 convexi, striis spiralibus paucis sculpti; anfr. ultimus infra suturam et precipue versus labrumaliquanto depressus, ad peripheriam inconspicue obtuse angulatus, striis transversis circiter 20 (paucis ad basim quam czterze majoribus) ornatus; apertura subsemicircularis, intus saturate fusca, fascia lutea basali ornata; labrum margime luteo fusco lineato; columella obliqua, fere rectilinearis, leviter excavata, fusca, Long. 93 mill., diam. 5. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands. This species is allied to L. Nove-Zealandie of Reeve, and differs only in the following particulars: it is smaller, not quite so globose in form, of a bluish-white tinge, and with a dark apex ; the longitudinal lines are cut across by the spiral striz, and thus have a dotted appearance. In L. Nove-Zealandie the apex is pale, the ground-colour is opaque white, and the reddish lineations are very faint, and the spiral striz are rather finer than in the present species. The aperture of the latter is much darker in colour, the edge of the outer lip is pale and dotted with short brown lines, and the columella is brown and not so broadly excavated as that of Reeve’s shell. 62. RisELLEA TANTILLA, Gould.—Trochus tantillus, Gozld, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, 1849, vol. iii. p. 118; Otia Conchol. p. 59. Hab. Bonham Island, Marshall group (Brazier); Sandwich Islands (Gould). This species appears to vary very much in height. It was ori- ginally described as possessing a depressed spire; but usually it is shortly conical. The angulation of the whorls is very faint in some examples and situated about the middle of the whorls. The shells from the Marshall Islands are small, with the spire much elevated, the radiating flexuous brown lines being wanting, and the base is furnished with five instead of two spiral lirations as described by Gould. The interior of the aperture is not pearly as in the Trochide ; and yet the operculum truly appertains to that family, being concentric and multispiral ; and although therefore differing from that of Zezsella, the shell itself appears to suggest the propriety of its being located with that genus rather than with the Trochide. 63. PLANAXIS viIRGATUS, Smith, Annals § Mag. Nat. Hist. 1872, vol. ix. p. 44. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier). FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 553 Other specimens in the British Museum are from the Fiji Islands and New Caledonia. 64. Rissorna CLATHRATA, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 265; Schwartz von Mohrenstern’s Monograph, Denkschrift. Akad. Wissen- schaft. Wien, 1861, vol. xix. pt. 2, p. 154, pl. vi. f. 49. Hab. Strong Island, Carolme group (Brazier); Philippine Islands (Cuming); New Holland (Paris Museum, teste Schwartz). The spiral lire in the upper whorls are three in number, and twice as many in the body-whorl, the lowest one being very thick, indeed double as thick as the others ; the longitudinal costations or lirations are about eighteen, somewhat obliquely arcuate and minutely nodulous at the points of junction with the transverse hire. The length of the largest Philippine specimen is 12 millim., diameter 84. The shells from the Caroline Islands are much smaller, being only 7 mill. long and 23 broad. 65. R. CANALICULATA, Schwariz von Mohrenstern’s Monograph, Denkschrift. Akad. Wissenschaft. Wien, 1861, vol. xix. pt. 2, p. 123, pl. 1. f. 18. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazter); Philippive Islands (Schwartz). This species is very closely related to the RB. scalariana of A. Adams, from which it chiefly differs in its larger size and more numerous ribs. 66. R. myosorolpDEs, Récluz, var., Schwartz von Mohrenstern, Denksch. Akad. Wissenschaft. Wien, 1861, vol. xix. pt. 2, p. 134, pl. iv. f. 30. Testa cylindraceo-ovata superne acuminata, alba (interdum cirea medium anfractuum obscure roseo tincta); anfractus 83, apicales 23 lves convexi vitrei, czeteri convexiusculi, sutura parum obliqua sejuncti, costis aliquanto arcuatis et obliquis circiter 17, et spivaliter minutis- sime striati; anfr. ultimus costis flexuosis ad basim continuis et dimidio infero liris spiralibus tenuibus inter costas cincto; apertura obliqua, mediocris ; labrum extra late incrassatum et costulis tenuibus ornatum ; columella medio paululum arcuata tenuiter callosa ; canalis mediocriter profundus, obliquus. Long. 53 mill., diam. 2. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier) ; Mauritius (Schwartz). The ribs on the body-whorl are rather more numerous than on the upper whorls, and gradually more slender as the labrum is approached, three or four being situated on the thickening with- out it. I have given the above description, as the specimens from the Pacific offer a few slight differences from the examples found at the Mauritius. In the former only two or three of the apical 554 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MARINE SHELLS whorls are smooth, whilst in the latter six are sculptureless. The ribs of the Solomon-Islands examples are rather fewer, and the whole shell is a trifle larger. 67. RISSOINA TEREBROIDES, sp. nov. Pl. XXX. fig. 19. Testa breviter subulata, solidiuscula, albida, cirea medium anfractuum fusco zonata et supra partem inframedianam fusco tincta ; anfractus 10? apicales abrupti, reliqui 7 convexiusculi, costis obliquis 11-12 mediocriter crassis, leviter arcuatis instructi, ubique minutissime spi- raliter striati; anfr. ultimus infra medium longe crassius striatus, costas haud ad basim productas gerens; apertura parva obliqua alba; labrum extra fortiter et late varicosum; columella obliqua, leviter arcuata, callo tenui induta; canalis haud profundus sed distinctus. Long. 84 mill., diam. 23. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands. The shortly subulate form, the stoutish oblique ribs, the most minute spiral striation and the much coarser strie around the base of the last whorl, and the style of colouring are the chief characteristics of this species. 68. CERITHIUM COLUMNA, Sowerby, ‘ Genera of shells’ No. 42, f. 7; Thesaurus Conch. ii. pl. 178. f. 56-58; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xv. f. 2, a, 6. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Philippine Islands (Cuming). 69. C. anmatum, Philippi, Abbild.u. Beschr. Conchylien, vol. iii. pl.i. f.9; Sowerby, Thesaurus, ii. pl. 179. f. 68; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xv. feel aeras Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Philippine Islands (Cuming). 70. C. pLANuM, Anton, Philippi, Abbild. und Beschreib. Conchyl. iii. p- 19, pl. i. f. 18; Sowerby, Thesaurus Conch. ii. pl. 181. f. 111-113; Reeve, Conch. Ic. xv. f. 79.—Var.=C. balteatum (Philippi?), Sowerby, este liow/sReeves te 72 aao: Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Philippine Islands (Cuming). The chief difference between this species and the variety balte- atwm 1s, that it is rather smoother, and rather more deeply pitted between the longitudinal costations. Both forms have the black apex and the orange or brown base, balteatum having a band at the base of the upper whorls, which passes round the last one a little above the middle. This zone is not present in the typical planum; but there are three specimens of a variety of it in the FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 555 Museum which have it exactly similar to that of balfeatum. There is some doubt with regard to the identity of the shell described and figured by Philippi with that of Sowerby & Reeve. Philippi does not mention the dark apex, nor does he describe his shell as being coloured at the base. 71. CERITHIUM CORONATUM, Sowerby, Thesaurus Conch. ii. pl. 181. f. 118; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xv. f. 48, a, b. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Philippine Islands, (Cuming). 72. C. RosTRATUM, Sowerby, Thesaurus Conch. ii. pl. 180. f. 104; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xv. f. 95, a, 6. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier) ; Philippine Islands & Lord Hood’s Island (Cuming); Sandwich Islands (Pease) ; Red Sea (MacAndrew). The Solomon-Islands specimen differs from the type of this species in the absence of the spiral lines between the ribs, which are prominent and agree in this respect with some examples from the Gulf of Suez, collected by and presented to the Museum by the late Robert MacAndrew. 73. C. RuGosum, Wood, Sowerby, Thesaurus Conch. ui. pl. 183. f. 195, 197; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xv. f. 45, a, 0. Hab. Bonham Island, Marshall group (Brazier); Philippine Islands (Cuming) ; Red Sea. The shells from the Marshall Islands are dwarfs in comparison with the Philippine and Red-Sea specimens ; in all other respects they are identical. Length 12 mill., diam. 5. 74. C. NASSoIDES, Sowerby, Thesaurus Conch. ii. pl. 183. f. 200, 201 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xv. f. 83, a, 6. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Sandwich Islands (Newcombe). Not only between the plications at the suture and on the labrum is this species painted ; for in specimens in fine condition nearly the whole surface is dotted minutely with brown. 75. C. LACTEUM, Kiener, Cog. Viv. pl. 7. f. 3; Sowerby, Thesaurus, ii. pl. 184. f. 213, 214; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xv. fuSbsra Os Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier) ; Philippine Islands (Cuming). 556 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MARINE SHELLS 76. C. EGENUM, Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. in. 1849; Atlas United-States Explor. Exped. (Wilkes), pl. x. f. 171; Otza, Conchol. p. 62. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Wilson’s Island (Gould). The little shell which I associate with this species, agrees very well with Gould’s description, with the exception that the spiral liration which is situated a little above the middle of the whorls, and is larger than the others, is decidedly nodulous; and that at the suture is also nodulous, the nodules of the latter being smaller than those of the former. The figure given by Gould is not good, as it does not show the little dark-brown spots which exist around the lower portion of the body-whorl. 77. VANIKORO acuTA, Récluz, var.—Narica acuta, Récluz, Mag. de Zoologie, 1845, p. 60, pl. 133. f. 1, 2. : Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier) ; ‘“Lord-Hood Island, Moluccas, and Cape Natal” (Cuming). The single example from the Solomon Islands differs somewhat from the types of this species. The umbilicus is narrower, and the spiral sculpture rather coarser, and the strize more deeply incised. 78. NERITINA SIDEREA, Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 1847, vol. ii; Otia Conchol. p. 48; Reeve, Conch. Icon. ix. f. 171, a,b.— Neritina dispar, Pease, American Journ. Conchol. vol. iii. p. 285, pl. xxiv. f. 3. Hab. San Christeval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Feejees (Gould). The two specimens from San Christoval are very large, measur- ing eleven millims. in length, and are much paler in colour than the typicalform. The fine longitudinal wavy lines (not mentioned by Gould) are somewhat distant ; the white triangular spots, which are shaded on the left with purple black, are rather large; and the last whorl is encircled near the middle with two indistinet bands of the same colour. From the series of this species in the Museum collection, it would appear that the smaller the specimen the blacker it is and the white spots fewer. 79. Liotta ciparis, Reeve.—Delphinula cidaris, Reeve, Conch. Icon. sey fe Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Philippine fslands (Cuming). 80. L. piscorpEA, Reeve.—Delphinula discoidea, Reeve, Conch. Icon. 1 fenl 5) 25): Hab. San Christoval; Philippine Islands (Cuming). FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 557 81. Liorra CRENATA, Kiener.—Delphinula crenata, Kiener, pl. 4. f. 8; Reeve, Conch. Icon. i. f. 19, a,b. Hab. San Christoval (Brazier); Philippine Islands (Cuming). 82. ADEORBIS TENUILIRATA, sp. nov, Pl. XXX. fig. 18. Testa minuta, orbicularis, depressa, tenuis, umbilicata, flavescens, lineis interruptis olivaceo-nigris et maculis radiantibus ejusdem coloris infra suturam ornata, versus apicem purpurascens, et circa umbilicum sordide alba; anfractus 4 convexi, rapide accrescentes, sutura subprofunda sejuncti, liris spiralibus tenuibus cincti, incrementi leis oblique stri- ati; apertura magna, subcircularis, ad basim recedens, albida lineis exterioribus variegata ; columella aliquanto expansa et reflexa; peri- stoma interruptum, marginibus callo brevissimo junctis. Alt. 23 mill., diam, max. 3, min. 23. Operculum tenuissimum, pallide corneum, extra concavum. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands. The spiral lire which encircle the body-whorl around the middle, are stouter than the rest; and those beneath are very fine indeed. As these lirations are rather close together and interruptedly of a dark olive-colour, the shell displays more of this tint than of the yellowish ground-colour. 83. Trocnus(CLANCULUS) BATHYRHAPHE, sp.nov. Pl. XXX. fig. 17. Testa depresse conica, basi complanata, olivaceo-viridis, ad apicem virl- dis, granulis saturate fuscis ornata, sublate umbilicata ; anfractus 55 convexi, sutura anguste canaliculata sejuncti, liris granosis (in anfr. penult. 7, suprema longe maxima) ubique cincti; anfr. ultimus ad peripheriam rotunde angulatus, granulorum seriebus circiter 14 cinc- tus; umbilicus albus, lira alba granulifera cirecumdatus, intus lira simplici ornatus ; apertura obliqua, pulcherrime margaritacea, intus lirata ; labrum exterius margine crenulato, ad basim fortiter liratum ; columella superne anfractui juncta, obliqua, inferne dentata. Alt, 63 mill., diam. maxima 83, min. 73. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands. Perhaps the nearest ally of this species is Cl. atropurpurea otf Gould. From that species, however, it may easily be distinguished by its difference of colour, channelled suture, more rounded spire and the peculiarity of the umbilicus. The main colour of C. ba- thyrhaphe is a very dark olive-green, the apex being bright green; the granules of the infrasutural series, which are considerably lar- ger than the rest, are dark brown at intervals, two or three together being of this colour, and those between them of the same hue as the she'l. The granules on the base are subalternately reddish brown and greenish. 558 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MARINE SHELLS 84. T. (CLANCULUS) ATROPURPUREUS, Gould.—Trochus (Mono- donta) atropurpureus, Gould, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Proc. 1849; Otia Conchol. p. 59; Atlas to Wilkes United-States Explor. Exped. pl. xin. f. 224, a-e. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Tutuila, Navigators’ Islands (Gould). The dentate margin of the umbilicus is very characteristic in this species; it is white, and the large tooth on the upper side is very constant. The interstices between the series of granules are generally of a darker colour than the granules themselves; and sometimes the apex is of a rose-colour. 85. TRocHuUs (GIBBULA) SUPRAGRANOSUS, Sp. hoy. Pl. XXX. fig. 15. Testa solida, depresse globosa, anguste sed profunde perforata, pallida, strigis latis radiantibus aliquanto imterruptis fuscis vel rosaceo-fuscis ornata; anfractus 5 convexiusculi, sutura profundiuscula sejuncti, liris spiralibus versus apicem granosis (in anfr. penult. 4-5) cineti; anfr. ultimus medio rotundatus inferne convexiusculus, liris circiter 20, irregulariter preesertim prope medium in paribus, ornatus, pauiu- lum pone labrum macula magna fusca vel roseo-fusca notatus; apertura parva, circularis, intus argenteo-margaritacea, prope marginem labri alba, et (in exemplis adultis), tenuiter lirata; labrum crassum mar- gine acuto; columella areuata, superne levissime reflexa. Alt. 5 mill., diam. maxima 5, minima 42. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands. One of the chief peculiarities of this species is that the spiral liree on the last whorl near the middle run in pairs. The lirations on the spire become granulous as the apex is approached. The brown or pinkish-brown stripes which flow downwards from the suture are interrupted somewhat by the transverse sulci, and thus appear as oblong dots on the lire. On the back of the body-whorl, not far from the labrum, is a large brown or pinkish- brown stain. 86. T. (Canrurripus) Hutton, sp. nov. Pl. XXX. fig. 20. Testa breviter conica, obtecte perforata, caruleo-nigra vel purpureo- nigra, ad apicem detritum albida; anfractus 5-6, convexiusculi, striis spivalibus circiter 7-8 incrementique lineis sculpti; anfr. ulti- mus ad peripheriam obtuse angulatus, imferne convexiusculus, in regione umbilicali levissime impressus; apertura subcireulari-qua- drata, intus inidescens, tenuiter sulcata; labrum intus paululum merassatum, albescens, anguste nigro limbatum; columella parum arcuata, incrassata, perforationem tegens. Alt. 143 mill., diam. 103. Exemplhi minoris alt. 9 mill., diam. 7. Hab, New Zealand. FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 559 Care must be taken not to confound this species with one or two others which are found from the same locality. C. tenebrosus, described by A. Adams in the Proe. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 170, is a narrower and more coarsely sulcated species than the present ; and a second species (at present undescribed) is closely allied ; it ‘s umbilicated more broadly, spirally sulcated, and not so dark in colour, being of a pale purplish tint with the spiral lire be- tween the sulcations of a darker tint. Neither Oanthiridus tenebrosus, A. Adams, nor C. rufozona (also from New Zealand, and of the same author) appear in Hutton’s Catalogue of the Marine Mollusca of that country, probably owing to their being published without localities. I feel much pleasure in dedicating this species to the author of the above very useful Catalogue. 87. TrocHus (EvucHELUS) ALVEOLATUS, A. Adams.—Monodonta alveolata, A. dd. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p. 176. Hab. San Christoval (Brazier); Philippine Islands (Cuming). This is a very pretty species, and of the following dimensions —length, 123 millims., diam. 9. The spiral granular lire are six on the penultimate, and about twelve on the last whorl. The whorls are seven in number, somewhat convex, and divided by a deeply but narrowly channelled suture. They have no longi- tudinal lire between the three upper series of transverse nodules (which is not stated in Adams’s very loose description), but are only obliquely striated in this region. Only the lower half of. the whorls has a cancellated aspect. The longitudinal brown markings are broadest at the suture, and not interrupted by the transverse sulci on the upper part of the whorls; but beneath they appear on the granose lirations in small spots. 88. SromaTIA ANGULATA, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1850, p. 34 ; Sowerby’s Thesaurus Conchyl. uu. pl. 175. f. 57 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. xix. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Philippine Islands (Cuming). As might be supposed from Mr, Adams’s description, this species is not uniformly “green.” It is generally of a grey- or sage-green; and on the lower half of the body-whorl there are some narrow radiating undulating pale stripes. The specimen from the Solomon Islands is of a luteous colour above, and tinged with greenish ash beneath, with the slender pale stripes, and everywhere it is most minutely dotted with black upon the spiral lirations. 560 MR. E. A. SMITH ON MARINE SHELLS 89, STOMATELLA HALIOTOIDEA, Sowerby, A. Adams in Sowerby’s Thesaurus Conchyl. i. p. 837, pl. 154. f. 10, 11. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Philippine Islands (Cuming). The shell sent by Mr. Brazier is of a uniform olive-green, and dirty white in the umbilical region, and dotted with white upon the spiral lire. These are subequidistant and very fine; and be- tween them the shell is very finely spirally striated. 90. EMARGINULA VARIEGATA, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851, p- 84; Sowerby, Thesaurus Conchyliorum, ui. pl. 245. f. 9, 10; Reeve, Conchol. Icon. vol. xix. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands (Brazier); Philippine Islands (Cuming); Australia (Sowerby). The species is described by Adams as “ albida, rufo-fusco varie- gata,” and by Sowerby as “alba griseo variegata ;”’ and the figure in the ‘ Thesaurus’ represents it as white, variegated with pinkish purple, with darker spots on the ribs. The latter coloration agrees best with certain specimens in the Museum; and others are almost entirely of an obscure purplish tint, with scarcely any white markings. The specimens from the Solomon Islands are dirty white, with most of the radiating ridges of a blackish colour, and very finely granose. 91. TELLINA CHRISTOVALIS, sp. nov. Pl. XXX. fig. 22. Testa zequilateralis, zequivalvis, rotunde subtriangularis, aliquanto tumida, alba, macula rufescente magna subtriangulari versus umbones picta, polita, concentrice tenuiter striata; margo dorsalis utrinque valde declivis, et paululum arcuatus, ventralis arcuatissimus, postice levis- sime sinuatus. Long. 73 mill., lat. 9, crass. 43. Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands. There is a single specimen of this little species in the Cumin- gian collection from Upolu, which is a trifle larger than the above dimensions, but agreeing in all other respects with that from San Christoval. The reddish spot, which is somewhat triangular in form, and stains the valves towards the umbones, is also seen within them. The shining surface is slightly prismatic in certain lights. 92. THracia ANGASIANA, sp. nov. Pl. XXX. fig. 23. Testa alba, tenuis, inequivalvis, ovato-oblonga, postice angustata et rotunde truncata, mediocriter imequilateralis, concentrice tenuiter striata, obscure et minutissime granosa; margo dorsalis antice areuatus, postice decliviter rectiusculus, ventralis antice arcuatus, — CBerjeau hth NEW MARINE SHELLS FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 561 postice rectiusculus; latus anticum rotundatum, latum. Lat. 23 mill., long. 14, crass. 63 Hab. Sow-and-Pigs Reef, Port Jackson. The granulation of the surface is so minute as scarcely to be noticeable with the aid of a simple lens; and consequently the valves appear to be but concentrically striated. The posterior end of this species is narrower than the anterior, whilst in Jacksonianea it is broader. 93. THRACIA JACKSONIANA, sp. nov. Pl. XXX. fig. 24. Testa alba, ovato-oblonga, postice biangulata, rotunde truncata, antice aliquanto angustata et rotundata, subequivalvis, paululum inzequi- lateralis, concentrice leviter plicata, ubique minute granose striata ; margo dorsalis utrinque valde declivis leviter convexiusculus, ventralis parum arcuatus; valve intus tenuiter radiatim striate; impressio pallii lata, hand maxime profunda. Lat. 21 mill., long. 125, crass. 8. Hab. Sow-and-Pigs Reef, Port Jackson. This species is almost equilateral, but a trifle longer anteriorly. The surface of the valves is irregularly and rather distantly con- centrically plicated, and also most minutely granosely striated in ‘the same direction. Down the posterior portion of the valves from the umbo to the obtuse angle at the conjunction of the lateral and ventral margins there radiates a slightly raised elevation or keel; and a second one is observed near the dorsal slope. | 94. CARDITA BIMACULATA, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1852, p. 102, pl. xvii. f. 4, 5. Hab. Tasmania (Brazier); New Zealand (Deshayes). The shells from Tasmania are white beneath the dirty brown epidermis, and spotted irregularly with red upon the granose ribs. Besides the two brown spots on the muscular scars in each valve, there are two elongate marks of the same colour, one on each side of the umbo, in the region of the Junule and dorsal ligament. 95. Carpium (Fracum) MuNDUM, Reeve, Conchologia Iconica, ii. f. 125. Hab. Arrowsmith Island, Marshall Group (Brazier); Lord Hood’s Tsland (Cuming). The specimens of this beautiful species from Arrowsmith Island have a few sanguineous spots on the angles of the valves, and are also stained with the same colour between the lovely im- LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 40 P62 SURGEON-MAJOR DAY ON THE INTRODUCTION OF bricated ribs on the posterior slope. The ground-colour of these shells is yellow; and they are dotted with opaque white. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX. Fig. 1. Nassa bicallosa. Fig. 14. Pisania solomonensis. 2. N. trinodosa. 15. Trochus ( Gibbula) 3. Fusus imbricatus. SUpragranosus. 4, Nassa Marratit. 16. Fusus Braziert. 5. WN. interlirata. 17. Trochus (Clanculus) 6. Pleurotoma ( ?) solomon- bathyrhaphe. ensis. 18, 18 4. Adeorbis tenuilirata. 7. Clathurella immaculata. 19. Rissoina terebroides. 8. Recluzia (?) globosa. 20. Trochus (Cantharidus) 9. Columbella Caroline. Huttonii. 10. Mitra (Lurricula) rufofilosa. 21. Littorina melanacme. 11. Cythara interstriata. 22. Tellina christovalis. 12. Mitra (Turricula), var, 23. Thracia Angasiana. ficulina. 24. T. Jacksoniana. 13. Cythara unilineata. 25. Mactra pinguis, var. On the Introduction of Trout and Tench into India. By Francis Day, Esq., Surgeon-Major, F.LS. [Read April 6, 1876.] Durre the last few years three attempts have been made to in- troduce European fish into the rivers and tanks on the Neilgherry Hills in the Presidency of Madras. It may now be assumed that at any rate the Trout (Salmo levenensis) and the Tench (Linco vul- garis) have bred there, and may prove an eventual success. The first trial was made by Mr. Thomas, of the Madras Civil - Service, who took out a few hundred trout-ova in the ‘ Ripon’ in 1863. From various causes they died prior to reaching India. In 1866 I made the second attempt. The eggs were obtained for me by Mr. Frank Buckland, and were in an excellent state when packed. This process was performed by myself, as I had previously been instructed by Mr. Youl; and six small boxes of ova were placed, February 2nd, in the ice-room of the P. & O. steamer ‘ Mongolia’ at Southampton. On March 12th, they were landed at Madras. On the 14th they reached the Government Gardens at Ootacamund, where the Superintendent, Mr. M’Ivor, had prepared a very suitable house for their reception. Through it flowed a stream of clear water. Things went on pretty well for TROUT AND TENCH INTO INDIA. 5638 a few days; but on April 1st a great mortality occurred amongst the ova, and by the 10th the majority were dead. Fearing the waters of the hills were too warm for the eventual success of European fish, I obtained leave to introduce suitable species from the low country, which was done with considerable trouble. Mr. M‘Ivor was greatly interested in these experiments; and subsequently, when proceeding to Europe, he determined to try and introduce Trout in another way. Distrusting the ova, he pro- posed to bring them over in the form of young fish ; and it must be remembered that in those days, as vessels could not go through the Suez Canal, the fish would have to be landed at Alexandria and conveyed in the crowded and inferior railway carriages across Heypt to Suez. He informed me that every one considered failure to be inevitable; but he adhered to his own views, and I am glad to add that his enterprise, intelligence, and patience have been rewarded by success. He first had young fish captured and placed in a receptacle through which water ran ; the stream was diminished by degrees and finally cut off, and thus the trout became accustomed to con- finement. On board ship the water was constantly oxygenated by being poured from a height, or passed through the rose of a watering-pot or large syringe; and some ofthe Trout, Tench, and other Carp reached Ootacamund in safety. I regret that I have no account of this interesting experi- ment to offer, especially as I believe it has been published ; but if I ever had a copy, it has been mislaid. Whilst on the Neilgherry hills for a short time in 1873, I ob- tained several specimens of Tench (Zinca vulgaris, Cuvier) from different localities around Ootacamund; they were doubtless bred from those Mr. M‘Ivor took out to the hills. I did not see any Trout; and although Mr. M‘Ivor promised to send me some from the Koondah streams, he was unable to do so. “No doubt,” observed Mr. M‘Ivor, (Feb. 5th, 1873), “all our fish are breeding rapidly, with the exception of the Trout; and the waters of the Hills will soon be alive with them. The Trout also have produced young; and we caught some, but not nearly in the number of the other kinds. They, however, seem to be doing well in the Pyjeara and Macoorty streams, although I have not been able to catch any of them there. They should do well in the Koondahs and west side of the Hiils. The great quan- 40* 564 ON THE INTRODUCTION OF TROUT AND TENCH INTO INDIA. tity of mud washed in heavy rains from the cultivated land on the east side of the Hills will, I fear, render the streams unfit for Trout. We caught several Tench weighing about 13 pound, and Rudd* still heavier.” Mr. H. 8S. Thomas, of the Madras Civil Service, wrote to me (Jan. 8th, 1876) saying he was despatching a Neilgherry Trout. “Tt was sent by Mr. M‘Ivor in spirit to Mr. Ballard, by whom it was immediately forwarded to me, and overtook me at Coonoor, just as | was going down the Ghat. I took a hurried look for the adipose fin, wrapped him in muslin, and replaced him again in the spirit. The red spots were then bright; a week later they had almost disappeared. I mention this to show that he was clearly fresh when he came to me, and to draw your atten- tion to the spots being red,—this latter point, because Mr. M‘Ivor told me that, with one solitary exception, the Trout he put into the rivers were all Loch-Leven Trout; in Loch Leven, accord- ing to Mr. C. Pennell, the Trout have not red spots. Still the spots may have been due to their having been bred in a river, not a lake, for a series of years. The specimen weighed, out of spirit, 17 ounce. Length, from nose to bifurcation of tail, 6 inches, to end of tail 63 inches. SALMO LEVENENSIS, Walker, Yarrell.Loch-Leven Trout, Richard- son.—Salmo ceecifer, Parnell. D133 As tls 2 11205 Etr. 26/30: Length of head 43, of caudal 63 ; height of body 53 in the total length. Eyes, diameter 7 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of snout, and 4 apart. The width of the head equals its length behind the eyes ; its height equals its length, excluding the snout. Thirteen rows of seales between the lateral line and the base of the adipose dorsal fin. This fish having been well described, it is useless to enter fully on that subject. Respecting its colour, it shows twelve short, vertical, light bars along the middle of the side, or the finger- marks of a young fish. The spots alluded to are now black, whilst Mr. Thomas observes that they were originally red. This is probably due to the fish having been bred in a clear moun- tain-stream ; for the Loch-Leven Trout are said to have no red spots. The colour of the water and the soil through which streams flow exercise great influence on the colours of fishes; but the result in this instance is most interesting. * I think these were Gold Carp. The single specimen I saw was Carassius auratus. ON SOME OF THE FISHES OF THE DECCAN. 565 Whether Trout will permanently succeed in Hindoostan, has has yet to be ascertained. None of the Salmonidw have been dis- covered south of the Hindoo Koosh, whence Griffith brought specimens. I may here mention that, having received the collection of fish made by the late Dr. Stoliczka in the recent expedition to Yarkand, I do not find a single specimen of Salmonidx contained therein; one Siluroid, and the rest Cyprinide, comprise the whole. On some of the Fishes of the Deccan. By Francis Day, Surgeon-Major, F.L.S. [Read April 6, 1876.] Havine received from Dr. A. F. Dobson, of the Madras Medical Service, about 170 fishes collected from the Kistna and its tribu- taries near the Nizam’s station of Hingolie, in the Deccan, as well as a few others from a tank near Bellary, I have thought it might be worth while to offer a few remarks under the above heading. It is now nearly forty years since Colonel Sykes’s paper* on “the Fishes of the Dukhun”’ appeared in the ‘ Transactions of the Zoological Society,’ in which the author alluded to forty- six species, remarking that no less than forty-two were new to science. Dr. Bleeker, in his paper “ Beng. en Hind.,” gives a list of these fishes, and places them in the genera to which he then considered they belonged. Jerdon (M. J. L. & Sc.) also remarked on a few, expressing his regret that Valenciennes, in the grand ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Poissons,’ had omitted all reference to Col. Sykes's paper. se Dr. Giinther, in the ‘ Catalogue of Fishes in the British Mu- seum,’ thus disposes of Sykes’s forty-two new species :—six new, eleven previously known, twenty doubtful or omitted, five the genus doubtful. The only record which I have yet discovered at the India Office respecting Sykes’s collection is the following note of Pee — ‘July 15th, 1831. Fish, insects, and reptiles in spirit 117 ;” also “drawings of fish twenty-nine,’ which being one more than * Paper read Nov. 27, 1858. 566 SURGEON-MAJOR DAY ON SOME OF were published, is probably due to the Cyprinus nukta having been omitted. No notice of the gift of skins of fish can be discovered That they may have existed appears probable from the following passage in his paper under the head of Cyprinus nukta:—“ Both Mr. Rippell and Mr. Yarrell, who have done me the favour to look over my fishes, express their belief that the present fish is only a monstrosity of C. auratus” (p. 355). Te next officer who examined some of the fishes of these parts — was Dr. Wyllie (see Proc. Zool. Soc. 1840, p. 34), who was struck with the accessory branchial sacs of the Saecobranchus singio, which he considered were “perhaps intended for reservoirs of water to enable the animal during its migrations from tank to tank to maintain the gills in a constantly moist condition. They may also perhaps serve, in ordinary circumstances, as an extension of the respiratory surface; and the numerous blood-vessels that are seen in their coats would tend to give a probability to such a Conjectures: sar They are of loose cellular texture, of a whitish grey colour, speckled with numerous minute black points; they are traversed from one extremity to the other by a blood-vessel of considerable size, into which numerous small branches open at right angles.” I believe Dr. Wyllie to have been correct in the last part of his observation, that this sac or sacs (which extend backwards from the gill-cavity, amongst the muscles on either side of the neural spines) are receptacles for air, that air is taken in by a con- stricted orifice existing between the superior and the next branchia, and that the single blood-vessel is employed in return- ing arterial blood to the general circulation, it having been oxyge- nated in the air-sac*. It appears to pass to the lowest branchial arch; but I must leave this subject fora future paper. Irrespective of this air-sac, an air-vessel or air-bladder enclosed in bone exists, and is connected by a tube with the pharynx, as is usual in the Physostomi. Since then Col. Playfair has received some specimens from Poona, which have been deposited in the British Museum. Personally I have collected in the Kistna and its affluents at Kurnool, Bezwada, and Masulipatam, also in the Godavery from Rajahmundy to its mouth. I have also obtained a few species from the Nerbudda at Jubbulpore, from the tanks at Hurdah, and had a collection made for me at Poonah and in its vicinity, * These fishes take in and blow out globules of air. THE FISUES OF THE DECCAN. 567 1. AMBASSIS RANGA=Chanda ranga, H. B.; C. lala (young), H. B.; Ambassis Barlovi, Sykes, Bleeker, Jerdon; A. alta, C.V. ; Chanda (Ambassis) ruconius, M‘Clelland. Sykes, as can be seen on his original drawing, referred this fish to Hamilton Buchanan’s species. 2. Gostus GiurtIs, Ham. Buch. This species may be thus subdivided:—(1) G. giuris, H. B., Bleeker, = G. catebus,O.V.; G. spectabilis, Giinther. (2) G@. kora- mottah, Russell,=G. kora, C.V. (8) G. bullee-kokah, Russell, = G. kurpah, Sykes; G. Russellii, C.V.; G. platycephalus, Peters. “ Oolooway, Tamil; Ooskia denta, Telugu; Balloo seekdah, Hind.” 3. OPHIOCEPHALUS MARULIUS, Ham. Buch. This is not Sykes’s fish, of which, however, I have specimens from the Malabar coast and Canara. The O.marulius appears to invariably possess an ocellus on the base of the caudal fin, which is absent in the second species. 4. O. LEUcoPuNcTATUS, Sykes, Bleeker,=O. grandinosus, C. V. The original drawing of Valencienne’s species was brought from China; and the further remark occurs, “1a retrouvée dans le Maissour,’ whence Dussumier brought a fine specimen. Cir John Richardson (Ich. China, p. 252) observes of Cuvier & Valen- ciennes’ species, “ described from a painting executed in China ;” whereas it is most distinctly stated that the description was drawn up from Dussumier’s specimen, not from the drawing. Dr. Ginther locates the species, “ Fresh waters of China; river ~Maissour.” Not long since I visited the unrivalled and beautifully kept ichthyological collection in the Jardin des Plantes at Paris, which is freely opened to those who wish to study its treasures. Dr. Sauvage was good enough to show me the type specimen of O. grandinosus, C. V., labelled as having been obtained in Malabar by Dussumier. The Maissour is probably the Maisur or Mysore country, from which some of the rivers on the western coast of India were believed to have their origin. I also saw in the fine collection at Berlin a specimen received from the Paris Museum with the locality given as Malabar. The Madras Museum has also received it from the Coromandel coast; and it is probably the Ophiocephalus termed sowarah by Russell (Fish. Viz. pl. 163). Of 568 SURGEON-MAJOR DAY ON SOME OF course, because it is found in India, such is no reason against its also being in China, as seen in O. gachua, H. B. 5. OPHIOCEPHALUS GACHUA, Ham. Buch. One of the specimens is tinged with orange. When in Assam I obtained some of these fishes from near Goalpara, where the O. aurantiacus, H. B., came from. All were more or less spotted and marked with yellow about the head. I have received this widely distributed species from Major Miles, who captured it in the river Kej, near Gwadur, in Beloochistan. It is also found in Afghanistan. 6. MASTACEMBELUS ARMATUS, Lécep. Is the same as Sykes’s species. I obtained the WZ. pancalus, H. B., at Jubbulpore, and also as high up the Brahmapootra in Assam as Debrooghur. The variations which this spined eel undergo are very remarkable: the fin-rays are usually D. 25-26/ 30-40, A. 3/31-38 ; in Upper Assam I found the fin-rays D. 26/42, A. 3/46, and a few vertical bands on the body. In Burmah the banded JZ. zebrinus, Blyth, appears to supersede it; still it is worthy of inquiry whether such is not only a local form: it has D, 28-29/50-52, A. 3/51-56. There are twenty rows of scales between the lateral line and the commencement of the soft dorsal fin instead of eighteen, as seen in the WZ. pencalus. To illustrate how widely the number of fin-rays differs in fish of this genus, } have received a MZ. wnicolor from the Berlin Museum with D. 33/94, A. 3/98, the formula usually given being D. 38-34/80-84, A. 3/75-81. In the J. armatus the variations in the number of the fin-rays are likewise considerable. It is termed at Hingolie “ Aral, Tamil; Panpura, Telugu; Baum, Hindostanee; Wam, Mahratta.”’ 7. MacronEs AOR=Pimelodus aor, H. B.; Platystoma seenghala, Sykes; Bagrus seenghala, Bleeker § Jerdon. “ Karlee hellettee, Tam.; Waldee, Hind.” 8. M. cavastus=Pimelodus cavasius, Ham. Buch.; Pimelodus seen- gtee, Sykes; Bagrus seengtee, Bleeker. “Topa kellettee, Tam.; Chinnah jellah, Tel.; Chota katerna, Hind.” 9. Rrra KUTURNEE=Phractocephalus kuturnee, Sykes; Pimelodus? kuturnee, Bleeker; Bagrus kuturnee, Jerdon. This species of Rita has no posterior prolongation of its air- THE FISHES OF THE DECCAN, 569 vessel. “ Hathoo kellettee, Tam.; Code jellah, Tel.; Burah ku- turnee, Hind.” 10. Rrra GoGRA=Phractocephalus gogra, Sykes; Pimelodus? gogra, Bleeker ; ? Arius pavimentatus, Val.*; Pangasia? gogra, Jerdon ; Gogrius Sykesii, Day. I have taken this fish in the Kistna at Kurnool, and also re- ceived it from Poona. 1]. PsEUDEUTROPIUS GOONGWAREE = Hypophthalmus goongwaree, Sykes; Bagrus exodon, Val.; B. goongwaree, Bleeker & Jerdon. Although this species is not in Dr. Dobson’s collection, I have obtained it in the Deccan. ; 12. Ps. TAAKREE=Hypophthalmus taakree, Sykes; Ragrus taakree, Bleeker & Jerdon; Pseudeutropius longimanus, Giinther. 13. CALLICHROUS BIMACULATUS=Silurus bimaculatus, Bloch. This may be Schilbe pabo, Sykes,=Wallago pabo, Bleeker ; Stlurus pabo, Jerdon. The C. bimaculatus is the common Deccan form, but it has rarely above 66 anal rays; whilst Sykes states A. 68-70, and may refer to C. checkra, Ham. Buch., also found in the Decean. “ Chowallay,Tam.; Tedwah, Tel. ; Poptah, Hind. ; Goom- gulah, Mahr.” 14. WaLLAGO aTru=Silurus athu, B/.; Schilbe boalis, Sykes; Wal- lago Russellii, Bleeker; Silurus boalis, Jerdon. “Wallay, Tam.; Walgoo, Tel.; Podom, Hind.” 15. Srtunp1A SyKEsII, n. s.?=? Ageneiosus Childreni, Sykes, Bleeker, & Jerdon. B. xii., D. 2/0, P. 5, V. 6, A. aa, ©. 17. Length of head 54, of caudal 43; height of body 57 ia the total length. Eyes with a narrow, free, adipose lid, diameter 33 in length of head, 1 diameter from end of snout and 14 apart. Anterior nostril on front edge of snout, the posterior oval and patent, more in the mesial line of the head. Lower jaw slightly the longer, curved upwards in the middle; snout rather broad. Barbels—the maxillary ones extend nearly, or quite, to the base of the pectoral fin; the mandibular ones are thin and as long as the diameter of the eye. Teeth cardiform in the jaws; in a crescentic band on the palate. Fins—dorsal spine weak, rugose anteriorly, finely serrated posteriorly, and as long as the * Valenciennes does not mention the dark fins so well marked in this species ; but as his specimen was upwards of a foot long, it cannot be the young of Pime- lodus rita, H. B. 570 SURGEON-MAJOR DAY ON SOME OF head excluding the snout; pectoral spine stronger, as long as the head behind the angle of the mouth, and reaching to above the ven- tral; ventral arises behind the vertical from the posterior dorsal rays, and reaches the anal; caudal lobed, the lower lobe somewhat the longer. Azr-vessel transverse, not enclosed in bone. Colours— bluish superiorly, becoming white beneath, the fins stained externally with grey. ‘Two specimens up to 63 inches in length. I have one from Kurnool nearly 9 inches long. Sykes states that this fish 1s termed Purree (Mahr.) and Stllun in the Deccan, that it 1s without cirri, and also that the first bony ray is “serrated on the anterior edge,” such being also shown in the figure. ‘This last observation leads me to believe tnat he de- scribed from the drawing, which seems to have maxillary barbels indistinctly marked. The long maxillary barbels of this species at once serve to dis- tinguish it from the S. gangetica*, C. V. Iam unable to admit that the existence of mandibular barbels in this species is a valid reason for instituting anew genus for its reception :—Stlundia Sykesw has long maxillary and also mandi- bular barbels ; S. gangetica, maxillary but no mandibular barbels. If these Silwndie are considered generically distinct, so must the He- mipimelodus itchkeea, Sykes, from the genus in which I have placed it, as it possesses eight instead of six barbels. Likewise another Deccan fish, Nemacheilus Evezardi, Day, which has eight instead of the normal six barbels, would require a genus to itself. This opens too wide a question to euter upon in this place; but if the foregoing views are correct, it follows that the genus Lepidocepha- lichthys, Bleeker (divided from Cobitis on account of its having eight instead of six barbels), must be suppressed. In Barbus it is gene- rally admitted that those with four, two, or without barbels, belong to one genus. I have also found two species of Zohtee with barbels, a genus considered to be without any. * 15a. SILUNDIA GANGETICA, n. s. B. xi., D. 7/0, P. 54, V- 6, A..45, C. 19. Length of head 53, of caudal 6; height of body 54 in the total length. Hyes—diameter 44 in length of head, 14 diameter from end of snout, and 2 apart. Width of head equals its length, excluding the snout, whilst its height is rather less. A pair of maxillary barbels about as long as the eye, no mandi- bular ones. #%ns—dorsal spine as long as the head, excluding the snout, almost smooth anteriorly, serrated posteriorly. ‘This species so closely resembles the other two, that a further description appears unnecessary. Habitat. The rivers of Bengal and Burma. It attains a large size. THE FISHES OF THE DECCAN. 571 16. HEMIPIMELODUS ITCHKEEA=Phractocephalus itchkeea, Sykes ; Bagrus itchkeea, Bleeker; Pimelodus itchkeea, Jerdon; Macrones itchkeea, Giinther. D. 4/0, P. 4, V. 6, A. 3, C. 17. Length of head 5, of pectoral 5; height of body 6 in the total length. Eyes—diameter 3 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of snout, and also apart. Snout overhanging the mouth, upper jaw the longer. Upper surface of head rugose. Occipital process four times as long as wide at its base; the lateral occipital process curves rather out- wards and downwards. Humeral process pointed and as long as the head, excluding the snout. The superior longitudinal groove extends to the base of the occipital process. Barbels eight, the maxillary pair longer than the head. Teeth villiform in both jaws, none on the palate. Fins—dorsal spine smooth, its length equal to the distance between the anterior nostril and the posterior end of the head; pee- toral spine serrated internally ; ventrals commence behind the vertical from the last dorsal ray; caudal deeply forked. Azr-vesse/ in two lobes, rather large, and visible on the sides of the shoulder below the skin. Colours—yellowish-bronze, becoming silvery onthe abdomen ; three dark blotches over the head, and four more over the back, descending as low as the lateral line; a black edging to the caudal, and a black blotch on either lobe; a dark mark on the dorsal fin. This species and H. cenia, H. B., are very similar; but the itchkeea has eight instead of six barbels, whilst its air-vessel is only partially surrounded by bone. I have specimens from Poonah; but itis not imeluded amongst Dr. Dobson’s fish. 17. Bacartus YARRELLII=Pimelodus bagarius, H. B.; Bagrus Yar- rellii, Sykes, Bleeker; Bagarius Buchanani, Bleeker ; Pimelodus Yar- rellii, Jerdon. 18. GuyprosTERNUM LONAH=Bagrus lonah, Sykes; B.lona, Bleeker ; Pimelodus lonah, Jerdon; Glyptosternum dekkanense, Gunther. “ Korah muttah, Tel.” 19. BELONE CANCILA=Esox cancila, H. B.; Belone Graii, Sykes, Bleeker, § Jerdon. This species I have obtained in the Deccan. 90. DiscoGNATHUS LAMTA=Cyprinus lamta, H. B.; Chondrostomus mullya, Sykes, Bleeker. This is by no means a rare fish in the Deccan ; Dr. Dobson has sent seven specimens; I have taken it in numbers from the Kistna. Sykes’s figure gives a far better idea of this fish than 572 SURGEON-MAJOR DAY ON SOME OF does his description. The transverse process on the upper lip, which he mentions, is better seen in specimens from the neigh- bourhood of hilly districts than in those confined to the plains. Chondrostoma wattanah, Sykes, is stated to belong to Hamilton Buchanan’s Garra division of the genus Cyprinus; but the figure does not give one that impression. It may possibly be intended for the young of D. lamta. 21. CatTLua BucHananl, C. V.,=Cyprinus catla, H. B.; Cyprinus abra- mioides, Sykes, Jerdon; Leuciscus abramioides, Bleeker. This fish is by no means uncommon in the Kistna, where it at- tains a considerable size *. Sykes remarks that its flesh is firm, sweet, and agreeable, that the fish is highly esteemed, and appeared to him to. be the most valuable of the carps of India; M’Clelland, that there is no species of more importance than this in an eco- nomic point of view, and wonders why it has been so long over- looked by our epicures ; and he observed that it extends to Upper Assam. I found it in Burma, and when last in Paris saw a beau- tiful large stuffed specimen from Siam. 22. LABEO FIMBRIATUS, Bloch,=Varicorrhinus bobree, Sykes; Leu- ciscus? bobree, Bleeker. There are six specimens of this widely spread species. 23. L. RoH1TA=Cyprinus rohita, H. B. 24. L. porait=? Cyprinus potail, Sykes, Jerdon; Leuciscus potail, Bleeker. D. 3/10, P. 17, V. 9, A. 2/6, C. 19, L. 1. 40, L. tr, 8/11. Length of head 5, of caudal 4; height of body 33 in the total length. Eyes—diameter 4 of length of head, 3 diameters from the end of snout. Dorsal profile much elevated, the abdominal nearly horizontal ; snout overhanging the mouth, which is inferior and has a slight lateral lobe ; lower labial fold distinct. Fine pores on the upper sur- face of the head, snout, and along the cheeks, being most developed on the snout. A pair of maxillary barbels of medium length. Fins— dorsal commences midway between the snout and the posterior ex- tremity of the base of the anal fin, its upper edge concave, the height of the fin two thirds of that of the body ; pectoral nearly as long as the head, its length equalling that of the ventral; anal much highest ante- * In ‘Nature,’ December 9, 1875, is a note from Mr. Mitchell, showing the rapidity with which this fish grows. Having had a tank dug near Calcutta (65 x 58 feet and 13 deep), he placed in it some fry from 3 to 1 inch in length (this occurred in May); after four months it was netted, one of the largest weighed 14 oz., and was 11 inches long ; the others were only 1 or 2 oz. lighter. THE FISHES OF THE DECCAN, 573 riorly ; caudal deeply forked, the upper lobe the longer. Lateral line, 2 rows between it and the base of the ventral. Colowrs—greyish, each scale with a red lunule; fins stained grey along their edges, and dorsal also along its centre. I have a specimen 10 inches long from Poonah. 25. L.BoGeuT = Chondrostoma boggut, Sykes, Bleeker; Tylognathus striolatus, Giinther. One specimen. I have also obtained it from Poonah, Jubbul- pore, and other places. 26. L. NukxTaA=UCyprinus nukta, Sykes, Jerdon; Carassius auratus ? (monstrosity), Bleeker. This species I have already described (J. A. S. of Bengal, 1872, p- 319), when I showed that it was not the Carassius auratus, but a true Labeo. Dr. Dobson has sent one small specimen from the Kistna. I obtained some larger ones from Poonah through the assistance of Col. Everard. The C. auratus is only found in the domesticated form in India and Burma; but Dr. Anderson brought back a number from the first expedition to Yunnan, all of a dull green colour. 27. CiRRHINA KAWRUS = Chondrostoma kawrus, Sykes, Bleeker, Jerdon. D. 3/9-10, P. 19, V. 9, A. 2/5, C. 19, L. 1. 36-38, L. tr. 63/7. Length of head 6, of caudal 43; height of body 5 in the total length. Eyes—diameter 33-3? in length of head, 13 diameter from end of snout, and 13-2 apart. Dorsal and anal profiles equally curved and low. The width of the head equals its length without the snout, whilst its height is slightly more. Upper jaw the longer; lips not fringed, a tubercle above the symphysis of the lower jaw. A few pores on snout, or else absent. Barbels absent, or a rudimentary maxillary one. Fins—dorsal commences midway between the snout and the posterior end of the base of the anal fin, it is nearly as high as the body; pectoral almost as long as the head; ventral commen- cing on a vertical line below the hind branched ray of the dorsal fin, it reaches rather above halfway to the vent; anal does not reach the caudal when laid back; caudal deeply lobed. Scales, 14 or 15 rows before the dorsal fin; 43 rows between the lateral line and the base of the ventral fin. Lateral line with a very slight curve. Colours— silvery, with some dark spots near the shoulder; dorsal and caudal fins edged with grey ; pectoral, ventral, and anal reddish. Sykes’s figure, if intended for this species (which appears to be otherwise undescribed and common in the Deccan), shows the eye 574 SURGEON-MAJOR DAY ON SOME OF too small. He observes on its having no lateral line, but qualifies this assertion by saying “lateral line very rare, and, when occur- ring, obscure.” 28. C. FULUNGEE=? Chondrostoma fulungee, Sykes, Bleeker. This species I have received fram Poonah, and described in the ‘Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1872, p. 321. 29. MoLa SANDKHOL = Leuciscus sandkhol, Sykes, Bleeker, Jerdon ; Leuciscus harengula, Cuv. § Val. This fish, of the genus Thynnichthys, Bleeker, is found in both the Kistna and Godavery rivers almost to their terminations. I have not taken it in Burma. 30. M. BucHaNnanl, or Cyprinus mola, H. B. Ts found throughout the Decan, and may be identical with Leuciscus chitul, Sykes, Bleeker, Jerdon ; but if so,the number of fin-rays has been givea incorrectly. ° 31. Barsus sARANA, H.B.,=B. khudree, pt., Sykes, Bleeker, Jerdon. 32. B. (BARBODES) DoBSONI, sp. nov, D. 4/9, A. 8, L. 1. 32, L. tr. 53/53. Length of head 6, of caudal 43, height of body 33 in the total length. Eyes—diameter 33 in length of head, nearly one diameter from end of snout, and 13 apart. Dorsal profile rather elevated; snout a little obtuse. The greatest width of the head equals its length behind the middle of the eye. Mouth horseshoe-shaped, the lower labial fold interrupted in the middle. Upper jaw overlaps the lower; the maxilla reaches to below the front edge of the eye. Barbels thin; the maxil- lary ones as long as the eye; the rostral ones somewhat shorter. Fins—dorsal commences midway between the snout and the base of the caudal, its last undivided ray articulated and 3 as high as the body ; pectoral nearly as long as the head, not reaching the ventral, which latter extends 3 of the way to the base of the anal; anal does not quite reach the base of the caudal, which latter is deeply forked. Scales, 23 rows between the lateral line and the base of the ventral fin. Lateral line complete. Colours—bluish above, lighter below ; the fins edged with grey. Sykes has B. khudree, composed, I believe, of two species—one with “ blood-stained fins’ (B. sarana), and his variety with “the fins tipped with bluish instead of red”’ (or the fish now described). Both species exist in this collection; but Sykes observes of the undivided dorsal rays, “the whole four compact” or unserrated, which would be correct for B. Dobsoni, but not for B. sarana; THE FISHES OF THE DECCAN. 575 whilst the remainder of his description agrees with this latter species. B. sarana is termed “ Kunnum, Tel.; Rhhoo, Wind. ; Wadis, Mahr.”’ 33. Barsus Tor, H. B.,=? B. mussulah, pt. Sykes, Bleeker, Jerdon. - Sykes’s specimen of this fish in the British Museum has been referred by Dr. Giinther to B. tor; but he gives B. Lhudree, Sykes, as a synonym, but not B. mussulah, Sykes. However, in P. Z%. 8. 1872, p. 877, Dr. Giinther further observes, “ Although not the true names (if any) were attached to the bottles when they were transferred to the Museum, the name of Colonel Sykes was written on the labels; and I still believe the specimens to be typical.” B. khudree, however, is a species which, Sykes observes, only attains to 13 foot in length. He also states having seen the B. mus- sulah, 3 feet 4 inches in length, and weighing nearly 42 lb., and that the papille on the cheeks are not constant. The B. tor appears to be found all through the Deccan. There are nine spe- cimens in this collection; they are named “ Sanw candee, Tam. ; Tella purka, Tel.; Sufeed khowl, Hind. ; Bhud gall, Mahr.” 34. B. KoLus, Sykes,=Capoeta kolus, Bleeker ; B. Guentheri, Day. There are ten specimens of this fish in the collection ; it appears to extend its range to the mouth of the Kistna river. “Challa candee, Tam.; Pinedoo, Tel.; Koodwah, Hind. ; Aurool, Mahr.”’ 35. B. stiema, A. B. 36. B. trcro, H. B.,=Rohtee ticto, Sykes; Systomus ticto, Bleeker, Jerdon. 37. B. cosuatis, H. B.,=Rohtee pangut, Sykes; Systomus pangut, Bleeker. I have taken this species at Hurda and in Bombay, but only up to 3 inches in length. Sykes observes his fish attains to 5 inches. 38. RASBORA DANICONIUS, H. B. 39. ASPIDOPARIA MORAR, Ham. Buch.,=Leuciscus morar, Sykes, Bleeker. 40. RoHTEE ALFREDIANA, Cuv. et Val. 41. R. Vicorsit, Sykes,=Systomus Vigorsii, Blkr.; Abramis Vigorsii, Jerdon ; Osteobrama rapax, Giinther. 576 SURGEON-MAJOR DAY ON SOME OF Five specimens. This fish is taken as low as the mouth of the Kistna. 42. R. Ociisit, Sykes,=Systomus Ogilbii, Blkr.; Abramis Ogilbu, Jerdon. TI have this species from the Kistna. 43. Bariuius cocsa, H. B. 44. Danio osrrocrapuHus, M‘Clelland. There are two specimens of this fish in the collection ; they are of the variety which has the maxillary barbels deficient. I have seen similar ones from Seebsagor, presented to the Calcutta Museum by S. E. Peal, Esq. In this genus but little stress can be laid on the existence or absence of barbels. 45. CHELA BACAILA, Ham. Buch.,=?C. teekanee, Sykes; Leuciscus teekanee, Bikr.; Perilampus teekanee, Jerdon. Thirteen specimens in the collection. 46. C. pouto, H. B.,= ? C. Oweni, Sykes; Leuciscus Oweni, Blkr. ; Pelecus Oweni, Jerd. Several specimens. J have also taken it in the Kistna. 47. C. cLuPEOIDES, Bl.,= ? C. balookee, Sykes; Leuciscus balookee, Bikr.; Pelecus balookee, Jerdon. é This species is found in the Deccan. 48. Copitis GunTEA, H. B.,=C. maya, Sykes, Bieeker, Jerdon. This species is found throughout the Deccan. 49. NEMACHEILUS RUPPELLI = Cobitis Ruppelli, Sykes, Bleeker, Jerdon. I have received what I believe to be this species from Poo- nah (see J. A. 8S. of Bengal, 1872, pt. 2, p. 184). 50. N. BotrAa=Cobitis botia, H. B. One specimen, having the preorbital projection well developed. 51. NoTOPTERUS KAPIRAT, Bonn.,=Mystus badgee, Sykes ; Notopte- rus bontianus (C. V.), Bleeker. Of this there are seven specimens in the collection. “Chota wallay, Tam.; Chuppul mutche, Hind. ; Chumbaree, Mahr.”’ 52. ANGUILLA BENGALENSIS, Gray § Hardwicke,= A, Elphinstonei, Sykes, Bleeker, Jerdon. This species I have taken in the Deccan. THE FISHES OF THE DECCAN. 577 It now remains to briefly enumerate such species of Sykes as have not yet been alluded to. 53. CHELA JoRAH, Sykes,=Leuciscus jora, Bleeker, Jerdon. DP lOyAe 11: This is perhaps Chela gora, H. B. 54. C. aLKooTEE, Sykes, =Leuciscus alkootee, Bleeker, Jerdon. Appears to be a young fish, and is one which I am unable to recognize. 55. NEMACHEILUS MOREH=Cobitis moreh, Sykes, Bleeker, Jerdon. DPS VAS. 7. IT have not as yet obtained a Loach from the Deccan that cor- responds to this description. The following sixteen species* I consider were unknown when Sykes described them :—Ophiocephalus leucopunctatus, * Rita ku- turnee, R. gogra, Pseudeutropius goonqwaree, *P. taakree, * Hemipi- melodus itchkeea, *Glyptosternum lonah, Labeo potail, L. boggut, LL. nukta, Cirrhina kawrus, C. fulungee, Mola sandkhol, * Barbus kolus, Rohtee Vigorsti, *R. Ogilbii. Irrespective of the foregoing is the question whether the Szdun- dia I have described as new may not be Sykes’s species; I have therefore named it after him. Before concluding this paper, I wish to draw the especial at- tention of pisciculturists in this country to one of the species I have mentioned—Barbus tor, or the Mahseer of India. This fish is well known not only for the sport it affords the angler, but also for the excellence of the flavour of its fiesh. It attains to a size equalling, or even surpassing, that of the Salmon, but, unlike the latter fish, never enters salt water. It deposits its ova, which are small, as far as it ean force its way up hill-streams, and conse- quently would not run the risks to which Salmon are exposed when entering fresh water or returning to the sea. The Mahseer is a Barbel as easy to convey from place to place as the Chinese Gold Carp; but it can only be ascertained by actual experiment whether it will thrive in this country. Itis found in most of the large rivers of India and Sind, attaining its greatest size when living in those which have alpine sources. I may mention that in an ichthyological point of view the Indian rivers may be divided into those of the plains as distinguished from such as have their origin in the hills. The hill-rivers con- sist (1) of those which have alpine sources, and (2) those which do not possessthem. The Mahseer evidently thrives best in those * The six with an asterisk before them are those which are recognized in the B.M. Catalogue as unnamed previous to Sykes’s paper. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 41 578 MR. H. N. MOSELEY ON THE INSECTS OF KERGUELEN S LAND. streams which have alpine sources. No doubt fine fish of this species are captured in the Nerbudda, Kistna, Godavery, and other rivers of the plains; but the largest supply exists in the Ganges and Jumna, or those descending from the Himalayas. The rivers which have their origin in the Himalayas have, exclusive of springs, two great sources of replenishment :—first (during the hot months), from the melting of the ice and snow near their sources ; secondly, by the rains which during the monsoon-time assist in and increase this melting. The breeding-season is during the moonsoon-months, when the rains occasion sudden floods in the hill-streams, at which period their subsidence is often as rapid as their rise; consequently fishes ascending to breed have to complete that operation as quickly as practicable, or a sudden subsidence of the river may cut off their return to the plains. Whether due to some deleterious action of snow-water, or more probably to the force of these snow- fed currents, Indian Carps, as a rule, do not deposit their ova in the main stream, but in the side affluents. Having effected this, the parent fish rapidly descends to the main river, and that of course before the appearance of the fry. The young fish are rarely hatched out in sufficient time to be able to de- scend to the rivers of the plains, and are consequently detained until the next floods, when they are stronger and more able to avoid their persecutors than they would be if they entered the main stream immediately they were hatched. Their growth is at first slow, probably from want of sufficient nourishment; but on the return of the rains they rapidly increase in size, and then descend to the main rivers. Remarks on the Insects of Kerguelen’s Land *. By H. N. Mosevey, M.A., Naturalist to H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.’ “Tue insects we found at Kerguelen were two apterous flies, one as large as a house-fly, the other almost as big as a blow-fly, an apterous gnat (Culex) and a winged gnat, a small apterous (or rather very short-winged) moth, two or three beetles (Ourculio and Staphylinide), and three or four spiders (Saltict and a Trom- bidium). “The moth I found crawling upon the beds of the little Juncus. The gnats are to be found about the dead seaweed &c. on the sea- shore. The larger fly nestles at the base of the leaves of Pringlea, * This communication is an extract from a letter addressed to Dr. Hooker, chiefly concerning the Plants of Kerguelen, and already published by the Society in their Journal, Botany, No. 82, vol. xv. p. 53. Its zoological bearings, however, may there be lost sight of; hence its present reproduction.—Eb. DR. Jc ANDERSON ON ARCTOMYS DICHROUS. 579 and lays its eggs in the fluid which is caught there. I never found it elsewhere ; but there it is extraordinarily abundant, and every cabbage yielded ten or a dozen specimens. The fly creeps in aslow, lazy manner. I amvery sorry I did not observe whether it climbs to the inflorescence in sunshiny weather ; perhaps this may be the case. This is an instance of one of those “neglected opportunities ” to which you refer (in the ‘ Flora Antarctica’) as so galling in the retrospect. Hven at Heard [Yong] Island I found the same apterous fly nestling on Pringlea in abundance. Perhaps the two forms have some relation of mutual benefit.” Note on Arcfomys dichrous. By JoHN ANDERSON, M.D., F.L.5., &c. {Read May 4, 1&76.] (Puate XXXT.) in a preliminary notice on some new Asiatic Mammals and Chelonia, published by me last year*, I very briefiy referred to a few specimens of Marmot obtained in the mountainous country to the north of Kabul, and which appeared to me to offer peculiarities entitling them to specific distinc- tion. Since then my attention has been called to a paper by Mr. Blan- ford f on the Marmots of the Himalayan range. Iam induced, therefore, to lay before the Linnean Society some additional memoranda on my spe~ cies Arctomys dichrous, and place at the disposal of the Council a figure illustrating the animal in question. Mr. Blanford (J. ¢.) gives a succinct epitome of the history of the nomenclature and synonymy of the Himalayan and Tibetan Marmots, and expounds and criticises all the published data concerning the supposed species from the above regions. A study of skins and skulls in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, and some comparisons of other material incline him to consider that there are four species, possibly a fifth (with that mentioned by myself). Those best characterized he gives as under-mentioned, and he suggests my A. dichrous as probably the form indicated by Burns and Griffith, while A. robustus, M.-Edw., he sinks in A. himalayanus, Hodg. Sect. I. Short-tailed Marmots, having the tail less than one third the length of the head and bedy. 1. A. himalayanus, Hodgson. Sect. II. Marmots with tails one third or more than one third the length of the head and body. 2. A. hemachalanus, Hodgson. 3. A. caudatus, Jaeqemont. 4. A. aureus, Blanford. My intention here, however, is not to discuss the conclusions arrived at by Mr. Blanford, but, in giviug a more detailed description of A. dichrous, to enable comparison to be made between it and his A. aureus. With regard to the size of the Kabul Marmot (A. dichrous), I had for- merly incidentally mentioned the body as heing 17 inches, and tail 63 inches long. These were measurements taken roughly in astraight lime. I now, in the subjoined tabular form adapted from Mr. Blanford’s paper, give more exact data, in inches and decimals, from the specimen in the British Museum, and corresponding to those of A. aureus given by him (J. c. p. 123), * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1875, (ser. 4) vol. xvi. p. 282. + “ On the Species of Marmot inhabiting the Himalaya, Tibet, and the adjoin- ing Regions,” by W. T. Blanford, F.R.S., F.Z.S. (Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 1875, pt. 2, no. 3, vol. xliv. pp. 113-127). 580 DR. J. ANDERSON ON ARCTOMYS DICHROUS. A. dichrous.| A. aureus. Length taken on the dried skins. INOSETOMNSETULOMNOL tall ere icteric eicetnicileleteleelsvelere 506 18°5 1675 to 18°75 Tail, without hairs at the end .-..........--00---+ 0 PH 50 to 675 Hairsjatiendvot-tailen erence ees cielse cciae dgo966 16 5) to 175 | Fore foot (palma) to end of toe, without claws........ 2°2 2°05 Mid toe, without claw, measured below ............ 0°5 08 Clawameasured@abover voricne or isiiciela st niciartoret erotica 074 9°76 Hind foot (planta) to end of toe, without claws ...... 2°9 29 | Madi toetiwithouticlawavset ccisiec ees ianeeeds 0-6 0'3 | Claw of mid toe, measured above............... nylons 0°75 0°52 As far as one can make out from the above, it would seem that the two species in question bear considerable resemblance to each other in size. This is equally manifested in the dimensions of the skull as shown below. Mr. Blanford (/. e. p. 124) has ranged together a series of cranial measurements (in parts of a metre) of several species ; and taking his points to start from, the relative sizes of the skulls of the animals from Yarkand and Kabul are below seen at a glance. The greatest difference appears im the width at the zvgomatic arches ; but injury to those of A. dichrous renders the dia- meter a doubtful one. The dimensions are in millmetres. | A. dichrous. A. aureus. Length from occipital piane to anterior end of nasal.... 90 | o4 Breadth across widest part of zygomatic arches..... .. 48? | 57 | 9 behind postorbital processes............ 20 17 Length of nasal bones ............. jUicddnoocbaosoguS 33 | 38 | Breadth of nasal bones behind ..... jutonoogoodouddus 1k 10 AD Invirontiececieiee aR cere onions 15 | 16 Length “of row of upper molars .....-......--+++-eees 20 | 20 mp lower jaw from angle to alveolar margin .... 45 | 66 Height of lower jaw at coronoid process .......-...-.- 32 25 } Circumstances have caused my comparisons with the Marmot skulls in the British Museum to be meagre; and moot points suggested by Mr. Blanford [ shall not here enter into. The skull marked A. bobac (A. gi- gantea, Brandt, from Kamtschatka) agrees in mest respects with that of A. dichrous, but is considerably larger, ne maniibular angle of the former, however, being more produced andl stronger than in ane latter. Of two other skulls, also labelled A. bobac @2z. himalayanus, Hodg.), one ap- pears young, the other fully adult. A. dichrous much resembles the younger specimen, but it differs from the more aged ene in its postpala- tines being narrower and deeper, in less emargination of the bone above the hinder angle of the lower jaw, and in the mandibular bedy bemg less arched. A skull marked A. thibetanus (Tibet, Hodgson) @ =A. hemacha- lanus, Hodg.) is evidently young, inasmuch as the processes and occipito- parietal crests are undeveloped, with other signs of immaturity. Its post- palatine region is comparatively shallow and wide, and the posterior free border of the mandible is relatively straighter than that of A. dichrous. In my former notice I deseribed the colour of the skin of A. dichrous, which, as the trivial name implies, is of two shades—a rusty yellow above, and a dark rich brown on all the underparts, tail included. The hair, moreover, is long and remarkably harsh in texture, although there is an under-fur, so to speak, which is shorter, weaker, and dark-coloured. It still appears that there is good ground for the specific distinction of A. dichrous, although the A. aureus of Blanford agrees in several respects. Whether the animal incidentally referred to by Dr. Griffith | as having been obtaimed at an altitude of 11,000 feet in Afghanistan, but heretofore undescribed, is identical with my A. dichrous, as Mr. Blanford seems inclined to believe, is a matter still sub judice. On my return ta Calcutta, I hope to be able to elucidate certain of the doubtful points raised but requiring further investigation. IC VL IIx lo, 1007 NUNop 90¢ NNTT yi a ad Abothros carchariz, Welch, ana- tomy of . Abrochia (part. H.-Sch. Acantholophus, Schéx. gladiator, Pase. nasicornis. . . simplex Aclytia, Hiibn. contracta, Walk. —— flavigutta,(Huchr romia) Walk. 414 halys, (Sphinx) Cram. heber, (Sphinx) Cram. —— punctata, Butl. Acridopsis, But. simulatrix, (Pelochyta) Walk. 414 4 grylloides, (Habevoniiny) Walk. 419 | —— latifascia, (Eucerea) Walk. . 419 marica, (Sphinx) Cram. 419 —— thalassica, (Hucerea) Felder . 419 Actinozoa, their development 207 Acythopeus, Pase. . : 61 —— bigeminatus . 63 —— curvirostris 62 palmaris 62 tenuirostris 62 tristis, Pase. . . AG?) Adeorbis tenuilirata, Eadg. Smith . 557 -Admete viridula, Fabr. . 106 /fichmura 39 emys . 39 AXthria, Hiibn. . . 402 hemor rhoidalis, (Sphins) SOUL 9 5 2 . 402 —— saturatissima, VW aie : 402 smaragdina, (Kunomi a) Walk. 402 Agerocha (Hiibn. part.), Walk. 395 Aglaophenia . AL acanthocarpa, ‘Allin. 274 Taxa, Alli. 275 Alcidine . : 89 Alexirhea, Pasc. 19 —— aurita 20 —— falsifica. : pal LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOU. XII. Page Alexirhea notata, Pase. . . . . 20 Allman, Prof. New genera and species of Hydroida . . . . 251 Amalthea islandica, Allm. . . . 256 INMaxia Wales co ctr ee en ee ee aon pardalis, Walk... . . . 481 Ambassis ranga (Ham. Buch.) . . 567 Ameles, Walk. (enlarged) . . 433 —-— palpalis, (Halesidota) valk... 433 rubriplaga, Walk. . . . . 483 Ammalo, Walk. (remodelled) . . 432 —— chrysogaster, ene Walk. . . . 432 fervidus, Walk. " (Halesidota megapyrrha, part., Walk.) . . 432 — — helops, (Phalsena) Cram... . 432 nantana, Walk.,=n. gen.. . 432 Amphioxus, peculiarities of struc- titel COMMpALeC os site wcll teen leds , homology of respiratory GoEVM EPs Ge ose om ce a Amycles, H.-Sch. . . . . = . 369 —— flavifascia, H.-Sch., =Euchro- mia (Pampa) aliena, Walk. . . 369 — postica, (Pampa) Walk. . . 369 tenebrosa, Gace er) Walk. 369 Amycterine. . . 82 Amycterus, Schén. . . - a E An account of some new species, varieties, and monstrous forms of Meduse, by G. J. Romanes . 524 Anascoptes; Pasc.. . - . - « 7@ —— muricatus, Pasc. 7 Anatomy of two parasitic for ms 3 of the family Tetrarhynchide, by T. H. Welch, Sur: geon. . 329 Anderson, Dr. John. “On the clone: r bladders and on the peritoneal canals in Chelonia . . 434 ——, Note on Arctomys dichrous 579 Note on the plastron of the Gangetic Mud-turtle (Hmyda dura fof Buchanan Hamilton) . 514 42 582 Page Andrenimorpha, Buél. - eS2 —— xanthogastra, CClaucon) Perty . : 60 5 Oe Hear ccuaes "Felder : . 426 —— brasiliensis, Butl. . 427 diversipennis, (Euchromia) | Walk. 427 | lateralie, (Euchr omia) Walk. 428 —— meones, (Sphinx) Cram. - 426 —— parvipennis, Butl. . . 427 —— Stretchii, Butl. . . 427 | Anguilla bengalensis, Gray & Hardw. 576 Animal Kingdom, ¢ classification of, by Huxley : tabular arrangement of 226 Anthonomine . svpiecree 88 Anthroceroide, Wigr. 7. « - OAS Antichlorine, A. G. Butler on. . 408 Antichloris, Hiibn.. Ta tate nine (Euchromia) anthracina, VOU Or as Nore sia hiner agen cies ee ——— eaca, Hiibn. . : 413 —— eriphia, (Zygeena) Fabr. 413 —— phemonée, Hib. . . 413 quadricolor, (Charidea) Wa . 413 —— Scudderii, Butl.. . - 413 Ants.—Sir J. Lubbock, experi ments on : ——. Affection, concerning . 491 Apparatus used in experi- menting, diagram of, 471,4.73,477,485 Assistance to each other . 492 Benevolence, sentiments of. 497 Communication, powers of. 239 ——. Experiments testing power of communication . 240, 465 Tabular view of experi- —_——, _——, —_——, ments é . 469 ——. Companions, do not alw ays summon assistance of . , 250 ——. Hearing, asto,. . » 495 Honey, experiments with regard to. » . 242, 461 — Houschola duties , 237 ——, Intelligence,asto . . . 485 —. Test experiments . 486 —— Labour, division of , . . 490 Larve, experimenta with, 245, 445, 450, 466, 473, 487 Provident habits. . . . 485 Pupe, experiments with . 448 Recognition, powers of, 139, 490 —-— of friends . 492 Routes traversed, how com- municated to friends . 472 Routes traversed, experi- ments Bacar Get hove ATT INDEX, Page Ants. Scents, as to power of dis- tinguishing . .. . 471. ——. Senses of 494. ——. Smell, as to - 496 ——. Track one another "by scent (?) : - . 473 Working propensities - » 238 ——. Wounded, behaviour to 491 Anycles; Walk. . .-- .- 425 —w— acharon, var. P, aie A. rhodura, Butt. . 425 —— contents, (Euchromia)- Walk. =Dipene lateralis, Walk. . . 425 —— diffinis, (Pelochyta) Walk. . 425 —— ferruginosa, (Huchromia) Walk 425 —— mesta, (Euchromia) Walk. . rhodura, Buétl., = Huchro- mia (Dipenz) acharon, var. ?, Wakes oh. aa Apiconoma, But. : —— apicalis, (Euchromia) W alk. . —— opposita, (E.) Walk. . . semirosea, (Automolis) Walk. ventralis, (Glaucopis) Guér. . ENO UA 0) 6 aha canescens, Walk. . Buse Apistosia ? multifaria, Walk. aaa Apyre, Walk. . Aquatic condition of a species of New-Zealand Ephemerids, y IR. Mieachlanesien saree Arara, Wale. 5 ee acumen er Archeostomata . . Sedative ——,, divisions of, table. . 6 Arctiide . . 0 Arctomys dichrous, Dr. Anderson on Beh Bion 3 Argyroeides, Butl.. —— ope (Glaucopis) Walk. Artona, Walk. . . —— eae Bull. --— discivitta, Walk. —— fulvida, Buti. : Hainana, Butl. . . . . —w— nigrescens, Butl. . . : —— Walkeri, (Syntomis) Moore ; —— zebraica, Butl. . . Ascidians, Kowalewsky’ 8 others’ observations on Asinusca . . Aspidoparia morar (Ham. Buch. ) Atte pines) ol enone : Attelabinee Siete Aurelia aurita b 5 ——, abortion of parts i ines —w—, crustacean parasites on ——, diminution im size . lecsrel - 580 Page Peels aurita, misshaped forms and asymmetrical multiplication of, by Romanes . . 528 Australian Spheromid Cyclura, ve- nosa, on a new, and notes on Dynamene rubra and D. viridis, by T. R. R. Stebbing . . 146 Meichlous, GON. ah a B68 Automolis, Hiibn. . . . . . . 420 ameoides, Buti. . . 421 angulosa, Walk. . 421 —— contraria, (Euchromia) Walk. 421 crassa, Walk. (Cratoplastis) . 430 flavicinctus, isonet) H.- elisa 6 om 04.0 0 eval fulgurata, Bull... . 420 geometrica, (Bueyr oe Felder 421 —— inornata, Walk. . . 429 ~ Packardii, Butl.. . . 420 —— pretexta, (Bucysta) Felder . 421 saturata, Walk. ‘ . 422 —— semirosea, Walk. 6 . 423 —— sphingidea, (Glaucopis) Perty 420 —— sypilus, (Sphinx) Cram. . 420 vittigera, Felder. . . . 420 PAUULOMOPSIS') 2 8) Fe 79 — dintata,, Pase. 78 Bagarius Warelli (Sy vies) : . 571 Balatea, Walk. ‘ i 5) G5) egerioides, Walk. 355 Barbel, the Mahseer of India, should be acclimatized in Britain . 577 Barbus cosuatis, Ham. Buch. . . 575 Dobsoni, Day .). . 574 -kolus, Sykes. . . 575 sarana, H. B. . 574 stigma, H. B. . 575 ticto, H. B. . 575 tor, inn . 575 -, recommended to pisci- culturists . SR brith Baridine . . ReP AE OY Barilius cocsa, che Buck, . . 576 Banitiusale. f+ «+ yo . 430 discalis, Walk. . 431 Batagur, anal pouches of . 485 Batagur berdmorei. » 435 — dhongoka . . 435 fuscus . . 435 — lineatus . 435 — 5 experiment on perito- meal canalof.. =. . = ..°. 435 — ocellata . 435 neal canalsof . . Bees.—Sir J. Lubbock, exper iments Gla; ar cancers cate thurgi, experiment c on per ito- . 4 HN 4 Page Bees. Acting as sentinaly . . . 234 -—. Affection . . » BBA Attachment for one iaanatier 231 Colour, their knowledge of 128, 232 , their appreciation of 498 Communication, power of 115, 123 ——. Dead carried out of hive . 128 ——. Devotion to Queen Bee . 232 ——. Division of duties . . . 235 Honey, experiments with regard 1 5 5 9 ae) gLLOpZ ag Knowledge of localities . 236 Light, aifected by . . . 128 Moral feelings, asto . . 237 Recognition, powers of. . 235 Scents, can distinguish. . 233 Sound, how affected by . 129 Sting, effects of loss of . , 128 Strangers, detection of . . 126 Temper, variable. . . . 130 Thieving propensities . . 235 Béelemnia, W “alle. AN oie 422 Grae Butl., = Sphinx i in- CRE ORM, oo. co 0 6 abe eryx, Fabr. . . . 422, inaurata, (Sphins) Sulzer . 422 jovis, Buth Mae » . 422 Beline . . Teen ey Belone cancila (Ham. Buck, 5 Stel Belus inornatus . . erie Wiallacelain cto iceestats paseo IBSrOSITIS! messin era, isis Ube ale elem Ae ——cribratus . ..... . 4&4 ee A VOLUS: Siti ee dees 24 sss’ 44 he pabiCustem ecm ie-wn ede neh oe picticollishye/tripy wh ney el Ae Wiolatus:., Savusemeeuee ame ceaen Bintha, Walk. . Lae OO YG, gracilis, Walk. ake eR ODL Bide venous system of, C. H, Wade @n 40 ee eaET! —_, —_. Tlustratiya diagrams 532 Beetisca obesa, Sey. Remi arks on nymph of, by B. P. Walsh . . 144 Bojanus. Reference to his anatomy of Emys europea . 435 Bones of Enaliosauria, H. a. ‘Seeley on wai eb Sap tes Bougainvillea fruticosa, Romanes . 526 giganteaP, Rom . . . . 526 superciliaris, var.?, om, . 526 | Bougainvilliide. . . 252 | Brachiopoda, J. Gwyn 1 Jeff reys on 102 , Japanese, note on a new spe- cies, by IT. Davidson’... §. 109 Brachycerinee eo #2 584 Brachycerus tursio, Pas. Brachyderinze Branchial sacs crn iadian fish Brephiope, Pase. castanea Buccinum conspersum, Philippi marginatum, Gel. — mutabile, L — olearium — serobiculator . Bulla ampulla, D’ Ord. punctata, H. Adams Burlacena Butler, Arthur G. " Description of five new species of Gonyleptes . Notes on the Lepidoptera of the family Zygeenide ——. On the subfamilies Anti- chlorine and Charideine . Byrsopine ... . Calandrine . Callicarus, Grote plumipes, Drury —— punctata, Guer. . texanus, Grote Callitomis, Butler . leucosoma, Bul. notos geminata P Calonotos, Hiibn. Sch. phlegmon . Feld. — vespa, (Pseudosphex) H.-Seh. Calyptoblastea, vydrcids Campanularia crenata, Allm. gracilis, Allin. juncea, Aldm. Campanulariidee Camptochirus, Lac. Camptorhinides, Lac. pennipes, Grote . syntomoides, Buti. . Callichrous bimaculatus (Bloch) . Calonota perspicua, Walk.,= Calo- almon, (Sphinx) Cram. aurata, (Huchromia) Walk. . eacus, (Sphinx) Cram. geminata, (Mystrocneme) H.- helymus, (Zygeena) Fabr. — interrupta, Walt, C. nexa, (Leemocharis) HSch. nycteus, (Sphinx) Cram. . —— phlegmon, (Zygeena) Fabr. sericea, (Leemocharis) H.-Sch. 368 triangulifera, (Sphenoptera) 368 grandis, Alim.. . 369 . 258 . 258 . 258 . 260 . 259 . 260 . 258 INDEX. Page Page - 6 | Canaries, notes on type-shells from 516 . 79 | Carales abdominalis, Walk. (Eu- . 566 cereon, Hiibn.) . . . 430 46 imprimata, Walk. (Eucereon, . 46 FLUO WE PG LAY tts ORL OR . 521 Cardium costatum. . . 2) 5 enilfe} . 620 greenlandicum, Chemnitz cee BLO: . 521 islandicum, Ch. +h lave oelO4: . 623 —— mundum, Reece H5).. SOMMOOL . 522 tuberculatum, D’Orb.. . . 517 . 520 Cardita bimaculata, Desk. . . . 561 520 —— borealis, Conrad . . . 104 . 3851 | Carps, Indian, remarks on breeding, by Dr. Day 0.05) )s\ Abe B08 . 151 Cassis sulcosa, Zam. . . . . . 519 undulata, 2... .. . . 6519 342 Catacheenus scintillans . . . . 22 Catla Buchanani, C.V. . . . . 572 . 408 @echaniaie icy aia ements) 82 == eremitas (2 ea ee BO @enchrena\) 22 i eae eee ee . 98 fasciata, Pase. . . . 9. . 24 ~ 372 | == pecila.. sc. howe ns 2h . 372 suturalis:\. A) oe aie 2B . 872 Ceramidia, Butl.: 9) ee tee AS . 372 cataleuca, (Betlon ae . 412 . 372 (Euchromia) . dol Wale. Hen ites car es 412 . 351 Ceratopodins —. >.) .iLis Sess . 851 | Cercidocerus effetus . . . . . W4 569 | —— hispidulus, Pase. . . .. . 4% —— indicator . . LENE) SERS . 868 | —— nervosus, asc surest OAs . 868 | ——saturatus. . . ... . 7 . 368 | Cercopimorpha, Butl. . . 424 369 | ——homopteridia, Butt. = Euchro- . 3869 mia (Anycles) pectinata, var. ?, Walk... - . 424 368 | Cerithium armatum, Philippi »- . 554 . 368 ——columna, Sow. . . - . 554 —— coronatum, Sow. . .. . 555 . 368 | ——egenum, Gould. . . .. . 556 3868 | —— lacteum, Kiener. . . . . 555 . 869 | ——limeolatum, Webb . . . . 522 . 368 —-—- nassoides, Sow. . . . . . BBD ——planum, dnton . . . . . 5d4 ——rostratrum, Sow. . . . . 555 ——rugosum, Wood .. . . 5b5 —— vulgatum, Brug. . . . . 522 ——vulgatum, Zam... . . .« 522 Ceuthorhynchine . .. .. . 97 Cherocampaelpenor. . . . . 842 Lewisil, Butl..-.. . . . . 842 Charidea, Dalman. . . . . . 415 ——alonzo, Butl.. . . 415 arrogans, (Euchr omia) Walk, 415 —— bella, ee) Guer.,=C. hematodes, Botsd. 3. ec eAdG INDEX, 585 Page ; Page Charidea bivulnera, Grote . 417 Cobbold, Dr. T, Spencer, on the 5 cinctipennis, Walk. . 416 large "Human Fluke Cee —— fastuosa, Ménétriés . 417 crassum, Bush) . : - 285 —— fulgens, H.-Sch. - 416 | Cobitis euntea, Ham. Buch. EO O —— fulgida, H.-Sch. . . 416 Celenterata defined . 209 —— gloriosa, (Euchromia) Walk. 417 Ceenochromia, Hiibn. (Syntomi) 301 —— hematoides, Boisd. - . 416 | Columbella : } . 520 — hurama, Butt. - 416 | —— caroline, Eadg. Smith . . 541 —— imogena, Buti. . . . 415 rustica, D’ Orb. ne weOLO —— jucunda, (Euchromia) Walk. 417 | Conchifera, Japanese and Atlantic 103 —— micans, H.-Sch. - 416 | Conophorus, Schén, . : - 55 scintillans,(Euchromia) Butl. 416 | Conus grandis, Sowerby . . 524 — splendida, H.-Sch.. . - 415 | —— guinaicus . . 521 — submacula, (Buchromia) —— magus, Linn. . 585 Walk. A By aati lis) —— monachus, Linn. . 536 Charideine, A. G. Butler on . 408 prometheus, Br lp . 524 Chela alkootee, Sykes . - 577 | —— siamensis . . 524 bacaila, Ham. Buch. . 576 vayssetianus, Cro OSse 536 clupeoides, Bloch . . 576 Copeena, H.-Sch.=Macrocneme . 400 jorah, Sykes . . . . . 577 | Correbia=Pionia . 400 phulo, Ham. Buch. . . .576 | Corrematura, Butl. . . . 403 Chelonia . . . 6. 484 eee (Glaueopis) , anal pouches Sofa a aaa 435 Perty . . 403 ——,, cloacal bladders of. . . . 434 | Corymorphide . . 256 ——, diagram illustrating cloacal Cosmosoma, Hiibn. . 386 bladders and peritoneal canals admotum (Leemocharis ‘ad- OE OES SO A: wie 6 344s mota, H.-Sch.) . 387 ——, peritoneal canals of » 437 auge, (Sphinx) Z. . . . 388 Chelonians. Bones, similitudes of 175 centrale, (Glaucopis) W¢ aes. 387 ——, Avian characters of - 179 | —— chalcosticta, Butl.=Glaucopis ——, Chameleon characters of . 183 (Peecilosoma) pheres, var., Walk. 387 ——, Crocodilian characters of . 181 cingulatum, Butt. : 389 ——, Lacertian characters of . . 182 coccineum, Butl. . . . . 888 ——, Mammalian characters of . 175 | —— confine (Lemocharis confinis, , Rhynchocephalian characters of. 5h. yo, lke} , Serpent-characters of . 184 Chitra indica, experiment on peri- toneal canals of . . 441 Chloropsinus, Buti. . 409 —— lanceolatus, Buti. . 409 Choline . 5 WD Chriotyphus, Pase. 19 acromialis, Pase. . . 19 Chrostosoma (part.), Hiibn. . 390 Chrysostola, H.-Sch.= Pseudosphex 400 Cirrhina fulungee (Sykes) . . « 574 kawrus (Sykes) . . 573 Cladocoryne floccosa . . 256 —— pelagica, Allm. . 255 . 255 Cladocorynide . oe Classification of ‘Animal Kingdom, by Prof. Huxley. Be Clathurella a aeeaWtas Edg. Smith 539 Cloacal bladders in Chelonia, Dr. J. Anderson on . . 454. absent im cer ‘teil . 436 genera . H.-Sch.) = See nest be Walkv. ss elegans, Bull. 386 ~— erubescens, Butl. . . 389 festivum, (Glaucopis) Walk. 387 gauclens, (Peecilosoma) Walk. 387 hanga, (Liemocharis) H.-Sch. 388 impar, (Glaucopis) Walk. . 389 omphale, Hiibn. . 388 pe (Lsemocharis) Hs. Sch. . 386 pheres, " (Sphinx) rari, = Leemocharis metallescens, Méné- triés . C0 ae BST —— pyrhostethus, Butl. . 388 restrictum, Buti. . 389 telephus, (Glauc opis) Walk. . 388 —— teuthras, (Glaucopis) Walk. . 389 tyrrhene, a Habn. 387 Cossonin ~ este Cratoplastis, Felder te . . 430 crassa, (Automolis) #¥ “alk. . 430 diluta, Felder ‘ . 430 Creatonotus, H.-Sch. (restricted) . 419 586 INDEX. Page Creatonotus incertus, H.-Sch. = Automolis reducta, Walk. . 419 Crenella faba, Fubr. eh maneLOS Crocodile bones, similitudes of. . 155 Crocodiles, Avian characters of . 160 , Chameleon characters of. . 164 ——., Chelonian characters of . . 172 , Lacertian characters of . 168 ——., Mammalian characters of . 155 ——, Ophidian characters of . 174 ——, Rhynchocephalian characters Of), ARP aa i ata , Urodelan characters of . 174 , Peritoneal canals of . . . 439 Crustacean parasites on Meduse . 530 Cryptorhynchides vrais, Lac. 93 Cryptorhynchine . . - 91 Ctenophora, their development. - 208 Ctenucha, Kirby . . 429 bombycina, (Glaucopis) Perty . . . 429 inornata, (Automolis) Walk. 429 —— latreillana, Kirby . 429 rubroscapus, (Glaucopis) Mé- nétriés,=Apistosia P multifaria, Walk. 5 aise p29 Ctenuchiine . 429 Cubicorhynchus, Lac. 21 cichlodes . 0 18 sterilis . . : et) Culex, Kerguelen’s ‘Land . 478 Cuora amboinensis . 436 Curculio, Kerguelen’s Land, “Mose- leyon.. . . 578 Cee alisnitie, F. P. Pascoe’s con- tributions towards a knowledge of the. Part iv. (pls. 1-4) 1 Explanation of plates 77 Systematic list of species and their habitat ~°. pies 79 Cuvier’s classification morpholo- gical, remarks by Prof. Huxley . 200 remarks on Means canals of tortoise . 438 Cyamobolus bicinctus - 36 duplicatus 5 37 — Marci, Boh... . . 43 subsellatus, Pasc. . 36 Cyanopepla and Entomis, Feld.,= = Charidea . 417 Cyanopepla eucyane - 417 Cyclemys dentata . : . 436 —— , peritoneal’ canal of. . 441 Cyclura venosa . . 146 Cydostethus . : 37 —— lineolatus, Pase. 38 solutus, Pase. 38 Cylichna alba, Brown 107 Page Cymbium eae Sw., var. B. incurva. . . 523 Cynethiay 2asch in ee eee OO interrupta, Pase. . . . . 61 Cypreea spurca, Linn. » . O24 © —lurida . . 524 Cythara capillacea, Reeve . 538 cytharella, Lamk. - . . 538 — interstriata, Hdg. Smith . . 538 reticulata, Reeve - » 538 — unilineata, Edg. Smith . . 538 zonata, Reeve - + 038 Danio osteographus, M‘Clell. . . 576 Danish and Norwegian natura- lists’ letters to Linneus, Notes on, by Prof. Schisdte . . 196 Darwin’s ‘ Origin of Species,’ value of in Classification, by Prof. imxleysieen « Boo) 6 9 cARw) Davidson, Thomas. Note on a new species of Japanese Brachio- poda . . 109 Day, Dr. F. ‘Fishes of the Deccan 565 Introduction of Trout and Tench into India : . 562 Deccan, Fishes of, by Dr. F. “Day . 565 Desmidocnemis, Moeschler . . 397 platyleuca, (Glencopi) Walk: 397 Desmocyphus, Allin. . 264 — Buskii, Allm. . 265 Deuterostomata, division of, Hux- ley . oO) 0. o 19 uli ——, divisions of, table ; . 226 Diagnoses of new genera and species _ of Hydroida, ey Prof. Allman . 251 Diathetes . . ial ——='MOFIO 63h) ph ea IES ——nitidicollis ...... 7 ruficollis, Pase.. . . . . %2 ——sannio. . EE eon a strenuus . 72 Dicordylus, Phil. (footnote thereon) 87 Dicrocelium Buskii, Weinland (a synonym) . . 288 Dinia, Walk. . . . - 402 —— eagrus, (Sphinx) Cram. . 402 —— mena, (Eunomia) Hiibn. . . 402 —— saucia, (Glaucopis) Walk. . 402 —— subapicalis, (Glancony) Walk. 402 Diospage auratus ° - 422 —— rhebus, Cram. . 422 Dipene, Walk. . : - 425 Dipene lateralis, Walk. . 425 Diptilon, Prittwitz 5 oo OS —— bivittatum, (Cosmosoma) Walk... . ie Sn Gi) —— deicides, Prittwitz ; . 396 Diptilon telamonophorum, Prité- INDEX, Page wite . . 396 Discognathus lamta (Hain, Buch.) 571 Distoma Buskii, Lankes. . syno- PUY) 2) «6 “2/288 —— crassum, Buski Dr. T. 8. Cobbold on é 5 . » 285 —— , affinities of . 291 —— ——, anatomical details ee figured. . . . 289 Distribution of Mollusca in N. oe and N. ae remarks ‘ . 101 Tigaplilehia: Bul. a0 Bh —— quadristrigata, (Pseudomya) ZC isieie lines) BOB Dolium galea, Z - 519 —— olearium, Lam. . 518 —— perdix, Lam. . 519 Dycladia, Felder . - 392 —— albiventris, (Glaueopis) Walk. 393 —— Batesii, Butl. . . 394 —— bromus, (Sphinx) Cram... 394 — — bura, (Leemocharis) H.-Sch. . 392 climacina, Butl. . . 394 —— correbioides, Felder . . 394 —— dorsalis, (Glaucopis) Walk. . 392 —— emergens, (Eurata) Walk. . 392 —— eximia, (Glaucopis) H.-Sch.. 392 —— helena, (Glaucopis) H.-Sch. . 392 —— hemileuca, Butl.. . . 393 intersecta, (Eurata) Wa . 393 —— leucetius, (Sphinx) cee . 393 margariphera, Butl. . 393 —— mexicana, (Gymnelia) Walk. 392 —— minor, Butl. . . 895 —— ornatula, (Glaucopis) Walk. 392 picta, (Glaucopis) Walk. . 392 —— selva, (Glaucopis) H.-Sch. . 392 —— teda, (Glaucopis) Walk. . . 392 tenthredoides, (Ilipa) Walk. . 393 torrida, (Glaucopis) Walk. . 394 —— varipes, (Glaucopis) Walk. . 393 —— vittata, eee) Walk. . 392 Dynamene . 146 —-—rubra . . . 149 varians, StedBing . 150 —— viridis .. . so. 0. 9 eh) Dysauxes (Syntomis) . 351 ehetar st... . 400 Hehinodermata, recent investiga- tions on development of . . 214 Echoneura, Butl. . . 383 Echoneura angusta, Buti. . 384 —— catastibina, Butl. : . 384 | —— intricata, Ginchromin) Walk. 383 | — — tenuis, Butl. . 384 Ketyrsus, Pase. Kgiona, Pasc. —— leta, Pase. Elasmorhinus, Zae. Elattocerus, Schdn. Elysius, Walk., restricted —— conspersus, Walk. . Emarginula variegata, 4. Adams . Empusa, Hiibn. . - —— tybris, (Phalena) Cram. . —w— vitrea, (Phalena) Cram. . Empyreuma, Hiibn. ‘ —-— lichas, Fabr. - =| pugione, Linn... ete Emyda dura, Buch. Hamil. —— ——, diagram of plastron of, in embryo . c ; Emydide, genitalia of Emys crassicollis —— europea Hamiltonii, experiment on levis (of London clay) trijuga, peritoneal canals of . , experiments on . Fnaliosauria, H. G. Seeley on . Endera, Walk. ; —— Saulcyi, (Glancopis) Guér. vuleanus, (Huchromia) Walk. Endoplastica cilata . . , table of divisions of, iby Prof. Huxley 0-3 5S Eecanin geminata one Engina monilifera, Pease . recurva, Reeve —— zonata, Reeve Enope, Walk. Enterocela . . , divisions of (Table) Entomoer ania, Huxley, an order containing Amphioxus alone Epanycles, Butl. . . imperialis, (Buchromia) Walk. Ephemeride, R. M‘Lachlan on Oniscigaster Wakefieldi Fpiceela, early development Gite Epidesma, Hiibn. ; —— ursula, (Phalena) Cram. . | Epitoxis Eremninse Eriphia, Fe/d. —— tractipennis, Butt. ustulata, Feld. Erirhinine Brithacus rubecula: veins of Erodiscins Erruca, Walk. - aterrima, (Gymnelia) W oe : 588 INDEX. Page Erruca contracta, (Leemocharis) Walk. . 379 Deyrollii, (Leemocharis), ee Schau . 5 | 0. ais) granadensis, Butl. Se OTS hilaris, (Poecilosoma) Walk. . 379 me (Leemocharis) #.- Sch whats . 379 nigerrima, (Gymnelia) Walk. 379 notipennis, Butl. . . . 378 Pertyi, (Lamocharis) H- Sch. . ; . 377 porphyrio, (Glaucopis). Walk. 379 varia, (Glaucopis) Walk. . 378 vesparia, (Glaucopis) Perty . 379 vespiformis, Budi. . . . 379 Eucerea pyrrhopyga, Walk. (thy: sanoprymna, Butl.). . . 431 Eucereon, Hiibn. . . 430 abdominalis, (Caralea) Walk. 430 —— Archias, (Sphinx) Stoll . . 480 —— imprimata, (Carales) Walk.. 430 pierus, (Sphinx) Cram. . . 480 —— rosa, (Huchromia) Walk. . 430 rosina, (Huchromia) Walk. . 430 setosa, (Phaleena) Sepp . . 480 —— strigosa, (Halesidota) Walk. . 430 varia, (Huchromia) Walk. . 430 Buehromia, IHD. 6 6 . . 863 (Dipeene) acharon, var. P, Walk. . . eiethite insets 42 africana, Bull. 3 . 364 aliena, (Pampa) Walk., Amycles flavifascia, H.- Sch. . 369 —— apricans, (Hippola) Walk.,= Calonotos nycteus . . . . . 369 arnica, (Hira) Walk. . . . 365 — celebensis, Butl. . . 364 ceelipennis, (Hira) Walk. . 365 —— fraterna, Butl. . . . 364 ganymede,(Glaucopis) Doubl. 365 heber, (Aclytia) Walk. . . 414 hirsuta, (Knope) Walk., = Trichela tolumensis, H.-Sch. . 367 —— Horsfieldii,(Phalanna) Moore 363 ignita, (Chrysocale) Walk.,= Eupyra ignita, H.-Sch. . . . 367 —— interstans, (Hira) Walk.. . 363 —— irus, (Sphinx) Cram. . ~ . 365 isis, (Glaucopis) Boisd. . . 365 laura, Butl. . . . . 364 leonis, Butl. . . . . . . 363 lethe, Fabr. (Hira). . . . 363 madagascariensis (Glaucopis) Boisd. : 363 ; , (Hira) Walk., =E. afri- cana, Butl. . Bi SiAI vents a) 310% cenone, Butlsavod). ~ « . 365 Page Euchromia opulenta, (Chrysocale) Walk., = HKupyra ee H.- Sch ae: . 367 orientalis, Balin: set erepoe polymena, (Sphinx) LL. . . 364 —— rosa, Walk. (Hucereon, Hiibn.) . . 430 —— rosina, Walk. (Eucereon) . 430 rubricollis, (Hira) Walk. . 366 semiluna, Walk. ee 365 ~— sjamensis, Butl. . , 365 sperchius, Cram. (Hira) . . 363 thelebas, (Sphinx) Cram. . 365 varia, Walk. oan Hiibn.) . . 430 -—— (Calonotos) varipes, Walk, = Calonotos gemmata . . . . 368 Euchromiine . . A oso. jo Gholl Euclera= Androchar ta a ete eee 00) Eucyrta (part), Helder . . . . 420 albicollis, Felder . . . . 424 subulifera, Felder . . . . 428 | Eudendriide . . 5 9 pea Eudendrium rigidum, ‘Alm. . . 253 Eugnathus bracteatus . . . . 23 chloraticus’ 5 2 73). 23 Humenogaster, H.-Sch. . . . . 404 eumenes, H.-Sch. . . 404 —- notabilis, (Pseudosphex) Walk. 404 ? tricolor, ee) Pack- ard . . . 404 Eunomia, as a 4 genus has been ¢ con- founded by authors; restricted by Butler. . . orate 400 ——, Hiibn., restricted rae wells 400 ’abdominalis, Walk. . . . 403 soe ne pees Fabr.. 400 auge, L. . 399 carnicauda, Butl. + + + » 400 caunus, Cram. . . 399 ? eburneifera, (Glaucopis) Felder... é . 402 fulvicauda, Bae Sivan: — merra, (Lasioprocta) Walleng. 401 —— platyzona, (Scytale) Felder . 402 sanguiflua, Hiibn. . . - 400 sarcosoma, Butl . . . . 401 Hunomiine . . ..... . . 399 Euops rosa. . «© «=. « .1. 28 amethystina . . . . . . 29 clavigeral)’.)))<. 0. sy ann ees coelestina | .!ir.\: cay ae divisa: 4 < ct slegs peer ———— cucalyptiy ca) ciituh cet iets Jekelii, Pase. . .. . . 29 ——‘plicata. . 2. . 1. 1. . 28 ——trigemmata . ... . . 28 |) == VIOlACRAy.) 3) 0) (Pear enim mReIZ) INDEX, Page Huplesia, Felder Tete tie 04.20 —— ochrophila, Felder. . . . 422 Eupyra, H.-Sch. . . . 367 florella, (Chrysocale) Butl. . 367 ——ignita, H.-Sch. . 5 SY —— imperialis, H.-Sch. . 367 plebeia, H.-Sch. 367 principalis, Walk. 367 regalis, H.-Sch.. . . . 867 Kurata Bs Walk.,= = Eurota picta 366 Hurhynchine .. . Kisii iyi - 87 Hurota, Walk. 5 366 Herrichii = Glaucopis serri- earia, H.-Sch. . . 366 picta (H.- Sch.) . . 366 Hutomis . . . 853 Hyius, Walk. (restricted) . 431 auro-coccineus, Walk. . 431 flavo-roseus, Walk. (Neritos) 431 hippia, (Phalena) Stell . . 431 Experiments on peritoneal canals of Chelonia Bae Hees . 440 Hishes, found in Mediterranean and in Japan, list of, by Dr. Giinther 108 Hishes of Deccan, by Dr. F. Day . 565 , literature on . . 565 Fluke, large human . 285 Foraminifera, Huxley’s remarks on 202 Fregella=Euchromia. . . 363 Fusus Brazieri, Hdg. Smith . 539 imbricatus, Hdg. Smith . 540 Galethalea, Butt. . 424 confinis, ( ‘Charidea). H.-Sch.. 424 — pica, (Halesidota) Walk.. . 424 tigrata, (Charidea) H.-Sch. . 424: Gastropoda, Japanese and Atlantic 105 Gastrula, phases of : . 206 Geoemyda depressa . 436 grandis . 436 , experiment on . 440 Geoffroy St.-Hilaire, on peritoneal canals of Emys trijuga . 438 Geographical distribution of Fishes, by Dr. Giinther . : . 107 Cee Boson of, Huxley naa rae Walk. Sab eacte 40 sumptuosus, Walk. . . 431 Glanycus, Walk. . . 431 — insolitus, Waltk.. . 431 — nigrorufus, Walk. . . . 431 Glaucopis (part.) = Euchromia, Hiibn, . . 363 =e astyoche, (Hysia) Walk. . LINN. JOURN,—ZOOLOGY, . 396 VJs -Sch. ,=Mochloptera 386 | VOL. XII. Page Glaucopis aterrima, Sepp, = Calo- notus helymus, Mabr. . . . . 868 —— auge, var. 8, Walk. 402 basileuta, (Hyda) Walk. . 397 bombycina, Perty - . 429 discifera, (Phacusa) Walk. . 392 erythrarchos, (Lagaria) W “alle. 398 erythrotelus, Walk. rect od cerea, Butl.) . - 430 finalis, (Dinia) Walle. . 400 Folletii, Boisd. -= Euchromia lethe : aie) ee OOS formosa, Boisd., = Kyachrorin lethe . 863 rubroscapus, Meénétriés 429 sanguiflua, (Hunomia) Walk. 400 —— sortita, (Hyda) Walk. . 398 vulcanus, (Endera) H.-Seh. . 367 Glyptosternum lonah (Sy/ oaks . 571 Gobius giuris, Ham. Buch. 567 Gonipteri ine. . Bettis an fey! Gonyleptes defensus, Buil.. - 152 docilis, Butl. . » 154 — funestis, Butl, 2-8 he ANTES Reedii, Buti. . terribilis, Butl. . Guioperides, Zac. . . . 2 Giinther, Dr., ListofFishescommon to Mediterranean: W. Indies, and Japan, letter and table on . 107, 108 Gymnelia, Walk. ee he OO caunus, (Sphinx) Cram. . . 382 — collocata, Walk. . 882 —— completa, (Glaucopis) Walk. 382 —— consociatata, Walk. . 382 -—— enagrus, (Sphinx) Cram.. . 382 — lennus, (Glaucopis) Walk. . 382 Gymnoblastea, Hydroida . . . 252 Hematerion, H.-Sch., = probably Eunomia, Dinia, A°thria, &e. . 400 Halesidota impunctus, Walk., = Ammalo fervidus, Walk. . . 433 palpalis, Walk, (Ameles) . 433 sanguineata, Walk. (Mazseras) 433 strigosa, Walk. Neue Hiibn.). . . 430 Halicornaria, Busk (modified) . . 276 bipinnata, Allinat Wa eae eee —— insignis, Allm. 278 saccaria, dllm. . . . . . 297 Haliotis tuberculata . . . * . 528 VaplonyChingsii. <0) = ele ites Harrisina, Packard . 360 americana, (Aglaope) Boisd. 860 fulyinota; "Bathe"... «BoE Harvest Spiders, A. G. Butler on species of Gonyleptes . . . , 15] 43 590 Page | Heliura, Butl. . . a AE fagleule dn i ANLT, apicalis, H.- Sek va eel aia capys, (Zygena) Fabr. . . 417 lacteinota, Budl., = Euchromia (Dipeenae) capys, var.P Walk. 417 leneus, (Sphinx) Cram., = Ku- chromia thoas, var.? Walk.. . 418 pyrrhosoma, Butl.. . . . 418 — solicauda, Buti. = Fuchromia (Eucereon) tetragramma, var. §, UU 5 Bo eles) tetragramma, a Walk... Seni thetis, (Sphinx) TaMeNe . 418 Hemipimelodus itchkeea (Syees) 571 Herea, Walk. . . 405 metaxantha, (Glancopis) | Walk... . . 405 ruficeps, (Glaucopis) Walk. . 406 Hippocrene . . . . 526 Hippola (part.)= Euchromia . . 363 Hippola, Walk. . . . . . 3866 Hira=Euchromia. . .. . . 363 ipastioea, WGlc-. ein aed OO amazonica, Butl. . . . . 362 — bellatrix, Walk... . . . . 362 cepheus, Cram... . . . 361 colombixe, Butl.. . . . . 3862 inferioris, Butl . . . . . 362 Meldole, Butl . . . . . 362 — paulinia, Wii oe aio OS prosperina, JED 05 5 8 ol 6 BOF Holocrania, Huxley, divisions of Vertebrata exclusive of Amphi- oxus . 66 8 65 2B Homeceocera, Felder AWM poaniis nate MELO beatareBucls seis ye iejsne one —— crassa, Felder . . . . . 3%5 gemmifera = Glaucopis (Gymnelia) gemmifera, Walk. . 376 jansonis, (Gymnelia) Butl. . 375 melas, (Sphinx) Cram. . . 376 Salvini, Buil.. 2. . 876 scintillans, (Leemocharis) ae Sch. . AV elie tie oO Stretchii, Butl. VSAIAISH EEN Sapna brs} 7 Horamia, Hiibn. - . . 373 —— diffusa, Grote = H. pretel lus, H.-Sch.). . . 873 ‘Grotei, Te 6 Bete 8) a OE! incerta, Walk, . . . . . 373 pretus, (Sphinx) Cram. . . 374 Husley, Prof. On the classifica- tion of the animal kingdom . . 199 Hyaleucerea, Butl. . . 480 erythrotelus, (Glaucopis) Walk. , . . 430 vulnerata, Bull. mais ius _ 430 TNODEX. Page Hyalopis, H.-Sch.,=Erruca . 406 Hyborhynchus, M‘Leay, jun. . . 21 Hyda, Walk. (part.) . . . 897 xanthorhina, (Hurata) Walk. 397 Hydractinia monocarpa, 4llm. . 254: Hydractiniidse G0 . 254 Hydroida, genera and species “of, by-Prof. Allmanta: ..aemeeeen2on calyptoblastea . . . . . 258 gymnoblastea . . . . . 252 Hydrusa, Walko. \ 2 )- eS cingulata, Buti. >). Va S52; humeralis, Butt. . Bie oacors nigriceps, -Butl: (a /eeees ae insularis, Budi) peace meo aS —— intensa, Butl. . .. . . 353 Eiyela, Walken... . 398 —— frontalis, (Glaucopis) Wath. 398 sanguinea, (Glaucopis) Walk. 398 stipata, (Glaucopis) Walk. . 398 vacillans, Senne Walk. 388 Hylobiunz . : . - 8d Hymenoptera, social. VOpmieas of authorities on, and anecdotes, by Sir J. Lubbock . ; Hyperia galba parasitic on meduse 530 By perinsd es.) 32)! 4h) ee eS Eiysia, Walle. in ue . 396 astyoche, (Euchromia) itn. (not Glaucopis astyoche, Walk.) 396 —— delecta,~ Buéh. (= ee astyoche, Walk.) Saas - 396 —— melaleuca, (Glaucopis). We alk. 396 temenus, (Sphinx) Cram.. . 396 Tchoria; Butl . . 370 concisa, (Euchromia) Walk. 370 quadrigutta, (Huchromia) Walk. . - 370 tricincta, (Glaueopis) nee Sek. 373 Ichthyosaurus, avian characters of. 299 , chameleon-characters of . . 308 , chelonian characters of . . 303 , crocodilian characters of. . 301 ——, dicynodont charaeters of. . 315 ——.,, dinosaurian affinities of . . 314 , labyrinthodont eharaeters of 315 , lacertian characters of . . 305 ——, mammalian characters of . 296 , ophidian characters of . . 310 —, plesiosaurian characters of . 312 ——, rhynchocephalian characters Of ek a0 ey ee SOS , urodelan characters of . . 310 Idalus, WAGAUBS ares) c - 432 admirabilis, (Phalena) Gn 431 rufoviridis, Walk. . . . . 432 Tlipa, Walk... . . 6 obo Oe) INDEX. i Page Nipa_ braconoides, Cerecnis) Walk. Te lites . 390 determinata, Butl. ‘ . 391 evadnes, (Sphinx) Cram. BS not the 8. evadnes of Walk.. . 390 fulviventris, (Leemocharis) WE QEGFOES 5 108 aces nO) notata, Butl. . . 390 —— stilbosticta(Butl.) .. . 891 —— tengyra, (Glaucopis) Walk. 390 Mlipula, Walk. uO . . 410 alecton, (Sphinx) Cram. . 410 . 410 dolosa, Cee Walk. Imachra . ao oe) ruficollis . . 5 oOo) India, Trout and Tench introduced into. . . 562 - Infusoria, Prof. Husley’s. S$ examina- tion of, and views thereon 203 Insects of Kerguelen’s Land 578 Hipsichoraweascwer-n le yl) OS @oHlestis 5 oh ig eo to a ED GUO 6 6 59 5) Ss oe oo 1 Os TOMO) 515 6 Sl enye) oa), BY fou chellape cn enue seg O9 Zsanthrene . Se EIS Ai basifera, Walk. 375 —— flavicornis, (Sphinx) Fabr. (=Glaucopis vespoides, Walk.). 375 incendiaria, (Glaucopis) Hiibn. (=G. flavicornis, Walk.) . . maxima, Butl. — perboschii, (Glaucopis) Guér. 375 pompiloides, agate oa Walk. , . 874 —— ustrina, ERS. 6g Cs) Hsorhynchineren ns. -) ~- 96 Isorhynchus, Schén. . pee OO Ithyporides vrais, Zac. . . . . 91 Ixylasia, Butl. . . 410 trogonoides, (Aclytia) ‘Walk. 411 Japanese marine shells and fishes, J. Gwyn Jeffreys on species of . Jeffreys, J. Gwyn. On some spe- cies of Japanese shells and fishes which inhabit also the North Atlantic Jugular veins in birds unequal in See C. H. Wade’s researches on- : Kabul marmot, Arctomys dichrous 579 Kerguelen’s Land, insects of, H. N. Moseley on . . . 578 Labeo boggut (Sykes). . . + + 573 fimbriatus, Bloch ss ON 591 Page Labeo nutka (Sykes) . 573 potail (Sykes) : 572 —— rohita (Ham. Buch.) 572 Lacuna divaricata, Fabr. (var. eca- niculata) . . : 106 Leemocharis (part.), H. Sch. 368, 377, 383 decisa, (Pseudomya) Walk. . 383 fenestrina, Butl. . : . 383 —— heematica, (Glaucopis) Perty ty 383 stulta, ihe ISCii amie . 383 -—— trigutta, Gieucope) Walk. . 383 Leemosaccinse 5 fh, Lagaria, Walk... . . 398 abdominalis, W alle. : 403 —— ignicolor(Lemocharis), Méné- triés . . 398 vulnerata, (Leemocharis) H.- lid . 598 Lamprey, embryonic structures of. 219 Lancelet, position and affinities 217 Langstroth on bees 235 Laecdia, Pase. : 63 niveopicta, Pase. 63 niveosparsa, Pasc. . 64 Laogenia . 75 intrusa . 76 sorex, Pase. . 76 Laqueus rubella, Sow. 109 Latirus ustulatus, Reeve . . . 547 Leda frigida, Torell . . . . 104 lanceolata, Jas. Sowerby . . 103 minuta, Miiller . 104 Lepeta cxeca, Will. . 105 Lepidoptera, family Zy geenide . 324 Lepidopterous families Zygenide and Arctiide, A. G. Butler on . 408 Leptopinse : 81 Letters to Linneus in “Society’s 8 Library, by Prof. Schiédte 196 Leucopsumis, Hiibn. . : 430 circe (Cram.) . 430 collaris (Drury) . 430 Leucotmemis, But/. . . 391 latilinea, (Glaucopis) W valk. 391 Lima elliptica, Jeffr eys _ 103 squamosa, D’ Orb. 518 Lingula smaragdina, ddams 109 Linneeus’s corre espondents 196 Liotia cidaris, Reeve 556 crenata, Avener 557 a, Reeve . 556 Lissoglena, Pase. 54 picipennis - 55 Littorina canariensis, D’ Orb. 522 melanacme, 2 dg. Smith 552 |} —— rudis, Maton : : 106 —— striata, King . 522, 592 INDEX. Page Littorina vulgaris . - 522 Lizard’s bones, similitudes ohea LG Lizards, avian ‘characters of . . 188 — —, chelonian characters of . 192 , crocodilian characters of. . 190 ——~, mammalian characters of . 186 ——, serpent-characters of . . 192 , Urodelan characters of . 193 Lobotrachelus, Schén.. 5 Bi) —— albirostris . 45 —— linteus . 45 plagiatus . 45 stigma . 4A Loch-Leven trout enfroduiecd ate aa clia sats : 562 Loxophlebia, Bullcaons . 381 vesparis, (Poecilosoma) Butl.. 381 Lubbock, Sir John. Observations on bees and wasps: Part i. 110 Ditto: Part ii. Sri Zoih —. Ditto: Parti. . . . , 445 Lucina Adansonii, D’ Orb. 517 pensylvanica. . . 517 Lutraria rugosa, Lam. 518 Lycorea, Walk. oe Doubleday, S47) a aeaien ae . 398 Lymire, Walk. 430 melanocephala, Walk. . 430 Lyonsia hyalina, Conrad 105 Lystrus, Pase. 5 64 sculptipennis, Pase. 64 M‘Tachlan, R. On Oniscigaster Wakefieldi from New Zealand . 139 Macrocneme, Hiibiz. 871 cupreipennis, Walk. 371 esmeralda, Buti. 371 ferrea, Butt. 371 indistincta, Butl. . . 371 leucostigma, (Glancopis) Perty 371 maja, (Zygsena) Fabr: . 871 obscura, (Tipuloides) Wally. 372 — splendida, Butl.. . 5 ala vittata, (Huchromia) Walk. . 372 Macrones aor (Ham. Buch) . 568 cavasius (H. B.) . 568 Mactra Adansoni, Webb . 518 pullastrina, Webb 518 rugosa, Lam. 518 striatellata, Lan. - 518 Madras Presidency, introduction of Trout and Tench. : Mahseer (Barbus tor), recommended to English pisciculturists . . 577 Mallodeta, Butt. Seep are 98 —— ecyra, (lemocharis) H.-Sch. 398 clavata, (Glaucopis) Walk. . 398 562 Mallodeta consors, (Glaucopis) Wath. . 5 Mallostethus, Butl. —- metamelas, Walk. . Marginella aurantia, Lam: glabella. . . ° (Glaucopis) by wl cAS) Sunithipeyy avn Marissa, Walk. . . . columbina, (Zygzna) Pabr. cruenta, (Glaucopis) Perty eone, (Agerocha) Hiibn. imstlaris, (Eunomia) Grote latenigra, Butt. —— multicincta, (Glaucopis) Walk... . rubripunctata, Budd. Marmot (dretomys dichrous) jagular veins of Marsipobranchii, Prof, Huxley's 5 opinionson . . Mastacembelus armatus, Lacép. Mastigocera (part.), Boisd. . clavipes, Botsd. . cyanea, Butl. —— cedipus, Boisd. —— pusilla, Butl. (= = Euchromia (Macrocneme ) seacus, Walk.) . tarsalis, (Horamia) Walk. tibialis, Butl . . : Mastigopod . . Mazeras, Walk. (eulaeeeaye conferta, Walk... . sanguineata, (Halesidota) Wallets eal Mecistostylides, Lae. . Medusex, G. J. Romanes on. ,uew speciesof . . Megaproctus, Schén. . pugionatus, Pase. . . . Melisa (Syntomis). . .. . Menemachine . . 0 Oc Menestho albula, Fabr. Metanthia, Pase. . ... QC 6 515 6 6 o ebentvany lie areata —nitidula ..... pyritosa, Pase. Metanycles, Butl.. . —— contracta, (Aclytia) Walk. Metazoa, Prof. Huxley on , divisions of, table . —— monostomata. polystomata . Page 398 408 . 408 . 520 . 520 ite shells of Solomon Islands, 535 . 395 395 — . 396 — diaphana, (Glaucopis) Sepp . fae - 395 — . 3896 396 . 395 nitidula, (Glaucopis) ae Sch. . Marsh-Titmouse (Parus ae - 395 - 396 395 579 Metetra, Pasc. . suturalis Methysia, Butt. Metrioxena subvittata Microstates, Lac. Mitra anthracina, Reeve . —— Antonellii, Dohrn . —. cerulea, Reeve creniplicata, A. Adams — cruentata, Chemn. —— Cumingu, Reeve Deshayesii, Reeve discoloria, Reeve . . . ficulina, var., Hdg. Smith flammea, Quoy & Gaim. . MIE CO PILCEUE Glial Graatiei, Crosse . ligata, 4. Adams . — lubens, Reeve .—— lutescens, Zam. . melaniana, Lam. obeliscus, Reeve. —— Quoyi, Desh. rufofilosa, Hdg. Smith . semifasciata, Lamk. Mochloptera, Buil. notabilis, (Glaucopis) 7 Walk. INDEX, 592 acroxantha, (Glaucopis) Perty. 386 xanthocera,(Gymnelia) Walk. Modiolaria discors, L. eee sub- striata, Gray) marmorata, Forbes . 6 Mola sandkhol (Sykes) Buchanani, Day : Molochtusweasen ~ Pel eulie gagates, Pase. 8 Mollusca, Geogr aphical distr ibution of, vemarks on, J. Gwyn Jeffreys 100 Gwyn Jeffreys. (1872), remarks on . , Japanese and N. Atlantic, J. Japonica of Dr. C. E. Lischke ——, Marine, from Grand Canaria; Lancerotte, and Ene uTS Webb, 1829 . Molytine . : Monera, Prof. Huxley on , divisions of, table . Monocaulide . . Monocaulus gr cenlandica, Alm. Monstrous forms of Medusze Morenia (subgenus) Morula, phases of . : value of larval development. Moseley, R. N., on ‘Insects 0 of Ker- guelen’s Land . Murex erinaceus, L. (var. purpurea) . sabe fauce Page Murex olearium, Z. . 523 —— scrobulator, ZL. . 522 Myalarenaria, 7) acess seeMee OD Myctides; 2caciar (ie pe eEOo EON oo 4G pg no LAY Myotrotus . . |: Migr —— obtusus, ase: att eek ome Myrmecopsis, Newman . . 380 eumenides, Newman . 380 —— ichneumonea (=nov. gen. Ich- neumon, H.-Sch.) . . 380 —— opaca, Walk. ; 380 —— polistes,(Pseudosphex) ibn. 380 —— semihyalina, (Glaucopis) Walk.,= Pseudosphex yespifor- mis, Fe ING oc . 380 tarsalis, (Glaucopis) Walk. . 380 Mystrocneme, H.-Sch. . . . 368 Mystrocneme, H.-Sch., = Herea= ? Cercophora, H.-Sch. . . . 400 Mytilus edulis, Z. (var. ungulata) 103 ——., var., and its synonyms 518 Whpekinim ¢ 9 5 6 5 o . 202 Naclia (Syntomine) ; . 3d1 puella (Pseudonaclia) . . 351 —— gnatula (Peon) . 351 Napata, Walk.. . . 409 —— leucotelus, Walk. MS., =u chromia(N.)terminalis, var. Walk. 409 —— terminalis,(Euchromia) Walk. 409 Nassa bicallosa, dg. Smith . . 543 —— bifaria, Bair d a) ta Manweoaes — callospira, 4. ddams . . . 546 —— curta, Gould . é) eetitten we Dad —— delicata, 4. Adams . 546 —— echinata, 4. Adams . O44 —— interlirata, Hdg. Smith . 545 ——- Marratii, Hdg. Smith . . 543 —— mesta, Hinds . 546 mutabilis, Z. . . 520 —— pupinoides, Reeve . . 546 reticulata, My8)s : . 107 —— stigmaria, 4. ddams . 544 trinodosa, Edg. Smith. . . 545 Natica affinis, Gm. é 106 effusa 522 — grenlandica, Ch. 106 mamilla 522 porcellana, “ebb yenb22 Nedyleda (amended char.) . . 76 Neilgherry hills, trout and tench introduced intone & . 562 Nemacheilus botia, Ham. “Buch. 576 —— moreh, Sykes 5. s 6s BIT Ruppelli (Sykes) 576 Neritina siderea, Gould . 40,2556 Neritos, Walk. (remodelled) i 491 594 INDEX. Page Page Neritos flavo-roseus, (Evius) Walk. 481 | Onythes pallidicosta, Walk. . . 4380 psamus, (Phaleena) Cram. . 431 repanda, Walk.. . . . . 431 New genera and species of Hy- droida, Allman . . . 251 New Zealand, Hphemerid ‘Insect from, by R. MacLachlan. . . 391 Notes on the Lepidoptera of the Family Zygenide, with descrip- tions of new genera and species, by A.G. Butler. . . 342 Notes on Lowe’s MS. List of Webb’s type shells from the Ca- naries (1829), and on the anno- tations thereon of D’Orbigny (1839), and Lowe (1860), by the Rev. R. Boog Watson, F.R.S.H. 516 Notioptera, Butl. . . . 855 clos: (Syntomis) Walk. . 355 ? expansa, (Syntomis) Walk. 355 meting glaucopoides, (Syntomis) Walk... . 355 strigosa, (Syntomis) Walk. . 855 Notopterus kapirat, Bonn. . . . 576 Nucula tenuis, Montagu. . . . 1038 Nychiomma, Pase. . .. . =. 33 Ochyromera, Pase. . ... . 381 dissimilisssPascy. sol sod WNGHeMI 6 So o lala. a oO Ocladtdes wack ayaa ioe ene Ocladius Barani, Pasec. . . . . 35 OClosyilts 6/96 oo do on wo os ee) ALOMATIANUE Tanne jar uuneteneere nme: —— congesta 2 . 9. 5 «. «> 40 Parle 5,5 G6 ou be eal APPOLAtA Weer jew one eer ee CSEREM Aare) setae vo uBeoA CMON aires Vitlosa Meera ek sedan eee GibriussePhascicteneyettt Oe luteicornis, Pase. . . . . 54 Omphasus, Pase. . . SME Ae 3S Oniscigaster, R. Welbon 3, 1D Wakefieldi, R. McLach. . . 141 On some of the Fishes of the Dec- can, by Dr. F. Day. 565 On the introduction of Trout and Tench into India, by Dr. F. Day 562 On the Subfamilies Antichlorinee and Charadeinz of the Lepido- pterous Families Zygeenidee and Arctiide, by A.G. Butler . . 408 On the supposed rarity, nomencla- ture, structure, affinities, and source of the large human Fluke (Distoma crassum, eee seas S. Cobbold . . . 285 Onythes, Walk. ... 2. . . . 480 Ophiocephalus gachua, Ham. Buch. 568 leucopunctatus, Sykes. . . 567 marulius, Hani Bucraaesea Oreynia, Walk. . . B74 — calcarata, (Euchromia) Walk. 374 Orcchlesis maculosa onetne 40 Orthorhinus arrogans . . . . 23 pahmaris, Paso. neat 23 Osseous resemblances between. ty- pical reptiles and other animals, lydebCmisealy co 4g) 6 2 6 o lee Othippiase2asch) eye LO distigima (92s ai-uelsan einem MONO | 5 Go ok bn HO —=——— Date Nica ec es ereeneeene)O) ——podagrica. . .... . 51 proletarian. Veen cee neemOO, @tiorhynchincey yen OO Oxycorynins) aoe Pachyonyx araneosus . . . 34 Pampa, Walk. (restricted) . 360 invaria, (Huchromia) Walk. - 860 mystica, (Euchromia) Walk. 360 Pangshura, cloacal bladdersin. . 436 flaviventris . . . ©. . . 436 subeyanea, (Euchromia) TALL cores tee ate igs Procotes, Bul. . » Rhynchocephaloid characters Ownwnwmnnwkls OW OW or er o1 cr ont (Cosmosoma) Vor grore ~ 596 INDEX. Page Page Procotes diminuta, Saas: ) Walk. 255 Psichotoé oes Suess) Procris, Fabr. fo er 2 1843 Walk. ‘ 0D oo GE acharon, (Zygeena) Fabr. . 343 Psoloptera, Butlins . 869 concinna, Dalm. . . . . 343 | —— leucosticta, (Glaucopis) —— contraria, Walk., = Neuro- Hiibn. . . . 869 symploca (Kuctenia, Feld.). . 343 | —W— thoracica, (Buchromia) Walk. 369 infausta, L., type of Aglaope, Pterygopterus, Butt. : . 411 SEEPS A =o . . 843 —— nebulosa, Klug and, H-Sch.. 848 negamica, Walk.,= Arichalca erythropyga, Wallgr. . - . . 343 pectinicornis, Schaufuss . . 343 —— rufiventris, Walk. nov. gen. ? 343 — subdolosa, Walk., = Pollanisus 343 Prodioctes, Pasec. . . . .» pavoninus . . . . . . 67 SSS QUINATIUS Rose tui wcr i) ioe Prosopistoma, Latr., opinions of French entomologists on. . . 145 Protamosbaiemloaee cmc Tete Protogenes «2 4) 3) 1-0.) - 203 Protomonas. ..... . . 202 Protomyxa . . 6 6.6 ADH Protozoa, Prof. Huxley o1 on. . . 202 divisions of, table . . . . 226 Psalidura, MacLeay Ba OW ntatany) raaacea & PsenicleayRasc. ya irene mero ——puellaris . . . . .. . 52 Psepholacides, Lac. . . . . . 92 Pseudaclytia, Butl . . . . 409 -—— opponens, (Pampa) Walk. . 409 Pseudeutropius goongwarree (Sykes) . . OOO —— taakree (Sy yikes) . Bo Ny ge ay aS) Pseudocholus, lac. . .. . . 56 == DASIIISs ty 5) fe Meh nents VO CINCHUSH Mets Lane k Peer O === OHO 6 2 o75 6 oe Pseudomya, Hiibn. . . . . . 385 desperata, Walk. . . . . 385 errans, Hiibn., = Calonotus ea- cus (Cram.) . . 369 —— tipulina, (Glaucopis) Walk. . 385 tristissima, (Glaucopis) wriaee 385 Pseudonaclia . : . 353 Pseudosphenoptera, Bulls), Ne 370 ——basalis. . - 409 —— ——, (Euchromia) Walk. . 370 Pseudosphex, Hiibn. . . eequalis, (Isanthene) Walk. _ 406 —— bromus,(Chrysostola) #. Sch! 406 —— consobrina, Walk.. . - 406 —— munda, (Isanthene) Walk. . 406 postica, (Glaucopis) Walk. . 406 —— singularis, Ceo Walk. 406 —— zethus, Hiibn. . . . 406 Psichotoé, Boisd. . . 585g Gy —— Duvaucelii, Boisd. see POO: —— clavipennis, Butl. eriascuiiecs alld Puncturella noachina, Z. . . . 106 Purpura buccinea, Deshayes . . 547 ——lapillus,Z. . . . « 106 Pyxidea mouhottii, habits of . . 437 Ranella abbreviata, Webb . . . 520 levigata, Lam. (fossil) . . 520 - marginata, Sow.. . . . . 520 scrobulator, D’Orb. . . . 522 Rasbora daniconius, Ham. Buch. . 575 Recluzia globosa, Hdg. Smith . . 551 Red Wing (Turdus iliacus), jugular veins of . . 532 Reptiles’ bones compared with those of other animals, by H. G. Seeley 155 Rhadinocerus, Schon. . . . . 5D Rhaphidognatha setixformis, Feld., = Baleetea eee Walk. . 356 —— Staintoni, Pase. . —-—stolifera. . . . . . —-— verrucosa, Pase. ey: Rhipha, Walk. shoes . 423 —— separata, (Apyre) Walk. . . 423 strigosa, (Huchromia) Walk., =KEucyrta subulifera, Meld. . . 428 vittipes, (Arara) Walk. . . 423 Rhynchonella psittacea, Gmel.. . 102 Rhyparosomine .. . > » 83 Ringicula auriculata, Menard . . 107 Risellea tantilla, Gould . . . . 552 Rissoina canaliculata, Schuans ope clathrata, A. Adams . . . 553 ——- myosoroides, Récluz, var. . 553 — — terebroides, Hdg. Smith . . 554 Rita gogra (Sykes) . . - - 569 kuturnee (Sykes) . . . . 568 Rhinomacerine. . . Aieieeee ete) Rhinoscapha alma . dis io aulica 6 2 ——basilica .. - 1 —— carinata 5 ——formosa ... 2 insignis, Guér. 2 —— miliaris 5 —— opalescens 6 Etat, 33 sellata, Pase) @ eer em ne nA 2 4 4 Robin, jugular veins of . . 534 Rohtee Alfrediana, Cuv. & Val. 575 —- Ogilbii, Sykes . . . . 576 —— Vigorsii, Sykes. . . . . 575 INDEX. Page Romanes, G. J. An Account of some new Species, Varieties, and Monstrous Forms of Meduse . 524, Saccobranchus singio, aerial respi- ration and branchial sacs of . . 566 Saliunea aurifrons, Walk. . styx, (Zygena) Fabr. . . 358 -— thoracica = Tipulodes ? tho- racica, Walk. : . 858 | Salmo levenensis, Walk. . . 564 | Salmonide bred in India . 563 Saltici, Kerguelen’s Land 578 377 . 377 377 Sarosa acutior, (Isanthrene) Felder pompilina, Buti. 36 sesiiformis, (Glaucopis) Walk. . 359 | Sarsia erythrops ? Romanes . 526 ——., L. Agassiz’s American variety of, mentioned by Romanes . 527 Saurita cassandra, (Sphinx) Z. . 370 — PRN Oy Walk... . . 370 Saxicava rugosa, oT var. arctica . 105 Scaptius ditissimus, Walk. . » 431 Scepsis fulvicollis, (Glaucopis) Hiibn., =G. semidiaphana, Harr, 429 Schiédte, Prof. J. C., Copenhagen. Notes on the Letters from Da- nish and Norwegian Naturalists contained in the Linnean Cor- respondence . : . 196 Schizoceela, special str ucture es of . 211 Sciopsyche, Butl. 426 — cinerea, Butl. . . 426 tropica, (Buchromia) Walk. 426 Sclerorhinus, MacLeay, den 22 echinops : : 10 ——marginatus ...... 9 meliceps : 10 ——molestus ....... 9 teeniatus : eS Scolecimorpha of Husley . 209 Scolopterinze 88 Scythropine. . Geese 84: Seeley, Harry Govier. Resemblan- ces between the Bones of Typical living Reptiles and the Bones of other Animals : 155 —,; . Similitudes of the Bones in the Enaliosauria. . . . 296 Selaginopsis, dim. . . . . . 272 fusca, Allm.. . . ai ho Ce Serpent’s bones, similitudes of . . 194 Sertularella episcopus, d//m. . . 263 fusiformis, Hutton. . . 263 | gracilis, Adm. . 261 | —— integra, All. . 262 —— Johnstoni, Gray . 261 LINN. JOURN. _—700L06Y, VOL. XII : Page Sertularia arctica, Ali. . 264 Sertulariidse . 261 Sesia melanochlorus, Sepp, = = Ili- pula alecton 410 Sexual instincts of Family Zyge- nidée, remarks on ow 6 049 Shells from the Canaries . 516 , marine, Japanese - 100 —; , from Solomon Islands 539 Silundia gangetica, Cur. us Val. . 570 —— Sykesii, Day . 2 . 569 Similitudes of the bones in the En- aliosauria, Prof. H. G. eg on 296 Simocopis, Pase. 65 —-— unbrinus, Pase. - 65 Sistrum anaxares, Duclos » 547 Smith, Edgar A. A List of Marine Shells, chiefly from the Solomon Islands, with Descriptions of several new Species é . 535 Solomon Islands, marine shells of 535 Sophrorhinides, Lae. 92 Sparrow, jugular veins of . . 534 Spheromid, Australian, T. R. R. Stebbing on c . . 146 Sphecopsis hyalozona, ‘Felder 380 Sphecosoma, But. : 381 arctatum, (Peeudosphex) Walk. Bua 381 fasciolatum, Bull. shoe 381 —— testaceum, (Pseudosphex) Walk. : 381 Sphenocorynus, Schon. 67 Sphenoptera, Felder . . 368 Sphinx archias, Sto// (Eucer eon, Hiibn.) . 1430 erontcal Oran (Pereote, W Tall. )430 —— bromus, Cram. 106 —— coarctata, Drury 405 —— eumolphos, Cram. ,=Eue hro- mia lethe . 363 —— melas, Cram. ae 405 —— pierus, Cram. (Eucereon, Tiibn.) co ivchal MED Mie 430 —— sylvius, Stoll ee Hiibn.) .. 130 Staphylinide of ‘Ker gue len’s L and, Moseley on . 578 Stebbing, Rey. T. R. R, on a new Australian Spher omid 146 Stomatella haliotoidea, Sow. 960 Stomatia angulata, 4. ddams . 559 Stomobrachium octocostatum, Forbes, remarks on yariety of . 526 Strongylopterides, Lae. . 92 Sympiezoscelides, Lac. 96 Synnada, Pasc. . 32 Synnada currucula 82 we 598 . INDEX. Page , Page Synthecium ... + - ». . » . 265 Syntomis glaucopoides . . . . 344 ——-elegans, 4llm. . . . . . 266 | —— guttulosa (Hydrusa?). . . 345 Syntomeida, Harr. . . . . . 366 | —— Hiibneri, Boisd., an Artona, albifasciata, Butl. . . . 866 Walk. wees SY, —— capistrata, (Zygeena) Fabr. . 866 | —— humeralis, = ‘Trypanophora : —— Pepilais, (Huchromia) Walk. 366 | semihyalina, Moore . . . . 344 —— ferox, (Euchromia) Walk. . 366 | —— hydatima, Butl.. . . . . 346 —— histrio, (Glaucopis) Guér. . 366 imaon, referable to two or —— ipomeee, (Glaucopis) Harr.. 366 three species . 344 —— melanthus, (Sphinx) Cram. . 366 | —— incipiens, Walk. '(Psichotod)54 —— sericaria, (Glaucopis) Perty 366 | —-— intermissa, a variety of 8. —— ? tina, (Huchromia) Walk. . 366 transitiva . . Bisa tle. lo. sos) GHA Syntomine . . : . 343 | —— johanna, Batl. sign weeds Syntomis, Ochisenhemmen (4843 | ae khasiana, But. StS HBAS, ——alicia, Butl . . . . . . 348 | —— Khulweinii, Lefebure - . . B44 —— amazona (Hpitoxis?) . . . 345 —— Latreillii, Boisd, referred. i aol, JHB 6 6 Gao 3 ovths} S. creusa, Z.. . ‘ . 343 ——annetta, Butl. . . . 347 | —— linearis (Hydrusa ?) Hid ROAD —— annulata, Fadr., an Hydrusa 345 | —— longipes, H.-Sch. (=Byb- —_— aperta, Walk, an Hydrusa . 345 Fisia.?) (4). 209. elie epee —— artina, Butl. : : . 847 | —— lucina, Butl. . . . . 348,345 —— atereus is not a Syntomis . 344 | ——mandarinia, Butl. . . . . 349 —— Atkinsonii, Moore. . . . 847 | ——P?marella, Butl.. . . . . 350 basigera (Hydrusa?) . . . 345 | ——- marina, Butl. . . . . . 348 —— bicincta, Kollar. . . . 348 | ——midas, Butl.. . . . . . 344 —— bivittata, Walk., an Hydrusa 345 | ——minuta(=ArtonaP) . . . 345 —— confinis, Walk., an Hydrusa. 345 monedula, Va = S. nos- —— Crawfurdi, Moore, a Thacusa 344 talis, Walk, . . « 345 —— cyssea, Cram., = 8. Sche- montana, Butl. : . 349 MeItl, BOsd. sys, oh) O40) —— myodes, botsde (is Byblisia?) 345 cysseoides, Buti. . . . . 346 nostalis, Walk. . . . 845 cuprea, Prittwitz, <8. cyssea, octomaculata (Hydruea 2) . 345 Cram. . . . . . 845 | —— cnoneisS.diaphana,var. Walke344 —— cupreipennis, Bull... . 847 passalis, Fabr.,=S. creusa, LZ. 344: —— diaphana, var.? Walk., = =) penange (Hydrusa?) . . . 345 cnone. . = . . 344 | —— polydamon, Cram.. . . . 844 —— diminuta . . d44 pravata, Moore. . . . 844, —— diminuta, Walk. (Brocotes) . 355 | —— Scheenerri, Boisd.,=S. eyssen, —— diptera, Fabr. . . . 844 Cram. . . S943 —— diversa (Hydrusa Dy . . . 345 simplex, Walk., “and 8. nos- ——dolosa. . 5 aii a ceiet talis, Walk. i and go of one ae —— Edwardsii, Butl. A Shiai aO eles aaa yis . 344, —— elisa, Buél. . 6... >. B47 strigosa ves AUR eats As emma "Butls 9 s) Ans) ie ooO subaurata. . . . B44 ——expansa ...... . d44 — subaurata, Walk. /="Trianeura —— fantasia, Butl. . . 934 subaurata. . 5 oo Bl —— fenestrata, Valk. (not Drury), ——- subcordata, Walk. » + » B44 =S. midas, Bull . 344 teneiformis (Hydrusa ?) . . 845 —— flaviplaga, Walk.,= Tipuloi- thelebus, Fabr.,=S. ce des apicalis, Walk... . 5 Oo Bylbs eld ae . 845 —— florina, Butl. . .. . . 350 tomasina, Bull i ESAS: —— formose, Butl. . . . . . 346 vacua (Hydrusa 2). Seal OA — — francisca, Butl. seh 349 | —— vitrea (Hydrusa?) . . . 845 —— fulvescens, Walk., an Hydrusa 345 — Walkeri, Moore, an Artona, —— fusiformis (Hydrusa Pe ania 3445) VGC eae . . . 844, 356 —— georgina, Butl. . . 345 xanthomela, = S. contermina. 344 —— germana, Feld.,isS. thelebus, Syntrichura, Butl. . Sp 1 COS JHATRS G8 6) 8) lo . . 845 —— virens, Butl.. . . . . . 405 ee ee INDEX. 599 ane Page Page yrotelus. . . + + + 38 pitta ope Middendorff, (o) Table of species of Fish, » Dr. Ji RG aNe | vi ete 109 Gunther . - + 108 | Testudo indica, genitalia off i 439 Tachygoninee 96 platynotus 441 Talaurinus, Mac Leay, j jun. . 21 | Tetrarhynchidee : 829 eapito, Pase. . - . 17 | —~—. Remarks on species from carbonarius Restate ies 12 Shark : . 8389 carlosus . . . + - 16 | Tetrarhynchus carchari jas, Welch, encaustus . . . » 14, anatomy of £880 SeUMIELCHS 5. 11 | Theages, Walk.. .. . . . . 480 geniculatus . . . 6 - 16 leucopheea, Walk. . . . . 430 lemmus Vier ty the 16 scyton, (Zygena) Fabr. . 430 —— levicollis, Pase. oa ole 17 cae aad Walk. . . 439 Macleayi, Pase, ee AY | vechia ; 25 melanOpsiswie) .0. 06 - LS pygmea 25 —mmolossus . .... » 13 | Themeropis, Pase.. 30 ——phrymos 4... 0. » . 12 fimbriata, Pasc.. . . ol ——pupa ...... . . 16 | Thracia angasiana, Edg. Smith . 560 === pusilla 6 6 5 oo oe eae Jacksoniana, Edg. Smith . 560 —simulator. . .. - - . 18 | Thrinacia, Butl. . . 384 tenuipes, Pase. . 15 afflicta, (Glaucopis) Walk. . 384 eet Pase. en ea consolata, Geeudony) Walk. 385 victor ; wiarla . : . 267 Tapes decussatus, L. NOS 1 pase bidens, Allm. . 269 Yascia, Walk. . . POON. Bod cerastium, All. noreefir chrysotelus, Walk., =lih finalis 307 coronifera, Allm. . 268 — cuprea, (Syntomis) Walk. . 358 crassicaulis, All. . . 267 —— finalis, (Euchromia) Walk. . 357 dolichocarpa, Allm. . 270 —— instructa, (Euchromia) Walk. 358 | persocialis, All. . 271 é in conn with a | Thuiariide 5 . 267 tomis francisca 2 . 349 | Thyvassia, Butl. . . 355 pulchra, Butl. 5 . 808 subcordata, (Syntomis) Walk, 355 Baca Colo (Syntomis) Thyretes, Bozsd. : . 359 Walk. . : . 358 caffra, Wallg. . . . 359 virescens, Butl.. . 357 | ——— hippotes, (Sphinx) Cramer . 359 Yaxonomy, remarks on, by Prof. —— montana, Boisd, : . 359 Huxley. . . . 201 | — Monteiroi, Butl. . 859 Tectura attdinali, Mii. . 105 | Thyretine : . 352 Telephaé, Pasc., remarks on AT | Thysanoprymna, Butl. . 431 concreta 48 pyrrhopyga, (Eucerea) Walk. 431 —— denticollis . 48 albicoste, (Phragmatobia) ——- luctuosa 48 Walk. n a OE —— metata . 48 | Tiarops ‘ . 525 —— repetita 49 indicans, Romanes . . 525 —— selligera 49 | —— oligoplocama, Rom. . 625 TRIED, oO \ho acon Damion polydiademata, Rom. . 526 Telioneura, Felder . . 419 | Tinca vulgaris reared in India: . 562 ? coras, (Sphinx) Cram. . 419 | Tithene 25 glaucopis, Felder . 5 Cs) | microcephala, Pase. 26 —— subplena, (Euchromia) We alk. 419 | Trianeura, But/. . 353 Tellina christovalis, Hdg. Smith . 560 Moorei, Butl. . 354 inflata, Stumps. 5 . 105 | pravata, (Syntomis) Moore . 354 Tench, Hiaduction of, into India, subaurata, (Glaucopis) Walk. 354 Dr. F. Day onthe. . . . 562 | Trichea seticornis . - . + « 899 Terebra cancellata, Quoy & Gaim. 537 | Trichela, H.-Sch. : . 367 Terebratella coreanica, Adams 5 ___ fenestrata, (Sphinx) Drury . 368 cene ee OS tolumensis, H.-Sc/i . 367 600 INDEX. Page Page Trichura, Hiibn. . . . . 405 | Voluta navicula, Gm... . . . . 519 aurifera, Butl., = — Glaucopis — Sena WT eo 5 58 3 ONG (Trichura) ‘melas, var. Walk. . 405 | —olla,Z.. . Govino.) 6 SLY caudata, (Zygeena) Habre (4/405 || @28 porcina, Lom. i eihan@ege coarctata, (Sphinx) Cram. . 405 | —— rubiginosa, Sw... . . . 519 © Druryi, Hiibu. . . . 405 | —— , synonyms of, and not -— esmeralda, (Glaucopis) Walk. 405 Madeiran. . : 519 latifascia, (Glaucopis) Walk. 405 Trionychide, genitaliaof . . . 435 Trionyx gangeticus, experiment on 440 ocellatus, ee on. . 440 Triton anceps . . SAMUI SOLO nodiferum, Lam ; . 523 —— olearium (L. part.), Desh, . 523 _parthenopeus, V7. Salis . . 528 —— pileare, Z.. . ss Od scrobiculator, ane Bie to Bers succinctus, Lam. . . . . 528 Tritonium bracteatum, Hinds . . 551 digitaleseeve - 4... 001 truncatum, Hinds . . . .. 551 Trochus alveolatus, 4. Adams. . 559 atropurpureus, Gould. . . 558 bathyrhaphe, Edg. Smith . 557 — Huttonii, Hdg. Smith. . . 558 supragranosus, Hdg. Smith . 558 varicosus, Migh.§ Adams . 106 Trophon clathratus, L., var. Gun- MEL es . 107 Trout, intr pduction of into. India, Drs Hs Dayon thes.) ai. .2062 Tunicata, early structures of . . 216 Turbo littoreus, Z. . . . . . 522 rugosus, L. . 6g 03 Oe Turdus iliacus, veins as Oh ose. eer) Turtle, Gangeticmud- . . . . 514 iiky Chiinlee gales re eee Ne CHa MeO Dylodides\ accuse iawn ic pune Oe Dyndides; hase <9). \.4))) sua OS ——lineatus, Pasc. . . .. . 68 — pustulosus, Pas. . . . . 68 Urodus, H.-Sch. . . . . . . 360 —— monura, H.-Sch. . . . . 3€0 xylophila, H.-Sch.. . . . 360 Vampyrella . . . . 202 Vanikoro acuta, Récluz, ; var. . . 556 Venous system of birds . . . . 581 —— , authorities on the 531 — — ——,, Barlow’s laws . 533 —— — ——,, Neugebaur on the 533 Venus fluctuosa, Gould . . 105 verrucosa. . son 6 Galle) Vexilla fusco-nigra, Pare ae: 547 Von Baer’s ‘ Entwickelungsge- schichte der Thiere,’ remarks on, by Prof: Eiuxley, 7. Geve-1 ie 200 Wade, C. H. Notes on the Wena System of birds. . . . 531 Waldheimia Grayii, Dav. . . ° 109 Wallago attu, Bloch. . .- . 568 Wasps, Sir J. Lubbock’s experi- ments on . . . 287, 505 Colour, their knowledge of 237 ——, powers of distinguish- ing . 5) 6 0 ahd) ‘Communication, power of: 136 ——. Flight, direction of. . . 5138 Honey, experiments atin regard to . . ... >. . 180, 506 Industry, habits of . . . 506 Sound, how affected by . 137 Watson, Rev. R. Boog. Notes on Type Shells from the Canaries . 516 Webb’s type shells from the Cana- ries, The Rev. R. B. Watson on 516 Welch, Francis H., on the pee of Tetrarhynchidee eae 3220 Wyllie, Dr., on branchial sacs of Saccobranchus singio . . . . 566 Zeon, PaAasc. |.) ts) Zeneudes: 7). ic 2a ee eeoe: sterculise, Pase.. . «. . » 36 Aepniant hia, 4.) yi ee een pubipennis, Pase. . . . . 38 Zetheus,)-Pase: 5). pe Oe electilis; Pase:) 3) ieee 09 Zygeena, Fabr. . : . 343 concinna, Dalm., = Z. pecti- nicornis, Schaufuss . 5 . 343. negamica, Walk. = Arichalea erythropyga, Wallgr. Baby) Gu Gy G4) pectinicornis, Schaufuss, = Procris contraria, Walk. . . . 3438 scyton, Fabr. ces . 436 Zygenine . . Be 0 . . d43 Zygenide . . AVR ci MMM as , aberrant group efi) Wiluiledde Zysopinee. Vi el ey es) Oe END OF FHE TWELFTH VOLUME. aN ma Mg wp ~ DEC 1960 Hound Yo pisses